Skip to main content

Full text of "Department of State bulletin"

See other formats 


JV9    9353.1^36 


"^ 


Given  By 


_^ 


35  3.     i  A 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BT  T  IT   ¥   TET  HP  """  ^  ^ 


VOLUME  IV  •  Numbers  80-105 


January  4— June  28,  194.1 


UNITED  STATES 

GOVERNMENT  PRINTING  OFFICE 

WASHINGTON  :  1941 


I  pi 


poJr 

THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

BULLETIN 


Vol.  IV:  No.  80-  Publicatio 


JANUARY  4,  1941 

*544 


Qontents 


General  :  Page 

Address  by  the  President 3 

Kemarks  by  Assistant  Secretary  Berle 8 

Loss  of  American  nationality 9 

Statement  regarding  proposals  by  private  individuals  on 

international  affairs 12 

American  Eepublics  : 

Colombian  debt 12 

Suspension  of  tonnage  duties  for  vessels  of  Uruguay  ...         13 

Fishery  mission  to  Peru 13 

Payment  by  Mexico  under  Special  Claims  Convention  of 

1934 14 

Inter-American    Development    Commission :    Brazilian 

Council 14 

Europe  : 

Meeting  of  the  Intergovernmental  Committee  on  Ref- 
ugees           15 

New  Year  message  from  the  King  of  Italy 16 

Contributions  for  relief  in  belligerent  countries 16 

The  Department  : 

Resignation  of  Assistant  Secretary  Grady 28 

Appointment  of  officers 29 

The  Foreign  Service  : 
Personnel  changes 29 

Treaty  Information  : 
Sovereignty : 

Convention  on  the  Provisional  Administration  of  Eu- 
ropean Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the  Americas  .  .         30 

[Over] 


^T  OF  DOCUMENTS 

JAN  16  JS4J 

Treaty  Information — Continued. 

Postal  :  Page 

Universal  Postal  Convention  of  1939 30 

Restriction  of  war : 

Convention  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of  Prisoners  of 

War  (Treaty  Series  No.  846) 30 

Commerce : 

Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  with  Venezuela  (Execu- 
tive Agreement  Series  No.  180) 31 

Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preservation : 

Convention  on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preser- 
vation in  the  Western  Hemisphere 31 

Commercial  Policy  : 

Allocation  of  tariff  quota  on  crude  petroleum  and  fuel 
oil    . 34 

Publications 34 

Regulations 35 


General 


ADDRESS  BY  THE  PRESIDENT1 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  December  29] 

This  is  not  a  fireside  chat  on  war.  It  is  a  talk 
on  national  security;  because  the  nub  of  the 
whole  purpose  of  your  President  is  to  keep  you 
now,  and  your  children  later,  and  your  grand- 
children much  later,  out  of  a  last-ditch  war  for 
the  preservation  of  American  independence  and 
all  of  the  things  that  American  independence 
means  to  you  and  to  me  and  to  ours. 

Tonight,  in  the  presence  of  a  world  crisis,  my 
mind  goes  back  eight  years  ago  to  a  night  in  the 
midst  of  a  domestic  crisis.  It  was  a  time  when 
the  wheels  of  American  industry  were  grinding 
to  a  full  stop,  when  the  whole  banking  system 
of  our  country  had  ceased  to  function. 

I  well  remember  that  while  I  sat  in  my  study 
in  the  White  House,  preparing  to  talk  with  the 
people  of  the  United  States,  I  had  before  my 
eyes  the  picture  of  all  those  Americans  with 
whom  I  was  talking.  I  saw  the  workmen  in 
the  mills,  the  mines,  the  factories;  the  girl  be- 
hind the  counter;  the  small  shopkeeper;  the 
farmer  doing  his  spring  plowing;  the  widows 
and  the  old  men  wondering  about  their  life's 
savings. 

I  tried  to  convey  to  the  great  mass  of  Ameri- 
can people  what  the  banking  crisis  meant  to 
them  in  their  daily  lives. 

Tonight,  I  want  to  do  the  same  thing,  with 
the  same  people,  in  this  new  crisis  which  faces 
America. 

We  met  the  issue  of  1933  with  courage  and 
realism. 


'Delivered   from   the  White  House  over  a   Nation- 
wide network  and  broadcast  to  foreign  countries  over 
short  wave  December  29,  1040,  9 :  30  p.  in. 
283652 — 11 1 


We  face  this  new  crisis — this  new  threat  to 
the  security  of  our  Nation — with  the  same 
courage  and  realism. 

Never  before  since  Jamestown  and  Plymouth 
Kock  has  our  American  civilization  been  in 
such  danger  as  now. 

For,  on  September  27,  1940,  by  an  agreement 
signed  in  Berlin,  three  powerful  nations,  two 
in  Europe  and  one  in  Asia,  joined  themselves 
together  in  the  threat  that  if  the  United  States 
interfered  with  or  blocked  the  expansion  pro- 
gram of  these  three,  nations — a  program  aimed 
at  world  control — they  would  unite  in  ultimate 
action  against  the  United  States. 

The  Nazi  masters  of  Germany  have  made  it 
clear  that  they  intend  not  only  to  dominate  all 
life  and  thought  in  their  own  country,  but  also 
to  enslave  the  whole  of  Europe,  and  then  to  use 
the  resources  of  Europe  to  dominate  the  rest 
of  the  world. 

Three  weeks  ago  their  leader  stated,  "There 
are  two  worlds  that  stand  opposed  to  each 
other."  Then  in  defiant  reply  to  his  opponents, 
he  said  this :  "Others  are  correct  when  they  say : 
'With  this  world  we  cannot  ever  reconcile  our- 
selves.' ...  I  can  beat  any  other  power  in  the 
world."    So  said  the  leader  of  the  Nazis. 

In  other  words,  the  Axis  not  merely  admits 
but  proclaims  that  there  can  be  no  ultimate 
peace  between  their  philosophy  of  government 
and  our  philosophy  of  government. 

In  view  of  the  nature  of  this  undeniable 
threat,  it  can  be  asserted,  properly  and  categori- 
cally, that  the  United  States  has  no  right  or 
reason  to  encourage  talk  of  peace  until  the  day 
shall  come  when  there  is  a  clear  intention  on  the 
part  of  the  aggressor  nations  to  abandon  all 

3 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


thought  of  dominating  or  conquering  the  world. 

At  this  moment,  the  forces  of  the  states  that 
are  leagued  against  all  peoples  who  live  in  free- 
dom are  being  held  away  from  our  shores.  The 
Germans  and  Italians  are  being  blocked  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Atlantic  by  the  British,  and 
by  the  Greeks,  and  by  thousands  of  soldiers  and 
sailors  who  were  able  to  escape  from  subjugated 
countries.  The  Japanese  are  being  engaged  in 
Asia  by  the  Chinese  in  another  great  defense. 

In  the  Pacific  is  our  fleet. 

Some  of  our  people  like  to  believe  that  wars 
in  Europe  and  in  Asia  are  of  no  concern  to  us. 
But  it  is  a  matter  of  most  vital  concern  to  us 
that  European  and  Asiatic  war-makers  should 
not  gain  control  of  the  oceans  which  lead  to  this 
hemisphere. 

One  hundred  and  seventeen  years  ago  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  was  conceived  by  our  Govern- 
ment as  a  measure  of  defense  in  the  face  of  a 
threat  against  this  hemisphere  by  an  alliance  in 
continental  Europe.  Thereafter,  we  stood  on 
guard  in  the  Atlantic,  with  the  British  as 
neighbors.  There  was  no  treaty.  There  was 
no  "unwritten  agreement". 

Yet,  there  was  the  feeling,  proven  correct  by 
history,  that  we  as  neighbors  could  settle  any 
disputes  in  peaceful  fashion.  The  fact  is  that 
during  the  whole  of  this  time  the  Western 
Hemisphere  has  remained  free  from  aggression 
from  Europe  or  from  Asia. 

Does  anyone  seriously  believe  that  we  need  to 
fear  attack  while  a  free  Britain  remains  our 
most  powerful  naval  neighbor  in  the  Atlantic? 
Does  anyone  seriously  believe,  on  the  other 
hand,  that  we  could  rest  easy  if  the  Axis  powers 
were  our  neighbor  there  ? 

If  Great  Britain  goes  down,  the  Axis  powers 
will  control  the  continents  of  Europe,  Asia, 
Africa,  Australasia,  and  the  high  seas — and 
they  will  be  in  a  position  to  bring  enormous 
military  and  naval  resources  against  this  hemis- 
phere. It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that  all  of 
us  in  the  Americas  would  be  living  at  the  point 
of  a  gun — a  gun  loaded  with  explosive  bullets, 
economic  as  well  as  military. 

We  should  enter  upon  a  new  and  terrible  era 
in  which  the  whole  world,  our  hemisphere  in- 


cluded, would  be  run  by  threats  of  brute  foi-ce. 
To  survive  in  such  a  world,  we  would  have  to 
convert  ourselves  permanently  into  a  militaris- 
tic power  on  the  basis  of  war  economy. 

Some  of  us  like  to  believe  that  even  if  Great 
Britain  falls,  we  are  still  safe,  because  of  the 
broad  expanse  of  the  Atlantic  and  of  the 
Pacific. 

But  the  width  of  these  oceans  is  not  what  it 
was  in  the  days  of  clipper  ships.  At  one  point 
between  Africa  and  Brazil  the  distance  is  less 
than  from  Washington  to  Denver — five  hours 
for  the  latest  type  of  bomber.  And  at  the  north 
of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  America  and  Asia  almost 
touch  each  other. 

Even  today  we  have  planes  which  could  fly 
from  the  British  Isles  to  New  England  and  back 
without  refueling.  And  the  range  of  the  mod- 
ern bomber  is  ever  being  increased. 

During  the  past  week  many  people  in  all 
parts  of  the  Nation  have  told  me  what  they 
wanted  me  to  say  tonight.  Almost  all  of  them 
expressed  a  courageous  desire  to  hear  the  plain 
truth  about  the  gravity  of  the  situation.  One 
telegram,  however,  expressed  the  attitude  of  the 
small  minority  who  want  to  see  no  evil  and  hear 
no  evil,  even  though  they  know  in  their  hearts 
that  evil  exists.  That  telegram  begged  me  not 
to  tell  again  of  the  ease  with  which  our  Ameri- 
can cities  could  be  bombed  by  any  hostile,  power 
which  had  gained  bases  in  this  Western  Hem- 
isphere. The  gist  of  that  telegram  was :  "Please, 
Mr.  President,  don't  frighten  us  by  telling  us 
the  facts." 

Frankly  and  definitely  there  is  danger 
ahead — danger  against  which  we  must  prepare. 
But  we  well  know  that  we  cannot  escape  danger, 
or  the  fear  of  it,  by  crawling  into  bed  and  pull- 
ing the  covers  over  our  heads. 

Some  nations  of  Europe  were  bound  by 
solemn  non-intervention  pacts  with  Germany. 
Other  nations  were  assured  by  Germany  that 
they  need  never  fear  invasion.  Non-interven- 
tion pact  or  not,  the  fact  remains  that  they  were 
attacked,  overrun,  and  thrown  into  the  modern 
form  of  slavery  at  an  hour's  notice  or  even  with- 
out any  notice  at  all.  As  an  exiled  leader  of  one 
of  these  nations  said  to  me  the  other  day :  "The 


JANUARY    4,    1941 

notice  was  a  minus  quantity.  It  was  given  to  my 
government  two  hours  after  German  troops  had 
poured  into  my  country  in  a  hundred  places." 

The  fate  of  these  nations  tells  us  what  it 
means  to  live  at  the  point  of  a  Nazi  gun. 

The  Nazis  have  justified  such  actions  by  vari- 
ous pious  frauds.  One  of  these  frauds  is  the 
claim  that  they  are  occupying  a  nation  for  the 
purpose  of  ''restoring  order".  Another  is  that 
they  are  occupying  or  controlling  a  nation  on 
the  excuse  that  they  are  "protecting  it"  against 
the  aggression  of  somebody  else. 

For  example,  Germany  has  said  that  she  was 
occupying  Belgium  to  save  the  Belgians  from 
the  British.  Would  she  hesitate  to  say  to  any 
South  American  country,  "We  are  occupying 
you  to  protect  you  from  aggression  by  the 
United  States"? 

Belgium  today  is  being  used  as  an  invasion 
base  against  Britain,  now  fighting  for  its  life. 
Any  South  American  country,  in  Nazi  hands, 
would  always  constitute  a  jumping-off  place  for 
German  attack  on  any  one  of  the  other  republics 
of  this  hemisphere. 

Analyze  for  yourselves  the  future  of  two  other 
places  even  nearer  to  Germany  if  the  Nazis  won. 
Could  Ireland  hold  out  ?  Would  Irish  freedom 
be  permitted  as  an  amazing  exception  in  an  un- 
f  ree  world  ?  Or  the  islands  of  the  Azores  which 
still  fly  the  flag  of  Portugal  after  five  centuries? 
We  think  of  Hawaii  as  an  outpost  of  defense 
in  the  Pacific.  Yet,  the  Azores  are  closer  to  our 
shores  in  the  Atlantic  than  Hawaii  is  on  the 
other  side. 

There  are  those  who  say  that  the  Axis  powers 
would  never  have  any  desire  to  attack  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere.  This  is  the  same  dangerous 
form  of  wishful  thinking  which  has  destroyed 
the  powers  of  resistance  of  so  many  conquered 
peoples.  The  plain  facts  are  that  the  Nazis  have, 
proclaimed,  time  and  again,  that  all  other  races 
are  their  inferiors  and  therefore  subject  to  their 
orders.  And  most  important  of  all,  the  vast,  re- 
sources and  wealth  of  this  hemisphere  constitute 
the  most  tempting  loot  in  all  the  world. 

Let  us  no  longer  blind  ourselves  to  the  un- 
deniable fact  that  the  evil  forces  which  have 
crushed  and  undermined  and  corrupted  so  many 
others  are  already  within  our  own  gates.    Your 


Government  knows  much  about  them  and  every 
day  is  ferreting  them  out. 

Their  secret  emissaries  are  active  in  our  own 
and  neighboring  countries.  They  seek  to  stir 
up  suspicion  and  dissension  to  cause  internal 
strife.  They  try  to  turn  capital  against  labor 
and  vice  versa.  They  try  to  reawaken  long 
slumbering  racial  and  religious  enmities  which, 
should  have  no  place  in  this  country.  They  are 
active  in  every  group  that  promotes  intolerance. 
They  exploit  for  their  own  ends  our  natural  ab- 
horrence of  war.  These  trouble-breeders  have 
but  one  purpose.  It  is  to  divide  our  people) 
into  hostile  groups  and  to  destroy  our  unity  and 
shatter  our  will  to  defend  ourselves. 

There  are  also  American  citizens,  many  of 
them  in  high  places,  who,  unwittingly  in  most 
cases,  are  aiding  and  abetting  the  work  of  these 
agents.  I  do  not  charge  these  American  citizens 
with  being  foreign  agents.  But  I  do  charge 
them  with  doing  exactly  the  kind  of  work  that 
the  dictators  want  done  in  the  United  States. 

These  people  not  only  believe  that  we  can 
save  our  own  skins  by  shutting  our  eyes  to  the 
fate  of  other  nations.  Some  of  them  go  much 
further  than  that.  They  say  that  we  can  and 
should  become  the  friends  and  even  the  partners 
of  the  Axis  powers.  Some  of  them  even  suggest 
that  we  should  imitate  the  methods  of  the  dicta- 
torships. Americans  never  can  and  never  will 
do  that, 

The  experience  of  the  past  two  years  has 
proven  beyond  doubt  that  no  nation  can  appease 
the  Nazis.  No  man  can  tame  a  tiger  into  a  kitten 
by  stroking  it.  There  can  be  no  appeasement 
with  ruthlessness.  There  can  be  no  reasoning 
with  an  incendiary  bomb.  We  know  now  that 
a  nation  can  have  peace  with  the  Nazis  only  at 
the  price  of  total  surrender. 

Even  the  people  of  Italy  have  been  forced  to 
become  accomplices  of  the  Nazis;  but  at  this 
moment  they  do  not  know  how  soon  they  will 
be  embraced  to  death  by  their  allies. 

The  American  appeasers  ignore  the  warning 
to  be  found  in  the  fate  of  Austria,  Czecho- 
slovakia, Poland,  Norway,  Belgium,  the  Nether- 
lands, Denmark,  and  France.  They  tell  you  that 
the  Axis  powers  are  going  to  win  anyway ;  that 
all  this  bloodshed  in  the  world  could  be  saved ; 


6 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


and  that  the  United  States  might  just  as  well 
throw  its  influence  into  the  scale  of  a  dictated 
peace,  and  get  the  best  out  of  it  that  we  can. 

They  call  it  a  "negotiated  peace".  Nonsense ! 
Is  it  a  negotiated  peace  if  a  gang  of  outlaws  sur- 
rounds your  community  and  on  threat  of  ex- 
termination makes  you  pay  tribute  to  save  your 
own  skins? 

Such  a  dictated  peace  would  be  no  peace  at  all. 
It  would  be  only  another  armistice,  leading  to 
the  most  gigantic  armament  race  and  the  most 
devastating  trade  wars  in  history.  And  in  these 
contests  the  Americas  would  offer  the  only  real 
resistance  to  the  Axis  powers. 

With  all  their  vaunted  efficiency  and  parade 
of  pious  purj)ose  in  this  war,  there  are  still  in 
their  background  the  concentration  camp  and 
the  servants  of  God  in  chains. 

The  history  of  recent  years  proves  that  shoot- 
ings and  chains  and  concentration  camps  are  not 
simply  the  transient  tools  but  the  very  altars 
of  modern  dictatorships.  They  may  talk  of  a 
"new  order"  in  the  world,  but  what  they  have 
in  mind  is  but  a  revival  of  the  oldest  and  the 
worst  tyranny.  In  that  there  is  no  liberty,  no 
religion,  no  hope. 

The  proposed  "new  order"  is  the  very  oppo- 
site of  a  United  States  of  Europe  or  a  United 
States  of  Asia.  It  is  not  a  government  based 
upon  the  consent  of  the  governed.  It  is  not  a 
union  of  ordinary,  self-respecting  men  and 
women  to  protect  themselves  and  their  freedom 
and  their  dignity  from  oppression.  It  is  an 
unholy  alliance  of  power  and  pelf  to  dominate 
and  enslave  the  human  race. 

The  British  people  are  conducting  an  active 
war  against  this  unholy  alliance.  Our  own  fu- 
ture security  is  greatly  dependent  on  the  out- 
come of  that  fight.  Our  ability  to  "keep  out  of 
war"  is  going  to  be  affected  by  that  outcome. 

Thinking  in  terms  of  today  and  tomorrow,  I 
make  the  direct  statement  to  the  American 
people  that  there  is  far  less  chance  of  the 
United  States  getting  into  war  if  we  do  all  we 
can  now  to  support  the  nations  defending  them- 
selves against  attack  by  the  Axis  than  if  we 
acquiesce  in  their  defeat,  submit  tamely  to  an 
Axis  victory,  and  wait  our  turn  to  be  the  object 
of  attack  in  another  war  later  on. 


If  we  are  to  be  completely  honest  with  our- 
selves, we  must  admit  there  is  risk  in  any  course 
we  may  take.  But  I  deeply  believe  that  the 
great  majority  of  our  people  agree  that  the 
course  that  I  advocate  involves  the  least  risk 
now  and  the  greatest  hope  for  world  peace  in 
the  future. 

The  people  of  Europe  who  are  defending 
themselves  do  not  ask  us  to  do  their  fighting. 
They  ask  us  for  the  implements  of  war,  the 
planes,  the  tanks,  the  guns,  the  freighters,  which 
will  enable  them  to  fight  for  their  liberty  and 
our  security.  Emphatically  we  must  get  these 
weapons  to  them  in  sufficient  volume  and  quickly 
enough,  so  that  we  and  our  children  will  be 
saved  the  agony  and  suffering  of  war  which 
others  have  had  to  endure. 

Let  not  defeatists  tell  us  that  it  is  too  late.  It 
will  never  be  earlier.  Tomorrow  will  be  later 
than  today. 

Certain  facts  are  self-evident. 

In  a  military  sense  Great  Britain  and  the 
British  Empire  are  today  the  spearhead  of  re- 
sistance to  world  conquest.  They  are  putting 
up  a  fight  which  will  live  forever  in  the  story 
of  human  gallantry. 

There  is  no  demand  for  sending  an  American 
Expeditionary  Force  outside  our  own  borders. 
There  is  no  intention  by  any  member  of  your 
Government  to  send  such  a  force.  You  can, 
therefore,  nail  any  talk  about  sending  armies 
to  Europe  as  deliberate  untruth. 

Our  national  policy  is  not  directed  toward 
war.  Its  sole  purpose  is  to  keep  war  away  from 
our  country  and  our  jDeople. 

Democracy's  fight  against  world  conquest  is 
being  greatly  aided,  and  must  be  more  greatly 
aided,  by  the  rearmament  of  the  United  States 
and  by  sending  every  ounce  and  every  ton  of 
munitions  and  supplies  that  we  can  possibly 
spare  to  help  the  defenders  who  are  in  the  front 
lines.  It  is  no  more  unneutral  for  us  to  do  that 
than  it  is  for  Sweden,  Russia,  and  other  nations 
near  Germany  to  send  steel  and  ore  and  oil  and 
other  war  materials  into  Germany  every  day. 

We  are  planning  our  own  defense,  with  the 
utmost  urgency;  and  in  its  vast  scale  we  must 
integrate  the  war  needs  of  Britain  and  the  other 
free  nations  resisting  aggression. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


This  is  not  a  matter  of  sentiment  or  of  con- 
troversial personal  opinion.  It  is  a  matter  of 
realistic  military  policy,  based  on  the  advice 
of  our  military  experts  who  are  in  close  touch 
with  existing  warfare.  These  military  and 
naval  experts  and  the  members  of  the  Congress 
and  the  administration  have  a  single-minded 
purpose — the  defense  of  the  United  States. 

This  Nation  is  making  a  great  effort  to  pro- 
duce everything  that  is  necessary  in  this  emer- 
gency— and  with  all  possible  speed.  This 
great  effort  requires  great  sacrifice. 

I  would  ask  no  one  to  defend  a  democracy 
which  in  turn  would  not  defend  everyone  in  the 
Nation  against  want  and  privation.  The 
strength  of  this  Nation  shall  not  be  diluted  by 
the  failure  of  the  Government  to  protect  the 
economic  well-being  of  all  citizens. 

If  our  capacity  to  produce  is  limited  by  ma- 
chines, it  must  ever  be  remembered  that  these 
machines  are  operated  by  the  skill  and  the 
stamina  of  the  workers.  As  the  Government  is 
determined  to  protect  the  rights  of  workers,  so 
the  Nation  has  a  right  to  expect  that  the  men 
who  man  the  machines  will  discharge  their  full 
responsibilities  to  the  urgent  needs  of  defense. 

The  worker  possesses  the  same  human  dig- 
nity and  is  entitled  to  the  same  security  of  po- 
sition as  the  engineer  or  manager  or  owner. 
For  the  workers  provide  the  human  power  that 
turns  out  the  destroyers,  the  airplanes,  and  the 
tanks. 

The  Nation  expects  our  defense  industries  to 
continue  operation  without  interruption  by 
strikes  or  lock-outs.  It  expects  and  insists  that 
management  and  workers  will  reconcile  their 
differences  by  voluntary  or  legal  means,  to  con- 
tinue to  produce  the  supplies  that  are  so  sorely 
needed. 

And  on  the  economic  side  of  our  great  defense 
program,  we  are,  as  you  know,  bending  every 
effort  to  maintain  stability  of  prices  and  with 
that  the  stability  of  the  cost  of  living. 

Nine  days  ago  I  announced  the  setting  up  of  a 
more  effective  organization  to  direct  our  gigan- 
tic efforts  to  increase  the  production  of  muni- 
tions. The  appropriation  of  vast  sums  of  money 
and  a  well-coordinated  executive  direction  of 


our  defense  efforts  are  not  in  themselves  enough. 
Guns,  planes,  and  ships  have  to  be  built  in  the 
factories  and  arsenals  of  America.  They  have 
to  be  produced  by  workers  and  managers  and 
engineers  with  the  aid  of  machines,  which  in 
turn  have  to  be  built  by  hundreds  of  thousands 
of  workers  throughout  the  land. 

In  this  great  work  there  has  been  splendid  co- 
operation between  the  Government  and  indus- 
try and  labor. 

American  industrial  genius,  unmatched 
throughout  the  world  in  the  solution  of  produc- 
tion problems,  has  been  called  upon  to  bring  its 
resources  and  talents  into  action.  Manufac- 
turers of  watches,  of  farm  implements,  lino- 
types, cash  registers,  automobiles,  sewing 
machines,  lawn  mowers,  and  locomotives  are 
now  making  fuses,  bomb-packing  crates,  tele- 
scope mounts,  shells,  pistols,  and  tanks. 

But  all  our  present  efforts  are  not  enough.  We 
must  have  more  ships,  more  guns,  more  planes — 
more  of  everything.  This  can  only  be  accom- 
plished if  we  discard  the  notion  of  "business  as 
usual".  This  job  cannot  be  done  merely  by 
superimposing  on  the  existing  productive 
facilities  the  added  requirements  for  defense. 

Our  defense  efforts  must  not  be  blocked  by 
those  who  fear  the  future  consequences  of  sur- 
plus plant  capacity.  The  possible  consequences 
of  failure  of  our  defense  efforts  now  are  much 
more  to  be  feared. 

After  the  present  needs  of  our  defense  are 
past,  a  proper  handling  of  the  country's  peace- 
time needs  will  require  all  of  the  new  productive 
capacity — if  not  more. 

No  pessimistic  policy  about  the  future  of 
America  shall  delay  the  immediate  expansion 
of  those  industries  essential  to  defense. 

I  want  to  make  it  clear  that  it  is  the  purpose 
of  the  Nation  to  build  now  with  all  possible 
speed  every  machine  and  arsenal  and  factory 
that  we  need  to  manufacture  our  defense  mate- 
rial. We  have  the.  men,  the  skill,  the  wealth, 
and  above  all,  the  will. 

I  am  confident  that  if  and  when  production  of 
consumer  or  luxury  goods  in  certain  industries 
requires  the  use  of  machines  and  raw  materials 
essential  for  defense  purposes,  then  such  produc- 


8 


DEPARTMENT    OK   STATE    BULLETIN 


tion  must  yield  to  our  primary  and  compelling 
purpose. 

I  appeal  to  the  owners  of  plants,  to  the  man- 
agers, to  the  workers,  to  our  own  Government 
employees,  to  put  every  ounce  of  effort  into  pro- 
ducing these  munitions  swiftly  and  without 
stint.  And  with  this  appeal  I  give  you  the 
pledge  that  all  of  us  who  are  officers  of  your 
Government  will  devote  ourselves  to  the  same 
whole-hearted  extent  to  the  great  task  which 
lies  ahead. 

As  planes  and  ships  and  guns  and  shells  are 
produced,  your  Government,  with  its  defense 
experts,  can  then  determine  how  best  to  use  them 
to  defend  this  hemisphere.  The  decision  as  to 
how  much  shall  be  sent  abroad  and  how  much 
shall  remain  at  home  must  be  made  on  the  basis 
of  our  over-all  military  necessities. 

We  must  be  the  great  arsenal  of  democracy. 
For  us  this  is  an  emergency  as  serious  as  war 
itself.  We  must  apply  ourselves  to  our  task 
with  the  same  resolution,  the  same  sense  of 
urgency,  the  same  spirit  of  patriotism  and  sac- 
rifice, as  we  would  show  were  we  at  war. 

We  have  furnished  the  British  great  ma- 
terial support  and  we  will  furnish  far  more 
in  the  future. 

There  will  be  no  "bottlenecks"  in  our  deter- 
mination to  aid  Great  Britain.    No  dictator,  no 


combination  of  dictators,  will  weaken  that  de- 
termination by  threats  of  how  they  will  con- 
strue that  determination. 

The  British  have  received  invaluable  military 
support  from  the  heroic  Greek  Army  and  from 
the  forces  of  all  the  governments  in  exile. 
Their  strength  is  growing.  It  is  the  strength  of 
men  and  women  who  value  their  freedom  more 
highly  than  they  value  their  lives. 

I  believe  that  the  Axis  powers  are  not  going 
to  win  this  war.  I  base  that  belief  on  the  latest 
and  best  information. 

We  have  no  excuse  for  defeatism.  We  have 
every  good  reason  for  hope — hope  for  peace, 
hope  for  the  defense  of  our  civilization  and  for 
the  building  of  a  better  civilization  in  the  fu- 
ture. 

I  have  the  profound  conviction  that  the 
American  people  are  now  determined  to  put 
forth  a  mightier  effort  than  they  have  ever  yet 
made  to  increase  our  production  of  all  the  im- 
plements of  defense,  to  meet  the  threat  to  our 
democratic  faith. 

As  President  of  the  United  States  I  call  for 
that  national  effort.  I  call  for  it  in  the  name  of 
this  Nation  which  we  love  and  honor  and  which 
we  are  privileged  and  proud  to  serve.  I  call 
upon  our  people  with  absolute  confidence  that 
our  common  cause  will  greatly  succeed. 


REMARKS  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  BERLE 


[Released  to  the  press  December  29] 

For  several  years  now  great  world  forces  have 
been  gathering  and  moving  toward  a  collision. 
A  group  of  dictators  believed  and  still  insist 
that  force  alone  rules  the  earth,  and  that  they 
have  the  force.  Free  nations,  including  our 
own,  have  held  to  the  faith  that  freedom  and 
not  slavery,  reason  and  not  force,  love  and  not 
hate,  alone  make  life  worthwhile.     In  1039  the 


=  Delivered  December  2!>,  1040,  8  p.  in.,  on  a  broad- 
cast entitled  "America's  Outlook  for  1941"  arranged 
by  the  Mutual  Broadcasting  System. 


two  forces  finally  met.  In  1940,  the  resulting 
war  has  ranged  all  the  way  from  the  Arctic  to 
Africa  and  from  England  to  China. 

We  now  enter  a  new  year. 

It  will  bring  greater  responsibility  for  all  of 
us — for  the  people  who  are  speaking  to  you  to- 
night and  for  you  who  are  listening.  It  can- 
not be  otherwise. 

For  we  are  responsible  for  defending  the  in- 
heritance of  freedom  which  made  America 
what  it  is  and  made  you  and  me  what  we  are. 
We  have  to  defend  against  fear  and  lies  and 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


9 


race  hates  carefully  cultivated  from  overseas. 
We  have  to  defend  against  weaknesses  in  our- 
selves— against  the  temptation  of  profiteering 
and  against  concealed  bribes  from  anti-Ameri- 
can systems  who  think  that  any  American 
businessman  will  sell  out  for  a  quick  profit. 
We  shall  have  to  face  facts,  however  unpleas- 
ant ;  and  we  shall  have  to  work,  perhaps  harder 
than  for  many  years. 

We  shall  have  greater  responsibility  to  help 
other  nations,  who  propose,  as  we  do,  to  main- 
tain their  independence  and  their  way  of  life. 
We  shall  have  to  use  all  our  glorious  economic 
strength  to  work  with  oiu'  neighbors  in  South 
America.  We  shall  have  to  help  Britain  with 
her  defense;  to  help  China  in  her  gallant  strug- 
gle for  existence. 

We  shall  have  to  make  possible  an  organiza- 
tion of  peace,  so  that  every  nation  which  really 


wishes  peace  may  have  it- — peace  on  a  basis  of 
justice  under  law,  and  on  a  basis  so  just  in 
economics  that  it  will  permit  the  citizens  of 
every  country  to  live  in  reasonable  comfort,  if 
they  will  renounce  conquest.  As  a  richest  coun- 
try, we  shall  have  to  be  generous.  As  a  strong 
country,  we  shall  have  to  keep  peace.  As  the 
most  productive  country  in  the  world,  we  shall 
have  to  make  our  work  count  for  the  most. 

I  hope  that  the  year  1941  may  see  the  dark 
international  clouds  begin  at  last  to  clear.  Yet 
this  can  happen  only  if  we  make  it  so;  no  other 
nation  has  the  power.  Our  happiness  in  the 
new  year  rests  in  our  own  hands.  It  will  be  a 
year  of  work,  and  struggle,  and  sacrifice;  but 
with  it  comes  the  only  joy  worthwhile — the  hap- 
piness that  is  earned  in  the  service  of  a  great 
faith  and  a  steadfast  country. 


LOSS  OF  AMERICAN  NATIONALITY 


The  following  regulations  have  been  codified 
under  Title  22:  Foreign  Relations  (Chapter  I: 
Department  of  State),  in  accordance  with  the 
requirements  of  the  Federal  Register  and  the 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations  : 

[Departmental  Order  908] 

Part  19 — Loss  of  Nationality  Under  the  Act 
Approved  October  14, 1940 

formal  renunciation  of  american  nationality 

§  19.1  Form  for  renunciation  of  American 
nationality.  The  following  form  is  hereby  pre- 
scribed under  which  a  person  who  is  a  national 
of  the  United  States,  whether  by  birth  or  natu- 
ralization, and  who  shall  have  attained  the  age 
of  18  years  may  make  a  formal  renunciation  of 
his  American  nationality  before  a  diplomatic 
or  consular  officer  of  the  United  States  in  a  for- 
eign state : 

[Here  follows  the  form  entitled  "Oath  of 


Renunciation  of  the  Nationality  of  the  United 
States".] 

§  19.2  Effective  date  for  use  of  form.  The 
foregoing  form  for  the  making  of  a  formal 
renunciation  of  nationality  before  a  consular 
officer  of  the  United  States  in  a  foreign  state 
shall  not  be  used  before  January  12,  1941,  when 
the  Nationality  Act  of  1940  becomes  effective. 
(Sec.  401  (f).  54  Stat.  1169) 

[seal]  Cordkia,  Hull, 

Secretary  of  State. 

January  2,  1941. 

[Departmental  Order  909] 

Part  19 — Loss  of  Nationality  Under  the  Act 
Approved  October  14,  1940 

certification  of  the  loss  of  american 
nationality 

§  19.3  Certificate  of  diplomatic  or  consular 
officer.    Whenever  a  diplomatic  or  consular  of- 


10 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


ficer  of  the  United  States  has  reason  to  believe 
that  a  person  while  in  a  foreign  country  has  lost 
his  American  nationality  under  any  provision 
of  chapter  IV  of  the  Nationality  Act  of  1940 
(54  Stat.  1168),  he  shall  certify  the  facts  upon 
which  such  belief  is  based  to  the  Department  of 
State  in  writing  in  the  following  form : 

[Here  follows  the  form  entitled  "Certificate 
of  the  Loss  of  the  Nationality  of  the  United 
States".]* 

§  19.4  Affidavit  of  expatriated  person,  (a) 
When  obtainable,  an  affidavit  executed  in  quad- 
ruplicate by  the  expatriated  person  should  be 
attached  to  each  copy  of  the  certificate  of  the 
officer  (§19.3). 

This  affidavit  should  contain  in  substance : 

(1)  That  the  affiant  has  voluntarily  expa- 
triated himself  by  the  performance  of  one  of 
the  acts  or  the  fulfillment  of  the  conditions  spec- 
ified in  chapter  IV  of  the  Nationality  Act  of 
1940  (54  Stat.  1168)  ; 

(2)  That  his  permanent  residence  in  the 
United  States,  if  he  ever  had  one,  has  been  vol- 
untarily abandoned  and  that  the  expatriated 
person  neither  intends  nor  desires  to  resume 
residence  in  the  United  States  in  the  immediate 
or  near  future ; 

(3)  If  naturalized  in  the  United  States,  that 
the  naturalization  certificate  is  or  has  been  sur- 
rendered voluntarily  because  of  his  expatria- 
tion ; 

(4)  That  the  affiant  neither  intends  nor  de- 
sires to  preserve  his  allegiance  to  the  United 
States  but  intends  and  desires  to  preserve  his 
new  allegiance,  if  one  has  been  acquired. 

(b)  Where  it  is  not  possible  for  the  officer  who 
executes  the  certificate  of  expatriation  to  obtain 
an  affidavit  from  the  expatriated  person,  he 
should  exercise  care  in  setting  forth  in  his  cer- 
tificate such  information  as  he  may  have  which 
tends  to  support  his  belief  that  the  individual 
concerned  in  the  certificate  has  become  expatri- 
ated.* 


*§§  19.3  to  19.7,  inclusive,  issued  under  authority  of 
see.  501,  54  Stat  1171. 


§  19.5  Amplification  of  certificate.  When 
preparing  a  certificate  of  expatriation  the  form 
abovementioned  should  be  amplified  in  appro- 
priate cases  by  adding  a  paragraph  thereto  set- 
ting forth  the  names,  places  and  dates  of  birth, 
and  present  addresses  of  the  spouse  and  chil- 
dren, if  any,  of  the  individual  concerned  and 
whether  any  such  person  is  considered  to  have 
acquired  foreign  nationality.  The  certificate, 
however,  is  not  to  be  regarded  as  a  certificate 
of  expatriation  of  the  spouse  or  children  of  any 
person  in  whose  case  a  certificate  of  expatriation 
is  prepared.* 

§  19.6  Preparation  of  certificate  for  person 
who  shall  have  attained  the  age  of  18  years. 
A  certificate  should  be  prepared  in  any  case  of 
a  person  coming  within  the  scope  of  chapter 
IV  who  shall  have  attained  the  age  of  18  years, 
except  in  the  case  of  a  person  who  shall  have 
been  naturalized  in  a  foreign  state  through  the 
naturalization  therein  of  a  parent  having  legal 
custody,  or  who  is  a  minor  and  residing  in  a 
foreign  state  with  or  under  the  legal  custody  of 
a  parent  who  has  lost  American  nationality,  in 
which  case  a  certificate  of  expatriation  shall  not 
be  executed  until  the  child  concerned  shall  have 
attained  the  age  of  23  years  without  having  ac- 
quired or  resumed  permanent  residence  in  the 
United  States.* 

§  19.7  Execution  of  certificate  in  quadrupli- 
cate. The  certificate  should  be  executed  in 
quadruplicate.  Two  copies  thereof  should  be 
sent  to  the  Department,  one  of  which  should  be 
the  original,  and  two  should  be  retained  in  the 
files  of  the  office  in  which  it  was  executed. 
After  the  Department  of  State  shall  have  ap- 
proved the  certificate  it  will  so  advise  the  ap- 
propriate diplomatic  or  consular  officer,  who 
will  thereafter  make  a  notation  on  the  two 
copies  retained  by  him  to  the  effect  that  the  cer- 
tificate has  been  approved  by  the  Department 
under  the  date  of  the  instruction  to  the  diplo- 
matic or  consular  officer  and  who  will  there- 
after forward  a  copy  of  such  certificate  to  the 
person  to  whom  it  relates.* 

[seal]  Cokdell  Hull, 

January  2,  1941.  Secretary  of  State. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 

[Departmental  Order  910] 

Part  19 — Loss  of  Nationality  Under  the  Act 
Approved  October  14,  1940 

issue  of  certificates  of  american  nationality 

§  19.8  Application  for  certificate  of  Ameri- 
can nationality.  Any  person  who  acquired  the 
nationality  of  the  United  States  at  birth  and 
who  is  involved  in  any  manner  in  judicial  or 
administrative  proceedings  in  a  foreign  state  in 
connection  with  which  the  establishment  of  his 
nationality  in  the  United  States  is  pertinent, 
may  apply  for  such  a  certificate  in  the  form 
herein  prescribed.  In  the  United  States,  includ- 
ing Alaska  and  Hawaii,  the  application  must 
be  executed  before  a  clerk  of  a  Federal  court  or 
a  State  court  authorized  by  section  301  (a)  of 
the  Nationality  Act  of  1940  (54  Stat.  1140)  to 
naturalize  aliens  within  the  jurisdiction  in 
which  the  applicant  resides  or  before  an  agent 
of  the  Department  of  State.  In  a  foreign 
country  the  application  must  be  executed  be- 
fore a  diplomatic  or  consular  officer  of  the 
United  States.  In  an  insular  possession  of  the 
United  States  the  application  must  be  executed 
before  a  person  in  the  office  of  the  Chief  Execu- 
tive who  has  authority  to  administer  oaths,  ex- 
cept that  in  the  Commonwealth  of  the  Philip- 
pines it  must  be  executed  before  a  person  having 
similar  authority  in  the  office  of  the  United 
States  High  Commissioner  to  the  Philippine 
Islands.  When  an  application  is  executed  be- 
fore a  diplomatic  or  consular  officer  it  should  be 
in  duplicate.  There  should  be  submitted  with 
the  application  documentary  evidence  estab- 
lishing that  the  applicant  is  involved  in  judicial 
or  administrative  proceedings  pending  in  a  for- 
eign country  in  connection  with  which  the  es- 
tablishment of  his  nationality  of  the  United 
States  is  pertinent.  There  should  be  affixed  to 
each  application,  including  the  duplicate  appli- 
cation when  required,  a  photograph  of  the  ap- 
plicant not  more  than  3  by  3  inches  and  not  less 
than  214  by  2V2  inches  in  size,  unmounted, 
printed  on  thin  paper  showing  the  full  front 
view  of  the  features  of  the  applicant,  and  taken 
within  G  months  of  the  date  when  submitted.    A 


11 


separate  photograph,  which  must  be  identical  to 
that  affixed  to  the  application,  should  be  sub- 
mitted, in  order  that  it  may  be  affixed  to  the  cer- 
tificate of  nationality  if  and  when  issued.  The 
original  copy  of  the  application  should  in  all 
cases  be  submitted  to  the  Department  of  State.* 

§  19.9  Evidence  of  nationality  to  accompany 
application  for  certificate.  Each  application  for 
a  certificate  of  nationality  must  be  accompanied 
by  evidence  of  nationality  of  the  character  which 
is  required  by  the  Rules  Governing  the  Granting 
and  Issuing  of  Passports  in  the  United  States 
issued  by  the  President  on  March  31,  1938,  or 
any  rules  which  may  subsequently  be  issued  by 
him.  If  the  applicant  has  previously  submitted 
satisfactory  evidence  of  American  citizenship  in 
connection  with  an  application  for  a  passport  or 
registration,  it  will  not  be  necessary  for  him  to 
duplicate  such  evidence.  It  will,  however,  be 
necessary  for  the  applicant  to  satisfy  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  that  he  has  not  expatriated  him- 
self under  the  Nationality  Act  of  1940  or  any 
prior  act.* 

§  19.10.  Form  of  application  for  certificate  of 
nationality.  The  application  must  be  in  the 
following  form: 

[Here  follows  the  form  entitled  "Application 
for  a  Certificate  of  Nationality  for  Use  in  a 
Judicial  or  Administrative  Proceeding  in  a  For- 
eign State".]* 

§  19.11  Form  of  certificate  of  nationality. 
Uf>on  the  approval  of  such  an  application  a  cer- 
tificate of  nationality  for  use  in  a  judicial  or  ad- 
ministrative proceeding  in  a  foreign  state  shall 
be  issued  in  the  following  form : 

[Here  follows  the  form  entitled  "Certificate 
of  Nationality".]* 

§  19.12  Transmission  of  certificate  of  nation- 
ality to  foreign  state.  When  a  certificate  of 
nationality  is  issued,  it  shall  be  transmitted 
through  official  channels  to  the  judicial  or  ad- 
ministrative officer  of  the  foreign  state  in  which 
it  is  to  be  used.* 

[seal]  Cordell  Hull, 

January  2,  1941.  Secretary  of  State. 


*§§  19.8  to  19.12,  inclusive,  issued  under  authority  of 
see.  502,  54  Stat.  1171. 


12 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


STATEMENT  REGARDING  PROPOSALS 
BY  PRIVATE  INDIVIDUALS  ON  IN- 
TERNATIONAL AFFAIRS 

[Released  to  the  press  December  30] 

In  reply  to  press  inquiries  regarding  state- 
ments attributed  today  to  Mr.  Verne  Marshall, 
of  the  "No  Foreign  War  Committee",  on  the 
subject  of  peace  proposals  said  to  have  been 
brought  from  Europe  in  October  1939  by  Mr. 
William  Rhodes  Davis,  the  Department  of  State 
tonight  issued  the  following  statement: 


"Naturally  individual  citizens  often  volun- 
teer to  the  State  Department  information  and 
suggestions  pertaining  to  some  phase  of  inter- 
national affairs.  These  are  always  courteously 
received.  Nothing,  however,  has  come  to  the 
State  Department  on  the  subject  mentioned 
which  has  proved  feasible. 

"Furthermore,  the  Government  can  only  con- 
duct important  international  affairs  effectively 
through  duly  authorized  and  official  channels 
created  for  that  purpose." 


American  Republics 


COLOMBIAN  DEBT 


[Released  to  the  press  December  31] 

The  Government  of  the  Republic  of  Colom- 
bia, after  maintaining  full  debt  service  on  its 
6-percent  bonds,  $25,000,000  of  which  were  is- 
sued through  the  usual  private  financial  chan- 
nels in  1927,  and  $35,000,000  in  1928,  finally,  in 
1933.  was  forced  to  suspend  payments.  How- 
ever, before  suspending  payments,  approxi- 
mately $3,800,000  of  the  first  issue  and 
$5,000,000  of  the  second  issue  had  been  paid, 
reducing  the  amount  of  bonds  then  outstand- 
ing from  $60,000,000  to  approximately  $51,200,- 
000.  In  1933  the  Colombian  Government  made 
an  additional  payment  in  non-interest-bearing, 
deferred-interest  certificates  of  $1,799,53-1, 
which  were  redeemed  at  maturity  in  1937,  and 
in  1934  a  further  payment  in  12-year  4-percent 
funding  certificates  of  $3,743,145,  which  it  has 
regularly  serviced. 

Since  that  time  the  Colombian  Government 
has  carried  on  prolonged  negotiations  with  rep- 
resentatives of  the  bondholders,  in  an  effort  to 
reach  an  agreement  as  to  payment  and  an  in- 
terest rate  that  the  Colombian  Government  felt 
it  would  be  able  to  meet.  No  permanent  agree- 
ment has  vet  been  reached. 


About  a  year  ago  the  Department  of  State, 
with  the  cooperation  of  the  Treasury  Depart- 
ment and  the  Federal  Loan  Administrator, 
acting  merely  as  friendly  intermediaries,  began 
meeting  with  representatives  of  the  Colombian 
Government  and  the  Foreign  Bondholders  Pro- 
tective Council,  Inc.,  of  New  York,  in  the  hope 
of  finding  some  common  ground  of  adjustment 
that  would  be  acceptable  to  both  parties. 

Some  progress  was  made,  and  in  the  expecta- 
tion of  reaching  a  permanent  agreement  during 
1940  the  Colombian  Government  this  year  has 
paid  3  percent  on  both  issues,  amounting  to 
approximately  $1,350,000,  and  has  expended 
approximately  $400,000  in  the  purchase  and 
retirement  of  bonds.  These  bonds  and  approxi- 
mately $6,000,000  face  value  of  bonds  thereto- 
fore purchased  by  the  Colombian  Government 
have  been  canceled  so  that  the  total  outstanding 
amount  at  the.  present  time  on  both  issues  is 
about  $44,000,000,  with  accrued  interest  at  6  per- 
cent of  $12,200,000. 

The  Colombian  Government  now  offers  to  re- 
fund the  principal  of  $44,000,000  and  accumu- 
lated interest  at  3  percent  amounting  to  $6,- 
100,000,  a  total  of  about  $50,100,000,  with  new 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


13 


3-percent  bonds  of  a  maturity  of  25  (o  30  years, 
the  exact  date  to  be  indicated  in  the  formal 
detailed  offer  to  be  issued  shortly.  To  service 
the  new  bonds  it  offers  to  make  available  $1,800.- 
000  per  year  for  five  years  and  $2,000,000  per 
year  thereafter.  The  amounts  not  required  for 
interest  at  3  percent  per  annum  are  to  be  de- 
voted entirely  to  the  purchase  in  the  market  and 
cancelation  of  the  new  bonds. 

While  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
has  no  direct  interest  in  the  matter,  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  the  Treasury  Department,  and 
the  Federal  Loan  Administrator  have  acted  as 
friendly  intermediaries  to  assist  the  parties  in 
reaching  an  agreement,  and  they  are  of  the  opin- 
ion that  in  view  of  conditions  that  have  pre- 
vailed since  1932,  the  offer  of  the  Colombian 
Government  constitutes  a  fair  effort  on  its  part 
to  adust  its  obligations.  They  recognize,  of 
course,  that  the  bondholders  must  make  their 
own  decision. 


SUSPENSION    OF    TONNAGE    DUTIES 
FOE  VESSELS  OF  URUGUAY 

A  proclamation  (no.  2452)  providing  that 
"the  foreign  discriminating  duties  of  tonnage 
and  imposts  within  the  United  Slates"  be  "sus- 
pended and  discontinued  so  far  as  respects  the 
vessels  of  Uruguay  and  the  produce,  manufac- 
tures, or  merchandise  imported  in  said  vessels 
into  the  United  States  from  Uruguay  or  from 
any  other  foreign  country;  the  suspension  to 
t<ike  effect  from  December  10,  1940,  and  to  con- 
tinue so  long  as  the  reciprocal  exemption  of  ves- 
sels belonging  to  citizens  of  the  United  States 
and  their  cargoes  shall  be  continued,  and  no 
longer",  was  signed  by  the  President  on  Decem- 
ber 28,  1940. 

The  text  of  this  proclamation  appears  in  full 
in  the  Federal  Registt  r  for  January  1,  1941 
(vol.  6,  no.  1),  page  1. 


FISHERY  MISSION  TO  PERU 


I  Released  to  the  press  January  3] 

En  route  from  the  United  States  today  were 
two  experts  in  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  of 
the  Department  of  the  Interior  detailed  by  the 
President  to  assist  the  Peruvian  Government  in 
conducting  a  survey  of  its  sea-fishery  resources. 
A  third  expert  will  follow  shortly,  completing 
the  personnel  of  the  mission. 

The  assignments  were  effected  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  act  of  Congress,  approved  May  3, 
1939,3  which  authorizes  the  President  to  detail 
employees  of  the  Federal  Government  having 
special  scientific,  technical,  or  professional 
qualifications  to  the  American  republics  at  the 
request  of  the  government  concerned  and  in 
agreement  therewith.    The  Fishery  Mission  to 

'  53  Stat.  652. 


Peru  represents  a  further  practical  demonstra- 
tion of  this  Government's  broad  policy  of  co- 
operation with  our  neighbors  to  the  south,  the 
services  of  over  30  experts  and  specialists  in  the 
fields  of  highway  engineering,  immigration 
procedure,  customs  tariffs  and  statistics,  com- 
mercial policy,  taxation,  monetary  problems, 
library  administration,  etc.,  having  been  pre- 
viously detailed  to  the  American  republics  under 
the  same  act. 

Under  the  terms  of  an  agreement  with  the 
Peruvian  Government,  R.  H.  Fiedler,  Chief, 
Division  of  Fishery  Industries,  will  serve  as 
Chief  of  the  Mission.  He  will  be  assisted  by 
N.  D.  Jarvis,  an  Associate  Technologist  of  the 
Fishery  Industries  Division  in  charge  of  prac- 
tical fishery  preservation  demonstrations,  and 
by  Milton  J.  Lobell,  a  biologist  of  the  Division 
of  Fishery  Biology, 


14 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


PAYMENT  BY    MEXICO   UNDER   SPE- 
CIAL CLAIMS  CONVENTION  OF  1934 

[Released  to  the  press  December  31] 

The  Ambassador  of  Mexico  formally  pre- 
sented to  the  Secretary  of  State  today  his  Gov- 
ernment's check  for  $500,000  in  payment  of  the 
seventh  annual  instalment,  due  January  1,  1941, 
in  accordance  with  article  II  of  the  convention 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
United  Mexican  States,  signed  at  Mexico  City 
on  April  24,  1934,  providing  for  the  en  bloc 


settlement  of  the  claims  presented  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  to  the  Commission 
established  by  the  Special  Claims  Convention, 
concluded  September  10,  1923. 

The  Ambassador  of  Mexico  also  presented  a 
check  covering  interest  due  under  article  III  of 
the  convention  of  April  24,  1934. 

The  Secretary  of  State  requested  the  Am- 
bassador of  Mexico  to  convey  to  his  Govern- 
ment an  expression  of  this  Government's 
appreciation. 


INTER-  AMERICAN 


DEVELOPMENT  COMMISSION:  BRAZILIAN 
COUNCIL 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  December  30] 

Five  Brazilian  business  and  financial  leaders 
will  constitute  the  first  of  the  21  national  coun- 
cils to  be  established  by  the  Inter- American  De- 
velopment Commission,  Nelson  A.  Rockefeller, 
Chairman,  announced  December  29.  Mr.  Rocke- 
feller also  serves  as  Coordinator  of  Commercial 
and  Cultural  Relations  between  the  American 
Republics. 

An  outgrowth  of  the  Inter-American  Finan- 
cial and  Economic  Advisory  Committee  organ- 
ized following  the  Conference  of  Panama,  the 
Inter-American  Development  Commission  is 
designed  (1)  to  stimulate  the  increase  of  non- 
competitive imports  from  Latin  America  to  the 
United  States;  (2)  to  stimulate  and  increase 
trade  between  the  Latin  American  countries; 
and  (3)  to  encourage  development  of  industry 
in  Latin  America,  with  particular  regard  to  the 
production  of  consumer  goods. 

The  members  of  the  new  Commissao 
Brasileira  de  Fomento  Inter-Americano  are : 

Leonardo  Truda,  member,  Consehlo  do 
Comercio  do  Brasil ;  chairman,  commercial 
and  economic  mission  to  Caribbean  coun- 
tries, 1940;  former  president,  Bank  of 
Brazil;  chairman 

Valentim  F.  Boucas,  secretary,  Technical 
Council  of  Economics  and  Finance;  vice 
chairman 


Alvaro  Catao,  director,  Compania  Costera 
Heitor  Freire  de  Carvalho,  manager,  Paulista 

Railway 
Jose  Nabuco,  lawyer;  delegate  to  Economic 

Conference,  London,  1933 

Jose  Jobim,  of  the  Brazilian  consular  service, 
has  been  designated  executive  secretary  by  Min- 
ister of  Foreign  Affairs  Oswaldo  Aranha,  who 
was  instrumental  in  securing  the  services  of 
the  entire  Commission.  Mr.  Rockefeller  said 
the  active  cooperation  of  Foreign  Minister 
Aranha  expedited  organization  of  the  Brazil- 
ian Council. 

Duties  of  the  Brazilian  Council  were  ex- 
plained to  the  members  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  this 
week  by  George  W.  Magalhaes  and  J.  Rafael 
Oreamuno,  member  and  vice  chairman,  respec- 
tively, of  the  parent  Inter-American  Develop- 
ment Commission. 

In  addition  to  Mr.  Rockefeller  and  the  two 
members  now  in  Brazil,  the  parent  Commis- 
sion comprises  Renato  de  Azevedo  and  Carlos 
Campbell  del  Campo.  John  C.  McClintock 
serves  as  executive  secretary. 

Proceeding  from  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Messrs. 
Magalhaes  and  Oreamuno  will  visit  each  of  the 
other  nine  South  American  capitals  to  organize 
similar  national  councils.  At  a  later  date, 
groups  will  be  established  in  the  remaining  11 
American  republics,  including  the  United 
States. 


Europe 


MEETING  OP  THE  INTERGOVERNMENTAL  COMMITTEE  ON 

REFUGEES 


[Released  by  the  Intergovernmental 
Committee  on  Refugees  Janunry  3] 

Representatives  of  the  32  nations  holding 
membership  in  the  Intergovernmental  Commit- 
tee on  Refugees  have  been  notified  of  a  meeting 
in  the  Dominican  Republic  from  January  30  to 
February  3  to  inspect  the  Sosua  colony,  "test 
tube"  of  refugee  settlement  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere,  it  was  announced  January  3  by 
Alfred  Wagg,  3d,  secretary  of  the  Intergovern- 
mental Committee. 

The  meeting  will  be  held  on  the  first  anniver- 
sary of  the  signing  of  the  agreement  between 
the  Dominican  Government  and  the  Dominican 
Republic  Settlement  Association,  which  pro- 
vided for  the  settlement  of  European  refugees 
in  the  Caribbean  republic. 

The  meeting  will  open  in  the  National  Palace 
at  Ciudad  Trujillo,  and  His  Excellency  Dr. 
Troncoso  de  la  Concha,  President  of  the  Domin- 
ican Republic,  will  preside.  James  N.  Rosen- 
berg, President  of  the  Dominican  Republic 
Settlement.  Association,  will  report  on  the  work 
of  the  Association  for  the  first  year. 

The  meeting  will  be  addressed  by  representa- 
tives of  the  governments  holding  membership  in 
the  Intergovernmental  Committee  on  Refugees, 
including  a  representative  of  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  and  Mr.  George  Warren, 
representing  President  Roosevelt's  Advisory 
Committee  on  Political  Refugees.  Moreover, 
messages  will  be  read  from  the  leaders  in  the 
refugee  field,  such  as  the  Honorable  Lord  Win- 
terton,  Chairman  of  the  Intergovernmental 
Committee;  Sir  Herbert  Emerson,  Director  of 
the  Committee;  and  the  Honorable  Myron  C. 
Taylor,  American  Vice  Chairman. 

When  the  representatives  of  the  nations  hold- 
ing membership  in  the  Intergovernmental  Com- 
mittee meet  in  Ciudad  Trujillo  it  will  be  the  first 


time  they  have  gathered  together  since  the  meet- 
ing in  Washington  in  October  1939,  when  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  warned  that  between  10  and  20 
million  refugees  would  be  thrown  on  the  world's 
mercy  by  the  present  war. 

At  that  meeting  the  officers  of  the  Intergov- 
ernmental Committee  adopted,  as  a  first  step 
in  meeting  this  awesome  problem,  a  program  for 
a  "test  tube"  settlement  in  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, to  be  financed  by  private  capital. 

The  Dominican  Republic  Settlement  Associa- 
tion was  organized,  with  a  capital  of  $10,000,- 
000.  It  was  organized  along  the  lines  of  the 
charter  companies  which  in  the  seventeenth  cen- 
tury first  settled  America. 

The  Dominican  Republic  agreed  to  allow  100,- 
000  refugees  to  settle  within  its  borders.  Gen- 
eralissimo Trujillo,  who  took  an  active  interest 
in  the  settlement  as  a  concrete  humanitarian 
measure,  personally  contributed  an  estate  of 
65,000  acres,  and  buildings  and  equipment,  at 
Sosua,  for  the  colony. 

In  its  first  months  the  Dominican  Settlement 
Association  encountered  its  principal  difficulty 
in  transporting  refugee  colonists  to  their  new 
homeland. 

Prospective  colonists  were  chosen  for  their 
adaptability  in  agriculture  and  were  trained  as 
agriculturists  before  leaving  Europe. 

In  spite  of  difficulties,  500  families  have  suc- 
cessfully been  transplanted  to  the  Sosua  colony. 
Already,  they  have  placed  3,000  acres  in  agri- 
culture and  have  established  their  own  dairy 
industry. 

The  Falk  Foundation  of  Pittsburgh  contrib- 
uted $50,000  to  make  a  complete  economic  sur- 
vey of  the  Dominican  Republic  with  the  view  of 
ascertaining  the  proper  business  and  agricul- 
tural pursuits  to  be  followed  by  the  colonists. 
This  survey  is  being  undertaken  by  Dr.  Dana  G. 


16 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


Miinro.  Director  of  the  School  of  Government 
of  Princeton  University,  and  is  supervised  by 
the  Brookings  Institution. 

The  meeting  in  the  Dominican  Republic  will 
not  be  a  formal  meeting  of  the  Intergovern- 
mental Committee  on  Refugees,  but  rather  a 
"report  meeting"  at  which  progress  will  be 
shown. 

The  following  are  members  of  the  Intergov- 
ernmental Committee:  Argentina,  Australia, 
Belgium,  Bolivia.  Brazil.  Canada,  Chile,  Colom- 
bia, Costa  Rica.  Cuba,  Denmark,  Dominican 
Republic,  Ecuador,  France,  Guatemala,  Haiti, 
Honduras,  Ireland,  Mexico,  Netherlands,  New 
Zealand,  Nicaragua,  Norway,  Panama,  Para- 
guay, Peru,  Sweden,  Switzerland,  United  King- 
dom, United  States.  Uruguay,  and  Venezuela. 

NEW  YEAR  MESSAGE  FROM  THE 
KING  OF  ITALY 

[  Re  leased  to  the  press  December  31] 

The  following  is  a  translation  of  a  message 
from  the  King  of  Italy  to  the  President : 

'•Rome,  December  -■>.  WJfi. 
"On  the  approach  of  the  New  Year  I  wish 
in  express  to  you.  Mr.  President,  all  my  most 
cordial    good    wishes    for    the    people    of   the 
United  States  and  for  you  personally. 

YlTTORIO  EmANUELE" 

The  following  is  the  President's  reply  to  the 
King  of  Italy : 

•'The  White  House, 

"December  30,  1940. 
"I  greatly  appreciate  Your  Majesty's  cordial 
message.  I  extend  to  Your  Majesty  my  most 
sincere  wishes  for  your  personal  welfare  and 
my  hope  that  during  the  year  to  come  the 
Italian  people  may  be  enabled  to  enjoy  the 
blessings  of  a  righteous  peace. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FOR  RELIEF  IN 
BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 

[Released  to  the  press  January  3] 

The  following  tabulation  shows  contributions 
collected  and  disbursed  during  the  period  Sep- 
tember 6,  1939,  through  November  30,  1940,  as 
shown  in  the  reports  submitted  by  persons  and 
organizations  registered  with  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  the  solicitation  and  collection  of  con- 
tributions to  be  used  for  relief  in  belligerent 
countries,  in  conformity  with  the  regulations 
issued  pursuant  to  section  8  of  the  act  of  Novem- 
ber 4.  1939.  as  made  effective  by  the  President's 
proclamation  of  the  same  date. 

This  tabulation  has  reference  only  to  contri- 
butions solicited  and  collected  for  relief  in  bel- 
ligerent countries  (France;  Germany;  Poland; 
the  United  Kingdom,  India,  Australia,  Canada, 
New  Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa; 
Norway;  Belgium;  Luxemburg;  the  Nether- 
lands; Italy;  and  Greece)  or  for  the  relief  of 
refugees  driven  out  of  these  countries  by  the 
present  war.  The  statistics  set  forth  in  the  tabu- 
lation do  not  include  information  regarding 
relief  activities  which  a  number  of  organiza- 
tions registered  with  the  Secretary  of  State  may 
be  carrying  on  in  non-belligerent  countries,  but 
for  which  registration  is  not  required  under  the 
Neutrality  Act  of  1939. 

The  American  National  Red  Cross  is  required 
by  law  to  submit  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
audit  "a  full,  complete,  and  itemized  report  of 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  whatever  kind". 
In  order  to  avoid  an  unnecessary  duplication  of 
work,  this  organization  is  not  required  to  con- 
form to  the  provisions  of  the  regulations  gov- 
erning the  solicitation  and  collection  of  contri- 
butions for  relief  in  belligerent  countries,  and 
the  tabulation  does  not,  therefore,  include  in- 
formation in  regard  to  its  activities. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


17 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belucerent  Countries 


Funds  .spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30.  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Accion  Democrata  Espafiola,  Kan  Francisco,  Calif.,  Mar. 

29, 1940.    France 

Allied  Relief  Ball,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  4,  1940. 

Great  Britain  and  France 

Allied  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  4,  1940.° 
United  Kingdom,  France,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands, 
and  Norway 

American  Aid  for  German  War  Prisoners,  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  27,  1940.    Canada - - 

American  Association  for  Assistance  to  French  Artists, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    France 

American  Association  of  University  Women,  Washington, 
D.C.,  May  23,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain,  Sweden, 
Palestine,  Canada,  and  Switzerland 

American  Auxiliary  Committee  de  1'Union  des  Femmes  de 
France,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  8,  1939.  France  and 
Great  Britain. ._ - 

American  Board  of  Missions  to  the  Jews,  Inc.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.,  July  5,  1940.    France,  Belgium,  and  Germany-. 

American  Civilian  Volunteers,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  27, 
1940.  »    France 

American  Committee  for  Christian  Refugees,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  26,  1939.    Germany  and  France 

American  Committee  for  the  German  Relief  Fund,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  27,  1940.  Germany,  Poland, 
Canada,  Dutch  Guiana,  British  West  Indies,  and 
Jamaica . -- 

American  Committee  for  the  Polish  Ambulance  Fund, 
Chicago,  111.,  Feb.  12,  1940.    France  and  Poland 

American  Dental  Ambulance  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  12,  1940.    United  Kingdom 

American  Employment  for  General  Relief,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  May  1,  1940.  England,  France,  Norway, 
Poland,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands 

American  Federation  for  Polish  Jews,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  14, 1939.    Poland 

American  Field  Hospital  Corps,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec 
12,  1939.    France,  Belgium,  Holland,  and  England 

American  Field  Service,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  27, 1939. 
France,  Great  Britain,  and  British  East  Africa 

American  and  French  Students'  Correspondence  Ex- 
change, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  20,  1939.  France  and 
England 

American-French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  14,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

American  Friends  of  Britain,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug. 
30,  1940.    Great  Britain.. 

American  Friends  of  Czechoslovakia,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  2,  1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Bohemia- 
Moravia 

American  Frieniis  of  the  Daily  Sketch  War  Relief  Fund, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  1,  1939.<    Great  Britain 

American  Friends  of  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 
21,  1939.    France 


$308.  19 
52,  696.  35 

1,  461,  043.  62 
2,011.66 
14,  037.  76 

11.735.02 

20, 888.  75 

3, 089. 07 

None 

11,801.86 

40,  662.  59 
30, 793.  69 
3.  249.  52 

3,115.00 

6,  244.  30 
224, 113.  37 
329, 140.  54 

7,614.77 
46,369.51 

7,  377.  73 

29,  433.  92 

2,771.95 

323,  027. 01 


$125.00 

39,  964.  39 

997,  521.  99 

5.73 

9,  166  IK 

6,  277.  50 

11,693.70 

3, 044.  60 

None 

11,801.86 

28,  300. 00 
26,  243.  20 
3,  133.  02 

None 

5,1)20.75 

105,340.20 

272,  299. 54 

3,399.50 
28,649.06 

2, 450.  (X) 

23,  641.  42 

2.  357.  00 
167,822.76 


$55.51 
12,731.96 

94,  292. 17 

126.  24 

3,  506. 60 

569.85 

2, 844. 21 
44.47 
None 
None 

9, 258.  72 

2, 255. 85 

101.  50 

2,  580. 11 

376. 14 

22, 040.  45 

16,  290.  94 

1,  228. 95 
8, 257. 70 
1,916.67 

5,117.69 

None 

33, 626. 58 


$127.68 
None 

369,  229.  46 

1,  879.  69 
1,365.  13 

4,  887.  67 

6, 350. 84 
None 
None 
None 

3, 103. 87 

2,  294.  64 

15.  00 

534.  89 

847.  41 

96,  732.  72 

40,  550. 06 

2, 986.  32 
9, 462.  75 
3,011.06 

674.  81 
414.95 


None 
None 

$82,  621.  67 

45.  00 

1,605.15 

None 

4,936.84 
None 
None 
None 

None 

471.00 
None 

None 
7,651.43 
1,500.00 

None 

None 

51,894.20 

None 

19,  240. 00 
None 


■  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  30,  1940,  at  its  own  request.    Since  Nov.  30,  this  organization  has  operated  under  regis- 
tration no.  208,  in  the  name  of  the  British  War  Relief  Society,  Inc. 

»  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Oct.  31,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 
e  No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


18 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  dad-  of  registration  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

American  Friends  of  a  Jewish  Palestine,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,   May  9,   1940.    Palestine,   Germany,   Poland, 

$4,  782.  84 

97,  772.  74 
5,  266.  05 
18,  205.  55 
200.00 
4,563.03 
5,  355. 00 

2,  777.  430.  44 

1,  396. 82 
3,  310. 63 
1,080.22 
5,150.51 

2,  616.  34 
20,  245.  53 
10, 920.  68 

1,39434 
22, 187.  93 
10, 827.  14 
9,  551. 11 
2, 829.  27 
10, 210. 87 
273.50 
206.  91 

2,  214. 90 

13, 986. 07 

1,155.91 
2,  213.  13 
27, 082. 98 
5,  376.  48 

$1, 927. 02 

90,  706.  27 
3,  786.  50 
12,515.28 
200.00 
3,000.00 
None 

2,  534, 613.  72 
1.115.77 
2, 128. 10 
180.07 
3,  460.  50 
1,  266.  30 

11,  646. 86 
6,500.00 

564.38 

12,  196.  33 
7,000.00 
6. 017.  53 
2,600.00 
9,  266. 45 

225.00 
183.30 

1,156.10 

9,  508.  98 

742.00 

975.  00 

8,  243.  00 

3,005.46 

$2.  855.  82 

6,  765.  40 
368.09 
702.  16 
None 

1,  092.  74 
None 

242,  816.  72 

None 

194.  18 

269.58 

82.62 

664.33 

6, 682.  22 

324. 93 

354.  34 

841.71 

288.45 

703.99 

7.50 

453.  10 

None 

12. 63 

85.67 
745.  57 

97.  16 

207.  36 

11,707.57 

1,962.66 

None 

$301. 07 
1,111.46 
4,988.11 
None 
470.29 
5,  355.  00 

None 

281.05 

988.35 

630.57 

1,607.39 

685.  71 

1,906.45 

4, 095. 75 

475.  62 

9, 149. 89 

3, 538. 69 

2, 829.  59 

221.  77 

491.  32 

48.50 

10.98 

973.  13 
3, 731.  52 

316.75 
1, 030. 77 
7, 132.  41 

408.36 

None 

$14,512.17 

4,911.50 

12, 112. 14 

None 

None 

None 

51.00 

2, 100. 00 
None 
None 
None 

1, 184. 10 

21,431.07 

650.00 

296.50 

2, 826.  56 
None 
None 
None 

1, 430. 00 
None 
None 

725.00 

1,  565. 88 

30.00 

None 

13, 468. 00 

33, 182.  50 

American  Friends  Service  Committee,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Nov.  9,   1939.    United   Kingdom,   Poland,   Germany, 
France,  Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  and  Italy. - 

The  American  Fund  for  Breton  Relief,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

None 

American    Fund   for   French   Wounded,    Inc.,    Boston, 

$806. 32 

American  Fund  for  Wounded  in  France,  Inc.,  Worcester, 

American  German  Aid  Society,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov. 

The  American  Hospital   in    Britain,  Ltd.,  New  York, 

The  American  Jewish  Joint   Distribution   Committee, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    United  King- 
dom,  Poland,   Germany,   France,   Norway,   Belgium, 

American  McAH  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 

American-Polish  National  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Aug. 

American  War  Godmothers,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Mar.  6, 1940. 

American  Women's  Hospitals.  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  14, 

American  Women's  Unit  for  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  15, 1940.    France 

American  Women's  Voluntary  Services,  Inc.,  New  York, 

33.70 

Les  Amis  de  la  France  a  Puerto  Rico,  San  Juan,  P.  R., 

Les  Amities  Fcminines  de  la  France,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Les  Anciens  Combattants  Francais  de  la  Grande  Guerre, 

Anthracite  Relief  Committee,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  Sept. 

Anzac  War  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23, 1940. 

Associated  Polish  Societies  Relief  Committee  of  Webster, 

Associated  Polish  Societies'  Relief  Committee  of  Worces- 
ter, Mass.,  Worcester,  Mass.,  Sept,  14, 1939.    Poland 

Association  of  Former  Juniors  in  France  of  Smith  College, 

None 

Association  of  Former  Russian  Naval  Officers  in  America, 

Association  of  Joint  Polish-American  Societies  of  Chelsea, 

L'Atelier,  San  Francisco.  Calif.,  Jan.  29,  1940.    France 

Mrs.  Mark  Baldwin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  4,  1940. 

847.00 

Basque  Delegation  in  the  United  States  of  America,  New 

Belgian  Relief  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  14, 1940. 

1, 726. 00 

Belgian  Relief  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 
May  27,  1940.    Belgium,  France,  and  Great  Britain 

None 

<*  The  registration  of  this  organization  w  as  revoked  on  Nov.  30,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


19 


Contributions  for  Rkukk  in-  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Belgian  War  Relief  Fund,  Manila,  P.  I.,  Juno  7,  1940. 
Belgium 

The  Benedict  Bureau  Unit,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov. 

29,  1939.    France 

Bethel  Mission  of  Eastern  Europe,  Minneapolis,  Minn., 

Nov.  27, 1939.    Poland 

Bishops'  Committee  for  Polish  Relief,  Washington,  D.C., 

Dec.  19,  1939.    Poland 

Board  of  National  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  in 

the  United  States  of  America,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

26. 1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany 

British-American  Ambulance  Corps,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  June  11,  1940.    Greece,  England,  and  France 

British-American  Comfort  League,  Quincy,  Mass.,  Feb. 

21. 1940.  England 

British-American  War  Relief  Association,  Seattle,  Wash., 

Nov.  17,  1939.    United  Kingdom  and  allied  countries. . . 

British  Sailors'  Book  and  Relief  Society,  New  York,N.  Y., 
May  2,  1940.  Bermuda,  Canada,  and  the  British  West 
Indies 

British  War  Relief  Association  of  Northern  California, 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  20,  1939.  Great  Britain  and 
France 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  the  Philippines, 
Manila,  P.  I.,  Apr.  11,  1940. •    All  belligerent  countries. 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  Southern  California, 
Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  8,  1939.  Groat  Britain  and 
Greece 

British  War  Relief  Fund,  Dayton,  Ohio,  Sept.  12,  1940. 
Great  Britain 

British  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec. 
4, 1939.  Great  Britain,  Newfoundland,  and  British 
East  Africa. 

Bundles  for  Britain,  New  Y'ork,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  28,  1939. 
Great  Britain  and  Dominions 

Caledonian  Club  of  Idaho,  Boise,  Idaho,  Jan.  25,  1940. 
Scotland.. - 

California  Denmark  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Nov.  20, 
1940.     Denmark 

Canadian  Women's  Club  of  New  York  City,  Inc.,  New 
Y'ork,  N.  Y\,  Oct.  23, 1940.  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and 
Newfoundland.: _ _ 

Catholic  Medical  Mission  Board,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Jan.  17,  1940.  India,  Australia,  Canada,  New  Zealand, 
and  the  Union  of  South  Afiica „. 

The  Catholic  Student  War  Relief  of  Pax  Romana,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  Dec.  13,  1939.  Poland,  France,  Ger- 
many, and  Great  Britain _ 

Central  Bureau  for  the  Relief  of  the  Evangelical  Churches 
of  Europe,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  14, 1940.  All  belliger- 
ent countries 

Central  Committee  Knesseth  Israel,  New  Y'ork,  N.  Y., 
Oct.  27, 1939.    Palestine-. 

Central  Committee  for  Polish  Relief,  Toledo,  Ohio,  Feb. 
29, 1940.    Poland 

Central  Council  of  Polish  Organizations,  New  Castle,  Pa., 
Nov.  7,  1939.    France,  Poland,  and  England 

Centrala,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  12,  1939.    Poland 

Cercle  Francais  de  Seattle,  Seattle,  Wash.,  Nov.  2,  1939. 
France  and  Great  Britain 

Chester  (Delaware  Co.,  Pa.)  Polish  Relief  Committee, 
Chester,  Pa.,  Sept.  15, 1939.    Poland  and  France 


$2, 009. 06 

5, 481. 17 

12,  280. 02 

393,  932. 18 

6,  308. 03 

740,  636. 43 

2,311.08 

30, 145. 46 

2, 980.  03 

106,  903.  63 
69,  558. 45 

291,451.60 
161.  51 

1,  751,  287.  95 
489,  643.  22 


1,244.86 

16,246.29 

38, 089. 57 

829. 87 

2, 869. 73 

1,  452.  72 

2,  549.  45 
8,  075. 96 


$51.  38 

2, 846.  74 

8,  530.  40 

250,  324.  31 

5,  281.  30 

247,  406.  32 

1,  163.  70 

24, 853.  49 

25.00 

75,  505. 00 
65,  230. 48 

260,  531.  93 
149.00 

796,  074. 73 

174,  793.  72 

300.30 

None 


1,014.  50 

10, 984.  00 

24,  647.  45 

600. 00 

1,995.80 
1,  300.  75 

658.28 

5,  995.  46 


$2.  50 
1,008.43 
3,  548. 81 

55.23 

738.  01 

74,  461.  88 

222.84 

2, 075. 26 

2,  339.  61 

3,  423. 33 
1,443.87 

19, 185.  57 
9.20 

168,683.91 

128,457.06 

164.  57 

None 

213.90 


165. 41 

3,  547.  62 

13,442.12 

226.  77 

43.76 
11.65 

560.  24 

694. 04 


$1,955.  18 

1,  626.  00 

200.  81 

143,  552.  64 

288.72 

418,  768.  23 

924.54 

3,  216.  71 

615.  42 


11,734.  10 
3.31 

786,  529.  31 

186,  392.  44 

12.77 

None 

1,144.49 


$227.  50 
None 
None 
None 

None 

None 

None 

2, 576. 00 

9, 923. 00 

56,  246. 90 
317.  22 

82, 109. 12 
None 

417,114.75 

46(1,  555.  44 

None 

None 

None 


1,714.67 

None 

None 

None 

103. 10 

None 

830.17 

None 

140.32 

1,900.00 

1,  330.  93 

2,  775.  00 

1,386.46 

1,677.30 

■  No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


20 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Rkmef  ini  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Church  of  the  Pilgrimage,  Plymouth,  Mass.,  Nov.  5, 1940.' 
England 

Commission  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  12,  1939.»    Poland 

The  Commission  for  Relief  in  Belgium,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  May  21,  1940.    Belgium  and  Luxemburg 

Committee  for  Aid  to  Children  of  Mobilized  Men  of  the 

XX"  Arrondissement  of  Paris,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan. 

15, 1940.    France- 

Committee  of  French-American  Wives,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  15,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Committee  of  Mercy,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  16, 

1939.  France,  Great   Britain,  Norway,   Belgium,  the 
Netherlands,  and  their  allies 

Committee  for  Relief  in  Allied  Countries,  Washington, 
D.  C,  Feb.  2,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain,  Poland, 
Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands... 

Committee  for  the  Relief  for  Poland,  Seattle,  Wash.,  Nov. 
24, 1939.    Poland. __ 

Committee  Representing  Polish  Organizations  and  Polish 
People  in  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23,  1939. 
Poland 

Czechoslovak  Relief,  Chicago,  111.,  July  25,  1940.  Czech- 
oslovakia, Great  Britain  and  Dominions,  France,  and 
Belgium 

District  of  Columbia  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
Washington,  D.  C,  Aug.  14, 1940.    Great  Britain 

The  Emergency  Aid  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Oct.  13, 1939.  Great  Britain,  Franco,  Norway,  Belgium, 
Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands 

Emergency  Relief  Committee  for  Kolbuszowa,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  13, 1940.    Poland 

Emergency  Rescue  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  3, 

1940.  France,    United    Kingdom,    Belgium,   Norway, 
and  the  Netherlands.  _ 

English-Speaking  Union  of  the  United  States,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,   Dec.  26,   1939.    Great   Britain,   Canada,  and 

France 

Erste  Pinchovor  Kranken  Unterstuzungs  Verein,  Inc., 

Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  Apr.  22, 1940.    Poland 

The  Fall  River  British  War  Belief  Society,  Fall  River, 

Mass.,  Sept.  26,  1940.    Great  Britain... 

Federated  Council  of  Polish  Societies  of  Grand  Rapids, 

Mich.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  Sept.  15,  1939.  Poland... 
Federation  of  Franco-Belgian  Clubs  of  Rhode  Island, 

Woonsocket,  R.L.Nov.  15,1939.  France  and  England.. 
Federation  of  French  Veterans  of  the  Great  War,  Inc., 

Now  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  11, 1939.    France 

Fellowship  of  Reconciliation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  20, 

1940.    France,  England,  and  possibly  Germany. __ 

Fortra,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  7,  1940.    Germany 

and  Poland 

Foster  Parents'  Plan  for  War  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y„  Sept.  21,  1939.    Franco 

Franco-American  Federation,  Salem,  Mass.,  July  9,  1940. 

France - 

French   Colonies  War   Relief  Committee,    New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Aug.  20,  1940.    France 


$148.  ,50 

510,  459. 15 

8, 790.  92 

4, 923.  40 
21,993.04 


4,  523.  03 
2,  441.  83 


15,  705.  52 
2, 058.  30 

54,  752.  58 
5,  729.  85 


275.  00 

2,  076.  31 

7, 594. 30 

5, 817.  61 

10,  204.  30 

590.21 

630,  646.  82 

117,686.47 

636. 30 

323.22 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$148. 50 

453,  953. 87 

4, 165. 00 

3,  365.  63 
15,969.71 


2,  500.  00 
2,  162.  72 


5, 402.  90 
1,687.19 

37, 650.  28 
None 


86, 


1.02 


None 
1, 000. 91 
4, 450.  93 
2,  483. 07 
8, 086.  09 

531.21 
461,  984.  52 
67, 430.  43 

None 

None 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


None 

$53.  555. 24 

2,  743.  33 

None 
2,  596. 63 


1,805.60 
255.71 


'J,  mis.  L'S 
2,  300. 05 


190.  63 
889.  19 
4I7.SO 
506.53 
Nono 
71, 323.  72 
25,  506.  43 
None 
222. 77 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


None 
$2,  950.  04 
1,  882.  59 

1,  557.  77 
3,  426.  70 


217.  43 
23.40 


10,  108.  73 
None 

8, 094. 02 
3, 429. 80 

31, 433.  71 

8,697.51 

275.00 

884.  77 

2,  254. 18 

2,  916.  74 

1,611.68 

59.00 

97,  338.  58 

24,  749. 61 

636.30 

100.45 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 

$1,500.00 

None 

None 
4,  529.  59 


None 
None 


30, 400.  00 
None 

11. 783. 93 
None 

None 

80. 304. 94 
None 
Nono 

3, 200. 00 
1,  199.  93 
804.70 
None 
Nono 
None 
None 
None 


'  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  7,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 

»  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  received  from  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


21 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Coi  ntriks — Ontiimrcl 


French  Committee  for  Relief  in  France,  Detroit,  Mich., 
Oct.  17,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

French  Relief  Association,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Feb.  3, 
1940.    France - 

French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  16, 

1939.  France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  Nevada,  Reno,  Nev.,  June 

21.  1940.    France . 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  the  Philippines,  Manila,  P.  I., 

May  1,  1940."    France . - 

French  War  Veterans,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  5,  1939. 

France.. 

Friends  of  Children,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  13, 1940. 

Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium,  and  the  Netherlands.. 
Friends  of  Dover,  England  Fund,  Dover,  N.  H.,  Oct.  25, 

1940.  England. 

The  Friends  of  Israel  Refugee  Relief  Committee,  Inc., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Oct.  23,  1939.  Canada,  France,  and 
England 

The  Friends  of  Normandy,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  18, 
1939.  France - 

Friends  of  Poland,  Chicago,  111.,  Dec.  6,  1939.    Poland.... 

Fund  for  the  Relief  of  Men  of  Letters  and  Scientists  of 
Russia,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  29,  1940.  France, 
Czechoslovakia,  and  Poland. 

Funds  for  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  14,  1940. 
France. ._ 

General  Gustav  Orliez  Dreszer  Foundation  for  Aid  to 
Polish  Children,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov.  3,  1939. 
Poland . 

General  Taufflieb  Memorial  Relief  Committee  for  France, 
Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  Nov.  17,  1939.'  France  and 
England 

German-American  Relief  Committee  for  Victims  of  Fas- 
cism, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  18,  1940.  France  and 
Great  Britain 

Mrs.  George  Gilliland,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  10,  1940. 
Northern  Ireland -.- 

Golden  Rule  Foundation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  2, 1939. 
Poland  and  Palestine 

Grand  Duke  Vladimir  Benevolent  Fund  Association,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  8, 1940.    France 

Grand  Lodge,  Daughters  of  Scotia,  Hartford,  Conn., 
Feb.  16, 1940.    Scotland 

Great  Lakes  Command,  Canadian  Legion  of  the  British 
Empire  Service  League,  Detroit,  Mich.,  July  5,  1940. 
Great  Britain  and  Canada 

Greater  New  Bedford  British  War  Relief  Corps,  New 
Bedford,  Mass.,  Dec.  19, 1939.    Great  Britain 

Greek  War  Relief  Association,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  18,  1940.    Greece 

Hadassah,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  15,  1939.  Pales- 
tine  . 


Hamburg-Bremen  Steamship  Agency,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  21,  1940.    Germany  and  Poland 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Aug.  30,  1940. 
Great  Britain 

Hebrew  Christian  Alliance  of  America,  Chicago,  111.,  Jan. 
3,1940.    England,  Germany,  and  Poland 


$3, 754. 43 

882.76 

42,  425. 44 

None 

5,  556. 16 

822. 81 

16,551.71 

1,015.00 

14,  329.  33 

2,  445. 50 
1,421.95 

545.  38 
12,  763.  84 


550.38 
14,  583.  39 

2,  346.  44 
9,  262. 81 
116,  334.  98 
962,  676.  67 
221,  059.  81 
83, 130.  06 
2, 674.  20 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$1, 883. 07 
393  62 
19,  907.  64 
None 
500.00 
407.75 
4,  301. 31 
None 

2, 312.  42 

1,500.00 
680.00 

128.37 
1.2.50.00 


1.726.40 

990.95 
159.  25 
82.00 
370.  79 
11,523.95 

855.96 

7,  241.  68 

None 

768,  484. 09 

180, 151. 18 

None 

2,  575.  00 


Funds  snent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


$297.  57 
134.  01 
6,103.38 
None 
10. 00 
171.66 

5,  816.  63 

None 

6,  488. 67 

160.00 
92.26 

58.71 
6,  936. 39 


52.10 

766.86 
None 
None 
30.70 
None 

73.35 

415.67 

None 

39,001.05 

50, 900. 83 

3,  726.  43 

99.20 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$1,573.79 

366. 13 

16,  714. 52 

None 

5,  046. 46 
243.40 

6,  433.  77 
1, 015.  00 

5,  528.  24 

785.50 
649.69 

368.30 

4,  577.  45 


645.  51 

442.  63 
None 
None 

148. 89 
3. 059. 44 

1, 416. 13 

1,  605.  46 

116,334.98 

155, 191. 53 

None 

79,  403.  63 

None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


$30, 339. 50 
996.17 
217.  60 
None 
None 
None 
26,  526. 88 
None 


None 


None 
None 


None 
None 


None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
779. 93 
None 
61, 009.  36 
None 
None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


» No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received 
'  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov 


from  this  organization. 
30,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


22 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 

Contributions  fob  Relief  ini  Belligerent  Countries— Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration  and 
destination  of  cnntrihutions 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


A.  Seymour  Houghton,  Jr.,  et  al.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov 
27,  1939.    France 

Humanitarian  Work  Committee,  Glen  Cove,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 

Independent  British  War  Relief  Society  of  Rhode  Island 
Greenwood,  R.  I.,  June  14, 1940.    Great  Britain 

Independent  Kinsker  Aid  Association,  New  York.  N.  Y 
Jan.  3,  1940,    Poland - - 

International  Children's  Relief  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  1, 1940.    Great  Britain.... 

International  Committee  of  Young  Men's  Christian  Asso- 
ciations, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22, 1939.  All  belliger- 
ent countries --- 

International  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional 
Women,  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  July  5,  1940.  Poland, 
Czechoslovakia,  Norway,  Belgium,  France,  and  the 
Netherlands 

International  Relief  Association  for  Victims  of  Fascism, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.  France,  England, 
and  Germany 11,  741.86 

Isthmian  Pro-British  Aid  Committee,  Ancon,  C.  Z.,  Sept. 
20, 1940.    England 

Joint  Committee  of  the  United  Scottish  Clans  of  Greater 
New  York  and  New  Jersey,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  30, 
1940.     Scotland 

Junior  Relief  Group  of  Texas,  Houston,  Tex.,  May  29, 
1940.  United  Kingdom,  France,  Netherlands,  Belgium, 
and  Norway 

Marthe  Th.  Kahn,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  16,  1940 
France 

The  Kindergarten  Unit,  Inc.,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  Oct.  3 

1939.  France,  Poland,  United  Kingdom,  India,  Aus- 
tralia, and  New  Zealand . ... 

The  Kosciuszko  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
May  24, 1940.    Poland 

The  KyfThaeuser,  League  of  German  War  Veterans  in 
U.  S.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Nov.  27,  1939.  Poland, 
Germany,  and  Canada .. 65,440.02 

Lackawanna  County  Committee  for  Polish  Relief,  Scran 
ton,  Pa.,  Sept.  15, 1939.    Poland 

Ladies  Auxiliary  of  the  Providence  Branch  of  the  Fed- 
eration of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the  United 
States,  Providence,  R.  I.,  Oct.  1, 1940.    Italy 

LaFayette  Preventorium,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept 

21. 1939.  France 

La  France  Post,    American   Legion,  New  York,  N. 

Feb.  7,  1940.     France  and  Great  Britain 

Mrs.  Nancy  Bartlett  Laughlin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan 

31. 1940.  France 

League  of  American  Writers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

May  6,  1940.    France,  England,  Poland,  and  Norway-^  2,784. 

League  of  Polish  Societies  of  New  Kensington,  Arnold  and 
vicinity,  New  Kensington,  Pa.,  Nov.  17, 1939.    Poland- . 

Legion  of  Young  Polish  Women,  Chicago,  HI.,  Oct.  2, 1939, 
Poland 16,228.73 

The  Little  House  of  Saint  Pantaleon,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Sept.  30,  1939.    France  and  England 

Lord  Mayor  of  Plymouth's  Services  Welfare  Fund,  Ply- 
mouth, Mass.,  Nov.  5, 1940.*    England. 

The  Maple  Leaf  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N,  Y.,  Apr.  19, 

1940.  Canada,  United  Kingdom,  and  France 54,844.30 

i  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov 


$13,  992.  34 

2,  910.  00 

1,  033. 05 

None 

None 

36,  883.  50 


,  527.  52 
None 


10, 000. 00 
25.00 

892.  85 

6,  450. 00 

42, 831.  27 

7,  225.  56 

2,  490.  89 

8,  647. 13 
925.  00 
40U  00 

1,  560.  52 
1.498.24 

9,  642.  00 
25,  460.  68 

693. 16 

13.901.11 
9,  1940,  at 


$156. 86 
62.38 
19.00 
None 
None 

5,  655.  63 


329.  36 
406.90 

5,  515.  60 
831. 80 

None 

4, 212. 37 

385. 79 

None 
1,223.61 

78.19 
2, 716.  50 

36.26 

42.09 

18, 135. 23 
the  request  of 


$5, 805. 96 

507. 20 

1,028.37 

699.  30 

None 

25,  570.  48 


None 
147. 55 


156. 02 
193.  69 

None 
None 

7, 093. 16 
632. 30 

58.23 
7,126.97 

274.  53 
8.60 

None 

482. 53 
3, 870. 23 
1, 383. 22 

None 

22, 807. 96 
registrant. 


$773 .05 

185.00 

1,150.00 

None 

None 

None 


2, 020. 00 
None 


None 
None 


1, 933. 00 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
11. 14 
2,  400. 00 
None 

18,  874.  29 
None 

76,848.00 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


23 


Contributions  fob  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


for  relief  in 
countries 
named 


lion,  publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 

balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Medical  and  Surgical  Supply  Committee  of  America, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  5, 1940.  Poland,  Great  Britain, 
France,  Netherlands,  Norway,  Luxemburg,  Belgium, 
and  Greece -- 

Mennonite  Central  Committee,  Akron,  Pa.,  Feb.  13, 1940. 
Great  Britain,  Poland,  Germany,  France,  and  Canada.. 

Methodist  Committee  for  Overseas  Relief,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  4,  1940.  France,  Poland,  Czechoslovakia, 
Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  and  United  King- 
dom  

Milford,  Connecticut,  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee, 
Milford,  Conn.,  Nov.  6,  1939.    Poland... 

The  Mobile  Circle  for  Benefit  of  the  Royal  Navy  Hospital 
Comforts  Fund,  Mobile,  Ala.,  Sept.  18,  1940.  British 
Isles 


Monmouth  War  Relief,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12,  1940. 

England  and  France 

The  Mother  Church,  the  First  Church  of  Christ,  Scientist, 

in  Boston,  U.  S.  A.,  Boston,  Mass.,   Apr.  25,   1940. 

Canada,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom 

Fernanda  Wanamaker  Munn  (Mrs.  Ector  Munn),  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  25,  1939.     France  and  England 

National  Christian  Action,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May 

23, 1940.    Norway  and  Denmark 

Near  East  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  28, 

1940.    Greece 

Netherlands  War  Relief  Committee,  Manila,  P.  I.,  May 

27, 1940.*    Netherlands 

The  New  Canaan  Workshop,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  July  1, 

1940.    British  Empire . - 

New  Jersey  Broadcasting  Corp.,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Sept. 

13,  1939.    Poland 

Nicole  do  Paris  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  1, 

1940.    France... 

North  Side  Polish  Council  Relief  Committee  of  Milwau- 
kee, Wis.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dec.  5,  1939.    Poland 

Norwegian  Relief,  Inc.,  Chicago,  111.,  May  1,  1940.    Nor- 


Nowe-Dworer  Ladies  Benevolent  Association,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  25,  1939.    Poland 

Nowiny  Publishing  Apostolate,  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis., 
Sept.  26, 1939.    Poland. 

Nowy  Swiat  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

11,  1939.    Poland  and  France 

Order  of  Scottish  Clans,  Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  25,  1940. 

Scotland 

Over-Seas  League  Tobacco  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug. 

19,  1940.    British  Empire 

The  Pacific  Steam  Navigation  Company,  Cristobal,  C.  7,., 

Oct.  16,  1940.    England - 

Paderewski  Fund  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Feb.  23,  1940.    Poland.. 

Parcels  for  Belgian  Prisoners,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov. 

12,  1940.1    Germany 

Parcels  for  the  Forces,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  9,  1940. 

Great  Britain.. 

The   Paryski   Publishing    Co.,  Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  15, 

1939.    Poland  and  Great  Britain 

The  Pawtucket  and  Blaekstone  Valley  British    Relief 

Society    of    Rhode    Island,    Pawtucket,    R.  I.,   Feb. 

26,  1940.    Great  Britain 


$20,  752.  54 
29,910.20 

5, 560. 40 
405.  33 

1,390.36 
2, 123.  27 

177,  300.  69 
14,  480.  05 
1,134.31 

25,  413. 13 
3, 478. 25 
9,  652. 89 
1,  210.  55 

227.  00 

1,  581. 48 

396.611.25 

806. 14 

5,  407. 16 

26,  865.  37 

6,  254.  88 
36,  735. 17 

143.  50 
1 13,  553.  76 


5,  854.  28 
7,  477.  33 


$500.  34 
21,  585.  46 

5, 000. 00 
250.20 

838.32 
642. 45 

10, 175.  88 

6, 994. 60 

None 

5, 000. 00 

1,  253. 87 

7, 483. 50 

826. 17 

14S.  00 

1,  400.  28 

None 

None 

4, 589. 86 

25,  677.  50 

3, 377. 00 

30,  454.  05 

137.55 

60.  000.  00 


$6,  283.  46 
4,  494.  84 

560.  40 
84.62 

.35 
295.82 

2, 982.  53 

5, 381. 51 

829.78 

6, 092. 82 

16.50 

679. 85 

384.  38 

51.00 

19.18 

11,982.59 

141.00 

None 

103. 39 

None 

6, 281. 12 

5.95 

33, 078. 01 


2,  643.  54 
6,  866.  33 


4,  527. 10 
None 


None 
70. 51 

551. 69 
1,185.00 

164, 142. 28 
2, 103. ! 

304.53 

14,  320.  31 

2,  207. 88 

1,  489.  64 

None 

28.00 

162. 02 

384,  628.  66 

665. 14 

S17.30 

1,  084.  48 

2,  877.  88 

None 

None 

20, 475.  75 


$70,  770. : 
8,  663. 02 

None 
None 

618. 14 
165. 00 

15,927.85 
5,  427.  28 
None 
None 
None 
2,  200. 00 
None 
None 
1,  300.  00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
15.00 
None 


None 
611.00 


35.40 
None 


*  No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

1  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


24 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Rki.ief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  In 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1910, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent, 
to  countries 
named 


Ocl 


Pclham  Overseas  Knitting  Circle,  Pelham,  N. 
17,  1940.    Scotland- 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  Federation  of  Elizabeth 
Polish  Organizations,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  Sept.  23,  1939. 
Poland  and  England 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  St.  Casimir's  Roman 
Catholic  Church  of  the  City  of  Albany,  N.  Y.,  Albany, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland 

Polish-American  Associations  of  Middlesex  County,  N.  J., 
Sayreville,  N.  J.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland 

Polish-American  Citizens  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Shir- 
ley, Mass.,  Dec.  16,  1939.    Poland 

Polish-American  Council,  Chicago,  III.,  Sept.  IS,  1939. 
Poland... 

Polish-American  Forwarding  Committee,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  28,  1940.    Poland  and  Germany 

Polish-American  Volunteer  Ambulance  Section,  Inc. 
(Pavas),  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  13,  1940.  France  and 
England - 

Polish  Broadcasting  Corp.,  New  York,  X.  Y.,  Sept.  2:i, 
1939.    Poland-.-. - - 

Polish  Business  and  Professional  Men's  Club,  Los  Angeles, 
Calif.,  Nov.  17,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Central  Committee  of  New  London,  Conn.,  New 
London,  Conn.,  Oct.  13, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Central  Council  of  New  Haven,  New  Haven, 
Conn.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Civic  League  of  Mercer  County,  Tronton,  N.  J., 
Sept.  19, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Civilian  Relief  Fund,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  27,  1939. 
Poland 

Polish  Falcons  Alliance  of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Inter-Organization  "Centrala"  of  Waterbury, 
Waterbury,  Conn.,  Feb.  28, 1940.     Poland 

Polish  Literary  Guild  of  New  Britain,  Conn.,  New  Brit- 
ain, Conn.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  National  Alliance  of  the  United  States  of  North 
America,  Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  27,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  National  Council  of  Montgomery  County,  Amster- 
dam, N.  Y.,  Oct.  12,  1939."     Poland...- 

Polish  National  Council  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  14, 1939.    France  and  Poland 

The  Polish  Naturalization  Independent  Club,  Worcester, 
Mass.,  Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  of  Carteret,  N.  J.  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Oct.  11, 
1939.    Poland - 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Boston,  Boston,  Mass.,  Sept. 
14,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Brockton,  Mass.,  Brockton, 
Mass.,  Sept.  25,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  Sept.  16, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Columbia  County,  Hudson, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  15,  1940.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Delaware,  Wilmington,  Del., 
Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Sept.  11,  1939. 
Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Fitchburg,  Fitchburg,  Mass., 
Mar.  29, 1940.    Poland 


9,  033.  85 

2,  705.  17 

1,  057.  05 
427.  01 

458, 151.  12 
5.  944.  78 

29,  120.  00 

2,  658.  83 
474.  50 

1,  332. 17 
4, 049. 19 
7,  246.  54 
4,  350.  01 

11,469.43 
742.  25 

3,  070.  59 
302,  941. 12 

4,  412. 62 
98,  963.  82 

3,  762.  99 
1,382.91 
9,070.85 
1,835.48 

2,  728.  82 

None 

7,995.12 

159,568.04 

749.80 


$296.  43 

7,  946.  85 

426.32 

800.00 

362,  06 

264,  321.  15 

3,  542.  55 

19,  769.  05 

None 

314.  23 

991.  24 

3,  316.  65 

6,  392.  86 

3,  025.  00 

11,102.23 

607.76 

2,000.00 

231,  065.  00 

2,  910. 00 
77,911.30 

3,  200. 00 
800.00 

7,101.19 

1,  201.  27 

1, 142.  30 

None 

7, 189. 84 

108,  646.  73 

460.40 


15.00 

9.60 

80.82 

25.17 

12,  490.  70 

3,  702.  30 

170.56 

35.30 

158.27 

148.  57 

51.26 

1.59 

J51.42 

20.00 

25.  50 

13.00 

1,  947.  90 

97.54 

12,  564.  07 

9.65 

13.00 

424.84 

247.67 

396.04 

None 

240. 46 

6,  238. 43 

41.09 


1,072.00 

2,  269.  25 

176.  23 

39.78 

181,  339.  27 

None 

9, 180.  39 

2,  623.  53 

2.00 

189.36 

681.28 

S.ri2  09 

1,1173.59 
347.  20 
108  99 

1.057.59 
69,  928.  22 

1,  405.  08 

8,  488. 46 
553.  34 
569. 91 

1,544.82 
386.64 

1, 19(1.  48 

None 

564.82 

44,  682.  88 

248.31 


None 
$1. 600. 00 

1,200.00 

None 

425.  00 

100,  500.  00 

None 

256  .40 

None 

None 

75.00 

1,800.00 

4,000.00 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

5,000.00 

289,  633.  50 

None 

45.00 

2, 600. 00 

360.00 

600.  00 

None 

4,  250. 00 

62,  974. 00 

130.00 


'  No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  tbis  organization. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


25 


Contributions  fob  Relief  in1  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Polish  Relief  Committee,  Flint,  Mich.,  Sept.  18,  1939. 

Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Holyoke,  Mass.,  Holyoke, 

Mass.,  Nov.  4,  1939.    Poland 

Polish    Relief  Committee  of  Jackson,    Mich.,   Jackson 

Mich.,  Nov.  9,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  Oct.  31, 

1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Philadelphia  and  vicinity, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Sept.  12, 1939.    Poland.. .-.. 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  the  Polish  National  Home  As- 
sociation, Lowell,  Mass.,  Nov.  27,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Taunton,  Mass.,  Dec.  13,  1939. 

Poland -- 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  Fall  River, 

Mass.,  Nov.  8, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12,  1939. 

Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jewett  City,  Conn.,  Oct.  3,  1939. 

Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Meriden,  Meriden,  Conn.,  Oct.  12, 

1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Middletown,  Conn.,  Sept.  23,  1939. 

Poland .- 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  26,  1939. 

Poland. _ 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Palmer,  Mass.,  Three  Rivers,  Mass., 

Oct.  20, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Syracuse,  New  York,  and  vicinity, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  31,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec. 

13, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.,  Sept.  26,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Passaic  and  Bergen 

Counties,  Inc.,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland.. 
Polish  Union  of  the  United  States  of  North  America, 

Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  Sept.  8,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  United  Societies  of  Holy  Trinity  Parish,  Lowell, 

Mass.,  Sept.  20, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  War  Sufferers  Relief  Committee  (Fourth  Ward), 

Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Welfare  Council,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22, 

1939.  Poland 

Polish  White  Cross  Club  of  West  Utica,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  Oct. 

20, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Women's  Fund  to  Fatherland,  Lawrence,  Mass., 

Sept.  23, 1939."    Poland 

Polish  Women's  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov 

24, 1939.    France,  Poland,  and  Germany 

Polski  Komitet  Ratunkowy  (Polish  Relief  Fund),  Bing- 

hamton,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.°    Poland 

Pulaski  Civic  League  of  Middlesex  County,  N.  J.,  South 

River,  N.J. ,  Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 

Pulaski  League  of  Queens  County,  Inc.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  21,  1939.    Poland 

Queen  Wilhelmina  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  17, 

1940.  Netherlands,  France,  Poland,  United  Kingdom, 
India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Canada,  Union  of  South 
Africa,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  Luxemburg — 


$6,  727. 13 
6, 043. 99 
1, 849. 10 
10,  628.  43 
46. 802.  60 
2,  876.  54 
2,  884.  77 

1. 251. 29 
61.348.81 

1, 603.  35 
1,806.69 
4, 776.  56 
2, 778.  60 
1,811.90 
12,370.16 
790.04 
16,  593.  75 
13, 763. 06 
2, 166. 24 
4, 085. 32 
6, 379. 46 

5. 964. 30 
7, 269. 10 

6,  789.  56 
8,  296. 14 
3. 886.  00 

639.29 

7,  758. 93 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$5, 171.64 

5, 160. 56 

649.60 

7,  397.  24 

33,  310.  00 

1,  826.  00 

2,  757. 00 
1,000.00 

53,  610.  95 
1, 360.  90 

1,  500.  00 
3, 061. 37 

2,  500.  00 
620.46 

8, 869. 00 
448.00 
13,  732.  72 
9,  472. 81 
2, 000. 00 

1,  788.  31 
6, 262.  36 
5,260.36 
5, 262.  70 

2,  321. 10 
2, 817.  24 
2,  619. 04 

None 
7, 400. 00 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


$1,436.76 

208.35 

293.16 

913.  63 

882.04 

481.28 

25.17 

30.10 

1,961.80 

238.67 

27.90 

18.20 

70.80 

219.24 

2, 511. 99 

190.66 

1, 019. 06 

1, 773. 69 

None 

168.26 

117.09 

57.32 

424.81 

642.  34 

2,  745.  68 

272.48 

86.00 

172. 15 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
In  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


676.1 
906.34 
2,  317.  56 
11,610.46 
570.26 
102.60 

221. 19 
5.876.C 

3.78 

278. 79 

1,696 

207.80 

972. 20 
989. 17 
151.48 

1,841.97 

2,  616.  66 

166.24 

2, 128. 75 

None 

646.63 

1, 581. 59 

2, 826. 12 

2,  733.  32 

994.48 

554.29 

186.78 


None 

$775. 00 

760.00 

3,  850. 00 

None 

None 
1, 375. 00 

None 

1, 675. 00 

900.00 

None 

None 

None 
4,004.95 
1,850.00 

150.00 
11,607.40 
3,  678. 00 

None 
1, 240. 00 

None 
6, 150. 00 
1, 800. 00 
1,800.00 
2, 068. 80 

780.00 
None 
None 


■  No  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

•  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  November  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


26 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  fob  Relief  in'  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Refugees  of  England,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  12, 

1940.  ;j  Great  Britain,  France,  and  French  Cameroons.. 
Relief  Agency  for   Polish   War  Sufferers,   Willimantic, 

Conn.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland  

Relief  Committee  of  United  Polish  Societies,  Chicopee, 

Mass.,  Oct.  21, 1939.     Poland 

Relief  for  French  Refugees  in  England,  Washington,  D.  C, 

Dec.  26,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Relief  Fund  for  Sufferers  in  Poland  Committee,  Kenosha, 

Wis.,  Sept.  25, 1939.    Poland .. 

Relief  Society  for  Jews  in  Lublin,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec. 

13. 1939.  Poland-. 

Royal  Air  Force  Benevolent  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  26,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Russian  Children's  Welfare  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Germany,  France,  and  Poland. 

St.  Andrews  (Scottish)  Society  of  Washington,  D.C., 
Washington,  D.C.,  June  18,  1940.    Scotland- 

St.  Stephens  Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Perth  Amboy,  N.  J., 
Perth  Amboy,  N.  J.,  Sept.  27,  1939.    Poland. 

The  Salvation  Army,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23,  1940. 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  

San  Angelo  Standard,  Inc.,  San  Angelo,  Tex.,  Oct.  28, 
1940.0    England 

Save  the  Children  Federation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  8,  1939.  England,  Poland,  Belgium,  and  the 
Netherlands 

Schuylkill  and  Carbon  Counties  Relief  Committee  for 
Poland,  Frackville,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland.. 

Scots'  Charitable  Society,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  9,  1940. 
Scotland 

Scottish  Clans  Evacuation  Plan,  Port  Washington,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  19,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Le  Secours  Francais,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  11,  1940/ 
France 

Secours  Franco-Americain — War  Relief,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
Nov.  20,  1939.    Great  Britain 

The  Seventh  Column,  Inc.,  West  Fairlee,  Vt.,  June  12, 
1940.    France  and  England 

Share  a  Smoke  Club,  Inc.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  14,  1939. 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  

Sociedades  Hispanas  Aliadas,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Mar. 

29. 1940.  France 

Sociedades  Hispanas   Confederadas,    Brooklyn,   N.   Y., 

Jan.  22,  1940.    France. 

SocieW  Francaise  de  St.  Louis,  Inc.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Nov. 

15, 1939.    France 

Society  Israelite  Francaise  de  Secours  Mutuels  de  New 

York,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  4,  1940.    France 

Society  of  the  Devotees  of  Jerusalem,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Dec.  18, 1939.    Palestine 

Solidaridad  Internacional  Antifascista,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  17,  1940.    France 


$37,  249.  75 
2,  868.  67 

7,  757. 94 
19,  788. 84 

4, 320. 94 
909.08 
None 

8,  308. 43 
902. 96 

2, 992.  66 

201,915.67 
103.00 

150,917.44 
6,  097.  24 
1,013.26 
1,979.00 
13,981.02 
2, 026.  28 
None 

688.70 
1,  277.  72 
31, 199. 12 
852.  81 
317.00 
14,944.19 
5, 969.  25 


$9,  529. 10 

2. 104. 98 

7, 336.  97 

16,  396.  81 

3, 866. 50 

175.00 

None 

5, 742.  92 

831.31 

None 

148.  627.  05 
103.00 

105, 098.  72 
5,  555.  71 
1,000.00 
1, 960.  24 
2,000.00 
1,644.44 
None 

350.00 
None 
30, 240. 87 
373. 49 
200.00 
7, 900. 00 
None 


$11,192.83 
184.  53 

None 
635.86 
365.  41 
287.82 

None 
2, 113.  57 

71.65 

None 

1, 775. 03 
None 

34,  789. 60 
45.00 
None 
None 
5, 624. 80 
108. 35 
None 

113.60 
706. 13 
958.25 

57.  56 


.Vis.  31 


$16,  527.  82 
579. 16 
420. 97 

2,  756. 17 
89.03 
446.28 
None 
451.94 
None 

2, 992. 66 

51,513.59 
None 

11,029.12 
496.  53 
13.26 
18.76 
6,  466.  22 
273.  49 
None 

225.10 

671.  69 
None 
421.  76 
114.20 
363.  32 
5,  370.  94 


$5,  004.  50 

716.46 

2,  560.  00 

5,  723. 95 

1,000.00 

None 

None 

1, 166. 20 

None 

None 

25,  562.  00 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
2, 240. 10 
None 

None 
None 
None 
8.00 
None 
None 
None 


p  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearing  house  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  collected  by  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

«  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  14,  1940,  at  the  request  of  the  registrnt. 

'  The  figures  given  here  are  for  the  months  of  October  and  November  only,  since  Le  Secours  Francais  did  not  commence  operations  under  registration 
no.  112  until  Oct.  1. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


27 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Beixigerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration  and 
destination  of  contributions 


The  Somerset  Workroom,  Far  Hills,  N.  J.,  Apr.  25,  1910. 

Franco  and  Great  Britain 

Le   Souvenir   Francals,    Detroit,    Mich.,   May   1,   1940. 

France  and  Belgium 

Spanish  Refugee  Relief  Campaign,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  20, 1939.    Franco.. 

Springfield  and  Vicinity  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee, 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Sept.  23,  1939.    Poland 

Superior  Council  of  the  Society  of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  5, 1940.    France 

Miss  Heather  Thatcher,  Hollywood,  Calif.,  Nov.  19, 1940. 

Great  Britain 

Toledo  Committee  for  Relief  of  War  Victims,  Toledo, 

Ohio,  Sept.  19,  1939.    Poland 

Tolstoy  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  17, 1939. 

France,  Poland,  England,  and  Czechoslovakia. 

Mrs.  Walter  R.  Tuckerman,  Bethesda,  Md.,  Nov,  24, 

1939.  Great  Britain _. 

Edmund  Tyszka,  Hamtramck,   Mich.,  Sept.   19,   1939. 

Poland 

Ukranian  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  28, 

1940.  Germany,  France,  England,  and  Italy 

L'Union  Alsacienne,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  28, 

1939.    France 

Unitarian  Service  Committee  of  the  American  Unitarian 

Association,   Boston,   Mass.,   May  23,   1940.    France, 

British  Isles,  and  the  Netherlands 

United    American-Polish     Organizations,    South    River, 

N.  J.,  South  River,  N.  J.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland 

United  American-Spanish  Aid  Committee,   New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Apr.  29,  1940.    United  Kingdom  and  France 

United  Bilgorayer  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar. 

21,  1940.    Poland 

United  British  War  Relief  Association,  Somerville,  Mass., 

June  14,  1940.    Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland 

United  Charity  Institutions  of  Jerusalem,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Oct.  13,  1939.    Palestine. 

United  Committee  for  French  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Oct.  26,  1939.    France  and  England 

United   Fund  for  Refugee  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  21,  1939.  Poland,  France,  and  England.... 
United  German  Societies,  Inc.,  Portland,  Oreg.,  Portland, 

Oreg.,  Jan.  8,  1940.    Germany 

United  Nowy   Dworer  Relief  Committee,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 1940.    Poland 

United  Opoler  Relief  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Dec.  9,  1939.    Poland... 

United  Polish  Committees  in  Racine,  Wis.,  Racine,  Wis., 

Nov.  2,  1939.    Poland 

United   Polish   Organizations  of  Salem,   Mass.,   Salem, 

Mass.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Bristol,  Conn.,  Bristol,  Conn., 

Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Los  Angeles,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

Oct.  21,  1939.    Poland 

United  Reading  Appeal  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Reading, 

Pa.,  Sept.  22, 1939.    Poland  and  England 

Universal  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Democracy,  New 

York.N.  Y.,  Oct.  16,1940.    England  and  France 

Mrs.  Paul  Verdier  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  11, 

1939.    France 

Woman's  Auxiliary  Board  of  the  Scots'  Charitable  Society, 

Inc.,  Waverley,  Mass.,  Feb.  28,  1940.    Scotland 


$13,674.45 

58.00 

38,  062.  61 

1.213.44 

310.00 

2, 620.  50 

6,  763.  89 

20,264.11 

3,  910.  25 

3,  073.  96 

451.  20 

2,  449.  40 

29,  543.  70 

3,  249.  72 
4, 309.  78 
1,326.97 
5,410.57 

55,  549.  74 

122,  216.  48 

5,161.15 

2, 732.  02 

832.96 

889. 85 

2, 185. 14 

2, 618.  23 

1,221.19 

2,  922. 46 

8,101.60 

507. 10 

4,  207.  41 
2, 316. 97 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$6,  397. 52 
None 
12,934.58 
1,100.00 
310.00 
2, 600.  00 
4, 826. 07 
11,735.64 

2,  559. 18 

3,  073.  96 
108.50 
400.27 

17,451.04 

2, 400. 00 

2, 067. 15 

None 

4, 080. 00 

30, 156.  58 

79,  520.  63 

918. 15 

2,  499.  94 

84.70 

None 

1, 350. 00 

2,  080. 32 

576.  80 

2,  462. 10 

6,  889. 14 

None 

3, 897. 31 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


$1, 104.96 

None 

24,031.23 

•     54.20 

None 

20.50 

629.  79 

4, 328.  76 

3.95 

None 

175. 89 
585.  47 

4, 978. 03 
136.  94 

2,  206.  52 
160.44 

1,028.59 
25,  759.  22 
12,  268. 10 

3,  644. 17 
135.  99 
191.96 

35.21 
235.52 
437.91 

26.75 
355.  48 
140. 13 

512. 90 
114.31 

14.17 


Unexpended 

balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


$6,171.97 

58.00 

1,096.80 

59.  24 

None 

None 

1, 30S.  03 

4,189.71 

1,347.12 

None 

166.87 


712. 78 
36.11 

1, 166.  63 
301.98 
None 
30, 427. 75 
698.83 
96.09 
556.30 
854.64 
599. 
100.  00 
617.64 
104. 
1,  072.  33 
None 

195. 79 
87.90 


$10,878.40 
None 
16, 486. 00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
200.00 
315.00 

100.  08 
None 
None 
None 
378.00 
None 
8, 504. 52 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
595.  00 
300.00 
None 
None 
None 
3,  282. 00 
None 


28 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 
Contributions  fob  Relief  in1  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Nov.  30,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Women's  Allied  War  Relief  Association  of  St.  Louis,  Clay- 
ton, Mo.,  Dec.  18,  1939.     Great  Britain  and  France 

Registrants  whose  registrations  were  revoked  prior  to 
Nov,  1, 1940,  and  who  had  no  balance  on  hand  as  of  that 

$8, 882.  56 
617, 174.  96 

$6, 538. 30 
431, 450.  24 

$8.02 
88,  893.  31 

$2, 336. 24 
None 

$8. 933. 60 
1,341,611.16 

None 

17, 192,  740.  57 

11, 142,  660.  25 

1,693,861.73 

4, 374, 754. 30 

3,  767,  256. 62 

•  It  is  not  possible  to  strike  an  exact  balance  in  these  published  totals,  since  some  registrants  have  included  in  their  expenditures  moneys  available 
from  loans  or  advances,  which  are  not  considered  by  the  Department  to  be  "funds  received"  and  hence  are  not  reported  as  such. 


The  Department 


RESIGNATION  OF  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  GRADY 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  December  30] 

The   President   has   received    the    following 
letter  of  resignation,  under  date  of  December 
28,  1940,  from  the  Honorable  Henry  F.  Grady, 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State : 
"My  Dear  Mr.  President: 

"It  is  with  genuine  regret  that  I  tender  you 
my  resignation  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State. 
I  am  compelled  to  do  so  as  personal  considera- 
tions necessitate  my  returning  to  private  life. 

"I  have  been  associated  with  you  in  several 
capacities  for  most  of  the  time  since  you  became 
President.  It  has  been  a  rare  privilege  and 
great  happiness  to  have  cooperated  in  a  small 
way  in  the  epochal  work  you  are  doing  for  our 
country  and  the  world.  Of  course  I  am  at 
your  command  at  any  time  and  for  any  service  I 
can  render  you  and  the  country. 
"Faithfully  yours, 

Henry  F.  Grady'' 


In  accepting  the  resignation,  the  President. 
on  December  30,  wrote  Mr.  Grady  as  follows: 

"My  Dear  Henry: 

"It  is  with  very  great  regret  that  I  have 
learned  of  your  decision  to  resign  from  Govern- 
ment service.  And  I  accept  your  resignation 
most  reluctantly;  only  because  I  understand  the 
compelling  personal  considerations  involved.  It 
has  always  been  a  pleasure  to  work  with  you. 

"Your  loyal  and  able  work  in  the  important 
post  of  Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  as  in  your 
earlier  posts  of  high  responsibility  in  the  service 
of  the  Government,  has  been  a  source  of  deep 
personal  as  well  as  official  satisfaction  to  me. 

"I  am  particularly  grateful  for  your  typically 
warm-hearted  and  generous  offer  to  be  of  fur- 
ther service  to  your  country  and  I  shall  not  fail 
to  bear  it  in  mind. 

"With  best  wishes  for  success  and  happiness 
in  your  new  work. 

"Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


29 


APPOINTMENT  OF  OFFICERS 

[Released  to  the  press  December  31] 

The  following  recent  appointments  to  offices 
in  the  Department  have  been  made  by  the  Sec- 
retary of  State: 

Mr.  George  L.  Brandt,  a  Foreign  Sei-vice  of- 
ficer of  class  II,  was  designated  on  December 
27  to  serve  as  Chief  of  the  Special  Division, 
effective  January  2,  1941. 

On  the  same  date,  Mr.  James  Hugh  Keeley, 
Jr.,  a  Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  III,  was 
designated  Assistant  Chief  of  the  Special  Divi- 
sion, also  effective  January  2,  1941. 

Mr.  William  E.  DeCourcy,  a  Foreign  Service 
officer  of  class  IV,  was  designated  on  December 
27  to  serve  as  an  Executive  Assistant  to  the  As- 
sistant Secretary  of  State,  Mr.  Breckinridge 
Long,  effective  as  from  December  23,  1940. 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  January  4] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  December  28, 
1940: 

Career  Officers 

George  K.  Donald,  of  Mobile,  Ala.,  Consul 
General  at  Southampton,  England,  has  been 
assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Windsor,  Ont., 
Canada,  and  will  proceed  to  his  post  upon  the 
closing  of  the  office  at  Southampton. 

Frederick  P.  Hibbard,  of  Denison,  Tex.,  First 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at  Bucharest, 
Rumania,  has  been  designated  First  Secretary 
of  Legation  at  Lisbon,  Portugal. 

Parker  W.  Buhrman,  of  Botetourt  County, 
Va.,  Consul  General  at  Basel,  Switzerland,  has 


been  assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Glasgow, 
Scotland. 

Marshall  M.  Vance,  of  Dayton,  Ohio,  Consul 
at  Windsor,  Ont.,  Canada,  has  been  assigned  as 
Consul  at  Basel,  Switzerland. 

Angus  I.  Ward,  of  Chassell,  Mich.,  First  Sec- 
retary of  Embassy  and  Consul  at  Moscow, 
IT.  S.  S.  R.,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul  at 
Vladivostok,  U.  S.  S.  R.,  where  a  consulate  gen- 
eral will  be  established. 

Eugene  M.  Hinkle,  of  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Second  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at 
Ciudad  Trujillo,  Dominican  Republic,  has  been 
designated  Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  and 
Consul  at  Berlin,  Germany,  and  will  serve  in 
dual  capacity. 

Edward  P.  Lawton,  of  Savannah,  Ga.,  Second 
Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Habana,  Cuba,  has 
been  designated  Second  Secretary  of  Legation 
and  Consul  at  Ciudad  Trujillo,  Dominican 
Republic,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Sidney  H.  Browne,  of  Short  Hills,  N.  J.,  Con- 
sul at  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina,  has  been  as- 
signed as  Consul  at  Genoa,  Italy. 

Carl  Breuer,  of  Locust  Valley,  Long  Island, 
N.  Y.,  Vice  Consul  at  Lima,  Peru,  has  been 
assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at  La  Guaira,  Vene- 
zuela. 

Robert  B.  Memminger,  of  Charleston,  S.  C, 
Vice  Consul  at  Zagreb,  Yugoslavia,  has  been 
designated  Third  Secretary  of  Legation  and 
Vice  Consul  at  Montevideo,  Uruguay,  and  will 
serve  in  dual  capacity. 

William  P.  Snow  of  Bangor,  Maine,  Third 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Vice  Consul  at 
Stockholm,  Sweden,  has  been  assigned  as  Vice 
Consul  at  Lima,  Peru. 

Fred  E.  Waller,  of  Michigan,  Vice  Consul  at 
Paris,  France,  has  been  appointed  Foreign 
Service  officer  and  assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at 
St.  John's,  Newfoundland. 

Non-career  (  )fficers 

Donald  H.  Nichols,  of  New  Mexico,  Vice  Con- 
sul at  Moscow,  IT.  S.  S.  R.,  has  been  appointed 
Vice  Consul  at  Vladivostok,  U.  S.  S.  R. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


SOVEREIGNTY 

CONVENTION  ON  THE  PROVISIONAL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION OF  EUROPEAN  COLONIES  AND 
POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  AMERICAS 

Costa  Rica 

By  letter  dated  December  20,  1940  the  Direc- 
tor General  of  the  Pan  American  Union  in- 
formed the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  Costa  Rica  of  the 
Convention  on  the  Provisional  Administration 
of  European  Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the 
Americas,  signed  at  Habana  on  July  30,  1940, 
was  deposited  with  the  Union  on  December  17, 
1940. 

The  convention  has  been  ratified  by  the 
United  States  of  America,  Costa  Rica,  and  the 
Dominican  Republic. 

POSTAL 

UNIVERSAL   POSTAL   CONVENTION    OF    1039 
Albania 

By  a  note  dated  October  28,  1940,  the  Swiss 
Minister  at  Washington  informed  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  that  the  Legation  of  Italy  at  Bern 
notified  the  Government  of  the  Swiss  Con- 
federation by  a  communication  dated  October 
11,  1940  of  the  adherence  of  Albania  to  the 
Universal  Postal  Convention  signed  at  Buenos 
Aires  on  May  23,  1939  and  to  the  following  acts 
signed  on  the  same  day : 

Arrangement  concerning  parcel  jjost 
Arrangement  concerning  letters  and  parcels 

of  declared  value. 
Arrangement  concerning  money  orders 
Arrangement  concerning  collections 
Arrangement  concerning  postal  transfers 
Arrangement  concerning  subscriptions  to 
newspapers  and  periodicals 
30 


Egypt 

The  American  Minister  to  Egypt  transmitted 
to  the  Secretary  of  State  with  a  despatch  dated 
October  17,  1940  a  translation  of  a  decree  pub- 
lished in  the  Journal  Official  No.  137,  of  October 
14,  1940,  promulgating  the  Universal  Postal 
Convention  and  subsidiary  arrangements  signed 
at  Buenos  Aires  on  May  23,  1939.  The  decree 
states  that  the  instrument  of  ratification  by 
Egypt  of  the  following  acts  was  deposited  with 
the  Argentine  Government  on  August  16,  1940. 

Universal  postal  convention,  and  annexes 
Arrangement  concerning  letters  and  par- 
cels of  declared  value,  and  annexes 
Arrangement  concerning  parcel  post,  and 

annexes 
Arrangement  concerning  collections 
Arrangement  concerning  subscriptions  to 

newspapers  and  periodicals 
Arrangement  concerning  money  orders,  and 
annexes 

RESTRICTION  OF  WAR 

CONVENTION  RELATING  TO  THE  TREATMENT 
OF  PRISONERS  OF  WAR  (TREATY  SERIES  NO. 
846) 

Italy 

In  execution  of  the  provisions  of  article  85 
of  the  Convention  Relating  to  the  Treatment  of 
Prisoners  of  War,  signed  at  Geneva  on  July  27, 
1929,  the  Swiss  Minister  at  Washington  trans- 
mitted to  the  Secretary  of  State,  with  a  note 
dated  December  5, 1940,  the  official  Italian  trans- 
lation of  the  convention,  which  was  furnished  to 
the  Swiss  Government  by  the  Italian  Govern- 
ment for  transmittal  to  the  states  parties  to  the 
convention. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


31 


COMMERCE 

RECIPROCAL  TRADE  AGREEMENT  WITH  VENE- 
ZUELA (EXECUTIVE  AGREEMENT  SERIES  NO. 
180) 

The  President  signed  a  proclamation  on  De- 
cember 28,  1940,  allocating  for  the  period  from 
January  1  to  December  31,  1941,  inclusive, 
among  countries  of  supply,  the  quantity  of  crude 
petroleum  and  fuel  oil  entitled  to  a  reduction 
in  the  rate  of  import  tax  under  the  trade  agree- 
ment with  Venezuela,  signed  on  November  6, 
1939.  The  agreement  provides  for  a  reduction 
in  the  import  tax  on  crude  petroleum,  topped 
crude  petroleum,  and  fuel  oil  derived  from  pe- 
troleum, including  fuel  oil  known  as  gas  oil, 
from  y2^  to  y±i  per  gallon  on  an  annual  quota 
of  imports  not  in  excess  of  5  percent  of  the  total 
quantity  of  crude  petroleum  processed  in  re- 
fineries in  the  continental  United  States  during 
the  preceding  calendar  year.  Imports  above 
these  amounts  are  taxable  at  y$  per  gallon. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  proclamation,  the 
shares  of  the  total  imports  of  such  petroleum 
and  fuel  oil  entitled  to  a  reduction  in  the  rate 
of  import  tax  are  allocated  among  countries 
of  supply  on  the  basis  of  the  proportions  of  the 
total  imports  for  consumption  in  the  United 
States  supplied  during  the  calendar  year  1939. 
The  following  allocations  of  the  tariff  quota  are 
set  forth  in  the  proclamation : 

United  States  of  Venezuela 70.4  percent 

Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands 
(including  its  overseas  ter- 
ritory)   21.3  percent 

Republic  of  Colombia 3.2  percent 

Other  foreign  countries 5. 1  percent 

BT  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA. 

A  Proclamation. 

Whereas  it  is  provided  in  the  Tariff  Act  of 
1930  of  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  as  amended  by  the  Act  of  June  12, 
1934,  entitled  "AN  ACT  To  amend  the  Tariff 
Act  of  1930''  (48  Stat.  943),  which  amending 
Act  was  extended  by  Joint  Resolutions  of  Con- 


gress, approved  March  1, 1937  (50  Stat.  24)  and 
April  12, 1940  (Public  Res.  No.  61,  76th  Cong.), 
as  follows: 

Sec.  350.  (a)  For  the  purpose  of  expanding 
foreign  markets  for  the  products  of  the  United 
States  (as  a  means  of  assisting  in  the  present 
emergency  in  restoring  the  American  standard 
of  living,  in  overcoming  domestic  unemploy- 
ment and  the  present  economic  depression,  in 
increasing  the  purchasing  power  of  the  Ameri- 
can public,  and  in  establishing  and  maintaining 
a  better  relationship  among  various  branches 
of  American  agriculture,  industry,  mining,  and 
commerce)  by  regulating  the  admission  of  for- 
eign goods  into  the  United  States  in  accordance 
with  the  characteristics  and  needs  of  various 
branches  of  American  production  so  that  for- 
eign markets  will  be  made  available  to  those 
branches  of  American  production  which  re- 
quire and  are  capable  of  developing  such  out- 
lets by  affording  corresponding  market  oppor- 
tunities for  foreign  products  in  the  United 
States,  the  President,  whenever  he  finds  as  a 
fact  that  any  existing  duties  or  other  import 
restrictions  of  the  United  States  or  any  foreign 
country  are  unduly  burdening  and  restricting 
the  foreign  trade  of  the  United  States  and  that 
the  purpose  above  declared  will  be  promoted 
by  the  means  hereinafter  specified,  is  author- 
ized from  time  to  time — 

(1)  To  enter  into  foreign  trade  agreements 
with  foreign  governments  or  instrumentalities 
thereof;  and 

(2)  To  proclaim  such  modifications  of  exist- 
ing duties  and  other  import  restrictions,  or  such 
additional  import  restrictions,  or  such  continu- 
ance, and  for  such  minimum  periods,  of  existing 
customs  or  excise  treatment  of  any  article  cov- 
ered by  foreign  trade  agreements,  as  are  re- 
quired or  appropriate  to  carry  out  any  foreign 
trade  agreement  that  the  President  has  entered 
into  hereunder.  No  proclamation  shall  be  made 
increasing  or  decreasing  by  more  than  50  per 
centum  any  existing  rate  of  duty  or  transferring 
any  article  between  the  dutiable  and  free  lists. 
The  proclaimed  duties  and  other  import  restric- 
tions shall  apply  to  articles  the  growth,  produce, 


32 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


or  manufacture  of  all  foreign  countries,  whether 
imported  directly,  or  indirectly :  Provided,  That 
the  President  may  suspend  the  application  to 
articles  the  growth,  produce,  or  manufacture  of 
any  country  because  of  its  discriminatory  treat- 
ment of  American  commerce  or  because  of  other 
acts  or  policies  which  in  his  opinion  tend  to  de- 
feat the  purposes  set  forth  in  this  section ;  and 
the  proclaimed  duties  and  other  import  restric- 
tions shall  be  in  effect  from  and  after  such  time 
as  is  specified  in  the  proclamation.  The  Presi- 
dent may  at  any  time  terminate  any  such  procla- 
mation in  whole  or  in  part. 

Whereas,  pursuant  to  the  said  Tariff  Act  of 
11)30,  as  amended,  I  entered  into  a  modus  vivendi 
and  a  definitive  agreement  on  November  6, 1939, 
with  the.  President  of  the  United  States  of 
Venezuela ; 

Whereas,  by  my  proclamation  of  November 
16,  1939,  I  did  make  public  the  said  modus 
vivendi  and  definitive  agreement,  including  two 
Schedules  annexed  to  each  of  them,  to  the  end 
that  the  said  modus  vivendi  and  every  part 
thereof  should  be  observed  and  fulfilled  by  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  citizens 
thereof  on  December  16,  1939,  and  thereafter 
during  its  continuance  in  force,  and  that  the 
said  definitive  agreement  should  be  so  observed 
and  fulfilled  upon  its  entry  into  full  force,  as 
provided  for  in  Article  XIX  of  the  said  defini- 
tive agreement; 

Whereas,  by  my  proclamation  of  November 
27, 1940, 1  did  proclaim  the  entry  into  full  force 
on  December  14,  1940  of  the  said  definitive 
agreement ; 

Whereas,  Article  II  of  the  said  definitive, 
agreement  provides  as  follows: 

Articles  the  growth,  produce  or  manufacture 
of  the  United  States  of  Venezuela,  enumerated 
and  described  in  Schedule  II  annexed  to  this 
Agreement  and  made  a  part  thereof,  shall,  on 
their  importation  into  the  United  States  of 
America,  be  exempt  from  ordinary  customs 
duties  in  excess  of  those  set  forth  and  provided 
for  in  the  said  Schedule.  The  said  articles  shall 
also  be  exempt  from  all  other  duties,  taxes,  fees, 
charges  or  exactions,  imposed  on  or  in  connec- 
tion with  importation,  in  excess  of  those  im- 


posed on  the  day  of  the  signature  of  this  Agree- 
ment or  required  to  be.  imposed  thereafter  under 
laws  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  force  on 
the  day  of  the  signature  of  this  Agreement. 

Whereas,  Schedule  II  annexed  to  the  said 
definitive  agreement  provides  in  part  as  fol- 
lows: 


Internal 

Revenue 

Code 

Section 

Description  of  Article 

Rate  of  Import 
Tax 

3422 

Crude  petroleum,  topped  crude  petro- 
leum, and  fuel  oil  derived  from  petro- 
leum including  fuel  oil  known  as  gas 

Provided,  That  such  petroleum  and  fuel 
oil  entered,  or  withdrawn  from  ware- 
house, for  consumption  in  any  calendar 
year  in  excess  of  5  per  centum  of  the 
total  quantity  of  crude  petroleum  proc- 
essed    in     refineries     in    continental 
United    States  during   the   preceding 
calendar  year,  as  ascertained  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior  of  the  United 
States,  shall  not  be  entitled  to  a  reduc- 
tion in  tax  by  virtue  of  this  item,  but 
the  rate  of  import  tax  thereon  shall  not 

Whereas,  Article  VII  of  the  said  definitive 
agreement  reads  as  follows : 

In  the  event  the  Government  of  the.  United 
States  of  America  or  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  Venezuela  regulates  imports 
of  any  article  in  which  the  other  country  has 
an  interest  either  as  regards  the  total  amount 
permitted  to  be  imported  or  as  regards  the 
amount  permitted  to  be  imported  at  a  specified 
rate  of  duty,  the  Government  taking  such  ac- 
tion shall  establish  in  advance,  and  give  public 
notice  of,  the  total  amount  permitted  to  be 
imported  from  all  countries  during  any  speci- 
fied period,  which  shall  not  be  shorter  than 
three  months,  and  of  any  increase  or  decrease 
in  such  amount  during  the  period,  and  if  shares 
are  allocated  to  countries  of  export,  the  share 
allocated  to  the  other  country  shall  be  based 
upon  the  proportion  of  the  total  imports  of  such 
article  from  all  foreign  countries  supplied  by 
the  other  country  in  a  previous  representative 
period,  account  being  taken  in  so  far  as  prac- 
ticable in  appropriate  cases  of  any  special  fac- 


January  4,  194 1 


33 


tors  which  may  have  affected  or  may  be  affecting 
the  trade  in  that  article. 

Whereas,  Article  VI  of  the  Trade  Agreement 
between  the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands,  entered  into  on 
December  20,  1935,  pursuant  to  the  said  Tariff 
Act  of  1930,  as  amended,  and  now  in  force  be- 
tween the  two  countries,  provides  in  part  as 
follows : 

7.  If  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
of  America  establishes  or  maintains  any  form 
of  quantitative  restriction  or  control  of  the  im- 
portation or  sale  of  any  article  in  which  the 
Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  has  an  interest,  or 
imposes  a  lower  duty  or  charge  on  the  importa- 
tion or  sale  of  a  specified  quantity  of  any  such 
article  than  the  duty  or  charge  imposed  on  im- 
portations in  excess  of  such  quantity,  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  of  America  will 
allot  to  the.  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  a 
share  of  the  total  quantity  of  such  article  per- 
mitted to  be  imported  or  sold,  or  permitted  to 
be  imported  or  sold  at  such  lower  duty  or 
charge,  during  a  specified  period,  equivalent  to 
the  proportion  of  the  total  importation  of  such 
article  which  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands 
supplied  in  a  basic  period  prior  to  the  imposi- 
tion of  such  quantitative  restriction  on  such  ar- 
ticle, unless  it  is  mutually  agreed  to  dispense 
with  such  allotment.  .  .  . 

Whereas,  a  Trade  Agreement  was  entered 
into  between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  Republic  of  Colombia  on  September  13, 
1935,  pursuant  to  the  said  Tariff  Act  of  1930, 
as  amended,  and  is  now  in  force  between  the 
two  countries; 

Whereas,  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands, 
the  United  States  of  Venezuela,  and  the  Repub- 
lic of  Colombia  have  an  interest  in  the  importa- 
tion into  the  United  States  of  America  of  crude 
petroleum,  topped  crude  petroleum,  and  fuel  oil 
derived  from  petroleum  including  fuel  oil 
known  as  gas  oil ; 

Whereas,  by  my  proclamation  of  December 
12,  1939,  I  did  proclaim  the  allocation  among 
countries  of  production,  on  the  basis  therein  set 
forth,  of  the  quantity  of  crude  petroleum, 
topped  crude  petroleum,  and  fuel  oil  derived 


from  petroleum  including  fuel  oil  known  as  gas 
oil,  entitled  to  a  reduction  in  the  rate  of  import 
tax  by  virtue  of  the  said  item  3422  of  Schedule 
II  of  the  said  modibs  vivendi  and  definitive 
agreement  during  the  period  from  December  16, 
1939  to  December  31,  1940,  inclusive ; 

Whereas,  the  allocation  to  the  Kingdom  of 
the  Netherlands  (including  its  overseas  terri- 
tories), to  the  United  States  of  Venezuela  and 
to  the  Republic  of  Colombia,  of  shares  of  the 
total  quantity  of  such  petroleum  and  fuel  oil 
entitled  to  a  reduction  in  the  rate  of  import  tax 
by  virtue  of  the  said  item  3422  of  Schedule  II 
annexed  to  the  said  definitive  agreement  is  re- 
quired and  appropriate,  during  the  calendar 
year  1941,  to  carry  out  the  said  trade  agreement 
of  December  20, 1935  between  the  United  States 
of  America  and  the  Kingdom  of  the  Nether- 
lands, the  said  definitive  agreement  of  Novem- 
ber 6, 1939  between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  United  States  of  Venezuela  and  the  said 
trade  agreement  of  September  13,  1935  between 
the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Republic 
of  Colombia; 

Whereas,  I  find  that  imports  for  consumption 
into  the  United  States  of  America  from  all  coun- 
tries, of  such  petroleum  and  fuel  oil  during  the 
calendar  year  1939  were  representative  of  the 
trade  in  such  articles ; 

Whereas,  I  find  that  the  proportions  of  total 
imports  into  the  United  States  of  America  for 
consumption  of  such  petroleum  and  fuel  oil  sup- 
plied by  the  United  States  of  Venezuela,  the 
Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  (including  its 
overseas  territories) ,  the  Republic  of  Colombia 
and  by  all  other  foreign  countries,  respectively, 
during  the  calendar  year  1939,  were  as  follows : 

United  States  of  Venezuela 70.  4  per  centum 

Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  (includ- 
ing its  overseas  territories) 21.  3  per  centum 

Republic  of  Colombia 3.  2  per  centum 

Other  foreign  countries 5. 1  per  centum 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  known  that  I,  Franklin 
D.  Roosevelt,  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  acting  under  the  authority  conferred 
by  the  said  Tariff  Act  of  1930,  as  amended,  do 
hereby  proclaim  that,  of  the  total  aggregate 
quantity  of  crude  petroleum,  topped  crude  pe- 
troleum, and  fuel  oil  derived  from  petroleum  in- 


34 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


eluding  fuel  oil  known  as  gas  oil,  entitled  to  a 
reduction  in  the  rate  of  import  tax  by  virtue  of 
the  said  item  3422  of  Schedule  II  of  the  said 
definitive  agreement  of  November  6,  1939  be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  the 
United  States  of  Venezuela,  no  more  than  70.4 
per  centum  shall  be  the  produce  or  manufacture 
of  the  United  States  of  Venezuela,  nor  more 
than  21.3  per  centum,  the  produce  or  manufac- 
ture of  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  (includ- 
ing its  overseas  territories),  nor  more  than  3.2 
per  centum,  the  produce  or  manufacture  of  the 
Republic  of  Colombia,  nor  more  than  5.1  per 
centum,  the  produce  or  manufacture  of  other 
foreign  countries,  such  percentages  to  be  ap- 
plied during  the  calendar  year  1941. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set 
my  hand  and  caused  the  Seal  of  the  United 
States  of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  twenty- 
eighth  day  of  December  in  the  year 

[seal]     of  our  Lord  one  thousand  nine  hun- 
dred and  forty,  and  of  the  Inde- 
pendence of  the  United  States  of  America  the 
one  hundred  and  sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

By  the  President: 
Cordell  Hull, 

Secretary  of  State. 


NATURE  PROTECTION  AND  WILDLIFE 
PRESERVATION 

CONVENTION  ON  NATURE  PROTECTION  AND 
WILDLIFE  PRESERVATION  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

Brazil 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  December  30, 1940  that  the  Conven- 
tion on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preser- 
vation in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which  was 
opened  for  signature  at  the  Pan  American 
Union  on  October  12, 1940,  was  signed  on  behalf 
of  Brazil  on  December  27, 1940. 


Commercial  Policy 


ALLOCATION  OF  TARIFF  QUOTA  ON 
CRUDE  PETROLEUM  AND  FUEL  OIL 

The  text  of  a  proclamation  signed  by  the 
President  on  December  28,  1940  allocating  for 
the  period  from  January  1  to  December  31, 1941, 
inclusive,  among  countries  of  supply,  the  quan- 
tity of  crude  petroleum  and  fuel  oil  entitled  to  a 
reduction  in  the  rate  of  import  tax  under  the 
trade  agreement  with  Venezuela  appears  in  this 
Bulletin  under  the  heading  "Treaty  Informa- 
tion". 


Publications 


Department  or  State 

Emergency  Regulation  of  Level  of  Rainy  Lake  and  of 
Other  Boundary  Waters  in  the  Rainy  Lake  Watershed : 
Convention  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Canada — Signed  September  15,  1988;  proclaimed  by  the 
President  October  18,  1940.  Treaty  Series  No.  961. 
3  pp.     50. 

Other  Government  Agencies 

The  following  Government  publications 
issued  recently  may  be  of  interest  to  readers  of 
the  Bulletin: 

Foreign  Trade  of  the  United  States  in  Agricultural 
Products.  (Department  of  Agriculture:  Foreign  Agri- 
cultural Relations  Office.)  June  1940.  34  pp.  (proc- 
essed ) . 

Pan  American  Sanitary  Bureau.  Annual  Report  of 
the  Director,  Hugh  S.  dimming,  Fiscal  Tear  1939-40. 
September  1940.    36  pp. 

The  Foreign  Trade  of  Latin  America.     Report   on 
Trade   of  Latin  America,  With  Special  Reference  to 
Trade  With  the  United  States.     Part  II    (in  20  sec- 
tions') :  Commercial  Policies  and  Trade  Relations  of — 
Bolivia.    [Section  2.]    vii,  4<>  pp.,  illus.  (processed. ) 
Paraguay.     [Section  7.]     vii,  44  pp.,  illus.   (proc- 
essed. ) 


4  When  complete,  the  20  sections  of  part  II  will  cover 
the  commercial  policy  and  foreign  trade  of  each  of  the 
20  Latin  American  republics. 


JANUARY    4,    1941 


35 


Regulations 


The  following  Government  regulations  may 
be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Revision  of  Prorations  of  the  [Sugar]  Quota  for  For- 
eign Countries  Other  Than  Cuba.  (Department  of 
Agriculture:  Agricultural  Adjustment  Administration.) 
[G.  S.  Q.  R.  Series  7,  No.  1,  Rev.  2,  Amendment  1.] 
December  30,  1940.    Federal  Register,  January  1,  1941 


(vol.  6,  no.  1),  pp.  1-2  (The  National  Archives  of  the 
United  States). 

New  Regulations  Governing  Preexamination  of  Aliens 
Within  the  United  States.  (Department  of  Justice: 
Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service.)  [General 
Order  No.  C-27.]  December  31,  1940.  Federal  Register, 
January  4,  1941  (vol.  6,  no.  3),  pp.  65-67. 

New  Regulations  Governing  the  Arrest  and  Deporta- 
tion of  Aliens.  (Department  of  Justice:  Immigration 
and  Naturalization  Service.)  [General  Order  No.  C- 
26.]  December  31,  1940.  Federal  Register,  January  4, 
1941  (vol.  6,  no.  3),  pp.  68-73. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,    10  cents     -     -     -     -     Subscription  price,   $2.75'  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH    THE   APrKOVAL   OF  THE   DIRECTOR   OF   THE   BUREAU    OF    THE    BUDGET 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


BULLETIN 


JANUARY  11,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  81 —  Publication  1547 


Qontents 


General:  Pag6 
Address  by  Leo  Pasvolsky:  The  United  States  in  the 

World  Economy,  1940 39 

Export  control  in  national  defense 52 

Budget  recommendations  for  the  Department  of  State, 

1942 54 

Europe: 

Lease  of  naval  and  air  bases  from  Great  Britain  ....  56 

Refugee  problem  in  France 57 

New  Year  message  from  Marshal  Petain  of  France      .    .  59 

Greenland 60 

Contributions  for  relief  in  belligerent  countries    ....  60 

The  Near  East: 

Purchase  of  American  missionary  school  by  Iran     ...  61 

American  Republics: 

Visit  to  United  States  of  leaders  in  the  professions,  the 

arts,  and  education 62 

Representation  of  United  States  business  in  other 
American  republics:  Statement  by  Nelson  A.  Rocke- 
feller    63 

Cooperation  by  Panama  in  continental  solidarity  and 

defense 64 

Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  etc.: 

Monthly  statistics 64 

[Over] 


"■S.SUPER,NTFNDfNT0FD0CTOTS 
FEB    6   1941 


0 


'ontents- 


-CONTINUED 


The  Foreign  Service:  pag6 

Death  of  Consul  General  Murphy 79 

Elevation  of  diplomatic  mission  in  Uruguay  to  rank  of 

embassy 79 

Treaty  Information: 
Claims: 

Convention  with  Norway  for  the  Disposition  of  the 
Claims  of  Christoffer  Hannevig  and  George  R. 

Jones 80 

Consular: 

Consular  Convention  with  Lithuania 80 

Finance: 

Convention    with    France    for    the    Avoidance    of 

Double  Taxation 80 

Postal: 

Universal  Postal  Convention  of  1939 80 

Publications: 

Agreement    with    Honduras    for    the    Exchange    of 

Official  Publications 82 

Regulations 82 

Publications 82 

Legislation 82 


General 


ADDRESS  BY  LEO  PASVOLSKY  1 

THE   UNITED    STATES   IN  THE   WORLD   ECONOMY,    1940:    SOME    ASPECTS   OP   OUR   FOREIGN 

ECONOMIC  POLICY 


The  subject  which  is  under  discussion  this 
afternoon  should  be  considered  from  two  broad 
points  of  view.  It  is  necessary  to  examine, 
first,  the  position  of  the  United  States  in  the 
present-day  world  economy ;  and,  secondly,  the 
position  of  this  country  with  respect  to  the 
world  economy  which  is  now,  and  which  will  be 
for  some  time  ahead,  in  the  making. 

Both  of  these  aspects  of  the  subject  before  us 
are  dominated  by  the  existence  of  wide-spread 
and  still-spreading  war.  We  are  in  the  pres- 
ence of  an  armed  conflict  which  not  only  has 
suddenly  disrupted  and  distorted  preexistent 
economic  relations  and  conditions,  but  which 
is  bound  to  leave  a  profound  imprint  on  the 
world  economy  of  the  post-war  period.  Its 
effects  are  felt  and  will  be  felt  for  a  long  time 
to  come  by  all  nations,  irrespective  of  whether 
or  not  they  are  directly  involved  in  the  conflict 
itself. 

I  propose,  accordingly,  to  describe  briefly  the 
impact  of  more  than  a  year  of  war  upon  the 
international  economic  relations  of  the  United 
States.  I  propose,  next,  to  deal  with  some 
basic  factors  of  the  outlook  for  the  future, 
so  far  as  it  is  discernible  at  this  time. 


1  Delivered  before  the  Fifty-third  Animal  Meeting  of 
the  American  Economic  Association,  New  Orleans,  De- 
cember 30,  1940.     Mr.  Pasvolsky  is  Special  Assistant  to 
the  Secretary  of  State. 
285002—41 1 


The  most  important  element  in  thfe  coun- 
try's economic  relations  with  the  rest  of  the 
world  is  foreign  trade.  In  this  field,  signifi- 
cant changes  have  occurred  during  the  war 
period. 

The  total  values  of  both  our  exports  and  our 
imports  have  shown  marked  increases  since  the 
outbreak  of  war  in  Europe.  Exports  rose 
from  $2,941,000,000  in  September-August 
1938-39,  to  $4,016,000,000  in  the  corresponding 
period  of  1939-40;  and  general  imports,  from 
$2,132,000,000  to  $2,625,000,000.  However, 
these  global  figures  conceal  important  changes 
in  the  direction  and  commodity  composition  of 
our  foreign  trade. 

As  regards  exports,  the  period  has  been  one 
of  steadily  contracting  markets  in  some  parts 
of  the  world  and  steadily  expanding  ones  in 
other  parts.  From  the  outbreak  of  the  war, 
because  of  the  naval-blockade  measures  taken 
by  the  Allied  Powers,  Germany  and  the  terri- 
tories formerly  comprising  Austria,  Czechoslo- 
vakia, and  most  of  Poland  practically 
disappeared  as  direct  markets  for  our  goods. 
Starting  last  spring,  a  number  of  European 
countries,  as  they  became  engulfed  by  German 
occupation  in  rapid  succession,  ceased  to  be  mar- 
kets for  American  products.  This  was  the  ex- 
perience of  Denmark,  Norway,  the  Netherlands, 
Belgium,  and  France.     With  Italy's  entry  into 

39 


40 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


the  war,  our  exports  to  the  countries  of  southern 
and  southeastern  Europe  have  either  disap- 
peared or  have  become  greatly  reduced. 

Today,  virtually  the  entire  continent  of  Eu- 
rope west  of  the  Soviet  Union,  as  well  as  some 
parts  of  Africa  and  the  Near  East,  is  cut  off 
from  the  channels  of  sea-borne  trade  by  the 
far-flung  nature  of  the  British  naval  blockade. 
On  the  other  hand,  there  has  been  a  great  ex- 
pansion of  our  exports  to  the  United  Kingdom, 
Canada,  and  the  other  parts  of  the  British 
Empire,  as  well  as  a  substantial  increase  of  sales 
to  Latin  America  and  the  Far  East.  The  Brit- 
ish countries  alone  accounted  for  over  50  per- 
cent of  the  billion-dollar  increase  which 
occurred  in  our  exports  during  the  first  year  of 
the  European  war. 

More  than  half  of  the  increase  of  exports  was 
caused  by  rapidly  mounting  sales  of  finished 
manufactures,  reflecting  mainly  the  growing 
demand  for  aircraft  and  other  implements  of 
war.  More  than  one  third  represented  semi- 
manufactures. Crude  materials  showed  a  sub- 
stantial rise.  The  largest  single  increase  oc- 
curred in  the  exports  of  iron  and  steel-mill 
products.  On  the  other  hand,  there  was  a 
marked  decline  in  our  exports  of  tobacco  and 
of  various  types  of  foodstuffs,  with  the  conse- 
quent growth  of  accumulated  stocks  of  these 
commodities. 

Our  imports  have  increased  much  less  than 
our  exports.  Here,  again,  the  exigencies  of  war 
have  played  a  decisive  role.  Blockade  meas- 
ures affect  the  exports  of  the  blockaded  coun- 
tries as  well  as  their  imports.  The  British 
productive  effort  has  been  more  and  more  di- 
rected toward  war  output.  These  factors  have 
necessarily  retarded  our  imports  of  finished 
manufactures.  On  the  other  hand,  the  expan- 
sion of  our  domestic  industrial  activity  has  been 
reflected  in  increased  imports  of  raw  materials. 
Moreover,  with  the  emphasis  in  our  domestic 
economy  shifting  to  production  for  defense,  the 
importation  of  certain  strategic  raw  materials 
is  being  stimulated. 

The  fact  that  during  the  first  year  of  war  in 
Europe  our  exports  expanded  by  over  a  bil- 
lion dollars  and  our  imports  by  less  than  500 


millions  resulted  in  a  substantial  increase  of 
the  already  large  export  surplus  in  our  bal- 
ance of  trade.  This  export  surplus  amounted 
to  $1,391,000,000  in  September-August  1939-40, 
as  compared  with  $809,000,000  in  the  corre- 
sponding period  of  1938-39. 

The  export  surplus  was  offset  mainly  by  im- 
portation of  gold,  which  has  been  coming  into 
the  country  at  a  more  rapid  pace  than  ever. 
During  the  12  months  preceding  the  outbreak 
of  war  in  Europe,  our  net  imports  of  gold  were 
$4,061,000,000;  during  the  12  months  immedi- 
ately following  the  outbreak  of  war,  they  were 
$4,632,000,000. 

The  gold  imports  came  in,  of  course,  in  re- 
sponse to  other  stimuli,  as  well  as  the  need  to 
pay  for  purchases  of  American  products. 
Considering  the  fact  that  several  of  the  bellig- 
erent countries  have  been  selling  some  of  their 
American  investments,  and  taking  into  ac- 
count other  items  in  our  balance  of  international 
payments,  it  is  clear  that  only  a  relatively  small 
part  of  the  gold  shipments  has  been  used  for 
the  purpose  of  paying  for  goods  already  pur- 
chased. A  far  greater  part  came  either  in 
search  of  safety  or  in  preparation  for  future 
payments. 

Although  most  of  this  vast  inflow  of  gold 
has  come  from  monetary  reserves  rather  than 
from  new  production,  the  war  has  not  so  far 
produced  disordered  foreign  exchanges.  This 
has  been  so  principally  because  of  the  existence 
of  stringent  exchange  control  in  the  United 
Kingdom  and  the  other  British  countries  and 
because  of  the  virtual  disappearance  of  trade 
between  the  continent  of  Europe  and  the  rest 
of  the  world.  On  the  other  hand,  the  growing 
severity  of  exchange  control,  in  the  countries 
directly  involved  in  war  as  well  as  in  many 
countries  not  directly  involved,  has  had  serious 
effects  on  our  trade.  From  the  point  of  view 
of  our  policy  in  this  field,  the  outstanding  de- 
velopment has  been  the  decision  to  place  under 
license  the  funds  belonging  to  several  European 
countries  which  have  been  overrun  in  the  course 
of  present  hostilities. 

The  increased  exports  from  the  United  States 
have  been  financed   without  recourse  to  new 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


41 


loans.  Credits  have  been  extended  to  several 
South  American  countries  and  some  direct  in- 
vestment has  taken  place  there.  Small  loans 
have  been  made  to  the  Scandinavian  countries. 
Some  credits  have  been  furnished  to  China. 
The  total  amount,  however,  has  been  very  small. 
Under  the  operation  of  the  Johnson  Act,  no 
loans  have  been  made  to  any  of  the  principal 
belligerents.  Under  the  Neutrality  Act,  pur- 
chases of  war  supplies  have  been  on  a  cash 
basis. 

The  operation  of  the  Neutrality  Act,  as  re- 
vised shortly  after  the  outbreak  of  war  in 
Europe,  combined  with  the  general  effect  of  war 
conditions,  has  had  important  repercussions 
upon  our  shipping  situation.  Our  merchant 
marine  has  practically  ceased  its  trans- Atlantic 
service.  Shipments  to  Europe  now  take  place 
predominantly  under  the  British  flag,  and  this 
has  resulted  in  diversion  of  much  of  the  British 
and  other  shipping  from  their  accustomed  trade 
routes.  Although  our  ships  have  found  new 
opportunities  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  and 
elsewhere,  our  sea-borne  commerce  experiences 
many  shipping  difficulties.  As  regards  the 
Western  Hemisphere,  an  Inter-American  Mari- 
time Conference  was  recently  held  in  an  attempt 
to  find  solutions  for  certain  of  these  difficulties. 

II 

Broadly  speaking,  the  foreign  economic  pol- 
icy of  the  United  States  since  the  outbreak  of 
war  in  Europe  has  been  directed  toward  two 
main  objectives :  First,  to  cushion  the  impact  of 
war  conditions  on  our  domestic  economy,  so  far 
as  it  is  affected  by  international  factors;  and, 
second,  to  facilitate  the  program  of  national  de- 
fense which  has  been  rendered  imperative  by 
developments  abroad.  These  objectives  have 
been  pursued  in  relation  to  each  other,  as  well 
as  in  relation  to  other  basic  policies.  Their  pur- 
suit has  resulted  in  measures  with  respect  to 
both  exports  and  imports,  some  of  which  have 
promoted  and  some  of  which  have  necessarily 
retarded  our  foreign  commerce. 

As  regards  exports,  the  first  point  to  be  noted 
concerns  the  implications  and  effects  of  the  Neu- 
trality Act,  as  revised  in  November  1939.    The 


"cash-and-carry"  provision  of  that  act,  adopted 
as  a  means  of  reducing  the  risks  of  this  country's 
involvement  in  war,  has  probably  had  a  re- 
tarding influence  on  our  export  trade.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  elimination  of  the  rigid  arms 
embargo,  which  constituted  the  principal  fea- 
ture of  the  November  revision,  has  rendered 
possible  the  exportation  of  certain  important 
war  supplies.  These  exports  not  only  have 
helped  to  sustain  our  total  foreign  sales  on  a 
high  and  rising  level,  but  have  enabled  us  to 
implement  the  policy  of  rendering  all  practi- 
cable material  assistance  to  countries  which  are 
victims  of  attack.  At  the  same  time,  they  have 
been  instrumental  in  building  up  specialized 
productive  capacity  in  this  country  essential 
to  the  creation  of  the  instrumentalities  of  na- 
tional defense. 

Next,  with  respect  to  exports,  mention  should 
be  made  of  the  repeated  and  persistent  efforts  on 
the  part  of  the  Government  to  mitigate  in  the 
interest  of  our  commerce  the  severity  of  wartime 
trade  controls.  While  recognizing,  of  course, 
that  decision  as  to  the  operation  of  such  con- 
trols, both  as  regards  blockade  measures  and  as 
regards  the  choice  of  commodities  permitted  to 
be  imported,  must  necessarily  rest  with  the  bel- 
ligerents imposing  them,  the  Government  has 
sought,  through  formal  and  informal  negotia- 
tions and  with  a  substantial  measure  of  success, 
to  secure  the  application  of  these  measures  in  a 
reasonable  manner.  In  this  respect,  the  exist- 
ence of  trade  agreements,  especially  those  with 
the  United  Kingdom  and  Canada,  has  served 
an  extremely  useful  purpose.  This  was  also 
true  with  respect  to  France,  prior  to  that  coun- 
try's military  collapse. 

An  interesting  feature  of  our  recent  export 
policy  has  been  the  abandonment,  shortly 
after  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  of  export  sub- 
sidies on  cotton  and,  more  recently,  of  such 
subsidies  on  wheat  flour  shipped  to  certain 
parts  of  the  Far  East.  War  conditions  have 
rendered  no  longer  operative  most  of  the  con- 
siderations which  originally  led  to  the  adoption 
of  these  measures. 

The  most  striking  feature  of  our  export  pol- 
icy during  the  war  period  has  been  the  adoption 


42 

of  a  far-reaching  system  of  export  control  as 
an  element  of  the  national-defense  program. 
By  an  act  of  Congress,  approved  July  2,  1940, 
broad  powers  were  vested  in  the  President  to 
place  under  license  the  exportation  of  various 
strategic  and  other  essential  commodities.  By 
proclamation  dated  July  2,  the  President  pro- 
hibited the  exportation  of  a  number  of  speci- 
fied articles  and  materials,  except  when  author- 
ized by  licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of 
State.  The  licensing  actually  began  on  July 
5,  under  a  procedure  closely  resembling  that 
used  during  the  World  War  by  the  War  Trade 
Board. 

The  list  of  commodities  for  which  export 
licenses  are  required  has  been  expanded  several 
times.  It  comprises  such  important  basic  ma- 
terials as  aluminum,  many  petroleum  products, 
iron  and  steel  scrap,  several  non-ferrous  metals, 
mica,  graphite,  mercury,  and  others.  It  in- 
cludes aircraft  and  aircraft  engines,  as  well  as1 
plans  and  specifications  for  aircraft  and  en- 
gines; various  types  of  machine  tools;  equip- 
ment and  specifications  for  the  production  of 
aviation  motor  fuel;  all  arms,  ammunition,  and 
implements  of  war  as  defined  by  the  Presiden- 
tial proclamation  of  May  1,  1937;  and  many 
other  articles. 

All  interested  departments  and  agencies  of 
the  Government  take  part  in  the  formulation 
of  policies  with  respect  to  the  application  of 
export  control.  These  include  the  Departments 
of  State,  Treasury.  Commerce,  and  Agriculture ; 
the  Army  and  Navy  Munitions  Board;  the  Ad- 
visory Commission  to  the  Council  on  National 
Defense ;  and  the  Maritime  Commission.  In  the 
administration  of  control,  the  basic  criteria  are 
the  interests  of  national  defense  broadly  inter- 
preted to  include  continental  defense  and  mate- 
rial aid  to  Great  Britain  and  other  victims  of 
attack.  Accordingly,  licenses  are  usually  issued 
more  liberally  for  exportation  to  the  countries 
of  the  Western  Hemisphere  and  to  the  United 
Kingdom  than  to  other  parts  of  the  world. 

As  regards  imports,  the  appropriate  agencies 
of  the  Government  have  been  watching  care- 
fully the  effects  of  war  conditions  upon  the  im- 
portation into  this  country  of  competitive  com- 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 

modities.  In  only  one  instance  thus  far  a 
special  arrangement  had  to  be  made,  namely,  a 
supplementary  trade  agreement  with  Canada, 
regulating  the  importation  of  silver-fox  furs. 

Activity  on  the  part  of  the  Government  has 
been  necessary  to  insure  delivery  of  some  com- 
modities essential  to  American  industry,  the  ob- 
taining of  which  has  been  rendered  difficult  by 
the  operation  of  naval  blockades.  Examples 
of  this  are  found  in  cases  of  graphite,  mica, 
mercury,  and  other  materials. 

The  outstanding  Government  activity  in  the 
field  of  imports  has  been  in  connection  with 
national  defense.  As  a  part  of  the  defense 
program,  vigorous  action  has  been  taken  to 
build  up  stock-piles  of  what  the  Army  and 
Navy  Munitions  Board  has  designated  as  stra- 
tegic and  critical  materials.  A  part  of  the 
funds  appropriated  for  national  defense  is 
being  used  for  this  purpose.  By  special  Con- 
gressional authorization,  the  Reconstruction 
Finance  Corporation  is  also  engaged  in  financ- 
ing the  importation  of  stocks  of  essential  indus- 
trial materials.  Stock-piles  of  tin  and  other 
ferro-alloys,  of  rubber,  and  of  various  other 
commodities  are  rapidly  accumulating. 

Another  aspect  of  the  national-defense,  pro- 
gram relating  to  the  import  problem  consists 
of  efforts  to  find  "new  sources  close  enough  to 
this  country  so  that  thei-e  may  be  reasonable 
expectation  that  access  to  them  will  not  be  dis- 
rupted". This  relates  primarily  to  the  Western 
Hemisphere  and  is  a  factor  of  some  importance 
in  inter-American  economic  relations. 

Ill 

Inter- American  economic  relations  occupy  a 
special  place  and  loom  large  today  in  the  for- 
eign economic  policy  of  the  United  States. 
They  are  an  important  part  of  the  "Good 
Neighbor"  program  for  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere, which  is  one.of  the  foundation  stones  of 
the  entire  structure  of  this  country's  foreign 
policy  and  one  of  the  essential  features  of  the 
national-defense  effort. 

The  basic  conception  of  inter-American  rela- 
tions on  which  this  country  proceeds  is  simple. 
The  21  American   republics  have  in  common 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


43 


certain  interests  and  certain  aspirations.  Al- 
though removed  geographically  and  historically 
from  the  conflicts  and  controversies  which  are 
in  progress  on  the  other  sides  of  the  Atlantic 
and  the  Pacific  Oceans,  the  American  nations,  in 
view  of  the  character  and  implications  of  the 
Avars  now  going  on  in  Europe  and  in  Asia,  have 
a  common  and  overriding  interest  in  insuring 
their  own  security  and,  if  possible,  preventing 
war  from  reaching  their  shores.  To  this  end, 
they  must,  by  common  effort,  create  impreg- 
nable means  of  national  and  continental  de- 
fense. Confronted  with  the  present-day  chal- 
lenge to  the  right  of  nations  to  independence 
and  to  freedom  from  intervention  in  their 
domestic  affairs,  the  American  nations  are  con- 
scious of  the  imperative  need  for  individual 
and  common  action  directed  toward  the  preser- 
vation of  their  enjoyment  of  that  fundamental 
right, 

At  the  same  time,  neither  the  United  States 
nor  the  other  nations  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere have  any  desire  to  isolate  themselves 
from  the  rest  of  the  world  and  concentrate  their 
efforts  on  building  up  a  system  based  on  the 
concept  of  national  or  regional  self-containment. 
They  are  a  part  of  the  world,  and  their  own 
present  and  future  are  inextricably  bound  up 
with  what  happens  in  the  other  important  areas 
of  the  earth.  Both  from  the  short-run  and  the 
long-run  points  of  view,  they  have  always  been, 
and  they  are  today,  vitally  interested  in  the  kind 
of  world  mankind  is  to  live  in,  and  in  making 
their  contribution  toward  helping  to  shape  rela- 
tions among  all  nations  along  the  lines  of  peace 
and  progress. 

Successful  effort  in  all  of  these  directions  re- 
quires political  stability  and  economic  strength 
within  the  American  nations,  and  political  sol- 
idarity and  economic  cooperation  among  them. 
The  creation  and  constant  reinforcement  of 
such  solidarity  and  cooperation  have  been  the 
keynotes  of  numerous  inter-American  confer- 
ences and  of  continuous  effort  through  diplo- 
matic, commercial,  cultural,  and  other  channels. 

In  the  economic  field,  a  program  of  coopera- 
tive inter-American  action  to  meet  the  impact 
of  war  conditions  was  inaugurated  in  September 


1939  at  the  first  Consultative  Meeting  of  Minis- 
ters of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  American  Repub- 
lics, held  at  Panama,  At  that  meeting,  it  was 
resolved  that  "in  view  of  the  present  circum- 
stances, ...  it  is  more  desirable  and  neces- 
sary than  ever  to  establish  a  close  and  sincere 
cooperation  between  the  American  republics 
in  order  that  they  may  protect  their  economic 
and  financial  structures,  maintain  their  fiscal 
equilibrium,  safeguard  the  stability  of  their 
currencies,  promote  and  expand  their  indus- 
tries, intensify  their  agriculture,  and  develop 
their  commerce". 

To  this  end,  it  was  decided  "to  create  an 
Inter-American  Financial  and  Economic  Advi- 
sory Committee  consisting  of  21  experts  in  eco- 
nomic problems,  one  for  each  of  the  American 
republics".  The  Committee  was  duly  consti- 
tuted a  few  weeks  later,  and  it  has  been  meeting 
in  Washington  ever  since. 

As  time  went  on  and  as  the  economic  repercus- 
sions of  war  both  on  the  present  and  on  the 
future  became  intensified,  the  obvious  need  for 
more  and  more  vigorous  inter- American  action 
led  to  a  comprehensive  review  of  the  whole  prob- 
lem at  the  Second  Meeting  of  the  American 
Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs  at  Habana  in  July 
of  this  year.  The  conclusions  reached  there 
were  summed  up  in  a  resolution  on  economic 
cooperation,  in  the  "whereas"  part  of  which  it 
was  stated  that 

".  .  .  The  war  now  in  progress  has  increased 
the  disruption  in  the  channels  of  international 
commerce  and  the  curtailment  of  markets  for 
certain  products  of  the  Americas ;  the  existence 
of  surpluses  of  commodities,  the  exportation  of 
which  is  essential  to  the  economic  life  of  the 
countries  of  the  Americas,  is  economically,  so- 
cially, financially,  and  in  other  respects  a  mat- 
ter of  great  importance  to  the  masses  of  the 
population  and  ...  to  the  Governments  of 
the  entire  Continent;  it  must  be  anticipated 
that  these  difficulties  will  exist  as  long  as  the 
war  continues  and  that  some  of  them,  as  well 
as  other  new  ones,  will  exist  after  the  war  ends ; 
and  it  is  of  great  importance  that  the  economic 
development  of  the  American  countries  be  di- 
rected towards  a  diversification  of  their  produc- 


44 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


tion  and,  at  the  same  time,  towards  an  increase 
in  their  consumption  capacity." 

The  short-run  and  the  long-run  objectives  of 
inter-American  economic  policy  were  stated  as 
follows  in  the  substantive  part  of  the 
resolution : 

"The  Second  Meeting  of  the  Ministers  of 
Foreign  Affairs  of  the  American  Kepublics 
Resolves  : 

"One.     To  declare: 

"(a)  That  the  American  nations  continue 
to  adhere  to  the  liberal  principles  of  inter- 
national trade,  conducted  with  peaceful  mo- 
tives and  based  upon  equality  of  treatment 
and  fair  and  equitable  practices; 

"(b)  That  it  is  the  purpose  of  the  Ameri- 
can nations  to  apply  these  principles  in  their 
relations  with  each  other  as  fully  as  present 
circumstances  permit ; 

"(c)  That  the  American  nations  should  be 
prepared  to  resume  the  conduct  of  trade  with 
the  entire  world  in  accordance  with  these 
principles  as  soon  as  the  non-American 
nations  are  prepared  to  do  likewise; 

"  (d)  That,  in  the  meantime,  the  American 
nations  shall  do  everything  in  their  power  to 
strengthen  their  own  economic  position;  to 
improve  further  the  trade  and  other  economic 
relations  between  and  among  themselves; 
and  to  devise  and  apply  appropriate  means 
of  effective  action  to  cope  with  the  difficul- 
ties, disadvantages  and  dangers  arising  from 
the  present  disturbed  and  dislocated  world 
conditions;  and 

"(e)  That  the  American  nations  consider  it 
necessary  to  maintain  or  improve  the  normal 
economic  situation  established  between  them 
in  order  to  assure  the  preservation  or  im- 
provement of  the  position  enjoyed  in  their 
respective  markets. 

"Two.  To  strengthen  and  expand  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Inter-American  Financial  and  Eco- 
nomic Advisory  Committee  as  the  instrument 
for  continuing  consultation  among  the  Ameri- 
can Republics  with  respect  to  economic  and 
trade  matters   and   arrangements,   having   in 


mind  especially  the  immediate  situations  which 
must  be  met  as  a  result  of  the  curtailment  and 
changed  character  of  important  foreign  mar- 
kets.    .     .     . 

"Three.  Specifically,  to  instruct  the  said  Com- 
mittee that  it  proceed  forthwith: 

"(a)  To  cooperate  with  each  country  of 
this  Continent  in  the  study  of  possible  meas- 
ures for  the  increase  of  the  domestic  consump- 
tion of  its  own  exportable  surpluses  of  those 
commodities  which  are  of  primary  impor- 
tance to  the  maintenance  of  the  economic  life 
of  such  countries; 

"(Z>)  To  propose  to  the  American  nations 
immediate  measures  and  arrangements  of  mu- 
tual benefit  tending  to  increase  trade  among 
them  without  injury  to  the  interests  of  their 
respective  producers,  for  the.  purpose  of  pro- 
viding increased  markets  for  such  products 
and  of  expanding  their  consumption; 

"  (<?)  To  create  instruments  of  inter- Ameri- 
can cooperation  for  the  temporary  storing, 
financing  and  handling  of  any  such  commod- 
ities and  for  their  orderly  and  systematic 
marketing,  having  in  mind  the  normal  con- 
ditions of  production  and  distribution 
thereof ; 

"(d)  To  develop  commodity  arrangements 
with  a  view  to  assuring  equitable  terms  of 
trade  for  both  producers  and  consumers  of 
the  commodities  concerned ; 

"(e)  To  recommend  methods  for  improv- 
ing the  standard  of  living  of  the  peoples  of 
the  Americas,  including  public  health  and 
nutrition  measures; 

"(/)  To  establish  appropriate  organiza- 
tions for  the  distribution  of  a  part  of  the 
surplus  of  any  such  commodity,  as  a  humani- 
tarian and  social  relief  measure ; 

"(g)  To  consider,  while  these  plans  and 
measures  are  being  developed,  the  desirability 
of  a  broader  system  of  inter-American  coop- 
erative organization  in  trade  and  industrial 
matters,  and  to  propose  credit  measures  and 
other  measures  of  assistance  which  may  be 
immediately  necessary  in  the  fields  of  eco- 
nomics, finance,  money,  and  foreign 
exchange." 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


45 


The  comprehensive  program  of  economic  ac- 
tion embodied  in  the  Habana  resolution  was,  in 
large  measure,  the  result  of  proposals  made  by 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  In  plac- 
ing these  proposals  before  the  meeting,  Secretary 
Hull  said : 

"The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  has  already  utilized  its  existing  agen- 
cies to  enter  into  mutually  advantageous  coop- 
erative arrangements  with  a  number  of  Amer- 
ican republics  in  connection  with  programs  for 
the  development  of  their  national  economies 
and  by  way  of  assistance  to  their  central  banks 
in  monetary  and  foreign-exchange  matters. 

"It  is  now  taking  steps  which  will  make  pos- 
sible the  extension  of  both  the  volume  and  char- 
acter of  the  operations  of  such  agencies.  When 
these  steps  have  been  completed,  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  will  be  in 
a  position  to  expand  its  cooperative  efforts  with 
other  American  nations  in  the  fields  of  long- 
term  development  and  of  monetary  and  ex- 
change matters. 

"It  will  also  be  able  to  participate  in  imme- 
diate joint  action  with  other  nations  of  this 
hemisphere  to  meet  pressing  trade  situations 
which  may  arise  before  the  program  outlined 
has  come  into  operation. 

"Finally,  it  will  be  enabled  to  enter  effectively 
into  the  cooperative  program  as  it  proceeds,  as- 
sisting in  the  temporary  handling  and  orderly 
marketing  of  the  important  commodities  of  the 
hemisphere;  implementing,  on  its  part,  the 
commodity  agreements  which  are  developed; 
and  carrying  out  other  operations  involving 
such  export  products." 

Several  of  the  steps  to  which  Mr.  Hull  re- 
ferred have  since  been  taken.  The  Congress  has 
increased  by  $500,000,000  the  funds  at  the  dis- 
posal of  the  Export-Import  Bank,  these  new 
funds  to  be  used  for  inter-American  economic 
operations,  "to  assist  in  the  development  of  the 
resources,  the  stabilization  of  the  economies,  and 
the  orderly  marketing  of  the  products  of  the 
countries  of  the  Western  Hemisphere".  The 
bank  is  now  working  on  specific  proposals  and 

285502 — 41 2 


requests  coming  from  various  American  coun- 
tries. It  has  already  entered  into  a  number  of 
transactions,  notable  among  which  has  been  the 
extension  of  credit  for  financing  a  steel-mill 
project  in  Brazil  and  the  provision  of  a  general 
credit  for  Argentina.  Conversations  between 
the  United  States  Treasury  and  other  appro- 
priate agencies  of  the  Government,  on  the  one 
hand,  and  representatives  of  several  American 
countries  on  the  other,  are  in  progress  with 
respect  to  financial,  monetary,  and  foreign- 
exchange  matters.  Steps  have  been  taken  to 
increase  purchases  of  strategic  materials. 

In  order  to  promote  the  Government's  ac- 
tivities in  the  field  of  inter- American  relations, 
the  President  has  set  up,  under  the  Council  of 
National  Defense,  an  Office  for  Coordination  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  between  the 
American  Republics.  This  office  is  engaged  in 
intensive  study  of  the  problems  involved  and 
in  correlating  and  stimulating  action  on  the 
part  of  the  appropriate  operating  agencies  of 
the  Government. 

The  Government  is  taking  an  active  part  in 
the  work  of  the  Inter- American  Financial  and 
Economic  Advisory  Committee.  The  presence 
in  Washington  of  competent  economic  experts 
of  all  the  American  republics  makes  for  speedier 
and  more  effective  discussion  of  specific  ques- 
tions and  problems.  The  Committee  has  pre- 
pared the  statute  of  an  Inter- American  Bank, 
which  now  awaits  ratification  by  the  several 
countries.  It  has  created  an  Inter-American 
Development  Commission,  with  official  and  busi- 
ness participation,  as  an  agency  for  long-range 
economic  development  in  the  various  American 
countries.  It  has  set  up  special  groups  to  study 
individual  export  commodities  with  the  view  to 
recommending  to  the  governments  measures  to 
be  taken  with  respect  to  the  handling  of  such 
commodities.  The  furthest  advanced  of  these 
studies  relates  to  coffee,  a  concrete  marketing 
agreement  with  regard  to  which  is  now  pending 
before  the  15  governments  concerned.  Action 
with  respect  to  corn  has  also  received  extended 
consideration.  Vigorous  attention  has  been 
given  to  other  phases  of  the  Habana  program. 


46 


IV 


The  foregoing  is,  in  its  salient  features,  the 
story  of  the  effects  to  date  of  war  in  Europe 
on  the  principal  elements  of  this  country's  eco- 
nomic relations  with  the  world  and  of  the 
foreign  economic  policies  pursued  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  in  the  light  of 
these  developments.  From  the  policy  point  of 
view,  it  is  a  story  of  adaptation  to  conditions 
some  of  which  are  in  large  measure  outside  of 
our  control ;  of  effective  utilization  of  available 
instruments  of  action  in  defense  of  the  national 
interest;  and  of  the  forging  of  new  tools  to 
cope  with  new  and  extraordinary  conditions. 

Since  no  one  can  foretell  when  the  present 
war  will  end,  this  country  is  bound  to  be  con- 
fronted, for  a  period  of  unpredictable  duration, 
with  the  continued  operation,  possibly  in  an  in- 
creasingly aggravated  form,  of  some  of  the 
factors  which  have  thus  far  influenced  its  for- 
eign economic  relations.  It  will  also,  in  all 
probability,  be  confronted  with  the  rise  of  new 
factors.  As  we  look  ahead,  therefore,  it  is 
well  to  envisage  some  of  the  more  important  of 
these  possibilities  and  probabilities. 

So  long  as  the  British  naval-blockade  meas- 
ures continue  to  function,  they  must  neces- 
sarily continue  to  have  a  dominant  influence 
upon  our  exports  to  the  continent  of  Europe 
and  to  areas  adjacent  to  Europe.  Under  these 
circumstances,  it  is  to  be  anticipated  that  our 
shipments  to  virtually  the  entire  continental 
portion  of  Europe  will  remain  on  an  extremely 
low  level.  On  the  other  hand,  Great  Britain's 
requirements  for  our  products  are  likely  to  ex- 
pand still  further. 

In  connection  with  Great  Britain's  purchases 
of  war  materials  in  this  country,  the  question 
has  already  arisen  with  regard  to  payment  for 
such  purchases.  As  the  war  progresses,  Great 
Britain  is  confronted  with  a  double  shrinkage 
of  her  dollar-exchange  resources,  resulting  from 
the  using  up  of  her  accumulated  reserves  of 
gold  and  of  dollar  securities  and  from  a  possible 
decline  of  exports  to  this  country.  Accord- 
ingly, as  the  President  announced  on  Decem- 
ber 17,  plans  are  being  worked  out  under  which 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 

we  would,  in  our  own  best  national  interest, 
extend  appropriate  aid  to  Great  Britain  in 
financing  her  war  requirements. 

Such  action  is  of  obvious  and  pressing  im- 
portance in  implementing  effectively  our  estab- 
lished policy  of  giving  all  possible  material  aid 
to  Great  Britain  and  of  creating,  at  the  same 
time,  in  our  own  country  maximum  productive 
capacity  in  the  specialized  fields  of  military 
supplies.  It  is  also  important  from  a  longer- 
run  point  of  view.  In  considering,  as  we  must, 
the  problem  of  the  future  reconstruction  proc- 
ess, it  is  necessary  for  us  to  take  serious  account 
of  the  great  difficulties  which  might  arise  in 
that  respect  if  Great  Britain's  international 
financial  resources  should  become  depleted  in 
the  conduct  of  the  war. 

As  our  national-defense  program  gains  mo- 
mentum, it  is  to  be  anticipated  that  there  will 
be  increased  emphasis  on  purchases  of  essential 
commodities,  especially  on  the  Government  ac- 
count, and  probably  an  extension  of  the  already 
existing  system  of  export  control.  The  con- 
tinuation and  possible  intensification  of  war 
are  bound  to  produce  greater  uncertainty  with 
regard  to  the  accessibility  of  some  important 
sources  of  supply  of  many  essential  materials. 
This  will  dictate  the  need  of  rapid  and  vigorous 
action  toward  increasing  our  reserves  of  such 
commodities.  Conservation  of  these  reserves 
as  well  as  of  the  domestic  production  of  some 
essential  raw  materials  may  dictate  the  need 
of  placing  more  commodities  on  the  export- 
control  lists.  The  extension  of  these  lists  may 
also  result  from  a  growing  absorption  of  our 
industrial  capacity  into  the  military  prepared- 
ness effort. 

While  some  of  our  exportable  commodities 
are  thus  being,  and  more  may  be  later,  placed 
on  a  license  or  even  embargo  basis  because  they 
are  needed  at  home,  the  exigencies  of  war  trade 
conditions  are  bound  to  create  increasing  dif- 
ficulties with  respect  to  certain  other  exportable 
commodities,  especially  in  agriculture.  As  I 
have  indicated,  the  16  months  of  war  have 
already  resulted  in  abnormal  accumulations  of 
unsalable  surpluses  of  many  of  our  important 
exportable  farm  products.    The  prospect  ahead, 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


47 


so  long  as  war  conditions  continue  to  exist,  is 
one  of  further  accumulations  or  of  curtailed 
production — in  neither  case  a  desirable  alterna- 
tive. To  some  extent,  the  difficulty  will  be  less- 
ened by  increased  domestic  consumption  re- 
sulting from  expansion  of  general  business 
activity,  caused,  in  turn,  partly  by  the  increased 
exports  of  war  supplies.  But  the  handling  of 
our  agricultural  problem  growing  out  of  war- 
time loss  of  important  foreign  markets  will  still 
represent  a  formidable  task. 

The  problem  of  exportable  surpluses  cut  off 
from  their  normal  outlets  is  one  which  we  have 
in  common,  and  will  continue  to  have  in  com- 
mon, with  our  neighbors  to  the  south  of  us.  For 
them,  the  problem  is  even  more  important  and 
far  more  acute  than  it  is  for  us.  While  some 
of  the  American  republics  are  more,  and  some 
are  less,  dependent  on  overseas  markets,  all 
of  them  taken  together  normally  ship  to  Europe 
about  one  half  of  their  total  exports.  Our  nor- 
mal sales  to  Europe  are  also  approximately  50 
percent  of  our  total  exports.  But  in  our  case, 
because  of  the  great  variety  of  our  exports,  loss 
of  foreign  markets  for  some  commodities  may 
be  compensated  for,  in  the  aggregate,  by  in- 
creased exports  of  other  commodities,  as  has 
recently  been  the  case.  The  exports  of  the  other 
American  republics  are  highly  concentrated,  in 
the  case  of  some  countries  consisting  over- 
whelmingly of  only  one  or  two  products.  In 
our  case,  because  of  our  ample  financial  re- 
sources, even  a  diminution  of  total  exports 
does  not  mean  inevitably  an  immediate  loss  of 
necessary  imports.  In  the  cases  of  the  other 
American  countries,  unless  they  can  borrow,  loss 
of  exports  does  mean  an  immediate  and  often 
disastrous  loss  of  badly  needed  imports.  Being 
debtor  countries,  loss  of  imports  means  to  them 
increased  difficulty  in  meeting  their  foreign 
obligations.  Being  financially  poor  countries, 
it  means,  in  varying  degrees,  grave  internal 
difficulties. 

Aid  to  the  other  American  countries,  which 
would  enable  them  to  meet  the  hardships  caused 
by  the  already  existing  and  prospective  accu- 
mulations of  unsalable  surpluses  resulting  from 
the  exigencies  of  war  conditions,  is  an  impor- 


tant element  in  our  immediate  program  of  inter- 
American  economic  relations.  The  availability 
or  non-availability  of  such  aid  may  in  some  in- 
stances spell  the  difference  between  domestic 
stability  and  instability,  which  is  obviously  a 
matter  of  great  concern  to  us.  Aid  of  this  sort 
may  take  the  form  of  loans  to  individual  coun- 
tries which  would  enable  them,  by  thus  supple- 
menting their  own  financial  resources,  to  handle 
their  particular  problems.  It  may  take  the 
form  of  additional  purchases  by  us.  It  may 
take  the  form  of  multilateral  marketing  agree- 
ments, financed  jointly  by  the  countries  con- 
cerned and  in  some  cases  predominantly  by  the 
United  States.  In  connection  with  such  com- 
modity agreements,  special  action  by  Congress 
may  be  necessary  to  make  possible  our  partici- 
pation in  them,  since  they  would  involve  some 
measures  for  the  regulation  of  our  imports  or 
exports  of  the  commodities  involved. 

Because  of  the  lack  of  variety  in  the  produc- 
tion and  exports  of  the  other  American  coun- 
tries, the  number  of  commodities  which  may 
require  action  is  relatively  small.  Only  a  few 
of  them  are  competitive  with  our  production. 
While,  under  certain  circumstances,  to  which  I 
shall  presently  refer,  extraordinary  measures 
with  respect  to  these  commodities  may  have 
long-range  importance,  their  immediate  objec- 
tive is  to  relieve  the  strains  of  wartime  disloca- 
tion of  world  trade  routes — strains  resulting 
both  in  domestic  economic  difficulties  and  in 
shortage  of  means  of  payment  for  foreign  pur- 
chases, especially  from  the  United  States. 

Other  important  elements  in  our  program  of 
inter- American  economic  relations  to  which  in- 
creasing attention  is  bound  to  be  given  in  the 
immediate  future  may  be  listed  as  follows : 
Promotion  of  regular  trade  relations  through 
the  conclusion  of  trade  agreements  and  in  other 
ways;  increased  purchases  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere  of  strategic  raw  materials;  invest- 
ment in  productive  enterprises  designed  to  pro- 
mote the  diversification  of  production  especially 
along  the  lines  of  stimulating  the  output  of 
commodities  for  which  markets  can  readily  be 
found  in  the  United  States  or  in  other  parts  of 
the  hemisphere,  including  materials  of  strategic 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


value;  aid  in  strengthening  the  monetary  and 
foreign-exchange  position  of  countries  which 
are  in  need  of  such  assistance;  implementation 
of  various  other  provisions  of  the  Habana 
resolution. 

V 

It  is  clear  that  the  process  of  adaptation  to 
conditions  largely  outside  of  our  control,  of 
effective  utilization  of  available  instruments  of 
action  in  defense  of  the  national  interest,  and 
of  the  forging  of  new  tools  to  cope  with  new  and 
extraordinary  conditions  is  bound  to  continue 
for  some  time  and  to  determine  the  position  of 
this  country  in  a  world  economy  dominated  by 
war.  But  while  giving  our  attention  to  the 
immediate  problems  thus  brought  forward,  we 
must  keep  clearly  in  mind  long-range  objectives 
and  problems.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance 
that  we  look  ahead  to  the  time  when  war  will 
come  to  an  end,  and  the  stupendous  task  will 
begin  of  reconstructing  world  economy  on  a 
peace  basis.  For  our  thinking  and  our  action 
now  may  have  an  important  bearing  upon  what 
happens  then. 

Just  as  no  one  can  foretell  when  the  present 
war  will  end,  so  no  one  can  be  certain  today  pre- 
cisely what  forces  and  what  basic  ideas  will 
shape  post-war  international  economic  rela- 
tions. But,  after  all,  the  range  of  possibilities 
is  relatively  limited.  The  crux  of  the  problem 
will  lie — in  the  post-war  period,  as  it  did  in  the 
period  preceding  the  war — in  the  choice  of  trad- 
ing methods,  which  in  turn  will  be  determined 
by  the  underlying  policies  of  the  principal 
trading  nations. 

During  the  years  immediately  preceding  the 
outbreak  of  war  in  Europe,  two  opposing  tend- 
encies were  operative  in  the  field  of  interna- 
tional commercial  relations.  One  was  the  tend- 
ency to  subject  trade  to  a  greater  and  greater 
measure  of  control  through  the  introduction 
and  manipulation  of  higher  and  more  effective 
trade  barriers.  The  other  was  the  tendency  to 
liberate  trade  from  the  excesses  of  these  ever- 
growing restraints. 

In  some  of  its  phases,  the  restrictive  tendency 
was  directed  toward  the  achievement  of  na- 
tional economic  self-sufficiency.    In  its  extreme 


phase,  it  represented  a  policy  of  using  control 
over  foreign  trade  as  an  instrument  of  political 
and  military  power  for  the  attainment  of  both 
domestic  and  international  political  aims.  In 
either  case,  the  same  devices  were  employed. 
The  most  important  among  these  were  the  fol- 
lowing: Prohibitive  customs  duties;  quantita- 
tive regulation  in  its  manifold  varieties;  for- 
eign-exchange control,  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  use  of  multiple  currencies;  trading  mo- 
nopolies; barter  transactions;  bilateral  balanc- 
ing of  trade;  bilaterally  exclusive  trade  ar- 
rangements ;  and  other  forms  of  discriminatory 
commercial  treatment. 

The  outstanding  example  of  the  use  of  these 
devices  as  an  instrument  of  political  action  was 
in  the  case  of  Germany.  By  rigid  regimenta- 
tion of  the  trade  process,  by  drastic  selection 
of  imports,  and  by  aggressive  policies  toward 
weaker  countries,  Germany  succeeded  in  making 
the  substantially  reduced  volume  of  her  inter- 
national commerce  serve  the  needs  of  her  vast 
rearmament  program  and  of  her  general  prepa- 
rations for  war.  Many  countries  used  the  vari- 
ous devices  of  trade  control  in  the  name  and 
for  the  purpose  of  economic  defense — in  most 
instances  as  a  line  of  least  resistance  from  the 
viewpoint  of  domestic  policy.  In  all  cases,  the 
operation  of  the  restrictive  tendency  served  to 
divert  international  commerce  into  artificial 
channels  and  to  reduce  both  the  volume  and  the 
economic  benefits  of  trade,  with  attendant  dis- 
astrous consequences  upon  general  production, 
employment,  and  standards  of  living. 

The  other  pre-war  tendency  was  based  on  the 
concept  that  the  proper  function  of  interna- 
tional trade  is  to  enable  each  nation  to  secure 
the  greatest  practicable  access  to  the  resources 
of  the  entire  world  and  the  largest  practicable 
outlets  for  its  own  surplus  production,  thereby 
opening  to  each  nation  wider  economic  oppor- 
tunities than  those  afforded  by  the  resources 
and  markets  confined  within  its  frontiers — the 
availability  of  such  opportunities  being  essen- 
tial to  modern  economic  organization  and  to 
improvement  of  living  standards.  Under  this 
concept,  international  trade,  in  order  to  yield 
the  greatest  practicable  measure  of  economic 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


49 


benefit,  must  operate  on  terms  of  mutual  ad- 
vantage and  on  the  basis  of  non-discriminatory 
treatment. 

It  stands  to  reason  that,  from  this  point  of 
view,  international  trade  is  inevitably  reduced 
jn  effectiveness  when  individual  nations  or 
groups  of  nations  seek,  through  the  use  of  ex- 
cessive and  unreasonable  restrictions,  to  shut 
themselves  off  into  self-contained  units,  or  to 
monopolize  the  economic  resources  of  any  area, 
without  regard  to  the  burdens  which  such  poli- 
cies impose  upon  the  peoples  of  other  nations  or 
to  the  ultimate  effects  of  such  policies  upon  their 
own  people.  Trade  cannot  prosper  when  at- 
tempts at  exclusive  trade  arrangements  between 
pairs  of  countries  or  the  use  of  other  means  of 
discriminating  in  favor  of  some,  and  against 
other,  countries  render  difficult  a  triangular  and 
multilateral  flow  of  commerce,  which  is  neces- 
sary if  traders  are  to  be  able,  as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible, to  buy  and  sell  wherever  they  find  it  most 
advantageous  to  do  so.  Trade  cannot  prosper 
when  its  financial  basis  is  impaired  by  insta- 
bility of  foreign-exchange  rates,  by  control 
over  foreign-exchange  transactions,  or  by 
break-down  of  a  sound  structure  of  interna- 
tional commercial  and  investment  credit. 

The  pre-war  tendency  directed  toward  the 
removal  of  these  trade-diverting  and  trade- 
destroying  devices  foimd  its  clearest  expression 
in  the  Trade  Agreements  Program  of  our  Gov- 
ernment. Under  that  policy,  a  vigorous  effort 
was  made  to  bring  about  a  general  reduction 
of  excessive  and  unreasonable  trade  barriers 
and  to  place  international  commerce  more  and 
more  on  the  basis  of  reasonable  regulation  and 
of  the  greatest  possible  measure  of  non-discrim- 
inatory treatment — conditions  under  which,  in 
the  past,  world  trade  had  attained  its  highest 
degree  of  development  and  usefulness. 

The  21  trade  agreements  negotiated  by  the 
United  States  between  1934  and  1939,  together 
with  efforts  in  a  similar  direction  on  the  part 
of  many  other  countries,  represented  substantial 
headway  for  the  trade-liberating  tendency. 
Like  many  other  peacetime  efforts,  its  scope 
became  greatly  limited  by  the  outbreak  of 
hostilities. 


The  war  has  greatly  intensified  the  restrictive 
tendency.  That  has  been  a  natural  process, 
since  the  control  devices  which  that  tendency 
brings  into  being  are,  in  fact,  weapons  of 
economic  warfare.  Not  only  the  belligerents 
but  all  nations  have  adopted,  in  varying  de- 
grees, militant  economic  measures.  Our  own 
country,  as  I  have  indicated,  has  done  so  and 
may  have  to  do  more  in  this  respect.  But  all 
this  does  not  necessarily  mean  that,  when  the 
war  is  over,  international  economic  relations 
will  thenceforth  inevitably  be  dominated  by 
this  type  of  trade  methods,  although  it  may  well 
mean  that  the  conflict  between  the  two  sharply 
opposing  tendencies  which  were  operative  be- 
fore the  war  will  be  even  sharper  in  the  post- 
war period. 

The  nature  of  the  post-war  conflict  of 
tendencies  as  regards  methods  of  international 
trade  and  the  conditions  under  which  that  con- 
flict will  take  place  will  depend  on  a  number 
of  factors.  Of  great  importance  in  this  respect 
will  be  the  extent  to  which  countries  which,  be- 
fore the  war,  were  the  protagonists  of  the  trade- 
liberating  tendency — and  especially  our  coun- 
try— succumb  to  the  temptation  of  embarking, 
during  and  immediately  after  the  war,  upon 
policies  of  trade  regimentation  and  control 
beyond  the  temporary  needs  of  current  condi- 
tions. And,  obviously,  much  will  depend  upon 
the  outcome  of  the  war  itself. 

In  this  latter  connection,  quite  apart  from 
any  subjective  preferences,  hopes,  or  desires, 
several  possibilities  need  to  be  considered  in  an 
objective  attempt  at  an  appraisal.  Such  an 
appraisal  must  necessarily  involve  a  large  ele- 
ment of  speculation.  But,  in  times  like  the 
present,  prudence  and  wisdom  demand,  as 
extremely  useful  insurance,  a.  visualization  of 
alternative  possibilities  and  preparation  for 
developments  which  may  or  may  not  eventuate. 

VI 

From  the  point  of  view  of  commercial  policy, 
the  crucial  question  after  the  war  will  be 
whether  or  not  any  of  the  great  trading  nations 
will  follow  the  restrictive  trade  tendency  as  a 
deliberate  policy  for  the  attainment  of  other 


50 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


than  economic  aims.  This  would  be  the  case 
if,  as  a  result  of  the  war,  Germany  under  her 
present  leadership  should  succeed  in  establish- 
ing and  maintaining  control  over  most  of  the 
continent  of  Europe  and  perhaps  over  some  ad- 
jacent areas.  In  that  event  she  would  undoubt- 
edly attempt,  as  the  next  immediate  step,  to 
organize  the  territory  under  her  domination 
into  a  single  economic  unit,  with  Berlin  as  the 
focal  point.  That  in  itself  would  be  a  tremen- 
dously important  new  factor  in  the  world  trade 
situation.  But  the  real  extent  of  its  signifi- 
cance would  depend  upon  the  methods  which 
the  German  leaders  would  choose  or  find  them- 
selves able  to  adopt  with  respect  to  the  economic 
relationship  between  the  area  under  their 
control  and  the  rest  of  the  world. 

So  far  as  one  can  tell  at  this  stage,  the  proba- 
bilities are  against  their  choosing  the  way  of 
thorough-going  economic  isolation.  No  area 
which  they  are  likely  to  be  able  to  seize  by  con- 
quest is  capable  of  providing  for  even  a  rea- 
sonable degree  of  self-sufficiency.  Nor  would 
such  a  policy  be  in  consonance  with  their  openly 
expressed  ambitions.  It  is  far  more  probable 
that  the  German  leaders  would  attempt,  at 
least  for  some  time  to  come,  to  deal  with  the 
rest  of  the  world  on  the  basis  of  the  type  of 
methods  which  they  employed  for  Germany 
proper  before  the  war:  highly  centralized  and 
rigorously  regimented  control  of  the  trade  proc- 
ess, combined  with  aggressive  attitude  and  ac- 
tion in  commercial  negotiations  and  arrange- 
ments, possibly  again  as  a  tool  in  the  service 
of  a  policy  of  further  conquest. 

If  this  should  happen,  the  United  States 
would  face  a  grave  and  difficult  situation.  Our 
foreign  commerce  would  unquestionably  decline, 
and  we  might  find  it  necessary  to  adopt  tem- 
porarily even  more  far-reaching  measures  of 
economic  defense  than  during  the  war  period, 
while  pushing  still  further  our  preparations  for 
armed  defense.  But  there  is  no  reason  to  be- 
lieve that,  as  a  result  of  such  developments, 
we,  too,  would  be  compelled  or  would  find  it 
advisable  to  adopt  the  German  trading  methods 
and  thus,  through  our  abject  surrender,  make 


likely  a  complete  triumph  in  the  world  of  that 
economically  destructive  system. 

A  situation  such  as  is  here  envisaged  might 
resolve  itself  into  another  war  forced  upon  the 
world  by  the  leaders  of  Germany,  or  it  might 
lead  to  an  economic  struggle  of  great  severity. 
I  have  no  doubts  as  to  the  final  outcome  of  either 
of  these  conflicts,  though  one  may  well  shudder 
in  contemplating  the  price  that  would  have  to 
be  paid  in  either  case.  I  firmly  believe  that, 
with  sufficient  vision  and  determination  else- 
where in  the  world,  Germany,  even  if  successful 
in  the  present  war  to  the  extent  which  is  here 
assumed  for  the  sake  of  discussion,  would,  unless 
she  decides  to  risk  another  and  even  greater  war, 
find  herself  in  the  end  compelled  by  force  of 
circumstance  to  abandon  most,  if  not  all,  of  her 
now-favored  trading  methods — after  inflicting 
great  losses  and  great  suffering  upon  herself  and 
upon  the  entire  world. 

I  hold  this  belief  for  two  main  reasons.  In 
the  first  place,  there  is,  in  my  opinion,  serious 
doubt  as  to  the  ability  of  Germany,  through  her 
present  methods,  to  create  a  powerful  economic 
unit  out  of  the  divergent  and  enslaved  portions 
of  her  would-be  domain.  And  in  the  second 
place,  our  country  is  fully  capable,  in  my  opin- 
ion, of  mobilizing  enough  economic  power  be- 
hind a  program  of  sound  economic  relations  to 
make  reasonably  certain  that  such  a  program 
would  eventually  prevail. 

I  am  convinced  that  if  we,  in  this  country, 
adhere  unreservedly  to  our  own  ideas  of  what 
to  us  are  desirable  international  trade  methods 
and  economic  relations;  if  we  insist,  even  at 
the  cost  of  rejecting  ostensible  temporary  ad- 
vantages, on  dealing  as  far  as  possible  on  our 
basis  of  trade ;  if  we  exert  every  effort  to  make 
that  basis  effective  over  as  large  as  possible 
an  area  of  the  world  through  cooperation  with 
all  nations  willing'  and  able  to  direct  their  in- 
ternational economic  policies  toward  objectives 
similar  to  ours — then  there  would  be  more  than 
substantial  hope,  even  under  the  conditions  here 
envisaged,  for  an  eventual  return  to  economic 
sanity  in  the  entire  world. 

From  this  point  of  view,  our  economic  rela- 
tions with  the  other  American  nations  would 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


51 


be  of  the  greatest  importance.  Each  of  the 
American  republics  is  fully  cognizant  of  the 
clangers  which  would  confront  it  if  it  had  to 
face  alone  attempts  at  economic  aggression  on 
the  part  of  a  Germany  in  control  of  vast  Euro- 
pean areas.  In  close  economic  collaboration 
among  themselves,  the  American  nations  would 
possess  great  economic  power — for  their  own 
protection  and  as  a  factor  in  the  shaping  of 
the  post-war  world  economy.  As  Secretary 
Hull  said  at  the  Habana  meeting: 

"The  American  nations  can  build  a  system 
of  economic  defense  that  will  enable  each  of 
them  to  safeguard  itself  from  the  dangers  of 
economic  subordination  from  abroad  and  of 
economic  distress  at  home.  It  is  no  part  of  our 
thought  to  obstruct  in  any  way  logical  and  nat- 
ural trade  with  Europe  or  with  any  other  por- 
tion of  the  world,  but  rather  to  promote  such 
trade  with  nations  willing  to  meet  us,  in  good 
faith,  in  a  spirit  of  friendly  and  peaceful  pur- 
pose, and  on  a  plane  of  frank  and  fair  dealing. 
Against  any  other  kind  of  dealing,  we  naturally 
will  protect  ourselves." 

For  this  purpose,  the  program  embodied  in 
the  Habana  resolution  would  provide  an  am- 
ple foundation.  Through  commodity  arrange- 
ments of  the  kind  envisaged  there  and  through 
the  other  types  of  action  provided  for,  it  should 
be  possible  for  the  Western  Hemisphere  to  go 
far  toward  attaining  both  the  short-run  and  the 
long-run  objectives  on  which  the  21  American 
republics  are  in  agreement  today. 

If  Germany  and  her  partners  are  not  suc- 
cessful in  their  attempt  at  wide-spread  conquest, 
if  the  continent  of  Europe  and  the  other  areas 
of  the  world,  now  conquered  or  under  threat  of 
subjugation  by  force,  are  again  organized  into 
a  number  of  independent  and  sovereign  nations 
or,  perhaps,  into  groups  of  voluntary  associa- 
tions, the  factor  of  economic  aggression  will  be 
removed.  That  would  be  a  fact  of  immense 
significance,  but  it  would  not,  of  itself,  mean  an 
immediate  and  automatic  return  to  desirable 
forms  of  international  economic  relations. 
There  would  still  be  necessarily  an  extremely 


difficult  period  of  transition  from  war  to  peace, 
during  which  many  extraordinary  measures 
and  policies  would  be  retained  from  the  war 
period  and,  perhaps,  some  new  ones  introduced. 
Even  given  universal  willingness  and  deter- 
mination to  restore  the  world  economy  as  speed- 
ily as  possible  to  a  peaceful  basis,  there  would 
still  be  the  tremendous  task  of  re-directing  basic 
policies  toward  the  reestablishment  of  friendly 
and  constructive  international  relations. 

In  this  eventuality,  too,  an  economically  col- 
laborating and,  therefore,  economically  strong 
Western  Hemisphere,  sincerely  devoted  to  the 
ideal  of  economic  cooperation  for  the  mutual 
benefit  of  all  concerned  and  ready  to  take  a  posi- 
tion of  leadership  in  abandoning,  as  quickly  as 
circumstances  permit,  such  excessive  restraints 
on  trade  as  may  be  forced  by  the  distortions  and 
disruptions  of  abnormal  international  relations, 
will  be  a  factor  of  great  importance. 

Through  its  own  policy  and  action,  through 
its  whole-hearted  participation  in  a  system  of 
inter-American  collaboration,  and  through  co- 
operation with  all  nations  seeking  the  same  ob- 
jectives, the  United  States  can  and  should,  in  its 
own  interest,  play  a  role  of  great  importance  in 
the  post-war  economic  situation.  The  essential 
elements  of  that  role,  in  my  opinion,  should  be : 
( 1 )  adherence  to  the  basic  ideas  of  sound  inter- 
national economic  relations,  to  the  establishment 
of  which  this  country  made  so  marked  a  contri- 
bution in  the  years  immediately  preceding  the 
war;  (2)  firm  determination  to  help  translate 
these  ideas  into  practical  realities;  and  (3)  will- 
ingness to  use  for  that  purpose  its  great  economic 
and  financial  resources. 

In  my  discussion,  1  have  excluded  the  even- 
tuality of  our  participation  in  war,  either  in  the 
immediate  future  or  later.  But  I  am  certain 
that,  even  if  that  should  unhappily  occur,  the 
basic  considerations  of  our  foreign  economic 
policy  which  I  have  attempted  to  set  forth  would 
not  be  altered. 

It  goes  without  saying  that,  during  the  war  or 
after  the  war,  we  must  do  everything  that  is 
necessary  to  protect  our  national  interest  and  to 
promote  the  well-being  of  our  people.  In  the 
difficult  and  perilous  times  through  which  we 


52 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


live,  we  must  be  prepared,  so  far  as  is  humanly 
possible,  to  meet  any  contingencies  that  may 
confront  us.     But  in  so  doing,  we  must  con- 


which  we  seek  to  attain.  And  we  must  handle 
our  day-to-day  problems  and  decisions  in  such 
a  way  as  to  make  least  difficult,  later  on,  the 


stantly  keep  before  our  eyes  the  basic  objectives        attainment  of  these  all-important  objectives 


EXPORT  CONTROL  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


The  President  announced  January  10  that  he 
had  approved  the  recommendation  of  Col.  Rus- 
sell L.  Maxwell,  Administrator  of  Export  Con- 
trol, and  had  issued  a  proclamation  placing  six 
additional  materials  under  the  export-licensing 
system.  These  materials,  the  exportation  of 
which  must  now  be  controlled  due  to  the  ac- 
celerating needs  of  the  national-defense  pro- 
gram, are  copper,  brass,  bronze,  zinc,  nickel, 
and  potash. 

The  effective  date  of  the  proclamation  placing 
these  materials  under  export  control  will  be 
February  3, 1941. 

The  texts  of  the  President's  Proclamation 
and  the  Executive  Order  of  January  10,  1941, 
follow : 

Administration  of  Section  6  of  the  Act  En- 
titled "An  Act  To  Expedite  the  Strength- 
ening of  the  National  Defense"  Approved 
July  2,  1940 

by   the   president  of  the   united   states    of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
entitled  "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense,"  approved  July  2, 1940, 
provides  as  follows  : 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or 
component  parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools, 
or  material,  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  man- 
ufacture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he  may 
by  proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such  expor- 
tation, except  under  such  rules  and  regulations 


as  he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proclamation 
shall  describe  the  articles  or  materials  included 
in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment  contained 
therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of  any  provi- 
sion of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or 
regulation,  issued  hereunder,  such  violator  or 
violators,  upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000.00  or  by  im- 
prisonment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or  by 
both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  au- 
thority granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate 
June  30,  1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  other- 
wise provide." 

NOW,  THEREFORE,  I,  FrANKLIN  D.   ROOSEVELT, 

President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
acting  under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority 
vested  in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress, 
do  hereby  proclaim  that  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Administrator  of  Export  Control 
I  have  determined  that  it  is  necessary  in  the 
interest  of  the  national  defense  that  on  or  after 
February  3,  1941,  the  following-described  arti- 
cles and  materials  shall  not  be  exported  from 
the  United  States  except  when  authorized  in 
each  case  by  a  license  as  provided  for  in  Proc- 
lamation No.  2413  of  July  2,  1940,  entitled 
"Administration  of  section  6  of  the  act  entitled 
'An  Act  to  expedite  the  strengthening  of  the 
national  defense'  approved  July  2,  1940.": 

1.  Copper 

2.  Brass  and  Bronze 

3.  Zinc 

4.  Nickel 

5.  Potash 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 


JANUARY    11,    19  41 


53 


Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  10" 
day  of  January,  in  the  year  of  our 
[seal]     Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  forty- 
one,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the 
United  States  of  America  the  one  hundred  and 
sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President: 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 

[No.  2453] 
Executive  Order 

prescribing  regulations  governing  the  expor- 
tation of  articles  and  materials  designated 
in  the  president's  proclamation  of  january 
10,1941,  issued  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of 
section  6  of  the  act  of  congress  approved 
july  2,  1910,  and  amending  regulations  of 
july  2,  194  0,  covering  the  exportation  of 
certain  articles  and  materials. 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  Act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense," I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  addi- 
tional regulations  governing  the  exportation  of: 

1.  Copper 

2.  Brass  and  Bronze 

3.  Zinc 

4.  Nickel 

5.  Potash 

1.  As  used  in  my  proclamation  of  January  10, 
1941,  issued  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion 6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  approved  July  2, 
1940,  and  in  these  regulations,  the  above  articles 
and  materials  shall  be  construed  to  include : 

A.  Copper: 

Ore,  concentrates,  matte,  and  unre- 
fined copper  including  blister, 
black  or  coarse,  converter,  and 
anodes  6401 

Refined  copper  in  bars,  billets, 
cakes,  ingots,  slabs  and  other 
commercial  shapes  6412 

2S5502— 41 3 


Old  and  scrap  copper 

6413 

Pipes  and  tubes 

6422 

Plates  and  sheets 

6423 

Rods 

6424 

Wire: 

Bare 

6425 

Insulated  wire  and  cable: 

Rubber-covered  wire 

6430 

Weatherproof  wire 

6431 

Other  insulated  wire 

6435 

Other  primary  fabrications 

6412' 

Fabrications  for  munitions  pur- 

poses 

6439' 

Alloys,    other    than    brass    and 

bronze 

B.  Brass  and  Bronze: 

Scrap  and  old 

6440 

Ingots     and     other     commercial 

shapes 

6441 

Bars  and  rods 

6448 

Plates  and  sheets 

6450 

Pipes  and  tubes 

6453 

Wire  (bare  or  insulated) 

6457 

Other  primary  fabrications 

64791 

Fabrications  for  munitions  pur- 

poses 

6479' 

C.  Zinc: 

Ore,  concentrates,  and  dross 

6570 

Cast  in  slabs,  plates,  or  blocks 

6571 

Rolled  in  sheets  and  strips 

6572 

Other  forms  including  scrap 

6573 

Alloys 

6573 

Dust 

6586 

Manufactures  containing  20%  or 

more  zinc 

6589* 

D.  Nickel: 

Ores,  concentrates,  and  matte 

6545 

Metal  in  any  form  including  in- 

gots, bars,  rods,  sheets,  plates, 

and  scrap 

6545 

Alloys  containing   10%   or  more 

nickel  including  scrap            j 

6545 
6610 

I 
Nickel     compounds      (chemical) 

containing     10%     or     more 
nickel 


8399* 


54 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


E.  Potash: 
Potassium  Salts  and  Compounds  8356 

Potassium  hydroxide  (KOH) 
Potassium  carbonate  (K2C03) 
Potassium  chlorate  (KC103) 
Potassium  perchlorate  (KC104) 
Potassium  cyanide  (KCN) 
Potassium  iodide  (KI) 
Potassium  nitrate  (KN03) 
Potassium     permanganate 

(KMn04) 
Potassium  acetate  (KC2H302) 
Potassium    bicarbonate 

(KHC03) 
Potassium     b  i  t  a  r  t  rate 
(KHGAQ.) 
Potassic  Fertilizer  Materials:  8531 

Potassium  chloride  (KC1) 
Potassium  sulphate  (K2S04) 
All  other  potassic  fertilizer  ma- 
terials containing  27%   or 
more  potassium  oxide 
(K20)  equivalent 
All  combinations  and  mixtures  of 
any  of  the  foregoing  contain- 
ing potash   salts  of  27%   or 
more  potassium  oxide  (K20) 
equivalent 


2.  The  numbers  in  parenthesis  following  each 
material  or  article  designated  in  paragraph  1 
hereof  correspond  to  the  "Commodity  Num- 
ber" prefixed  to  the  "Commodity  Description" 
as  set  out  in  Schedule  B,  "Statistical  Classifica- 
tion of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported  from 
the  United  States,"  effective  January  1,  1939, 
as  amended,  issued  by  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Commerce.  The  words  are  con- 
trolling and  the  numbers  are  for  statistical 
classification  only.  An  asterisk  (*)  indicates 
that  the  classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive 
with  that  in  said  Schedule  B. 

3.  Regulation  1  of  the  Regulations  issued 
July  2, 1940,  pursuant  to  the  Act  of  July  2, 1940, 
is  modified  only  in  so  far  as  it  applies  to  Cop- 
per, Brass  and  Bronze,  Zinc,  Nickel,  and  Potash 
in  accordance  with  the  foregoing  classifications. 
Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive  of  the  Regulations 
issued  July  2,  1940,  pursuant  to  the  Act  of  July 
2, 1940,  are  applicable  to  exportation  of  Copper, 
Brass  and  Bronze,  Zinc,  Nickel  and  Potash. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 

The  White  House, 
January  10, 19 %1. 

[No.  8631] 


BUDGET  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  THE  DEPARTMENT 
OF  STATE,  1942 


The  budget  for  1942,  sent  by  the  President 
to  Congress  January  8,  1941,  describes  the  rec- 
ommendations for  the  Department  of  State  as 
follows : 

"The  estimates  of  this  Department  for  the 
fiscal  year  1942,  exclusive  of  construction  proj- 
ects and  trust  accounts,  amount  to  $19,768,928, 
a  net  decrease  of  $261,152  below  the  comparable 
appropriations  for  the  fiscal  year  1941.  This 
net  decrease  is  made  up  as  follows :  $32,780  for 
the  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and 
$555,600  for  the  Foreign  Service,  less  increases 
of  $327,228  for  international  obligations,  com- 
missions, bureaus,  etc. 


"The  net  decrease  of  $32,780  in  the  estimates 
for  the  Office  of  the  Secretary  of  State  consists 
of  $67,380  for  personal  services,  $26,100  for 
printing  and  binding,  and  $5,000  for  collecting 
and  editing  official  papers  of  Territories  of  the 
United  States,  a  total  decrease  of  $98,480,  from 
which  are  deducted  increases  of  $53,000  for 
national  defense  activities,  and  $12,700  for 
contingent  expenses. 

"The  estimate  for  salaries  of  Foreign  Service 
officers  shows  a  net  increase  of  $66,600  for  auto- 
matic promotions  as  authorized  by  law.  The 
estimate  for  salaries  of  Foreign  Service  clerks, 
is  increased  $30,000  to  provide  salary  rates  of 
alien  clerks  which  will  more  nearly  conform  to 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


55 


local  wage  standards.  For  salaries  and  allow- 
ances of  miscellaneous  employees  in  the  Foreign 
Service,  there  is  a  net  increase,  of  $33,000,  in- 
cluding $24,000  for  eight  additional  couriers 
due  to  unsettled  conditions  abroad,  and  $9,000 
to  adjust  salaries  of  alien  clerks  more  nearly  in 
line,  with  local  wage  standards. 

"The  estimate  for  transportation  of  Foreign 
Service  officers  and  employees  shows  a  net  de- 
crease of  $5,800.  This  is  accomplished  by  a 
reduction  of  $17,800  in  the  allowance  for  trans- 
portation of  ambassadors  and  ministers,  offset 
by  increases  of  $2,000  for  regional  conferences 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  and  $10,000  for  tem- 
porary details  of  employees  caused  by  unsettled 
world  conditions. 

"There  is  a  net  increase  of  $12,900  in  con- 
tingent expenses  of  the  Foreign  Service,  com- 
posed principally  of  $55,000  for  travel  expenses 
of  eight  additional  couriers,  and  $5,000  for  radio 
broadcasts  to  foreign  posts;  less  decreases  of 
$14,180  for  household  furniture,  $25,000  for  re- 
pairs to  Government  buildings,  $2,500  for  re- 
turning old  records  to  the  National  Archives, 
$2,336  for  Foreign  Service  regulation  binders, 
$2,150  for  motor  vehicles,  and  $864  for  radio 
receivers. 

"In  the  estimate  for  the  Foreign  Service  re- 
tirement and  disability  appropriated  fund, 
there  is  an  increase  of  $12,700  to  provide  for  the 
current  annual  cost,  interest  on  the  deficit,  and 
an  annual  amount  for  amortization  which  will 
place  the  fund  in  a  position  to  meet  all  obliga- 
tions within  the  next  44  years. 

"The  estimate  for  representation  allowances 
has  been  increased  from  $150,000  to  $170,000, 
more  nearly  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
Service.  There  is  recommended  for  United 
States  contributions  to  international  commis- 
sions, congresses,  and  bureaus  for  the  fiscal  year 
1942,  $1,074,228,  as  against  $1,083,000  for  the 
fiscal  year  1941,  a  decrease  of  $8,772.  An  esti- 
mate is  included  for  a  new  item  of  $15,000  for 
arbitration  of  claims  between  the  United  States 
and  the  Netherlands. 

"The  estimate  for  emergencies  arising  in  the 
diplomatic  and  consular  service  has  been  de- 
creased $725,000.     Should  the  amount  recom- 


mended be  insufficient  to  provide  for  unforeseen 
emergencies,  there  is  a  provision  in  this  appro- 
priation that  whenever  the  President  finds  a 
state  of  emergency  exists,  endangering  the  lives 
of  American  citizens  in  any  foreign  country,  he 
may  make  available  for  expenditure  for  the  pro- 
tection of  such  citizens  not  to  exceed  $500,000 
by  transfer  to  this  appropriation  from  the 
various  appropriations  under  the  head  "Foreign 
Intercourse,"  and  that  reimbursements  by 
American  citizens  to  whom  relief  has  been  ex- 
tended shall  be  credited  to  any  appropriation 
from  which  funds  have  been  transferred  for 
such  purposes. 

"The  estimate  for  the  convention  for  promo- 
tion of  inter-American  cultural  relations  con- 
tains a  net  increase  of  $17,000,  composed  princi- 
pally of  $24,000  to  provide  a  maximum  annual 
salary  of  $3,000  to  professors  going  from  the 
United  States  to  other  American  republics ;  less 
a  decrease  of  $6,930  because  of  the  failure  of 
Colombia  to  ratify  the  convention. 

"An  increase  of  $8,200  is  recommended  for  the 
International  Boundary  Commission,  United 
States  and  Mexico,  to  provide  principally  for  an 
engineering  investigation  to  determine  the  uses 
of  the  waters  of  the  Colorado  River  along  the 
boundary  between  the  United  States  and 
Mexico. 

"The  estimate  for  the  International  Pacific 
Salmon  Fisheries  Commission  contains  an  in- 
crease of  $5,000  to  match  the  amount  it  is  under- 
stood will  be  appropriated  by  Canada  for  this 
activity. 

"There  is  an  increase  of  $336,300  in  the 
estimate  for  cooperation  with  the  American 
republics,  composed  principally  of  $47,040  for 
selecting,  translating,  and  disseminating  Gov- 
ernment publications  to  the  other  American 
republics;  $101,000  for  travel  of  students,  pro- 
fessors, and  educational,  professional,  and 
artistic  leaders,  including  not  only  citizens  of 
the  United  States,  but  of  the  other  American 
republics;  $50,000  for  survey  of  noncompeti- 
tive plant  resources  of  the  American  republics; 
$25,000  for  a  survey  of  strategic  and  deficient 
minerals;  $22,500  for  cooperation  in  maternal 
and  child  welfare;  $15,000  for  student  training 


56 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


in  weather  forecasting ;  $13,000  for  tidal  inves- 
tigations and  magnetic  observations;  $12,500 
for  the  promotion  of  travel  between  the  Amer- 
ican republics;  and  $43,840  for  various  cultural 
projects  sponsored  by  the  Library  of  Congress. 

"Appropriations  for  the  fiscal  year  1941  for 
various  international  commissions  and  confer- 
ences, and  miscellaneous  items,  which  will  not 
be  required  for  the  fiscal  year  1942,  amount 
to  $45,500. 

"The  expenditures  from  trust  accounts  for 
the  fiscal  year  1942  are  estimated  at  $2,816,880, 
an  increase  of  $7,700  above  the  fiscal  year  1941. 

"Dej)art?n-ent  of  State,  Public  Wtxrks 

"The  estimates  of  appropriations  under  the 
Department  of  State  for  the  fiscal  year  1942 
amount  to  $1,947,400,  a  decrease  of  $112,600 


from  the  1941  appropriations.  Nonrecurring 
projects  in  1941  amount  to  $962,029,  thus 
providing  a  gross  increase  for  1942  of  $849,429. 
"The  1942  estimate  provides  $500,000  for 
public  buildings  for  diplomatic  and  consular 
establishments  abroad,  an  increase  of  $200,000. 
The  principal  building  projects  to  be  con- 
structed in  1942  will  be  located  in  Latin  Amer- 
ica and  Australia.  The  estimate  provides 
$950,000  for  continuing  the  lower  Rio  Grande 
flood-control  project,  the  same  amount  that 
was  appropriated  for  1941.  An  estimate  of 
$490,900  is  included  for  completion  of  the  con- 
trol and  canalization  of  the  Rio  Grande.  The 
estimate  provides  $6,500  for  the  construction 
of  a  fence  on  the  Mexican  border  around  Cor- 
dova Island  at  El  Paso,  Tex.,  as  an  aid  to 
the  enforcement  of  the  alien  and  smuggling 
laws." 


Europe 


LEASE  OF  NAVAL  AND  AIR  BASES  FROM  GREAT  BRITAIN 


[Released  to  the  press  January  11] 

The  President  has  designated  the  following 
American  officials  to  proceed  to  London  to  work 
out  the  technical  details  of  the  formal  leases  in 
connection  with  the  military  bases  of  the  United 
States  in  Newfoundland,  Bermuda,  the  Ba- 
hamas, Jamaica,  St.  Lucia,  Trinidad,  Antigua, 
and  British  Guiana  agreed  upon  in  the  exchange 
of  notes  between  the  Governments  of  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain,  dated  September  2, 
1940 : 2 

Mr.  Charles  Fahy,  Assistant  Solicitor  General, 

Department  of  Justice 
Col.  Harry  J.  Malony,  Field  Artillery,  United 

States  Army 
Comdr.  Harold  Biesemeier,  United  States  Navy 

These  officials  will  proceed  to  London  via  Lis- 
bon, departing  on  the  clipper  plane  from  New 
York  City  on  January  17,  1941. 

2  See  the  Bulletin  of  September  7,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no. 
63),  pp.  199-200. 


[Released  to  the  press  January  12] 

The  Secretary  of  State  announced  January 
12  that  a  final  agreement  has  been  reached  by 
the  Governments  of  the  United  States  and  the 
United  Kingdom  on  the  sites  for  the  United 
States  Naval,  Army,  and  air  bases  in  the  Island 
of  Trinidad.  The  sites  are  those  recommended 
by  the  board  of  United  States  experts,  headed 
by  Rear  Admiral  John  Wills  Greenslade,  who 
visited  Trinidad  last  autumn. 

In  connection  with  this  agreement,  the  Gov- 
ernor of  Trinidad  has  made  public  the  following 
statement : 

"Final  agreement  has  now  been  reached  on 
the  sites  for  the  United  States  Naval,  Army,  and 
air  bases  in  the  Island  of  Trinidad. 

"These  sites  comprise  an  area  of  some  11 
square  miles  for  a  naval  base  in  the  North  West 
Peninsula  of  the  Island  and  an  area  of  some  18 
square  miles  in  the  center  of  the  Island  for  the 
main  army  and  air  base,  together  with  small 
areas  elsewhere  for  an  auxiliary  air  field,  supply 


JANUARY    11,    19  41 


57 


wharves,    and    water    supply    and    recreation 
facilities. 

"The  proposals  made  by  the  United  States 
mission  which  visited  Trinidad  in  October  of 
last  year  appeared  to  the  Government  of  Trini- 
dad to  involve  the  risk  of  some  disturbance  of 
the  normal  life  of  the  community.  Moreover 
the  site  selected  for  the  naval  base  comprises 
and  commands  access  to  an  area  and  resort  that 
have  for  many  years  formed  the  main  holiday 
grounds  of  the  people  of  the  Island.  These 
considerations  led  the  Government  of  Trinidad 
to  put  forward  an  alternative  scheme  based  upon 
their  own  proposals  for  the  reclamation  of  some 
25  square  miles  of  marsh  land  on  the  west  coast 
of  the  Island,  which  had  been  formulated  be- 
fore there  was  any  question  of  United  States 
bases  in  Trinidad  by  Mr.  Robert  Grinnell,  the 
American  Chairman  of  the  Trinidad  Housing 
and  Town  Planning  Commission,  and  Mr.  R.  H. 
Beard,  who  was  responsible  for  the  construction 


of  the  new  deep-water  wharves  at  Port-of- 
Spain.  The  examination  of  this  alternative 
scheme  necessitated  somewhat  longer  consulta- 
tion in  the  case  of  Trinidad  than  was  necessary 
in  that  of  certain  other  bases. 

"After  careful  and  sympathetic  consideration 
of  the  alternative  scheme  the  United  States  Gov- 
ernment have  regretfully  decided  that  it  would 
be  impossible  to  adopt  it  and  His  Majesty's 
Government  in  the  United  Kingdom,  with  the 
full  concurrence  of  the  Government  of  Trini- 
dad, have  notified  their  acceptance  of  the  origi- 
nal proposals.  In  doing  so  they  have  pointed 
out  that  their  decision  involves  certain  sacri- 
fices on  the  part  of  the  people  of  Trinidad  and 
have  expressed  the  hope  that  the  United  States 
authorities  will  do  all  they  can  to  minimize 
any  disturbance  in  the  normal  life  of  the  com- 
munity which  the  establishment  of  the  bases 
may  cause.  The  United  States  Government 
have  readily  given  this  assurance." 


REFUGEE  PROBLEM  IN  FRANCE 


[Released  to  the  press  January  9] 

The  following  note  has  been  sent  by  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  to  the  Ambassador  of  the 
French  Republic,  Gaston  Henry-Haye : 

"The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  compli- 
ments to  His  Excellency  the  Ambassador  of  the 
French  Republic  and  has  the  honor  to  acknowl- 
edge the  receipt  of  his  note  of  November  25, 
1940  8  requesting  the  assistance  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  of  America  in  the 
Solution  of  the  problem  of  refugees,  primarily 
those  of  German  origin,  now  in  unoccupied 
France. 

"1.  The  view  of  the  French  Government  is 
noted  that  the  recent  forced  migration  to 
French  unoccupied  territory  of  thousands  of 
refugees  of  German  nationality  and  the 
Jewish  religion  has  seriously  aggravated  the 
difficulties  of  the  French  Government.  The 
French  Government,  in  consequence,  is  obliged 
to  care  for  and  feed  these  persons  in  addition 
to  the  many  hundreds  of  thousands  of  refugees 


'  Not  printed  herein. 


of  other  nationalities  who  have  sought  asylum 
on  the  territory  of  France. 

"2.  It  is  noted,  however,  that,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  French  Government,  the  refugee  prob- 
lem can  be  solved  only  through  a  more  equitable 
distribution  of  refugees,  particularly  those  of 
the  Jewish  religion,  among  the  'different  coun- 
tries'. Based  on  the  information  furnished  to 
the  Intergovernmental  Committee  on  Political 
Refugees,  the  countries  of  the  American  Hem- 
isphere must  be  prepared  to  make  a  material 
contribution  in  this  sense. 

"3.  Finally  it  is  noted  that  His  Excellency  the 
French  Ambassador  expresses  the  hope  that,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  it  is  not  possible  to  hold  a 
meeting  of  the  Intergovernmental  Committee 
in  the  present  circumstances,  this  Government 
will  be  prepared  to  study  with  the  French  Gov- 
ernment the  ways  and  means  of  organizing 
immigration  to  the  American  Hemisphere  of 
foreign  nationals  now  on  French  territory,  par- 
ticularly Jews.  It  is  hoped  that  this  Govern- 
ment through  the  Pan  American  Union  or 
otherwise  will  approach   the  other  American 


58 

Governments  with  a  view  to  enlisting  their  sup- 
port of  this  project. 

"■4.  It  is  stated  in  conclusion  that  the  French 
Government  has  refrained  for  the  present  from 
making  a  direct  approach  to  the  other  Amer- 
ican Governments. 

"5.  While  this  Government  appreciates  the 
serious  predicament  in  which  the  French  Gov- 
ernment finds  itself  as  a  consequence  of  the 
forced  migration  in  mass  of  German  nationals 
to  French  territory  and  while  it  is  disposed  to 
assist  in  solving  the  refugee  problem  to  the  full 
extent  of  the  existing  laws  and  practices  of  this 
country  it  believes  that,  in  order  that  there  may 
be  no  misunderstanding  of  its  position,  it  is 
desirable  to  reiterate  on  this  occasion  the  basic 
principles  underlying  President  Koosevelt's  in- 
vitation of  March  1938  to  the  American  Gov- 
ernments and  others  to  consult  on  ways  and 
means  of  relieving  the  pressure  brought  to  bear 
on  all  countries  by  the  chaotic  unregulated 
migration  from  Germany  and  the  countries 
under  its  control  of  German  citizens  who  for 
political,  racial  or  religious  reasons  were  re- 
garded by  the  German  Government  as  undesir- 
able. The  basic  principles  enunciated  at  that 
time  and  which  were  accepted  as  fundamental 
by  the  Intergovernmental  Committee  through- 
out its  sessions  and  are  controlling  in  the  rela- 
tions in  respect  to  migration  between  this  Gov- 
ernment and  the  other  American  Governments 
are  (a)  that  no  distinctions  shall  be  made  be- 
tween refugees  on  grounds  of  race,  nationality 
or  religion;  (b)  that  no  country  shall  be  asked 
or  expected  to  receive  a  greater  number  of  im- 
migrants than  is  permitted  by  prevailing  prac- 
tices and  existing  laws. 

"6.  In  other  words  the  fundamental  prin- 
ciples on  which  action  looking  to  the  orderly 
migration  of  numbers  of  people  to  the  Western 
Hemisphere  have  been  and  continue  to  be 
founded  are  (a)  equality  of  treatment  in  the 
resettlement  of  refugees  from  Europe  of  all 
races,  nationalities  and  creeds;  (b)  full  respect 
for  the  sovereign  rights  of  the  immigration 
states  in  regulating  migration  currents  accord- 
ing to  their  individual  interests  and  in  strict 
accordance  with  their  respective  laws, 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 

"7.  At  no  time  in  its  deliberations  has  the 
Intergovernmental  Committee  admitted  the 
possibility  that  a  distinction  can  be  drawn  be- 
tween one  and  another  category  of  refugees. 

"8.  It  has  been  recognized  throughout  the 
intergovernmental  discussions  that  the  right 
of  determining  the  type  and  extent  of  immigra- 
tion into  a  given  country  cannot  be  delegated 
to  any  outside  authority.  Moreover,  it  has  been 
made  plain  repeatedly  that  this  Government 
would  not  wish  to  suggest  or  be  party  to  any 
international  action  which  might  be  inter- 
preted as  placing  pressure  on  any  Government 
or  Governments  to  take  action  in  the  field  of 
migration  contrary  to  or  irreconcilable  with 
their  practices  and  laws. 

"9.  Subject  to  these  considerations  and  the 
added  fact  that  the  laws  of  the  United  States 
regarding  immigration  are  quite  explicit  and  do 
not  permit  of  any  further  liberalization  this 
Government  is  prepared  to  make  and  is  making 
every  consistent  effort  to  contribute  effectively 
to  relieve  the  pressure  caused  by  the  overconcen- 
tration  of  refugees  in  certain  countries,  includ- 
ing France.  A  maximum  number  of  persons 
who  can  fulfill  the  requirements  is  being  re- 
ceived in  this  country  under  the  present  quotas 
established  by  American  law  and  in  addition 
very  many  persons  are  being  admitted  perma- 
nently to  the  territory  of  the  Philippine  Com- 
monwealth and  temporarily  to  American  terri- 
tory as  visitors  or  in  transit  to  other  countries. 
"10.  It  is  noted  in  this  connection  that  many 
persons  who  have  fulfilled  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  the  United  States  and  have  re- 
ceived visas  have  not  been  able  to  leave  French 
territory  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  French  Gov- 
ernment has  been  unwilling  or  has  failed  to 
grant  the  required  exit  permits  with  the  con- 
sequence that  these  persons  have  not  been  able 
to  proceed  to  the  United  States  and  remain  on 
French  territory  where  they  must  be  cared  for 
and  fed. 

"11.  It  is  the  impression  of  this  Government, 
moreover,  that  the  other  American  Governments 
are  likewise  receiving  persons  in  substantial 
numbers  who  can  qualify  for  admission  to  their 
respective  territories  under  their  laws  and  prac- 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


59 


tiees  and  that  persons  qualifying  for  admission 
to  these  other  American  countries  have,  too, 
encountered  difficulties  in  receiving  exit  permits 
from  the  French  Government,  and,  as  a  conse- 
quence, remain  to  be  cared  for  and  fed  on 
French  territory. 

"Finally,  reference  should  be  made  to  the 
fact  that  in  addition  to  the  persons  who  are 
being  received  in  various  American  countries 
by  infiltration,  settlers  who  can  fulfill  certain 
specified  requirements  are  being  admitted  in 
increasing  numbers  to  the  settlement  estab- 
lished upon  the  invitation  of  the  Dominican 
Government,  under  the  aegis  of  the  Intergov- 
ernmental Committee  and  at  the  direction  of 
an  American  association  at  Sosua,  in  the  Do- 
minican Kepublic.  These  persons  who  are  care- 
fully selected  in  Europe  by  an  agent  of  the 
Dominican  Republic  Settlement  Association 
have  also  in  many  instances  failed  to  receive 
the  necessary  permission  of  the  French  authori- 
ties to  leave  and  remain  to  be  supported  in 
France. 

"12.  The  basic  aim  of  the  action  undertaken 
by  this  Government  through  the  Intergovern- 
mental Committee  and  otherwise  has  been  to 
bring  order  out  of  chaos  in  the  migration  of 
persons  driven  from  their  countries  or  coun- 
tries of  origin  who  must  be  resettled  elsewhere. 
In  fulfilling  this  aim  the  American  Govern- 
ment has  made  it  clear  from  the  outset  that  it 
could  not  support  or  be  party  to  any  measures 
which  would  encourage  the  spread  from  points 
outside  the  Western  Hemisphere  to  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere  of  forced  migration  in  which 
people  in  great  numbers  are  intended  to  be 
driven  anarchically  upon  the  receiving  states 
with  unhappy  consequences  to  the  economic 
and  social  equilibrium  of  all.  To  permit  the 
spread  of  this  condition  to  the  Western  Hem- 
isphere would  be  to  impede  not  promote  the 
solution  of  a  problem  which  ultimately  must 
be  settled  in  an  orderly  manner  and  in  calm 
consultation  by  Governments  of  countries  where 
there  is  said  to  be  overpofmlation,  Govern- 
ments of  countries  of  temporary  reception  and 
Governments  of  countries  of  final  settlement. 


"13.  Accordingly,  while  this  Government 
holds  the  view  that  the  time  will  come  when 
such  conditions  of  order  and  peace  will  prevail 
in  the  world  as  will  warrant  a  humane  and 
orderly  approach  to  the  migration  problem  by 
the  Governments  collaborating  in  mutual  con- 
fidence and  mutual  respect,  it  does  not  believe 
that  any  useful  purpose  can  be  served  by  dis- 
cussing migration  problems  bilaterally  with 
the  French  Government  or  multilaterally  with 
the  several  Governments  at  this  time.  Present 
world  conditions  operate  to  cau^e  governments 
in  many  instances  to  forego  the  free  exercise 
of  their  authority,  and  the  essential  require- 
ments for  a  constructive  solution  of  the  funda- 
mental problems  of  migration  and  resettlement 
do  not  prevail. 

"Department  of  State, 

"Washington,  Dccemoer  27, 1940." 

NEW  YEAR  MESSAGE  FROM  MARSHAL 
PETAIN  OF  FRANCE 

[Released  to  the  press  January  9] 

A  translation  of  a  message  received  by  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  from  Marshal  Petain  of  France 
follows : 

"Vichy,  Jamwry  2,  1941. 
"In  this  New  Year  which  is  beginning  I  wish 
to  extend  to  you  the  personal  good  wishes  I  feel 
for  you  and  your  family,  as  well  as  for  the 
prosperity  of  the  United  States. 

Philippe  Petain" 

The  President  has  transmitted  the  following 
reply  to  Marshal  Petain: 

"January  8,  1941. 

"Your  very  kind  message  of  good  will  for 
me  and  for  my  family,  and  for  the  prosperity 
of  the  United  States  was  delayed  in  transmis- 
sion and  has  just  reached  me.  I  hasten  to  con- 
vey to  you  my  deep  appreciation. 

"My  heart  goes  out  to  France  in  these  days 
of  her  travail  and  I  pray  that  the  French  people 
may  soon  once  again  enjoy  the  blessings  of 
peace  with  Liberty,  Equality  and  Fraternity. 

"Please  accept  my  most  cordial  personal 
wishes  for  the  coming  year. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


60 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


GREENLAND 

[Released  to  the  press  January  9] 

The  United  States  has  sent  no  troops  to 
Greenland  nor  has  it  established  any  air  or 
naval  bases  in  that  Danish  Colony. 

The  facts  are  as  follows: 

In  connection  with  the  signature  on  August 
4,  1916  of  the  convention  with  Denmark  for  the 
cession  of  the  Danish  West  Indies,  a  declara- 
tion was  made  by  the  Secretary  of  State  to  the 
effect  that  the  United  States  would  not  object 
to  the  extension  by  Denmark  of  her  political  and 
economic  interests  to  the  whole  of  Greenland. 
The  United  States  has  taken  no  action  in  Green- 
land which  would  impair  the  validity  of  this 
declaration. 

In  1920  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
stated  that  it  would  not  be  disposed  to  recog- 
nize the  right  of  a  third  government  to  acquire 
Greenland  should  the  Danish  Government  de- 
sire to  dispose  of  that  territory.  The  occupa- 
tion of  Demnark  by  German  troops  in  April 
1940  carried  with  it  the  potentialities  of  a  new 
situation  with  respect  to  Greenland  which  re- 
quired consideration  by  this  Government  in  the 
light  of  the  position  which  it  assumed  in  1920 
and  which  it  has  continued  to  maintain.  The 
occupation  of  Denmark  also  led  to  an  approach 
to  the  Government  of  the  United  States  by  the 
Greenland  authorities  who  expressed  their  con- 
cern over  the  effect  upon  Greenland  of  the 
course  of  events  in  Denmark  by  which  Green- 
land had  been  deprived  of  free  communication 
with  Copenhagen,  of  the  possibility  of  obtain- 
ing food  and  other  supplies  from  Denmark,  and 
of  facilities  for  placing  Greenland  exports  on 
the  Danish  market. 

In  response  to  this  approach  and  other  re- 
quests made  by  the  Greenland  authorities  on 
their  own  initiative,  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  with  the  full  agreement  of  the 
Greenland  authorities  has  taken  the  following 


steps,  none  of  which  has  operated  to  the  injury 
of  any  legitimate  interests: 

1.  An  American  Consulate  was  provisionally 
established  at  Godthaab  to  facilitate  the  han- 
dling of  the  numerous  questions  which  have 
arisen  with  respect  to  the  purchase  in  the  United 
States  of  food  and  other  supplies  for  Greenland 
and  of  the  sale  of  Greenland  products  in  this 
country. 

2.  An  American  Red  Cross  representative  was 
sent  to  Greenland  to  determine  on  the  spot  and 
in  consultation  with  the  Greenland  authorities 
what  relief  was  needed  by  the  inhabitants  of 
Greenland. 

3.  In  view  of  the  heavy  demands  from  many 
parts  of  the  world  for  arms  and  ammunition 
manufactured  in  this  country,  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  has  facilitated  the  pur- 
chase in  the  United  States  by  the  Greenland 
authorities  of  a  quantity  of  arms  for  the  use  of 
the  small  number  of  policemen  employed  by  the 
Greenland  authorities  to  patrol  the  cryolite 
mine  at  Ivigtut,  which  is  Greenland's  major 
economic  asset. 

CONTRIBUTIONS  FOR  RELIEF  IN 
BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 

[Released  to  the  press  January  4] 

The  following  persons  and  organizations  are 
now  registered  with  the  Secretary  of  State,  pur- 
suant to  section  8  of  the  Neutrality  Act  of  1939, 
for  the  solicitation  and  collection  of  contribu- 
tions to  be  used  in  belligerent  countries  for 
medical  aid  and  assistance  or  for  food  and  cloth- 
ing to  relieve  human  suffering.  The  countries 
to  which  contributions  are  being  sent  are  given 
in  parentheses.  For  prior  registrants,  see  the 
Department's  press  release  of  October  28,  1940. 

385.  Friends  of  Dover,  England,  Fund,  158  Washing- 
ton Street,  Dover,  N.  H.     (England) 

a386.  San  Angelo  Standard,  Inc.,  17  South  Chad- 
bourne,  San  Angelo,  Tex.     (England) 


"  Revoked  at  request  of  registrant. 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


61 


"  387.  Church  of  the  Pilgrimage,  Towu  Sqnare,  Ply- 
mouth, Mass.     (England) 

"388.  Lord  Mayor  of  Plymouth's  Services  Welfare 
Fund,  Plymouth,  Mass.     (England) 

389.  Parcels  for  Belgian  Prisoners,  1780  Massachusetts 
Avenue,  Washington,  D.C.     (Germany) 

390.  Greek  War  Relief  Association,  Inc.,  730  Fifth 
Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Greece) 

391.  Miss  Heather  Thatcher,  1334y2  Miller  Drive,  Sun- 
set Boulevard,  Hollywood,  Calif.     (Great  Britain) 

392.  Scottish  Clans  Evacuation  Plan,  "Shorewood",  Port 
Washington,  N.  Y.     (Great  Britain) 

393.  California  Denmark  Fund,  348  Jules  Avenue,  San 
Francisco,  Calif.     (Denmark) 

394.  Royal  Air  Force  Benevolent  Fund,  care  of  Mrs. 
Esther  Anthony,  515  Madison  Avenue,  Suite  2501, 
New  York,  N.  Y.     (Great  Britain) 

395.  Near  East  Foundation,  Inc.,  17  West  Forty-sixth 
Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Greece) 

396.  Wellesley  Club  of  Washington,  care  of  Mrs.  Ernest 
J.  McCormick,  Apartment  743,  Arlington  Village,  Ar- 
lington, Va.     (Great  Britain) 

397.  American  Committee  for  the  Syrian  Orphanage  in, 
Jerusalem,  5100  Sixty-third  Street,  Woodside,  Long 
Island,  N.  Y.  (Palestine,  Germany,  and  British  East 
Africa ) 

398.  Lithuanian  National  Fund,  359  Union  Avenue, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.     (Germany  and  France) 

399.  The  American  School  Committee  for  Aid  to 
Greece,  Inc.,  Fuld  Hall,  Institute  for  Advanced  Study, 
Princeton,  N.  J.     (Greece) 

400.  Dodecanesian  League  of  America,  Inc.,  211  West 
Thirty-third  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Greece) 

401.  Liberty  Link  Afghan  Society,  The  Whittier,  415 
Burns  Drive,  Detroit,  Mich.     (Great  Britain) 

402.  Federation  of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans 
in  the  U.  S.  A.,  Inc.,  626  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York, 
N.  Y.     (Italy) 

403.  Coniite'  Pro  Francia  Libre,  7  Roosevelt  Street, 
Miramar,  Santurce,  P.  R.    (England) 

404.  Nowy-Dworer  Ladies  &  United  Relief  Association, 
40  East  Seventh  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (Poland) 

405.  The  Greek  Fur  Workers  Union,  Local  70,  253  West 
Twenty-eighth  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (Greece) 

406.  Ethiopian  World  Federation,  Inc.,  2667  Eighth 
Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (Ethiopia,  Kenya,  Anglo- 
Egyptian  Sudan.  Palestine,  and  Great  Britain) 

407.  Saints  Constantine  and  Helen  Greek  Orthodox 
Church,  care  of  Mr.  Soterios  Nicholson,  Burlington 
Hotel,  Washington,  D.C.     (Greece) 


408.  The  Allied  Civilian  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  care 
of  Mr.  Robert  C.  Flack,  36  West  Forty-fourth  Street, 
New  York,  N.  Y.     (Great  Britain) 

409.  The  Order  of  Ahepa,  Investment  Building,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.    (Greece) 


The  Near  East 


1  Revoked  at  request  of  registrant. 


PURCHASE    OF   AMERICAN   MISSION- 
ARY SCHOOL  BY  IRAN 

[Released  to  the  press  Jauuary  9] 

Following  a  decision  of  the  Iranian  Govern- 
ment to  take  over  all  foreign  educational  in- 
stitutions in  Iran  for  the  purpose  of  unifying 
the  educational  system,  a  friendly  agreement 
was  reached  by  that  Government  and  the  Pres- 
byterian Board  of  Foreign  Missions  as  a  re- 
sult of  which  the  Iranian  Ministry  of  Educa- 
tion is  already  making  use  of  the  Board's 
extensive  educational  properties  in  Iran  and 
has  effected  the  initial  payment  stipulated  in 
the  agreement. 

The  properties  involved  include  Alborz  Col- 
lege at  Tehran  and  other  educational  institu- 
tions located  in  the  capital  and  in  Hamadan, 
Resht,  and  Tabriz.  The  agreement  provides 
for  the  payment  in  instalments  of  a  total  sum 
of  $1,200,000,  the  final  payment  being  due  on 
December  21,  1943. 

The  Department  was  kept  informed  of  the 
progress  of  the  negotiations  leading  to  the 
conclusion  of  the  agreement,  and  from  time  to 
time  offered  such  comment  to  the  parties  con- 
cerned as  was  considered  fair  and  reasonable. 
The  Department  is  gratified  to  note  that  the 
termination  of  the  Board's  educational  work 
in  Iran,  which  was  carried  on  for  more  than 
a  century,  has  been  effected  on  a  friendly  and 
mutually  satisfactory  basis. 


American  Republics 


VISIT  TO  UNITED  STATES  OF  LEADERS  IN  THE  PROFESSIONS, 
THE  ARTS.  AND  EDUCATION 


[Released  to  the  press  January  5] 

The  Division  of  Cultural  Relations  of  the 
Department  of  State  has  extended  invitations  to 
30  distinguished  educational,  professional,  and 
artistic  leaders  of  the  other  American  republics 
to  visit  the  United  States.  Funds  to  defray  the 
cost  of  these  trips  were  provided  in  the  Second 
Deficiency  Act  of  1940.  Arrangements  for  the 
itineraries  of  the  visitors  are  being  worked  out 
in  cooperation  with  the  colleges  and  universi- 
ties of  the  United  States. 

The  interests  of  the  persons  invited  include 
writing  and  journalism,  education,  history, 
architecture,  engineering,  physiology,  sociology 
and  anthropology,  music  and  the  fine  arts,  and 
classical  studies.  Most  of  the  visits  will  be 
made  between  January  and  April  1941  since  the 
summer- vacation  periods  in  the  South  Ameri- 
can countries  usually  run  from  the  end  of 
December  to  the  last  of  March. 

The  first  visitors  invited  under  this  program 
have  already  arrived  in  the  United  States. 
Father  Aurelio  Espinosa  Polit,  S.J.,  Director  of 
the  Colegio  de  Cotocollao,  of  Quito,  Ecuador, 
reached  New  York  on  December  16.  Since  that 
time,  he  has  been  in  touch  with  scholars  in  the 
universities  in  and  near  Washington  and  Balti- 
more. He  also  plans  to  visit  other  universities, 
notably,  Princeton,  Fordham,  Harvard,  Chi- 
cago, and  Northwestern.  His  itinerary  will 
also  take  him  to  Phillips  Academy,  Andover, 
Massachusetts,  and  to  St.  Louis  and  Cincinnati. 

Father  Espinosa  is  one  of  the  most  distin- 
guished Latinists  and  Hellenists  of  Ecuador 
and  one  of  the  most  noted  in  Spanish  America. 
He  has  taught  Latin  and  Greek  for  many  years 
62 


in  the  Colegio  de  Cotocollao.  His  translations 
of  Virgil  are  considered  among  the  best  that 
have  been  done  in  Spanish.  Father  Espinosa 
has  published  a  large  number  of  critical  works 
on  Virgil  and  other  classical  authors  as  well  as 
a  considerable  body  of  original  poetry.  He  was 
trained  in  Belgium,  France,  and  Spain  and 
studied  two  years  at  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge in  England. 

The  second  visitor  to  arrive  is  Commander 
Fernando  Romero,  of  Lima,  Peru.  Com- 
mander Romero  is  an  officer  in  the  Peruvian 
Navy,  an  instructor  in  the  Naval  College,  and 
also  a  distinguished  sociologist  and  novelist. 
He  arrived  in  New  York  on  the  Santa  Clara 
on  December  30  and  will  spend  the  first  week 
of  his  stay  in  this  country  in  "Washington, 
where  the  Pan  American  Union  has  arranged 
a  lecture  in  Spanish  by  him  for  January  7  on 
Peruvian  music  and  folklore.  Later  he  will 
visit  Northwestern,  Chicago,  Vanderbilt,  Fisk, 
and  Atlanta  universities. 

For  several  years  Commander  Romero  has 
been  interested  in  the  study  and  investigation  of 
Negro  folklore  and  survivals  in  Peru.  One  of 
his  earliest  works  on  the  subject  was  a  study  en- 
titled La  Costa  Zaniba.  He  has  also  published 
a  considerable  number  of  short  stories,  the  best 
known  collection  of  which  is  that  entitled  Doce 
Cuentos  de  la  Selva,  based  on  his  personal  travel 
and  observations  in  the  Department  of  Loreto 
and  his  residence  of  many  months  in  Iquitos. 
Commander  Romero  was  the  founder  and  is  the 
present  director  of  the  Peruvian  literary  group 
known  as  "Insula".  He  has  collaborated  widely 
in  the  Peruvian  and  foreign  press  and  in  pe- 
riodicals on  literary  and  sociological  topics. 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


63 


REPRESENTATION  OF  UNITED  STATES  BUSINESS  IN  OTHER 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS 

STATEMENT  BY  NELSON  A.  ROCKEFELLER4 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  Ameri- 
can Republics  January  8] 

As  a  defense  measure,  the  Office  of  the  Co- 
ordinator has  undertaken  a  continuing  study 
of  the  representation  of  United  States  busi- 
ness in  the  other  American  republics  in  cooper- 
ation with  the  Department  of  State  and  other 
interested  Government  agencies.  The  first 
phase  of  the  study  is  now  completed,  and  its 
results  are  being  made  available  to  the  inter- 
ested Government  departments. 

Shortly  after  the  Office  of  the  Coordinator 
was  established  on  August  16,  1940,  a  mission 
sponsored  by  this  Office  undertook  a  compre- 
hensive study  in  Central  and  South  America  in 
cooperation  with  United  States  Foreign  Serv- 
ice officers.  The  mission  was  headed  by  Percy 
L.  Douglas,  on  leave  of  absence  from  the  Otis 
Elevator  Company,  International  Division, 
and  included  John  Lockwood,  New  York 
lawyer,  and  George  H.  Butler,  of  the  State 
Department,  as  well  as  a  group  of  technical 
assistants.  The  mission  returned  to  the  United 
States  in  December  after  visits  to  18  of  the 
other  20  American  republics  and  has  reported 
to  the  Coordinator. 

The  work  of  correlating  the  findings  on  a 
hemisphere  basis  is  nearing  completion.  Ex- 
amination of  the  country-by-country  reports 
discloses  the  following  facts: 

1.  That  United  States  business  is  frequently 
represented  in  Central  and  South  America  by 
firms  and  individuals  now  known  to  support 
objectives  contrary  to  the  best  interests  of  the 
American  republics. 

2.  That  these  representatives  often  use  ad- 
vertising appropriations  of  United  States  busi- 
ness firms  to  force  newspapers  and  in  some 
instances  radio  stations  to  adopt  anti-American 
editorial  policies. 


*  Coordinator  of  Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations 
Between  the  American  Republics. 


3.  That  many  employees  of  United  States 
companies  or  their  affiliates  in  Central  and 
South  America  are  known  members  of  local 
anti-American  organizations. 

4.  That  many  anti-American  firms,  which 
formerly  sold  only  European  products,  have 
now  succeeded  in  obtaining  agencies  for  United 
States  business.  These  new  connections  are 
keeping  them  alive  and  enabling  them  to  main- 
tain their  trade  contacts.  In  many  instances, 
they  openly  declare  they  will  return  to  their 
former  lines  at  the  expiration  of  the  war. 

5.  That  many  of  these  agents  who  now  rep- 
resent United  States  firms  are  obtaining  through 
this  medium  confidential  trade  information 
which  is  made  available  to  anti-American 
powers. 

6.  That  profits  thus  derived  from  representa- 
tion of  United  States  firms  are  being  used  to 
finance  operations  of  propaganda  agencies  in 
Central  and  South  America. 

7.  That  many  of  the  firms  representing 
United  States  companies  also  serve  as  centers 
for  distribution  of  anti-American  literature  and 
propaganda. 

8.  Many  of  the  larger  anti-American  firms 
have  established  their  own  purchasing  agents 
in  the  United  States  and  with  the  goods  ob- 
tained in  this  market  remain  in  business. 

9.  Officers  and  employees  of  a  number  of 
firms,  representing  United  States  businesses,  are 
officials  of  anti- American  powers. 

The  purpose  of  the  mission  was  to  discover 
the  extent  of  such  practices  and  their  effect  on 
hemisphere  defense.  The  mission's  findings  in- 
dicate that  the  majority  of  our  exporting  firms 
are  not  represented  in  Central  and  South  Amer- 
ica by  agents  with  non- American  connections, 
but  that  there  are  a  sufficient  number  to  make 
this  a  serious  concern  from  a  defense  point  of 
view.  It  should  be  emphasized  also  that  in 
many  cases  the  firms  involved  have  had  no 
knowledge  of  the  anti-American  activities  of 


64 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


their  agents,  and  thus  they  have  unwittingly 
contributed  to  our  own  difficulties  and  to  those 
of  our  neighbors.  In  many  cases,  the  connec- 
tions are  traceable  to  recent  non- American  pres- 
sures, the  application  of  which  could  not  have 
been  foreseen  when  the  connection  was  estab- 
lished. 

Many  United  States  companies  have  already 
taken  steps  to  remedy  the  situation  by  cooper- 
ating with  the  nationals  in  the  countries  in 
which  they  operate  to  appoint  agents  friendly 
to  inter-American  solidarity.  It  is  confidently 
anticipated  that  our  exporting  firms  as  a  whole 
will  cooperate  as  soon  as  they  are  apprised  of 
the  situation  as  it  relates  to  their  interests. 

COOPERATION  BY  PANAMA  IN  CONTI- 
NENTAL SOLIDARITY  AND  DEFENSE 

[Released  to  the  press  January  11] 

President  Roosevelt  has  received  the  follow- 
ing telegram  from  President  Arias  of  Panama : 

"Panama,  January  7,  1941. 
"Having  been  duly  informed  of  Your  Excel- 
lency's message  to  the  Congress  of  the  great 
friendly  and  sister  nation,  I  take  pleasure  in 


congratulating  you  and  in  saying  at  the  same 
time  both  in  my  own  name  and  in  that  of  the 
Panamanian  Government  and  people  that  the 
Republic  of  Panama  will  cooperate  by  all  means 
within  its  reach  to  assuring  territorial  and 
political  integrity  of  our  continent  and  strength- 
ening the  wise  policy  of  the  good  neighbor 
which  is  championed  by  Your  Excellency  and 
which  tends  to  the  strengthening  of  the  con- 
sciousness of  inter-American  solidarity  on  the 
basis  of  mutual  respect  and  in  common  devo- 
tion to  republican  and  democratic  ideals. 

Arnulfo  Arias" 

In  reply,  President  Roosevelt  has  transmitted 
the  following  message  to  the  President  of 
Panama,  Senor  Arnulfo  Arias: 

"January  10,  1941. 
"It  is  with  deep  appreciation  and  gratifica- 
tion that  I  have  received  Your  Excellency's  cor- 
dial message  which  so  warmly  reaffirms  the  co- 
operation of  the  Republic  of  Panama  in  all  that 
concerns  continental  solidarity  and  defense,  and 
emphasizes  the  common  devotion  of  our  two 
countries  to  the  principles  of  democracy. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  etc. 


MONTHLY  STATISTICS 


[Released  to  the  press  January  7] 

Note:  The  figures  relating  to  arms,  the  licenses  for 
the  export  of  which  were  revoked  before  they  were 
used,  have  been  subtracted  from  the  figures  appearing 
in  the  cumulative  column  of  the  table  below  iu  regard 
to  arms  export  licenses  issued.  These  latter  figures 
are  therefore  net  figures.  They  are  not  yet  final  and 
definitive  since  licenses  may  be  amended  or  revoked 


at  any  time  before  being  used.     They  are,  however, 
accurate  as  of  the  date  of  this  press  release. 

The  statistics  of  actual  exports  in  these  releases  are 
believed  to  be  substantially  complete.  It  is  possible, 
however,  that  some  shipments  are  not  included.  If 
this  proves  to  be  the  fact,  statistics  in  regard  to  such 
shipments  will  be  included  in  the  cumulative  figures  in 
later  releases. 


JANUARY    11,    1941 

Arms  Export  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war 
licensed  for  export  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
during  the  year  1940  up  to  and  including  the 
month  of  November : 


65 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  Issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

in  (2) 

V       (2) 

$487.00 
BO,  625. 00 

$487. 00 

60, 625.  00 

Total 

61, 112. 00 

IV  (1) 
I        (1) 

I        (4) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

103.  35 

24.00 

I        (2) 
(4) 
(5) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

463.00 

5, 930.  00 
2, 300.  00 

33,000.00 

33, 000.  00 

466.00 

314.00 

14,  200.  00 

2, 134.  00 

14,  527.  00 
10, 646.  00 
54,  225. 00 
201,  663.  61 
40, 937.  50 

24,  795.  00 

44, 669. 84 
93,  384.  51 

Total 

75, 351. 00 

I        (1) 
(4) 

HI     (1) 
(2) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 

V       (1) 

(2) 

(3) 

VII  (1) 

179.  95 
468.97 

1, 481.  86 
2, 026, 820. 00 

1, 494.  55 

51.86 

644.97 
25,  648.  00 

69, 884.  00 

2, 170,  408.  00 

18,000.00 

987, 467.  25 

4,  387,  279.  58 

61, 474.  86 

Total 

2,  258, 992.  78 

IV    (1) 

I        (4) 

IV  (2) 

V  (2) 

136.00 

17.29 

1.87 

23.00 

Total 

1                 42.16 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I 

III 
IV 
V 

(1) 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

103,  200.  00 

28,  779.  00 

2,  292, 000.  00 

20,  746. 00 

419,  400.  00 

Total 

3,108,367.00 

I 

IV 

V 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

$170.  50 

255.20 

2,400.00 

9,400.00 

Total 

2, 570.  50 

17,  746. 04 

i 

IV 
V 

vn 

(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

1,606.00 

2,884.60 

1, 156.  20 

3, 691.  54 

2,  761. 20 

63, 369.  64 

i 
in 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

687.00 

9, 176. 00 

1,897,325.00 

76,  720. 00 

75,000.00 

1, 342,  700.  00 

62, 020.  00 

18, 283.  58 

85, 093. 33 

45, 000. 00 
6, 000. 00 
5, 669.  00 

1,006,418.00 
216,200.11 
301, 678.  50 

137,659.58 

5,  044,  523.  08 

IV 

V 

vn 

(2) 
(1) 

Cll 

(1) 
(2) 



325.  95 

2, 158.  31 

325.  95 

i 

IV 
VII 

(t) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

12.00 

98.69 

129.20 

108. 30 

i 
i 

IV 

(4) 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

2.43 

133. 54 

765.  26 

136.00 

Total 

1,424.79 

66 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN" 


Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

Category 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
C6) 

II 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

$5,172.80 
239,  912.  21 
7S3.  653.  00 
9,  237.  61 
128,  568.  50 

$794,  795. 44 

605,  229.  29 
992,  476. 00 
502, 079.  97 
438,  254. 00 
51,  840. 00 

26, 918. 00 

26.918.00 
27,  088.  202.  00 

396.00 

549. 45 

1,  065. 11 

4,  537. 00 
353,  558.  64 
65, 465.  88 
975, 000.  98 

110,806.20 
620,  363.  76 
95.00 
101,435.00 
63,  426.  50 

4,441,955.22 

9,511,134.69 

36. 193.  00 

389,  731.  88 

128,  636. 43 

2, 091,  604. 14 

46,  396,  008. 42 

I        12) 
(4) 
(.5) 
(6) 

III  U) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    U) 
12) 

3, 040.  00 

37,  431.  28 

8,  650. 00 

3, 630. 00 
409,  560.  00 

750.00 

53,  819.  00 
7, 442. 38 

390,  000. 00 
20,  333. 00 
8,  300.  00 

396,  S00. 00 
23,  740. 50 
38,835.00 
2, 363. 00 

12, 607. 15 

419,383.00 

997,  918.  31 

I         (2) 
(4) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

Cbina 

352,440.00 

850. 00 

850.00 
2,  529, 106.  22 

138, 849. 74 

3,  226.  71 

68,  200. 00 

225, 000. 00 

3,  374,  225.  35 

931,  000.  00 

69. 050. 00 

11,666,804.76 

I         (0 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
13) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

30.00 

64.12 

3,  660. 50 

327.00 

309. 12 

5,  971.  40 

1,  389.  76 

333,  750.  00 

15,818.00 

11, 000. 00 

76, 995. 00 

1,125.00 

6,  030. 00 

16, 176.  62 

I         (4) 

IV      (1) 

(2) 

20,  766.  00 

18.70 

2,  300.  60 

24,  520. 00 

7,  977.  20 
5,314.85 

Category 

Value  of  eiport  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

Costa  Rica— Continued. 

V 

vn 

(1) 

(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

$58,  700. 00 

$83,  700.  00 

14,  604. 70 

696.  36 

2, 823. 12 
24.00 

82,  481.  66 

146,  219.  49 

i 

IV 

v 

VII 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
CM 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

143.00 

10.00 

23.00 

3, 885. 00 

217.  45 

131,  558. 00 
3,388.50 
16,  961. 00 
11,811.95 

2,000.00 

1, 638.  88 

5,  736.  68 
751. 00 

5,774.33 

179.  880.  73 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

19,  846.  20 

50, 000.  00 
12, 450.  00 

50,  000.  00 
14,  591. 89 
2,  529. 90 

60.00 

691.28 

106, 109. 00 

406.00 

9,  695.  26 
69, 950.  00 

22.50 

62,  906. 00 

263,  436.  03 

V 

I 

IV 
V 

vn 

(3) 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 

2, 040.  00 

306. 52 

52.00 

3, 037.  50 
846. 32 

800.00 
340.00 

1, 400.  00 
1,841.80 

1, 192. 00 

7,  432.  14 

i 

IV 

V 

VII 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

208.52 

213. 00 

199.00 

18,  707. 00 

2,  047. 00 

226.00 

82.00 

982.00 

82.00 

22,  582.  62 

i 
ill 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

E       t 

837.  50 

3, 310. 00 

1,  680. 21 

2, 485.  00 

2, 485.  00 
69, 938.  00 

2,331.31 

16,993.00 

225,  875.  00 

225, 935.  00 

228,  360.  00 

323,  510  02 

I 

(1) 
(4) 

125,052.00 



1,111.00 

JANUARY    11,    1941 


G7 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

III 
IV 

V 

VII 

(i) 
(i) 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

$18,200.00 

Total 

I 

(1) 
(4) 

6, 456.  42 

I 

IV 

V 
VII 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

19, 660. 00 

538, 669.  60 

3,  806,  493.  89 

141.02 

44, 640.  29 

35, 056. 00 

641,032.50 

Total 

6,  086,  544.  80 

I 

in 

rv 

V 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

1,  204,  202.  71 

42, 071. 00 

452, 145.  50 

28,111,023.00 

30.00 

11,950,423.01 

1,  644, 697.  00 

2.00 

56,  593.  00 

Total 

i 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 

305.  50 

3, 836.  00 

530. 90 

$6, 000.  00 

6,000.00 

6,000.00 

V 

i 
in 

IV 
V 

VII 

(2) 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

Gold  Coast 

2,400.00 

2,  400. 00 

Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland. 

1,500.00 
1,124.00 

527, 049.  00 

371.  35 

79, 100. 00 

1,490,000.00 

7,  611,  459.  50 
22, 980, 402. 18 

6,941,149.52 
61,972,025.61 
15, 199,  639. 10 
287, 966,  579.  75 

021,805.28 
115.50 

1,740,502.59 
4,361,894.85 

214, 056.  00 

914, 100.  00 

150, 100.  00 

2,017,616.00 

26,  221,  740.  40 

138, 354,  632.  00 

14, 076,  903. 94 

7,  699,  285.  80 

Total 

6,016,936.13 

595,  240,  355.  38 

Category 

Valne  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I        (3) 
(4) 
(5) 

IV  (1) 

V  (3) 

90, 900. 00 

Total 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

1,015.48 

$1,000.00 

7, 674. 65 

Total 

1, 000. 00 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

21, 500. 00 

21,500.00 

21,  500.  00 

IV  (11 
(2) 

V  (1) 
VII    (1) 

Haiti 

Total 

8,  664. 81 

I     (1) 

(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII   (2) 

128.00 

818.00 

435.00 

2,  286.  00 

Total 

563. 00 

18, 155.  90 

I        (1) 

(2) 
(41 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(21 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

2, 040.  75 
938.00 

7,  363. 00 

67.75 

125,  000.  00 
6,  875.  60 
21,  554.  00 

125,  000.  00 
29.  707. 60 
46,  304.  00 

Total 

153,  429.  60 

213,  344.  20 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII   (2) 

763. 00 

Total 

11,012.00 

I         (1) 

(4) 

III     (1) 

7,  311.  94 

150,  000. 00 

150,  000.  00 

68 


DEPARTMENT   OP  STATE   BULLETIN" 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

IV 
V 

VI 

VII 

(i) 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(2) 

$3, 704. 14 

$470, 000.  00 
23, 044.  00 
118,000.00 

539. 100.  00 
24, 778. 40 
119,000.00 

106.00 

106.00 

Total 

761, 150. 00 

851.  506.  77 

I 
ni 

V 

(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 

Iran 

i 

in 

V 

(2) 

(2) 
(2) 

Iraq 

47, 865.  00 

27, 165. 00 

223, 030.  00 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

V 

IV 
V 

(2) 

(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

13,610.00 

2,  400.  00 

2.400.00 

Total 

2,400.00 

I 

IV 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

714.00 

35.00 

VII 

I 
I 
I 

rv 

V 

VI 

VII 

(2) 

(2) 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 
(6) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2; 
(1) 
(2) 

62.00 
22.00 

27,  552.  26 

1, 280. 00 

263.00 

86,  825.  00 

3, 217. 00 

22,  407.  30 

1, 286. 20 

627,  750. 40 

11, 612. 63 

217.  75 
7, 945.  00 

17,  716.  00 
66,220.00 

Total 

98,831.76 

817,  837.  79 

I 

(1) 
(4) 

164.61 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

Mozambique — Continued. 

V 

(i) 

(2) 
(3) 

356,  354. 61 

I 

V 

(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(2) 
(3) 

I 

III 
IV 
V 

VI 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(6) 
(6) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 

$812. 15 
12,  492.  00 

3,510,842.00 
1,  263,  000.  00 

38,  806.  61 

4,125.113.87 

477, 620.  00 

6, 168,  738. 10 

31, 805.  00 
429.69 

202, 987.  66 
61,363.06 

149,  641.  60 

590.  461.  40 

160,  749.  30 

711.  506.  95 

I 

I 

IV 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

62.80 
41.12 

1, 273. 00 

93.92 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(2) 

1,460.00 

I 

in 

IV 
V 

VII 

(4) 
(1) 
0) 
(2) 
(3) 
(I) 

10,000.00 

21, 045.  00 

10, 000.  00 

I 

IV 
V 

vn 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

9, 000. 00 

1, 208. 00 

39, 000. 00 

39, 000. 00 

39, 000.  00 

114,350.00 

JANUARY    11,    1941 


69 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I 

IV 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 

(2) 

$278.  50 

30.25 

89.04 

418. 79 

I 

IV 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 

336.80 

198. 27 

$51.00 

76.50 

61.00 

611.57 

I 
III 

IV 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

70.00 
225.00 

36, 480.  00 

222.00 

Total 

IV 

V 

(2) 
(3) 

273.60 

3, 276, 60 

273.60 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

8,804.76 

3, 300. 00 

31, 166. 00 

2, 187.  20 

1, 380. 00 
4,449.66 

Total 

6, 487.  20 

70, 909. 41 

I 

IV 

14) 
(2) 

Total 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

I 

IV 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

390.60 

7,957.00 

69.86 
390.00 

32,  757. 58 
86,  666.  00 
2,  209. 86 
1,  520. 50 

Total 

8,  807. 46 

524.  505.  94 

422.00 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

V 

VII 

(i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

17, 000. 00 

I 

IV 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

Total. 

V 

I 

V 

(2) 

(1) 
(2) 

I 

rv 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

$106.00 

805.56 

160, 580. 26 

Total 

106.00 

I 
I 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 

Spain 

I 
I 

IV 

vn 

(1) 

(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 

193. 80 

616. 80 

Total. 

193. 80 

i 

in 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 

29,091.67 

120,  511.  20 

Total 

29, 091. 67 

IV 

I 

III 
rv 

(1) 

(1) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

99.06 

160.83 
1,  543. 84 

245.91 

593. 82 

70 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

V 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

211,  260.  00 

$344.97 

345,  269. 84 

IV 

I 

IV 

V 
VII 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

8, 925.  00 

6.32 

6.32 

47.21 
7,200.00 

47.21 
7,  522.  32 

2, 977. 00 

162. 45 

7, 252.  53 

III 
IV 

V 
VII 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(2) 

19,  056.  86 

24, 666. 86 

33.00 

6.20 

139,  760.  00 

6,  354. 00 

123,131.00 

Total 

25, 410. 86 

287,  597. 06 

I 
in 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

574,000.00 

1, 942. 00 

1,942.00 

18.34 
100, 000. 00 
177, 700. 00 

36, 438.  50 

3,  444, 553. 00 

302,217.28 

25, 720. 00 

65,948.00 

305, 380.  34 

V 

i 

IV 
V 

VII 

(3) 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics. 

12,820.00 

12, 820. 00 

43.00 

138.00 

34,  725. 00 

625.00 

377.00 

8, 163.  63 

88, 325. 00 

725. 40 

377.00 

35, 908. 00 

I 

III 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

192.  70 

298,860.00 

174.00 
6,080.00 

66, 689.  30 
142,  350.  00 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

Venezuela — Continued. 

VII  (1) 

(2) 

$2,  578.  74 

$19, 656.  43 

Total 

7, 832.  74 

IV     (2) 
VII    (2) 

Total 

V       (2) 
(3) 

Total 

13,  778, 479.  28 

During  the  month  of  November,  362  arms 
export  licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of 
4,397  such  licenses  issued  during  the  current 
year. 

Arms  Exported 

The  table  printed  below  indicate^  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war 
exported  during  the  year  1940  up  to  and  in- 
cluding the  month  of  November  under,  export 
licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State : 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

V  (2) 

I        (4) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

$14, 400. 00 

I        (2) 
(4) 
(5) 

III     (2) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (1) 

(2) 

(3) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

1, 055. 00 

11, 958. 00 

12,  600.  00 
579.00 

62,  525.  00 
162.  720.  48 

2, 126.  00 

70, 616. 31 

Total 

16,  260.  00 

65tt  645.  63 

JANUARY    11,    1941 


71 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I        0) 
(4) 

m   (i) 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 

$132.  60 

421. 46 

61,  730. 00 

1, 223. 00 

74.00 

$1, 143. 03 

879.63 

8, 013, 055.  00 

1,  359. 55 

583.00 

13,  296. 00 

6, 346.  40 
245,  670.  00 

677, 145.  40 

1,  269, 683.  00 

33, 474.  86 

305,  597. 35 

9,910,619.37 

IV     (1) 

I        (4) 
IV     (2) 

136.00 

17.29 

19.16 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

217.00 

49,  450. 00 

69.00 

20, 745.  00 

119,997.00 

1,371,094.79 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 

(2) 

48.00 

16.00 

74.84 

8,000.00 

2,000.00 

4,500.00 

2,  000. 00 

12, 638.  84 

I        (4) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

77.00 

1,851.00 

1,528.00 

19, 000. 00 

2,  820.  00 

3, 861. 69 

370.00 

2, 393.  24 

1.50 

3, 267. 00 

87,  376. 43 

!i     (i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (2) 

1,773.00 

15, 250. 00 
194.00 

29,  475. 00 
17,  265. 00 
568,  450.  00 

18,  682.  58 
2,  956.  00 
52,  500. 00 
25,  598. 05 
4,300.00 

68,  622.  33 
30,  091. 14 
737,441.00 
154,  986.  88 
309,  989.  25 
2.00 

119,  480. 63 

1,926,583.60 

IV  (2) 

V  (3) 

14.32 

2,500.00 

Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

British  Guiana— Continued. 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

$933. 95 

$2, 168.  31 

Total 

933.95 

6,  352. 63 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

VII  (1) 

(2) 

15.00 

129.20 

270.  50 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

90  00 

400.00 

472.00 

142.00 

Total 

1, 333.  64 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

II 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

20, 335. 77 

134,  762.  60 

2,669.00 

7, 223.  68 

693,  786.  52 

301,035.94 
43,  552. 00 
389,  551.  30 

13,  500. 00 
117,000.00 

13,  600. 00 
10,  232,  827.  00 

950.48 
562.  05 

64,  212. 49 
76, 405. 01 

26,  370.  85 
247,  696.  76 

1,880,841.84 
4, 860,  494. 86 

49, 106.  00 
11,  409.  34 

225, 153. 13 
113,841.23 

Total 

631,  676. 43 

19, 879,  631.  20 

I        (2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

161.00 

176.00 

Total.. 

161.  00 

184,  594. 45 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

China 

850.00 

176,  600.  00 

40,  200. 00 
970,  436.  00 

1,  678, 897. 05 

2,  444, 943.  00 

72 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

VII  (1) 

(2) 

$334, 724.  00 

$1, 010, 635. 00 

7,  281, 053.  86 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

30.00 

102. 12 

279.12 
2,  228.  20 

46.00 

2, 095.  76 

14,281.00 

6,000.00 
30.78 
925.00 

60, 956.  00 
1, 057. 78 
5,  830.  00 

7, 103. 90 

425, 107. 86 

I        (4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

1,  292. 00 

1, 003.  70 
1, 597. 60 
SS,  700.  00 

6,  634.  20 
2, 161. 85 
83,  700.  00 

725.00 

2,960.26 

62,  026. 30 

150,  732. 31 

I        (2) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(3) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

70.00 

43, 670. 00 

105,  713.  00 

3, 226.  00 

17, 299. 00 

3,000.00 

11, 925. 60 

49,  895.  00 

213, 408.  32 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (2) 

7, 072. 20 

895.  00 
80.00 

2,  304.  90 
660. 96 

753.00 

5, 036.  26 

22.60 

1,  698. 00 

177,  220.  71 

I        (2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
VII  (1) 

96.52 

306.52 

2,  972.  60 

600. 00 

1, 501. 80 

Total 

96.52 

6,  227. 14 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

208.52 

238.00 

191. 00 

307.00 

17,  397.  00 

Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

V      (2) 

VII  (1) 

(2) 

$2, 047. 00 

225.00 

900.00 

Total- -_ .-.. 

$307. 00 

21,  206.  52 

I        (2) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 

Egypt 

202.50 

202.50 

2, 680.  00 

54.00 

80.21 

63,519.00 

989.  31 

210, 100.  00 

210, 160.  00 

Total 

210,  356.  50 

267,  631.  02 

I        (1) 
(4) 

m  (i) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII  (2) 

125,  052.  00 

1,  233.  00 

18, 200. 00 

76.00 

6, 460. 40 

1, 700. 00 

375.00 

8, 350.  00 

161,446.40 

I        (4) 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

vn  (a) 

6,  375. 00 

6,  456.  00 

325.50 

184,  310.  00 

494,  950.  00 

1,364,078.89 

951.50 

141.02 

1,  860.  00 

136,  614.  00 
1,200,063.00 

571,  019.  00 

Total 

1,850.00 

6,  273,  948. 91 

I     (1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

78.00 

1,  202,  979. 71 

41,323.00 

593, 495.  50 

53, 907, 979.  00 

20, 845. 00 

368,  315.  00 

646, 000.  00 

3,  927, 169.  82 

10,  345,  638.  00 

2.00 

66,  593. 00 

71,  010,  318.  03 

I        (4) 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

51.00 

3,836.00 

134.00 

145.00 

Total...- 

134.00 

4, 032. 00 

I         (4) 

French  West  Africa 

33.83 

JANUARY    11,    1941 


73 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1040 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland. 

I       (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

$2, 153.  50 
1,  672,  096.  42 
265,  319. »0 
1, 015, 324.  35 
1,  075,  402.  00 
8, 041, 474. 00 

$4,  998,  982.  50 
11,979,150.94 

2,  772, 848.  20 
17, 405,  885.  58 

2,  850,  390.  60 

68, 643,  268. 00 

22,001.00 

165,  636. 00 
698,  064. 65 

776, 150.  01 

1,  806,  325.  84 

68, 000.  00 

940,361.00 

4,  053,  286. 00 

40,  873. 00 

99,  816.  00 

6, 637,  730.  79 
23,821,965.48 
8,  239,  849.  06 
3,  078, 193.  50 

18, 069,  804. 82 

153, 100,  741.  50 

I        (3) 
(4) 
(6) 

150.00 

50.00 

86, 050.  00 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 

1,015.48 

1,731.57 

106.00 

10, 645. 00 

i     (i) 

(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

37.00 

12.00 

186.00 

1,336.00 

21,  500. 00 

21,  600.  00 
226.80 

1,300.00 

6, 464. 00 

22, 800.  00 

29,  761. 80 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

vn  (i) 

(2) 

1, 601. 35 

7.66 

30.66 
24.30 

7.66 

1,662.31 

I     (1) 

(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

vn  (2) 

27.90 

290.00 

696.00 

323.00 

1, 844. 00 

247.00 

638.00 

860.00 

116,806.90 

I     (1) 

(2) 
(4) 

rv   (i) 

V       (2) 
(3) 

7, 363. 00 

8, 250. 00 

24, 800. 00 

1            8,  250. 00 

63,  617. 60 

Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

IV 

V 

vn 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 

(2) 

$1, 920.  00 

363.00 

7,  890.  00 

763.00 

69.00 

11, 001. 00 

i 

IV 
V 

VI 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

India 

3, 241. 20 

7, 959. 60 

3, 605. 64 

1, 145.  60 

67,  500.  00 

1,499.40 

1,000.00 

3, 511. 00 

89,462.44 

V 

(1) 

(2) 

Iran 

$21, 475.  00 

73, 015. 00 

93.00 

21,  475. 00 

73, 108. 00 

in 

IV 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

Ira 

694, 963.  00 

25.85 

722,  248.  22 

V 

a) 

(2) 
(3) 

116,  823.  00 

153,  473.  60 

IV 

(1) 
(2) 

346.00 

41.45 

387.45 

V 

IV 
V 

I 

(2) 

(1) 

(3) 

(1) 
(4) 

4, 143.  00 

618.00 

18, 077. 00 

251.45 

588.73 

I     (1) 

(4) 
(6) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

116.  00 

22.00 

52.26 

3.300.00 

20,  582.  30 
1, 023.  20 

32,  343. 00 
2, 169. 00 
1,200.00 

531,425.40 

6, 836.  00 

37,  555.  08 

175.50 

455. 25 
249.00 

18, 161.  00 
56, 481. 00 

39,  738.  25 

672,  519. 16 

74 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I 
V 

(i) 

w 
(i) 

(2) 
(3) 

15, 494. 00 

Total 

I 

III 
V 

(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

Netherlands 

47.60 

9,  674.  00 

163, 472.  50 

187,137.50 

Total 

I 
III 

IV 
V 

VI 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(0 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 

$75.42 
124, 167.  00 
39,  665. 10 
144,  564.  00 
772, 462. 00 

241,  640. 00 

557,  058. 82 

679,  028. 00 

2,832,612.00 

76,  305.  75 

2, 144.  59 

4,  287. 00 

5,  588.  00 
39,  542. 00 

18,  987. 26 
338.  964. 00 
315, 685.  50 
285, 489. 00 
4, 950. 00 

11,856.00 

242, 265. 30 

Total 

1, 144,  351. 11 

5,  594,  248.  41 

I 
I 

IV 

(4) 

0) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

New  Caledonia 

874.99 

1, 177.  40 

14.79 

255. 11 

Total _ 

889.78 

3,496.61 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(2) 

New  Guinea,  Territory  of 

210.00 

2,  710. 00 

Total 

210.00 

2, 727. 25 

I 

IV 
V 

vn 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

29, 903.  00 

189,  235.  00 

16,540.00 

Total 

29, 903. 00 

219,801.15 

i 

IV 
V 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

34,  827. 00 

4, 035. 00 

480.00 

1, 292.  00 

Total 

52,  243. 00 

Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I 
IV 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

88.00 

Total 

I 

rv 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 

Total -. 

i 
in 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

36, 493.  20 

1,354,114.00 

644.00 

Total 

V 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(3) 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 

('-') 

0) 

(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

8,  781. 78 

21, 807. 13 

174.00 

1, 447. 00 

$1,  459. 00 

4, 379.  60 

1,459.00 

I 

IV 

(4) 
(2) 

11,215.45 

Total 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 

ID 
('.') 
(3) 
U) 
(2) 

3, 036.  00 

26,747.00 

70.00 
390.00 

2,  210.  00 
1,521.00 

3, 496. 00 

I 

III 

IV 
V 

VII 

0) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
0) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

877,  298. 00 
30.00 

422.00 

44,  235.  91 

64,  265. 00 

998,851.47 

JANUARY    11,    1941 


75 


Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

I       CD 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

6.00 

175. 00 

V  (2) 

I        (1) 

V  (2) 

600.00 

$260.00 

260.00 

1, 020. 00 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (2) 

15, 108.  00 

125,  740. 00 

15, 108. 00 

I         (1) 
(4) 

Spain 

130.00 
25.00 

25.00 

155.00 

I         (1) 

I         (2) 
(4) 

rv   (2) 

VII   (1) 

12, 165. 41 

I         (2) 
(4) 

m  (i) 

(2) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

108, 000.  00 

65, 307.  00 

4,000.00 

27, 813. 00 

205, 814. 00 
65,  000.  00 

Total 

27,813.00 

4,  633,  236. 98 

I        (1) 
(4) 

III  (2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

23.36 

1, 543.  84 

683.00 

17,063.89 
94.61 

66,  250. 00 

14,482.00 

193, 120. 00 

683.00 

299, 004.  96 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

153.00 

18.00 

8.32 

3, 122.  32 

18,  625. 00 

Category 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

November 
1940 

11  months 
ending  No- 
vember 30, 
1940 

vn 

(1) 

(2) 

$8.32 

i 
in 

IV 
V 

vn 

(2) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

7, 561. 00 

25, 010. 00 

24,382.00 

326,  262. 10 

Total 

31,943.00 

i 
in 

IV 

v 

VII 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

108 

583.01 

50, 204.  00 

3,  625.  00 

768, 794. 00 

4, 575. 00 

204, 890.  70 

14, 507. 00 

1,950,400.00 

49,  621.  64 

827,  202.  08 

2, 922,  898.  35 

V 

I 

IV 
V 
VII 

(3) 

(« 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Re- 
publics. 

12,  820.  00 

155,308.00 

132. 30 
1,623.00 
10,  800.  00 

1, 654. 30 
7, 130. 30 
45,  904.  00 

12,  455. 30 

I 
III 

IV 

V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

4,  507. 00 
19, 650.  00 
3, 630.  40 
1,  850.  OO 

69,  095.  30 
146,  973.  00 
20, 644.  48 
17,  740.  40 

Total 

29,  637.  40 

V 

(1) 
(2) 

(3) 

26,  806.  75 

Total 

22,  745,  483.  30 

295,  897,  849.  53 

76 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


Arms-Export  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  origin  of  the  arms, 
ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  licensed 
for  import  by  the  Secretary  of  State  during  the 
month  of  November  1940 : 


Country  of  origin 

Category 

Value 

Total 

I       (1) 

<4) 

VU  (2) 

V  (1) 
(3) 

V  (2) 
I       (2) 

W 
II 

V  (2) 
(3) 

vn  (i) 

I         (4) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

V  (2) 

$25.00 

4,504.95 

12, 807.  60 

67,  200.  00 

10, 000.  00 

432.00 

2, 840. 00 

640.00 

4,000.00 

16, 400.  00 

25,000.00 

76.00 

1,000.00 

200.00 

1,500.00 

1,500.00 

| 

[      $17,  337.  45 

432.00 

\        48,  855.  00 
1,000.00 

1,500.00 

Total..-. --_ --. 

148, 024. 45 

During  the  month  of  November,  32  import 
licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of  211  such 
licenses  issued  during  the  current  year. 

Categories  of  Arms,  Ammunition,  and  Imple- 
ments or  War 

The  categories  of  arms,  ammunition,  and  im- 
plements of  war  in  the  appropriate  column  of 
the  tables  printed  above  are  the  categories  into 
which  those  articles  M*ere  divided  in  the  Presi- 
dent's proclamation  of  May  1,  1937,  enumerat- 
ing the  articles  which  would  be  considered  as 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  for 
the  purposes  of  section  5  of  the  joint  resolution 
of  May  1,  1937,  as  follows : 

Category  I 

(1)  Rifles  and  carbines  using  ammunition  in 
excess  of  caliber  .22,  and  barrels  for  those 
weapons ; 

(2)  Machine  guns,  automatic  or  autoloading 
rifles,  and  machine  pistols  using  ammunition  in 
excess  of  caliber  .22,  and  barrels  for  those 
weapons ; 


(3)  Guns,  howitzers,  and  mortars  of  all  cali- 
bers, their  mountings  and  barrels ; 

(4)  Ammunition  in  excess  of  caliber  .22  for 
the  arms  enumerated  under  (1)  and  (2)  above, 
and  cartridge  cases  or  bullets  for  such  ammu- 
nition; filled  and  unfilled  projectiles  for  the 
arms  enumerated  under  (3)  above; 

(5)  Grenades,  bombs,  torpedoes,  mines  and 
depth  charges,  filled  or  unfilled,  and  apparatus 
for  their  use  or  discharge; 

(6)  Tanks,  military  armored  vehicles,  and 
armored  trains. 

Category  II 

Vessels  of  war  of  all  kinds,  including  aircraft 
carriers  and  submarines,  and  armor  plate  for 
such  vessels. 

Category  III 

(1)  Aircraft,  unassembled,  assembled,  or  dis- 
mantled, both  heavier  and  lighter  than  air, 
which  are  designed,  adapted,  and  intended  for 
aerial  combat  by  the  use  of  machine  guns  or  of 
artillery  or  for  the  carrying  and  dropping  of 
bombs,  or  which  are  equipped  with,  or  which  by 
reason  of  design  or  construction  are  prepared 
for  any  of  the  appliances  referred  to  in  para- 
graph (2)  below; 

(2)  Aerial  gun  mounts  and  frames,  bomb 
racks,  torpedo  carriers,  and  bomb  or  torpedo 
release  mechanisms. 

Category  IV 

(1)  Revolvers  and  automatic  pistols  using 
ammunition  in.  excess  of  caliber  .22; 

(2)  Ammunition  in  excess  of  caliber  .22  for 
the  arms  enumerated  under  (1)  above,  and 
cartridge  cases  or  bullets  for  such  ammunition. 

Category  V 

(1)  Aircraft,  unassembled, assembled  or  dis- 
mantled, both  heavier  and  lighter  than  air, 
other  than  those  included  in  Category  III; 

(2)  Propellers  or  air  screws,  fuselages,  hulls, 
wings,  tail  units,  and  under-carriage  units ; 

(3)  Aircraft  engines,  unassembled,  assem- 
bled, or  dismantled. 


JANUARY    11,    1941 

Category  VI 

(1)  Livens  projectors  and  flame  throwers; 

(2)  a.  Mustard  gas  (dichlorethyl  sulphide) ; 

b.  Lewisite  (Chlorvinyldichlorarsineand 

dichlordivinylchlorarsine) ; 

c.  Methyldichlorarsine; 

d.  Diphenylchlorarsine ; 

e.  Diphenylcyanarsine ; 

f .  Diphenylamineehlorarsine ; 

g.  Phenyldichlorarsine ; 
h.  Ethyldichlorarsine ; 

i.  Phenyklibromarsine ; 

j.  Ethyldibromarsine; 
k.  Phosgene; 

1.  Monochlormethylehlorformate ; 
m.  Trichlormethylchlorformate    (diphos- 

gene) ; 
n.  Dichlordimethyl  Ether; 

0.  Dibromdimethyl  Ether; 
p.  Cyanogen  Chloride; 

q.  Ethylbromacetate ; 

r.  Ethyliodoacetate; 

s.  Brombenzylcyanide ; 

t.  Bromacetone; 

u.  Bromniethylethyl  ketone. 

Category  VII 

(1)  Propellant  powders; 

(2)  High  explosives  as  follows : 

a.  Nitrocellulose  having  a  nitrogen  con- 

tent of  more  than  12%  ; 

b.  Trinitrotoluene; 

c.  Trinitroxylene; 

d.  Tetryl    (trinitrophenol  methyl  nitra- 

mine  or  tetranitro  methylaniline) ; 

e.  Picric  acid; 

f .  Ammonium  picrate ; 

g.  Trinitroanisol ; 

h.  Trinitronaphthalene; 
i.  Tetranitronaphthalene; 
j.  Hexanitrodiphenylamine; 
k.  Pentaerythritetetranitrate  (Penthrite 
or  Pentrite) ; 

1.  Trimethylenetrinitramine     (Hexogen 

or  Tf) ; 
m.  Potassium  nitrate  powders  (black  salt- 
peter powder) ; 


77 

n.  Sodium  nitrate  powders  (black  soda 
powder) ; 

o.  Amatol  (mixture  of  ammonium  nitrate 
and  trinitrotoluene)  ; 

p.  Ammonal  (mixture  of  ammonium  ni- 
trate, trinitrotoluene,  and  powdered 
aluminum,  with  or  without  other 
ingredients) ; 

q.  Schneiderite  (mixture  of  ammonium 
nitrate  and  dinitronaphthalene,  with 
or  without  other  ingredients). 

Special  Statistics  in  Regard  to  Arms  Exports 
to  Cuba 

In  compliance  with  article  II  of  the  conven- 
tion between  the  United  States  and  Cuba  to 
suppress  smuggling,  signed  at  Habana,  March 
11,  1926,  which  reads  in  part  as  follows: 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that 
clearance  of  shipments  of  merchandise  by  water, 
air,  or  land,  from  any  of  the  ports  of  either 
country  to  a  port  of  entry  of  the  other  country, 
shall  be  denied  when  such  shipment  comprises 
articles  the  importation  of  which  is  prohibited 
or  restricted  in  the  country  to  which  such  ship- 
ment is  destined,  unless  in  this  last  case  there 
has  been  a  compliance  with  the  requisites  de- 
manded by  the  laws  of  both  countries." 

and  in  compliance  with  the  laws  of  Cuba  which 
restrict  the  importation  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  of  all  kinds  by  requir- 
ing an  import  permit  for  each  shipment,  export 
licenses  for  shipments  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  to  Cuba  are  required 
for  the  articles  enumerated  below  in  addition 
to  the  articles  enumerated  in  the  President's 
proclamation  of  May  1,  1937 : 

(1)  Arms  and  small  arms  using  ammunition 
of  caliber  .22  or  less,  other  than  those  classed 
as  toys. 

(2)  Spare  parts  of  arms  and  small  arms  of 
all  kinds  and  calibers,  other  than  those  classed 
as  toys,  and  of  guns  and  machine  guns. 

(3)  Ammunition  for  the  arms  and  small  arms 
under  (1)  above. 


78 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


(4)  Sabers,  swords,  and  military  machetes 
with  cross-guard  hilts. 

(5)  Explosives  as  follows:  explosive  pow- 
ders of  all  kinds  for  all  purposes;  nitrocellulose 
having  a  nitrogen  content  of  12  percent  or  less; 
diphenylamine;  dynamite  of  all  kinds;  nitro- 
glycerine; alkaline  nitrates  (ammonium,  potas- 
sium, and  sodium  nitrate);  nitric  acid;  nitro- 
benzene (essence  or  oil  of  mirbane) ;  sulphur ; 
sulphuric  acid ;  chlorate  of  potash ;  and  acetones. 

(6)  Tear  gas  (C„H5C0CH2C1)  and  other 
similar  non-toxic  gases  and  apparatus  designed 
for  the  storage  or  projection  of  such  gases. 

The  table  printed  below  indicates,  in  respect 
to  licenses  authorizing  the  exportation  to  Cuba 
of  the  articles  and  commodities  listed  in  the 
preceding  paragraph,  issued  by  the  Secretary 
of  State  during  November  1940,  the  number  of 
licenses  and  the  value  of  the  articles  and  com- 
modities described  in  the  licenses: 


Number  of  licenses 

Section 

Value 

Total 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(5) 

$873. 75 
2, 058. 65 
5, 660. 00 
5, 460. 97 

. 

|      $14,051.37 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  value 
of  the  articles  and  commodities  listed  above 
exported  to  Cuba  during  November  1940  under 
licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State: 


Section 

Value 

Total 

(1) 

$729.50 

211.00 

7.  539. 46 

7, 626. 32 

(2)..   .-.- -. 

(3) 

$16. 106.  28 

(5) 

Tin-Plate  Scrap 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  number 
of  licenses  issued  during  the  year  1940,  up  to 
and  including  the  month  of  November,  author- 
izing the  export  of  tin-plate  scrap  under  the 
provisions  of  the  act  approved  February  15, 
1936,  and  the  regulations  issued  pursuant 
thereto,  together  with  the  number  of  tons 
authorized  to  be  exported  and  the  value 
thereof : 


Country  of 
destination 

November  1940 

11  months  ending 
November  30, 1940 

Quantity 
in  long 
tons 

Total  value 

Quantity 
in  long 
tons 

Total  value 

236 

$4, 680.  00 

4,269 

$79, 689. 70 

During  the  month  of  November,  3  tin-plate 
scrap  licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of  55 
such  licenses  issued  during  the  current  year. 

Helium 

The  table  printed  below  gives  the  essential 
information  in  regard  to  the  licenses  issued  dur- 
ing the  month  of  November  1940,  authorizing 
the  exportation  of  helium  gas  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  act  approved  on  September  1,  1937, 
and  the  regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto: 


Applicant  for  license 

Purchaser  in 
foreign  country 

Country  of 
destination 

Quantity 

in  cubic 
feet 

Total 
value 

Electrical    Products, 

Neon  Produots 

Canada... 

.2118 

$27.00 

Consolidated. 

of  Western 
Canada,  Ltd. 

The  Linde  Air  Products 

Dominion    Ox- 

Canada... 

.2824 

27.20 

Co. 

ygen   Com- 
pany, Ltd. 

The  Cheney  Chemical 

Dr.M.  U.  Lleo.. 

Cuba 

10 

3.25 

Co. 

The  Foreign  Service 


DEATH  OF  CONSUL  GENERAL  MURPHY 


[Released  to  the  press  January  7] 

It  is  with  profound  regret  that  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  has  learned,  from  telegrams  re- 
ceived January  7  from  the  American  Charge 
d'Affaires  in  Berlin  and  from  the  American 
Consul  at  Hamburg,  that  Mr.  James  Joseph 
Murphy,  Jr.,  American  Consul  General  at  Ham- 
burg, died  at  his  post  the  night  of  January  6. 
According  to  the  attending  physicians,  Mr. 
Murphy  died  of  a  brain  stroke  following  a  brief 
illness  from  meningitis. 

Until  his  assignment  as  Consul  General  at 
Hamburg  on  August  2,  1940,  Mr.  Murphy  had 
for  a  number  of  years  rendered  outstanding 
service  in  charge  of  the  commercial  work  of  the 
Department,  having  been  appointed  Chief  of 
the  Consular  Commercial  Office  on  March  24, 
1931. 

He  is  survived  by  his  widow,  Mrs.  Josephine. 
Armstrong  Murphy,  of  Washington,  D.  G,  and 
by  his  mother,  Mrs.  James  J.  Murphy,  of  Phila- 
delphia.    His  biography  follows : 


I/tkphy,  James  Joseph,  Jr. — born  iu  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  November  19,  1887;  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
LL.B.  1911.  and  graduate  work;  member  of  bar  of 
Pennsylvania  ;  law  practice  1911-10 ;  appointed,  after 
examination,  consular  assistant  August  30,  1916;  as- 
signed as  vice  consul  at  Genoa  October  26,  1916;  vice 
consul  of  career  of  class  three  September  27,  1919; 
assigned  to  Genoa  October  22,  1919;  class  two  May  24, 
1920 ;  assigned  to  Lucerne  September  15,  1921 ;  class 
one  November  17,  1921 ;  consul  of  class  seven  June  22, 
1922;  Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  eight  July  1,  1924  ; 
assigned  to  Santo  Domingo  September  24,  1925 ;  class 
seven  December  17,  1925 ;  assigned  to  the  Department 
May  23,  1928;  in  charge  of  political  section,  Consular 
Commercial  Office,  May  6,  1929;  class  six  October  16, 
1929 ;  resigned  March  23, 1931 ;  appointed  chief,  Consular 
Commercial  Office,  at  $5,600  in  the  Department  of  State 
March  24,  1931;  representative  of  the  Department  of 
State,  Sixth  General  Congress  of  the  International 
Chamber  of  Commerce,  Washington,  1931 ;  appointed  a 
Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  three,  a  Consul  General, 
and  a  Secretary  in  the  Diplomatic  Service  on  August 
7,  1939 ;  assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Hamburg  August 
2,  1940. 


ELEVATION  OF  DIPLOMATIC  MISSION  IN  URUGUAY  TO  RANK 

OF  EMBASSY 


[Released  to  the  press  January  11  ] 

The  Secretary  of  State  announced  January 
11  that  the  President  has  given  his  approval  to 
raising  the  status  of  the  American  Legation  in 
Uruguay  to  the  grade  of  an  Embassy.  The 
Government  of  Uruguay  is  taking  similar  action 
with  respect  to  its  Legation  in  Washington. 

The  elevation  of  our  diplomatic  mission  in 
Montevideo  to  the  rank  of  Embassy  gives  evi- 


dence in  a  tangible  form  to  the  increasingly 
cordial  relations  between  the  United  States  and 
Uruguay.  In  recent  years  the  traditional  bonds 
of  friendship,  culture,  and  commerce  between 
the  two  countries  have  been  greatly  strength- 
ened. Formal  recognition  of  this  increasingly 
important  relationship  between  Uruguay  and 
the  United  States  is  of  particular  significance, 
at  this  critical  stage  of  world  affairs. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


CLAIMS 

CONVENTION  WITH  NORWAY  FOR  THE  DISPOSI- 
TION OF  THE  CLAIMS  OF  CHRISTOFFER 
HANNEVIG  AND  GEORGE  R.  JONES 

On  September  26,  1940,  the  Senate,  by  unani- 
mous consent,  agreed  to  the  request  of  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions, that  three  conventions  before  the  Senate 
be  returned  to  the  Secretary  of  State  "without 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  to  their 
ratification,  in  view  of  the  political  changes 
effected  through  military  operations  in  Europe 
since  these  conventions  were  signed".  The  con- 
vention with  Norway  signed  on  March  28,  1940 
providing  for  the  disposition  of  a  claim  of  the 
Government  of  Norway  against  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  on  behalf  of  Chris- 
toffer  Hannevig,  a  Norwegian  subject,  and  a 
claim  of  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
against  the  Government  of  Norway  on  behalf 
of  the  late  George  R.  Jones,  an  American  citi- 
zen, was  included  in  the  request  and  was  re- 
turned to  the  Department  of  State  and  filed 
among  the  "Unperfected  Treaties". 

CONSULAR 

CONSULAR  CONVENTION  WITH  LITHUANIA 

On  September  26, 1940,  the  Senate,  by  unani- 
mous consent,  agreed  to  the  request  of  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions, that  three  conventions  before  the  Senate 
be  returned  to  the  Secretary  of  State  "without 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  to  their 
ratification,  in  view  of  the  political  changes 
effected  through  military  operations  in  Europe 
since  these  conventions  were  signed".  The 
convention  with  Lithuania  signed  on  May  10, 
1940  defining  the  duties,  rights,  privileges, 
exemptions,  and  immunities  of  consular  officers 
of  each  country  in  the  territory  of  the  other 


country  was  included  in  the  request  and  was 
returned  to  the  Department  of  State  and  filed 
among  the  "Unperfected  Treaties".  This  con- 
vention had  previously  been  approved  by  the 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  and  was  on 
the  Executive  Calendar  of  the  Senate. 

FINANCE 

CONVENTION  WITH   FRANCE  FOR   THE  AVOID- 
ANCE OF  DOUBLE  TAXATION 

On  September  26, 1940,  the  Senate,  by  unani- 
mous consent,  agreed  to  the  request  of  the 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions, that  three  conventions  before  the  Senate 
be  returned  to  the  Secretary  of  State  "without 
the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate  to  their 
ratification,  in  view  of  the  political  changes 
effected  through  military  operations  in  Europe 
since  these  conventions  were  signed".  The  con- 
vention with  France  signed  on  July  25,  1939 
for  the  avoidance  of  double  taxation  and  the 
establishment  of  rules  of  reciprocal  administra- 
tive assistance  in  the  case  of  income  and  other 
taxes,  and  protocol  was  included  in  the  request 
and  was  returned  to  the  Department  of  State 
and  filed  among  the  "Unperfected  Treaties". 
This  convention  had  previously  been  approved 
by  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  and 
was  on  the  Executive  Calendar  of  the  Senate. 

POSTAL 
UNIVERSAL   POSTAL  CONVENTION   OF   1939 

There  are  printed  below  tables  showing  the 
status  on  November  8,  1940  of  the  ratifications 
and  adherences  to  the  Universal  Postal  Con- 
vention and  Agreements  signed  at  Buenos  Aires 
on  May  23,  1939.  This  information  was  fur- 
nished by  the  Argentine  Ministry  of  Foreign 
Relations  and  Worship : 


JANUARY    11,    1941 


81 


Ratifications 


United  States  of  America  b 

Greece  e 

Australia,  Commonwealth  of.. 

Netherlands  d 

Netherlands  Indies  d 

Surinam  and  Curacao  * 

Saudi  Arabia 

Philippines,  Commonwealth  of 

Belgium  • 

Belgian  Congo 

Japan  ' 

Sweden 

Switzerland 

Finland 

Paraguay 

Mexico 

Denmark  » 

Egypt* 

New  Zealand 

Vatican   City-State 


A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A 


A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  P.... 

A,  B,  C,  D,  F 

A,  B,  C,  D 

A 


A,  B,  D,  E,  F,  G.._. 
A,  B 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  G— . 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A 


A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  G___ 
A,  B 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 


Feb. 
Mar. 
Mar. 
Apr. 
Apr. 
Apr. 
Apr. 
May 
May 
May 
June 
June 
June 
July 
Fjuly 
fjuly 
tSept. 


Aug.  16 
Oct.  5 
Nov.   5 


1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 
1940 


Feb.  24,  1940 

Mar.  28,  1940 

Apr.  5,  1940 

Apr.  5,  1940 

Apr.  5,  1940 


May 
May 
May 
Sept. 
Sept. 
Nov. 


July 
Oct. 


1940 
1940 
1940 


13,  1940 
30,  1940 
30,  1940 
12,  1940 
16,  1940 
8,  1940 


11,  1940 
2,  1940 


Oct.        5,  1940 


Adherences 


Indochina. 

Italy' 

Yemen 

Spain  ' 

Hungary.. 


A,  B,  C,  D 

A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 
A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G. 


A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  G 


Dec.  4,  1939 

Dec.  30,  1939 

Feb.  17,  1940 

Apr.  8,  1940 

May  24,  1940 


"The  titles  of  the  ratified  acts  are  as  follows:  (A)  Universal  Postal  Convention  and  annexes;  (B)  Agreement  con- 
cerning letters  and  boxes  with  declared  value  and  annexes:  (C)  Agreement  concerning  parcel  post  and  annexes;  (D)  Agreement 
concerning  money  orders  and  annex;  (E)  Agreement  concerning  postal  transfers  and  annex;  (F)  Agreement  concerning 
recoveries   and   annex;    (G)    Agreement    concerning   subscriptions   to   newspapers  and   periodicals  and   annex. 

*  The  Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  has  declared  that  the  Universal  Postal  Agreement  is  valid  for  the 
United  States  of  America,  all  the  possessions  of  the  United  States  of  America,  according  to  Art.  8  (1st)  of  this  Convention, 
for  Samoa  and  the  Panama  Canal  Zone. 

0  Ratification  effected  by  Obligatory  Law  2146,  published  in    No.  543  of  the  Official  Bulletin  of  the  Greek  Government. 

d  The  instrument  of  ratification  includes  the  Netherlands,  the  Netherlands  Indies,  Surinam  and  Curacao,  but  each  country 
ratifies  only  the  act  indicated. 

"  The  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  Belgium  to  the  Government  of  the  Argentine  Republic  has  declared  that  the  rati- 
fications effected  concerning  items  A  and  B  are  valid  at  the  same  time  for  Belgium  and  the  colony  of  the  Belgian  Congo,  it 
being  understood  that  the  effects  of  the  ratifications  made  in  the  name  of  the  latter  will  be  extended  to  Ruanda-Urundi,  ad- 
ministratively uuited  to  the  Belgian  Congo. 

'The  Government  of  Japan  has  declared  that  this  ratification  includes  Japan  proper,  Chosen,  and  the  whole  of  the 
other  Japanese  dependencies. 

"The  Legation  of  Denmark  in  the  Argentine  Republic  informed  by  note  verbale,  dated  July  16,  1940,  that  His  Majesty  the 
King  had  ratified  the  convention  and  all  the  postal  agreements;  the  Argentine  Chancellery  being  in  expectation  of  the 
instrument. 

"The  Government  of  Egypt,  in  view  of  the  present  difficulties  in  communications,  requested  the  Government  of  the 
Argentine  Republic  to  consider  its  telegram  communicating  its  ratification  as  the  instrument  of  the  latter  itself,  pending  the 
arrival  of  the  original  document  at  the  Argentine  Chancellery. 

*  Including   Italian   East   Africa,    the   colonies,    and   Italian   possessions. 

1  Information  is  being  awaited  from  the  Embassy  of  Spain  establishing  the  acts  to  which  Spain  will  adhere  and  what 
territories  will  be  included. 


82 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


PUBLICATIONS 

AGREEMENT      WITH      HONDURAS      FOR      THE 
EXCHANGE  OF  OFFICIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

By  an  exchange  of  notes  dated  November  8, 
1940  and  December  2  and  12,  1940,  an  agree- 
ment was  entered  into  between  the  United  States 
and  Honduras,  effective  December  12,  1940,  for 
the  exchange,  of  certain  official  publications. 
The  office  for  the  exchange  of  publications  on 
the  part  of  the  United  States  is  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  on  the  part  of  Honduras  is  the 
Office  of  Exchange  of  the  Ministry  for  Foreign 
Affairs.  A  list  of  the  official  publications  to  be 
furnished  regularly  by  each  Government  to  the 
other  is  annexed  to  the  agreement. 


Regulations 


The  following  Government  regulations  may 
be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Values  of  Foreign  Moneys.  (Treasury  Department: 
Office  of  the  Secretary.)  [1941,  Department  Circular 
No.  1.]  January  1,  1941.  Federal  Register,  January  9, 
1941  (vol.  6,  no.  6),  pp.  197-198  (The  National  Archives 
of  the  United  States). 

Regulations  Under  the  Nationality  Act  of  1940; 
Other  Changes.  (Department  of  Justice:  Immigra- 
tion and  Naturalization  Service.)  [General  Order  No. 
C-28.]  January  9,  1941.  Federal  Register,  January  11, 
1941  (vol.  6,  no.  8),  pp.  230-251  (The  National  Archives 
of  the  United  States). 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Exchange  of  Official  Publications:  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Brazil — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  June  15  and  24, 
1940;  effective  June  24,  1940.  Executive  Agreement 
Series  No.  176.     Publication  1527.     17  pp.     50. 


Other  Government  Agencies 

The  following  Government  publication  issued 
recently  may  be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the 

Bulletin: 

Fifth  Report  of  the  National  Munitions  Control 
Board,  for  the  Period  Jan.  1,  1940  to  June  30,  1940. 
(H.  Doc.  876,  76th  Cong.,  3d  sess.)     177  pp.    200. 


Legislation 


Address  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  De- 
livered Before  a  Joint  Session  of  the  Two  Houses  of 
Congress  January  6,  1941,  First  Session  of  the  Seventy- 
Seventh  Congress,  1941.  (H.  Doc.  1,  77th  Cong.,  1st 
sess. )     6  pp.     50. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,    10  cents     -     -       -     Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH    THE    APPROVAL  OP   THE    DIRECTOR   OF  THE    BUREAU    OF    THE   BUDGET 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


BULLETIN 


JANUARY  18,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  82— Publication  1550 

Qontents 

General:  Page 
Statements  by  the  Secretary  of  State  before  the  House 

Foreign  Affairs  Committee 85 

Export  control  in  national  defense 91 

Visit  of  members  of  the  American  Legion  to  Great 

Britain 94 

Europe: 

Lease  of  air  bases  in  St.  Lucia  from  Great  Britain  .    .  94 

Sabotage  claims  against  Germany 94 

American  Republics: 

Cooperation  of  motion-picture  industry  in  promotion 

of  inter- American  relations 95 

Visit  to  United  States  of  leaders  in  the  professions,  the 

arts,  and  education 96 

Presentation  of  letters  of  credence: 

Ambassador  of  Chile 98 

Ambassador  of  Panama 99 

The  Foreign  Service: 

Personnel  changes 100 

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  etc.: 
North    American    Regional    Radio-Engineering    Con- 
ference          101 

[Over] 


Qontents- 


CONTINUED. 


Treaty  Information: 

Agriculture:  Page 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement    .    .    .        102 
Telecommunications: 

International        Telecommunication        Convention 

(Treaty  Series  Nos.  867  and  948) 102 

Legislation 104 

Regulations 104 


General 


STATEMENTS  BY  THE  SECRETARY  OF  STATE  BEFORE  THE  HOUSE 
FOREIGN  AFFAIRS  COMMITTEE * 


[Released  to  the  press  January  15] 

Mr.  Chairman,  Members  of  the 

Committee  on  Foreign  Affairs  : 
We  are  here  to  consider  a  bill  designed  to 
promote  the  defense  of  the  United  States.  I 
shall  not  discuss  the  technical  details  of  the 
proposed  measure,  since  that  will  be  done  by 
other  departments  of  the  Government  more 
directly  concerned  with  these  matters.  I  shall 
place  before  you  briefly  the  controlling  facts 
relating  to  the  manner  in  which  the  dangers 
that  now  confront  this  hemisphere  and,  there- 
fore, this  Nation  have  arisen,  and  the  circum- 
stances which  render  imperative  all  possible 
speed  in  our  preparation  for  meeting  these 
dangers. 

During  the  past  eight  years,  our  Government 
has  striven,  by  every  peaceful  means  at  its  dis- 
posal, to  secure  the  establishment  in  the  world 
of  conditions  under  which  there  would  be  a  rea- 
sonable hope  for  enduring  peace.  We  have  pro- 
ceeded in  the  firm  belief  that  only  if  such  con- 
ditions come  to  exist  will  there  be  a  certainty 
that  our  country  will  be  fully  secure  and  safely 
at  peace.  The  establishment  of  such  conditions 
calls  for  acceptance  and  application  by  all 
nations  of  certain  basic  principles  of  peaceful 
and  orderly  international  conduct  and  rela- 
tions. 

Accordingly,  in  the  conduct  of  our  foreign 
relations,  this  Government  has  directed  its 
efforts  to  the  following  objectives:  (1)  Peace 
and  security  for  the  United  States  with  advo- 


1  Delivered  January  15,  1941. 

286906 — 41 1 


cacy  of  peace  and  limitation  and  reduction  of 
armament  as  universal  international  objectives; 
(2)  support  for  law,  order,  justice,  and  moral- 
ity and  the  principle  of  non-intervention;  (3) 
restoration  and  cultivation  of  sound  economic 
methods  and  relations,  based  on  equality  of 
treatment;  (4)  development,  in  the  promotion 
of  these  objectives,  of  the  fullest  practicable 
measure  of  international  cooperation;  (5)  pro- 
motion of  the  security,  solidarity,  and  general 
welfare  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

Observance  and  advocacy  of  the  basic  princi- 
ples underlying  these  policies,  and  efforts  to- 
ward their  acceptance  and  application,  became 
increasingly  important  as  three  nations,  one 
after  another,  made  abundantly  clear,  by  word 
and  by  deed,  their  determination  to  repudiate 
and  destroy  the  very  foundations  of  a  civilized 
world  order  under  law  and  to  enter  upon  the 
road  of  armed  conquest,  of  subjugation  of  other 
nations,  and  of  tyrannical  rule  over  their 
victims. 

The  first  step  in  this  fatal  direction  occurred 
in  the  Far  East  in  1931  with  forceful  occupa- 
tion of  Manchuria  in  contravention  of  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Nine  Power  Treaty  and  of  the 
Kellogg-Briand  Pact.  The  equilibrium  in  the 
Far  East  which  had  been  established  by  the 
Washington  Conference  treaties  of  1921-1922 
became  seriously  disturbed  by  the  setting  up 
by  forceful  means  in  a  part  of  China  of  a 
regime  under  Japanese  control  under  the  name 
of  "Manchukuo".  This  control  over  Manchuria 
has  been  marked  by  the  carrying  out  of  a  policy 

85 


86 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


of  discrimination  which  has  resulted  in  forcing 
out  American  and  other  foreign  interests. 

During  the  years  that  followed,  Japan  went 
steadily  forward  in  her  preparations  for  ex- 
pansion by  force  of  arms.  In  December  1934, 
she  gave  notice  of  her  intention  to  terminate 
the  naval  treaty  of  February  6,  1922.  She  then 
proceeded  with  intensified  construction  of  mili- 
tary and  naval  armaments,  at  the  same  time 
undertaking,  from  time  to  time,  limited  actions 
directed  toward  an  extension  of  her  domination 
over  China  and  involving  disregard  and  de- 
struction of  the  lawful  rights  and  interests  of 
other  countries,  including  the  United  States. 

In  July  1937,  the  armed  forces  of  Japan  em- 
barked upon  large-scale  military  operations 
against  China.  Invading  forces  of  more  than 
a  million  men  occupied  large  areas  along  the 
seaboard  and  in  the  central  provinces.  In  these 
areas  there  were  set  up  puppet  regimes  which 
instituted  systems  of  controls  and  monopolies 
discriminatory  in  favor  of  the  interests  of  the 
invading  country. 

It  has  been  clear  throughout  that  Japan  has 
been  actuated  from  the  start  by  broad  and  am- 
bitious plans  for  establishing  herself  in  a 
dominant  position  in  the  entire  region  of  the 
Western  Pacific.  Her  leaders  have  openly  de- 
clared their  determination  to  achieve  and 
maintain  that  position  by  force  of  arms  and 
thus  to  make  themselves  masters  of  an  area 
containing  almost  one  half  of  the  entire  popu- 
lation of  the  world.  As  a  consequence,  they 
would  have  arbitrary  control  of  the  sea  and 
trade  routes  in  that  region. 

Previous  experience  and  current  develop- 
ments indicate  that  the  proposed  "new  order" 
in  the  Pacific  area  means,  politically,  domina- 
tion by  one  country.  It  means,  economically, 
employment  of  the  resources  of  the  area  con- 
cerned for  the  benefit  of  that  country  and  to 
the  ultimate  impoverishment  of  other  parts  of 
the  area  and  exclusion  of  the  interests  of  other 
countries.  It  means,  socially,  the  destruction 
of  personal  liberties  and  the  reduction  of  the 
conquered  peoples  to  the  role  of  inferiors. 

It  should  be  manifest  to  every  person  that 
such  a  program  for  the  subjugation  and  ruth- 


less exploitation  by  one  country  of  nearly  one 
half  of  the  population  of  the  world  is  a  mat- 
ter of  immense  significance,  importance,  and 
concern  to  every  other  nation  wherever  located. 

Notwithstanding  the  course  which  Japan  has 
followed  during  recent  years,  this  Government 
has  made  repeated  efforts  to  persuade  the 
Japanese  Government  that  her  best  interests 
lie  in  the  development  of  friendly  relations 
with  the  United  States  and  with  other  coun- 
tries which  believe  in  orderly  and  peaceful 
processes  among  nations.  We  have  at  no  time 
made  any  threats. 

In  Europe,  the  first  overt  breach  of  world 
order  was  made  by  Italy,  when,  in  1935,  that 
country  invaded  and  conquered  Ethiopia,  in 
direct  contravention  of  solemnly  accepted  obli- 
gations under  the  Covenant  of  the  League,  of 
Nations  and  under  the  Kellogg-Briand  Pact. 
In  1939,  Italy  seized  Albania  in  violation  of 
unequivocal  treaty  obligations.  In  the  summer 
of  1940,  she  entered  the  European  war  on  the 
side  of  Germany  with  the  openly  avowed  pur- 
pose of  participating  with  that  country  in  a 
remodeling  of  the  world  on  the  basis  of  a 
"new  order"  founded  upon  unlimited  and  un- 
restricted use  of  armed  force.  Finally,  with- 
out provocation,  she  has  attacked  Greece. 

Throughout  this  period,  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  made  known  to  the  Govern- 
ment of  Italy  its  anxious  concern  over  the 
growing  deterioration  of  peaceful  international 
relationships.  Both  on  the  occasion  of  the 
Italo-Ethiopian  controversy  and  during  the 
period  preceding  Italy's  entry  into  the  Euro- 
pean war,  this  Government  addressed  numerous 
communications  to  the  Government  of  Italy  in 
an  effort  to  prevent  new  breaches  of  world  order. 

Germany,  from  the  time  that  Hitler  and  his 
associates  came  to  power  in  1933,  began  fever- 
ishly to  construct  vast  armaments,  while  follow- 
ing a  program  of  repeatedly  made  and  repeat- 
edly broken  promises  as  a  part  of  a  skillful 
diplomatic  game  designed  to  lull  the  suspicions 
of  other  countries.  After  employing  for  several 
months  at  the  Disarmament  Conference  in  Ge- 
neva tactics  which  have  since  become  a  distinct, 
pattern  of  German  policy — further  demands  as 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


87 


previous  demands  are  met — Germany,  in  Octo- 
ber 1933,  rendered  impossible  any  effective  inter- 
national agreement  for  limitation  of  armaments 
by  withdrawing  from  the  Disarmament  Con- 
ference. There  then  followed  nearly  six  years 
during  which  Germany,  having  determined  upon 
a  policy  of  unlimited  conquest,  moved  inevi- 
tably toward  the  catastrophe  of  war. 

Germany's  work  of  preparation  followed  two 
main  lines.  The  first  consisted  in  the  creation 
of  armed  force.  To  this  end,  her  entire  national 
economy  was  transformed  into  a  highly  regi- 
mented and  highly  disciplined  war  economy. 
Every  phase  of  national  activity  became  har- 
nessed to  the  requirements  of  preparation  for 
war.  More  than  half  of  the  national  income  was 
expended  for  military  purposes.  Foreign  trade 
and  foreign  payments  became  rigidly  controlled 
for  the  same  purpose.  The  pi'oduction  of 
planes  and  tanks  and  guns  and  all  the  other 
countless  accessories  of  a  modern  war  machine 
became  the  immediate  objective  of  the  whole  na- 
tional effort. 

The  second  line  consisted  of  a  series  of  steps 
directed  toward  improving  the  strategic  posi- 
tion of  Germany.  The  first  of  these  was  the 
occupation  and  fortification  of  the  Rhineland 
in  1936,  in  direct  violation  of  the  Locarno 
Treaty,  voluntarily  entered  into  by  Germany  10 
years  earlier.  Then  followed,  in  rapid  succes- 
sion, the  absorption  of  Austria,  in  direct  viola- 
tion of  pledges  given  by  Hitler  to  respect  the  sov- 
ereignty and  independence  of  that  country ;  the 
dismemberment  and  final  seizure  of  Czechoslo- 
vakia, in  spite  of  Hitler's  assurances  after  the 
seizure  of  Austria  that  Germany  desired  no  ad- 
ditional territory  in  Europe  and  in  violation  of 
a  solemn  pledge  to  respect  the  independence  of 
that  country,  officially  given  in  October  1938; 
the  annexation  of  Memel ;  and  finally,  on  Sep- 
tember 1, 1939,  a  brutal  attack  upon,  and  the  dev- 
astation and  partitioning  of,  Poland. 

The  period  of  the  war  has  witnessed  the 
invasion  and  occupation  of  Denmark,  Norway, 
Holland,  Belgium,  and  Luxemburg,  in  violation 
of  the  scrupulously  observed  neutrality  of  these 
countries  and  in  contravention,  in  the  cases  of 


some  of  these  countries,  of  assurances  expressly 
given  by  Germany  of  her  intention  to  respect 
their  independence  and  sovereignty;  the  inva- 
sion and  partial  occupation  of  France;  the 
splitting  up  of  Rumania  and  the  German 
occupation  of  the  remaining  portion  of  that 
country. 

These  seizures  have  been  accomplished 
through  a  combined  use  of  armed  force  applied 
from  without  and  of  an  almost  unbelievable 
amount  of  subversive  activity  from  within. 
Each  of  the  invaded  and  occupied  countries  has 
been  subjected  to  a  reign  of  terror  and  despot- 
ism. By  word  and  by  deed,  the  invaders  have 
made  unmistakably  clear  their  determination 
to  impose  permanently  upon  these  unfortunate 
countries  a  rule  of  tyranny  frequently  reminis- 
cent of  the  worst  pages  of  ancient  history. 

So  long  as  there  seemed  to  remain  even  a 
faint  hope  of  inducing  the  leaders  of  Germany 
to  desist  from  the  course  which  they  were  fol- 
lowing, the  Government  of  the  United  States 
neglected  no  opportunity  to  make  its  voice 
heard  in  restraint.  It  went  further,  and  re- 
peatedly offered  its  assistance  in  economic  read- 
justments which  might  promote  solution  of  the 
existing  difficulties  by  peaceful  means.  All 
hope  disappeared  when  the  Nazi  legions  struck 
at  Poland  and  plunged  Europe  into  a  new  war. 

Since  then,  it  has  become  increasingly  ap- 
parent that  mankind  is  today  face  to  face,  not 
with  regional  wars  or  isolated  conflicts,  but 
with  an  organized,  ruthless,  and  implacable 
movement  of  steadily  expanding  conquest. 
We  are  in  the  presence  of  forces  which  are 
not  restrained  by  considerations  of  law  or 
principles  of  morality;  which  have,  fixed  no 
limits  for  their  program  of  conquest;  which 
have  spread  over  large  areas  on  land  and  are 
desperately  struggling  now  to  seize  control  of 
the  oceans  as  an  essential  means  of  achieving 
and  maintaining  their  conquest  of  the  other 
continents. 

Control  of  the  high  seas  by  law-abiding 
nations  is  the  key  to  the  security  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere  in  the  present-day  world  situation. 
Should  that  control  be  gained  by  the  partners 


88 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE    BULLETIN 


of  the  Tripartite  Pact,  the  danger  to  our  coun- 
try, great  as  it  is  today,  would  be  multiplied 
manyfold. 

It  is  frequently  said  that  there  can  be  no 
clanger  of  an  invasion  of  the  New  World.  It 
is  said :  As  Germany  has  not  been  able  to  cross 
the  British  Channel,  how  can  she  cross  the 
Atlantic? 

German  forces  could  cross  the  Channel  in 
an  hour's  time  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that 
Britain,  now  thoroughly  prepared  and  well 
armed,  is  fighting  every  hour  of  the  day  to 
prevent  that  crossing  and  is  fortified  with  ev- 
ery known  device  to  repel  a  landing.  The  20 
miles  of  water  between  continental  Europe  and 
Britain  are  under  British,  not  German,  control. 
Were  Britain  defeated,  and  were  she  to  lose 
command  of  the  seas,  Germany  could  easily 
cross  the  Atlantic — especially  the  South  At- 
lantic— unless  we  were  ready  and  able  to  do 
what  Britain  is  doing  now.  Were  the  Atlantic 
to  fall  into  German  control,  the  Atlantic  would 
offer  little  or  no  assurance  of  security. 

Under  these  conditions  our  national  security 
would  require  the  continuous  devotion  of  a 
very  great  part  of  all  our  work  and  wealth  for 
defense  production,  prolonged  universal  mili- 
tary service,  extremely  burdensome  taxation, 
unending  vigilance  against  enemies  within  our 
borders,  and  complete  involvement  in  power 
diplomacy.  These  would  be  the  necessities  of  a 
condition  as  exposed  as  ours  would  be. 

Great  Britain  is  today  a  veritable  fortress. 
So  will  this  country  be  when  our  preparations 
for  armed  defense  are  completed.  Most  likely, 
however,  it  will  not  be  by  direct  and  frontal  at- 
tack that  the  would-be  invaders  will  undertake 
the  conquest  of  this  country,  if  they  ever  have 
a  chance  to  embark  upon  such  an  enterprise. 
It  is  rather  to  be  anticipated  that  their  efforts 
would  first  be  directed  against  other  portions 
of  this  hemisphere  more  vulnerable  than  this 
country,  and  then  against  us. 

Subversive  forces  are  hard  at  work  in  many 
American  countries,  seeking  to  create  internal 
dissension  and  disunion  as  a  now  familiar  prel- 
ude to  armed  invasion.  Today  these  forces  are 
held  in  check  and  are  being  steadily  eradicated. 


But  the  entire  situation  would  change  if  con- 
trol of  the  high  seas  were  to  pass  into  the  hands 
of  the  would-be  attackers.  Under  such  condi- 
tions, the  difficulties  of  continental  defense 
would  demand  from  us  vastly  greater  efforts 
than  we  are  now  called  upon  to  envisage. 

The  most  serious  question  today  for  this  coun- 
try is  whether  the  control  of  the  high  seas  shall 
pass  into  the  hands  of  powers  bent  on  a  program 
of  unlimited  conquest.  It  is  in  this  light,  above 
all,  that  we  should  order  our  present-day  think- 
ing and  action  with  respect  to  the  amount  of 
material  assistance  which  our  country  is  pre- 
pared to  furnish  Great  Britain. 

On  no  other  question  of  public  policy  are  the 
people  of  this  country  so  nearly  unanimous  and 
so  emphatic  today  as  they  are  on  that  of  the 
imperative  need,  in  our  own  most  vital  interest, 
to  give  Great  Britain  and  other  victims  of  at- 
tack the  maximum  of  material  aid  in  the  shortest 
possible  space  of  time.  This  is  so  because  it  is 
now  altogether  clear  that  such  assistance  to 
those  who  resist  attack  is  a  vital  part  of  our 
national  self-defense.  In  the  face  of  the  forces 
of  conquest  now  on  the  march  across  the  earth, 
self-defense  is  and  must  be  the  compelling  con- 
sideration in  the  determination  of  wise  and 
prudent  national  policy. 

For  us  to  withhold  aid  to  victims  of  attack 
would  not  result  in  a  restoration  of  peace.  It 
would  merely  tend  to  perpetuate  the  enslave- 
ment of  nations  already  invaded  and  subju- 
gated and  provide  an  opportunity  for  the 
would-be  conquerors  to  gather  strength  for  an 
attack  against  us. 

The  protagonists  of  the  forces  against  which 
we  are  today  forging  the  instrumentalities  of 
self-defense  have  repudiated  in  every  essential 
respect  the  long-accepted  principles  of  peaceful 
and  orderly  international  relations.  They  have 
disregarded  every  right  of  neutral  nations, 
even  of  those  to  which  they  themselves  had 
given  solemn  pledges  of  inviolability.  Their 
constantly  employed  weapons  for  the  govern- 
ment of  their  unfortunate  victims  are  unre- 
stricted terrorization,  firing  squads,  deceit, 
forced  labor,  confiscation  of  property,  concen- 
tration camps,  and  deprivations  of  every  sort. 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


89 


The  most  scrupulous  observance  by  peaceful 
countries  of  legal  concepts  provides  today  no 
security  whatever.  Many  nations  which  trusted 
to  the  integrity  of  their  intentions  and  the  care 
with  which  they  observed  their  legal  obliga- 
tions have  been  destroyed. 

I  am  certain  that  the  day  will  come  again 
when  no  nation  will  have  the  effrontery  and  the 
cynicism  to  demand  that,  while  it  itself  scoffs  at 
and  disregards  every  principle  of  law  and  order, 
its  intended  victims  must  adhere  rigidly  to  all 
such  principles — until  the  very  moment  when 
its  armed  forces  have  crossed  their  frontiers. 
But  so  long  as  such  nations  exist,  we  cannot  and 
must  not  be  diverted — either  by  their  threats  or 
by  their  hypocritical  protests — from  our  firm 
determination  to  create  means  and  conditions 
of  self-defense  wherever  and  in  whatever  form 
we  find  essential  to  our  own  security. 

The  present  bill  sets  up  machinery  which  will 
enable  us  to  make  the  most  effective  use  of  our 
resources  for  our  own  needs  and  for  the.  needs 
of  those  whom,  in  our  own  self-defense,  we  are 
determined  thus  to  aid.  The  great  problem  of 
democracy  is  to  organize  and  to  use  its  strength 
with  sufficient  speed  and  completeness.  The 
proposed  legislation  is  an  essential  measure  for 
that  purpose.  This  bill  will  make  it  possible  for 
us  to  allocate  our  resources  in  ways  best  calcu- 
lated to  provide  for  the  security  of  this  Nation 
and  of  this  continent  in  the  complex  and  many- 
sided  conditions  of  danger  with  which  we  are, 
and  are  likely  to  be,  confronted.  Above  all,  it 
will  enable  us  to  do  all  these  things  in  the 
speediest  possible  manner.  And,  overwhelm- 
ingly, speed  is  our  greatest  need  today. 

[Released  to  the  press  January  15] 

The  Secretary  of  State,  the  Honorable  Cor- 
dell  Hull,  testifying  before  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Affairs  of  the  House  of  Representa- 
tives January  15  was  asked  about  the  extent  and 
maimer  in  which  the  proposed  measures  of 
H.  R.  1776  affects  existing  law,  both  domestic 
and  international.  The  Secretary  of  State 
answered  as  follows: 

"Having  in  mind  the  provisions  of  section 
3  (a)  it  follows  that: 


"(1)   The  Johnson  Act: 

"This  act  would  not  appear  to  be  involved 
for  the  reason  that  it  does  not  apply  to  this  Gov- 
ernment, or  to  a  public  corporation  created  by 
or  in  pursuance  of  special  authorization  of  Con- 
gress, or  to  a  corporation  in  which  the  Govern- 
ment has  or  exercises  a  controlling  interest,  as 
for  example  the  Export-Import  Bank. 

"(2)  The  Neutrality  Act  of  1939: 
"Section  7  of  this  act,  which  prohibits  the 
extension  of  loans  or  credits  to  a  belligerent 
government,  is  not  by  its  terms  made  applicable 
to  this  Government  but  it  does  apply  to  a  corpo- 
ration such  as  the  Export-Import  Bank.  In 
any  event  the  prohibition  would  be  superseded 
by  the  new  act  so  far  as  transactions  by  this 
Government  are  concerned. 

"(3)   United  States  Code,  Title  18: 

"Section  23  makes  it  unlawful  to  fit  out  or 
arm  in  the  United  States  a  vessel  with  intent 
that  it  shall  be  employed  in  the  service  of  a  for- 
eign belligerent  against  a  power  or  people  with 
which  the  United  States  is  at  peace. 

"Section  24  makes  it  unlawful  to  increase  or 
augment  in  our  ports  the  force  of  a  ship  of  war 
or  other  armed  vessel  belonging  to  a  belligerent 
power. 

"Section  33  makes  it  unlawful  during  a  war 
in  which  the  United  States  is  neutral  to  send 
out  of  our  jurisdiction  any  vessel  built,  armed, 
or  equipped  as  a  vessel  of  war  for  delivery  to  a 
belligerent  nation. 

"These  provisions  would  be  superseded  by  the 
new  act. 

"  (4)  The  Hague  Convention  of  1907: 
"Hague  Convention  XIII  of  1907  states  in 
article  VI  that  'the  supply,  in  any  manner, 
directly  or  indirectly,  by  a  neutral  power 
to  a  belligerent  power,  of  warships,  ammu- 
nition, or  war  material  of  any  kind  whatever,  is 
forbidden'. 

"Article  XVII  states  that  in  neutral  ports 
belligerent  warships  'may  only  carry  out  such 
repairs  as  are  absolutely  necessary  to  render 
them  seaworthy,  and  may  not  add  in  any  man- 
ner whatsoever  to  their  fighting  force'. 


90 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


"Article  XVIII  states  that  belligerent  war- 
ships may  not  make  use  of  neutral  ports  for 
'replenishing  or  increasing  their  supplies  of 
war  material  or  their  armament'. 

"The  Convention  is  not  applicable  to  the 
present  European  war  for  the  reason  that  it 
provides  in  article  XXVIII  that  it  shall  not 
apply  unless  'all  the  belligerents  are  parties 
to  the  Convention'.  Great  Britain  and  Italy 
are  not  parties  to  the  Convention. 

"It  may  be  urged  that  the  j:>rovisions  of  the 
United  States  Code  and  the  quoted  provisions 
of  the  Hague  Convention  are  declaratory  of 
international  law  on  the  subjects  mentioned 
and  that  to  do  the  things  contemplated  by  the 
proposed  act  would  render  us  unneutral.  This 
would  be  largely  true  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances but  we  are  not  here  dealing  with  an 
ordinary  war  situation.  Rather,  we  are  con- 
fronted with  a  situation  that  is  extraordinary 
in  character. 

"The  rules  relating  to  the  rights  and  duties 
of  neutrals  and  those  relating  to  the  rights 
and  duties  of  belligerents  complement  each 
other,  that  is  to  say,  belligerents  are  forbidden 
to  do  certain  things  which  infringe  the  rights 
of  neutrals  and  neutrals  are  forbidden  to  do 
certain  things  which  prejudice  the  rights  of 
belligerents.  For  example,  the  Hague  Conven- 
tion just  referred  to  states  in  article  I  that 
belligerents  are  bound  to  respect  'the  sovereign 
rights  of  neutral  Powers  and  to  abstain,  in  neu- 
tral territory  or  neutral  waters,  from  any  act 
which  would,  if  knowingly  permitted  by  any 
Power,  constitute  a  violation  of  neutrality'. 
Belligerents  are  forbidden  to  use  neutral  ports 
and  waters  as  a  base  of  naval  operations  against 
their  adversaries.    (Article  V.) 

"Germany  and  Italy  have  paid  no  attention 
to  such  provisions,  which  are  representative  of 
international  law  on  the  subject,  but  have  at 
will  and  without  notice  occupied  by  force  the 
territory  of  neutral  countries,  and,  having  sub- 
jugated those  countries,  are  using  their  terri- 
tories against  their  adversaries.  One  of  these 
countries,  namely,  Denmark,  had  a  formal 
treaty,  signed  May  31,  1939,  with  Germany  by 
which  it  was  agreed  that  in  no  case  would  force 
be  resorted  to;  another,  namely,  Norway,  had 


a  formal  assurance,  on  September  4,  1939,  from 
the  German  Government  that  under  no  cir- 
cumstances would  Germany  interfere  with  Nor- 
way's inviolability  and  integrity  and  that  Nor- 
wegian territory  would  be  respected.  Neither 
agreement  nor  the  law  of  neutrality  served  as 
any  protection  to  these  and  other  countries  when 
it  suited  the  convenience  of  the  belligerents  to 
occupy  their  territories.  Nothing  but  force  has 
prevented  these  belligerents  from  carrying  out 
their  preconceived  determination  to  conquer  and 
subjugate  other  peaceful  countries  and  peoples. 
Their  purpose  of  world-wide  conquest  has  been 
boldly  proclaimed.  They  readily  admit  that 
their  philosophy  is  inconsistent  with  and  di- 
rectly opposed  to  that  of  the  democracies  and 
insist  that  the  latter  is  outmoded  and  must  give 
way  to  their  own  notions  regarding  the  conduct 
of  international  relations.  Having  in  mind 
what  has  taken  place  and  is  taking  place  under 
our  very  eyes,  it  is  idle  for  us  to  rely  on  the 
rules  of  neutrality  or  to  feel  that  they  afford 
us  the  slightest  degree  of  security  or  protection. 
Nothing  but  a  realistic  view  of  current  develop- 
ments can  be  regarded  as  a  sane  view. 

"Aside  from  the  question  of  neutrality,  which, 
as  I  have  stated,  has  proved  to  be  illusory  when 
it  has  stood  in  the  way  of  these  ambitious  ag- 
gressors, it  is  a  recognized  principle,  older  than 
any  rule  of  neutrality,  that  a  state  is  entitled 
to  defend  itself  against  menaces  from  without 
as  well  as  from  within.  This  is  the  essence  of 
sovereignty.  It  was  definitely  recognized  by 
all  the  signers  of  the  Kellogg-Briand  Pact. 

"We  may  be  told  that  the  invading  powers 
have  no  designs  on  this  hemisphere,  but  the 
countries  which  are  now  occupied  by  their  mil- 
itary forces  had  similar  assurances.  Such  as- 
surances are  mere  words.  We  cannot,  as  pru- 
dent people,  afford  to  rely  upon  such  assurances 
and  delay  implementing  our  defense  until  we 
ascertain  what  in  practice  those  aggressors  have 
in  mind. 

"Some,  of  the  conquered  countries,  and  other 
unconquered,  have  possessions  near  this  conti- 
nent. Are  we  to  suppose  that,  if  circumstances 
should  permit,  these  possessions  would  not  be 
occupied  by  the  conquering  nations  and  that 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


91 


they  would  not  be  used  as  bases  from  which 
to  continue  their  quest  for  world  domination — 
political  and  economic?  Our  interest,  it  seems 
to  me,  lies  in  taking  nothing  for  granted.  We 
are  amply  warranted,  as  a  measure  of  self- 
defense  and  in  the  protection  of  our  security,  to 
allow  supplies  to  go  to  the  countries  who  are 


directly  defending  themselves  and  indirectly  de- 
fending us  against  the  onrush  of  this  unholy 
determination  to  conquer  and  dominate  by  force 
of  arms.  We  are  merely  trying  to  protect  our- 
selves against  a  situation  which  is  not  of  our 
making  and  for  the  prevention  of  which  we 
exerted  our  every  energy." 


EXPORT  CONTROL  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  January  15] 

The  President  announced  the  issuance  on  Jan- 
uary 15  of  an  Executive  order  authorizing,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Administrator  of  Export 
Control,  the  use  of  general  licenses  for  export- 
control  purposes. 

The  general  licenses  will  expedite  shipments 
in  those  cases  where  rigorous  controls  are  not 
required  in  the  defense  program.  Full  infor- 
mation as  to  the  quantities  leaving  the  country 
will  be  continuously  available,  and  defense 
needs  will  continue  to  be  the  paramount  con- 
sideration. 

The  President  stated  that  in  the  recommenda- 
tion to  him,  Col.  Russell  L.  Maxwell,  Adminis- 
trator of  Export  Control,  had  pointed  out  that 
general  licenses,  where  they  could  be  utilized, 
would  facilitate  the  handling  of  applications, 
reduce  the  time  involved,  and  assist  exporters 
by  making  it  unnecessary  to  obtain  specific  li- 
censes for  such  articles  and  materials  as  are 
permitted  export  under  general  license. 

[Released  to  the  press  January  15] 

The  text  of  the  Executive  order  follows : 

"Executive  Order 

"additional  regulations  governing  the  expor- 
tation of  articles  and  materials  described 
in  certain  proclamations  of  the  president 

"Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by 
section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress,  approved  July 
2, 1940,  entitled  An  act  to  expedite  the  strength- 
ening of  the  national  defense,'  I  hereby  pre- 
scribe the  following  additional  regulations 
governing  the  exportation  of  the  articles  and 
materials  named  in  Proclamations  No.  2413  of 

286906—41 i! 


July  2, 1940,  No.  2417  of  July  26, 1940,  No.  2423 
of  September  12,  1940,  No.  2428  of  September 
30, 1940,  No.  2449  of  December  10, 1940,  No.  2451 
of  December  20,  1940,  and  No.  2453  of  January 
10,  1941 : 

"1.  Except  as  may  be  prohibited  by  the  Neu- 
trality Act  of  1939  (54  Stat,  4),  the  Secretary 
of  State  may  issue  general  licenses  authorizing 
the  exportation  to  all  or  certain  areas  or  destina- 
tions of  any  of  the  above-designated  articles 
and  materials,  and  forms,  conversions,  and  de- 
rivatives thereof,  in  accordance  with  rules  and 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  President  or  such 
specific  directives  as  may  from  time  to  time  be 
communicated  to  the  Secretary  of  State  through 
the  Administrator  of  Export  Control. 

"2.  Paragraphs  5,  10,  and  11  of  the  regula- 
tions prescribed  by  the  President  July  2,  1940, 
governing  the  exportation  of  articles  and  ma- 
terials designated  in  Proclamation  No.  2413  of 
that  date,  shall  be  inapplicable  to  the  general 
licenses  herein  authorized. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 

"The  White  House, 
"January  15,  194J." 

[No.  8640] 
[Released  to  the  press  January  17] 

The  following  telegram  was  sent  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  to  Mr.  C.  H.  Callaghan,  Manager, 
Maritime  Association  of  the  Port  of  New  York: 

"January  17, 1941. 
"Your  telegram,  January  10.2 


1  Not  printed  herein. 


92 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    IJULLETIX 


"The  purpose  of  the  present  licensing  system 
is  to  control  exports  in  the  interests  of  the  na- 
tional defense  of  this  country  and  that  purpose 
is  being  accomplished.  It  is,  of  course,  unfor- 
tunate that  export  interests  are  undergoing  cer- 
tain inconveniences  in  order  that  these  national 
defense  interests  may  be  protected.  The  De- 
partment fully  appreciates  the  difficulties  which 
have  been  caused  by  the  unavoidable  delay  in 
acting  upon  the  enormous  mass  of  applications 
received  since  December  29  for  license  to  export 
iron  and  steel  products.  Every  effort  is  being 
and  has  been  exercised  by  present  limited  per- 
sonnel to  expedite  issuance  of  licenses.  Ap- 
proximately 10,000  licenses  were  issued  during 
the  period  December  30  to  January  16,  inclu- 
sive, and  licenses  are  now  being  issued  at  the 
rate  of  approximately  800  a  day.  In  view  of  the 
pertinent  provisions  of  law  and  of  the  findings 
of  those  agencies  of  the  government  charged 
with  protecting  the  interests  of  the  national  de- 
fense, it  is  not  possible  to  postpone  the  applica- 
tion of  the  licensing  requirement  to  these 
products.  I  have  every  reason  to  believe  that  in 
the  very  near  future  the  Department  will  be 
able  to  act  upon  all  applications  more 
promptly. 

Cordell  Hull" 

[Released  to  the  press  January  18] 

The  following  circular  telegram  was  sent 
January  17  to  all  collectors  of  customs: 

"In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Executive  order  of  January  15,  1941,  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  has  today  issued  the  following 
general  licenses  for  the  export  to  Canada  of 
articles  and  materials  named  in  proclamations 
and  regulations  issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of 
the  Export  Control  Act  of  July  2,  1940 : 

"License  No.  GAA  1  for  aluminum 
No.  GAB  1  for  antimony 
No.  GAC  1  for  asbestos 
No.  GAD  1  for  chromium 
No.  GAE  1  for  cotton  linters 
No.  GAF  1  for  flax 
No.  GAH  1  for  hides 
No.  GAI    1  for  industrial  diamonds 
No.  GAJ  1  for   manganese 
No.  GAK  1  for  magnesium 


"License  No. 

GAL  1  for  manila  fiber 

No. 

GAM  1  for  mercury 

No. 

GAN  1  for  mica 

No. 

GAO  1  for  molybdenum 

No. 

GAP  1  for  optical  glass 

No. 

GAQ  1  for  platinum  group  metals 

No. 

GAR  1  for  quartz  crystals 

No. 

GAS  1  for  quinine 

No. 

GAT  1  for  rubber 

No. 

GAU  1  for  silk 

No. 

GAW  1  for  toluol 

No. 

GAX  1  for  tungsten 

No. 

GAY  1  for  vanadium 

No. 

GAZ  1  for  wool 

No. 

GBA  1  for  ammonia 

No. 

GBB  1  for  chlorine 

No. 

GBC  1  for  dimethylauiline 

No. 

GBD  1  for  diphenylamine 

No. 

GBE  1  for  nitric  acid 

No. 

GBF  1  for  nitrates 

No. 

GBG  1  for  nitrocellulose 

No. 

GBH  1  for  soda  lime 

No. 

GBI    1  for  sodium  acetate 

No. 

GBJ  1  for  strontium 

No. 

GBK  1  for  sulphuric  acid 

No. 

GBL  1  for  bromine 

No. 

GBM  1  for  ethylene 

No. 

GBN  1  for   ethylene  dibromide 

No. 

GBO  1  for  methylamine 

No. 

GBT  1  for  cobalt 

No. 

GCA  1  for  aircraft  parts 

No. 

GCB  1  for  armor  plate 

No. 

GCC  1  for  shatter  proof  glass 

No. 

GCD  1  for  plastics,  optically  clear 

No. 

GCF  1  for  fire  control  instruments 

No. 

GEA  1  for  petroleum — crude  oil 

No. 

GEB  1  for  gasoline 

No. 

GEC  1  for  tetraethyl  lead 

No. 

GED  1  for  lubricating  oil 

No. 

GEE  1  for  naphtha 

No. 

GFA  1  for  iron  and  steel  scrap 

No. 

GGA  1  for  iron  ore 

No. 

GGB  1  for  pig  iron 

No. 

GGC-a  1  for  ferromanganese 

No. 

GGC-b  1  for  spiegeleisen 

No. 

GGC-d  1  for  ferrosilicon 

No. 

GGC-e  1  for  ferrochrome 

No. 

GGC-f  1  for  ferrotungsten 

No. 

GGC-g  1  for  ferrovanadium 

No. 

GGC-h  1  for  ferrocolumbium 

No. 

GGC-k  1  for  ferroearbontitanium 

No. 

GGC-m  1  for  fwrophosphorus 

No. 

GGC-p  1  for  fcrromolybdenum 

No. 

GHA  1  for  ingots0 

"  Licenses    Nos.    GHA 
iron  and  steel  products. 


1   to    GMZ   1    relate   exclusively   to 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


93 


"License  No. 

No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 


GHB  1  for  billets 

GHC  1  for  blooms 

GHD  1  for  slabs 

GHE  1  for  sheet  bars 

GHM  1  for  wire  rods 

GMA  1  for  structural  shapes 

GMB  1  for  steel  piling 

GMC  1  for  plates 

GRID  1  for  skelps 

GME  1  for  rails 

GMF  1  for  splice  bars  and  tie  plates 

GMG  1  for  bars 

GMH  1  for  hoops  and  baling  bands 

GMJ  1  for  pipe  and  tubes 

GMK  1  for  drawn  wire 

GML  1  for  nails  and  staples 

GMM  1  for  barbed  wire 

GMN  1  for  woven  wire  fence 

GMO  1  for  bale  ties 

GMP  1  for  fence  posts 

GMR  1  for  black  plate 

GMS  1  for  tin  plate 

GMU  1  for  strip 

GMV  1  for  wheels 

GMW  1  for  axles 

GMX  1  for  track  spikes 

GMY  1  for  castings 

GMZ  1  for  forgings 

GQG  1  for  equipment  for  gasoline  pro- 
duction 

GQL  1  for  equipment  for  lubricating 
oil  production 

GQT  1  for  equipment  for  tetraethyl 
lead  production 

GDG  1  for  the  export  of  the  following 
specifically  enumerated  machine  tools 
and  allied  products: 

"Pipe  threading  machines ;  metal 
cutting  band  saws ;  power  driven 
hack  saws ;  keyseating  machines ; 
disc  grinding  machines ;  car  wheel 
and  locomotive  wheel  presses;  burr- 
ing machines — gear ;  chamfering 
machines — gear;  burnishing  ma- 
chines— gear ;  planers — crank ;  bench 
power  presses ;  saw  sharpening  ma- 
chines ;  filing  machines ;  pipe  bend- 
ing machines;  thread  chaser  grind- 
ers; burnishing  machines;  riveting 
machines;  grinding  machines  — 
portable  with  flexible  shaft ;  center- 
ing machines;  arbor  presses  (hand, 
air  and  hydraulic)  ;  nibbling  ma- 
chines; grinders — lathe  tool;  gear 
lapping  machines;  gear  shaving 
machines ;  polishing  machines ;  heat 
treating     furnaces;     foundry     ma- 


chines ;  cold  saws  up  to  a  capacity 
of  10-inch  round  stock;  twist  and 
other  drills;  reamers;  milling  cut- 
ters ;  hobs ;  taps ;  dies ;  die  heads ; 
shear  knives ;  abrasives  and  abrasive 
products  containing  emery,  corun- 
dum, or  garnet,  as  well  as  abrasive 
paper  and  cloth;  plastic  moulding 
machines  and  presses;  measuring 
machines;  gauges;  testing  ma- 
chines; balancing  machines;  hy- 
draulic pumps;  tools  incorporating 
industrial   diamonds. 

"The  following,  as  defined  in  Executive  order 
of  January  10, 1941,  effective  February  3, 1941 : 

"License  No.  GBP  1  for  potash 
No.  GBW  1  for  copper 
No.  GBX  1  for  brass  and  bronze 
No.  GBY  1  for  nickel 
No.  GBZ  1  for  zinc 

"It  will  be  observed  that  these  general  licenses 
cover  all  the  articles  and  materials  for  which 
export  licenses  are  required  except  arms,  am- 
munition, and  implements  of  war  as  listed  in  the 
President's  proclamation  of  May  1,  1937;  tin- 
plate  scrap ;  graphite ;  plans,  specifications,  and 
other  documents  containing  descriptive  or  tech- 
nical information  within  the  purview  of  the 
President's  proclamations  of  September  12, 1940, 
and  December  20,  1940;  and  all  machine  tools 
other  than  those  specifically  enumerated  under 
license  No.  GDG  1. 

"All  other  articles  and  materials  for  which  a 
license  is  required  may  be  permitted  to  proceed 
freely  to  Canada  under  the  appropriate  general 
license  listed  above  and  without  an  individual 
license  covering  the  particular  shipment.  Sta- 
tistics concerning  these  exportations  should  be 
reported  in  the  customary  manner  under  the 
general  license  numbers  listed  above." 

In  view  of  the  issuance  of  the  general  licenses 
referred  to,  individual  applications  for  license 
to  export  the  articles  and  materials  in  question 
to  Canada  are  being  returned  to  the  applicants. 

The  following  circular  telegram  was  sent 
January  21,  1941,  to  all  collectors  of  customs: 

"Reference  my  telegram  January  17,  general 
license  for  the  export  of  steel  sheet  to  Canada 


94 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


bears  license  number  GMT  1  and  general  license 
for  the  export  of  tin  to  Canada  bears  license 
number  GAV  1.  Please  also  be  informed  that 
it  is  not  required  that  the  exporter  state  the 
license  number  on  shipper's  export  declaration 
or  other  documents."  3 


VISIT   OF   MEMBERS  OF   THE   AMER- 
ICAN LEGION  TO  GREAT  BRITAIN 

[Released  to  the  press  January  18] 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  had  under  con- 
sideration the  request  of  the  American  Legion 
and  on  January  18  informed  the  National  Com- 
mander, Mr.  Milo  J.  Warner,  that  in  this  in- 


stance he  would  issue  the  necessary  passports 
for  a  group  composed  of  three  members  of  the 
Legion  headed  by  the  National  Commander  to 
visit  Great  Britain.  The  Secretary  of  State  was 
informed  that  the  American  Legion  member- 
ship is  engaged  in  a  number  of  civilian  national- 
defense  efforts  in  the  United  States.  The 
principal  purpose  of  the  mission,  which  is  un- 
official in  character,  is  to  study  the  manner  in 
which  civilian  defense  efforts  have  been  con- 
ducted in  Great  Britain,  with  a  view  to  gaining 
information  by  first-hand  studies  to  supplement 
official  and  unofficial  reports  now  available  to 
the  Legion  which  would  be  of  assistance  in  the 
Legion's  efforts  to  aid  the  United  States  in 
preparing  this  country  for  national  defense. 


Europe 


LEASE  OF  AIR  BASES  IN  ST.  LUCIA  FROM  GREAT  BRITAIN 


[Released  to  the  press  January  18] 

The  Secretary  of  State  announced  January 
18  that  a  final  agreement  has  been  reached  be- 
tween the  Governments  of  the  United  States 
and  the  United  Kingdom  on  the  sites  for  the 
United  States  air  bases  in  the  Island  of  St. 
Lucia.  The  sites  are  those  recommended  by  the 
United  States  experts. 

In  connection  with  this  agreement,  the  Gov- 
ernor of  St.  Lucia  has  made  public  the  follow- 
ing statement: 

"Final  agreement  has  now  been  reached  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  British  Govern- 


3  A  circular  telegram  dated  January  22,  1041,  sent  to 
all  collectors  of  customs,  reads  as  follows : 

"It  has  now  been  determined  that  exporters  shall 
henceforth  be  required  to  state  the  license  number  on 
shipper's  export  declaration  or  other  documents.  The 
Department's  telegram  of  January  21  is  amended  ac- 
cordingly." 


ments  in  regard  to  the  location  of  the  sites  in 
St.  Lucia  which,  in  accordance  with  the  agree- 
ment of  September  2nd,  are  to  be  leased  to  the 
United  States  Government  for  the  establish- 
ment of  air  bases  in  the  Island. 

"In  addition  to  the  site  at  Gros  Islet  Bay 
which,  as  has  already  been  announced,  is  to  be 
leased  for  the  establishment  of  a  seaplane  base, 
it  has  now  been  agreed  at  the  request  of  the 
United  States  Government  to  lease  to  them  a 
site  for  a  land  plane  base  at  Vieuxfort." 


SABOTAGE    CLAIMS    AGAINST 
GERMANY 

The  United  States  Supreme  Court,  in  a  deci- 
sion by  Mr.  Chief  Justice  Hughes,  handed  down 
on  January  6,  1941,  in  litigation  instituted  by 
certain  parties,  on  behalf  of  whom  awards  had 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


95 


been  entered  by  the  Mixed  Claims  Commission, 
United  States  and  Germany,  confirmed  the  de- 
cision of  the  Commission  in  the  Sabotage  Claims 
rendered  on  October  30,  1939.  This  decision,  in 
effect,  confirmed  the  153  awards  entered  by  the 


Commission  on  behalf  of  American  nationals 
for  damages  suffered  in  the  fires  and  explosions 
resulting  from  German  sabotage  at  Black  Tom 
and  Kingsland,  N.  J.,  on  July  30,  1916  and 
January  11,  1917,  respectively. 


American  Republics 


COOPERATION   OF   MOTION-PICTURE    INDUSTRY  IN  PROMOTION 
OF  INTER-AMERICAN  RELATIONS 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  January  15] 

Nelson  A.  Rockefeller.  Coordinator  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the 
American  Republics,  announced  January  14  a 
wide-scale  program  for  the  use  of  motion  pic- 
tures as  a  medium  for  promotion  of  closer  rela- 
tions and  better  understanding  among  the 
American  republics.  He  announced  the  ap- 
pointment of  Hollywood  committees  representa- 
tive of  the  producers,  stars,  writers,  and  direc- 
tors, to  cooperate  in  carrying  out  the  program, 
and  detailed  initial  steps  taken  to  date. 

"The  motion-picture  industry,"  said  Mr. 
Rockefeller,  "was  among  the  first  to  organize 
itself  for  cooperation  with  the  Coordinator's 
Office.  In  conferences  over  the  past  few  weeks 
with  John  Hay  Whitney,  Director  of  the  Motion 
Picture  Division  of  the  Coordinator's  Office, 
representatives  of  the  industry  have  formed 
cooperating  committees  to  make  more  effective 
the  whole  range  of  its  contribution ;  in  feature 
films,  short  subjects,  and  newsreels." 

Several  pictures  scheduled  for  production  in 
the  near  future  may  be  photographed  either  in 
whole  or  in  part  in  Central  and  South  America. 
A  special  committee  has  been  formed  to  investi- 
gate production  facilities  now  available  in  Cen- 
tral and  South  America,  as  well  as  desirable 
locales. 

Mr.  Whitney,  who  is  now  on  the  Coast  hold- 
ing conferences  with  leaders  of  the  industry, 
said  that  the  Motion  Picture  Producers  and 
Distributors  of  America  have  agreed  to  appoint 


an  expert  on  ways  of  life  in  the  other  American 
republics  to  serve  in  the  office  of  the  Code  Ad- 
ministrator in  Hollywood.  This  person  will 
cooperate  with  all  of  the  producers  to  insure 
authenticity  in  films  involving  Central  and 
South  America  and  to  advise  on  language  and 
historical  problems.  Mr.  Whitney  also  said 
that  the  leading  studios  in  Hollywood  have  ap- 
pointed, or  will  appoint,  special  representatives 
who  will  concentrate  on  South  and  Central 
American  aspects  of  production.  In  certain 
cases,  companies  have  already  sent  for  repre- 
sentatives in  Central  and  South  America  to 
confer  on  this  problem. 

"The  program  outlined  by  the  industry  is  to 
be  based  solely  on  the  presentation  of  entertain- 
ment films,"  said  Mr.  Whitney.  "Our  Amer- 
ican screen  has  always  attracted  the  greatest 
audiences  in  the  world  because  of  its  freedom  of 
expression  and  expression  of  freedom.  The  pro- 
ducers feel  that  through  sympathetic  study  of 
the  cultural  bonds  existing  among  the  American 
republics,  elements  of  screen  entertainment, 
heretofore  undiscovered  or  not  fully  utilized, 
can  be  found  and  brought  to  life  on  the  screen 
and  this,  we  know,  will  do  much  to  create,  a 
better  understanding  among  the  nations  of  this 
hemisphere." 

In  announcing  appointments  to  the  commit- 
tee, Mr.  Rockefeller  said  that  the  executive  com- 
mittee, which  will  be  headed  by  Y.  Frank  Free- 
man, President  of  the  Association  of  Motion 
Picture  Producers,  will  direct  the  program  to 
be  undertaken  in  cooperation  with  Mr.  Whitney, 


96 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


representing  the  Coordinator's  Office.  Serving 
on  this  committee  are:  Edward  Arnold,  Sam 
Briskin,  Frank  Capra,  Sheridan  Gibney,  Sam- 
uel Goldwyn,  Louis  B.  Mayer,  George  Schaefer, 
David  O.  Selznick,  Walter  Wanger,  Cliff  Work, 
and  Harry  M.  Warner. 

Personnel  of  cooperating  committees  as  an- 
nounced by  Mr.  Rockefeller  follows: 

Committee  on  Visits  to  South  America: 
Joseph  Schenck,  Chairman,  Edward  Arnold, 
Kenneth  Thomson,  and  Benjamin  Thau. 

Committee  on  South  American  Film  Facil- 
ities: Sam  Briskin,  Chairman,  E.  J.  Mannix, 
Sol  Wurtzel,  Major  Nathan  Levinson,  Keith 


Glennan,  Sol  Lesser,  J.  D.  McDonough,  and 
William  Koenig. 

Committee  of  the  Academy  of  Motion  Picture 
Arts  and  Sciences:  Walter  Wanger,  Chairman, 
Frank  Capra,  Major  Nathan  Levinson,  James 
Stewart,  and  Robert  Riskin. 

Short  Subjects  Committee:  Gunther  Lessing, 
Chairman,  Jack  Chertok,  Gordon  Hollings- 
head,  and  Hugh  McCollum. 

Art  Direction  Committee:  Cedric  Gibbons, 
Chairman,  Richard  Day,  William  Cameron 
Manzies,  and  Jack  Otterson. 

Committee  on  Story  Material :  Sheridan  Gib- 
ney, Chairman,  Kenneth  MacKenna,  Milton 
Krims,  and  Kenneth  McGowan. 


VISIT  TO  UNITED  STATES  OP  LEADERS  IN  THE  PROFESSIONS, 
THE  ARTS,  AND  EDUCATION 


[Released  to  the  press  January  16] 

Three  distinguished  citizens  of  the  other 
American  republics  will  arrive  in  New  York 
on  January  20  on  invitations  extended  by  the 
Department  of  State  to  visit  the  United  States. 
Seiior  Mario  J.  Buschiazzo,  well-known  archi- 
tect of  Buenos  Aires,  and  Senhor  Erico  Veris- 
simo,  outstanding  young  Brazilian  novelist  and 
publisher,  will  arrive  aboard  the  American  Re- 
publics' S.  S.  Argentina.  Dr.  Emilio  Rodri- 
guez Demorizi,  prominent  historian  and  re- 
cently named  Director  of  the  National  Archives 
of  the  Dominican  Republic,  is  a  passenger 
aboard  the  Puerto  Rico  Line's  S.  S.  Coamo. 
Sehores  Buschiazzo  and  Rodriguez  are  accom- 
panied by  their  wives. 

They  will  proceed  directly  to  Washington, 
D.  C,  where  detailed  plans  for  their  sojourn  in 
this  country  will  be  worked  out. 

During  his  stay  in  the  United  States  Sehor 
Buschiazzo  will  endeavor  to  familiarize  himself 
with  architectural  developments  here  by  means 
of  contact  with  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tecture, visits  to  various  universities,  et  cetera. 

Senhor  Verissimo  is  a  native  of  Porto  Alegre, 
Brazil.  He  is  the  author  of  several  outstanding 
novels  and  is  active  in  the  publishing  company 


Livraria  do  Globo  of  that  city,  which  is  one  of 
the  largest  in  South  America.  He  was  recently 
elected  Vice  President  of  the  Brazilian-Ameri- 
can Cultural  Institute  of  Porto  Alegre.  His 
novel  Olhae  os  Lirios  do  Campo  (Behold  the. 
Lilies  of  the  Field)  is  understood  to  be  the  best- 
selling  Brazilian  novel  at  the  present  time.  He 
plans  to  visit  a  number  of  American  universities 
during  his  stay  in  this  country,  as  well  as  to 
confer  with  writers. 

Dr.  Rodriguez  is  a  lawyer  as  well  as  an  his- 
torian and  is  Secretary  of  the  National  Academy 
of  History  of  the  Dominican  Republic.  He 
was  recently  appointed  Director  of  the  National 
Archives  of  that  country.  While  in  the  United 
States  he  wishes  to  spend  considerable  time  in 
Washington  conferring  with  officials  of  The 
National  Archives  and  of  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress. He  also  plans  to  visit  Harvard  Univer- 
sity and  possibly  other  universities. 

[Released  to  the  press  .Tanuary  1G] 

A  group  of  85  students,  teachers,  and  profes- 
sional men  and  women  from  Chile,  Peru,  Ecua- 
dor, and  Colombia  arrived  in  New  York  Mon- 
day, January  13,  on  the  Santa  Lucia  of  the 
Grace  Line  to  attend  the  special  winter  session 
of  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  organized 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


97 


for  South  Americans.  This  is  the  first  time 
that  an  American  university  has  arranged  for  a 
six-weeks  session  devoted  to  courses  and  work 
of  specific  interest  to  persons  from  the  other 
American  republics. 

This  large  group  includes  university  students, 
professors,  architects,  physicians,  lawyers,  lit- 
erary men,  and  members  of  congress.  The 
party  will  spend  a  day  and  a  half  in  Washing- 
ton en  route  to  Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina,  ar- 
riving in  Washington  on  the  afternoon  of  Jan- 
uary 17  and  leaving  the  following  night.  The 
four  universities  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
are  acting  as  joint  hosts  at  a  luncheon  at  the 
Mayflower  Hotel  on  Saturday,  January  18. 

In  addition  to  sightseeing  and  visits  to  points 
of  interest  in  and  around  Washington,  they 
will  be  received  at  the  Department  of  State  at 
10 :  15  Saturday  morning,  January  18.  Mr. 
Welles  will  speak  briefly  on  behalf  of  the  De- 
partment in  extending  a  cordial  welcome  to  the 
United  States. 

[Released  to  the  press  January  18] 

Mr.  Welles  extended  greetings  on  behalf  of 
the  Government  to  the  visiting  group  and  paid 
tribute  to  this  type  of  exchange  of  leaders  of 
the  intellectual  life  of  the  American  republics. 
He  stressed  the  fact  that  this  cooperative  action 
is  on  the  basis  of  each  country's  maintaining  its 
personality  and  individuality.  He  cited  the 
necessity  of  retaining  the  independence  and  lib- 
erty of  action  of  all  the  republics  in  this  time 
of  crisis.  He  wished  them  an  enjoyable  and 
profitable  stay  in  the  United  States. 

[Released  to  the  press  January  17] 

Six  members  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine  of 
the  University  of  Habana  will  arrive  in  Miami 
on  January  17,  1941  en  route  to  New  York 
where  they  will  spend  the  week  of  January  20- 
27,  1941  in  lectures  and  consultation  at  the  Cor- 
nell University  Medical  College.  The  Habana 
faculty  members  compose  the  Permanent  Com- 
mittee for  Exchange  which  for  the  past  two 
years  has  been  cooperating  with  a  similar  com- 
mittee at  the  Cornell  medical  school  in  an  an- 
nual exchange,  of  undergraduate  students  and 


teaching  personnel  between  the  two  institutions. 

In  line  with  this  Government's  program  for 
the  promotion  of  closer  cultural  relations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  other  American 
republics  and  in  order  to  make  it  possible  for 
the  Permanent  Committee  to  accept  an  invita- 
tion of  the  Cornell  University  Medical  College, 
the  Department  of  State  has  been  pleased  to 
make  available  to  the  members  of  the  Habana 
committee  travel  grants  from  funds  provided 
by  the  Second  Deficiency  Appropriation  Act 
of  1940. 

The  delegation  from  Cuba  includes  Dr.  Angel 
Vieta-Barahona,  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medi- 
cine; Dr.  Alberto  Inclan,  Acting  Chairman  of 
the  Committee  and  one  of  Cuba's  most  outstand- 
ing orthopedic  surgeons;  and  Dr.  C.  E.  Finlay, 
prominent  ophthalmologist  and  a  son  of  the 
Cuban  physician  who  first  advanced  the  theory 
that  yellow  fever  is  transmitted  by  a  specific 
mosquito.  Other  members  of  the  committee  are 
Dr.  Alfredo  Antonetti,  Vice  Chairman,  a  spe- 
cialist in  tuberculosis;  Dr.  Felix  Hurtado,  a 
leading  pediatrician;  and  Dr.  Edward  Mc- 
Gough,  Assistant  Secretary. 

The  annual  exchange  arrangement  between 
the  two  universities  provides  for  four  under- 
graduate students  or  members  of  the  teaching 
staff  of  the  Cornell  University  Medical  College 
to  study  tropical  diseases  or  other  subjects  of 
special  interest  in  Habana  each  summer  for  a 
period  of  six  weeks,  during  which  time  they  are 
given  room  and  board  by  the  University  of 
Habana.  In  return,  three  undergraduates  or 
members  of  the  teaching  staff  of  the  University 
of  Habana  Medical  School  study  at  Cornell  for 
periods  of  eight  weeks.  Board  and  room  are 
furnished  by  Cornell  University  Medical  Col- 
lege and  the  New  York  Hospital. 

During  the  coming  week  the  Cuban  doctors 
will  give  lectures  in  their  fields  of  specialization 
and  consult  with  the  Permanent  Committee  at 
Cornell  regarding  the  furtherance  of  the  plan 
described  above.  The  detailed  program  for  the 
visit  is  being  worked  out  by  the  authorities  of 
the  Cornell  University  Medical  College  and  the 
New  York  Hospital. 


98 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


PRESENTATION  OF  LETTERS  OF 
CREDENCE 

AMBASSADOR  OF  CHILE 

[Released  to  the  press  January  17] 

A  translation  of  the  remarks  of  the  newly 
appointed  Ambassador  of  Chile,  Seiior  Don 
Rodolfo  Michels,  upon  the  occasion  of  the  pres- 
entation of  his  letters  of  credence,  January  17, 
1941,  follows: 

"Your  Excellency: 

"I  have  the  honor  to  place  in  Your  Excel- 
lency's hands  the  letters  of  recall  of  my  prede- 
cessor, Sehor  Don  Alberto  Cabero,  and  the 
letters  of  credence  which  accredit  me  near  Your 
Excellency  as  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  republic  of  Chile. 

"The  existence  of  strong  family  ties,  friendly 
relationships  from  many  private  and  official 
visits  to  this  country,  make  it  especially  pleasing 
for  me  to  come  to  the  United  States  as  the  repre- 
sentative of  Chile. 

"Our  common  cultural,  industrial,  commer- 
cial, and  other  interests  during  several  genera- 
tions have  produced  the  basis  for  a  close 
understanding  and  friendship  between  our  two 
countries,  and  it  is  my  ardent  desire  not  only 
to  continue  this  happy  tradition  but  to  stimu- 
late, broaden,  and  strengthen  it. 

"We  know  that  the  world  is  today  passing 
through  one  of  the  most  severe  tests  to  which 
destiny  might  have  subjected  it,  struggling  in  an 
environment  of  calamities  and  uncertainties  in 
all  fields.  My  Government,  as  the  signatory  of 
inter-American  treaties  and  through  other  ex- 
pressions, has  for  its  part  done  everything 
which  might  tend  to  maintain  the  best  integrity 
and  solidarity  of  this  hemisphere.  We  have 
dedicated  ourselves  to  this  task  unstintingly,  nor 
shall  we  cease  in  the  continuation  of  our  efforts 
for  the  peaceful  development  of  this  continent 
through  more  intensive  cultural,  economic,  and 
financial  relations  with  our  sister  nations. 

"We  are  aware  of  the  position  of  Your  Excel- 
lency's Government  and  the  position  of  my  Gov- 
ernment with  relation  to  the  events  that  are  now 
shaking  the  world.  Today,  more  than  ever,  co- 
operation between  our  two  countries  is  neces- 


sary. North  Americans  and  South  Americans 
are  bound  indissolubly  by  the  material  and  spir- 
itual interests  of  a  common  destiny  peculiar  to 
the  Western  Hemisphere.  In  this  association, 
my  country  shares  the  desire  of  the  United 
States  of  America  for  international  peace,  so 
indispensable  for  the  well-being  and  progress 
of  humanity. 

"The  friendly  spirit  that  animates  Your  Ex- 
cellency's administration  encourages  me  in  my 
task  and  leads  me  to  hope  that  I  may  be  worthy 
of  the  good-will  of  Your  Excellency  and  of 
your  collaborators  which  is  so  necessary  for  the 
success  of  my  mission. 

"I  am  particularly  charged  to  convey  to  Your 
Excellency  the  best  wishes  of  the  President  of 
the  Republic  of  Chile  and  of  the  Chilean  people 
for  the  prosperity  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  for  the  personal  happiness  of  her  illus- 
trious President,  to  which  wishes  I  beg  leave  to 
add  my  own." 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  Senor 
Don  Rodolfo  Michels  follows: 

"Mr.  Ambassador  : 

"I  receive  with  pleasure  the  letters  with  which 
His  Excellency  the  President  of  Chile  accredits 
you  as  his  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  near  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  and  I  accept  the  let- 
ters concluding  the  mission  of  your  distin- 
guished predecessor,  Sehor  Don  Alberto  Cabero, 
with  whom  it  was  my  privilege  to  have  the  most 
friendly  relations. 

"In  view  of  the  many  friendships  you  have 
already  established  in  this  country  during  past 
sojourns  with  us,  it  is  particularly  pleasing  for 
me  to  welcome  you  to  the  official  and  personal 
relationships  which  will  accompany  your  new 
position.  Your  intimate  acquaintance,  with 
American  life  should  also  contribute  effectively 
to  the  development  of  mutual  understanding 
between  our  two  countries. 

"We  are  fortunate  indeed  that  the  Govern- 
ments and  the  peoples  of  Chile,  and  the  United 
States  share  common  hopes  and  aspirations. 
Our  fundamental  faith  in  the  principles  of 
democracy  and  our  ardent  desire  that  there  may 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


99 


soon  be  found  a  firm  foundation  for  interna- 
tional peace  provide  solid  bases  for  our  coopera- 
tion in  the  peaceful  development  that  is  the 
rightful  heritage  of  our  fellow  citizens.  Your 
Excellency  may  be  sure  that  it  will  be  the  un- 
varying guiding  principle  of  the  officers  of  this 
Government  to  work  constructively  with  Your 
Excellency  and  the  members  of  your  staff  in 
bringing  to  practical  fruition  every  feasible 
project  for  the  strengthening  of  our  cultural, 
commercial,  and  political  relations.  The  natural 
and  spontaneous  friendship  between  our  peoples 
will  immeasurably  facilitate  this  daily  collabo- 
ration and  our  larger  efforts  in  support  of  the 
principles  that  govern  free  peoples. 

"In  expressing  appreciation  on  behalf  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  of  America  as 
well  as  on  my  own  part  for  the  generous  good 
wishes  which  Your  Excellency  has  brought  from 
your  illustrious  President  and  the  Chilean  peo- 
ple, I  send  every  hope  for  the  increasing  pros- 
perity of  the  Chilean  people  and  the  i:>ersonal 
well-being  of  His  Excellency  President  Aguirre 
Cerda." 

AMBASSADOR  OF  PANAMA 

[Released  to  the  press  January  17 J 

A  translation  of  the  remarks  of  the  newly 
appointed  Ambassador  of  Panama  Sehor  Dr. 
Carlos  N.  Brin  upon  the  occasion  of  the  presen- 
tation of  his  letters  of  credence,  January  17, 1941, 
follows : 

"Mr.  President  : 

"It  is  a  high  honor  for  me  to  hand  to  Your 
Excellency  the  credentials  by  which  His  Excel- 
lency the  President  of  the  Republic  of  Panama 
accredits  me  as  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  near  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
to  present  the  letter  of  recall  of  my  predecessor. 

"It  is  particularly  gratifying  to  me  to  present 
to  Your  Excellency  my  credentials  on  the  eve 
of  your  third  inauguration  as  constitutional 
President  of  this  great  democracy.  For  the 
first  time  in  the  history  of  the  United  States 
of  America  its  people  have  selected  the  same 
citizen  to  rule  over  its  destinies  during  three 


consecutive  presidential  periods,  this  constitut- 
ing the  clearest  recognition  of  your  distin- 
guished qualities  as  a  democrat  and  governor. 
I  desire  for  this  reason  to  make  known  to  Your 
Excellency  the  singular  satisfaction  which  your 
re-election  has  inspired  in  the  Panamanian  Gov- 
ernment and  people,  for  it  signifies  the  continua- 
tion of  the  good-neighbor  policy,  inaugurated 
by  Your  Excellency  with  such  healthy  and 
promising  results. 

"I  have  accepted  the  offer  to  designate  me  as 
Ambassador  with  which  His  Excellency  Presi- 
dent Dr.  Arnulfo  Arias  has  honored  me,  fully 
aware  of  the  high  sense  of  responsibility  and  in 
the  confidence  that  in  the  fulfillment  of  my 
mission  the  years  of  pleasant  memories  which 
I  passed  in  the  halls  of  one  of  the  universities  in 
this  Capital  will  be  of  great  aid  to  me,  years 
during  which  I  learned  to  know  and  appreciate 
the  high  culture  and  manner  of  thinking  of  this 
great  and  noble  people. 

"The  numerous  and  transcendental  interests 
which  unite  our  two  countries  make  me  see  that 
there  is  much  important  work  to  be  done,  and 
in  this  connection  my  Government  is  for- 
tunately imbued  with  the  fullest  spirit  of  co- 
operation toward  this  great  democracy,  within 
the  boundaries  of  its  dignity  and  mutual  re- 
spect; of  this  it  has  given  proofs,  it  is  giving 
proofs,  and  it  will  continue  to  give  proofs  in  the 
certainty  that  its  attitude  will  meet  a  sympa- 
thetic echo  in  the  hearts  of  the  illustrious  Gov- 
ernment of  Your  Excellency. 

"In  view  of  the  benefits  of  various  kinds 
which  the  'New  Deal'  policy  has  brought  to  the 
people  of  the  United  States,  the  Panamanian 
Government  proposes  to  follow  this  enlight- 
ened and  redeeming  pattern,  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  to  the  Isthmian  people  the  'new  deal' 
which  would  bring  it  to  the  level  of  culture 
which  it  deserves,  which  would  better  its  condi- 
tions of  life,  which  would  enhance  Panamanian 
national  institutions,  and  which  would  provide 
better  facilities  for  the  battle  of  life  and  for 
welfare,  not  to  one  group,  not  to  one  class,  but 
to  all  alike. 

"With  hard  work,  with  sacrifices,  with  perse- 
verance, within  our  limitations  and  our  national 


100 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


consciousness,  Panama,  secure  always  in  its  un- 
changeable friendship  for  its  traditional  friend 
of  the  North,  will  go  on  working  toward  a  bril- 
liant future  which  takes  into  account  the  vital 
interests  of  its  citizens  and  which  keeps  before 
the  national  conscience  the  realization  of  its 
great  destinies. 

"Excellency,  in  the  name  of  His  Excellency 
President  Arias,  in  the  name  of  the  Panamanian 
people  which  have  the  greatest  sympathy  for 
yours,  knowing  that  they  can  count  on  the 
friendship  and  respect  of  this  country,  and  in 
my  own  name,  I  venture  to  present  to  you  hearty 
and  cordial  greetings  and  wishes  for  the  per- 
sonal welfare  of  Your  Excellency  and  for  the 
prosperity  of  the  United  States  of  America." 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  Senor 
Dr.  Carlos  N.  Brin  follows : 

"Mb.  Ambassador: 

"I  accept  with  pleasure  the  letters  by  which 
His  Excellency  the  President  of  Panama  has 
accredited  you  as  Ambassador  Extraordinary 
and  Plenipotentiary  near  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  and  receive  like- 
wise the  letter  of  recall  of  your  distinguished 
predecessor. 

"Your  mission  in  this  Capital,  Mr.  Ambas- 
sador, begins  under  the  most  auspicious  circum- 
stances. The  years  you  spent  here  as  a  student, 
in  preparation  for  the  distinguished  career 
which  has  been  yours  in  the  profession  of  medi- 
cine, and  your  several  subsequent  visits  to  this 
country,  have  familiarized  you  with  the  life  and 
thought  of  our  people  and,  I  trust,  with  our 
friendly  and  neighborly  wish  to  enhance  in 
every  practicable,  way  within  our  power  the 
welfare  and  aspirations  of  the  Panamanian 
people.  My  Government,  Mr.  Ambassador,  will 
assist  and  facilitate  your  mission,  and  I  can 
assure  you  heartily  of  my  sincere  good  wishes 
and  augury  for  its  success. 

"The  Panama  Canal,  which  has  brought  our 
two  countries  into  close  association  on  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  which  has  brought  us 
so  many  and  significant  benefits,  has  also 
brought  us  grave  responsibilities.  Our  partner- 
ship in  that  great  enterprise,  which  is  the  es- 


sence of  the  new  treaty  recently  effective  between 
us,  is  the  special  interest,  not  only  of  our  two 
countries  but  of  the  other  American  republics. 
In  these  strenuous  days,  it  is  gratifying  and 
encouraging  to  me,  as  it  will  be  to  all  who  share 
our  mutual  concern  for  freedom,  to  note  the 
reaffirmation  which  Your  Excellency  so  happily 
brings  of  the  sincere  and  wholehearted  desire  of 
the  Panamanian  Government  to  cooperate  fully 
in  the  great  and  important  task  of  defense.  I 
can  assure  Your  Excellency  of  the  unstinted 
cooperation  of  the  United  States  of  America. 
You  and  I  realize  full  well  that  the  advantages 
which  our  two  countries,  with  all  the  other  de- 
mocracies, derive  from  the  preservation  of  our 
way  of  life,  will  be  ours  only  so  long  as  defense 
is  sure  and  certain.  That  great  and  noble  ob- 
jective now  merits  our  common  sacrifice  and 
devotion. 

"I  thank  you,  Mr.  Ambassador,  for  the  cordial 
wishes  which  you  have  formulated  on  behalf  of 
His  Excellency  President  Arias,  the  Panama- 
nian people  and  yourself,  and  I  shall  be  glad  if 
you  will  in  turn  accept  my  fervent  good  wishes 
for  the  welfare  of  His  Excellency  and  the  pros- 
perity of  the  people  of  Panama." 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  January  18] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  January  4, 
1941: 

Career  Officers 

H.  Lawrence  Groves,  of  Pennsylvania,  Com- 
mercial Attache  at  Athens,  Greece,  has  been 
designated  Commercial  Attache  and  assigned 
as  Consul  at  Shanghai,  China. 

Owen  L.  Dawson,  of  Illinois,  Agricultural 
Attache  at  Shanghai,  China,  has  been  assigned 
as  Consul  at  Shanghai,  China,  in  addition  to 
his  designation  as  Agricultural  Attache. 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


101 


H.  Merrell  Benninghoff,  of  Rochester,  N.  Y., 
Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Peiping, 
China,  has  been  designated  Second  Secretary  of 
Embassy  at  Tokyo,  Japan. 

Paul  S.  Guinn,  of  Pennsylvania,  Consul  at 
Vienna,  Germany,  has  been  designated  Second 
Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  at  Berlin, 
Germany,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Stanley  G.  Slavens,  of  Austin,  Tex.,  Consul 
at  Tokyo,  Japan,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul 
at  Osaka,  Japan. 

Walter  P.  McConaughy,  of  Montevallo,  Ala., 
Consul  at  Osaka,  Japan,  has  been  assigned  as 
Consul  at  Tokyo,  Japan. 

James  B.  Henderson,  of  San  Francisco,  Calif., 
Vice  Consul  at  Beirut,  Lebanon,  has  been  as- 
signed for  duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 

Beppo  R.  Johansen,  of  Clearwater,  Fla.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Harbin,  Manchuria,  China,  has  been 
designated  Third  Secretary  of  Embassy  at 
Peiping,  China. 

Max  W.  Schmidt,  of  Bettendorf,  Iowa,  Third 
Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Tokyo,  Japan,  has  been 


assigned  for  duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 

Jay  Dixon  Edwards,  of  Corvallis,  Oreg., 
Language  Officer  at  the  American  Embassy, 
Tokyo,  Japan,  has  been  assigned  as  Vice  Consul 
at  Harbin,  Manchuria,  China. 

Richard  H.  Hawkins,  Jr.,  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
Vice  Consul  at  Brisbane,  Australia,  has  been 
assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at  Sydney,  Australia. 

Alfred  T.  Wellborn,  of  New  Orleans,  La.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Montreal,  Canada,  has  been  assigned 
for  duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 

NON-CAREER  OfFICEES 

Alfred  J.  Pedersen,  of  Boston,  Mass.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Bogota,  Colombia,  has  been  appointed 
Vice  Consul  at  Bilbao,  Spain. 

Charles  E.  Hulick,  Jr.,  of  Easton,  Pa.,  Clerk 
at  Leipzig,  Germany,  has  been  appointed  Vice 
Consul  at  Bucharest,  Rumania. 

The  American  Consular  Agency  at  Djibouti, 
French  Somali  Coast,  was  closed  effective 
December  31,  1940. 


International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO-ENGINEERING 
CONFERENCE 


[Released  to  the  press  January  14] 

A  radio-engineering  conference  will  be  con- 
vened in  Washington  on  Tuesday,  January  14, 
for  the  purpose  of  harmonizing  the  action  of 
the  radio  administrations  of  Canada,  Cuba, 
Dominican  Republic,  Haiti,  Mexico,  and  the 
United  States,  so  that  the  assignment  of  fre- 
quencies to  broadcasting  stations  in  the  stand- 
ard broadcasting  band  will  be  in  conformity 
with  the  provisions  of  the  North  American 
Regional  Broadcasting  Agreement,  signed  at 
Habana  December  13,  1937.  The  provisions  of 
this  convention  will  become  effective  March  29, 
1941. 

Assistant  Secretary  of  State  Breckinridge 
Long,  on  behalf  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  will 
welcome  the  representatives  of  the  various  for- 


eign governments,  many  of  whom  are  making 
their  first  visit  to  the  United  States. 

The  following  representatives  will  attend  the 
conference : 

Canada:  Mr.  Donald  Manson;  Mr.  J.  W.  Bain, 
Department  of  Transport;  Mr.  K.  A.  Mac- 
kinnon;  Mr.  W.  G.  Richardson,  Canadian 
Broadcasting  Corporation ;  Mr.  Ronald  Mac- 
donnell,  Canadian  Legation,  Washington. 

Cuba:  Mr.  Francisco  Suarez  Lopetequi;  Mr. 
Guillermo  Morales;  Mr.  Alfonso  Hernandez 
Cata ;  Mr.  Armando  Mencia,  Director,  Inter- 
American  Radio  Office. 

Dominican  Republic:  The  Honorable  Andres 
Pastoriza,  Minister  of  the  Dominican 
Republic. 


102 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Haiti:  The  Honorable  Elie  Lescot,  Minister  of 
Haiti. 

Mexico  :  Mr.  Juan  C.  Buchanan ;  Mr.  Salvador 
Tayabas. 

United  States  : 

Department  of  State:  Mr.  Thomas  Burke, 
Chief,  Division  of  International  Commu- 
nications; Mr.  Francis  Colt  de  Wolf,  Di- 
vision of  International  Communica- 
tions; Mr.  Harvey  B.  Otterman,  Divi- 
sion of  International  Communications; 
Mr.  Edward  Wailes,  Division  of  Euro- 
pean Affairs;  Mr.  Philip  Bonsai,  Acting 
Chief,  Division  of  the  American  Repub- 
lics; Mr.  Guillermo  Suro,  Acting  Chief, 
Central  Translating  Office. 


Federal  Commtmwations  Commission: 
Comdr.  T.  A.  M.  Craven,  Commissioner ; 
Mr.  E.  K.  Jett,  Chief  Engineer;  Mr.  An- 
drew D.  Ring,  Assistant  Chief  Engineer; 
Mr.  Gerald  C.  Gross,  Chief,  International 
Division;  Mr.  Joseph  L.  Rauh,  Jr.,  As- 
sistant General  Counsel. 

The  first  meeting  will  be  opened  in  the  con- 
ference room  of  the  Department  of  State  at  11 
a.  m.  on  January  14.  It  is  expected  that  some 
of  the  subsequent  meetings  to  discuss  purely 
technical  matters  will  be  held  at  the  Federal 
Communications  Commission.  At  the  conclu- 
sion of  these  technical  discussions  the  confer- 
ees will  hold  a  final  meeting  in  the  Department 
of  State. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


AGRICULTURE 

INTER  AMERICAN  COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

Colombia 

The  American  Embassy  at  Bogota  reported 
by  a  despatch  dated  January  2,  1941,  that  the 
Colombian  Government  had  approved  by  Law 
100  of  1940  the  Inter- American  Coffee-Market- 
ing Agreement  signed  at  Washington  on  No- 
vember 28,  1940.  The  text  of  the  law  is  pub- 
lished in  the  Diario  Ofteial  No.  24547  of  Decem- 
ber 26,  1940. 

Peru 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Peru  reported 
by  a  telegram  dated  January  14,  1941,  that  the 
Council  of  Ministers  approved  on  January  10, 
1941,  the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing 
Agreement  signed  at  Washington  on  November 
28,  1940.  As  the  Congress  delegated  in  1940 
broad  powers  to  the  Executive  in  economic  and 
financial  matters  ratification  of  this  agreement 
by  the  Peruvian  Congress  will  not  be  necessary. 


El  Salvador 

The  American  Minister  (o  El  Salvador  re- 
ported by  a  telegram  dated  January  3,  1941, 
that  the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing 
Agreement,  signed  on  November  28,  1940,  was 
ratified  by  the  Salvadoran  Government  without 
reservation  on  January  2,  1941. 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

INTERNATIONAL  TELECOMMUNICATION  CON- 
VENTION (TREATY  SERIES  NOS.  867  AND 
948) 

Guatemala 

There  is  printed  below,  in  translation,  the  text 
of  a  decree  published  in  the  Diario  de  Centro 
America  of  January  7,  1941,  and  the  text  of  the 
ratification  by  the  President  of  Guatemala  of 
the  International  Telecommunication  Conven- 
tion and  the  Telegraph  Regulations  signed  at 
Madrid  on  December  9,  1932,  and  the  General 
and  Additional  Radio  Regulations  signed  at 
Cairo  on  April  8,  1938 : 


JANUARY    18,    1941 


103 


"Decree  number  2Jf56 

"The  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Republic  of 
Guatemala  Decrees : 

"Article  1.  The  International  Telecommuni- 
cation Convention  and  the  Telegraphic  Regu- 
lations signed  in  Madrid  in  1932,  as  well  as  the 
General  and  Additional  Radio  Communications 
Regulations  signed  in  Cairo  in  1938  are  ap- 
proved, with  the  reservation  that  Guatemala 
accepts  no  obligation  relative  to  Paragraph  3 
of  Article  26  (tariff  schedules)  nor  to  Article  31 
(fixing  of  monetary  equivalents)  of  the  Madrid 
convention ;  and  with  the  reservations  A,  B,  C 
and  D  which  the  technical  report  of  the  special 
commission  named  by  Guatemala  specified  with 
regard  to  the  General  Regulations  revised  at 
Cairo. 

"Article  2.  Guatemala  chooses  the  sixth  cate- 
gory for  the  support  of  the  offices  of  the  Inter- 
national Union  at  Berne,  with  the  quota  of 
three  units  in  each  case. 

"Passed  to  the  Executive  for  ratification  and 
exchange  thereof. 

"Given   in   the    Palace   of    The    Legislative 
Power :  in  Guatemala,  the  26th  of  April,  1940. 
"L.  F.  Mendizabal,  President 
"Alfr.  Palomo  Rodriguez,  Secretary 
"F.  Hernandez  de  Leon, 

Secretary 
"Government   House:    Guatemala,   May    6, 
1940. 

"Let  it  be  published  and  executed. 

"Jorge  Ubico" 
"The  Secretary  of  State  in  the 
Office  of  Foreign  Affairs, 
Carlos  Salazar." 


"Jorge  Ubico,  President  of  the  Republic 
"Whereas, 

"The  Legislative  Assembly  in  Decree  No. 
2456  of  April  26  of  the  present  year,  resolved 
as  follows: 

"  'The  International  Telecommunication 
Convention  and  the  Telegraphic  Regulations 
signed  in  Madrid  in  1932,  as  well  as  the  Gen- 
eral  and    Additional    Radio    Communications 


Regulations  signed  in  Cairo  in  1938  are  ap- 
proved, with  the  reservation  that  Guatemala 
accepts  no  obligation  relative  to  Paragraph  3  of 
Article  26  (tariff  schedules)  nor  to  Article  31 
(fixing  of  monetary  equivalents)  of  the  Madrid 
convention;  and  with  the  reservations  A,  B,  C 
and  D,  which  the  technical  report  of  the  special 
commission  named  by  Guatemala  specified  with 
regard  to  the  General  Regulations  revised  at 
Cairo,' 

"Whereas, 

"The  reservations  A,  B,  C  and  D  made  in  the 
technical  report,  dated  February  19,  1940,  to 
which  the  Decree  No.  2456  refers,  read  textually 
as  follows : 

"  'A.  That,  should  it  become  evident  in  the 
future  that  it  is  impossible  for  Guatemala  to 
perform  duly  and  satisfactorily  any  service  of 
radiocommunications,  whatever  may  be  the  rea- 
son occasioning  this  impossibility,  including 
that  that  all  favorable  and  adequate  frequencies 
have  been  previously  registered  in  favor  of  other 
countries  in  provisional  form  in  reserve  for  sta- 
tions proposed  or  in  construction,  or  are  being 
used  by  stations  in  operation,  the  right  is  re- 
served to  use  the  adequate  frequencies  that  may 
be  deemed  necessary  notwithstanding  the  stipu- 
lations in  subparagraphs  1  to  6  of  article  7  of 
the  Regulations,  paragraphs  79  to  91  of  the 
same,  or  others  that  may  be  contrary  to  the 
above,  which  will  remain  null  and  void;  but  in 
every  case  an  effort  will  be  made  to  fulfill  their 
stipulations  as  far  as  jiossible. 

"  'B.  That,  should  it  become  evident  in  the 
future  that  it  is  impossible  duly  to  perform  the 
services  of  radio  broadcasting  in  the  territory 
of  the  Nation  and  in  that  of  the  former  Federa- 
tion of  Central  America,  as  well  as  services  of 
international  broadcasting,  in  the  bands  as- 
signed for  those  purposes,  by  reason  of  their 
insufficiency  in  extent  or  state  of  congestion,  the 
right  is  reserved  to  employ  frequencies  in  the 
bands  of  radio  broadcasting  next  to  those  which 
it  was  impossible  to  use  satisfactorily,  frequen- 
cies which  will  be  chosen  with  a  view  to  causing 
the  least  possible  disturbance  to  existing  serv- 
ices previously  registered  in  the  Offices  of  the 


104 

International  Union  of  Telecommunications  at 
Berne. 

"  'C.  In  addition  it  is  declared  that  the  right 
is  reserved  to  continue  using  the  frequencies  of 
6460  kilocycles,  46.44  meters  and  6400  kilocycles, 
46.88  meters,  now  used  by  the  radio  stations 
TGWB  of  "The  Voice  of  Guatemala"  and 
TGQA  of  "The  Voice  of  Quezaltenango",  re- 
spectively, unless  and  until  at  the  next  Inter- 
American  or  World  Conferences  two  other  fre- 
quencies are  assigned  to  them  in  the  49  meter 
band  which  will  be  equivalent  in  their  opinion 
to  those  mentioned  above,  with  regard  to  free- 
dom from  interference  and  magnitude  of  range 
and  dissemination. 

"'D.  In  like  manner,  considering  the  un- 
favorable conditions  in  its  region,  the  Republic 
of  Guatemala  chooses  not  to  accept  the  limita- 
tions fixed  in  the  band  of  8010  kilocycles/seg. 
37.45  meters,  to  8195  kilocycles/seg.  36.61 
meters  and  reserves  the  right  to  employ  the  fre- 
quencies therein  included  for  its  services  of 
radio  broadcasting,  respecting  the  rights  al- 
ready acquired  for  existing  services,  provided 
that  they  are  registered  in  the  Offices  of  the 
International  Union  of  Telecommunications  at 
Berne.' 

"Whereas, 

"In  the  Decree  above  mentioned  the  Legis- 
lative Assembly  resolved  to  choose  the  sixth 
category  for  the  support  of  the  offices  of  the 
International  Union  at  Berne,  with  a  quota  of 
three  units  in  each  case. 
"Therefore  : 

"By  virtue  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  me 
by  the  Constitution  of  the  Republic,  I  ratify 
the   above  mentioned   International   Telecom- 


DEPAIRTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 

munication  Convention  and  Telegraphic  Regu- 
lations and  the  General  and  Additional  Radio 
Communications  Regulations,  with  the  reserva- 
tions specified  above  and  with  the  understand- 
ing that  Guatemala  chooses  the  said  sixth  cate- 
gory for  the  support  of  the  offices  of  the  Inter- 
national Union  at  Berne,  with  a  quota  of  three 
units  in  each  case. 

"In  witness  whereof  I  sign  the  present  Rati- 
fication, attested  with  the  Great  Seal  of  the  Re- 
public and  countersigned  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  in  the  Office  for  Foreign  Affairs,  on  the 
19th  of  August,  1940. 

"Jorge  Ubico 

"Carlos  Salazar" 


Legislation 


Report  of  Secretary  of  State  and  Draft  of  Proposed 
Bill  In  re  Employees  of  the  Foreign  Service :  Message 
From  the  President  of  the  United  States  Transmitting 
Draft  of  a  Proposed  Bill  To  Amend  the  First  Para- 
graph of  Section  22  of  the  Act  of  February  23,  1931 
(46  Stat.  1210),  Accompanied  by  a  Report  From  the  Sec- 
retary of  State.  (H.  Doc.  No.  50,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.) 
4  pp.  50. 


Regulations 


The  following  Government  regulation  may  be 
of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Registration  of  Certain  Organizations  Carrying  on 
Activities  Within  the  United  States.  (Department  of 
Justice.)  Approved  January  10,  1941.  Federal  Regis- 
ter; January  15,  1941  (vol.  6,  no.  10),  pp.  369-370  (The 
National  Archives  of  the  United  States). 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,  10  cents     -     -     -     -     Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH    THE    APPROVAL   OF   THE   DIRECTOR    OF   THE    BUREAU    OF   THE    BUDGET 


yd^^JT 


sTW 


<^>Vc^ 


<y 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


i>ULI 


J 


ETIN 


Qontents 


JANUARY  25,  1941 

Vol.  IV:  No.  83— Publication   1556 


Europe:  _  Page 

Lifting  of  so-called  "moral  embargo"  on  exports  to  the 

Soviet  Union 107 

German  flag  incident 108 

Visit  to  Washington  of  H.R.H.  the  Grand  Duchess  of 

Luxemburg 109 

American  Republics: 

Joint  survey  of  Cuban  agricultural  resources     ....        109 
Visit  to  United  States  of  prominent  Haitian  citizen  .    .        110 

Smathers  resolution 110 

The  Far  East: 

Visit  of  Mr.  Lauchlin  Currie  to  Chungking 110 

General: 

Congratulatory  messages  to  the  President 110 

Withdrawal  of  public  land  in  New  Mexico  for  use  of  the 

Department  of  State 117 

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc: 
North  American  Regional  Radio-Engineering  Confer- 
ence            117 

Treaty  Information: 
Promotion  of  Peace: 

Treaty  Between  Brazil  and  Venezuela  for  the  Pacific 

Settlement  of  Disputes 118 

[Over] 


Content ^-continued. 

Treaty  Information — Continued. 

Sovereignty:  Page 
Convention   on   the   Provisional  Administration  of 
European  Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the  Ameri- 
cas         118 

International  Law: 

Convention  on  Maritime  Neutrality  (Treaty  Series 

No.  845) 118 

Extradition : 

Supplementary  Extradition  Treaty  With  Ecuador .    .        118 
Nature  Protection  and  Wddlife  Preservation: 

Convention    on    Nature    Protection    and    Wildlife 

Preservation  in  the  Western  Hemisphere    ....        118 
Telecommunications : 

North  American  Regional  Broadcasting  Agreement .        119 

Regulations 119 

Legislation 120 

Publications 120 


Europe 

LIFTING  OF  SO-CALLED  "MORAL  EMBARGO"  ON  EXPORTS  TO  THE 

SOVIET  UNION 


[Released  to  the  press  January  22] 

A  communication  reading  as  follows  has  been 
handed  to  the  Soviet  Ambassador,  Constantine 
A.  Oumansky : 

"Department  of  State, 
"Washington,  January  ..'7, 1941. 

"My  Dear  Mr.  Ambassador  : 

"Following  our  recent  conversations,  I  am 
happy  to  inform  you  that  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  of  America  has  decided  that 
the  policies  set  forth  in  the  statement  issued  to 
the  press  by  the  President  on  December  2, 1939,1 
and  generally  referred  to  as  the  'moral  embargo', 
are  no  longer  applicable  to  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics. 

"This  decision  is  being  communicated  to  in- 
terested American  manufacturers  and  exporters. 

"I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Oumansky, 
"Very  sincerely  yours, 

Sumner  Welles" 

In  the  statement  issued  to  the  press  by  the 
President  on  December  2,  1939,  the  hope  was 
expressed  that  American  manufacturers  and 
exporters  of  airplanes,  aeronautical  equipment, 
and  materials  essential  to  airplane  manufac- 
ture, would  bear  in  mind  before  negotiating 
contracts  for  the  exportation  of  these  articles 
that  the  American  Government  and  the  Amer- 
ican people  had  for  some  time  pursued  the 
policy  of  wholeheartedly  condemning  the  un- 


provoked bombing  and  machine-gunning  of 
civilian  populations  from  the  air. 

In  a  statement  issued  to  the  press  on  Decem- 
ber 15,  1939,2  the  Department  of  State  took  the 
position  that  molybdenum  and  aluminum  were 
included  among  "materials  essential  to  airplane 
manufacture".  On  December  20, 1939,3  the  De- 
partment of  State  issued  a  statement  to  the  press 
to  the  effect  that  after  consultation  with  the 
War  and  Navy  Departments  it  had  decided,  as 
an  extension  of  the  announced  policy  of  this 
Government  in  regard  to  the  sale  to  certain 
countries  of  airplanes,  aeronautical  equipment, 
and  materials  essential  to  airplane  manufacture 
that  the  national  interest  suggested  that  for  the 
time  being  there  should  be  no  further  delivery 
to  these  countries  of  plans,  plants,  manufactur- 
ing rights,  or  technical  information  required 
for  the  production  of  high  quality  aviation 
gasoline. 

The  President's  statement  of  December  2, 
1939,  and  the  Department's  supplementary 
statements  of  December  15,  1939,  and  December 
20,  1939,  referred  to  above,  are  no  longer  appli- 
cable to  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics. 

All  of  the  articles  and  materials  covered  by 
what  has  generally  been  referred  to  as  the 
"moral  embargo"  are  included  in  the  list  of 
articles  and  materials  now  subject  to  the  export- 
license  system. 


1  See  the  Bulletin  of  December  16, 1939  (vol.  I,  no.  25), 
p.  686. 


2  See  itia.,  p.  685. 

3 See  the  Bulletin  of  December  23,  1939  (vol.  I,  no. 
26),  p.  714. 


107 


108 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war 
have  been  subject  to  the  export-license  system 
since  November  29,  1935.4  The  definition  of 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  now 
in  effect  is  contained  in  the  President's  procla- 
mation of  May  1,  1937.5  In  that  proclamation 
are  listed  aircraft  of  all  types,  aircraft  arma- 
ment, and  all  major  aircraft  parts.  On  July  2, 
1940,°  the  President,  by  proclamation,  added  to 
the  list,  of  articles  and  materials,  subject  to  the 
export-license  system,  aluminum,  molybdenum, 
and  aircraft  parts  other  than  those  listed  in  his 


proclamation  of  May  1, 1937.  In  his  proclama- 
tion of  September  12, 1940,T  the  President  added 
to  the  list  of  articles  and  materials,  subject  to 
the  export-license  system,  equipment  which  can 
be  used,  or  adapted  to  use,  for  the  production 
of  aviation  motor  fuel  from  petroleum,  petro- 
leum products,  hydrocarbons,  or  hydrocarbon 
mixtures ;  and  equipment  which  can  be  used,  or 
adapted  to  use,  for  the  production  of  tetraethyl 
lead;  and  any  plans,  specifications,  or  other 
documents  containing  descriptive  or  technical 
information  relating  to  either  of  the  above. 


GERMAN  FLAG  INCIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  January  21] 

The  Secretary  of  State  made  public  on  Janu- 
ary 21  the  following  exchange  of  notes  with  the 
German  Embassy : 

[Translation] 

"The  German  Embassy,  II  S.  F., 

"Washington,  D.  C,  January  18, 1941. 
"Mr.  Secretary  or  State  : 

"I  have  the  honor  to  inform  you  of  the  fol- 
lowing occurrence : 

"As  the  day  of  the  founding  of  the  German 
Eeich  in  the  year  1871,  January  18  was  declared 
a  German  national  holiday  which  is  to  be  ob- 
served by  the  display  of  the  German  Reich  flag 
by  all  German  Reich  offices  in  Germany  as  well 
as  abroad.  In  conformity  with  the  pertinent 
instructions  issued  by  the  German  Reich  Gov- 
ernment the  German  Consul  General  in  San 
Francisco  todaj*  displayed  the  prescribed  Ger- 
man Reich  flag  from  his  office. 

"The  German  Consul  General  in  San  Fran- 
cisco has  just  informed  me  that  the  German 
Reich  flag  placed  by  him  on  his  office  was  today 


4  See  Press  Releases  of  September  28,  1935  (vol. 
XIII,  no.  313),  pp.  221-224,  and  of  December  7,  1935 
(vol.  XIII,  no.  323),  pp.  492-493. 

6  See  the  Bulletin,  of  January  11,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
SI),  pp.  7C-77. 

"See  the  Bulletin  of  July  0,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no.  54), 
pp.  12-13. 


at  noon  forcibly  taken  down  from  its  staff  by 
unknown  persons  in  the  presence,  of  a  large 
shouting  throng  of  people  and  was  torn  to 
pieces  by  the  throng.  The  perpetrator  or  per- 
petrators appear  to  have  climbed  by  the  fire- 
escape  up  to  the  ninth  floor  of  the  office  build- 
ing housing  the  Consulate  General,  without 
being  prevented  from  doing  so  by  the  local 
police. 

"In  the  name  of  the  German  Reich  Govern- 
ment I  make  the  most  emphatic  protest  against 
this  act  which  represents  a  serious  violation  of 
the  right,  prescribed  by  treaty  and  recognized 
in  international  law,  of  the  German  Consul 
General  in  San  Francisco  to  raise  the  German 
Reich  flag  over  his  office.  I  am  permitted  to 
express  the  expectation  that  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  will  adopt  all  appropriate, 
measures  to  bring  the  perpetrators  to  responsi- 
bility and  to  submit  them  to  merited  punish- 
ment and  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  will  also  take  all  appropriate  steps  in 
order  to  prevent  a  repetition  of  occurrences 
of  this  nature. 

"I  request  your  Excellency  to  make  it  pos- 
sible for  me  immediately  to  furnish  my  Gov- 
ernment, with  a  report  in  this  regard. 

"Accept  [etc.]  Thomsen" 


'See  the  Bulletin  of  September  14,  1940   (vol.  Ill, 
no.  64),  pp.  213-214. 


JANUARY    2  5,    1941 


109 


"January  19,  1941. 
"My  Dear  Mr.  Charge  d1  Affaires  : 

"I  have  received  your  note  of  January  18, 
1941  regarding  a  report  reaching  you  from  the 
German  Consul  General  in  San  Francisco  that 
the  German  Reich  flag  was  forcibly  taken  down 
by  unknown  persons  from  the  ninth  floor  of 
the  office  building  housing  the  Consulate 
General. 

"I  hasten  to  express  the  regret  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  at  such  an  inci- 
dent and  have  requested  that  the  appropriate 
agencies  of  this  Government  should  make  an 
immediate  investigation,  after  which  I  shall 
communicate  with  you  again. 

"I  remain,  Mr.  Charge  d'Affaires, 
"Very  sincerely  yours, 

Cordell  Hull" 


VISIT  TO  WASHINGTON  OF  H.R.H.  THE 
GRAND  DUCHESS  OF  LUXEMBURG 

[Released  to  the  press  January  23] 

Her  Royal  Highness  the  Grand  Duchess  of 
Luxemburg  will  visit  Washington  informally 
as  the  guest  of  the  President  and  Mrs.  Roose- 
velt from  February  12  to  February  14. 

Grand  Duchess  Charlotte  will  be  accom- 
panied by : 

H.R.H.  the  Prince  of  Luxemburg 
H.R.H.  the  Hereditary   Grand  Duke  of 

Luxemburg 
Madame  Josef  Bech,  Lady-in-Waiting 
Lieutenant  Konsbruck,  Aide. 

A  reception  committee  of  American  officials 
will  meet  the  royal  party  on  arrival  at  Union 
Station  shortly  after  noon  on  February  12. 
An  informal  schedule  has  been  arranged  for 
the  visit  and  will  be  announced  later. 


American  Republics 


JOINT  SURVEY  OF  CUBAN  AGRICULTURAL  RESOURCES 


[Released  to  the  press  January  25] 

Three  representatives  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture  will  leave  Washing- 
ton on  January  26  to  participate  in  a  joint  sur- 
vey of  Cuban  agricultural  resources.  The  sur- 
vey is  being  conducted  in  connection  with  the 
general  program  for  assistance  to  Cuban  agri- 
culture proposed  by  the  Cuban  economic  mis- 
sion to  the  United  States  of  October  1940. 

The  officers  now  en  route  to  Cuba  are :  Gari- 
baldi Laguardia,  Principal  Agricultural 
Economist,  Agricultural  Adjustment  Adminis- 
tration; William  T.  Shaddick,  Assistant  State 
Director,  Farm  Security  Administration;  and 
Dr.  Paul  G.  Minneman,  Foreign  Service  officer 
on  detail  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture. 


They  will  be  joined  in  Habana  by  H.  F.  Blaney, 
Irrigation  Engineer,  Soil  Conservation  Service, 
and  Dr.  Wilson  Popenoe,  Tropical  Agricul- 
turist, United  Fruit  Company,  on  detail  to  the 
Department  of  Agriculture.  Mr.  Laguardia 
will  act  as  leader  of  the  group. 

The  United  States  party  will  work  with 
Cuban  officials  on  all  of  the  proposals  for  agri- 
cultural development  made  by  the  Cuban  eco- 
nomic mission.  Particular  attention  will  be 
given  to:  (a)  the  development  of  irrigation 
works;  (b)  the  development  of  new  non- 
competitive crops;  and  (c)  the  development  of 
a  system  of  rural  rehabilitation.  It  is  antici- 
pated that  about  two  months  will  be  required  for 
completion  of  the  survey. 


110 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


VISIT  TO  UNITED  STATES  OF  PROMI- 
NENT HAITIAN  CITIZEN 

[Released  to  the  press  January  25] 

M.  Maurice  Dartigue  of  Port-au-Prince, 
Haiti,  will  arrive  in  New  York  on  January  25 
aboard  the  Panama  Mail  S.  S.  Aneon,  on  an  in- 
vitation extended  by  the  Department  of  State 
to  visit  the  United  States. 

M.  Dartigue  is  a  native  of  Cayes,  Haiti.  He 
is  a  specialist  on  rural  education  in  the  Na- 
tional Agricultural  Production  and  Rural  Edu- 
cation Service  and  is  a  member  of  the  Techni- 
cal Council  on  Education  in  Haiti.  He  is  the 
author  of  several  publications  dealing  with 
rural  education  in  Haiti  in  recent  years,  in  addi- 
tion to  having  written  articles  on  education  for 
periodicals  and  newspapers,  chiefly  in  Port- 
au-Prince.  He  received  a  Master  of  Arts  de- 
gree from  Columbia  University  in  1931.  M. 
Dartigue  will  first  visit  Washington,  where  a 
detailed  itinerary  will  be  prepared  for  him.  It 
is  expected  that  he  will  visit  Atlanta  Univer- 
sity, Fisk  University  in  Nashville,  and  possibly 
several  universities  in  the  Middle  West  which 
specialize  in  rural  education. 

SMATHERS  RESOLUTION 

[Released  to  the  press  January  25] 

In  response  to  inquiries  with  regard  to  the 
Smathers  resolution 8  which  would   authorize 


the  admission  of  Cuba  as  a  State  of  the  Union, 
the  Secretary  said  emphatically  that  this  reso- 
lution was  introduced  without  the  knowledge 
or  consent  of  either  the  White  House  or  the 
State  Department,  and  added  that  the  proposal 
is  completely  contrary  to  the  policy  of  the  ad- 
ministration and  has  not  even  been  thought  of 
by  either  the  President  or  the  Secretary  of 
State, 


The  Far  East 


VISIT  OF  MR.  LAUCHLIN  CURRIE  TO 
CHUNGKING 

[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  January  23] 

At  the  invitation  of  the  Chinese  Government, 
Lauchlin  Currie,  Administrative  Assistant  to 
the  President,  is  taking  a  short  leave  of  absence 
for  the  purpose  of  visiting  Chungking.  He  ex- 
pects to  return  about  the  first  of  March.  He 
will  be  accompanied  by  Emile  Despres,  Senior 
Economist  in  the  Division  of  Research  and 
Statistics  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Fed- 
eral Reserve  System.  The  purpose  of  their  visit 
is  to  secure  first-hand  information  on  the  gen- 
eral economic  situation  in  China  and  to  consult 
with  the  Chinese  Government  on  matters  per- 
taining to  this  situation.  Mr.  Currie  bears  per- 
sonal greetings  from  the  President  to  Gen- 
eralissimo Chiang  Kai-shek. 


General 


CONGRATULATORY  MESSAGES  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  January  25] 

Texts  of  congratulatory  messages  received  by 
President  Roosevelt  upon  his  inauguration,  to- 
gether with  the  replies  which  have  been  trans- 
mitted by  the  President,  follow: 


8  S.  J.  Res.  25,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.,  introduced  by  the 
Honorable  William  H.  Smathers,  of  New  Jersey. 


Translated  message  from  the  Acting  President 
of  the  Argentine  Republic,  Ramon  S.  CastUlo, 
and  President  RooseveWs  reply 

Buenos  Aires,  Argentina, 

January  20,10 *41. 

Upon  the  assumption  by  Your  Excellency  for 
the  third  time  of  the  Presidency  of  the  greatest 


JANUARY    25,    1941 

democracy  of  the  Continent,  I  am  pleased  to  send 
you  the  felicitations  of  the  Argentine  Govern- 
ment and  people,  with  renewed  confidence  in  the 
success  of  the  great  principles  and  aspirations 
which  inspire  your  administrative  acts  and 
which  distinguish  your  eminent  republican 
leadership. 

Ramon  S.  Castillo 

January  23,  1941. 
I  greatly  appreciate  the  congratulations  and 
good  wishes  conveyed  in  Your  Excellency's  mes- 
sage to  me  on  the  occasion  of  my  inauguration 
as  President.  I  extend  my  best  wishes  for  the 
happiness  and  prosperity  of  the  Argentine  peo- 
ple and  for  the  welfare  of  their  Government. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of 
Brazil,  Getulio  Vargas,  and  President  Roose- 
velt's reply 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil, 

January  20,  19 41. 
I  have  the  honor  to  present  to  Your  Excel- 
lency, in  my  name  and  in  that  of  the  Brazilian 
Government  and  people,  the  most  fervent  con- 
gratulations on  your  entry  in  the  present  his- 
toric circumstances  upon  the  third  Presidential 
term,  expressing  as  well  the  most  particular 
wishes  for  your  personal  happiness. 

Getulio  Vargas 

January  23,  1941. 
I  wish  to  express  my  sincere  thanks  for  Your 
Excellency's  gracious  message  congratulating 
me  upon  my  inauguration  as  President.     Your 
good  wishes  are  warmly  appreciated. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


111 

Rio  de  Janeiro,  January  20, 1941. 

I  wish  to  send  my  personal  congratulations 

on  the  day  when  for  the  third  time  and  at  the 

gravest    turning-point    of    their    history,    the 

American  people  entrust  to  you  their  destiny. 

oswaldo  aranha 

January  23,  1941. 
It  was  most  gracious  of  you  to  send  me  a  cor- 
dial message  upon  my  inauguration  as  Presi- 
dent, and  I  take  this  opportunity  of  expressing 
deep  appreciation  and  my  best  wishes. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  the  Governor  General,  of  Canada, 
the  Earl  of  Athlone,  and  President  Roose- 
velt's reply 

Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada, 

January  20,  1941. 
I  send  you  my  warmest  congratulations  on 
the  occasion  of  your  inauguration. 

Athlone 

January  23, 1941. 
I  thank  you  for  your  very  kind  personal  mes- 
sage.    I  am  deeply  appreciative. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  of 
Brazil,  Oswaldo  Aranha,  and  President 
Roosevelt's  reply 


Message  from  Prime  Minister  Mackenzie  King 
of  Canada,  transmitted  through  the  Canadian 
Legation  in  Washington  on  January  21,  and 
President  Roosevelt's  reply 

My  colleagues  in  the  Government  of  Canada 
join  with  me  in  extending  to  you  our  heartiest 
congratulations  upon  your  assumption  of  office 
for  a  third  term  as  President  of  the  United 
States.  Our  united  wish  and  prayer  is  that 
you  may  be  vouchsafed  wisdom  and  strength 
commensurate  with  the  responsibilities  of  your 
great  office  at  this  most  critical  of  all  times  in 
the  affairs  of  the  world.  Warmest  personal 
regards. 

Mackenzie  King 


112 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


January  24, 1941. 
Your  gracious  message  congratulating  me  on 
my  third  inauguration  is  very  greatly  appre- 
ciated. Please  tell  your  colleagues  in  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Canada  that  their  message  has 
touched  me  closely  and  accept  my  warmest  per- 
sonal regards. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Chile, 
Pedro  Aguirre  Cerda,  and  President  Roose- 
velt's reply 

Santiago,  Chile, 

January  20, 1941. 
On  the  occasion  of  the  initiation  of  your  third 
presidential  term,  I  take  pleasure  in  offering 
Your  Excellency,  together  with  my  warmest 
congratulations,  my  fervent  wishes  for  Your 
Excellency's  personal  happiness,  for  the  increas- 
ing prosperity  of  the  exemplary  democracy 
whose  destinies  Your  Excellency  will  continue 
to  guide,  and  my  wishes  that,  during  Your  Ex- 
cellency's new  term,  the  bonds  of  friendship  and 
solidarity  which  happily  unite  our  respective 
countries  may  be  tightened. 

Pedro  Aguirre  Cerda 

January  23, 1941. 
It  is  with  deep  appreciation  that  I  have  re- 
ceived your  cordial  felicitations  upon  my  inau- 
guration as  President.  I  am  particularly  happy 
to  receive  your  message,  which  offers  me  the 
oj^portunity  to  reiterate  my  hope  that,  together 
with  the  other  American  republics,  our  nations 
may  work  in  unison  for  the  welfare  and 
security  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  the  Chairman,  of  the  National 
Government  of  China,  Lin  Sen,  and  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  reply 

Chungking,  January  17, 1941 
On  behalf  of  the  Chinese  government  and 
people  it  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  tender  to 


Your  Excellency  heartiest,  congratulations  upon 
your  inauguration  for  the  third  term  as  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  of  America.  I  sin- 
cerely hope  that  the  ever  increasing  cordiality 
which  marks  the  relations  between  our  two 
countries  will  be  continued  and  strengthened 
during  your  administration.  I  also  wish  Your 
Excellency  the  best  of  health  and  the  United 
States  of  America  every  welfare  and  prosperity. 

Lin  Sen 

January  23,  1941. 
I  have  received  and  much  appreciate  your 
kind  telegram  of  January  17  in  which  you  were 
so  good  as  to  send  me,  on  behalf  of  the  Chinese 
Government  and  people,  congratulations  upon 
my  third  inauguration  in  the  office  of  President 
of  the  United  States.  I  cordially  reciprocate 
both  your  good  wishes  and  the  hope  you  ex- 
j)ress  for  the  continuing  growth  of  the  friendly 
relations  between  our  two  countries,  which  have, 
come  to  be  traditionally  regarded  by  the  Gov- 
ernment and  people  of  the  United  States  as 
strong  and  enduring. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  the  Minister  of  Finance  of  China, 
II.  H.  Rung,  and  President  Roosevelt's  reply 

Chungking,  January  20,  1941. 
Please  accept  my  heartiest  congratulations 
upon  your  inauguration  as  third-term  President 
of  your  great  country.  May  God  give  you 
health  and  strength  during  this  grave  world 
crisis  so  that  your  efforts  on  behalf  of  democ- 
racies will  be  crowned  with  success  thus  ensur- 
ing just  peace  and  enduring  prosperity  for  all 
nations. 

H.  H.  Kung 

January  22,  1941. 
I  wish  to  thank  you  for  your  telegram  of 
January  20  containing  a  cordial  message  of 
felicitations  upon  my  third  inauguration  in  the 
office  of  President  of  the  United  States.  The 
sentiments  contained  in  your  message  and  the 
spirit  which  prompted  you  to  send  it  are  much 


JANUARY    2  5,    1941 


113 


appreciated   and   I   take   this  opportunity   of 
extending  to  you  my  personal  best  wishes. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


self  and  for  the  happiness  and  prosperity  of 
the  people  of  Costa  Rica. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of 
Colombia,  Eduardo  Santos,  and  President 
Roosevelt's  reply 

Bogota,  Colombia, 

January  20, 191(1. 
I  present  to  Your  Excellency,  on  the  inau- 
gural date  of  your  third  Presidential  term,  the 
wishes  of  the  Government  and  people  of  Colom- 
bia that  success  may  crown  your  efforts,  and 
that  the  ideals  of  democracy  and  justice,  of 
which  you  are  the  loftiest  exponent,  may  be 
strengthened  in  the  American  Continent  and 
in  the  entire  world. 

Eduardo  Santos 

January  23,  1941. 
I  deeply  appreciate  the  kind  thoughts  ex- 
pressed in  your  message  and  am  looking  for- 
ward to  a  continued  advancement  of  the  great 
work  of  inter- American  cooperation. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Costa 
Rica,  Rafael  Calderon  Guardia,  and  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  reply 

San  Jose,  Costa  Rica, 

January  20,  1941. 
Upon  the  inauguration  today  of  Your  Excel- 
lency's third  Presidential  term,  I  take  great 
pleasure  in  again  presenting  my  felicitations  for 
the  confidence  which  your  country  has  so  justly 
shown  you,  and  to  renew,  with  my  best  wishes 
for  your  continued  great  success,  the  expression 
of  my  highest,  distinguished,  and  unfailing 
consideration. 

R.  Calderon  Guardia 

January  23,  1941. 
I  thank  you  most  sincerely  for  Your  Excel- 
lency's    heartening     and     gracious     message. 
Please  accept  my  personal  good  wishes  for  your- 


2'rcmslated  message  from  the  President  of  the 
Dominican  Republic,  Manuel  de  Jesus  Tron- 
coso  de  la  Concha,  and  President  Roosevelt s 
reply 

Ciudad  Trujillo, 
January  20,  1941. 
At  the  beginning  of  Your  Excellency's  new 
Presidential  term,  I  offer  the  best  wishes  of  the 
Dominican  people  and  Government,  and  my 
own,  for  your  most  complete  success  in  your 
high  office,  for  the  greatness  and  prosperity  of 
the  American  people,  and  for  the  personal  well- 
being  of  Your  Excellency. 

M.  de  J.  Troncoso  de  la  Concha 

January  23,  1941. 
I  greatly  appreciate  the  congratulations  and 
good  wishes  conveyed  to  me  in  Your  Excel- 
lency's telegram  upon  the  occasion  of  my  in- 
auguration as  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America.  I  extend  my  best  wishes  for  your 
personal  welfare  and  for  the  continued  pros- 
perity of  the  people  of  the  Dominican  Republic. 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Ecua- 
dor, Carlos  Arroyo  del  Rio,  and  President 
Roosevelts  reply 

Quito,  Ecuador, 
January  ..'/,  1941. 
Upon  Your  Excellency's  entering  for  the  third 
time  upon  the  term  during  which  you  will 
direct  the  destinies  of  your  great  people,  I  am 
pleased  to  express  to  you  my  best  wishes  for  the 
success  of  your  administration  and  the  assur- 
ance that  it  will  redound  to  the  benefit  of  the 
consolidation  of  democracy  and  the  greatness  of 
the  destinies  of  America. 

C.  A.  Arroyo  del  Rio 


114 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


January  23,  1941. 
I  thank  Your  Excellency  most  sincerely  for 
your  gracious  message  of  felicitation.  Please 
accept  my  good  wishes  for  your  personal  wel- 
fare and  for  the  happiness  and  prosperity  of  the 
people  of  Ecuador. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Mi  ssage  from  the  President  of  Finland,  Risto 
Ryti,  and  President  Roosevelt's  reply 

Helsinki,  January  20,  1941. 
Upon  this  day  I  beg  Your  Excellency  to  ac- 
cept my  heartiest  congratulations  and  my  warm- 
est wishes  for  the  welfare  of  Your  Excellency 
and  the  prosperity  and  happiness  of  the  people 
of  the  United  States. 

Risto  Rtti 

January  23,  1911. 
I  deeply  appreciate  your  gracious  message  of 
felicitation. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  Marshal  of  France, 
Henri  Ph  ilippe  Pet  am,  and  President  Roose- 
velt's reply 

Vichy,  January  20,  1941. 
On  the  day  when,  called  by  the  confidence  of 
Congress,  Your  Excellency  assumes  for  the  third 
time  the  high  functions  of  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  I  wish  to  address  to  you  my  warm 
felicitations  and  to  assure  you  of  my  most 
cordial  sentiments. 

Philippe  Petain 

January  23,  1941. 
I  warmly  appreciate  your  kind  message  of 
congratulation.  On  behalf  of  the  American 
people  and  in  my  own  name  I  assure  you  of  our 
sincere  good  wishes  for  you  and  for  the  French 
people. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Tegucigalpa,  Honduras, 

January  20, 191,1. 
Upon  the  occasion  of  Your  Excellency's  in- 
auguration for  a  third  Presidential  term,  it 
gives  me  the  greatest  pleasure  to  express  to  you 
my  sincere  felicitations  and  the  sentiments  of 
solidarity  of  the  Government  of  Honduras  with 
the  Government  over  which  Your  Excellency  so 
worthily  presides. 

Tiburcio  Carias  A. 

January  23,  1941. 
I  deeply  appreciate  your  kind  message  upon 
my  inauguration  as  President  and  extend  my 
best  wishes  to  you  and  to  the  people  of  Hon- 
duras. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  the  Emperor  of  Japan,  Hirohito, 
and  President  Roosevelt's  reply 

Tokyo,  January  19,  1941. 
I  take  great  pleasure  in  sending  you  my  cor- 
dial congratulations  on  your  inauguration  of 
the  third  tenure  as  President  of  the  United 
States.  I  earnestly  wish  that  the  friendly  rela- 
tions between  our  respective  countries  may  be 
strengthened  during  your  term  of  the  exalted 
office. 

Hirohito 

January  23,  1941. 
I  greatly  appreciate  your  cordial  telegram  of 
congratulation,  and  I  heartily  reciprocate  the 
friendly  sentiments  which  Your  Majesty  has 
been  so  good  as  to  express. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of 
Honduras,  Tibwrcio  Carias  Andino,  and, 
President  Roosevelt's  reply 


Message  from  the  President  of  Liberia-,  Edwin 
J.  Barclay,  and  President  Roosevelt's  reply 

Monrovia.  January  20. 1941. 
On  your  assumption  of  office  as  President  of 
the  United  States  for  the  third  time  I  extend 
you  my  felicitations  and  best  wishes.  It  is  the 
hope  of  the  Government  and  people  of  this 
country  that  the  great  work  you  have  under- 
taken in  these  troublous  times  for  the  restora- 


JANUARY   25,    1941 

tion  of  world  peace  will  have  a  satisfactory 
issue. 

Edwin  J.  Barclay 

January  23,  1941. 
I  sincerely  appreciate  Your  Excellency's  cor- 
dial  felicitations   upon    my   inauguration   as 
President  of  the  United  States  and  am  happy 
to  reciprocate  your  good  wishes. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of 
Mexico,  Manuel  Avila  Camacho,  and  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt's  reply 

Mexico,  D.  F.,  January  20, 19^1. 
On  this  date  on  which  Your  Excellency,  for 
the  third  time,  assumes  the  high  responsibili- 
ties entailed  by  the  post  of  President  of  the 
United  States  I  wish  to  express  to  Your  Ex- 
cellency my  most  cordial  congratulations  at  the 
confidence  which  the  great  American  people 
have  shown  in  your  person.  The  moment  in 
which  I  send  Your  Excellency  these  words  of 
felicitation  is  one  of  very  significant  historic 
importance,  both  as  respects  the  anxieties 
aroused  in  all  free  nations  of  the  New  World 
by  the  development  of  the  present  international 
conflict  and  as  respects  whatever  concerns  the 
spirit  of  true  collaboration  and  sincere  sym- 
pathy with  which  our  Governments  are  begin- 
ning the  tasks  of  their  administration.  On  so 
happy  an  occasion  I  take  pleasure  in  wishing 
complete  success  for  Your  Excellency's  admin- 
istration, and  I  hope  that  the  work  which  cir- 
cumstances have  entrusted  to  you  may  be  car- 
ried out  for  the  good  of  peace  and  democratic 
ideals  and  the  international  Pan  American  pol- 
icy which  constitute  the  solid  basis  of  the  friend- 
ship uniting  our  republics.  With  my  best 
wishes  for  the  prosperity  of  the  American  peo- 
ple and  for  Your  Excellency's  personal  well- 
being,  I  avail  myself  of  the  occasion  to  renew 
to  you  the  assurances  of  my  personal  esteem 
and  my  highest  consideration. 

Manuel  Avila  Camacho 


115 

January  23,  1941. 

I  am  happy  to  receive  your  cordial  message 
of  felicitation  and  deeply  appreciate  the  gen- 
erous thoughts  which  you  have  expressed 
therein. 

The  statements  in  your  message  concerning 
the  present  world  situation  and  the  need  for 
true  collaboration  and  sincere  sympathy  be- 
tween the  Governments  of  our  two  countries 
confirm  my  previous  belief  that  you  and  the 
Government  and  people  of  Mexico  share  my 
desire  and  that  of  the  people  of  the  United 
States  for  real  understanding  and  cooperation. 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  Princess  Juliana  of  the  Nether- 
lands, and  President  Roosevelfs  reply 

Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada, 

January  19,  19^1. 
Sincerest  congratulations  on  your  inaugura- 
tion as  President  and  every  good  wish  for  a 
most  successful  Administration. 

Juliana 

January  23,  1941. 
I  warmly  appreciate  your  gracious  message 
upon    my    inauguration    as    President.    Mrs. 
Roosevelt  joins  me  in  sending  our  kindest  re- 
gards and  best  wishes. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from,  the  President  of  Nic- 
aragua, Anastasio  Somoza,  and  President 
Roosevelfs  reply 

Managua,  Nicaragua, 

January  20,  1941. 
On  this  day  when  you  receive  the  mandate  for 
a  new  Presidential  term,  I  take  pleasure  in  ex- 
pressing my  warmest  congratulations,  since  this 
occasion  signifies  a  manifest  and  free  expres- 
sion of  the  will  of  your  great  people,  affirm- 
ing in  the  spirit  of  the  American  nations  the 
assurance  that   only   through  the  exercise  of 


116 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


liberty  can  the  peoples  achieve  the  highest  real- 
ization of  their  destiny. 

A.  Somoza 

January  23,  1941. 

I  have  received  Your  Excellency's  heartening 

message  with  great  pleasure.     In  expressing  my 

sincere  appreciation,  I  wish  also  to  express  my 

best  wishes  for  your  well-being  and  happiness. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Peru, 
Manuel  Prado  y  Ugarteche,  and  President 
RooseveWs  reply 

Lima,  January  21,  1941. 
On  beginning  your  third  term,  I  am  pleased 
to  express  to  you  the  most  cordial  congratula- 
tions of  the  Peruvian  Government  and  people 
and  my  sincere  hopes  for  your  success.  I  hope 
that  during  the  period  Your  Excellency  con- 
tinues directing  the  destinies  of  your  great  na- 
tion, our  friend,  the  good  relations  which  it  has 
always  maintained  with  Peru  will  be  strength- 
ened even  more  and  that  the  base  in  which  rests 
the  intimate  and  robust  continental  relationship 
will  become  more  solid.  Please  accept  also  my 
sincere  wishes  for  your  personal  happiness. 
Manuel  Prado 

January  24,  1941. 
I  greatly  appreciate  Your  Excellency's  cordial 
message  on  the  occasion  of  my  inauguration. 
I  take  pleasure  in  seizing  this  opportunity  to 
extend  my  best  wishes  for  your  personal  welfare 
and  the  prosperity  of  the  Peruvian  people. 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Message  from  the  President  of  Poland,  Wlady- 
slaw  RaczMeioicz,  and  President  RooseveWs 
reply 

London,  January  31, 1941. 
On  the  historic  day  when  Your  Excellency 
assumes  for  the  third  time  the  Presidency  of 
the  United  States  of  America  I  beg  to  send  to 


you  in  my  own  name  as  well  as  on  behalf  of  the 
Polish  Nation,  which  received  with  the  greatest 
satisfaction  the  news  of  your  re-election,  most 
sincere  wishes  of  further  successful  work  for 
the  happiness  of  your  country  and  for  the  good 
of  humanity  which  looks  forward  to  the  United 
States  for  the  defence  of  righteousness  and 
democracy. 

Wladtslaw  Raczkiewicz 

January  23, 1941. 
I  deeply  appreciate  Your  Excellency's  kind 
message  of  congratulation. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Uru- 
guay, Alfredo  Baldomir,  and  President 
RooseveWs  reply 

Montevideo,  January  20,  1941. 
I  beg  Your  Excellency  to  accept  my  best  and 
most  cordial  wishes  for  the  success  and  pros- 
perity of  your  administration  in  the  new  term 
which  i9  now  beginning,  and  my  hope  that 
during  its  course  there  may  continue  to  be  ex- 
hibited the  wisdom  and  understanding  which 
are  so  characteristic  of  you,  and  which  have 
rendered  such  high  service  to  the  democracy, 
liberty,  and  labor  which  rule  the  peaceful  and 
happy  life  of  the  American  Continent. 

Alfredo  Baldomir 

January  23,  1941. 
It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  I  have  received 
Your  Excellency's  cordial  message  upon  my  in- 
auguration as  President  of  the  United  States 
of  America.  Continued  and  friendly  coopera- 
tion between  the  sovereign  republics  of  the 
American  continent  will  insure  the  maintenance 
of  their  free  institutions  and  preserve  the  se- 
curity of  the  New  World. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


Translated  message  from  the  President  of  Ven- 
ezuela, Eleazar  Lopez  Contreras,  and  Presi- 
dent RooseveWs  reply 


JANUARY    2  5,    1941 


117 


Caracas,  Venezuela, 

January  20,  If)  1,1. 
On  this  occasion  on  which  Your  Excellency 
begins  your  new  Presidential  term,  I  am  pleased 
to  send  you  my  personal  congratulations  and  my 
most  sincere  wishes  for  the  greatest  success  of 
your  new  administration. 

E.  Lopez  Coxtreras 

January  23, 1941. 
I  thank  you  for  your  very  kind  personal  mes- 
sage.   I  am  deeply  appreciative. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 


ary  25,  1941  (vol.  6,  no.  17),  p.  599  (The  Na- 
tional Archives  of  the  United  States). 


Message  from  Prince  Regent  Paul  of  Yugo- 
slavia, and  President  Roos&ceWs  reply 

Belgrade,  January  20, 191,1. 
At  the  moment  of  your  taking  up  for  the 
third  time  the  Presidency  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  I  beg  Your  Excellency  to  accept  my 
sincerest  congratulations  and  my  best  wishes 
for  your  personal  happiness  and  the  prosperity 
of  the  American  people. 

Paul 

January  23,  1941. 
I  deeply  appreciate  your  Royal  Highness' 
congratulations  upon  the  occasion  of  my  inaugu- 
ration as  President  and  I  am  happy  to  recipro- 
cate your  good  wishes. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

WITHDRAWAL  OF  PUBLIC  LAND  IN 
NEW  MEXICO  FOR  USE  OF  THE  DE- 
PARTMENT OF  STATE 

On  January  23,  1941,  the  President  issued  an 
Executive  order  (no.  8649)  withdrawing  certain 
public  lands  in.  New  Mexico  for  the  use  of  the 
Department  of  State  in  connection  with  the  Rio 
Grande  Canalization  project.  The  text  of  this 
order  appears  in  the  Federal  Register  for  Janu- 


International  Conferences, 
Commissions,  Etc. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO- 
ENGINEERING  CONFERENCE 

[Released  to  the  press  January  22] 

The  chief  technical  representatives  from 
Canada,  Cuba,  Haiti,  the  Dominican  Republic, 
Mexico,  and  the  United  States,  who  are  attend- 
ing a  regional  broadcasting  conference  in 
Washington,  announced  January  22  thai  the 
technical  committee  of  the  conference,  which  is 
meeting  at  the  Federal  Communications  Com- 
mission, is  making  very  satisfactory  progress  in 
the  solution  of  the  engineering  details  arising 
from  the  radio-frequency  notifications  of  the 
various  governments  which  are  parties  to  the 
North  American  Regional  Broadcasting  Agree- 
ment, Habana,  1937.  While  some  rectifications 
of  a  minor  character  are  required  in  the  various 
notifications  by  reason  of  unavoidable  conflicts 
of  an  engineering  nature,  all  delegates  are  most 
optimistic  of  an  early  solution. 

The  work  of  the  technical  committee  involves 
the  assignment  of  frequencies  in  the  standard 
broadcast  band  to  nearly  1,300  radio  broadcast- 
ing stations  in  the  North  American  region,  so 
that  these  stations  may  operate  simultaneously 
with  a  minimum  of  interference  to  their  respec- 
tive services. 

This  constitutes  an  engineering  problem  which 
requires  consideration  of  each  separate  fre- 
quency assignment.  Obviously,  no  valid  state- 
ment of  frequency  assignments  can  be  made 
until  the  work  of  the  committee  has  been  com- 
jneted  and  referred  back  to  the  conference  as  a 
whole,  which  holds  its  plenary  sessions  at  the 
Department  of  State. 


Treaty  Information 


COMPILED  IN  THE  TREATY  DIVISION 


PROMOTION  OF  PEACE 

TREATY    BETWEEN    BRAZIL    AND    VENEZUELA 
FOR  THE  PACIFIC  SETTLEMENT  OF  DISPUTES 

The  American  Embassy  at  Rio  de  Janeiro 
reported  by  a  despatch  dated  January  10,  1941, 
that  ratifications  of  the  Treaty  for  the  Pacific 
Settlement  of  Disputes  between  Brazil  and 
Venezuela  signed  on  March  30,  1940,  were 
exchanged  on  January  9,  1941. 

SOVEREIGNTY 

CONVENTION  ON  THE  PROVISIONAL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION OF  EUROPEAN  COLONIES  AND 
POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  AMERICAS 

Brazil 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a  let- 
ter dated  January  16,  1941,  that  the  instrument 
of  ratification  by  Brazil  of  the  Convention  on 
the  Provisional  Administration  of  European 
Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the  Americas, 
signed  at  Habana  on  July  30,  1940,  was  dej^os- 
ited  with  the  Union  on  January  14,  1941.  The 
instrument  of  ratification  is  dated  November 
26,  1940. 

The  following  countries  have  deposited  in- 
struments of  ratification  of  the  convention: 
United  States  of  America,  Brazil,  Costa  Rica, 
and  Dominican  Republic. 

INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

CONVENTION  ON  MARITIME  NEUTRALITY 
(TREATY  SERIES  NO.  845) 

Colombia 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  January  21,  1941,  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  Colombia  of  the  Con- 
vention on  Maritime  Neutrality,  signed  at  the 
Sixth  International  Conference  of  American 
118 


States  held  at  Habana,  Cuba,  February  20, 1928, 
was  deposited  with  the  Union  on  January  17, 
1941. 

The  convention  has  been  ratified  by  the  United 
States  of  America,  Bolivia,  Colombia,  Domini- 
can Republic,  Ecuador,  Haiti,  Nicaragua,  and 
Panama. 

EXTRADITION 

SUPPLEMENTARY  EXTRADITION  TREATY  WITH 
ECUADOR 

On  January  23,  1941,  ratifications  were  ex- 
changed at  Washington  of  the  Supplementary 
Extradition  Treaty  between  the  United  States 
and  Ecuador,  signed  at  Quito  on  September 
22, 1939. 

This  treaty  is  considered  as  an  integral  part 
of  the  Extradition  Treaty  of  June  28,  1872, 
between  the  two  countries  (Treaty  Series  No. 
79),  and  enlarges  the  list  of  crimes  on  account 
of  which  extradition  may  be  granted  under  that 
treaty.  It  will  "come  into  force  ten  days  after 
its  publication  in  conformity  with  the  laws  of 
the  High  Contracting  Parties,  such  period  to 
be  computed  from  its  publication  in  the  country 
last  publishing,  and  it  shall  continue  and  ter- 
minate in  the  same  manner  as  the  said  Treaty 
of  June  28,  1872". 

NATURE  PROTECTION  AND  WILDLIFE 
PRESERVATION 

CONVENTION  ON  NATURE  PROTECTION  AND 
WILDLIFE  PRESERVATION  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

Colombia 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  January  21,  1941,  that  the  Con- 
vention on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife 
Preservation  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which 


JANUARY    2  5,    1941 


119 


was  opened  for  signature  at  the  Pan  American 
Union  on  October  12,  1940,°  was  signed  on  be- 
half of  Colombia  on  January  17,  1941. 

El  Salvador 

The  American  Minister  to  El  Salvador  trans- 
mitted to  the  Secretary  of  State  with  a  despatch 
dated  January  11,  1941,  a  copy  and  translation 
of  decree  no.  110  of  December  21,  1940,  pub- 
lished in  the  Diario  Oficial  of  January  8,  1941, 
by  which  El  Salvador  ratifies  the  Convention  on 
Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preservation 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which  was  opened 
for  signature  at  the  Pan  American  Union  Oc- 
tober 12,  1940.fl 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

NORTH   AMERICAN   REGIONAL   BROADCASTING 
AGREEMENT 

The  North  American  Regional  Broadcasting 
Agreement  signed  on  behalf  of  the  United 
States,  Canada,  Cuba,  Dominican  Republic, 
Haiti,  and  Mexico,  at  Habana  on  December  13, 
1937,  was  proclaimed  by  the  President  on  Jan- 
uary 23, 1941.  The  Senate  of  the  United  States 
gave  its  advice  and  consent  to  ratification  of 
the  agreement  on  June  15,  1938,  and  it  was 
ratified  by  the  President  on  June  30, 1938.  The 
ratification  of  the  United  States  was  deposited 
with  the  Cuban  Foreign  Office  on  July  21,  1938. 
Ratifications  were  deposited  by  Cuba,  January 
12,  1938;  Haiti,  June  27,  1938;  Canada,  De- 
cember 22,  1938;  and  Mexico,  March  29,  1940. 
The  agreement  became  valid  among  the  above- 
named  five  countries  on  March  29, 1940,  the  date 
of  the  deposit  of  the  ratification  of  Mexico,  and 
certain  of  its  provisions  became  effective  on  that 
date.  The  other  provisions  will  become  effective 
one  year  later,  namely,  March  29,  1941. 

The  North  American  Regional  Broadcasting 
Agreement  establishes  technical  principles  ap- 
plicable throughout  the  North  American  region 
and  is  designed  to  accord  to  all  participating 


states  adequate  broadcasting  facilities  and  to 
eliminate  international  radio  interference.  It 
undertakes  to  establish  within  the  standard 
broadcast  band  (which  by  the  agreement  is 
fixed  at  550  to  1,000  kc.)  three  principal  classi- 
fications of  channels,  namely,  clear,  regional, 
and  local,  the  same  classifications  now  used  in 
the  United  States.  The  clear  channels  are  de- 
signed to  permit  service  over  wide  areas  free 
from  objectionable  interference,  and  provision 
is  made  for  the  operation  of  so-called  dominant 
and  secondary  stations  which  may  use  the  same 
clear  channel  subject  to  restrictions  of  power, 
mileage  separation,  and  consequent  avoidance 
of  interference,  with  the  use  where  necessary  of 
directional  antennae.  Regional  channels  are 
intended  to  permit  a  number  of  stations  to  oper- 
ate with  limited  power  and  each  within  a  re- 
stricted area.  Local  channels  will  permit 
the  operation  of  a  number  of  stations  on  each, 
with  still  less  power  and  smaller  service  area. 
Specific  assignment  of  frequencies  is  made  by 
the  agreement  to  each  class  of  channels.  All 
participating  states  are  permitted  to  use  all  re- 
gional and  local  channels  subject  to  the  engi- 
neering standards  prescribed  by  the  agreement, 
and  the  clear  channels  are  to  be  distributed 
among  the  participating  states  so  that  there 
may  be  accommodated  a  maximum  number  of 
stations  with  a  minimum  of  interference.  The 
agreement  is  for  a  period  of  five  years  but  is 
subject  to  denunciation  at  the  expiration  of  one 
year  from  the  date  of  notification  thereof. 


Regulations 


"See  the  Bulletin  of  October  12,  19-10   (vol.  Ill,  no. 
6S),  p.  308. 


The  following  Government  regulation  may  be 
of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Amended  Regulations  Governing  Number  of  Copies 
of  Certain  Forms  Required  in  Preexamination  and  De- 
portation Procedures.  January  22,  1941.  [General 
Order  No.  C-29.]  (Immigration  and  Naturalization 
Service,  Department  of  Justice.)  Federal  Register, 
January  25,  1941  (vol.  G,  no.  17),  p.  GOO  (The  National 
Archives  of  the  United  States). 


120 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Legislation 


Supplemental  Estimate  of  Appropriation  for  Admin- 
istrative Expenses,  Export-Import  Bank,  for  1941 : 
Communication  from  the  President  of  the  United  States 
Transmitting  Supplemental  Estimate  of  Appropriation 
for  Administrative  Expenses,  Export-Import  Bank  of 
Washington,  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1941,  Amounting  to 
$10,000.     (H.  Doc.  No.  52,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)     2  pp. 

w. 

Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriations  for  the 
State  Department,  1941  and  1942:  Communication 
From  the  President  of  the  United  States  Transmitting 
Three  Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriations  for 
the  Department  of  State,  for  the  Fiscal  Tears  1941  and 
1942,  Amounting  to  $26,000  (for  participating  in  and 
organizing  the  Third  General  Assembly  of  the  Pan 
American  Institute  of  Geography  and  History,  Lima, 
Peru,  1941 ;  Inter-American  Conference  on  National 
Parks  and  Monuments,  Historic  Sites  and  Antiquities, 
1941-42;  Eighth  Pan  American  Child  Congress, 
1941-12).     (H.  Doc.  53,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)  4  pp.    50. 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Register  of  the  Department  of  State,  October  1, 
1940.  Publication  1534.  viii,  251  pp.  40<i  (paper 
cover). 

Reciprocal  Trade :  Supplementary  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Canada 
Amending  With  Regard  to  Fox  Furs  and  Skins  the 
Agreement  of  November  17,  1938 — Signed  at  Washing- 
ton December  30,  1939;  effective  provisionally  Janu- 
ary 1,  1940.  Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  184. 
Publication  1540.    7  pp.    5^. 

Diplomatic  List,  January  1941.  Publication  1545. 
ii.  96  pp.    Subscription,  $1  a  year;  single  copy,  1CK1. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,  10  cents Subscription  price,  $2. 73  a  year 

PUBLISHED  WEEKLY  WITH  THE  AIT-ROYAL  OP  THE  DIRECTOR  OF  TTIE  BUREAU  OF  THE  BUDOET 


^ 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

H 


BULI 


H  11 


FEBRUARY  1,  1941 

Vol.  IV:  No.  84— Publication  1559 


Qontents 


General: 

The  United  States  and  the  World  Crisis:  Address  by 

the  Under  Secretary  of  State 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 

Death  of  William  Gibbs  McAdoo 

Passport  statistics 

American  Republics: 

Distinguished  visitors  from  Chile  and  Peru 

Visit  of  Chilean  newspapermen  to  the  United  States  .    . 

Travel  grant  to  American  educator 

Fishery  mission  to  Peru 

Message  from  Regional  Conference  of  the  River  Plate 
Republics 

Canada: 

Death  of  the  Under  Secretary  of  State  for  External 
Affairs 

Europe: 

Presentation   of   letters   of   credence    by    the    British 

Ambassador 

Contributions  for  relief  in  belligerent  countries  .... 
The  Near  East: 

Italian  air  attack  on  American  missionaries  in  Anglo- 
Egyptian  Sudan  

Death  of  the  Prime  Minister  of  Greece 

[Over] 


123 

128 
128 
129 

130 
131 
131 
132 

134 


134 


135 
136 


148 
151 


' 


Qontents^comwvED. 


International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc.:  Page 

North  American  Regional  Radio-Engineering  Meeting  .        151 

Treaty  Information: 
Agriculture: 

Inter- American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  ...        152 
Sovereignty : 

Final  Act  of  the  Second  Meeting  of  the  Ministers  of 
Foreign   Affairs    of    the    American    Republics    at 

Habana,  1940 152 

Telecommunications : 

Regional   Radio   Convention   for  Central   America, 
Panama,  and  the  Canal  Zone  (Treaty  Series  No. 

949) 152 

International  Telecommunication  Convention,  Revi- 
sions of  Cairo,  1938  (Treaty  Series  No.  948)  ...        152 

The  Foreign  Service: 

Personnel  changes 153 

Publications 153 

Regulations 153 

Legislation 153 


General 


THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  THE  WORLD  CRISIS 


ADDRESS  BY  THE  UNDER  SECRETARY  OF  STATE1 


[Released  to  the  press  January  31] 

You  have  asked  me  to  speak  to  this  great  an- 
nual gathering  of  the  New  York  University 
Alumni  Association  on  some  of  the  basic  issues 
with  which  the  people  of  the  United  States  to- 
day are  confronted  in  the  determination  of  this 
Nation's  foreign  policy.  I  have  welcomed  your 
invitation  because  of  my  abiding  conviction  that 
so  long  as  the  American  people  have  available 
the  true  facts  concerning  the  main  factors  in- 
volved in  the  shaping  of  their  Nation's  foreign 
policy,  they  will  accurately  appraise  the  funda- 
mental issues  involved.  In  other  words,  I  be- 
lieve that  the  United  States  has  proved,  and 
will  continue  to  prove,  that  democracy  works  in 
the  realm  of  foreign  policy  as  well  as  in  the  realm 
of  domestic  policy. 

However  much  I,  as  an  individual,  may  dis- 
sent from  the  point  of  view  which  has  recently 
been  publicly  expressed  by  many  Americans 
with  regard  to  the  course  which  our  foreign 
policy  should  take,  as  an  American  citizen  I 
give  thanks  that  they  are  guaranteed  the  right 
to  speak  their  opinions  freely.  That  freedom 
has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  cornerstones  of  our 
system  of  government. 

It  is  apparent  to  all  of  us  here  tonight  that  the 
Nation  is  confronting  what  is  probably  the  most 
critical  moment  it  has  had  to  face  during  the 
days  of  its  independent  life.  All  thinking  men 
and  women  throughout  the  United  States  today 
are  searching  their  minds  and  hearts  in  the  effort 


1  Delivered  by  Mr.  Welles  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the 
Alumni  Association  of  the  New  York  University  School 
of  Law,  New  York  City,  January  30,  1941. 


to  reach  a  conclusion  as  to  what  is  best  for  the 
United  States. 

I  am  going,  tonight,  in  an  effort  to  clarify 
some  of  these  issues  with  which  we  are  all 
grappling,  to  remind  you  of  certain  of  the  de- 
velopments of  the  past  few  years  and  the  way 
in  which  these  recent  developments  have  culmi- 
nated in  the  crisis  of  the  present. 

At  this  moment  of  apprehension  and  disquiet, 
I  am  glad  that  I  can  commence  this  brief  discus- 
sion with  a  reference  to  one  aspect  of  our  foreign 
relations  which  should  be  a  matter  of  profound 
satisfaction  to  every  American  citizen.  I  refer, 
of  course,  to  the  relations  which  exist  between 
the  United  States  and  the  other  20  republics  of 
our  hemisphere,  and  to  the  existence  between  the 
peoples  of  the  New  World  of  a  solidarity  and 
of  an  identity  of  interests  which  a  scant  eight 
years  ago  would  have  seemed  incredible, 

The  existence  of  this  real  and  practical  Pan 
Americanism  is  not  the  result  of  chance,  and  it 
is  by  no  means  a  mere  by-product  of  the  events 
which  have  taken  place  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.  It  is  the  result  of  constructive  statesman- 
ship on  the  part  of  every  one  of  the  21  American 
governments.  We  have  all  of  us  made  our  con- 
tribution to  its  existence.  But  there  is  no  greater 
danger  to  its  continuance  than  that  any  one  of  us 
should  take  it  as  a  matter  of  course.  Its  con- 
tinued vitality  depends  upon  the  constant  will- 
ingness on  the  part  of  every  one  of  the  21  sover- 
eign republics  of  the  New  World  to  continue  to 
make  such  contributions,  moral  and  material,  as 
are  required  to  insure  the  joint  security  and  wel- 
fare of  all. 

123 


124 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Some  of  us  may  remember  that  as  far  back  as 
February  1936  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  because  of  the  mounting  dangers  which 
he  saw  so  clearly  already  looming  on  the  world 
horizon,  took  the  initiative  in  suggesting  to  the 
governments  of  the  other  American  republics 
that  a  conference  be  held  between  them  while 
the  world  was  still  at  peace,  so  that  they  might 
determine  the  steps  which  they  might  best  take 
to  safeguard  the  peace  and  the  security  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere. 

That  Conference  of  Buenos  Aires  was  held 
more  than  four  years  ago,  and  it  is  because  of 
the  agreements  there  reached,  later  enhanced  and 
strengthened  at  the  Conference  of  Lima  in  1938, 
that,  when  the  conflagration  broke  out,  the 
American  republics  were  solidly  united  and  pre- 
pared to  deal  with  emergencies  as  they  arose. 

And  it  was  under  the  agreements  there 
adopted  that  the  Foreign  Ministers  of  the 
American  nations  met  at  Panama  within  three 
weeks  after  the  outbreak  of  war.  At  Panama, 
by  unanimous  accord,  permanent  committees 
were  constituted,  one  to  sit  at  Washington  and 
one  at  Kio  de  Janeiro.  The  former,  which  has 
remained  in  continuous  session,  has  been  deal- 
ing with  all  of  the  economic  and  financial  prob- 
lems with  which  the  American  republics  have 
been  beset  since  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  and 
has  already  been  enabled  greatly  to  relieve  the 
economic  strain,  which  in  many  instances  would 
have  been  calamitous  save  for  the  practical  so- 
lutions which  this  committee  has  been  enabled 
to  devise.  The  second  committee  was  charged 
with  the  study  and  the  recommendation  of  so- 
lutions for  all  of  the  problems  which  have  arisen 
which  affected  the  neutrality  of  the  Americas. 

A  second  meeting  of  the  American  Foreign 
Ministers,  held  at  Habana  last  July,  was  again 
productive  of  great  practical  benefits  to  all  of 
our  countries,  and  through  the  measures  there 
adopted  safeguards  were  established  which 
would  function  in  the  event  that  the  repercus- 
sions of  the  war  raging  beyond  the  Atlantic 
threatened  the  security  of  the  New  World. 

In  the  present  emergency,  when  so  many  of 
our  neighbors  find  themselves  with  their  normal 


export  markets  either  completely  cut  off  or  se- 
riously curtailed,  this  Government  is  prepared 
to  render  all  practicable  economic  cooperation. 
Furthermore,  so  far  as  our  own  national  re- 
quirements and  the  policies  which  we  are  pur- 
suing make  it  possible,  we  are  preparing  to 
render  them  likewise  all  possible  material  as- 
sistance, so  that  they  may  prepare  for  their  own 
self-defense  and,  more  than  that — in  full  accord 
with  the  spirit  of  our  traditional  policy,  and 
with  the  great  principles  unanimously  agreed 
upon  at  Buenos  Aires,  that  any  threat  to  the 
peace  of  any  American  republic  will  be  regarded 
as  a  threat  to  the  peace  of  all  of  them — the 
United  States  will  join  in  the  defense  of  the 
independence  and  integrity  of  any  one  of  its 
American  neighbors  against  any  aggression 
from  abroad. 

We  stand  today  a  united  continent,  united 
not  for  aggression  but  for  social  betterment 
and  self-defense,  united  in  the  determination 
to  uphold  those  great  freedoms  which  the  New 
World  cherishes,  and  united  as  sovereign  and 
independent  equals  in  a  great  enterprise  of 
safeguarding  civilization. 

During  these  same  years  we  have  seen  three 
nations,  two  in  Europe  and  one  in  Asia,  under- 
take to  arrogate  to  themselves  the  creation  of  a 
new  world  order  in  which  they  would  be  the 
overlords. 

None  of  us  here  tonight,  I  am  sure,  would  for 
a  moment  deny  that  the  world  order  which  has 
prevailed  since  1914  was  an  order  which  left 
much  to  be  desired,  but  I  am  equally  sure  that 
we  would  likewise  agree  that  the  kind  of  new 
world  order  envisaged  in  every  official  declara- 
tion uttered  by  the  spokesmen  for  the  partners 
in  the  Tripartite  Pact — a  world  order  charac- 
terized by  the  denial  to  the  individual  of  the 
rights  of  freedom  to  worship,  freedom  to  speak, 
and  freedom  to  think;  carried  out  by  fraud 
and  by  deceit;  and  founded  upon  brutal  con- 
quest— is  not  a  new  order  but  the  oldest  which 
the  world  has  known.  It  is  the  world  chaos  of 
the  Stone  Age,  and  if  such  an  order  is  imposed 
upon  the  world  not  only  will  our  modern  civi- 
lization vanish,  but  mankind  will  revert  to 
barbarism. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


125 


Throughout  these  past  years  your  Govern- 
ment has,  time  and  again,  made  every  effort 
within  its  power  and  within  its  traditional 
policies  to  bring  its  influence  to  bear  so  that 
the  tragic  calamity  from  which  men  today  are 
suffering  might  be  averted.  When  the  history 
of  these  years  can  be  written  the  people  of  the 
United  States  will  give  full  recognition  to  the 
efforts  which  the  President  has  made  to  pre- 
serve world  peace. 

Tonight  I  want  to  remind  you  of  one  of 
these  efforts.  You  will  remember  that  on 
April  14,  1939  the  President,  conscious,  as  he 
said,  of  the  fact  that  millions  of  human  beings 
were  in  constant  fear  of  a  new  war,  addressed 
a  message  to  the  Chancelor  of  the  German 
Eeich.2  He  offered  to  the  nations  of  the  world 
the  full  cooperation  and  participation  of  this 
Government  in  negotiations  for  bringing  about 
an  international  agreement  upon  the  limitation 
and  reduction  of  armaments,  and  for  reaching 
agreements  through  which  every  nation  of  the 
world  might  be  enabled  to  buy  and  sell  on 
equal  terms  in  the  world  market,  as  well  as  to 
possess  the  assurance  of  obtaining  the  materials 
and  products  of  a  peaceful  economic  life.  In 
order  that  these  negotiations  might  be 
promptly  undertaken  and  humanity  thereby  be 
relieved  of  the  increasing  fear  with  which  it 
was  beset,  the  President  asked  the  German 
Government  to  give  assurance  that  its  armed 
forces  would  not  attack  or  invade  the  inde- 
pendent nations  of  Europe  and  of  the  Near 
East, 

As  you  all  know,  to  that  message  the  German 
Chancelor  made  no  direct  reply ;  but  in  a  public 
address  which  he  made  two  weeks  later  Hitler 
stated  that  "Mr.  Roosevelt  believes  that  the 
tide  of  events  is  once  more  bringing  the  threat 
of  arms,  and  that  if  this  threat  of  arms  con- 
tinues a  large  part  of  the  world  is  condemned 
to  a  common  ruin.  As  far  as  Germany  is  con- 
cerned, I  know  nothing  of  this  kind  of  threat  to 
other  nations  .  .  ."  And  he  continued  by  say- 
ing, "All  states  bordering  on  Germany  have  re- 


2  See  the  Press  Relrases  of  April  15,  1939  (vol.  XX, 
no.  498),  pp.  291-293. 


ceived  much  more  binding  assurances,  and 
above  all  suggestions,  than  Mr.  Roosevelt  has 
asked  from  me  in  his  curious  telegram."  Four 
months  later,  as  the  result,  as  we  now  know,  of 
plans  decided  upon  long  before,  Poland  was 
invaded;  and  subsequently  Norway  and  Den- 
mark, the  Netherlands,  Luxemburg,  and  Bel- 
gium— to  all  of  which  countries  the  German 
Government,  had  given  the  "binding  assur- 
ances" to  which  Hitler  had  referred. 

That,  it  would  seem,  is  the  basic  issue  which 
is  raised  when  a  few  well-intentioned  persons 
in  this  country  and  in  others  urge  that  the  in- 
fluence of  this  Government  again  be  exercised 
in  behalf  of  a  negotiated  peace.  Under  condi- 
tions in  Europe  today  could  American  public 
opinion  conceivably  favor  a  negotiation  for 
peace  which  would  sanction  the  continued  en- 
slavement of  the  nations  now  occupied  by  Ger- 
man military  forces?  But  more  than  that,  the 
negotiation  of  any  lasting  peace  must  be  predi- 
cated upon  the  sincere  desire  of  all  the  parties 
to  such  a  settlement  to  abide  by  the  agree- 
ments reached  and  to  carry  out  the  pledges 
which  they  make.  From  the  record  of  the 
German  Government  of  the  past  eight  years 
and  in  the  light  of  the  citation  which  I  have 
read  to  you,  is  it  possible  to  imagine  that  any 
peace  arrived  at  under  present  conditions  would 
be  worth  the  paper  on  which  it  was  written? 

A  cynical  and  flagrant  disregard  for  the 
sanctity  of  the  pledged  word  has  become  one 
of  the  most  tragic  symptoms  of  the  impair- 
ment of  our  modern  civilization. 

There  also  are  some  who  seem  to  feel  that, 
no  matter  what  the  outcome  of  the  present  war 
may  be,  the  United  States  would  nevertheless 
remain  immune  from  attack,  secure  in  its  geo- 
graphical isolation,  and  be  able  to  continue, 
at  least  after  a  period  of  relatively  brief  world 
readjustment,  its  normal  mode  of  life, 

It  is  essential  for  us  at  this  time  to  think 
that  assertion  out — and  to  think  it  out  clearly 
and  dispassionately. 

If  the  Axis  Powers  succeed  in  imposing  their 
rule  in  Europe,  and  in  Africa  and  in  the  Far 
East,  the  control  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  will 
pass  immediately  from   the  hands  of  powers 


126 

which  have  been  traditionally  friendly  to  the 
United  States,  and  whose  control  of  the  seas 
has  in  no  way  jeopardized  American  security, 
to  the  hands  of  powers  which  have  proclaimed 
their  intention  of  dominating  the  world. 

It  has  been  asserted  that  if  an  invading  force 
has  so  far  been  unable  successfully  to  traverse 
the  20  miles  across  the  English  Channel,  it 
would  be  absurd  to  suppose  that  the  3,000  miles 
of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  would  not  constitute  a 
complete  safeguard  for  the  United  States.  In 
my  judgment,  those  who  make  this  assertion 
overlook  certain  primary  facts. 

The  reason  why  the  20  miles  of  the  English 
Channel  have  not  been  successfully  crossed  is 
because  the  British  Navy  controls  the  ap- 
proaches to  the  British  Isles  and,  together  with 
the  Royal  Air  Force,  has  thereby  been  en- 
abled to  prevent  any  successful  attempt  of  in- 
vasion of  England.  If  that  force  wei'e  dis- 
sipated, the  Atlantic  Ocean  would  no  longer 
remain  under  the  control  of  a  power  whose 
control  of  it  offers  no  threat  to  us.  And  more 
than  that,  the  United  States  does  not  as  yet 
possess  two  fleets.  So  long  as  there  is  no  satis- 
factory guaranty  of  stability  of  peace  in  the 
Pacific  and  the  United  States  Navy  remains 
based  in  the  Pacific,  control  of  the  Atlantic 
by  a  sea  power  friendly  to  the  United  States 
is  an  essential  part  of  our  own  national  se- 
curity. 

We  are  all  of  us  fully  familiar  with  the  ar- 
guments that  no  successful  crossing  of  the  At- 
lantic by  a  hostile  air  power  or  a  hostile 
invading  force  could  be  undertaken  so  long  as 
we  are  properly  prepared  to  defend  ourselves. 
Those  who  take  this  point  of  view  seem  to  en- 
vision ultimate  danger  to  the  United  States  in 
the  event  of  a  victory  by  the  Axis  Powers  solely 
in  the  nature  of  an  immediate  attack  directed 
against  continental  United  States.  They  over- 
look, I  believe,  a  more  probable  and  a  more 
logical  sequence  of  events. 

The  other  American  republics  depend  to  the 
extent  of  one  half  of  their  total  exports  upon 
the  European  market.  Some  of  the  greatest 
of  the  South  American  nations  depend  almost 
entirely  upon  Europe  for  their  export  trade. 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BU~LLET1N 

Because  of  the  fact  that  these  other  American 
nations  produce  the  same  commodities  as  we 
ourselves  produce,  there  is  clearly  no  oppor- 
tunity for  the  United  States,  in  the  event  of  a 
German  domination  of  Europe,  to  take  more 
than  a  relatively  small  percentage  of  such  ex- 
ports in  addition  to  those  which  they  now  con- 
sume. And  yet  the  very  lives  of  some  of  our 
neighbors  depend  upon  the  continuation  of 
their  export  trade.  Under  the  German  barter 
system,  with  all  of  its  complicated  and  at- 
tendant political  manipulation,  the  Axis  pow- 
ers would  inevitably  attempt  to  impose  a  com- 
mercial and  financial  stranglehold  upon  these 
neighbors  of  ours,  and  would  at  the  same  time 
commence  immediately  to  undertake  that  same 
policy  of  political  infiltration  as  a  result  of 
commercial  concessions  which  has  been  carried 
out  in  so  many  instances  in  their  dealings  with 
the  smaller  nations  of  Europe. 

If,  as  a  result  of  this  combination  of  pressure 
and  penetration,  the  successful  conquerors  of 
other  continents  were  enabled  to  find  receptive 
elements  in  the  populations  of  some  of  the 
South  American  nations,  it  would  not  be  long 
before  subversive  movements  on  a  large  scale 
would  be  undertaken.  Should  these  prove  suc- 
cessful, physical  invasion  would  soon  follow. 

Were  this  moment  to  arrive,  we  would,  of 
course,  undertake  to  join  our  neighbors  in  the 
defense  of  the  Americas;  and  yet,  until  and  un- 
less our  own  sea  power  had  reached  the  full 
total  now  planned  or  under  construction  and 
was  thus  prepared  to  guard  two  oceans,  the 
menace  to  our  security  through  the  passage  of 
the  control  of  the  high  seas  to  unfriendly 
hands  is  to  my  mind  overwhelmingly  apparent. 

What  we  have  sought  to  do  throughout  these 
years  is  to  uphold  in  every  practicable  way 
those  principles  of  international  law  and  order 
upon  which  alone  we  have  believed  a  peaceful 
and  a  healthy  world  system  could  be  based. 
In  our  relations  with  the  nations  of  the  Far 
East  we  have  asked  for  nothing  more  than  re- 
spect for  universally  applicable  principles  and 
for  those  international  engagements  into  which 
the  powers  of  the  Far  East  had  freely  entered ; 
and  we  have  announced  our  willingness  at  any 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 

time,  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  en- 
gagements to  which  we  were  parties,  to  nego- 
tiate by  pacific  methods  modifications  thereof. 
We  have  insisted  as  well  upon  respect  for  the 
rights  of  the  United  States,  and  of  American 
citizens,  arising  from  treaties  or  recognized 
and  generally  accepted  tenets  of  international 
law. 

It  is  grimly  humorous  to  learn  that  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  is  accused  by 
official  spokesmen  for  the  Japanese  Govern- 
ment of  pursuing  an  aggressive  policy  in  the 
Far  East,  and  to  hear  that  one  of  the  reasons 
for  this  alleged  aggression  on  our  part  is  the 
further  allegation  that  we  have  placed  our  line 
of  defense  in  the  Western  Pacific.  We  are 
also  informed  by  some  of  these  gentlemen  that, 
since  the  United  States  upholds  the  principles 
of  the  Monroe  Doctrine  and  its  application  to 
the  Western  Hemisphere,  there  can  be  no  legiti- 
mate objection  on  the  part  of  the  American 
people  because  the  Empire  of  Japan  desires  to 
establish  its  own  brand  of  new  order  in  the 
Far  East. 

As  I  have  already  stated,  the  United  States 
has  made  every  endeavor  to  promote  friend- 
ship with  all  other  powers,  provided  their  poli- 
cies made  such  friendship  possible.  The 
United  States  has  never  attempted  nor  has  it 
intended  to  extend  its  hegemony  or  jurisdic- 
tion in  the  Pacific  area  during  these  recent 
years.  Its  lines  of  defense  are  determined 
solely  by  the  acts  and  by  the  policies  of  other 
nations.  Those  lines  of  defense  are  fixed  solely 
by  what  we  estimate  is  required,  in  the  light  of 
such  policies  and  acts  by  others,  to  insure  the 
inviolability  and  the  safety  of  our  territory. 

The  Monroe  Doctrine  is  and  always  has  been 
a  policy  of  self-defense  and  not  a  policy  of  ag- 
gression. It  provides  merely  that  the  United 
States  will  not  permit  the  further  acquisition 
of  territory  within  the  Western  Hemisphere 
by  non-American  powers,  or  the  imposition  of 
the  political  systems  of  non-American  nations 
upon  the  nations  of  the  New  World.  It  has 
never  questioned  the  title  to  or  control,  by 
non-American  powers,  of  those  possessions  in 


127 

the  New  World  which  they  held  at  the  time 
when  the  Doctrine  was  proclaimed.  And  fur- 
thermore the  United  States  has  at  no  time 
maintained  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine  vests  in 
the  United  States  either  political  hegemony 
within  the  Western  Hemisphere  or  the  right  to 
exclusive  or  preferential  economic  or  commer- 
cial advantages.  All  nations  have  always  en- 
joyed within  the  Western  Hemisphere  the  same 
rights  to  trade  on  equal  terms  as  those  enjoyed 
by  the  21  independent  American  republics. 

It  is  well,  I  think,  to  emphasize  the  distinc- 
tion between  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  whose  prin- 
ciples are  now  embodied  in  the  multilateral 
agreements  of  the  American  republics,  and  the 
kind  of  political,  commercial,  and  economic 
hegemony  proclaimed  as  the  basis  of  the  new 
order  which  some  Japanese  desire  to  establish 
in  the  Far  East. 

In  the  ever-widening  vortex  in  which  so 
many  of  the  nations  of  the  world  are  plunged, 
the  immediate  question  which  confronts  every 
American  citizen  is  what  is  the  wisest  and  saf- 
est policy  for  their  Government  to  pursue. 

I  believe  today  that  the  people  of  this  coun- 
try are  almost  unanimous  in  supporting  as  the 
essential  basis  of  their  foreign  policy  a  na- 
tional rearmament,  in  such  measure  as  to  in- 
sure at  the  first  possible  moment  the  security 
of  the  New  World. 

As  the  President  and  Secretary  Hull  have 
frankly  stated  to  the  American  people,  every 
course  which  the  United  States  may  today  pur- 
sue is  necessarily  fraught  with  danger. 

But,  in  my  judgment,  the  course  which  is 
least  fraught  with  danger,  and  which  is  most 
likely  to  make  it  possible  for  the  American 
people  to  stay  out  of  war,  is  for  this  country 
to  increase  its  production  of  armaments  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  make  it  possible  for  us  to  make 
available  to  Great  Britain  on  an  ever-increasing 
scale  the  armaments  which  she  requires  in  or- 
der successfully  to  continue  her  war  of  self- 
defense. 

The  help  which  we  have  already  rendered 
Great  Britain  through  making  it  possible  for 
her  to  purchase  munitions  in  the  United  States 


128 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


has  been  of  great  assistance  to  her  in  the  wag- 
ing of  a  brilliant  and  successful  battle  against 
her  opponents. 

If  we  desire  to  insure  that  the  control  of  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  shall  not  pass  to  unfriendly 
hands  and  that  other  friendly  nations  like 
China  and  Greece  can  continue  successfully  to 
withstand  the  forces  of  world  enslavement,  the 
American  people  must  be  prepared  in  their 
own  self-defense  to  render  all  necessary  assist- 
ance which  America  can  produce. 

The  provisions  of  the  legislation  now  pend- 
ing in  the  Congress,  if  enacted  into  law,  would 
greatly  facilitate  that  task.  I  believe  that  the 
time  has  come  when,  in  the  manner  proposed, 
every  branch  of  the  Government  and  every  ele- 
ment in  our  population  must  cooperate  so  that 
these  essential  objectives  may  speedily  and  effi- 
ciently be  attained. 

The  hope  for  the  salvation  of  modern  civi- 
lization, and  for  the  preservation  of  those 
cherished  institutions  upon  which  the  structure 
of  our  own  national  life  rests,  lies  in  the  tri- 
umph of  free  men  and  free  women.  Their  vic- 
tory is  our  security.  The  decisions  which  we 
here  make  during  these  present  weeks  will  in 
great  degree  determine  the  final  outcome. 

CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL 
DEFENSE 

The  following  circular  telegram  from  the 
Secretary  of  Stale  was  sent  to  all  collectors  of 
customs : 

"January  29,  1941. 

"Reference  is  made  to  the  Department's  pre- 
vious circular  airmail  letters  in  regard  to  the 
interpretation  of  the  regulations  issued  pursu- 
ant, to  the  Export  Control  Act  approved  on 
July  2,  1940. 

"It  has  now  been  determined  that  until  fur- 
ther notice  the  term  'Aluminum',  as  used  in 
the  regulations  referred  to  above,  shall  be  in- 
terpreted in  such  manner  as  to  include  alumi- 
num foil.     Accordingly,  licenses  shall   hence- 


forth be  required  for  the  exportation  of  alumi- 
num foil." 

Applications  for  articles  and  materials  in 
the  following  list,  for  destinations  other  than 
the  British  Empire,  must  be  accompanied  by 
affidavits  in  addition  to  a  copy  of  the  order 
from  the  foreign  purchaser. 

The  affidavits  should  report  statistics  regard- 
ing exports  to  the  country  concerned  since 
January  1,  1937,  except  as  noted  by  asterisks : 


1. 

Abrasives 

17. 

Quinine 

2. 

Aluminum  compounds 

18. 

Rubber 

(urea,  uramon, 

am- 

19. 

Silk 

rnoniuni  phosphate, 

20. 

Strontium 

a  m  m  o  n  i  u  m 

sul- 

21. 

Tin 

phate) 

22. 

Toluol 

3. 

Ammonium 

23. 

Tungsten 

4. 

Antimony 

24. 

Zinc* 

5. 

Asbestos 

25. 

Potashf 

6. 

Bromine 

26. 

Cobalt 

7. 

Ethylene 

27. 

Cotton  linters 

8. 

Ethylene  dibrom 

ide 

28. 

Dimethylaniline 

9. 

Chromium 

29. 

Industrial  diamonds 

10. 

Copper* 

30. 

Iron  and  steel* 

11. 

Brass* 

31. 

Magnesium 

12. 

Bronze* 

32. 

Manila  fiber 

13. 

Nickel* 

33. 

Manganese 

14. 

Methylamine 

34. 

Mercury 

15. 

Nitrates 

35. 

Hides 

16. 

Platinum 

•Affidavits  for  exportation  since  Jan.  1,  1935. 
tAlso  for  the  Union   of  South  Africa.   New  Zealand,   and 
Australia. 

DEATH  OF  WILLIAM  GIBBS  McADOO 

I  Released  to  the  press  February  I J 

The  Secretary  of  State  issued  the  following 
statement  on  February  1 : 

"I  am  greatly  distressed  to  learn  of  the  pass- 
ing of  Senator  McAdoo.  We  were  warm  per- 
sonal friends  for  over  a  period  of  30  years.  His 
long  record  of  splendid,  unstinted,  and  loyal 
public  service  is  ample  testimony  of  the  loss 
sustained  by  the  country  in  his  death.  He  was 
one  of  the  outstanding  leaders  of  the  times  and 
will  be  grievously  missed  by  countless  friends 
and  by  the  general  public  throughout  the  Na- 
tion and  abroad." 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 

PASSPORT  STATISTICS 

[Released  to  the  press  January  30] 

The  following  information  concerning  per- 
sons procuring  passports  or  renewals  has  been 
compiled  from  passport  and  renewal  applica- 
tions received  by  the  Department  of  State  dur- 
ing the  calendar  year  ending  December  31, 
1940: 

OCCUPATION 


Accountant- 
Actor 

Architect 

Artist 


Banker,  broker 

Buyer,  exporter,  importer 

Clerk,  secretary 1, 

Contractor 

Doctor 

Draftsman 

Druggist 

Engineer 1, 

Executive li 

Farmer,  rancher 

Florist 

Housewife 3, 

Interior  decorator 

Laborer  (common) 

Laborer    (skilled) 

Lawyer 

Librarian 

Manufacturer 

Merchant 

Miscellaneous 

Missionary 

Musician 

None L 

Nurse 

Religious 

Restaurateur 

Retired 

Salesman 1, 

Scientist 

Servant 

Student 2, 

Teacher 1, 

Technician 

Tradesman 

Writer 


385 
223 

69 
159 
408 
404 
840 

S3 
459 

63 

19 
496 
467 
361 

26 
194 

14 
516 
119 
413 

59 
269 
406 
695 
775 
172 
809 
400 
506 

78 
385 
018 
353 
210 
270 
408 
197 

87 
438 


Total 26, 253 

destination 
Africa 396 

Australia  and  New  Zealand 570 

Bermuda 1,  945 

290218—41 2 


129 

Canada  and  Newfoundland 728 

Eastern  Europe 48 

Far  East 5,291 

Latin  America 15,  508 

Near  East 607 

Western  Europe 1,  528 

OBJECT  OF   TRAVEL 

Commerce 3,  628 

Education 601 

Employment 3, 439 

Family  affairs 706 

Health 185 

Personal  business 5,  414 

Pleasure 10,  380 

Profession 446 

Religion 1,  352 

Science 102 

APPLICANT 

Native 22,  963 

Naturalized 3,  290 

Male 16,  661 

Female 9,  592 

ADDITIONAL   PERSONS    INCLUDED    IN    PASSPORTS 

Adults 2,325 

Minors 2,712 

PREVIOUS   PASSPORTS 

Number  of  applicants  having  been  previously 

issued  American  passports 8,  S82 

DISTRIBUTION    BY    STATES 

Alabama 107 

Alaska 17 

Arizona 239 

Arkansas 77 

California 5,  330 

Colorado 197 

Connecticut 517 

Delaware 79 

District  of  Columbia 333 

Florida 554 

Georgia 151 

Idaho 56 

Illinois 1,  364 

Indiana 265 

Iowa 160 

Kansas 126 

Kentucky 95 

Louisiana 407 

Maine 113 

Maryland 297 

Massachusetts r—  1, 200 

Michigan 467 

Minnesota  _-, 265 

Mississippi , 85 

Missouri 358 

Montana 87 


130 

Nebraska 72 

Nevada 38 

New  Hampshire 61 

New  Jersey 1,302 

New  Mexico 81 

New  York  City 4, 262 

New  York  State0 2,148 

North  Carolina 156 

North  Dakota 22 

Ohio 856 

Oklahoma 280 

Oregon , 208 

Pennsylvania 1,  216 

Rhode    Island 124 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 

South  Carolina 68 

South  Dakota 34 

Tennessee - 118 

Texas 1, 067 

Utah 144 

Vermont 30 

Virginia . 251 

Washington 462 

West  Virginia 60 

Wisconsin 216 

Wyoming 31 

Total 26,  253 

"  Exclusive  of  New  York  City. 


DISTINGUISHED  VISITORS  FROM  CHILE  AND  PERU 


Three  well-known  educators  from  Chile  and 
the  Director  of  the  Museums  of  Peru,  who  have 
heen  invited  to  visit  the  United  States  by  the 
Department  of  State,  arrived  in  Washington 
on  January  29  and  will  remain  in  this  city 
until  February  4.  Two  of  the  Chilean  visitors 
are  authorities  on  fine  arts.  Sen  or  Domingo 
Santa  Cruz  is  in  charge  of  artistic  education 
in  Chile  and  is  Dean  of  the  School  of  Fine 
Arts  of  the  University  of  Chile.  He  is  accom- 
panied by  Sehor  Carlos  Humeres,  who  is  the 
Director  of  the  School  of  Fine  Arts,  and  by 
Senor  Eugenio  Pereira  Salas,  whose  book  on 
the  history  of  music  in  Chile  has  just  been  pub- 
lished by  the  press  of  the  University  of  Chile. 
Senora  de  Pereira  is  also  a  member  of  the 
party;  she  is  a  professor  in  the  Conservatory 
of  Music  and  a  concert  singer  who  has  given 
special  study  to  songs  by  Chilean  composers. 

During  their  stay  in  Washington  the  visitors 
have  been  in  touch  with  persons  and  organiza- 
tions in  which  they  are  interested,  including 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Library  of 
Congress,  the  American  Council  of  Learned 
Societies,  and  the  American  Association  of 
Museums.  Various  affairs  in  their  honor  have 
been  arranged,  including  a  small  luncheon  at 
the  Cosmos  Club  on  January  31,  and  a  recep- 
tion at  the  Pan  American  Room  of  the  May- 


flower Hotel  on  Sunday  afternoon,  February  2. 

A  luncheon  in  honor  of  Sehor  Luis  Valcarcel, 
the  Director  of  the  Museums  of  Peru,  will  be 
held  at  the  Cosmos  Club  on  February  3,  at- 
tended by  representatives  of  the  Peruvian 
Embassy,  by  the  Director  of  the  Pan  American 
Union,  and  by  representatives  of  other  artistic 
organizations  in  Washington.  Dr.  Valcarcel 
plans  to  spend  a  week  or  more  in  Washington 
in  consultation  with  various  institutions  and 
to  then  visit  a  number  of  museums  and  uni- 
versities in  the  United  States.  In  addition  to 
being  Director  of  Museums,  Dr.  Valcarcel  is 
also  President  of  the  Writers'  Association  of 
Peru  and  is  a  professor  at  San  Marcos 
University,  Lima. 

Senor  Valcarcel  and  Senor  Pereira  were 
guests  of  honor  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the 
American  Council  of  Learned  Societies  held  on 
January  31  at  the  Washington  Hotel.  They 
were  introduced  by  the  chairman,  and  each  de- 
livered a  brief  address.  On  the  same  evening 
the  other  members  of  the  Chilean  party  were 
guests  at  a  concert  of  chamber  music  in  the 
Library  of  Congress. 

The  Chilean  Embassy  entertained  in  honor  of 
the  Chilean  visitors  and  a  group  of  22  Chilean 
students  attending  a  special  winter  school  at 
Columbia  University  at  a  reception  on  Febru- 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


131 


ary  1.  The  Chilean  group  will  proceed  to 
Philadelphia  on  the  afternoon  of  February  3, 
■where  they  will  be  guests  of  honor  at  various 
musical  and  artistic  events,  including  the  con- 
cert of  the  Philadelphia  Orchestra  Association 
on  Monday  evening,  February  3.  On  Febru- 
ary 5  they  will  proceed  to  New  York  for  a  stay 
of  several  weeks,  to  visit  museums,  etc. 

Seiior  Pereira  plans  to  return  to  Washing- 
ton during  the  month  of  March  to  carry  out 
special  research  in  the  Library  of  Congress  in 
connection  with  various  historical  studies  in 
which  he  is  engaged.  He  is  preparing,  for  pub- 
lication, an  exhaustive  study  of  United  States 
relations  with  Chile. 

The  National  Gallery  of  Art  has  expressed 
its  intention  of  inviting  Sefior  Santa  Cruz  and 
Seiior  Humeres  to  attend  its  formal  opening 
on  March  17. 

VISIT  OF  CHILEAN  NEWSPAPEEMEN 
TO  THE  UNITED  STATES 

[Released  to  the  press  January  29] 

Seven  American  newspapers  have  each  in- 
vited a  representative  of  a  Chilean  newspaper 
to  visit  this  country  and  join  its  staff  for  a 
period  of  about  two  months.  This  plan  has 
been  worked  out  as  a  result  of  the  initiative- 
of  the  Honorable  Claude  G.  Bowers,  American 
Ambassador  to  Chile,  by  direct  negotiation 
with  the  American  newspapers  concerned,  and 
with  the  collaboration  of  Dean  Carl  Ackerman, 
of  the  School  of  Journalism  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, and  Mr.  J.  Stanton  Robbins,  Chief  of 
the  Educational  Travel  Department  of  the 
Grace  Line. 

The  following  list  shows  the  persons  selected, 
the  Chilean  newspaper  represented  (all  in  San- 
tiago except  where  otherwise  specified),  and 
the  host  newspaper  in  the  United  States : 


Chilean  newspaper 
El  Diario  Ilustrado 
El  Impartial 
El  Mercurio 
El  Mercurio 

(Valparaiso) 
La  Bora 
La  Nation 
La  Union 

(Valparaiso) 


Individual 
Manuel  Vega 
Rafael  Valdivieso 
Carlos  Eastman 
Francisco  le  Dantec 

Joaquin  Muirhead 
Guillermo  Valenzuela 
Luis  Ignaeio  Silva 


American  newspaper 
Washington  Star 
Detroit  News 
New  York  Times 
Philadelphia  Bulletin 
Washington  Post 
Los  Angeles  Times 
Boston  Qlobe 

It  is  expected  that  the  journalists  will  reach 
New  York  on  February  10  and  sail  for  Chile 
on  April  11.  With  the  exception  of  brief  visits 
to  Washington  and  New  York,  each  visiting 
newspaperman  will  be  attached  to  the  Ameri- 
can newspaper  to  which  he  has  been  assigned. 

The  leading  newspapers  of  Chile  will  be 
represented  in  this  undertaking.  El  Diario 
Ilustrado  is  one  of  the  leading  conservative 
newspapers  of  Santiago.  El  Impartial  is  the 
oldest  afternoon  newspaper,  of  independent  but 
generally  conservative  attitude.  The  so-called 
dean  of  the  Chilean  press,  El  MercuHo,  will 
have  a  representative  from  both  its  Santiago 
and  Valparaiso  staffs.  La  Hora  is  an  important 
morning  daily,  which  reflects  the  viewpoint  of 
the  radical  party,  the  titular  head  of  which  is 
the  Chief  Executive  of  Chile,  His  Excellency 
Don  Pedro  Aguirre  Cerda.  La  Nation  is  an  in- 
dependent morning  newspaper  sympathetic  to 
the  Aguirre  Cerda  administration.  La  Union 
is  one  of  the  leading  newspapers  of  Valparaiso. 


TRAVEL  GRANT  TO  AMERICAN 
EDUCATOR 

Dr.  Elmer  L.  Sevringhaus,  President  of  the 
Association  for  the  Study  of  Internal  Secre- 
tions, of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 
Wisconsin,  will  receive  a  Government  travel 
grant  through  the  Department  of  State  in  order 
to  enable  him  to  visit  Argentina  and  Uruguay 
and  lecture  before  professional  groups.  The 
grant  is  being  made  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Second  Deficiency  Appropriation  Act  of  1940, 
which  provided  funds  for  the  exchange  of  dis- 
tinguished cultural,  professional,  and  artistic 
leaders  between  the  United  States  and  the  other 
American  republics. 


132 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


Dr.  Sevringhaus,  the  first  American  citizen  to 
receive  one  of  these  travel  grants,  will  depart 
from  Miami  by  plane  on  February  20  and  ar- 
rive in  Buenos  Aires  on  February  24,  going  by 
way  of  Santiago,  Chile.  He  will  spend  the 
period  February  26  to  March  12  in  Montevideo, 
where  he  will  deliver  a  series  of  lectures  and 
will  also  be  able  to  attend  the  Second  Pan  Ameri- 
can Congress  of  Endocrinology.  From  March 
13  to  18,  inclusive,  he  will  give  a  series  of  lec- 
tures in  Buenos  Aires,  returning  thereafter  by 
plane  to  the  United  States,  where  he  will  arrive 
about  March  23  at  Miami. 

Dr.  Sevringhaus'  lectures  will  serve  to  ac- 
quaint his  professional  colleagues  in  Buenos 
Aires  and  Montevideo  with  the  latest  advances 
in  the  study  of  endocrinology  in  the  United 
States  and  the  contributions  of  scientists  in  this 
country  to  the  body  of  knowledge  on  this  im- 
portant subject.  At  the  same  time,  he  will  be 
able  to  inform  himself  at  first-hand  of  the  latest 
developments  in  the  study  of  endocrinology  in 
the  countries  he  visits. 


The  following  is  a  biographical  statement  re- 
garding Dr.  Sevringhaus : 

Born  in  New  Albany,  Indiana,  February  9, 
1894 ;  University  of  Wisconsin,  A.B.  1916,  A.M. 
1918 ;  Harvard  University,  M.D.  1921 ;  Assist- 
ant in  Organic  Chemistry  and  Physiological 
Chemistry,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1916-19; 
Assistant  Professor,  1921-25;  Associate  Profes- 
sor, 1925-27;  Professor  of  Medicine,  1927—; 
Chemist,  Wisconsin  General  Hospital,  1924-35; 
Associate  Physician,  1927 — ;  Consultant,  Wis- 
consin Psychiatrical  Institute,  1924 — ;  Mem- 
ber of  the  American  Association  for  the  Study 
of  Internal  Secretions  (President) ;  American 
Society  of  Biological  Chemists;  American  Medi- 
cal Association ;  Fellow  of  the  American  College 
of  Physicians;  American  Society  of  Clinical  In- 
vestigation; Central  Society  for  Clinical  Re- 
search; Interurban  Clinical  Club.  His  special 
fields  of  investigation  are  endocrinology  and 
metabolism. 


FISHERY  MISSION  TO  PERU 


[Released  to  the  press  January  27] 

Bound  for  Callao,  Peru,  the  80-foot  purse- 
seiner  Pacific  Queen  cleared  San  Pedro  harbor, 
California,  the  night  of  January  25.  Char- 
tered by  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  United 
States  Department  of  the  Interior,  in  behalf  of 
the  Peruvian  Government,  the  vessel  carries 
Milton  J.  Lobell,  biologist  and  third  member  of 
a  scientific  mission  detailed  by  the  President  to 
assist  the  Peruvian  Government  in  conducting 
a  survey  of  its  fishery  resources. 

Cooperation  of  the  Service  experts  was  ef- 
fected at  the  request  of  the  Peruvian  Govern- 
ment, and,  pursuant  to  arrangements  therewith, 
the  survey  group  will  be  composed  of  R.  H. 
Fiedler,  Chief,  Division  of  Fishery  Industries, 
who  will  serve  as  chief  of  the  mission;  N.  D. 
Jarvis,  Associate  Technologist,  also  of  the 
Fishery  Industries  Division,  in  charge  of  prac- 
tical fishery-preservation  demonstrations;  and 
Milton  J.  Lobell,  Biologist,  recently  returned 
from  the  Byrd  Antarctic  Expedition  and  trans- 


ferred temporarily  from  the  Division  of  Fishery 
Biology  to  head  the  mission's  study  of  fishing 
methods  and  various  phases  of  fishery  biology. 

Mr.  Fiedler  and  Mr.  Jarvis  sailed  from  New 
York  for  Peru  on  January  3.3  Mr.  Fiedler's 
detail  to  Peru  will  cover  about  two  months, 
while  those  of  Messrs.  Jarvis  and  Lobell  will  be 
extended  for  a  period  of  approximately  four 
months. 

Upon  their  arrival  in  Callao,  the  three  United 
States  scientists,  accompanied  by  six  Peruvian 
experts,  will  immediately  begin  the  survey. 
Their  work  will  consist  of  practical  demonstra- 
tions in  fish-capturing  methods;  collection  of 
specimens;  and  the  expert  exploration  of  the 
variance  in  abundance,  life  habits  and  history, 
and  migration  of  fishes  along  the  1,400-mile 
coast  of  Peru. 

Mr.  Fiedler  will  study  and  make  recommen- 
dations  in   all  phases   of  fishery   production, 


3  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  4,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
p.  13. 


FEBRUARY    1,    19  41 


133 


marketing,  distribution,  financing,  and  ware- 
housing methods. 

According  to  Mr.  Fiedler,  "these  studies  and 
researches  will  not  be  exhaustive  and  conclusive, 
but  will  be  for  the  purpose  of  outlining  the 
fields  in  which  subsequent  investigation,  re- 
search, and  experimentation  should  be  directed. 

"The  three  of  us  will  conduct  a  general  study 
to  evaluate  the  present  nature,  extent,  and  mag- 
nitude of  the  fisheries  and  fishing  industries  of 
Peru.  We  will  utilize  new  types  of  fishing 
gear;  demonstrate  and  conduct  research  in  the 
packing  of  fishery  products;  and,  after  study 
of  data  collected  during  the  survey,  will  make 
recommendations  for  improvement  of  the 
Peruvian  fisheries,  and  outline  a  research  pro- 
gram in  fisheries  to  be  conducted  by  the 
Peruvian  Government.  This  latter  envisages 
the  development  of  a  plan  of  administra- 
tive organization  for  a  Peruvian  Bureau  of 
Fisheries." 

With  these  experts  went  complete  machinery 
and  equipment,  for  the  work;  also  a  large, 
modern,  portable  cold-storage  cabinet  for 
holding  fish  in  retail  stores;  together  with 
newest-type  cartons,  wrappers,  and  shipping 
containers  for  fishery  products.  The  boat 
carried,  in  addition,  for  donation  to  the  Peru- 
vian Government,  a  compact  library  of  refer- 
ence publications  on  the  fisheries  of  the  North 
American  Continent,  which  volumes  will  form 
the  nucleus  of  a  library  for  the  new  Bureau 
of  Fisheries  to  be  established  in  Peru. 

For  carrying  out  the  actual  fishing  work, 
the  105-ton,  240-HP  Diesel-motored  vessel,  the 
Pacific  Queen,  built  at  Tacoma,  Washington, 
in  1939,  has  been  chartered  for  the  duration  of 
the  survey.  Outfitted  at  San  Francisco,  the 
80-foot,  refrigerated,  purse-seiner  Pacific 
Queen  is  capable  of  fishing  with  every  gear — 
purse  seine,  gill  net,  otter  trawl,  harpoon,  troll- 
and  hand-lines ;  is  equipped  with  crab  and  lob- 
ster pots,  and  complete  gear  for  tonging  and 
dredging.  In  addition,  specialized  marine 
scientific  equipment  consists  of  plankton  tow 


nets,  bottom-sampling  dredges  and  grabs,  and 
Nansen-Knudsen  bottles  for  water  sampling, 
pickling  vats,  fathometer,  meterwheel,  and  the 
newest-type  Herrington  current  meter. 

Mr.  Lobell,  biologist  of  the  survey,  will  ac- 
company the  Pacific  Queen  from  Seattle  to 
Callao,  which  will  be  the  working  headquarters 
of  the  Service  scientists  while  in  Peru.  Carl 
M.  Hansen,  who  sailed  with  Raoul  Amundsen 
on  the  Norwegian  North-Polar  Expedition 
(1918-25)  and  has  fished  all  waters  south  to 
the  equator,  will  captain  the  vessel.  Max 
Odenwahl,  appointed  chief  engineer,  is  expert 
in  operation  of  refrigerated  vessels,  of  which 
the  Pacific  Queen  represents  the  latest  in  con- 
struction. Six  practical  fishermen,  according 
to  Mr.  Lobell,  have  been  selected  "because  of 
their  detailed  and  intimate  knowledge  of  all 
types  of  gear  as  well  as  their  general  char- 
acter". These  eight,  in  addition  to  a  cook, 
comprise  the  vessel's  crew.  It  is  probable  that 
other  Peruvian  vessels  will  accompany  the 
expedition. 

Dr.  Eduardo  Garland,  Counselor  of  the  Pe- 
ruvian Embassy  here,  has  been  designated  by 
his  Government  to  act  as  liaison  officer  in 
Washington.  He  concluded  final  arrange- 
ments and  details  prior  to  the  departure  of 
the  mission  to  Peru. 

In  addition,  the  Peruvian  Government  has 
designated  a  committee  in  Peru,  having  official 
status,  which  will  constitute  a  liaison  agency 
for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the  members  of 
the  mission,  while  in  South  America,  to  main- 
tain contact  with  the  appropriate  officials  of 
the  Peruvian  Government,  and  to  arrange  for 
transportation  within  the  country  and  other 
details.  The  membership  of  this  committee 
includes,  among  others,  at  least  six  Peruvian 
technicians — two  qualified  in  economics,  two  in 
chemistry  and  engineering,  and  two  in  biology. 
These  men  will  accompany  the  Service's  inves- 
tigators during  the  survey  and  will  probably 
have  charge  of  the  organization  that  will  carry 
out  the  recommendations  of  the  mission  after 
it  departs  from  Peru, 


134 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


MESSAGE  FROM  REGIONAL  CONFER- 
ENCE OF  THE  RIVER  PLATE  RE- 
PUBLICS 

[Released  to  the  press  February  1] 

The  following  message,  in  translation,  has 
been  received  by  the  President  from  His  Ex- 
cellency Alberto  Guani,  Foreign  Minister  of 
Uruguay,  who  is  serving  as  President  of  the 
Regional  Conference  of  the  River  Plate 
Republics : 

"Montevideo,  January  28,  1941. 
"Fully  appreciating  the  presence  of  the  dip- 
lomatic representative  of  the  United  States  of 
America  and  recalling  the  generous  partici- 
pation of  your  Government  in  the  Chaco  Peace 
Conference,  I  have  the  honor  on  behalf  of  the 
delegations  attending  the  Regional  Conference 
of  the  Countries  of  the  River  Plate  to  extend 
to  Your  Excellency  the  most  sincere  expression 
of  friendship  toward  the  Government  and  peo- 
ple of  the  United  States  of  America  together 
with  best  wishes  for  the  personal  well-being  of 
His  Excellency  the  President  and  the  pros- 
perity of  our  sister  nation. 

Alberto  Guani" 

The  President  has  transmitted  the  following 
reply : 

"January  31,  1941. 

"I  have  received  with  great  pleasure  your 
kind  telegram  of  January  28  expressing  your 
friendly  appreciation  of  the  presence  of  the 
representative  of  this  country  at  the  conference 


of  the  five  great  republics  at  present  assembled 
in  Montevideo. 

"Please  convey  to  the  assembled  delegates 
my  warm  appreciation  for  their  expression  of 
friendship  and  my  hope  that  their  deliberations 
will  mark  another  step  toward  further  cement- 
ing relations  among  the  countries  of  this 
Hemisphere. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


Canada 


DEATH  OF  THE  UNDER  SECRETARY 
OF  STATE  FOR  EXTERNAL  AFFAIRS 

[Released  to  the  press  January  28] 

The  following  message  was  sent  to  the  Prime 
Minister  of  Canada,  W.  L.  Mackenzie  King, 
by  the  Secretary  of  State  upon  the  death  of 
Dr.  O.  D.  Skelton,  Under  Secretary  of  State 
for  External  Affairs  of  Canada : 

"January  28,  1941. 
"It  is  with  deep  sorrow  that  I  have  received 
the  news  of  the  death  of  Dr.  Skelton.  Canada 
has  lost  a  splendid  public  servant  and  the 
United  States  a  good  friend  who  will  be  par- 
ticularly remembered  in  this  country  for  his 
contributions  toward  a  closer  understanding 
between  the  American  and  Canadian  peoples. 
Cordell  Hull" 


Europe 


PRESENTATION  OP  LETTERS  OF  CREDENCE  BY  THE  BRITISH 

AMBASSADOR 


[Released  to  the  press  January  30] 

The  following  remarks  were  made  by  the 
newly  appointed  Ambassador  of  Great  Britain, 
the  Eight  Honorable  the  Viscount  Halifax, 
K.G.,  upon  the  occasion  of  the  presentation  of 
his  letters  of  credence,  January  24,  1941 : 

Mr.  President: 

In  handing  you  today  the  Royal  letter  ac- 
crediting me  as  His  Majesty's  Ambassador  to 
the  United  States,  I  am  instructed  by  the  King, 
my  August  Sovereign  and  Master,  to  convey  to 
you  his  friendly  greetings  and  to  express  his 
earnest  hope  for  the  happiness  and  prosperity 
of  the  United  States. 

The  sudden  death  of  my  distinguished  pred- 
ecessor, the  Marquess  of  Lothian,  deprived 
Great  Britain  of  a  representative  who  knew 
and  loved  the  United  States  of  America  and 
who  had  laboured  unceasingly  to  draw  still 
more  close  the  ties  which  unite  our  two  coun- 
tries. His  Majesty's  Government  are  gratified 
to  know  that  his  labours  were  not  unfruitful. 

In  these  heroic  and  tragic  days,  when  it  is 
the  privilege  of  my  country  to  be  the  champion 
against  brutal  wrong-doing  of  all  that  the 
American  and  British  Nations  hold  most  dear, 
my  Sovereign  has  deemed  it  expedient  to  en- 
trust to  me,  as  a  member  of  his  war  cabinet, 
the  task  which  the  late  Ambassador  had  so 
worthily  discharged. 

Following  his  example,  and  in  accordance 
with  my  instructions,  I  shall  do  all  in  my  power 
to  maintain  and  strengthen  the  close  relations 
which  now  for  many  years  have  so  happily 
existed  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States.  I  know  that  in  this  important  task  I 
shall  receive  your  support,  Mr.  President,  and 
that  of  your  administration. 

I  take  up  my  office  at  a  time  when  the  help 
which  the  people  of  the  United  States  are 
giving  to  the  people  of  Great  Britain  assumes 
an  ever-increasing   importance.    That   assist- 


ance has  already  been  invaluable,  and  its  con- 
tinuance as  your  nation  speedily  develops  its 
unrivaled   industrial  strength,  will  assuredly 
secure  the  triumph  of  the  cause  on  which  you, 
no  less  than  we,  are  resolved. 

In  conclusion  I  would  say  how  deeply  I  ap- 
preciate the  honour  of  representing  His  Maj- 
esty in  the  United  States.  I  have  been  a  vis- 
itor here  before,  and  I  welcome  the  opportunity 
thus  afforded  to  me  of  acquiring  a  more  inti- 
mate knowledge  of  this  great  people  whose 
qualities  and  achievements  I  have  already 
learnt  to  respect. 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  the 
Viscount  Halifax  follows: 

Mr.  Ambassador  : 

I  am  delighted,  Mr.  Ambassador,  to  welcome 
you  to  Washington  and  to  receive  from  your 
hands  the  letters  which  accredit  you,  a  member 
of  the  British  war  cabinet,  as  His  Britannic 
Majesty's  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  to  the  United  States. 

I  greatly  appreciate  the  friendly  personal 
greeting  and  the  expression  of  good  wishes  for 
the  United  States  which  you  have  just  con- 
veyed to  me  from  His  Britannic  Majesty,  and 
I  take  this  occasion  to  reaffirm  the  warm 
friendly  feeling  of  myself  and  of  the  American 
people  for  the  Government  and  people  of  Great 
Britain  and  of  the  whole  British  Common- 
wealth of  Nations. 

The  tragic  and  untimely  death  of  your  dis- 
tinguished predecessor,  Lord  Lothian,  came  as 
a  profound  shock  to  all  of  us  who  had  been 
privileged  to  know  him.  He  had  deeply  im- 
pressed us  all  with  his  sincere  friendship  for 
the  United  States  and  with  his  untiring  efforts 
toward  closer  understanding  between  English- 
speaking  peoples. 

Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  have 
long  been  linked  by  intimate  bonds  of  blood 

135 


136 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


and  friendship.  I  feel  confident,  Mr.  Ambas- 
sador, that  your  presence  in  the  United  States 
will  increasingly  strengthen  these  strong  ties 
between  our  two  countries. 

Let  me  assure  you  that  in  all  your  work 
here  you  may  always  count  upon  my  full  co- 
operation and  the  cooperation  of  the  various 


agencies  of  this  Government.  I  want  to  assure 
you  further  of  our  firm  determination  to  con- 
tinue on  an  ever-increasing  scale  our  assistance 
to  Great  Britain  and  to  make  available  muni- 
tions and  supplies  now  flowing  from  the  rap- 
idly expanding  industrial  facilities  of  the 
United  States. 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FOE  RELIEF  IN  BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 


[Released  to  the  press  January  31] 

The  following  tabulation  shows  contribu- 
tions collected  and  disbursed  during  the  period 
September  6,  1039,  through  December  31,  1940, 
as  shown  in  the  reports  submitted  by  persons 
and  organizations  registered  with  the  Secretary 
of  State  for  the  solicitation  and  collection  of 
contributions  to  be  used  for  relief  in  belliger- 
ent countries,  in  conformity  with  the  regula- 
tions issued  pursuant  to  section  8  of  the  act  of 
November  4,  1939,  as  made  effective  by  the 
President's  proclamation  of  the  same  date. 

This  tabulation  has  reference  only  to  con- 
tributions solicited  and  collected  for  relief  in 
belligerent  countries  (France;  Germany;  Po- 
land; the  United  Kingdom,  India,  Australia, 
Canada,  New  Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South 
Africa ;  Norway ;  Belgium ;  Luxemburg ;  the 
Netherlands;  Italy;  and  Greece)  or  for  the  re- 


lief of  refugees  driven  out  of  these  countries 
by  the  present  war.  The  statistics  set  forth 
in  the  tabulation  do  not  include  information  re- 
garding relief  activities  which  a  number  of  or- 
ganizations registered  with  the  Secretary  of 
State  may  be  carrying  on  in  non-belligerent 
countries,  but  for  which  registration  is  not  re- 
quired under  the  Neutrality  Act  of  1939. 

The  American  National  Bed  Cross  is  required 
by  law  to  submit  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
audit  "a  full,  complete,  and  itemized  report  of 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  whatever  kind". 
In  order  to  avoid  an  unnecessary  duplication  of 
work,  this  organization  is  not  required  to  con- 
form to  the  provisions  of  the  regulations  gov- 
erning the  solicitation  and  collection  of  con- 
tributions for  relief  in  belligerent  countries, 
and  the  tabulation  does  not,  therefore,  include 
information  in  regard  to  its  activities. 


Contributions  foe  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Action  Democrata  Espafiola,  San  Francisco,  Calif., 
Mar.  29, 1940.°    France 

The  Allied  Civilian  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  27,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Allied  Relief  Ball,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y„  Apr.  4, 1940. 
Great  Britain  and  France 

American  Aid  for  German  War  Prisoners,  Buffalo,  N.  Y„ 
Sept.  27,  1940.    Canada 

American  Association  for  Assistance  to  French  Artists, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    France 

American  Association  of  University  Women,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  May  23,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain, 
Sweden,  Palestine,  Canada,  and  Switzerland.. 

American  Auxiliary  Committee  de  I'Union  des  Femmes 
de  France,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  8,  1939.  France, 
Great  Britain,  and  Germany 

American  Board  of  Missions  to  the  Jews,  Inc.,  Brook- 
lyn, N.  Y.,  July  5,  1940.  France,  Belgium,  and  Ger- 
many  


$312. 19 

105. 98 

52,  696.  35 

3,433.53 

14,501.44 

14, 862.  73 


$125.00 

None 

39,  964. 39 

2,005.73 

9,  216.  03 

11,327.50 


$57. 01 

None 

12,731.96 

203. 79 

3,  512. 14 

604.96 


$130. 18 

105. 98 

None 

1, 224. 01 

1,773.27 

2,  930.  27 


None 
None 
None 
$70.00 
1, 605. 15 

None 


None 
None 
None 
$330.00 
None 

None 


»  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 

Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


137 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 


American  Committee  for  Christian  Refugees,  Inc.,  New 

-    York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  26,  1930.    Germany  and  France 

American  Committee  for  the  German  Relief  Fund,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  27,  1940.  Germany,  Poland, 
Canada,  Dutch  Guiana,  British  West  Indies,  and 
Jamaica - 

American  Committee  for  the  Polish  Ambulance  Fund. 
Chicago,  111.,  Feb.  12,  1940.  France,  Poland,  and 
England.. 

American  Committee  for  the  Syrian  Orphanage  in 
Jerusalem,  Woodside,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  3, 1940. 
Palestine,  Germany,  and  British  East  Africa. 

American  Dental  Ambulance  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  12,1940.    United  Kingdom 

American  Employment  for  General  Relief,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  May  1, 1940.  England,  France,  Norway, 
Poland,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands-. 

American  Federation  for  Polish  Jews,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y„  Sept.  14,  1939.    Poland - -- 

American  Field  Hospital  Corps,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec. 
12,  1939.     France,  Belgium,  Holland,  and  England... 

American  Field  Service,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  27, 

1939.  France,   Great  Britain,   British   East   Africa, 
Greece,  and  French  African  Colonies- 

American  and  French  Students'  Correspondence  Ex- 
change, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  20, 1939.  France  and 
England... 

American-French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  14,  1939.     France  and  Great  Britain.. 

American  Friends  of  Britain,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Aug.  30,  1940.    Great  Britain. 

American  Friends  of  Czechoslovakia,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  2,  1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Bohemia- 
Moravia - 

American  Friends  of  the  Daily  Sketch  War  Relief  Fund, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  1,  1939.    Great  Britain.. 

American  Friends  of  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  21,  1939.    France,  Germany,  and  England. 

American  Friends ofaJewish  Palestine,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  9,  1940.  Palestine,  Germany,  Poland, 
France,  and  the  United  Kingdom 

American  Friends  Service  Committee,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  Nov.  9,  1939.  United  Kingdom,  Poland,  Ger- 
many, France,  Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands, 
Italy,  and  Portugal 

The  American  Fund  for  Breton  Relief,  New  York,  N.  Y„ 
Oct.  31,  1939.    France  and  England.. 

American  Fund  for  French  Wounded,  Inc.,  Boston, 
Mass.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    France  and  England 1 

American-German  Aid  Society,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 
Nov.  15,  1939.    Germany  and  Canada 

The  American  Hospital  in  Britain,  Ltd.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  July  24,  1940.    Great  Britain 

The  American  Jewish  Joint  Distribution  Committee, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1939.  United  King- 
dom, Poland,  Germany,  France,  Norway,  Belgium, 
Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands... 

American  McAll  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan. 
3,  1940.    England - 

American-Polish  National  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Aug. 
14,  1940.    Poland -- -- 

The  American  School  Committee  for  Aid  to  Greece,  Inc., 
Princeton,  N.  J.,  Dec.  16, 1940.    Greece 

American  War  Godmothers,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Mar.  6, 

1940.  France.. - 


None 
3,  249.  52 

3,  200. 00 

6,  244.  30 

228,  545.  49 

334, 947. 13 

8,  509.  01 
50,  513.  63 
8, 492.  33 

31,649.08 

3,  453.  87 
338,401.98 

4,  782. 84 

117,235.32 

5,  266.  05 
18, 606.  45 

4, 663.  28 
5,  355.  00 

2, 955,  505.  88 
1,915.12 
4,133.47 
14,  642.  62 
1,080.22 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


None 
3,133.02 

None 

5,020.75 

185,621.42 

292,  208.  43 

4,  238.  42 
30,  267.  33 
4,  450. 00 

25,  286.  42 

2, 357.  00 

182,  360. 49 

1,927.02 

107,861.17 

3,  786.  50 

13,  206. 47 

3,  425.  00 

None 

2,  073, 193.  83 

1,615.77 

2, 932. 40 

12,519.03 

180.07 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


None 
101.50 

3. 082. 69 

376. 14 

24, 608.  39 

16,975.92 

1,411.13 
9,  499.  51 
2, 890.  80 

5,  592. 46 

None 

34, 272, 17 

2, 855.  82 

9, 073. 08 
368.09 
796.83 

1, 092.  74 
None 

282,  312.  05 
None 
374.28 
195. 12 


Unexpended 
balance  a!  of 

Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 

clia  ril  and 

still  on  hand 


None 
15. 00 

117.31 

847. 41 

18,315.68 

25,  762.  78 

2,  859.  46 
10, 746. 79 
1,151.53 

770.  20 

1,  096. 87 

121,769.32 

None 


None 
299.35 
826.79 
1, 928. 47 
630.  57 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 
None 

None 
7,651.43 
2, 694. 20 

None 

None 

58,  234. 60 

None 

19,  240. 00 

None 

19,904.96 

None 


301.07 

14,612.17 

1,111.46 

4,911.60 

4,  603. 15 

13,  719.  24 

146. 54 

None 

5,  355.  00 

None 

61.00 
2,  800.  00 
None 
None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


290218—41- 


-3 


138 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 
Contkibutions  fob  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

American  Women's  Ilospitals,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

$5, 895. 34 
3, 613.  22 
23, 565.  36 
10, 920.  68 
1,422.69 
23,  867. 77 
10,  827. 14 
11,028.97 
2, 829.  27 

10,  349. 67 
273.50 
241.91 

2, 214. 90 

14,  606.  07 

1, 195.  91 
2,  213. 13 
27, 082. 98 

5, 391. 48 
2,009.06 
5, 481. 17 
13,  390. 42 

394,  340.  50 

6,  564. 83 

837,  816.  37 

2,  661.  23 

51,702.12 

$5, 792. 72 
1,423.70 

14,  200.  56 

6,  500. 00 

614.38 

14,  772.  83 
7,000.00 

8,  206.  53 
2, 600. 00 

9,  266. 45 
225.00 

204.  30 

1,156.10 
10, 143. 98 

1,042.00 

976. 00 

8,243.00 

3,  005. 46 

51.38 

2, 846.  74 

9,  505. 40 

266,  324.  31 

5,  306. 30 

293,011.84 

1,  392.  70 

26, 189. 49 

$102. 62 
664. 33 
8, 026.  92 
324.93 
391. 89 
950.37 
288.45 
746. 98 
7.50 

453. 10 

None 

12.85 

85.67 
752. 06 

97.10 

207.36 

11,707.67 

1,  962.  66 

2.50 

1, 008.  43 

3, 867. 89 

62.73 

738. 01 

89,  374.  54 

244.88 

2, 178.  59 

None 
$1, 525. 19 
1,337.88 
4, 095.  75 
416.42 
8, 144.  57 
3,  538.  69 

2,  075.  46 
221.  77 

630. 12 

4S.  50 
24.76 

973. 13 

3,  710.  03 

56.76 
1,030.77 
7, 132.  41 

423.  36 

1, 955. 18 

1,  626. 00 

17.13 

127, 953. 46 

520.52 

455,  429. 99 

1,023.65 

23,  334. 04 

$50.00 

1, 184  10 

25, 283.  03 

650.00 

296.50 

3,  051.  56 

None 

None 

None 

1,430.00 

None 

None 

725.00 
1,565.88 

30.00 

None 

13, 468. 00 

33, 182. 50 
227.50 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 

6, 076. 00 

American  Women's  Unit  for  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 

$207. 40 

American  Women's  Voluntary  Services,  Inc.,  New  York, 

Les  Amis  de  la  France  a  Puerto  Rico,  San  Juan,  P.  R., 

Les  Amities  Feininines  de  la  France,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Les  Anciens  Combattants  Francais  de  la  Grande  Guerre, 

San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  26,  1939.     France 

Anthracite  Relief  Committee,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  Sept. 

320.00 

Anzac  War  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23, 

Associated  Polish  Societies  Relief  Committee  of  Web- 
ster, Mass.,  Webster,  Mass.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland .. 

Associated  Polish  Societies'  Relief  Committee  of  Wor- 
cester,   Mass.,    Worcester,    Mass.,    Sept.    14,    1939. 

None 

Association  of  Former  Juniors  in  France  of  Smith  Col- 
lege, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  IS,  1939.    France. -- 

Association  of  Former  Russian  Naval  Officers  in  Arner- 

None 

Association  of  Joint  Polish-American  Societies  of  Chelsea, 

Mass.,  Chelsea,  Mass.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland 

L'Atelier,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Jan.  29,  1940.    France.. 
Mrs.  Mark  Baldwin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  4,  1940. 

None 
847.00 

Basque  Delegation  in  the  United  States  of  America, 

Belgian  Relief  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  14, 

Belgian  Relief  of  Southern   California,   Los  Angeles, 
Calif.,   May  27,  1940.    Belgium,  France,  and    Great 

Belgian  War  Relief  Fund,  Manila,  P.  I.,  June  7, 1940.' 

The  Benedict  Bureau  Unit,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Bethel  Mission  of  Eastern  Europe,  Minneapolis,  Minn., 

Bishops'   Committee  for  Polish    Relief,    Washington, 
D.    C,   Dec.    19,    1939.    Poland,    England,   France, 
Switzerland,  Hungary,  Rumania,  Italy,  and  Portugal.. 

Board  of  National  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church 
in  the  United  States  of  America,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  26, 1939.    Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany... 

British-American  Ambulance  Corps,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  June  11, 1940.    Greece,  England,  and  France 

British-American    Comfort    League,    Quincy,    Mass., 

None 

None 
None 
None 

British-American    War    Relief    Association,    Seattle, 
Wash.,  Nov.  17,  1939.    United  Kingdom  and  allied 

346. 55 

>  The  registration  of  this  organisation  was  revoked  on  Dee.  31,  1940,  at  the  request,  of  the  registrant. 
■  No  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 

Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries— Continued 


139 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


British  Sailors'  Book  and  Relief  Society,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  2,  1940.  Bermuda,  Canada,  and  the 
British  West  Indies 

British  War  Relief  Association  of  Northern  California, 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  20,  1939.  Great  Britain 
and  France 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  the  Philippines, 
Manila,  P.  I.,  Apr.  11, 1940."    All  belligerent  countries. 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  8, 1939.  Great  Britain 
and  Greece.-. 

British  War  Relief  Fund,  Dayton,  Ohio,  Sept.  12,  1940. 
Great  Britain 

The  British  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Dec.  4, 1939.  (Combined  with  the  Allied  Relief  Fund, 
Inc.,  Dec.  1,  1940.)  United  Kingdom,  Canada, 
France,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  Norway,  Kenya, 
and  Newfoundland- 

Bundles  for  Britain,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  28,  1939. 
Great  Britain  and  Dominions 

Caledonian  Club  of  Idaho,  Boise,  Idaho,  Jan.  25,  1940. 
Scotland _.. . - 

California  Denmark  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Nov. 
20,  1940.    Denmark 

Canadian  Women's  Club  of  New  York  City,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23,  1940.  Great  Britain,  Canada, 
and  Newfoundland - 

Catholic  Medical  Mission  Board,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Jan.  17,  1940.  India,  Australia,  Canada,  New  Zea- 
land, and  the  Union  of  South  Africa 

The  Catholic  Student  War  Relief  of  Pax  Romana, 
Washington,  D.  O.,  Dec.  13,  1939.  Poland,  France, 
Germany,  and  Great  Britain. 

Central  Bureau  for  the  Relief  of  the  Evangelical 
Churches  of  Europe,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  14,  1940. 
All  belligerent  countries 

Central  Committee  Knesseth  Israel,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Oct.  27,  1939.    Palestine 

Central  Committee  for  Polish  Relief,  Toledo,  Ohio, 
Feb.  29,  1940.    Poland... 

Central  Council  of  Polish  Organizations,  New  Castle, 
Pa.,  Nov.  7,  1939.    France,  Poland,  and  England 

Centrala,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  12,  1939.""    Poland 

Cercle  Francais  de  Seattle,  Seattle,  Wash.,  Nov.  2,  1939. 
France  and  Great  Britain 

Chester  (Delaware  County,  Pa.)  Polish  Relief  Com- 
mittee, Chester,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.  Poland  and 
France 

Commission  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  12,  1939.'    Poland  and  England 

The  Commission  for  Relief  in  Belgium,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  21,  1940.  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  France, 
and  England 

Committee  for  Aid  to  Children  of  Mobilized  Men  of  the 
XX"  Arrondissement  of  Paris,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Jan.  15,  1940.<<    France 


$3, 141.  22 

$125.  00 

125, 876.  68 

88,  445.  65 

78,  892.  88 

73, 769. 77 

323, 171.  33 

274,  220.  71 

318.  70 

309.50 

4,075,925.60 
631,947.40 


26,  595. 14 
39,  593.  72 


2, 871.  73 
1,  452.  72 


8,316.71 
541,111.46 


5, 365.  63 


2, 385,  732.  24 

200,  499. 16 

300.30 

None 

452. 65 


1, 014.  60 

11,764.75 

25,  731.  60 

500.00 

1, 995.  80 
1, 436.  61 

658.28 

6, 310. 16 

471,563.47 


5,  365.  63 


4, 131.  92 
1,  639.  51 


290, 063. 15 

148,  526.  29 

164.  57 

None 

238.77 


171.41 

4,  758.  83 

13, 862. 12 

226.  77 

45.10 
16.11 


694.  04 
56, 094.  80 


33,299.11 
3,  483.  60 

23, 727. 35 
None 

1, 400, 129. 91 

282,921.95 

12.77 

25.00 

971.  58 


252.  63 

10,081.66 
None 
132. 89 

830.83 

None 


1,312.51 
13,  453. 19 


None 


None 


61,  250.  36 
326.27 

96,  326.  36 
None 


463,  408.  75 

628,  230.  37 

None 

None 

524.11 


None 

None 

None 

None 

None 
1,900.00 

2, 775. 00 

1, 960. 00 
1,  500.  00 


None 


•  No  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

<  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 

«  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearing  house  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  received  from  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 


140 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con 

tributions 

in  kind  now 

on  hand 

Committee  of  French-American   Wives,   New   York, 
N.  Y.,  Nov.  15,  1939.    France  and  Oreat  Britain 

Committee  of  Mercy,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  16, 
1939.    France,  Groat  Britain,  Norway,  Belgium,  the 

$23, 743. 05 

63, 362.  20 

4,  623. 03 
2,441.83 

197.00 

30, 618. 71 
2,120.30 
5, 189. 00 

72, 819. 28 
6, 008. 17 

6, 851.  36 

112,  864.  26 

275.00 

2, 699. 12 

8,  756.  30 

5,81126 

10,  204.  30 

None 

590.21 

796, 934. 16 

128,  669.  51 

636.  30 

346. 42 

3, 724. 09 

892. 76 

39,961.09 

$16,  309.  71 

43,  669. 84 

2,500.00 
2, 162.  72 

197.  00 

7,  402. 90 

1,  749. 19 

None 

53, 204. 21 
None 

5, 960. 70 

98, 301. 21 

None 

1,501.37 

7, 612. 93 

2, 890.  29 

8,086.09 

None 

531.  21 

643, 166.  72 

68, 075. 09 

None 

None 

2, 473. 96 

393.  62 

24,  632.  54 

$2, 826. 43 

7, 927. 85 

1,805.60 
265.71 

Nono 

257.12 

371.11 
None 

11, 298. 32 
2,961.85 

890.66 

4, 980. 10 
None 
244.71 
889.19 

418. 92 

506.53 

None 

None 

82,571.77 

27, 990. 16 

None 

222.77 

351. 10 

134.01 

6,  340.  49 

$4,606.91 

11,764.51 

217.43 
23.40 

None 

22, 958. 69 

None 

5, 189. 00 

8, 316. 75 
3, 044.  32 

None 

9, 582. 95 
275.00 
953.04 
254.18 

2, 504. 05 

1,611.68 

None 

69.00 

71, 195. 67 

32,  604.  26 

636.30 

123.65 

899.03 

365. 13 

8,  988. 06 

$4, 763. 69 

3, 965. 00 

None 
None 

None 

34, 300. 00 
None 
None 

11,783.93 

None 

None 

95, 188.  69 

None 

None 

3,200.00 

1, 199. 93 
864.70 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
31,110.23 
996.17 
236.10 

$592.  75 

Committee  for  Relief  in  Allied  Countries,  Washington, 
D.  C,  Feb.  2,  1940.    France,  Great  Britain,  Poland, 
Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands- 
Committee  for  the  Relief  for  Poland,  Seattle,  Wash., 

None 

Committee    Representing    Polish    Organizations    and 
Polish  People  in  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23, 

Czechoslovak    Relief,    Chicago,    111.,    July    25,    1940. 
Czechoslovakia,     Great   \  Britain    and    Dominions, 

District  of  Columbia  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 

Washington,  D.  C,  Aug.  14.  1940.    Great  Britain-... 

Dodecanesian  League  of  America,   Inc.,   New  York, 

None 

The  Emergency  Aid  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Oct.  13,  1939.    Great  Britain,  France,  Norway,  Bel- 
gium, Luxemburg,  the  Netherlands,  and  Greece 

Emergency  Relief  Committee  for  Kolbuszowa,  New 

None 

Emergency  Rescue  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug. 
3, 1940.    France,  United  Kingdom,  Belgium,  Norway, 

English-Speaking  Union  of  the  United  States,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  26,  1939.    Great  Britain,  Canada. 

256. 15 

Erste  Pinchover  Kranken  Unterstuzungs  Verein,  Inc., 

Brooklvn,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  22,  1940.'    Poland 

The  Fall  River  British  War  Relief  Society,  Fall  River, 

None 

Federated  Council  of  Polish  Societies  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland. 

Federation  of  Franco-Belgian  Clubs  of  Rhode  Island, 
Woonsocket,  R.  I.,  Nov.  15,  1939.    France  and  Eng- 

100.00 
64.25 

Federation  of  French  Veterans  of  the  Great  War,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  11, 1939.»    France 

Federation  of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 
U.  S.  A.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  19,  1940.  Italy- 
Fellowship  of  Reconciliation,  New  York.  N.  Y.,  Jan.  20, 

1940.    France,  England,  and  possibly  Germany 

Fortra,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  7, 1940.    Germany 

400.00 

None 
None 

Foster  Parents'  Plan  for  War  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

Franco-American   Federation,   Salem,   Mass.,  July  9, 

French  Colonies  War  Relief  Committee,  New  York, 

French  Committee  for  Relief  in  France,  Detroit,  Mich., 

French  Relief  Association,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Feb.   3, 

871.83 

French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  16, 
1939.    France — 

83.20 

I  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  30,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 
»  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 

Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


141 


French  War  Relief  Fund  of  Nevada,  Reno,  Nev.,  June 

21, 1940.    France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  the  Philippines,  Manila, 

P.  I.,  May  1, 1940.'    France  

French  War  Veterans,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  5, 1939. 

France 

Friends  of  Children,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  13, 

1940.'  Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium,  and  the  Neth- 
erlands  

Friends  of  Dover,  England,  Fund,  Dover,  N.  H.,  Oct. 

25,  1940.'    England - 

The  Friends  of  Israel  Refugee  Relief  Committee,  Inc., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Oct.  23, 1939.    Canada,  France,  and 

England. 

The  Friends  of  Normandy,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  18, 

1939.    France 

Friends  of  Poland,  Chicago,  111.,  Dec.  6, 1939.  Poland.. 
Fund  for  the  Relief  of  Men  of  Letters  and  Scientists  of 

Russia,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  29,  1940.    France, 

Czechoslovakia,  and  Poland 

Funds  for  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  14, 1940.' 

France - 

General  Gustav  Orlicz  Dreszer  Foundation  for  Aid  to 

Polish  Children,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov.  3,  1939. 

Poland.. -. 

General    Taufflieb    Memorial    Relief    Committee    for 

France,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  Nov.  17, 1939.*    France 

and  England 

German-American   Relief  Committee  for  Victims  of 

Fascism,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  18,  1940.    Great 

Britain  and  France 

Mrs.  George  Gilliland,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  10, 1940. 

Northern  Ireland 

Golden  Rule  Foundation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  2, 

1939.    Poland  and  Palestine 

Grand  Duke  Vladimir  Benevolent  Fund  Association, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  8, 1940.    France 

Grand  Lodge,  Daughters  of  Scotia,  Hartford,  Conn., 

Feb.  16,1940.    Scotland 

Great  Lakes  Command,  Canadian  Legion  of  the  British 

Empire  Service  League,  Detroit,  Mich.,  July  5,  1940. 

Great  Britain  and  Canada 

Greater  New  Bedford  British  War  Relief  Corps,  New 

Bedford,  Mass.,  Dec.  19,  1939.    Great  Britain. _. 

The  Greek  Fur  Workers'  Union,  Local  70,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Dec.  21, 1940.    Greece 

Greek  War  Relief  Association,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  18, 1940.    Greece 

Hadassah,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  15, 1939.  Pales- 
tine  

Hamburg-Bremen  Steamship  Agency,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Mar.  21,  1940.    Germany  and  Poland 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Aug.  30,  1940. 

Great  Britain 

Hebrew-Christian  Alliance  of  America,  Chicago,  111., 

Jan.  3,  1940.    England,  Germany,  Poland,  France. 

and  Italy _ __. 


None 
$5,  556.  46 


16,  551. 71 
1,  048.  00 


2,  455.  50 
1,421.95 


1.  601.  39 
13, 079. 17 


10,  249.  97 

7, 174.  30 

1,081,694.49 

1,055,238.09 

266, 042. 37 


3,1120.  St 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


None 
$500. 00 


4.301.31 
1,048.00 


1,500.00 
680. 00 


192.  70 
4, 199.  90 


277.00 

370.  79 

15,  034. 70 

2,  247.  23 

8,  046.  68 

None 

1,000,345.00 

824,  508.  97 

231,126.43 

None 

3, 625. 00 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


None 
$10. 00 


5,  816.  63 
None 


167.00 
93.29 


None 
None 


54.83 
24,  787. 26 
42, 895.  29 
58, 807. 44 
14, 409.  48 

295. 84 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


None 

$5, 046.  46 

243.  40 

6.  433.  77 
None 


788.  50 
648.  66 


821.  65 
845. 16 


645.  51 

657. 12 
None 
None 
151.89 
655. 14 

1, 329.  36 
1,  781.  62 
7, 119.  47 
56,  562.  23 
187,  833. 83 
None 
96,  764.  58 

None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 
None 
None 

$26,  526.  88 
None 


None 
None 


None 
None 


80.00 

90.00 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
1, 115. 93 

None 
5, 789.  41 
62, 649. 91 

None 

None 

None 


*  No  reports  for  the  months  of  November  and  December  have  been  received  from  this  organization. 
•'  No  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

'  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 

*  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  30,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


142 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


A.  Seymour  Houghton,  Jr.,  it  at.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  27, 1939.    France 

Humanitarian  Work  Committee,  Glen  Cove,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 

Independent  British  War  Relief  Society  of  Rhode 
Island,  Greenwood,  R.  I.,  June  14,  1940.  Great 
Britain 

Independent  Kinsker  Aid  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,Jan.  3,  1940.    Poland - 

International  Children's  Relief  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  1,  1940.    Great  Britain - 

International  Committee  of  Young  Men's  Christian 
Associations,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22.  1939.  All 
belligerent  countries _ 

International  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional 
Women,  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  July  6,  1940.  Poland, 
Czechoslovakia,  Norway,  Belgium,  France,  and  the 
Netherlands 

International  Relief  Association  for  Victims  of  Fascism, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.  France,  Enjland, 
and  Germany.  -    

Isthmian  Pro-British  Aid  Committee,  Ancon,  C.  Z., 
Sept.  20,  1940.    England 

Joint  Committee  of  the  United  Scottish  Clans  of  Greater 
New  York  and  New  Jersey,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  30, 
1940.    Scotland.. - -- 

Junior  Relief  Group  of  Texas,  Houston,  Tex.,  May  29, 
1940.  United  Kingdom,  France,  Netherlands,  Bel- 
gium, and  Norway 

Marthe  Th.  Eahn,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  16,  1940. 
France... 

The  Kindergarten  Unit,  Inc.,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  Oct.  3, 
1939.  France,  Poland,  United  Kingdom,  India,  Aus- 
tralia, and  New  Zealand - 

The  Kosciuszko  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
May  24, 1940.    Poland 

The  Kyffhaeuser,  League  of  German  War  Veterans  in 
U.S.A.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Nov.  27,  1939.  Poland, 
Germany,  Canada,  and  Jamaica.. 

Lackawanna  County  Committee  for  Polish  Relief. 
Scranton,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland 

Ladies  Auxiliary  of  the  Providence  Branch  of  the  Fed- 
eration of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 
United  States,  Providence,  R.  I.,  Oct.  1, 1940.    Italy. . 

LaFayctte  Preventorium,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

21. 1939.  France.. .- 

La  France  Post,  American  Legion,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Feb.  7, 1940.    France,  Great  Britain,  and  Greece 

Mrs.  Nancy  Bartlett  Laughlin,  New  York,  N.  Y„  Jan. 

31.1940.  France - 

League  of  American  Writers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

May  6, 1940.  France,  England,  Poland,  and  Norway.. 
League  of  Polish  Societies  of  New  Kensington,  Arnold 

and  Vicinity,  New  Kensington,  Pa.,  Nov.  17,  1939. 

Poland.. 

Legion  of  Young  Polish  Women,  Chicago,  IU.,  Oct.  2, 

1939.  Poland.  France,  and  Great  Britain 

Liberty  Link  Afghan  Society,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Dec.  17, 

1940.'    Oreat  Britain. 

Lithuanian  National  Fund,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  14, 

1940.  Germany  and  France 

The  Little  House  of  Saint  Pantaleon,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

Sept.  30,  1939.    France  and  England 


$20, 193. 53 

$14,075.34 

3, 691. 96 

3,  220. 00 

3,  227. 12 

1, 033. 05 

974. 82 

None 

None 

None 

123,667.87 

45,  658. 27 

12,  292.  78 
272.15 


11,  842. 10 
227.25 

1,  222.  21 
4,  655.  45 

72, 019.  27 
8, 86S. 42 

4,  334.  92 
20,714.47 
1,  585.  32 
477.  .50 
2,976.80 

2, 942. 19 
16, 259. 68 


8, 045.  66 
None 


10, 000. 00 
25.00 

892.85 

7,  450. 00 

58,  509.  61 
7. 225.  56 

3, 981. 76 

8,  647. 13 
925.00 
406.00 

1, 713. 72 

1, 498.  24 
10,  433.  21 


$170.  23 
75.85 

19.60 
None 
None 


4, 247. 12 
17.85 


329.36 
423.73 

7, 559.  81 
831.80 

None 

4, 503. 49 

385. 79 

None 
1,263.08 

436. 71 

2.  794.  50 


200.00 
28. 093.  41 


11.00 
36.26 


$5, 947. 96 
396. 11 

2, 174. 47 
974. 82 

None 

70, 778. 76 


None 
254.30 


156. 02 
193. 69 

None 
None 

5, 949. 85 
811.06 

353.16 

7,  563. 85 
274.53 
71.50 
None 

1, 007. 24 
3,031.97 


$773. 05 
185.00 

1, 150. 00 
None 
None 

None 


2, 020. 00 
None 


None 
None 

None 
None 

7,416.00 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
13.14 

2,400.00 
None 


None 
20, 495. 64 


'  No  complete  report  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


FEBRUAKY    1,    1941 

Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


143 


The  Maple  Leaf  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  19, 
1940.    Canada,  United  Kingdom,  and  France 

Medical  and  Surgical  Supply  Committee  of  America, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  5,  1940.  Poland,  Great 
Britain,  France,  Netherlands,  Norway,  Luxemburg, 
Belgium,  and  Greece 

Mennonite  Central  Committee,  Akron,  Pa.,  Feb.  13, 
1940.  Great  Britain,  Poland,  Germany,  France,  and 
Canada 

Methodist  Committee  for  Overseas  Relief,  New  York, 
N.  Y„  Sept.  4,  1940."  France,  Poland,  Czechoslo- 
vakia, Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  United 
Kingdom,  India,  Australia,  Canada,  Germany, 
Greece,  and  Italy... _ 

Milford,  Conn.,  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Mil- 
ford,  Conn.,  Nov.  6,  1939.    Poland 

The  Mobile  Circle  for  Benefit  of  the  Royal  Navy  Hos- 
pital Comforts  Fund.  Mobile,  Ala.,  Sept.  18,  1940. 
British  Isles 

Monmouth  War  Relief,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12, 1940. 
England  and  France 

The  Mother  Church,  The  First  Church  of  Christ, 
Scientist,  in  Boston,  U.S.A.,  Boston,  Mass.,  Apr. 
25,  1940.    Canada,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom 

Fernanda  Wanamaker  Munn  (Mrs.  Ector  Murm), 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  25,  1939.  France  and  Eng- 
land  


National  Christian  Aciion,  Inc.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  May 

23,  1940.    Norway  and  Denmark 

Near  East  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov. 

28,  1940.    Greece 

Netherlands  War   Relief  Committee,   Manila,   P.   I., 

May  27,  1940.™    Netherlands 

The  New  Canaan  Workshop,  New  Canaan,  Conn., 

July  1,  1940.    British  Empire 

New  Jersey  Broadcasting  Corporation,  Jersey  City, 

N.  J.,  Sept.  13,  1939.    Poland. 

Nicole  de  Paris  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  1, 

1940.    France 

North  Side  Polish  Council  Relief  Committee  of  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dec.  5, 1939.  Poland 
Norwegian   Relief,   Inc.,   Chicago,  111.,   May  1,   1940. 

Norway 

Nowe-Dworer   Ladies   Benevolent   Association,   Inc., 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  25,  1939."    Poland 

Nowiny  Publishing  Apostolate,  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

Sept.  26,  1939.    Poland. 

Nowy  Swiat  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  11,  1939.    Poland,  France,  Great  Britain,  and 

Italy 

Order  of  Scottish  Clans,  Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  25,  1940. 

Scotland - - 

Over-Seas  League  Tobacco  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y„ 

Aug.  19.  1940.    British  Empire 

The  Pacific  8team  Navigation  Co.,  Cristobal,  C.  Z., 

Oct.  16,  1940.    England 

Paderewski  Fund  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Feb.  23, 1940.    Poland  and  Great  Britain 


$85,  472. 93 

29, 565. 35 
37,361.87 

5,  560.  40 
405.33 

1,  547.  61 

2,  404. 97 

204,  202. 66 

15,110.72 
1, 138.  41 
49, 321.  85 

3,  579.  30 
11,329.08 

1, 210.  55 
227.00 

1,600.09 

411,484.35 

806.14 

5, 500. 16 

27, 353. 17 

7,866.70 

64,428.94 

279.95 

188,000.32 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$22, 317. 33 

1, 383. 34 
24, 460.  46 


5,000.00 
260.20 


None 
13,000.00 

1, 253.  87 

8, 983.  60 
826.17 
148.00 

1.400.28 
None 
None 

4,689.86 

26. 542. 05 
3, 377.  00 
44,  476.  27 
267.65 
64,500.00 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


560.40 
84.62 

31.69 

594.75 


10,  357.  69 
16.50 
740.68 
384.38 
51.00 
19.18 
12, 168. 26 
141.00 
None 

103.39 

None 

9, 953. 67 

12.40 

33,  746.  40 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


None 
70.51 

677. 70 
1,167.77 

179,  276. 14 

2,674.64 

297.53 

26, 964.  26 

2,308.93 

1,604.98 

None 

28.00 

180.63 

399, 326. 10 

665.14 

910.30 

707.73 

4, 489.  70 

None 

None 

19, 753. 92 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 
None 

618. 14 
166.00 

15,927.85 

5, 427.  28 
None 
None 
None 

2, 575. 00 
None 
None 

1. 300. 00 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
40.00 
None 


■  No  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

1  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


144 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Parcels  for  Belgian  Prisoners,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov. 

12,  1940.    Germany... 

Parcels  for  the  Forces,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  9,  1940. 

Great  Britain _ 

The  Paryski  Publishing  Co.,  Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  15, 

1939.  Poland  and  Great  Britain.. 

The  Pawtucket  and  Blackstone  Valley  British  Relief 

Society  of  Rhode  Island,  Pawtucket,  R.  I.,  Feb.  26, 

1940.  Great  Britain 

Pelham  Overseas  Knitting  Circle,  Pelham,  N.  Y.,  Oct. 

17, 1940.    Scotland... 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  Federation  of  Elizabeth 

Polish  Organizations,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  Sept.  23, 1939. 

Poland  and  England 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  St.  Casimir's  Roman 

Catholic  Church  of  the  City  of  Albany,  N.  Y.,  Albany, 

N.  Y.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland 

Polish-American   Associations  of  Middlesex   County, 

N.  J.,  Sayreville,  N.  J.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland... 

Polish-American    Citizens    Relief    Fund    Committee, 

Shirley,  Mass.,  Dec.  16,  1939.    Poland 

Polish-American  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  15,  1939. 

Poland 

Polish-American  Forwarding  Committee,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  28, 1940.  Poland  and  Germany. . . 
Polish- American  Volunteer  Ambulance   Section,  Inc. 

(Pavas),  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  13,  1940.    France 

and  England 

Polish  Broadcasting  Corporation,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  23, 1939.    Poland 

Polish   Business  and    Professional   Men's   Club,    Los 

Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  17,  1939.    Poland -. 

Polish  Central  Committee  of  New  London,  Conn.,  New 

London,  Conn.,  Oct.  13, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Central  Council  of  New  Haven,  New  Haven, 

Conn.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland.. 

Polish  Civic  League  of  Mercer  County,  Trenton,  N.  J., 

Sept.  19, 1939.    Poland..-. 

Polish  Civilian  Relief  Fund,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  27, 1939. 

Poland... 

Polish  Falcons  Alliance  of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 

Sept.  20, 1939.    Poland 

Polish   Inter-Organization  "Centrala"  of  Waterbury, 

Waterbury,  Conn.,  Feb.  28,  1940.    Poland 

Polish  Literary  Guild  of  New  Britain,  Conn.,  New 

Britain,  Conn.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  National  Alliance  of  the  United  States  of  North 

America,  Chicago,  III.,  Sept.  27,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  National  Council  of  Montgomery  County,  Am- 
sterdam, N.  Y.,  Oct.  12, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  National  Council  ofNew  York,  New  York,  N.Y., 

Sept.  14, 1939.    France  and  Poland 

The  Polish  Naturalization  Independent  Club,  Worcester 

Mass.,  Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  of  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Oct.  11, 

1939.    Poland... 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Boston,  Boston,  Mass., 

Sept.  14,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Brockton,  Mass.,  Brockton, 

Mass.,  Sept.  25,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  Sept.  16,  1939.    Poland 


Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1910, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

$6,221.24 

$198.00 

None 

$6, 023. 24 

None 

None 

20,  330. 86 

13, 475. 00 

$10,974.08 

None 

$35.40 

None 

7, 910. 33 

7, 451. 08 

None 

459. 25 

None 

None 

9,  345. 14 

3, 954.  56 

738.56 

4, 652. 02 

None 

None 

902.57 

447.42 

48.64 

406.51 

None 

None 

9, 190.  22 

8, 446. 85 

15.00 

728.37 

1, 500. 00 

None 

2,  780.  67 

426. 32 

9.60 

2,  344. 75 

1, 200. 00 

None 

1,057.05 

800.00 

80.82 

176.23 

None 

None 

427. 01 

362. 06 

25. 17 

39.78 

425.00 

None 

509. 041.  87 

339,  582.  40 

13, 167.  98 

156,  291.  49 

118,500.00 

None 

8,  584. 16 

5, 923. 65 

4,  442.  58 

None 

None 

None 

29,  482.  29 

19, 769. 05 

170.  56 

9,  542. 68 

255.40 

$10.  00 

2,675.83 

None 

35.30 

2, 640.  53 

None 

None 

474.50 

314.23 

158.  27 

2.00 

None 

None 

1,  400.  74 

1,044.24 

148.  57 

207.93 

75.00 

None 

4, 107. 69 

3,316.65 

51.  26 

739. 78 

1,800.00 

Nono 

7,  246.  69 

6,  392. 86 

1.74 

852. 09 

4,000.00 

None 

4, 416. 37 

3,025.00 

251.42 

1, 139.  95 

None 

None 

11,698.30 

11,102.23 

20.  00 

576. 07 

None 

None 

742.25 

607.  76 

25.50 

108.99 

None 

None 

3, 163. 09 

2,000.00 

13.00 

1,150.09 

None 

None 

308,  953.  67 

232, 165. 00 

2, 058.  82 

74,  729. 85 

None 

None 

4, 463. 27 

2,960.00 

107.  06 

1,  396.  21 

8,000.00 

None 

104,  504.  53 

89,  914. 05 

13,021.08 

1,  569.  40 

365,  617.  50 

174,  486.  50 

4,  499. 84 

4,  125.  00 

22.85 

351.99 

None 

None 

1,402.92 

800.00 

13.00 

589.92 

45.00 

None 

9,  283.  89 

7, 201. 19 

425.  32 

1, 657. 38 

2,600.00 

None 

1,  845. 48 

1, 236.  27 

247.  67 

361.  54 

350.00 

None 

2, 881. 99 

1, 642. 30 

400.17 

839.52 

600.00 

None 

FEBRUARY   1,    1941 


145 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Columbia  County,  Hudson, 

N.  Y.,  Mar.  15, 1940.    Poland 

Polish   Relief  Committee  of  Delaware,   Wilmington, 

Del.,  Sept.  22, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Sept.  11, 1939. 

Poland — 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Fitchburg,  Fitchburg,  Mass., 

Mar.  29,  1940.    Poland ._ 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Flint,  Mich.,  Sept.  18,  1939. 

Poland - 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Holyoke,  Mass.,  Holyoke, 

Mass.,  Nov.  4, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Jackson,  Mich.,  Jackson, 

Mich.,  Nov.  9, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  Oct.  31, 

1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Philadelphia  and  vicinity, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Sept.  12,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  the  Polish  National  Home 

Association,  Lowell,  Mass., Nov.  27,  1939.    Poland.. . 
Polish  Relief  Committee,  Taunton,  Mass.,  Dec.  13, 1939. 

Poland _ 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  Fall  River, 

Mass.,  Nov.  8, 1939.    Poland _ 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12,  1939. 

Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jewett  City,  Conn.,  Oct.  3,  1939. 

Poland.. __ _ 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Meriden,  Meriden,  Conn.,  Oct, 

12, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Middletown,  Conn.,  Sept.  23, 1939. 

Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  26,  1939. 

Poland __ 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Palmer,  Mass.,  Three  Rivers, 

Mass.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  vicinity, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  31,  1939.    Poland .. 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

Dec.  13, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Sept.  26, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Passaic  and  Bergen 

Counties,  Inc.,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Sept.  22, 1939.    Poland. . 
Polish  Union  of  the  United  States  of  North  America, 

Wilkes-Barre.  Pa.,  Sept.  8, 1939.    Poland... 

Polish  United  Societies  of  Holy  Trinity  Parish,  Lowell, 

Mass.,  Sept.  20, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  War  Sufferers  Relief  Committee  (Fourth  Ward), 

Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  21, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Welfare  Council,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22, 

1939.    Poland 

Polish  White  Cross  Club  of  West  Utica,  Utica,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland  and  England 

Polish  Women's  Fund  to  Fatherland,  Lawrence,  Mass., 

Sep  t.  23,  1939.    Poland.. 

Polis  h  Women's  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

N  ov.  24,  1939.    France,  Poland,  and  Germany 

Polski  Komitet  Ratunkowy  (Polish  Relief  Fund),  Bing- 

hamton,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25.  1939.    Poland 

Pulaski  Civic  League  of  Middlesex  County,  N.  J.,  South 

River,  N.  J.,  Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 

Pulaski  League  of  Queens  County,  Inc.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  21, 1939.    Poland. 


None 
$8, 449. 67 
161,027.38 
749.80 
6, 785. 38 
6, 494.  64 
1,849.10 
10,  711.  23 
49.  973. 04 
2, 876.  54 
2, 884.  77 
1, 347. 59 
62,  296.  75 
1,642.00 
1, 806. 69 
4, 890. 34 
2,815.32 
1,820.90 
12,374.08 
800.81 
17, 149. 88 
13,  927.  94 
2,  206.  24 
4, 085.  32 
6,  491. 99 
6. 176. 86 
7, 559. 88 
6, 186. 94 
8, 402.  55 
4,  200.  69 
639.29 
7, 862.  56 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


None 

$7, 439. 84 

108, 646. 73 

460.  40 

5. 171. 64 
5,910.56 

649.60 
7, 867.  27 
43,  630.  64 
1,  825.  00 
2, 757. 00 

1,  252. 00 
53,510.95 

1, 400. 90 
1,500.00 
3, 136. 37 

2,  500. 00 
620.46 

8, 869. 00 
448.00 
13,  732. 72 
9,512.01 
2,150.00 
2, 916.  31 
6,  262.  36 
5,  260.  35 

5. 317. 65 
3, 162. 10 

3,  343. 36 
2, 955. 97 

None 
7, 400. 00 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


None 

$240. 40 

6, 306.  70 

41.09 

1, 437. 98 

208.35 

293.35 

913.63 

922.  69 

481.28 

25.17 

32.85 

2, 002.  93 

238.67 

27.90 

18.20 

70.80 

222. 12 

2,512.89 

195. 56 

1,080.38 

1,773.69 

None 

168. 71 

117.09 

57.32 

450.11 

697.34 

2, 723.  50 

341.66 

85.00 

172. 15 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


None 

$769. 37 

46, 073. 89 

248.31 

175.  76 

375.  73 

906.15 

1, 930.  33 

5, 419.  71 

570.  26 

102.  60 

62.74 

6, 782.  87 

2.43 

278.  79 

1,735.77 

244.52 

978. 32 

992.19 

157.  25 

2, 336.  78 

2, 642.  24 

56.24 

1, 000.  30 

112.54 

859. 19 

1, 792. 12 

2.  327.  50 

2,  335.  69 

903.06 

554.29 

290.41 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 

$4,850.00 

62, 974. 00 

130.00 

416. 45 

775.00 

750.00 

4,  350. 00 

None 

None 

1,375.00 

None 

1, 575. 00 

900.00 

None 

None 

None 

4,004.95 

1,850.00 

150.00 

11,607.40 

4, 008. 00 

None 

1, 240. 00 

None 

6,150.00 

1,800.00 

2.660.00 

2, 068.  80 

930.00 

None 

None 


146 


DEPARTMENT   0(F  STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  fob  Relief  in  Belligebent  Countries — Continued 


Queen  Wilhelmina  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
May  17,  1940.  Netherlands,  France,  Poland,  United 
Kingdom,  India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Canada, 
Union  of  South  Africa,  Norway,  Belgium,  and 
Luxemburg . 

Refugees  of  England,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  12, 
1940.»    Groat  Britain,  France,  and  French  Cameroons. 

Relief  Agency  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Willimantic, 
Conn.,  Sept.  29, 1939.    Poland 

Relief  Committee  of  United  Polish  Societies,  Chicopee, 
Mass.,  Oct.  21,  1939.    Poland... 

Relief  for  French  Refugees  in  England,  Washington, 
D.C.,  Dec.  26, 1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Relief  Fund  for  Sufferers  in  Poland  Committee,  Ken- 
osha, Wis.,  Sept.  25, 1939.    Poland 

Relief  Society  for  Jews  in  Lublin,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 
Dec.  13,  1939.    Poland -. 

Royal  Air  Force  Benevolent  Fund  of  U.  S.  A.,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  26,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Russian  Children's  Welfare  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  29, 1939.    Germany,  France,  and  Poland . . 

St.  Andrews  (Scottish)  Society  of  Washington,  D.C., 
Washington,  D.C.,  June  18, 1940.    Scotland. 

Saints  Constantine  and  Helen  Greek  Orthodox  Church, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Dec.  23, 1940.    Greece.. 

St.  Stephens  Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Perth  Amboy,  N.  J., 
Perth  Amboy,  N.  J.,  Sept.  27, 1939.    Poland 

The  Salvation  Army,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23,  1940. 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  

Save  the  Children  Federation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  8,  1939.  England,  Poland,  Belgium,  and  the 
Netherlands 

Schuylkill  and  Carbon  Counties  Relief  Committee  for 
Poland,  Frackvilie,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland 

Scots'  Charitable  Society,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  9,  1940. 
Scotland - — 

Scottish  Clans  Evacuation  Plan,  Port  Washington, 
N.  Y.,  Nov.  19, 1940.    Great  Britain 

Le  Secours,  Franeais,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  11,  1940. 
France 

Secours  Franco-Americain — War  Relief,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
Nov.  20, 1939.    Great  Britain. _. 

The  Seventh  Column,  Inc.,  West  Fairlee,  Vt.,  June 
12,  1940. «     France  and  England.. 

Share  A  Smoke  Club,  Inc.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  14, 1939. 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  

Sociedades  Hispanas  Aliadas,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Mar. 
29,  1940.    France... 

Sociedades  Hispanas  Confederadas,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 
Jan.  22,  1940.    France- - 

Society  Francaise  de  St.  Louis,  Inc.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Nov. 
15,  1939.    France 

Society  Israelite  Francaise  de  Secours  Mutuels  de  New 
York,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  4,  1940.    France 

Society  of  the  Devotees  of  Jerusalem,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  18,  1939.    Palestine 


$380, 330. 18 
49, 895. 45 

3,  297. 22 
8,  303. 62 

20,261.84 

4,  337. 05 
941.08 

None 

12, 257.  62 

902.96 

4, 048.  43 

2,  992.  66 

208,  347.  76 

195, 085.  31 
6, 247.  24 
1, 023.  26 
3, 716.  63 
18, 180. 47 
2,032.28 
None 

688.70 
1, 277. 72 

31, 199. 12 
852.81 
317.00 

16, 043.  09 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$182, 233. 30 
14, 962. 59 
2,111.93 
7, 859. 56 
16, 816. 78 

3. 884. 70 
175.00 
None 

6,742.92 
831.31 
None 
None 

184,  723.  78 

141, 176.  22 

5. 705. 71 
1,000.00 
2,964.00 
5, 829. 66 

1. 662. 72 
None 

560.00 
None 
30, 240. 87 
373. 49 
200. 00 
8,900.00 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


$30, 751. 18 
12.670.62 
187.63 
None 
742.44 
366.06 
294.82 
None 
2, 330. 63 
71.65 
None 
None 

1, 782. 36 

47,  336.  96 
45.00 
None 
83.62 
6, 706. 53 
128.25 
None 

113.60 
706.13 
958.26 
57.56 
2.80 
7, 120.  81 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$167, 345. 70 

22,  262. 24 

997.66 

444.06 

2,  702. 62 

86.29 

471.26 

None 

4, 184. 17 

None 

4, 048. 43 

2, 992. 66 

21, 841. 62 

6,  672. 13 
496.63 
23.26 
668.91 

6,  644.  38 
241.31 
None 

25.10 
571. 69 

None 
421.76 
114.20 

22.28 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 

$r,,  825. 60 

716.  46 

2,  660.  00 


5, 


.10 


1,  250.  00 

None 
None 
1, 166. 20 
None 
None 
None 

52, 402. 00 

None 
None 
None 
None 
128.67 

2,  611. 10 
None 

None 
None 
None 
8.00 
None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


■>  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  collected  by  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

«  No  report  for  the  month  of  December  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


147 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 
for  relief  in 
countries 


Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Solidaridad    Internacional     Antifascista,    New    York, 

N.  Y.,  Oct.  17,  1940.  France 

The  Somerset  Workroom,  Far  Hills,  N.  J.,  Apr.  25, 1940. 

France  and  Great  Britain 

Le  Souvenir  Frangais,  Detroit,  Mich.,  May  1,  1940. 

France  and  Belgium 

Spanish  Refugee  Relief  Campaign,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  20,  1939.    France 

Springfield  and  Vicinity  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee, 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Sept.  23,  1939.    Poland 

Superior  Council  of  the  Society  of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  5,  1940.    France. 

Miss  Heather  Thatcher,  Hollywood,  Calif.,  Nov.  19. 

1940.    Great  Britain 

Toledo  Committee  for  Relief  of  War  Victims,  Toledo, 

Ohio,  Sept.  19,  1939.    Poland 

Tolstoy  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  17, 

1939.  France,  Poland,  England,  and  Czechoslovakia.. 
Mrs.  Walter  R.  Tuckerman,  Bethesda,  Md.,  Nov.  24, 

1939.  Great  Britain 

Edmund  Tyszka,  Hamtramck,  Mich.,  Sept.  19,  1939. 

Poland 

Ukrainian  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  28, 

1940.  Germany,  France,  England,  and  Italy 

L'Union  Alsacienne,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  28, 

1939.    France.. __ _. 

Unitarian  Service  Committee  of  the  American  Unitarian 
Association,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  23,  1940.  France, 
British  Isles,  and  the  Netherlands.. 

United  American-Polish  Organizations,  South  River, 
N.  J.,  South  River.  N.  J.,  Oct.  20, 1939.    Poland 

United  American  Spanish  Aid  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Apr.  29, 1940.'    United  Kingdom  and  France. ... 

United  Bilgoraycr  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y  ,  Mar. 
21,  1940.    Poland. 

United  British  War  Relief  Association,  Somerville, 
Mass.,  June  14,  1940.  Great  Britian  and  Northern 
Ireland. 

United  Charity  Institutions  of  Jerusalem,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  13,  1939.    Palestine..- 

United  Committee  for  French  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  26, 1939.    France,  England,  and  Germany 

United  Fund  for  Refugee  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  21,  1939.  Poland,  France,  England,  and 
Palestine.. 

United  German  Societies,  Inc.,  Portland,  Oreg.,  Port- 
land, Oreg.,  Jan. 8, 1940.    Germany 

United  Nowy  Dworer  Relief  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 1940.'    Poland 

United  Opoler  Relief  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Dec.  9,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Committees  in  Racine,  Wis.,  Racine, 
Wis.,  Nov.  2,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Organizations  of  Salem,  Mass.,  Salem, 
Mass.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Bristol,  Conn.,  Bristol, 
Conn.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Los  Angeles,  Los  Angeles, 
Calif.,  Oct.  21,  1939.    Poland 

United  Reading  Appeal  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Read- 
ing, Pa.,  Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland  and  England 

»  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on 
■  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on 


$5, 942. 66 

14, 1S2. 45 

58.00 

38, 919.  20 

1,  229.  31 
310.00 

2, 620.  50 
7, 157.  57 
29,  849.  86 
3, 910.  25 
3, 093.  46 
451.  26 

2,  449. 40 

35,  810. 84 
3, 249.  72 
4.  309.  78 
1,326.97 

6, 871.  20 
60, 427.  64 
124,  057.  67 

6.768.70 
2, 766.  62 
935. 12 
889.85 
2, 272. 19 
2, 787. 02 
1,226.85 
2,  962.  48 
8.  746.  76 


None 

$7, 770. 52 

None 

13, 434. 68 

1. 100. 00 

310.00 

2, 600. 00 

5, 826. 07 

12,505.64 

2,  809. 62 

3, 073. 96 

150.46 

1,  400.  27 

18,4.51.04 

2,  400. 00 
2,067.15 

None 

5, 524. 85 
32, 829. 30 
80,  520. 63 

918. 15 
2, 499. 94 

231.90 

None 
1,950.00 
2, 295. 32 

676.80 
2, 562. 10 
6, 889. 14 


$829. 87 

1,149.93 

None 

24, 261. 41 

54.20 

None 

20.50 

629.  79 

6, 589. 90 

3.95 

None 

175. 89 

585.47 

6, 918. 33 
136. 94 

2,  206.  52 
160.  44 

1,053.59 
27, 857.  43 
13, 106.  67 

5, 677. 63 
136.99 
217.04 

35.21 
235.52 
437.  91 

26.75 
355.48 
140.13 


$5, 112.  79 

5,  262. 00 

58.  00 

1,223.21 

75.11 

None 

None 

701. 71 

10,754.32 

1, 096. 68 

19.50 

124.  91 

463.66 

10.441.47 

712.  78 

36.11 

1, 166.  63 

292.76 

None 
30, 430. 37 

172.92 
130.  69 
486.18 
854.64 
86.67 
53.79 
623.30 
44.90 


None 
$11,191.16 
None 
16,486.00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
200.00 
315.00 

100.00 
None 
None 
None 

375.00 

None 

8, 504. 52 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
596.00 
300.00 
None 
None 


Dec.  15, 1940,  for  failure  to  comply  with  the  rules  and  regulations. 
Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


148 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds 
received 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Funds  spent 
for  administra- 
tion, publicity, 
affairs,  cam- 
paigns, etc. 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Dec.  31,  1940, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Universal  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Democracy, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  16, 1940.    England  and  France. 

Mrs.  Paul  Verdier  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  11, 

$532.  60 
4,  207. 41 

None 
$3, 897. 31 

$524.40 
114.31 

$8.20 

195.  79 

None 
$3, 282. 00 

None 

Wellesley  Club  of  Washington,  Arlington,  Va.,  Nov.  29, 

Woman's  Auxiliary  Board  of  the  Scots'  Charitable  So- 
ciety, Inc.,  Waverley,  Mass.,  Feb.  28, 1940.    Scotland. - 

Women's  Allied  War  Relief  Association  of  St.  Louis, 
Clayton,    Mo.,   Dec.    18,   1939.    Great  Britain  and 

2, 879.  33 
14, 483. 18 
518, 361.  71 

2, 847. 40 

7,  757.  58 

432,  594.  90 

21.79 

351.64 

88, 935.  40 

10.14 

6,  373. 96 

None 

None 

9, 638.  85 

1,341,611.16 

None 

Registrants  whose  registrations  were  revoked  prior  to 
Dec.  1, 1940,  and  who  had  no  balance  on  hand  as  of  that 

20, 491, 086. 09 

13, 899,  650.  54 

1, 942,  731.  69 

4, 685, 141. 61 

4, 144, 067. 94 

$276,  994. 18 

'  No  complete  report  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

■  It  is  not  possible  to  strike  an  exact  balance  in  these  published  totals,  since  some  registrants  have  included  in  their  expenditures  moneys  available 
from  loans  or  advances,  which  are  not  considered  by  the  Department  to  be  "funds  received"  and  hence  are  not  reported  as  such. 


The  Near  East 


ITALIAN  AIR  ATTACK  ON  AMERICAN  MISSIONARIES  IN  ANGLO- 
EGYPTIAN  SUDAN 


[Released  to  the  press  January  31] 

On  August  30,  1940,  the  American  Legation 
at  Cairo  reported  the  receipt  of  information 
from  the  Sudan  government  authorities  con- 
cerning an  attack  from  the  air  upon  a  station 
of  the  Sudan  Interior  Mission  at  Doro,  Upper 
Nile  Province,  which  took  place  on  August  23, 
as  a  result  of  which  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Robert 
Grieve  were  killed  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kenneth 
Oglesby  were  wounded.  All  of  the  victims 
were  citizens  of  the  United  States. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  occurrence,  the 
American  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim  at 
Eome,  acting  under  instructions  from  the  De- 
partment, delivered  the  following  communi- 
cation to  the  Italian  Government  on  Novem- 
ber 1, 1940 : 


"On  August  23,  1940,  shortly  after  nine 
o'clock  in  the  morning,  two  Italian  aircraft  at- 
tacked the  compound  of  the  Sudan  Interior 
Mission  at  Doro  in  the  Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan, 
resulting  in  the  killing  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Robert. 
C.  Grieve  and  the  wounding  of  the  Reverend 
and  Mrs.  C.  K.  Oglesby,  all  American  citizens. 

"As  soon  as  my  Government  learned  of  the 
occurrence,  the  American  Legation  at  Cairo 
was  instructed  to  make  a  most  thorough  in- 
vestigation of  all  the  facts  and  circumstances 
concerning  the  incident  so  far  as  might  be 
possible,  based  in  particular  on  eye-witness 
sources.  That  investigation  has  now  been 
completed  and,  under  instructions  of  my  Gov- 
ernment, I  have  been  directed  to  acquaint  the 
Royal  Italian  Government  with  what  follows. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


149 


"An  American  branch  of  the  Sudan  Interior 
Mission,  an  international  missionary  organiza- 
tion with  American,  British  and  Canadian 
branches,  has  been  established  for  some  time  at 
Doro,  with  a  mission  station  also  at  Chali. 
For  some  six  months  prior  to  August  23,  1940, 
the  mission  at  Doro  consisted  of  the  Reverend 
and  Mrs.  C.  K.  Oglesby,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  R.  C. 
Grieve,  all  American  citizens,  and  Miss  Zullah 
Walsh,  a  British  subject,  ordinarily  resident 
of  Australia. 

"Doro,  like  Chali,  is  a  small  open  undefended 
village  and,  apart  from  the  mission  compound, 
is  exclusively  native.  There  are  no  military  or 
police  posts  at  Doro  mission  station  or  in  the 
village  of  Doro  or  any  military  works  of  any 
character.  The  village  itself  consists  of  some 
15  native  tukls. 

"Mr.  Malcolm  I.  Forsberg,  an  American  citi- 
zen, of  the  Sudan  Interior  Mission  at  Chali  has 
declared  in  a  sworn  affidavit  that  'having 
learned  from  three  Greek  traders  from  Kur- 
muk  passing  through  Chali  on  their  way  to 
Melut  of  disorders  in  the  Kurmuk  area  and 
bearing  in  mind  the  nearness  of  Chali  and 
Doro  to  Kurmuk',  he  addressed  on  July  27, 
1940,  a  letter  to  the  Commander,  Italian  Army 
at  Did,  Ethiopia,  reading  as  follows: 
"'Sir: 

"  'This  is  to  inform  you  that  there  are  two 
men  one  woman  and  a  child  at  Chali  all  of 
whom  are  Americans.  There  are  two  men  and 
three  women  at  Doro  one  young  lady  of  whom 
is  Australian.  The  rest  are  Americans.  We 
are  engaged  solely  in  missionary  work  among 
the  Uduk  and  Maban  tribes.  We  have  placed 
an  American  flag  on  one  of  the  houses  at 
Chali. 

"  'Sincerely  yours, 

"  'M.    I.    FoRSBERG, 

"  ''Sudan  Interior  Mission.'' 

"According  to  Mr.  Forsberg's  affidavit,  he 
received  on  August  5,  1940  the  following  com- 
munication dated  August  2,  1940  from  the 
Commander  Italian  Army,  Kurmuk  (signature 
illegible)  : 


"  'Mr.  M.  I.  Forsberg, 

"  'Sudan  Interior  Mission, 
'"Chali. 

"  T  have  received  your  letter  of  which  I  un- 
derstand the  presence  of  your  mission  in  my 
territory.  I  shall  be  glad  to  see  you  all,  men 
and  women,  here  at  Kurmuk  every  one  with 
his  own  passport.  I  hope  that  the  travel  by 
Chali  and  Doro  to  Kurmuk  may  afford  like 
to  you.  Please  accept  my  best  wishes  to  ladies 
and  my  salutations  to  gentlemen. 

"'Commander  Italian  army  Kurmuk.' 

"On  August  5,  date  of  receipt  of  the  fore- 
going, Mr.  Forsberg,  according  to  his  sworn 
statement,  sent  the  following  reply  to  the  Ital- 
ian Commander  at  Kurmuk: 

"  'The  Commander 

"  'Italian  Army  at  Kurmuk. 
"'Dear  Sir: 

"T  received  your  letter  of  August  2,  1940, 
today.  I  will  send  word  concerning  your 
wishes  to  our  missionaries  in  Doro.  It  will  be 
a  number  of  days  before  we  can  get  an  an- 
swer from  them.  We  have  no  means  to  take 
us  to  Kurmuk.  It  would  be  dangerous  for  the 
child  and  for  the  ladies  to  travel  in  the  wet 
now  when  there  is  malaria.  One  of  the  ladies 
at  Doro  (near  Boin)  is  going  to  have  a  baby 
and  is  very  ill  from  that.  She  also  is  just  re- 
covering from  Malaria.  It  would  be  very  hard 
for  her  to  travel  now.  We  will  appreciate  it 
if  you  will  let  us  stay  in  our  houses  at  Chali 
and  Doro  until  you  occupy  this  territory. 
"  'Sincerely  yours, 

"  'M.  I.  Forsberg. 
"  'Sudan  Inferior  Mixtion.'' 

"Mr.  Forsberg  further  avers  that  following 
the  despatch  of  the  letter  quoted  above  'he 
received  no  communication  from  the  Italian 
military  authorities'.  According  to  other  in- 
formation, it  appears  that  the  mission  at  Doro 
had  had  at  no  time  any  communication  with 
the  Italian  military  authorities. 

"At  about  9:15  a.  m.  on  August.  23,  1940 
members  of  the  mission  station  at  Doro  were 
attracted  by  the   sound   of   aircraft   engines. 


150 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


Upon  an  observation  of  the  sky,  two  aircraft 
were  to  be  seen  about  a  mile  distant  flying 
apparently  in  a  westerly  direction  along  and 
over  the  approximate  course  of  the  Yabus 
Kiver,  whose  nearest  point  is  about  a  mile 
from  the  southern  boundary  of  the  mission 
compound. 

"As  a  result  of  the  noise  made  by  the  air- 
craft engines,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Grieve  and  the 
Keverend  and  Mrs.  Oglesby  left  their  houses 
and  stood  together  on  the  open  ground  to  ob- 
serve the  airplanes.  Miss  Walsh  was  standing 
on  the  porch  along  the  south  side  of  her  house. 

"Suddenly  the  two  airplanes  changed  their 
course  toward  the  compound.  As  they  did  so, 
Dr.  Grieve  and  Mr.  Oglesby  held  extended  a 
United  States  flag,  measuring  some  six  by  four 
feet,  while  their  wives  stood  a  little  distance 
south  of  them. 

"The  two  aircraft,  flying  one  after  the  other, 
crossed  the  southern  boundary  of  the  compound 
at  a  height  of  not  more  than  one  thousand 
feet,  possibly  less,  inasmuch  as  the  details  of 
the  planes  were  plainly  distinguishable  from 
the  ground.  In  an  affidavit  of  Mr.  Oglesby 
the  aircraft  are  described  as  Italian  single- 
engined  bi-planes.  It  is  added  that  the  ver- 
tical tricolor  national  markings  were  painted 
upon  the  tail  fins  of  the  aircraft. 

"When  the  aircraft  were  only  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  four  Americans  standing  in 
the  open,  the  second  airplane,  flying  slightly  to 
the  west  of  the  airplane  in  the  lead,  dived  to- 
ward the  group  discharging  its  bombs.  There 
were  three  almost  simultaneous  explosions. 

"The  airplanes  flew  over  the  eastern  corner 
of  Miss  Walsh's  house  in  a  northeasterly  direc- 
tion, passing  over  the  native  village  where  at 
least  two  more  bombs  were  dropfied  which 
fell  in  the  fields. 

"Dr.  and  Mrs.  Grieve  were  struck  by  the 
first  bombs,  Dr.  Grieve  having  fallen  partly 
covered  by  the  United  States  flag,  which  was 
perforated  by  shrapnel  or  bomb  splinters  in 
no  less  than  twenty-four  places.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Oglesby  were  wounded,  Mr.  Oglesby  only 
slightly  in  the  shoulders,  but  Mrs.  Oglesby  had 
sustained  about  thirty  small  shrapnel  wounds 


on  the  arms  and  in  the  back  with  three  major 
wounds  in  the  legs  and  was  still  reported  suf- 
fering from  mental  shock  as  late  as  October 
21,  1940. 

"The  airplanes  almost  immediately  after- 
ward returned  and  dropped  a  considerable  ad- 
ditional number  of  bombs.  They  then  de- 
parted in  an  easterly  direction. 

"When  the  airplanes  had  finally  departed  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Oglesby  were  assisted  into  their  house, 
while  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Grieve  were  carried  into 
the  clinic.  Dr.  Grieve  died  at  about  10 :  30 
a.  m.  and  Mrs.  Grieve  that  same  day  about  5 :  30 
p.  m. 

"Altogether  a  considerable  number  of  bombs, 
some  high  explosive,  and  some  incendiary,  were 
dropped  in  or  around  the  mission  compound. 
The  first  salvo  of  three  bombs  were  high 
explosive  or  shrapnel  bombs  while,  an  incendi- 
ary bomb  destroyed  a  house  belonging  to  the 
Reverend  and  Mrs.  Oglesby. 

"From  the  above  facts  it  is  clear  that : 

"The  airplanes  making  the  attack  were  Ital- 
ian, in  accordance  with  the  sworn  statements 
of  two  eye-witnesses. 

"The  Italian  military  authorities  at  Kurmuk 
had  knowledge  prior  to  the  attack  on  Doro 
of  the  presence  there  of  American  missionaries 
and  of  their  non-combatant  character. 

"Doro  is  an  open  undefended  village  with 
no  military  or  police  posts  or  any  military 
works  of  any  character. 

"The  attack  on  Doro  by  Italian  airplanes 
was  consequently  a  deliberate  and  wanton 
assault  on  a  non-military  objective  and  on  non- 
combatant  civilians,  including  four  American 
citizens. 

"My  Government  is  confident  that  the  Royal 
Italian  Government  will  promptly  condemn 
the  acts  of  those  responsible  for  the  brutal  un- 
provoked attack  against  the  four  American 
citizens  concerned  and  that  prompt  steps  will 
be  taken  to  punish  those  guilty  of  an  outrage 
shocking  to  all  those  who  continue  to  pre- 
serve any  respect  for  the  principles  of  civilized 
behavior.  My  Government  must  of  course 
make  full  reservations  concerning  the  subse- 
quent entering  of  claims  for  compensation  for 


FEBRUARY    1,    19  41 

the  killing  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Grieve,  the  wound- 
ing of  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Oglesby  and  for 
any  property  damage  suffered  by  American 
interests." 

The  following  interim  reply,  dated  Novem- 
ber 6,  1940,  was  received  from  the  Foreign 
Office  by  the  Embassy  at  Rome : 

"Detailed  information  in  the  premises  has 
been  requested  of  the  competent  military  au- 
thorities. 

"However,  as  it  relates  to  facts  supposed  to 
have  occurred  more  than  two  months  ago  in  a 
distant  locality  it  is  very  probable  that  a  re- 
port on  the  matter  cannot  be  received  for 
sometime. 

"Much  more  expeditious  procedure  on  the 
part  of  North  America  [sic]  would  have  been 
to  have  requested  information  concerning  the 
bombardments  in  question  simultaneously  from 
Cairo  and  from  Rome. 

"That  among  other  things  would  probably 
have  resulted  in  a  composition  different  from 
your  note  of  November  1  which  in  its  con- 
cluding portion  contains  criticisms  of  the  Ital- 
ian armed  forces  which  cannot  but  be  rejected 
in  toto" 

No  further  comunication  on  the  subject  has 
been  received  from  the  Italian  Government. 


DEATH  OF  THE  PRIME  MINISTER  OF 
GREECE 

[Released  to  the  press  January  31] 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  sent  the  follow- 
ing message  to  the  Prime  Minister  of  Greece, 
Alexandre  Koryzis. 

"January  30,  1941. 
"It  is  with  a  profound  sense  of  sorrow  that 
I  have  learned  of  the  death  of  His  Excellency 
General  John  Metaxas,  Prime  Minister  of 
Greece.  Please  accept  my  most  sincere  sym- 
pathy in  this  great  loss  to  Greece  in  the  hour 
of  her  struggle  for  freedom. 

Cordell  Hull" 


151 

[Released  to  the  press  February  1] 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  received  the  fol- 
lowing message  from  the  Prime  Minister  of 
Greece  in  reply  to  the  Secretary's  telegram  of 
condolences  on  the  death  of  His  Excellency 
General  John  Metaxas  on  January  30,  1941 : 

"Athens,  February  1,  1941. 
"The  deep  sympathy  which  Your  Excel- 
lency has  been  good  enough  to  express  in  the 
great  sorrow  which  has  just  struck  Greece  in 
the  moment  when  she  is  fighting  for  liberty 
and  which  in  this  grave  hour  has  deprived  her 
of  the  services  of  her  illustrious  chief,  John 
Metaxas,  has  moved  me  profoundly  and  I  beg 
of  you  to  accept  the  assurances  of  my  sincere 
gratitude.  This  expression  constitutes  a  new 
proof  of  the  interest  and  of  the  assistance 
which  the  noble  American  nation,  true  to  its 
traditions,  has  not  ceased  to  offer  to  Greece  in 
the  unequal  struggle  which  she  is  conducting. 
For  this  the  Royal  Government  and  the  Greek 
people  are  infinitely  grateful. 

Alexandre  Koryzis" 


International  Conferences, 
Commissions,  Etc. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO- 
ENGINEERING  MEETING 

[Released  to  the  press  January  31] 

The  North  American  Regional  Radio-Engi- 
neering Meeting  held  its  final  session  in  the 
Department  of  State  on  the  afternoon  of  Jan- 
uary 30,  1941.  This  meeting  was  composed  of 
representatives  of  Canada,  Cuba,  the  Domini- 
can Republic,  Haiti,  Mexico,  and  the  United 
States.  It  undertook  a  scientific  allocation  of 
frequencies  in  the  standard  broadcasting  band 
(550  to  1,600  kilocycles)  for  the  North  Ameri- 
can region  as  established  by  the  North  Ameri- 
can Regional  Broadcasting  Agreement,  which 
was  signed  in  Habana  on  December  13,  1937, 
and  which  is  to  become  effective  on  March  29, 
1941. 


152 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


This  study  involved  consideration  of  the  fre- 
quencies and  other  characteristics  of  1,234 
broadcasting  stations  and  required  the  solu- 
tion of  problems  arising  from  approximately 
200  conflicts,  many  of  them  of  a  complex 
nature.  Regardless  of  the  technical  difficulties 
encountered,  the  meeting  was  marked  by  an 
unusual  degree  of  cooperation  which  it  is  be- 


lieved augurs  well  for  the  efficiency  of  broad- 
casting in  the  North  American  region. 

At  the  final  session  the  representatives  of  the 
participating  governments  signed  a  set  of  rec- 
ommendations which  upon  being  approved  by 
their  radio  administrations  will  become  effec- 
tive on  March  29,  1941. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


AGRICULTURE 

INTER-AMERICAN   COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

Costa  Rica 

The  American  Minister  to  Costa  Rica  re- 
ported by  a  telegram  dated  January  23,  1941, 
that  the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing 
Agreement  signed  at  Washington  on  Novem- 
ber 28,  1940,  was  ratified  by  Costa  Rica  on 
January  22,  1941. 

United  States 

On  January  31,  1941,  the  Committee  on 
Foreign  Relations  of  the  Senate  reported 
favorably  to  the  Senate,  without  amendment, 
the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agree- 
ment, signed  on  November  28,  1940,  with  the 
recommendation  that  the  Senate  advise  and 
consent  to  its  ratification. 

SOVEREIGNTY 

FINAL  ACT  OF  THE  SECOND  MEETING  OF  THE 
MINISTERS  OF  FOREIGN  AFFAIRS  OF  THE 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS  AT  HABANA,  1940 

Nicaragua 

The  American  Minister  to  Nicaragua  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  January  7,  1941, 
that  the  Oficial  Gaceta  (no.  280)  of  Decem- 
ber 17,  1940,  publishes  the  text  of  the  Final 
Act  of  the  Second  Meeting  of  the  Ministers  of 
Foreign  Affairs  of  the  American  Republics, 
signed  at  Habana  July  30,  1940,  and  the  text. 


of  an  Executive  decree  dated  December  4, 1940, 
approving  the  Final  Act  on  behalf  of  Nica- 
ragua. 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

REGIONAL  RADIO  CONVENTION  FOR  CENTRAL 
AMERICA,  PANAMA,  AND  THE  CANAL  ZONE 
(TREATY  SERIES  NO.  949) 

Hoiulwras 

The  American  Minister  to  Honduras  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  January  23,  1941, 
that  the  Honduran  Congress  approved  on  De- 
cember 20,  1940,  the  Regional  Radio  Conven- 
tion for  Central  America,  Panama,  and  the 
Canal  Zone,  signed  at  Guatemala  City  on  De- 
cember 8,  1938. 

The  convention  has  been  ratified  by  the 
United  States  of  America  in  behalf  of  the  Ca- 
nal Zone;  Guatemala;  and  Nicaragua. 

INTERNATIONAL  TELECOMMUNICATION  CON- 
VENTION, REVISIONS  OF  CAIRO,  1938  (TREA- 
TY SERIES  NO.  948) 

( 'olombva 

The  American  Embassy  at  Bogota  reported 
by  a  despatch  dated  December  30,  1940,  that 
the.  Colombian  Government  had  approved  the 
General  Radio  Regulations  and  Final  Protocol, 
and  the  Additional  Radio  Regulations  and  Fi- 
nal Protocol,  signed  at  Cairo  on  April  4,  1938, 
by  law  99  of  1940,  published  in  the  Diario 
Ofirial  (no.  24547)  of  December  26,  1940, 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


153 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  February  1] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  January  18, 
1941: 

Gilson  G.  Blake,  of  Mr,  Washington,  Md., 
Consul  at  Rome,  Italy,  has  been  designated 
Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Rome,  Italy, 
and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Stuart  Allen,  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  Consul  at 
Lyon,  France,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul  at 
Georgetown,  British  Guiana. 

Douglas  Flood,  of  Kenilworth,  111.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Naples,  Italy,  has  been  designated 
Third  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Rome,  Italy. 

Adrian  B.  Colquitt,  of  Savannah,  Ga.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Cayenne,  French  Guiana,  has  been 
assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at  Martinique,  French 
West  Indies. 

Roland  K.  Beyer,  of  Kaukauna,  Wis.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Toronto,  Canada,  has  been  assigned 
for  duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 


Publications 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Waterway :  Agreement 
Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Canada — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  October  14  and 
31  and  November  7,  1940.  Executive  Agreement 
Series  No.  187.     Publication  1541.    3  pp.     50. 

Haitian  Finances :  Supplementary  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Haiti  Fur- 
ther Modifying  the  Agreement  of  August  7,  1933 
(Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  46) — Signed  Septem- 
ber 27,  1940;  effective  October  1,  1940.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  No.  183.  Publication  1543.  2  pp. 
50. 


Regulations 


The  following  Government  regulation  may 
be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Articles  262,  299,  and  1366  of  the  Customs  Regu- 
lations of  1937  Amended.  Approved  January  27,  1941. 
(Bureau  of  Customs,  Treasury  Department.)  [T.  D. 
50317.]  Federal  Register,  January  29,  1941  (vol.  6, 
no.  19),  pp.  645-646  (The  National  Archives  of  the 
United  States). 


Legislation 


Independent  Offices  Appropriation  BiU,  1942  [in- 
cludes a  recommendation  for  an  appropriation  of 
$975,000  to  provide  for  the  adjustment  of  Foreign 
Service  pay].  (H.  Rept.  15,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.) 
p.  14.     100. 

Independent  Offices  Appropriation  Bill  for  1942: 
Hearings  Before  the  Subcommittee  of  the  Committee 
on  Appropriations,  House  of  Representatives,  Seventy- 
seventh  Congress,  First  Session  .  .  .  Part  1  [includes 
hearings  on  Foreign  Service  pay  adjustment  (pp.  130- 
138],  ii,  901  pp.  $1.25.  Part  2  [includes  hearings  on 
the  Export-Import  Bank  of  Washington  (pp.  60-71), 
and  the  State  Department  Annex  Building  (pp.  231- 
232)],  ii,  585  pp.     600. 

Lend-Lease  Bill :  Hearings  Before  the  Committee 
on  Foreign  Affairs,  House  of  Representatives,  Sev- 
enty-seventh Congress,  First  Session,  on  H.  R.  1776, 
a  Bill  Further  To  Promote  the  Defense  of  the  United 
States,  and  for  Other  Purposes.  January  1941.  [In- 
cludes statements  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  pp. 
2-7,1  7-51  passim.]  iv,  692  pp.     650. 

Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriations  for  the 
Department  of  State,  1941 :  Communication  From  the 
President  of  the  United  States  Transmitting  Four 
Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriations  for  the  De- 
partment of  State,  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1941,  Amount- 
ing to  $1,092,000  [includes  an  additional  amount  of 
$94,000  for  salaries  of  Foreign  Service  clerks,  1941 ; 
an  additional  amount  of  $18,000  for  miscellaneous 
salaries  and  allowances,  Foreign  Service,  1941;  an 
additional  amount  of  $330,000  for  transportation,  For- 
eign Service,  1941;  and  an  additional  amount  of 
$650,000  for  contingent  expenses,  Foreign  Service, 
1941].     (H.  Doc.  No.  65,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)   3  pp. 


4  For  text  of  this  statement,  see  the  Bulletin  of  Jan- 
uary 18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  82),  pp.  85-91. 


:INTIHG   0FFIC 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,   10  cents     -     -     -     Subscription  price,  $2 

PUBLISHED  WEEKLY   WITH   THE  APPROVAL  OF  THE  DIRECTOR  OP  THE  BUREAU  OF  THE  BUDOET 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


FEBRUARY  8,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  85 — Publication  1561 


Qontents 


General : 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 

Congratulatory  message  to  the  President  upon  inaugu- 
ration       

Eukope  : 

Courtesy  calls  of  British  Ambassador 

Block  allotments  under  immigration  quotas     .     .     .     . 
Suspension  of  tonnage  duties  for  vessels  of  New  Zea- 
land     

American  Republics: 

Panamanian  refunding  plan 

Committee  for  Coordination  of  Inter-American  Ship- 
ping  

Presentation  of  letters  of  credence  by  the  Cuban  Am- 
bassador       

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc.  : 

Second  Pan  American  Congress  of  Endocrinology     .     . 

The  Department: 

Appointment  of  Dean  G.  Acheson  as  Assistant  Secre- 
tary of  State   

Death  of  R.  Walton  Moore 

Death  of  Stuart  J.  Fuller 

Appointment  of   divisional   officers 

Executive  Committee  on  Commercial  Policy     .     .     .     . 

The  Foreign  Service: 
Nominations  of  ambassadors  and  ministers     .     .     .     . 

Personnel  changes 

Foreign  Service  regulations 

[Over] 


Page 

157 
161 

161 
162 

162 

163 
163 
164 

165 


166 
166 
167 
168 
168 

168 
169 
170 


Qontents 


-CONTINUED 


Teeatt  Information  : 

Sovereignty :  Page 

Convention  on  the  Provisional  Administration  of  Eu- 
ropean Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the  Americas    .      170 
Extradition : 

Supplementary  Convention  With  Guatemala    .    .     .      170 
Non-aggression : 

Pact  Between  Bolivia  and  Chile 171 

Agriculture : 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  .    .    .      171 

Kegulations 171 

Publications 171 

Legislation 171 


General 


CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


[Released  to  the  press  February  4] 

The  President  announced  on  February  4  that 
he  had  approved  the  recommendation  of  Col. 
Russell  L.  Maxwell,  Administrator  of  Export 
Control,  and  issued  a  proclamation  placing  well 
and  refining  machinery,  radium,  uranium,  and 
calf  and  kip  skins  under  the  export-licensing 
system. 

These  articles  and  materials,  the  exportation 
of  which  must  now  be  controlled  due  to  the  ac- 
celerating needs  of  the  national-defense  pro- 
gram, will  be  subject  to  control  on  February  10, 
1941. 

The  texts  of  the  proclamation  and  of  Execu- 
tive orders  prescribing  regulations  pertaining 
thereto  follow : 

Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

by  the  president  of  the  united  states  of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
entitled  "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense,"  approved  July  2,  1940, 
provides  as  follows: 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation  of 
any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or  com- 
ponent parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools,  or  ma- 
terials, or  supplies  necessary  for  the  manufac- 
ture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he  may  by 
proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such  exporta- 
tion, except  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
he  shall  prescribe.    Any  such  proclamation  shall 


describe  the  articles  or  materials  included  in  the 
prohibition  or  curtailment  contained  therein. 
In  case  of  the  violation  of  any  provision  of  any 
proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or  regulation,  is- 
sued hereunder,  such  violator  or  violators,  upon 
conviction,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $10,000.00  or  by  imprisonment  for 
not  more  than  two  years,  or  by  both  such  fine 
and  imprisonment.  The  authority  granted  in 
this  section  shall  terminate  June  30, 1942,  unless 
the  Congress  shall  otherwise  provide." 

Now,  therefore,  I,  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt, 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do  here- 
by proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have 
determined  that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest 
of  the  national  defense  that  on  and  after  Febru- 
ary 10,  1941,  the  following-described  articles 
and  materials  shall  not  be  exported  from  the. 
United  States  except  when  authorized  in  each 
case  by  a  license  as  provided  for  in  Proclama- 
tion No.  2413  J  of  July  2, 1940,  entitled  "Admin- 
istration of  section  6  of  the  Act  entitled  'An 
Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  na- 
tional defense'  approved  July  2,  1940." : 

(1.)  Well  and  refining  machinery 

(2.)  Radium 

(3.)  Uranium 

(4.)  Calf  and  kip  skins. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 


a5  F.R.  2467;  Bulletin  of  July  6,  1940   (vol.  Ill,  no. 
54),  pp.  12-13. 

157 


158 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  4th  day 

of  February,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen 

hundred  and  forty-one,  and  of  the 

[seal]     Independence  of  the  United  States 

of   America    the   one  hundred   and 

sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President: 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 
[No.  2456] 
Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  the   President's   Proclamation  of 
February  4, 1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  Section 
6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved  July  2, 
1940,  and  Amending  Regulations  of  January 
15, 1941,  Covering  the  Exportation  of  Certain 
Articles  and  Materials 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To  ex- 
pedite the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense," I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  addi- 
tional regulations  governing  the  exportation  of 
the  articles  and  materials  named  in  my  procla- 
mation of  February  4, 1941 : 

1.  The  articles  and  materials  named  in  my 
proclamation  of  February  4,  1941,  pursuant  to 
section  6  of  the  act  of  July  2, 1940,  shall  be  con- 
strued to  include  the  following: 

(1.)  Well  mid  refining  machinery:         B  F 

Petroleum    and    gas    well    equip-     7342  7750* 

meut    and    parts,    including    7340 
well  drilling  machinery  and 
parts 
Petroleum  refining  m  achinei  y,     7349  7750* 

equipment  and  parts 
(2.)   Radium: 

Metal  6640*         6640* 

Salts  and  compounds  S399*        8399* 

(3.)   Uranium: 
Metal  6640*        6640* 

Salts  and  compounds  S399*        8399* 

Minerals  6245*        6640* 

(4.)   Calf  and  kip  skins: 
Calf  skins  0206  0205 

0206 
Kip  skins  0207  0205 

0206 


2.  The  numbers  appearing  in  the  columns 
designated  B  and  F  in  paragraph  1  hereof  refer 
to  the  numbers  in  Schedule  B  "Statistical  Classi- 
fication of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported 
from  the  United  States",  and  Schedule  F  "For- 
eign Exports  (Re-Exports)",  respectively, 
issued  by  the  United  States  Department  of 
Commerce,  both  effective  January  1,  1941.  The 
words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are  in- 
cluded solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical 
classification.  An  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that  the 
classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with  that 
in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive 2  of  the  Reg- 
ulations issued  July  2,  1940,  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  the  act  of  July  2, 1940,  are  applicable  to  the 
exportation  of  the  articles  and  materials  listed 
in  paragraph  1  (1.)  through  (4.)  inclusive. 

4.  Executive  Order  No.  8640 3  is  hereby 
amended  to  include  within  its  provisions  the 
articles  and  materials  named  in  my  proclama- 
tion of  February  4,  1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
Februai'y  4, 19J4. 

[No.  8668] 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  Proclamation  No.  2449  of  December 
10,  1940 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To  ex- 
pedite the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense," I  hereby  prescribe  the  following 
additional  regulations  governing  the  exporta- 
tion of: 

Iron  and  Steel 

1.  As  used  in  Proclamation  No.  2449 4  of  De- 
cember 10,  1940,  issued  pursuant  to  the  provi- 


2  5  F.R.  2469. 

3  6  F.R.  455 ;  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
S2),  p.  91. 

*  5  F.R.  4903;  Bulletin  of  December  14,  1940  (vol.  Ill, 
no.  77),  pp.  529-530. 


FEBRUARY    8,    1941 


159 


sions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2, 1940,  and  in  these  regulations, 
the  terms  "iron"  and  "steel"  shall  be  construed 
to  include  the  following  forms,  conversions,  and 
derivatives : 


Iron  Ore: 

Iron  Ore 
Iron  and  Steel  Semimanufactures: 
Pig  Iron 
Iron  and  Steel  Scrap: 

No.     1.  Heavy    melting    steel 

scrap  (Category  2) 
No.     2.  Heavy    melting    steel 
scrap  (Category  3) 
Hydraulically     compressed     and 
baled  sheet  scrap  (Categor- 
ies 7  &  8) 
Cast  and  burnt  iron  scrap  (Cate- 
gories 1,  9,  10,  11,  12) 
Other  (Categories  4,  5,  6,  13)  (In- 
cludes heavy  shoveling  steel, 
selected  rail  scrap,   machine 
shop    turnings,    wire   shorts, 
rerolling  rails,  rejects,  etc.) 
Tin-plate  scrap  (Includes  Tin-plate 
clippings,  cuttings,  stampings, 
trimmings,  skeleton  sheets,  and 
all  other  miscellaneous  pieces  of 
discarded  tin  plate,  which  result 
from   the   manufacture   of   tin 
plate,  and  of  tin-bearing  articles 
from  tin  plate)    (Placed  under 
export  control,   Executive  Or- 
der, effective  April  16,  1936) 
Tin-plate  circles,  strips,  cobbles,  and 

scroll-shear  butts 
Waste-waste  tin  plate 
Terneplate   waste-waste,    clippings, 

and  scrap 
Iron  and  Steel  Products: 

Steel  ingots,  blooms,  billets,  slabs, 
sheet  bars,  and  tin-plate  bars 
(Include  ingot  iron,  and  other 
iron    made    in    steel-making 
furnaces) : 
Not  containing  alloy  "  h 
Alloy  steel,  including  stainless 
Iron  and  Steel  Bars  and  Rods  (In- 
clude   rounds,    flats,    squares, 
etc.): 
Steel  Bars,  cold  finished 
Iron  Bars 

Concrete  reinforcement  bars  (In- 
clude deformed  and  twisted) 


I'. 


6001 


6010.  2 


6010.  3 


6010.  7 


6013 
6014 


0016 
6010 


6020 
6021 


6640* 


620!)-' 


6200  + 


6209* 


6209* 
6209* 


6209* 


6029 
6029 


6029 
6029 


Other  steel   bars,   including  drill 
rods,    merchant    bars,     tool 
steel  bars,  and  drill  steel: 
Not  containing  alloy 
Stainless  steel  " 

Alloy  steel  other  than  stainless  h 
Wire  Rods 
Iron  and  Steel  Plates,  Sheets,  Skelp, 
and  Strips  (Include  waste  and 
waste-wasteplate,  sheet  and 
strip) : 
Plates: 

Armor  plate,   other  than  that 
listed    in    the    President's 
Proclamation    of    May    1, 
1937 
Boiler  plate 

Other    plates,    not    fabricated 
(Include     hot     and     cold 
rolled): 
Not  containing  alloy 
Stainless  steel ° 
Alloy  steel  other  than  stain- 
less * 
Skelp  iron  and  steel  (Consists  of 
long  strips  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  pipes  and  tubes) 
Iron  and  Steel,  Galvanized: 
Iron  Sheets 
Steel  Sheets 
Steel   Sheets,   Black,    t'ngalvauized 
(Include  hot  and  cold  rolled): 
Not  containing  alloy 
Stainless  steel  ° 

Alloy  steel,  other  than  stainless  4 
Iron    Sheets,    Black    (Include    ma- 
terial under  }i"  in  thickness  in 
6033-6036) 
Strip,  Hoop,  Band,  and  Scroll  Iron 
or  Steel: 
Cold  Rolled: 

Not  containing  alloy 
Stainless  steel ° 

Alloy  steel,  other  than   stain- 
less * 
Hot  Rolled: 

Not  containing  alloy 
Stainless  steel  " 

Alloy  steel,  other  than   stain- 
less b 
Tin  plate  and  Taggers'  tin  (Include 

waste  tin  plate) 
Terneplate   (Includes   waste   terne- 
plate "1 


B 

F 

6023 

6029 

6025 

6029 

6026 

6029 

6029 

6029 

6031.  1 
6031.  5 


6031.  9 


603'J 


6037.  1 
6037.  5 


6209* 


6209* 
6209* 


6033 

6209* 

6034 

6209* 

6035.  1 

6209* 

6035.  5 

6209* 

6035.  9 

6209* 

6209  + 


6209* 
6209* 


6037.  9  6209* 


6038.  1 

6209; 

6038.  5 

6209 

6038.  9 

6209 ; 

6041 

6209 

6042 

6209 

See  footnotes  at  end  of  table. 


160 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


Steel  Mill  Manufactures: 
Structural  iron  and  steel: 

Water,  oil,  gas,  and  other  stor- 
age  tanks   complete,   and 
knocked-down  material  for 
permanent    or    temporary        B 
installation  6043 

Structural    shapes,    not   fabri- 
cated (Include  heavy,  light, 
and     bar-sized    structural 
shapes) 
Fabricated   structural    iron    or 

steel 
Plates,  fabricated,  punched,  or 

shaped 
Steel  piling 
Railway-track  materials: 
Rails: 

60  pounds  and  over  per  yard       605 1 
Less    than    60    pounds    per 

yard 
Relaying  rails 
Rail    joints,    splice    bars,    fish- 
plates, and  tieplates 
Switches,    frogs,    crossings,    and 

derails 
Railroad  spikes  (Include  railroad 
screw  spikes) 
Tubular  products  and  fittings: 
Boiler  tubes: 
Seamless 
Welded 
Casing  and  oil-line  pipe: 

Seamless 
.  Welded 
Seamless  black  pipe,  other  than 

casing  and  oil-line 
Cast-iron  pressure  pipe 
Cast-iron  soil  pipe 
Welded  black  pipe: 
Steel 

Wrought  iron 
Welded  Galvanized  pipe: 
Steel 

Wrought  iron 
Rigid   electrical   conduit   of  iron 

or  steel 
All    other    iron    and    steel    pipe 
(Include    riveted    pipe    and 
mechanical  steel  tubing) 
Wire  and  manufactures: 

Iron  or  steel  wire,  uncoated  (In- 
cludes  plain   steel,   stainless 
steel,"  and  alloy  steel  other 
than  stainless ') 
Galvanized  wire 
Barbed  wire 
Woven-wire  fencing 
Wire  rope  and  wire  strand: 

Wire  rope  and  cable,  not  insu- 
lated 6087.1 


B 

6087.5 


F 
609 1* 


F 

62  OS* 


6045 

6209* 

6046 

6209* 

6047 

6209* 

6050 

6209* 

6052 

6209* 

6053 

6209* 

6054 

6209* 

6055 

6209* 

6058 

6209* 

6060 

6209* 

6061 

6209* 

6062 

6209* 

6063 

6209* 

6064 

6209* 

6067* 

6209* 

6068* 

6209* 

6070 

6209* 

6071 

6209* 

6072 

6209* 

6073 

6209* 

7094.1         7099* 


6077 


6081 

6091* 

6082 

6091* 

6083 

6091* 

6085 

6091* 

609 1=1 
609  li 


6091* 


6091^ 
60911 


60911 


6104.1 


6104.9 


6105.2 


c,i  (i.-,.:: 


6107 
6108 


6209* 


6091* 


6091* 
6091* 


6091* 


6091* 
6091* 


6091* 


6101 

6209* 

6102 

6209* 

7452* 

7485* 

6209* 


6209* 


Wire  strand 
Electric  welding  rods  and  wire  of 

iron  or  steel 
Welding  rods  and  wire  of  iron  or 

steel  (other  than  electric) 
Bale  ties 

Electrical   and    telephone   trans- 
mission wires  of  iron  or  steel, 
coated  with  aluminum,  cop- 
per, or  other  metals 
Insulated  wire  and  cable  having 

an  iron  or  steel  core 
Twisted  wire 

Other    coated    wire    of    iron    or 
steel  (List  galvanized  under 
6082) 
Castings  and  forgings: 

Grey-iron       castings        (Include 

semi-steel  castings) 
Malleable-iron  castings 
Ingot  molds 
Steel-castings: 

Not  containing  alloy  °  * 
Alloy  steel,  including  stain- 
less 
Railway  car  wheels  and  axles 
(Exclude  railway  car  tires, 
locomotive    wheels,    tires, 
and  axles): 
Railway   car   wheels 
Railway'   car  axles,   without 

wheels 
Railway     car     axles,     fitted 
with  wheels 
Iron  and  steel  forgings  (Exclude 
steel  grinding  balls) : 
Not  containing  alloy  "  * 
Alloy  steel  including  stainless 
Advanced  Manufactures: 
Fence  posts 

Metal     drums     and     containers, 
filled  or  unfilled,  for  oil,  gas, 
and  other  liquids 
Tool  bits  or  tool  bit  blanks 
Ferro  Alloys: 
Ferrochrome 
Ferrocolumbium 
Ferromanganese  and  spiegeleisen 
Ferromolybdenum 
Ferroph  osphorus 
Ferrosilicon 
Ferrotitanium  and  ferro-carbon- 

titanium 
Ferrotungsten 
Ferrovanadium 

"  Stainless  steel:  All  steel  (other  than  tool  steels) 
containing  9  percent  or  more  of  chromium,  with  or 
without  other  alloys,  or  a  combined  content  of  18  per- 
cent or  more  of  chromium  and  other  alloys. 


6105.  1*       6209* 


62(19* 


6209* 


6209* 
6209* 


6209* 


6205* 

6209* 

6122* 

6209* 

6209* 

6209* 

6220.5 

6220* 

6220.9* 

6220* 

6213 

6220* 

6220.9* 

6220* 

6220.9* 

6220* 

6220.9* 

6220* 

6220.9 

6220* 

6220.9 

6220* 

6220.9 

6220* 

FEBRUARY    8,    1941 

*  Alloy  steel  other  than  stainless:  Steel  where  the 
minimum  of  the  range  specified  in  any  of  the  elements 
named  exceeds  the  following  percentage:  nickel,  over 
0.40  percent;  chromium,  over  0.30  percent;  copper,  over 
0.50  percent;  manganese,  over  1.65  percent;  silicon, 
over  0.50  percent;  molybdenum,  over  0.10  percent; 
vanadium,  tungsten,  cobalt,  titanium,  and  zirconium, 
any  percent. 

2.  The  numbers  appearing  in  the  columns 
designated  B  and  F  in  paragraph  1  hereof  refer 
to  the  numbers  of  Schedule  B  "Statistical  Clas- 
sification of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported 
from  the  United  States",  and  Schedule  F  "For- 
eign Exports  (Re- Exports)",  respectively,  is- 
sued by  the  United  States  Department  of  Com- 
merce, both  effective  January  1,  1941.  The 
words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are  in- 
cluded solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical  clas- 
sification. An  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that  the 
classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with  that 
in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Paragraphs  d.,  h.,  1.,  t.,  and  u.,  of  regula- 
tion 1 5  of  the  regulations  issued  July  2,  1940 
pursuant  to  the  act  of  July  2, 1940,  so  far  as  they 
apply  to  ferro-alloys,  are  modified  in  accord- 
ance with  the  foregoing  list  of  forms,  conver- 
sions, and  derivatives.  Regulations  2  to  12,5 
inclusive,  of  the  regulations  issued  July  2, 1940, 
pursuant  to  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  are,  appli- 
cable to  the  exportation  of  iron  and  steel. 

4.  The  regulations  herein  prescribed  shall  be 
effective  February  15, 1941,  and  shall  supersede 


161 

those  in  Executive  Order  No.  8607  6  of  Decem- 
ber 10,  1940. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 

February  4, 1941. 

[No.  8669] 

CONGRATULATORY  MESSAGE  TO  THE 
PRESIDENT  UPON  INAUGURATION 

[Released  to  the  press  February  6] 

The    President  has  received  the   following 
message  from  the  Chairman  of  the  Presidium 
of  the  Supreme  Soviet  of  the  Soviet  Union : 
"Moscow,  January  27, 1941. 

"On  occasion  your  new  inauguration  to  the 
post  of  President,  I  beg  you  to  accept  my  sin- 
cere congratulations  and  the  best  wishes  of 
personal  happiness  for  you  and  of  prosperity 
for  the  American  people. 

M.  Kalinin" 

The  President  has  transmitted  the  following 
reply : 

"The  White  House, 

u February  S,  1941. 
"I  have  received  with  deep  appreciation  Your 
Excellency's  cordial  felicitations  upon  my  in- 
auguration as  President  of  the  United  States 
and  am  happy  to  reciprocate  your  good  wishes. 
Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


Europe 


COURTESY  CALLS  OF  BRITISH  AMBASSADOR 

[Released  to  the  press  February  4] 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  sent  the  following 
telegram  to  Mr.  R.  Douglas  Stuart,  Jr.,  Direc- 
tor of  "America  First  Committee" : 


5  5  F.  R.  2469. 

"5  F.  R.  4903;  Bulletin  of  December  14,  1940  (vol. 
Ill,  no.  77),  pp.  530-531. 


"February  4, 1941. 

"Your  telegram  February  1,  1941. 

"According  to  information  available  to  the 
Department  of  State  the  British  Ambassador 
who  has  but  recently  arrived  in  this  country 
made  a  series  of  pro  forma  courtesy  calls  a  few 
clays  ago  in  and  about  the  Capitol  in  the  course 


162 

of  which  he  visited  the  Chairman  of  the  Senate 
Committee  on  Foreign  Relations  and  the  Chair- 
man of  the  House  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs.  The  Department  does  not  consider 
that  such  calls  constituted  a  departure  from 
established  precedents. 

Cordell  Hull" 

This  telegram  was  in  reply  to  the  following 
telegram  from  Mr.  Stuart: 

"February  1,  1941. 

"Press  reports  today  state  that  Lord  Halifax, 
British  Ambassador  to  the  United  States,  has 
had  conversations  with  Senator  George  and 
Representative  Bloom,  during  which,  according 
to  Lord  Halifax  himself,  they  discussed  the 
timetable  of  the  war  bill  now  pending  in 
Congress-. 

"Since  these  conversations  were  obviously 
more  than  courtesy  calls  and  were,  in  fact, 
efforts  to  influence  the  legislative  branch  of  our 
Government,  we  assume  that  you  are  making 
a  full  inquiry  into  the  conduct  of  the  British 
Ambassador.  In  the  name  of  the  America 
First  Committee,  I  ask  you  to  make  a  public 
report  of  your  inquiry  and  to  take  appropriate 
action. 

"Americans  are  anxious  to  extend  the  greatest 
hospitality  to  any  representative  of  the  valiant 
British  people.  But  we  are  still  a  self-govern- 
ing nation.  We  cannot  abide  efforts  on  the 
part  of  any  representative  of  any  foreign  gov- 
ernment to  influence  legislation  pending  before 
Congress.  Any  such  effort  is  a  matter  for  im- 
mediate action  by  you. 

R.  Douglas  Stuart,  Jr." 

BLOCK  ALLOTMENTS  UNDER  IMMI- 
GRATION QUOTAS 

(Released  to  the  press  February  3] 

The  Department  of  State  has  been  informed 
by  the  quota-control  office  for  the  German  and 
Polish  immigration  quotas  that  block  allotments 
of  quota  numbers  under  these  quotas  have  been 
sent  to  a  number  of  American  consular  offices 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

in  Canada,  Mexico,  and  Cuba  for  allotment  in 
February  to  persons  applying  for  immigration 
visas  at  those  consular  offices.  A  number  of 
Czechoslovak  quota  numbers  for  issuance  in 
March  have  also  been  distributed  to  American 
consular  offices  in  Canada,  Mexico,  and  Cuba, 
and  Czechoslovak  numbers  are  available  for 
issuance  at  Habana  in  the  current  month  of 
February.  The  consular  offices  to  which  num- 
bers have  been  sent  are  Habana,  Mexico  City, 
Tijuana,  Mexicali,  Ciudad  Juarez,  Nogales, 
Monterrey,  Nuevo  Laredo,  Montreal,  Toronto, 
Niagara  Falls,  Windsor,  and  Vancouver. 

Block  allotments  under  the  Hungarian  quota 
have  been  sent  to  Habana  and  Montreal  and 
individual  allotments  to  several  other  consular 
offices.  The  allotments  made  will  exhaust  the 
Hungarian  quota  for  February. 

It  is  anticipated  that  further  block  allotments 
under  the  German,  Polish,  Czechoslovak,  and 
Hungarian  quotas  will  be  distributed  to  consu- 
lar offices  in  nearby  countries  from  month  to 
month.  In  this  connection,  it  is  pointed  out  that 
no  more  than  10  percent  of  the  annual  immi- 
gration quotas  may  be  issued  in  any  one  calendar 
month. 

SUSPENSION  OF  TONNAGE  DUTIES 
FOR  VESSELS  OF  NEW  ZEALAND 

A  proclamation  (no.  2455)  providing  that 
"the  foreign  discriminating  duties  of  tonnage 
and  imposts  within  the  United  States"  be  "sus- 
pended and  discontinued  so  far  as  respects  the 
vessels  of  New  Zealand  and  the  produce,  manu- 
factures, or  merchandise  imported  in  said  ves- 
sels into  the  United  States  from  New  Zealand  or 
from  any  other  foreign  country;  the  suspension 
to  take  effect  from  January  17,  1941,  and  to 
continue  so  long  as  the  reciprocal  exemption  of 
vessels  belonging  to  citizens  of  the  United  States 
and  their  cargoes  shall  be  continued,  and  no 
longer",  was  signed  by  the  President  on  Janu- 
ary 31, 1941. 

The  text  of  this  proclamation  appears  in  full 
in  the  Federal  Register  for  February  4,  1941 
(vol.  6,  no.  23),  page  727. 


American  Republics 


PANAMANIAN  REFUNDING  PLAN 


[Released  to  the  press  February  3] 

On  April  4,  1940  the  Republic  of  Panama, 
through  a  prospectus  duly  registered  with  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  made  an 
offer  to  holders  of  Republic  of  Panama  5-per- 
cent 35-year  bonds,  Series  A,  due  May  15,  1963, 
pursuant  to  a  Plan  for  the  Readjustment  of  the 
External  Debt  of  the  Republic  of  Panama. 
This  Plan  was  to  become  effective  when  so  de- 
clared by  the  Republic  on  or  before  October  25, 
1940  after  the  holders  of  at  least  80  percent  of 
the  principal  amount  of  5-percent  bonds  should 
have  assented  to  the  Plan  by  depositing  their 
bonds  under  the  Plan. 

Apparently  due  in  part  to  conditions  result- 
ing from  the  war  in  Europe,  including  the  in- 
vasion and  occupation  of  countries  in  which 
substantial  amounts  of  the  5-percent  bonds  are 
held,  deposits  of  80  percent  of  the  pi'incipal 
amount  of  the  bonds  were  not  received  by  Octo- 
ber 25,  and  the  Panamanian  Government  has 
since  extended  the  offer  by  successive  periods  of 
one  month.  By  an  announcement  published 
January  24,  1941,  the  Ambassador  of  Panama 
gave  notice  to  holders  of  the  5-percent  bonds 
that  the  Republic  of  Panama  had  agreed  to  an 
extension  of  the  period  of  the  Plan  and  Deposit 
Agreement  to  and  including  February  24,  1941, 
adding  that  the  Republic  believes  that  with  this 
extension  sufficient  time  has  been  given  to  all 
bondholders  to  make  a  decision,  and  does  not 
intend  to  grant  any  further  extension  of  time 
within  which  the  necessary  assents  to  the  Plan 
may  be  received  in  order  to  enable  the  Republic 
to  declare  it  effective.  The  announcement  also 
suggested  that  in  order  that  sufficient  time  be 
available  for  the  preparation  of  all  documents 
in  connection  with  essential  parts  of  the  Plan, 
holders  of  5-percent  bonds.  Series  A,  who  desire 
to  assent  to  the  Plan,  deposit  their  bonds  not 
later  than  February  10,  1941.     The  Ambassa- 


dor of  Panama  has  supplemented  this  formal 
announcement  by  a  statement  on  the  same  lines 
issued  to  the  press  on  February  3,  1941. 

The  Foreign  Bondholders  Protective  Council 
has  issued  a  statement  discussing  the  Plan  and 
saying  that  the  Council  feels  that  it  is  to  the 
interest  of  the  bondholders  to  accept  the  Plan 
offered  and  recommends  that  they  do  so.  Hold- 
ers of  very  close  to  80  percent  of  the  bonds  have 
deposited  or  agreed  to  deposit  their  bonds.  It 
is  believed  that  part  of  the  delay  in  obtaining 
assents  may  be  due  to  the  difficulty  of  communi- 
cation with  widely  scattered  holders  of  the 
bonds.  It  is  therefore  hoped  that  wide  pub- 
licity can  be  given  to  the  Panamanian  Govern- 
ment's announcement  of  January  24  and  state- 
ment of  February  3. 

The  consummation  of  the  Plan,  which  in- 
volves the  application  to  the  service  of  Pana- 
manian dollar  bonds  of  the  full  amount  of  the 
increased  annuity  payable  to  Panama  by  the 
United  States  Government  under  the  treaty  of 
March  2,  1936  and  of  the  income  of  the  consti- 
tutional fund  of  Panama  established  by  the 
Constitution  of  the  Republic,  in  1904,  would  be 
a  very  helpful  development  in  the  relations 
between  the  two  countries. 

COMMITTEE  FOR  COORDINATION 
OF  INTER-AMERICAN  SHIPPING 


for  Coordination  of  Com- 
is   Between   the    American 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Offic 
mercial  and  Cultural  Relatio 
Republics  February  7) 

With  a  view  to  assuring  adequate  tonnage  for 
continued  movement  of  inter-American  prod- 
ucts, there  has  been  created,  with  the  approval 
of  the  President,  a  Committee  for  Coordination 
of  Inter-American  Shipping,  composed  of 
James  V.  Forrestal,  Under  Secretary  of  the 
Navy,  Rear  Admiral  Emory  S.  Land,  Chairman 
of  the  Maritime  Commission,  and  Nelson  A. 


164 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


Rockefeller,  Coordinator  of  Commercial  and 
Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics. 

The  Committee  will  seek  to  coordinate  the 
shipping  requirements  of  the  Central  and  South 
American  trades  with  the  supply  of  vessel  ton- 
nage under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Maritime 
Commission  and  with  the  needs  of  the  military 
branches  of  the  Government.  The  Committee 
proposes,  through  cooperation  with  the  ship- 
ping companies,  to  plan  use  of  available 
tonnage  in  an  effort  to  insure  adequate  trans- 
portation for  cargoes  to  be  moved  in  both 
directions  during  1941. 

Estimates  of  the  Maritime  Commission  indi- 
cate that  adequate  shipping  will  be  available  to 
handle  the  requirements  of  inter-American 
trade  in  1941  if  the  vessels  now  operating  are 
retained  in  this  service  and  with  the  addition  of 
certain  vessels  now  intended  for  the  trade.  At 
present  there  are,  the  Maritime  Commission 
estimates,  approximately  119  vessels  regularly 
serving  the  east  and  west  coasts  of  South 
America.  Fifty-four  of  these  fly  the  flag  of  the 
United  States,  22  are  of  Norwegian  ownership, 
and  the  balance  are  operated  under  other  flags, 
including  those  of  Central  and  South  America. 

In  establishing  this  Committee  the  Govern- 
ment does  so  with  the  recognition  that  the  un- 
interrupted flow  of  commerce  between  the 
United  States  and  Central  and  South  American 
nations  is  directly  related  to  the  national- 
defense  program  and  to  the  economic  welfare 
of  the  American  republics. 

PRESENTATION  OF  LETTERS  OF  CRE- 
DENCE BY  THE  CUBAN  AMBASSADOR 

[Released  to  the  press  February  5] 

A  translation  of  the  remarks  of  the  newly 
appointed  Ambassador  of  Cuba,  Sehor  Dr. 
A  urelio  Fernandez  Concheso,  upon  the  occasion 
of  the  presentation  of  his  letters  of  credence, 
follows : 

"Honorable  Mr.  President: 

"I  have  the  honor  to  deliver  into  Your  Ex- 
cellency's hands  the  letters  of  credence  by  which 
the  Honorable  Col.  Fulgencio  Batista,  President 


of  the  Republic  of  Cuba,  accredits  me  near 
Your  Excellency  as  Ambassador  Extraordinary 
and  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Cuban  Government 
in  the  United  States  of  America,  and  the  letters 
of  recall  of  my  distinguished  predecessor,  Dr. 
Pedro  Martinez  Fraga. 

"To  be  able  to  express  my  sincere  admiration 
for  the  great  North  American  democracy,  which 
has  always  given  unequivocal  proofs  of  real 
friendship  for  my  country,  constitutes  for  me  a 
very  felicitous  opportunity,  and  I  am  made 
happy  by  the  fact  that  my  President  has  desig- 
nated me  for  such  a  high  mission,  which  I  pro- 
pose to  fulfill  with  all  the  patriotic  zeal  of  which 
I  am  capable  by  drawing  closer  than  ever,  if 
this  be  possible,  the  traditional  ties  of  friend- 
ship and  mutual  comprehension  which  unite 
Cuba  with  the  people  over  whom  Your  Excel- 
lency presides  with  such  great  prestige. 

"Cuba  does  not  forget  that  it  was  the  generous 
North  American  people  who  in  a  decisive  man- 
ner helped  to  assure  victory  in  the  war  which 
we  carried  on  to  win  our  national  independence, 
and  that  our  people,  united  to  your  own,  con- 
tributed in  the  World  "War  of  1914  their  efforts 
to  bring  about  the  triumph  over  the  viciousness 
of  man  of  the  democratic  spirit  which  has 
inspired  all  of  the  political  philosophy  of  our 
America. 

"It  is  not,  therefore,  difficult  to  affirm  that  in 
the  present  historical  juncture  in  which  Amer- 
ica finds  itself  menaced,  Cuba  is  among  the  first 
of  the  nations  of  the  American  continent  to  offer 
its  aid  in  the  face  of  the  dangers  which  threaten 
American  solidarity,  justice,  and  law. 

"Cuba,  conscious  of  its  historic  mission  on  the 
continent,  is  working  intensely  and  in  an  ele- 
vated spirit  of  international  collaboration  to  the 
end  that  the  destiny  of  America  which  pre- 
occupies Your  Excellency  may  culminate  with 
effective  success  for  human  rights  which  our 
democracies  sustain  as  the  sole  instrument 
capable  of  guaranteeing  the  liberty  and  happi- 
ness of  our  peoples. 

"In  the  prosecution  of  my  obligations,  Mr. 
President,  I  shall  do  everything  within  my 
reach  to  fulfill  my  Government's  instructions 
with  zeal  and  devotion  and  to  collaborate  effec- 


FEBRUARY    8,    1941 


165 


tively    with   your   Government   in    our    great 
democratic  undertakings. 

"There  has  been  confided  to  me,  Mr.  Presi- 
dent, the  agreeable  mission  of  expressing  to 
Your  Excellency  in  the  name  of  the  President 
of  the  Republic  of  Cuba  his  most  sincere  wishes, 
to  which  I  have  the  honor  of  joining  my  own, 
for  the  personal  happiness  of  Your  Excellency 
and  for  the  prosperity  of  your  people,  whom 
you  have  had  the  wisdom  of  leading  with  such 
ability  toward  their  destiny,  which  today  is  the 
destiny  of  all  America.  You  have  won  the  af- 
fection of  your  people  and  the  profound  respect 
of  all  nations  which,  while  desiring  to  live  in 
peace,  conceive  peace  possible  oidy  if  founded 
in  democracy,  law,  and  justice,  in  the  defense 
of  which  Cuba,  together  with  the  United  States 
of  America,  is  prepared  to  incur  all  the  risks 
inherent  in  the  circumstances." 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  Senor 
Dr.  Aurelio  Fernandez  Concheso  follows: 

"Me.  Ambassador  : 

"It  has  given  me  great  pleasure  to  receive 
from  you  the  letters  by  which  the  President  of 
Cuba,  His  Excellency  Fulgencio  Batista,  has 
accredited  you  as  Ambassador  Extraordinary 
and  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Republic  of  Cuba 
near  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  and 
I  am  happy  to  grant  you  formal  recognition  in 
this  high  and  important  capacity.  I  have  also 
received  from  your  hands  the  letters  of  recall 
of  your  distinguished  predecessor,  Dr.  Pedro 
Martinez  Fraga,  who  during  almost  four  years 
as  Ambassador  of  your  Republic  in  Washington 
earned  the  friendly  esteem  and  respect  of  all 
with  whom  he  came  in  contact. 

"It  is  with  a  deep  sense  of  gratitude,  that  I 
hear  your  generous  references  to  the  happy  col- 
laboration between  the  valiant  people  of  Cuba 
and  the  American  nation  in  bringing  to  a  happy 
conclusion  the  great  struggle  of  Cuba  for  in- 
dependence and  sovereignty,  and  I  am  reminded 
with  a  sense  of  profound  appreciation  of  the 
spontaneous  response  of  Cuba  in  1917,  when 
this  country  entered  the  World  War  in  contin- 
uation of  the  struggle  for  freedom.     With  free- 


dom, liberty,  and  the  rule  of  law  more  seriously 
threatened  today  than  ever  before,  it  is  ex- 
tremely gratifying  to  receive  your  further  as- 
surances that  Cuba  is  prepared  once  more  to 
demonstrate  its  solidarity  with  the  cause  which 
all  free  nations  espouse. 

"I  thank  you  for  your  assurance  that  in  ful- 
filling the  high  mission  which  has  been  en- 
trusted to  you,  you  will  collaborate  in  every  way 
with  this  Government,  and  I  assure  you  that 
the  officers  of  this  Government  will  take  great 
satisfaction  in  cooperating  wholeheartedly  and 
sincerely  with  you. 

"The  history  of  Cuban- American  relations 
encourages  me.  in  the  firm  belief  that  the  ele- 
ments of  mutual  good-will  and  understanding 
sol  essential  to  the  successful  working  out  of 
economic  problems,  are  abundantly  present  in 
the  case  of  those  in  both  our  countries  who  have 
occasion  to  deal  with  these  problems. 

"I  am  confident  that  through  your  repoi-ts  to 
your  Government,  your  eminent  President,  who 
paid  us  the  signal  honor  of  visiting  this  capital 
two  years  ago,  will  continue  in  the  assurance  of 
our  desire  for  the  closest  possible  ties  of  friend- 
ship and  collaboration. 

"In  welcoming  you  to  Washington,  Mr.  Am- 
bassador, I  wish  to  convey  to  you  my  sincere 
wishes  that  your  stay  in  the  United  States  will 
be  enjoyable  to  you  personally  and  in  every  way 
useful  and  beneficial  to  our  two  countries." 


International  Conferences, 
Commissions.  Etc. 


SECOND  PAN  AMERICAN  CONGRESS 
OF  ENDOCRINOLOGY 

[Released  to  the  press  February  6] 

This  Government  has  accepted  the  invitation 
of  the  Government  of  Uruguay  to  be  repre- 
sented at  the  Second  Pan  American  Congress 
of  Endocrinology  which  will  be  held  at  Monte- 
video, Uruguay,  from  March  5  to  8, 1941,  and  the 
President  has  approved  the  designation  of  the 


166 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


following  persons  as  delegates  on  the  part  of 
the  United  States  of  America : 

Elmer  L.  Sevringhaus,  M.D.,  President, 
Association  for  the  Study  of  Internal 
Secretions,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wis.,  Chairman,  of  the  Dele- 
gation. 

George  W.  Corner,  M.  D.,  Director,  Depart- 
ment of  Embryology,  Carnegie  Institu- 
tion of  Washington,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Herbert  M.  Evans,  M.D.,  Director,  Insti- 
tute of  Experimental  Biology,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  Berkeley,  Calif. 

F.  C.  Koch,  Ph.D.,  Chairman,  Department 
of  Biochemistry,  University  of  Chicago, 
Chicago,  111. 


Oscar  Riddle,  Ph.D.,  Department  of  Ge- 
netics, Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 
ton, Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long  Island, 
N.  Y. 

Raymond  L.  Zwemer,  M.  D.,  Department  of 
Anatomy,  College  of  Physicians  and 
Surgeons,  Columbia  University,  New 
York,  N.  Y. 

The  principal  purposes  of  the  Pan  American 
Congresses  of  Endocrinology  are  to  promote 
the  development  and  improvement  of  this 
branch  of  medicine  and  to  encourage  closer 
collaboration  among  the  specialists  throughout 
the  Americas. 


The  Department 


APPOINTMENT  OF  DEAN  G.  ACHESON  AS  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

OF  STATE 


The  Honorable  Dean  G.  Acheson  took  the 
oath  of  office  February  1,  1941,  as  Assistant 
Secretary  of  State,  filling  the  vacancy  created 
by  the  recent  resignation  of  Assistant  Secretary 
Henry  F.  Grady.  The  office  designation  is 
A-A. 

Mr.  Acheson  was  born  in  Middletown.  Conn., 
on  April  11,  1893,  and  received  an  A.  B.  from 


Yale  in  1915  and  an  LL.B.  from  Harvard  in 
1918.  He  served  as  an  ensign  in  the  United 
States  Navy  during  the  World  War.  From 
1919  to  1921  he  was  private  secretary  to  Justice 
Brandeis  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court. 
Since  that  time,  he  has  been  engaged  in  the 
practice  of  law,  except  from  May  to  November 
1933,  when  he  served  as  Under  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury. 


DEATH  OF  R.  WALTON  MOORE 


[Released  to  the  press  February  8] 

The  Honorable  R.  Walton  Moore,  Counselor 
of  the  Department  of  State,  died  at  his  home  at 
Fairfax,  Va.,  shortly  after  7  o'clock  the  morn- 
ing of  February  8. 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  issued  the  follow- 
ing statement : 

"I  make  the  announcement  of  the  death  of 
Mr.  R.  Walton  Moore  with  a  sentiment  of  deep 
personal  sorrow.    By  his  passing  from  this  life 


I  have  lost  a  dear  friend  and  the  country  has 
lost  one  of  its  ablest  citizens,  whose  long  years 
have  been  spent  in  faithful  service  to  its  wel- 
fare. His  interests  knew  no  narrow  bounds; 
his  abilities  carried  him  to  ever  wider  fields  of 
service.  From  state  legislator  he  entered  upon 
a  distinguished  legal  career  of  national  scope, 
followed  by  more  than  a  decade  of  service  in  the 
House  of  Representatives.  The  third  and  final 
phase  of  his  career  began  in  1933  when  he  came 


FEBRUARY    8,    1941 


167 


to  the  Department  of  State  as  Assistant  Secre- 
tary. As  Counselor  of  the  Department  since 
1937  he  gave  of  his  wisdom,  his  ripe  experience 
of  fourscore  years,  and  spent  his  strength  in  the 
stress  of  a  period  of  gravest  concern  to  his  coun- 
try. At  all  times  he  gave  himself  to  the  duties 
and  obligations  of  his  position  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  State.  As  an  authority  on  constitu- 
tional and  international  law  his  counsel  was 
invaluable  in  such  matters  as  recognition  and 
neutrality,  particularly  the  multifarious  ques- 
tions connected  with  the  latter  subject.  Often 
called  upon  by  his  position  as  Counselor  to  meet 
with  the  representatives  of  foreign  governments 
he  maintained  the  best  traditions  of  the  diplo- 
matic relationship.  I  have  spoken  so  far  only 
of  his  political  accomplishments,  using  that 
term  in  its  most  inclusive  significance.  He  was 
likewise  a  scholar,  as  all  who  have  heard  him 
speak  on  historical  and  legal  subjects  recog- 
nized. His  vital  interest  in  educational  fields 
was  only  another  expression  of  his  broad  and 
varied  interests. 

"We  mourn  the  death  of  Mr.  Moore  as  be- 
reaving those  who  have  been  associated  with 
him  through  the  past  years  of  an  inspiring 
friendship.  We  can  give  him  now  only  that 
tribute  of  devotion  which  is  the  just  meed  of  the 
distinguished  and  unfaltering  patriot  whose 
last  strength  and  final  breath  were  given  in 
service  to  the  public  good." 


His  biography  follows: 

Robert  Walton  Moore, — Born  in  Fairfax,  Va.,  Feb- 
ruary 26,  1859 ;  educated  at  the  University  of  Virginia 
and  admitted  to  the  State  bar  in  1SS0;  State  Senator, 
18S7-90;  Presidential  Elector,  1892;  Member  of  the 
Virginia  Constitutional  Convention,  1901-1902 ;  Special 
Counsel  before  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission, 
1907-1S,  and  Assistant  Chief  Counsel  of  the  United 
States  Railroad  Administration,  1918-19;  elected  to  the 
House  of  Representatives  (Sixty-sixth  Congress)  in 
1919  to  fill  a  vacancy,  and  reelected  for  five  terms, 
1921-31,  from  the  Eighth  Congressional  District  of  Vir- 
ginia ;  served  as  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  Foreign 
Affairs ;  appointed  Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  Septem- 
ber 19,  1933,  and  Counselor  of  the  Department  of  State, 
May  20,  1937 ;  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  Sec- 
ond Export-Import  Bank  of  Washington,  D.C.,  1934-36; 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  Export-Import 
Bank  of  Washington,  1934—11 ;  Member  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  Committee  on  International  Civil  Avia- 
tion, 1935-38,  and  Chairman  of  the  Interdepartmental 
Committee  on  Civil  International  Aviation,  1935-3S; 
Member  of  the  Central  Committee  of  the  American  Red 
Cross,  1936-41;  Chairman,  United  States  -  Canada 
Aviation  Conference,  Washington,  DC,  1938;  Mem- 
ber of  the  International  Joint  Commission,  United 
States  and  Canada,  1939;  Member  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  1922-41 ;  Mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Visitors,  University  of  Virginia  and 
William  and  Mary  College;  Member  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education  of  Virginia  ;  Member  of  the  American  Bar 
Association,  and  of  the  Virginia  State  Bar  Association 
(President,  1911)  ;  Phi  Beta  Kappa,  and  LL.D.  (Wil- 
liam and  Mary  College). 


DEATH  OF  STUART  J.  FULLER 


[Released  to  the  press  February  .'!] 

The  Secretary  of  State  on  February  3  made 
the  following  statement  in  regard  to  the  death 
on  the  night  of  February  2,  at  his  home  in 
Washington,  of  Mr.  Stuart  Jamieson  Fuller. 
Since  1931  Mr.  Fuller  has  been  an  Assistant 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  Far  Eastern  Affairs  in 
charge  of  matters  which  relate  to  international 
cooperation  to  suppress  the  abuse,  of  narcotic 
drugs. 

'T  am  deeply  grieved  at  the  death  of  Mr. 
Fuller.  Mr.  Fuller  entered  the  Foreign  Service 
in  1906  and  the  Department  of  State  in  1930. 
In  all  of  his  assignments  he  rendered  service  of 


an  outstanding  character  to  his  Government, 
and  he  possessed  a  unique  capacity  for  making 
friends.  Especially  conspicuous  were  his  serv- 
ices while  Consul  at  Iquitos,  Peru,  in  investigat- 
ing conditions  in  the  Putumayo  rubber-produc- 
ing areas,  Consul  General  at  Large  in  the  Far 
East,  Consul  General  at  Tientsin,  and  this 
Government's  representative  on  the  Opium  Ad- 
visory Committee.  He  was  looked  upon  by 
those  associated  with  him,  both  in  this  country 
and  abroad,  as  a  foremost  authority  on  the  sub- 
ject of  the  international  traffic  in  drugs  and  as 
one  of  the  leaders  in  the  control  of  this  traffic. 
In  his  death  our  Government  has  lost  a  loyal 


168 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


and  efficient  Government  servant.  His  loss  will 
be  deeply  mourned  by  all  of  those  who  had  the 
privilege  of  knowing  him." 

His  biography  follows: 

Stuart  Jamibson  Fuller. — Born  in  Keokuk,  Iowa, 
May  4,  1880;  University  of  Minnesota,  1896-98;  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  LL.B.  1903 ;  in  railway  and  mer- 
cantile business  until  1906;  Vice  and  Deputy  Consul 
General  at  Hong  Kong,  April  20,  1906 ;  Consul  at  Gote- 
borg,  Sweden,  July  26,  1909;  in  charge  of  the  Consulate 
at  Naples,  October  12,  1910;  Consul  at  Iquitos,  April 
12, 1912 ;  at  Durban,  September  18, 1913 ;  Consul  General 
at  Large  November  24,  1913;  Consul  General  at  Tient- 
sin, China,  September  6,  1919 ;  representative  on  Haiho 
Conservancy  Commission  (Tientsin),  1922-23;  in  busi- 
ness in  Calcutta  1924-26,  Far  East,  1927-30 ;  Divisional 
Assistant  in  the  Department  of  State,  July  12,  1930; 
Assistant  Chief,  Division  of  Far  Eastern  Affairs,  April 
1, 1931 ;  Representative  in  expert  and  advisory  capacity, 
fifteenth  to  twenty-fourth  sessions  of  League  of  Nations 
Advisory  Committee  on  Traffic  in  Opium  and  Other 
Dangerous  Drugs,  Geneva,  1932-39;  Delegate  of  the 
United  States  to  Conference  for  the  Suppression  of 
the  Illicit  Traffic  in  Narcotic  Drugs,  Geneva,  1936; 
Adviser,  twentieth  session  International  Labor  Confer- 
ence, Geneva,  1936. 

Mr.  Fuller  is  survived  by  his  widow,  Mrs.  Anne  Regan 
Fuller  of  Washington,  D.C. ;  by  two  sons:  Stuart  J. 
Fuller,  Jr.,  and  Regan  Fuller;  and  by  a  brother,  Mr. 
Isaac  Sutton  Fuller,  of  Evanston,  111. 

APPOINTMENT  OF  DIVISIONAL 
OFFICEKS 

The  following  recent  appointments  to  offices 
in  the  Department  have  been  made  by  the 
Secretary  of  State : 


Avra  M.  Warren,  a  Foreign  Service  officer  of 
class  I,  was  assigned  as  Chief  of  the  Visa  Divi- 
sion, effective  January  21,  1941. 

Leland  W.  King,  Jr.,  was  appointed  an 
Assistant  Chief  of  the  Foreign  Service  Build- 
ings Office,  effective  as  of  December  23,  1940. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE  ON 
COMMERCIAL  POLICY 

The  following  departmental  order,  no.  919, 
dated  February  5,  1941,  has  been  issued : 

"Reference  is  made  to  Executive  Order  No. 
7260  dated  December  31,  1935  continuing  the 
functions  of  the  Executive  Committee  on  Com- 
mercial Policy  and  defining  its  membership. 
Section  2  of  this  Order  provides : 

"  'The  Chairman  of  the  said  Committee  shall 
be  a  representative  of  the  Department  of  State 
who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Secretary  of 
State.  The  representatives  of  the  member  de- 
partments and  agencies  shall  be  designated  by 
the  respective  heads  of  such  departments  and 
agencies.' 

"It  is  hereby  ordered  that  Dean  G.  Acheson, 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  shall  be  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Department  of  State  on  the 
Executive  Committee  on  Commercial  Policy 
and  shall  serve  as  Chairman  thereof,  with 
authority  to  add  other  representatives  of  the 
Department. 

"Departmental  Order  No.  807  of  August  18, 
1939  7  is  hereby  revoked. 

Cordell  Hull" 


The  Foreign  Service 


NOMINATIONS  OF  AMBASSADORS  AND  MINISTERS 


The  President,  on  February  6, 1941,  submitted 
to  the  Senate  the  following  nominations  of  am- 
bassadors and  ministers : 

John  G.  Winant,  of  New  Hampshire,  to  be 
Ambassador    Extraordinary    and    Plenipoten- 


tiary of  the  United  States  of  America  to  Great 
Britain. 

Anthony  J.  Drexel  Biddle,  Jr.,  of  Pennsyl- 
vania,   now    Ambassador    Extraordinary    and 


'  Designating  Henry  F.  Grady  as  the  representative 
of  the  Department  of  State. 


FEBRUARY    8,    1941 


169 


Plenipotentiary  to  Poland,  to  serve  concur- 
rently and  without  additional  compensation  as 
Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Plenipoten- 
tiary near  the  Government  of  Belgium  now  es- 
tablished in  London;  and  as  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  near  the 
Governments  of  Norway  and  the  Netherlands, 
also  now  established  in  London. 

William  Dawson,  of  Minnesota,  now  Ambas- 
sador Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary  to 
Panama,  to  be  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica to  Uruguay.8 

Clarence  E.  Gauss,  of  Connecticut,  now 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary to  Australia,  to  be  Ambassador  Extraor- 
dinary and  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  China. 

Edwin  C.  Wilson,  of  Florida,  now  Envoy 
Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to 
Uruguay,  to  be  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica to  Panama. 

Bert  Fish,  of  Florida,  now  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  Egypt, 
to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Pleni- 
potentiary of  the  United  States  of  America  to 
Portugal. 

Nelson  T.  Johnson,  of  Oklahoma,  now  Am- 
bassador Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary  to 
China,  to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica to  Australia. 

Alexander  C.  Kirk,  of  Illinois,  now  Counselor 
of  Embassy  at  Rome  with  the  honorary  rank  of 
Minister,  to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Min- 
ister Plenipotentiary  of  the  United  States  of 
America  to  Egypt. 

Jay  Pierrepont  Moffat,  of  New  Hampshire, 
now  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Pleni- 
potentiary to  Canada,  to  serve  concurrently  and 
without  additional  compensation  as  Envoy  Ex- 
traordinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  near 
the  Government  of  Luxemburg,  now  established 
in  Canada. 


8  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  11,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
81),  p.  79. 


Herbert  Claiborne  Pell,  of  Rhode  Island,  now 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary to  Portugal,  to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary 
and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of  the  United 
States  of  America  to  Hungary. 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  February  8] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  February  1, 
1941: 

Career  Officers 

J.  Rives  Childs,  of  Lynchburg,  Va.,  now 
serving  in  the  Department  of  State,  has  been 
designated  First  Secretary  of  Legation  and 
Consul  at  Tangier,  Morocco. 

Hooker  A.  Doolittle,  of  Utica,  N.  Y.,  First 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at  Tangier, 
Morocco,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul  at  Tunis, 
Tunisia. 

Joel  C.  Hudson,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Second 
Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  at  Berlin, 
Germany,  has  been  assigned  for  duty  in  the 
Department  of  State. 

Gerald  Warner,  of  Northampton,  Mass.,  Con- 
sul at  Taihoku,  Japan,  has  been  assigned  as 
Consul  at  Tokyo,  Japan. 

The  assignment  of  Walter  P.  McConaughy, 
of  Montevallo,  Ala.,  as  Consul  at  Tokyo,  Japan, 
has  been  canceled.  Mr.  McConaughy  has  now 
been  designated  Second  Secretary  of  Embassy 
at  Peiping,  China. 

George  W.  Renchard,  of  Detroit,  Mich.,  Third 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Vice  Consul  at  Ot- 
tawa, has  been  assigned  for  duty  in  the 
Department  of  State. 

Ralph  J.  Blake,  of  Portland,  Oreg.,  Consul  at 
Tokyo,  Japan,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul  at 
Taihoku,  Japan. 

The  following  Foreign  Service  officers,  Vice 
Consuls  at  their  respective  posts,  have  been  as- 
signed to  the  Department  of  State  for  duty  in 
the  Foreign  Service  Officers'  Training  School, 
effective  April  1,  1941 : 


170 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Wymlierley  DeR.  Coerr,  New  Haven,  Conn. ;  Montreal 
Thomas  J.  Corey,  Glenilale,  Calif. ;  Vancouver 
Lewis  E.  Gleeck,  Jr.,  Chicago,   111. ;  Vancouver 
Alfred  H.  Lovell,  Jr.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. ;  Montreal 
Frederick  J.  Mann,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ;  Toronto 
Richard  H.  Post,  Quoque,  N.  Y. ;  Windsor 
M.  Robert  Rutherford,  Missoula,  Mont.;  Winnipeg 
Joseph  J.  Wagner,  Jamaica  Park,  N.  Y. ;  Habana 
Meredith  Weatherby,  Waco,  Tex.;  Habana 
Charles  H.  Whitaker,  Boston,  Mass.;  Habana 
Julian  L.  Nugent,  Jr.,  Pecos,  N.  Mex. ;  Mexico  City 
Kenneth  R.  Oakley,  Fort  Smith,  Ark.;  Mexico  City 
Joseph  Palmer,  2d,  Belmont,  Mass. ;  Mexico  City 
George  D.  Henderson,  Palo  Alto,  Calif.;  Ciudad  Juarez 
Wallace  W.  Stuart,  Greeueville,  Tenn. ;  Ciudad  Juarez 
Richard  A.   Johnson,  Moline,  111. ;  Naples 
Donald  B.  Calder,  New  York,  N.  Y. ;  Zurich 


Non-career  Officers 

Charles  H.  Stephan,  of  Staten  Island,  N.  T., 
Vice  Consul  at  Nagoya,  Japan,  has  been  ap- 
pointed Vice  Consul  at  Tokyo,  Japan,  upon  the 
closing  of  the  office  at  Nagoya,  Japan. 

FOREIGN  SERVICE  REGULATIONS 

On  February  4,  1941,  the  President  signed 
Executive  Order  No.  8672  amending  the  For- 
eign Service  Regulations  of  the  United  States 
(Chapter  XVI:  General  Instructions  Relating 
to  Navigation).  For  text  of  this  order  see  the 
Federal  Register  of  February  7,  1941  (vol.  6, 
no.  26),  p.  805  (The  National  Archives  of  the 
United  States). 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


SOVEREIGNTY 

CONVENTION  ON  THE  PROVISIONAL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION OF  EUROPEAN  COLONIES  AND 
POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  AMERICAS 

Peru 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Peru  reported 
by  a  telegram  dated  January  29,  1941,  that  the 
Peruvian  Congress  approved  on  January  28, 
1941,  the  ratification  of  the  Convention  on  the 
Provisional  Administration  of  European  Col- 
onies and  Possessions  in  the  Americas,  signed 
at  Habana  on  July  30, 1940. 

EXTRADITION 

SUPPLEMENTARY  CONVENTION  WITH 
GUATEMALA 

The  American  Charge  d'Affaires  ad  interim 
at  Guatemala  City  reported  by  a  telegram  dated 
February  6,  1941,  that  ratifications  were  ex- 
changed on   that  day  of  the   Supplementary 


Extradition  Convention  between  the  United 
States  and  Guatemala  signed  on  February  20, 
1940. 

This  convention,  which  is  made  an  integral 
part  of  the  Extradition  Convention  of  Febru- 
ary 27,  1903,  between  the  two  countries  (Treaty 
Series  No.  425),  supplements  that  convention 
by  adding  to  the  list  of  crimes  and  offenses  for 
which  extradition  may  be  sought,  the  crime  or 
offense  of  violation  of  the  laws  prohibiting  or 
regulating  the  traffic  in  narcotics,  when  the 
penalty  to  which  violators  are  liable  is  one 
year's  imprisonment  or  more. 

The  supplementary  convention  will  enter  into 
force  10  daj7s  after  its  publication  in  accordance 
with  the  laws  of  the  High  Contracting  Parties, 
the  period  to  run  from  the  date  of  its  publica- 
tion in  the  country  last  publishing,  and  it  will 
continue  and  terminate  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  convention  of  1903. 


FEBRUARY    8,    1941 


171 


NON-AGGRESSION 

PACT  BETWEEN  BOLIVIA  AND  CHILE 
The  American  Ambassador  to  Chile  reported 
by  a  despatch  dated  January  22,  1941,  that  a 
Pact  of  Non-aggression  between  Chile  and  Bo- 
livia was  signed  at  La  Paz  on  January  16. 1941. 
The  text  of  the  agreement  was  published  in  El 
Mercurio  of  January  17,  1941.  Both  Govern- 
ments condemn  wars  of  aggression,  they  re- 
affirm their  complete  accord  in  the  doctrine  of 
non-recognition  of  territorial  annexation  by 
force,  and  confirm  their  adherence  to  the  prin- 
ciple of  article  8  of  the  Convention  on  Rights 
and  Duties  of  States,  signed  at  Montevideo  on 
December  26,  1933,  which  states  "no  state  has 
the  right  to  intervene  in  the  internal  or  external 
affairs  of  another". 


AGRICULTURE 

INTER-AMERICAN  COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

United  States 

On  February  3,  1941,  the  Senate  gave  its 
advice  and  consent  to  ratification  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing 
Agreement  signed  at  Washington  on  November 
28,  1940. 


Regulations 


The  following  Government  regulations  may 

be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Rules  of  General  Application,  Amendments.  January 
30,  1941.  (Committee  for  Reciprocity  Information.) 
Federal  Register,  February  5, 1941  (vol.  6,  no.  24) ,  p.  774 
(The  National  Archives  of  the  United  States). 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Air  Transport  Services :  Arrangement  Between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  Canada  Giving  Effect  to 
Article  III  of  the  Air  Transport  Arrangement  Signed 
August  18, 1939  (Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  159)  — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  November  29  and 
December  2,  1940:  effective  December  3,  1940.  Execu- 
tive Agreement  Series  No.  186.     Publication  1537.     5  pp. 

■V- 

Publications  of  the  Department  of  State  (a  list  cumu- 
lative from  October  1,  1929).  January  1,  1941.  Publi- 
cation l.r>46.     24  pp.     Free. 

Reciprocal  Customs  Privileges  for  Foreign  Service 
Personnel :  Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Brazil — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes 
signed  October  11,  1940;  effective  October  11,  1940. 
Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  185.  Publication  1549. 
3  pp.    50. 


Legislation 


Retirement  and  Disability  Fund  of  the  Foreign  Serv- 
ice: Message  From  the  President  of  the  United  States 
Transmitting  a  Report  [by  the  Secretary  of  State] 
Concerning  the  Retirement  and  Disability  Fund  of  the 
Foreign  Service.  (H.  Doc.  66,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.) 
6  pp.    50. 

Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriation  for  the 
Department  of  State,  Fiscal  Year  1941 :  Communication 
From  the  President  of  the  United  States  Transmitting 
Two  Supplemental  Estimates  of  Appropriation  for  the 
Department  of  State,  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1941, 
Amounting  to  $11,500  and  a  Draft  of  a  Proposed  Pro- 
vision Pertaining  to  the  Appropriation  "Salaries,  Am- 
bassadors and  Ministers,"  of  the  Department  [including 
$9,500  for  the  Mixed  Claims  Commission,  United  States 
and  Germany,  1941,  and  $2,000  for  salaries  and  expenses 
of  the  International  Joint  Commission,  United  States 
and  Great  Britain,  1941].  (H.  Doc.  72,  77th  Cong., 
1st  sess.)     3  pp.     50. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price,  10  cents     -     Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED  WEEKLY  WITH  THE  APPROVAL  OF     THE  DIRECTOR  OF  THE  BUREAU  OF  THE  BUDGET 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


BULI 


.j  j 


ETIN 


FEBRUARY  15,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  86— Publication  1562 


Qontents 


General:  Page 

Control  of  exports  iu  national  defense 175 

Control  of  vessels  in  territorial  waters  of  the  United 

States  and  the  Canal  Zone 179 

American  Republics: 

Financial  agreement  with  Haiti 179 

Visit  of  Chilean  newspapermen  to  the  United  States  .        180 
Inter-American   Development   Commission:  Argentine 

Council 181 

Merchandising  Advisory  Service   for  other  American 

republics 182 

Student    officers    from    other    American    republics    in 

United  States  Army  Service  Schools 182 

The  Far  East: 

Presentation  of  letters  of  credence   by    the   Japanese 

Ambassador 183 

Suspension  of  tonnage  duties  for  vessels  of  India  .    .    .        184 

The  Near  East: 

Air  attack  on  American  missionaries  in  Anglo-Egyptian 

Sudan 184 

The  Department: 

Designation  of  Assistant  Secretary  Acheson  as  member 

of  Foreign  Service  Boards 185 

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc.: 
Pan  American  Resources  Commission  and  Pan  Ameri- 
can Soil  Conservation  Commission 185 

[Over] 


Qontents- 


U.  S,  SUPERIN 

MAR   4 


-CONTINUED. 


The  Foreign  Service:  Page 

Foreign  Service  examination 186 

Designation  of  Herschel  V.  Johnson  as  honorary  Min- 
ister to  Great  Britain 188 

Nominations  of  ambassadors  and  ministers 188 

Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  Etc.: 

Monthly  statistics 188 

Treaty  Information: 
Agriculture: 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  .    .    .        202 
Finance: 

Agreement  With  Haiti  for  the  Temporary  Postpone- 
ment During  1941  of  Certain  Interest  Payments  .        202 
Fisheries: 

Convention,  Agreement,  and  Protocol  for  the  Regula- 
tion of  Whaling  (Treaty  Series  Nos.  880,  933,  and 

944) 202 

Nature  protection  and  wildlife  preservation: 

Convention  on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Pres- 
ervation in  the  Western  Hemisphere 202 

Restriction  of  war: 

Convention  for  the  Amelioration  of  the  Condition  of 
the  Wounded  and  the  Sick  of  Armies  in  the  Field 

(Treaty  Series  No.  847) 202 

Judicial  decisions: 

Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  With  France   (Execu- 
tive Agreement  Series  No.  146) 203 

Special  assistance: 

Financial  Convention  With  the  Dominican  Republic 

Revising  the  Convention  of  1924 203 

Publications 204 


General 


CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


The  Division  of  Controls  of  the  Department 
of  State  has  issued  the  following  statements : 

"In  an  effort  to  expedite  exports  to  the  British 
Empire  of  copper,  bronze,  brass,  and  nickel 
products  subject  to  the  requirement  of  export 
licenses  in  accordance  with  the  President's 
proclamation  of  January  10,  1941,1  the  British 
Purchasing  Commission  has  made  arrangements 
to  coordinate  such  shipments  to  the  countries  of 
the  Empire.  The  British  Purchasing  Commis- 
sion has  already  obtained  unlimited  licenses 
authorizing  the  exportation  to  those  destina- 
tions of  all  the  above-mentioned  products  as 
defined  in  the  President's  Executive  order  of 
January  10, 1941.2 

"In  order  to  obtain  a  clearance  of  shipments 
for  exportation  of  these  particular  products,  it 
is  necessary  for  the  shipper  to  communicate  with 
the  British  Purchasing  Commission,  the  Wil- 
lard  Hotel,  Washington,  D.C.,  attention  of  Capt. 
W.  C.  Coventry. 

"It  will  also  be  necessary  for  every  company 
exporting  such  copper,  bronze,  brass,  and  nickel 
products  to  the  British  Empire  in  connection 
with  these  unlimited  licenses,  to  supply  statistics 
every  10  days  regarding  their  actual  exporta- 
tions.  These  statistics  should  be  forwarded  to 
the  British  Purchasing  Commission,  which  in 
turn  is  required  to  present  summaries  to  the 
interested  branches  of  this  Government. 


1  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  11,  1941   (vol.  IV,  no. 
81),  pp.  52-53. 
*  Ibid.,  pp.  53-54. 


"Applications  for  license  to  export  to  the 
British  Empire  the  articles  and  materials  re- 
ferred to  in  the  unlimited  licenses  which  have 
been  issued  to  the  British  Purchasing  Commis- 
sion, are  being  returned  to  the  applicants  with 
the  suggestion  that  they  communicate  with  the 
Commission." 


"In  an  effort  to  expedite  exports  to  the  British 
Empire  of  the  iron  and  steel  products  subject  to 
the  requirement  of  export  licenses  in  accordance 
with  the  President's  proclamation  of  December 
10,  1940,5  the  British  Iron  &  Steel  Corporation 
has  made  arrangements  to  coordinate  such 
shipments  to  the  countries  of  the  Empire.  The 
British  Iron  &  Steel  Corporation  has  already  ob- 
tained blanket  licenses  authorizing  the  exporta- 
tion to  those  destinations  of  all  the  iron  and 
steel  products  as  denned  in  the  President's  Ex- 
ecutive order  of  December  10,  1940.4 

"In  order  to  obtain  a  clearance  of  shipments 
for  exportation  of  these  particular  steel  prod- 
ucts, it  is  necessary  for  the  shipper  to  communi- 
cate with  the  British  Iron  &  Steel  Corporation, 
43  Exchange  Place,  New  York,  New  York,  at- 
tention of  Mr.  R.  W.  Finlayson. 

"It  will  also  be  necessary  for  every  company 
exporting  such  iron  and  steel  products  to  the 
British  Empire  in  connection  with  these  blanket 
licenses  to  supply  statistics  every  10  days  re- 


3  See  the  Bulletin  of  December  14,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no. 
77),  pp.  529-530. 
4 1 Oid.,  pp.  530-531. 

175 


176 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


garding  their  actual  exportations.  These  statis- 
tics should  be  forwarded  to  the  British  Iron  & 
Steel  Corporation,  which  in  turn  is  required  to 
present  summaries  to  the  interested  branches  of 
this  Government. 

"Applications  for  license  to  export  the  articles 
and  materials  referred  to  in  the  blanket  licenses 
which  have  been  issued  to  the  British  Iron  & 
Steel  Corporation  are  being  returned  to  the  ap- 
plicants with  the  suggestion  that  they  communi- 
cate with  the  Corporation." 


On  February  12,  1941,  the  Secretary  of  State 
sent  the  following  circular  telegram  to  collectors 
of  customs  at  ports  of  exit  along  the  United 
States -Mexican  border: 

"Reference  is  made  to  previous  letters  of  in- 
terpretation regarding  the  regulations  issued 
pursuant  to  section  6  of  the  Export  Control  Act 
approved  on  July  2,  1940. 

"Until  further  notice,  you  may  permit  with- 
out the  requirement  of  a  license  the  exportation 
to  Mexico,  for  use  in  that  country,  of  shipments 
of  solder  and  of  all  articles  and  materials  enu- 
merated in  the  Executive  order  issued  by  the 
President  on  February  4,  1941,5  governing  the 
exportation  of  iron  and  steel  products,  in  cases 
where  the  shipment  does  not  exceed  $25  net 
value.  You  are  requested  to  exercise  due  dili- 
gence to  prevent  any  abuse  of  this  privilege  and 
to  report  to  the  Department  of  State  immedi- 
ately any  evidence  of  such  abuse." 


The  following  circular  telegrams  to  all  collec- 
tors of  customs  have  been  sent  recently  bj'  the 
Secretary  of  State: 

"February  11,  1941. 
"Pending  further  instructions,  no  licenses  will 
be  required  for  the  export  of  the  following  types 
of  'metal  drums  and  containers,  filled  or  un- 
filled, for  oil,  gas,  and  other  liquids',  referred 


to  in  the  Executive  order  of  February  4,  1941,° 
governing  the  exportation  of  iron  and  steel : 

"  k(l)  Metal  containers  of  less  than  five  gal- 
lons' capacity. 

"'(2)  Metal  drums  and  containers  with  ca- 
pacity of  five  or  more  gallons  but  less  than  thirty 
gallons  except  those  containing  or  clearly  in- 
tended to  contain  gasoline,  lubricating  oil,  or 
crude  oil. 

"'(3)  Metal  drums  or  containers,  regardless 
of  size,  containing  chemicals  and  related  prod- 
ucts as  classified  in  Schedule  B,  "Statistical 
Classification  of  Domestic  Commodities  Ex- 
ported from  the  United  States." ' 

"Licenses  are  required  for  the  export  on  or 
after  February  15  of  all  metal  drums  and  con- 
tainers referred  to  in  the  Executive  order  other 
than  the  three  classes  specifically  exempted 
above.  It  should  be  noted  that  all  of  the  drums 
and  containers  subject  to  license  must  contain 
or  be  designed  to  contain  liquids,  and  that  those 
containing  or  designed  to  contain  exclusively 
solids  or  gases  do  not  fall  under  the  licensing 
requirement. 

"Licenses  previously  issued  for  the  export  of 
petroleum  products  bearing  license  numbers 
commencing  with  the  letters  EA,  EB,  EC,  ED, 
or  EE  do  not  authorize  the  exportation  of 
drums  or  containers  even  though  these  articles 
may  be  mentioned  on  the  license.  Licenses  au- 
thorizing the  exportation  of  drums  or  containers 
will  bear  license  numbers  beginning  with  the 
letters  HP.  Licenses  issued  for  the  export  of 
drums  and  containers  will  not  authorize  the 
exportation  of  liquids  contained  therein.  These 
liquids  must  be  licensed  separately  if  they  are 
among  the  articles  and  materials  for  which  an 
export  license  is  required. 

"Unlimited  licenses  have  been  issued  to  the 
British  Iron  and  Steel  Corporation  for  the  ex- 
port to  the  British  Empire  of  the  drums  and 
containers  referred  to  above,  and  all  exporta- 
tions of  these  articles  to  that  destination  may  be 
made  under  those  licenses." 


'  See  the  Bulletin  of  February  S,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  85), 
pp.  158-161. 


"  Ibid, 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


17/ 


"February  11,  1941. 
"In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
President's  Executive  Order  No.  8640  of  Janu- 
ary 15,  1941,7  the  Secretary  of  State  has  today 
issued  general  license  no.  GUS  authorizing  the 
exportation  to  any  foreign  destination  of  any 
articles  or  materials  to  which  the  provisions  of 
Executive  Order  No.  8640  have  been,  or  may  be, 
made  applicable,  provided  such  shipments  are 
consigned  to  the  United  States  Government  or 
an  agency  thereof,  and  provided  further  that  the 
articles  or  materials  are  furnished  or  intended 
for  the  use  of  the  United  States  Government  or 
one  of  its  instrumentalities.  Collectors  of  cus- 
toms may  permit  shipments  to  depart  under  this 
general  license  and  without  the  requirement  of 
an  individual  export  license  upon  the  presenta- 
tion by  the  shipper  of  satisfactory  evidence  that 
the  shipment  is  consigned  to  the  United  States 
Government,  to  an  agency  thereof,  or  to  a  con- 
signee acting  for  one  of  the  foregoing.  Collec- 
tors of  customs  may  in  their  discretion  accept 
in  lieu  of  other  documentary  evidence  a  state- 
ment on  the  export  declaration  by  the  shipper  to 
the  effect  that  the  exportation  described  therein 
is  for  the  account  of  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment or  an  agency  thereof.  The  documents  cov- 
ering each  shipment  exported  under  general 
license  no.  GUS  shall  show  that  the  United 
States  Government  or  an  agency  thereof  is  the 
ultimate  consignee."  3 


"February  12,  1941. 
"I  refer  to  the  Department's  circular  tele- 
grams regarding  unlimited  licenses  which  have 
been  issued  to  the  British  Iron  and  Steel  Cor- 
poration and  the  British  Purchasing  Commis- 
sion, authorizing  the  exportation  of  various 
products  listed  in  the  President's  several  procla- 
mations and  Executive  orders.  Photostatic 
copies  of  these  unlimited  licenses  were  presented 


to  you  recently,  and  you  were  authorized  to 
permit  exportations  against  these  licenses  to  the 
various  countries  of  the  British  Empire. 

"Additional  unlimited  licenses  have  been  is- 
sued to  the  aforementioned  organizations  for 
the  exportation  of  the  additional  iron  and  steel 
items  enumerated  in  the  President's  Executive 
Order  of  February  4,  1941  (referred  to  in  my 
other  letter  of  this  date).  In  lieu  of  photostatic 
copies  of  these  unlimited  licenses,  it  has  been 
deemed  feasible  to  inform  you  of  the  number 
assigned  to  each  unlimited  license  by  letter,  and 
this  will  serve  as  authorization  to  permit  expor- 
tations against  such  licenses.  The  appropriate 
license  number  should  be  set  forth  on  the  Ship- 
per's Export  Declaration  by  the  exporter. 

"The  license  numbers  referred  to  are  as 
follows : 

"Metal  drums  and  containers,  filled  or  unfilled, 
for  oil,  gas,  and  other  liquids: 


'  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
82),  p.  91. 

8  Applications  for  license  authorizing  exportations 
covered  hy  the  above-mentioned  general  license  are 
being  returned  to  the  applicants. 


"Great  Britain 
Ireland 
Australia 
New  Zealand 
Newfoundland 
Union  of  South  Africa 
Burma 
India 

Southern  Rhodesia 
Aden 

Bahama  Islands 
Leeward  Islands 
Windward  Islands 
British  Guiana 
British  Honduras 
Gold  Coast 
Hong  Kong 
Jamaica 

Straits  Settlements 
Trinidad 

Unfederated  Malay  States 
Tanganyika  Territory 
South-West  Africa 
Palestine 

Northern  Rhodesia 
Nigeria 
Kenya 
Egypt 
Ceylon 
Barbados 

Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan 
Bermuda 


HP 
HP 
HP 
HP 
HP 

HP  6 

HP  7 

HP  8 

HP  9 

HP  10 

HP  11 

HP  12 

HP  13 

HP  14 

HP  15 

HP  16 

HP  17 

HP  18 

HP  19 

HP  20 

HP  21 

HP  22 

HP  23 

HP  24 

HP  25 

HP  26 

HP  27 

HP  28 

HP  29 

HP  30 

HP  31 

HP  32 


178 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


"Water,  oil,  gas  and  other  storage  tanks  com- 
plete, and  knocked-down  material  for  permanent 
or  temporary  installation: 


"Great  Britain 
Ireland 
Australia 
New  Zealand 
Newfoundland 
Union  of  South  Africa 
Burma 
India 

Southern  Rhodesia 
Aden 

Bahama  Islands 
Leeward  Islands 
Windward  Islands 
British  Guiana 
British  Honduras 
Gold  Coast 
Hong  Kong 
Jamaica 

Straits  Settlements 
Trinidad 

Unfederated  Malay  States 
Tanganyika  Territory 
South-West  Africa 
Palestine 

Northern  Rhodesia 
Nigeria 
Kenya 
Egypt 
Ceylon 
Barbados 

Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan 
Bermuda 


HT  1 

HT  2 

HT  3 

HT  4 

HT  5 

HT  6 

HT  7 

HT  8 

HI  9 

HT  10 

HT  11 

HT  12 

HT  13 

HT  14 

HT  15 

HT  16 

HT  17 

HT  18 

HT  19 

HT  20 

HT  21 

HT  22 

HT  23 

HT  24 

HT  25 

HT  26 

HT  27 

HT  28 

HT  29 

HT  30 

HT  31 

HT  32 


"Those  unlimited  licenses  previously  issued 
to  the  British  Iron  and  Steel  Corporation  and 
the  British  Purchasing  Commission  continue  in 
full  force  and  effect." 


"Additional  general  licenses  have  likewise 
been  issued  for  the  exportation  to  Canada  of 
those  new  iron  and  steel  products  placed  under 
the  licensing  requirement  by  the  Executive 
Orders  of  February  4,  1941."  These  license 
numbers  are  as  follows: 

"Metal  drums  and  containers,  filled  or  un- 
filled, for  oil,  gas,  and  other  liquids : — GHP  1. 

"Water,  oil,  gas  and  other  storage  tanks  com- 
plete, and  knocked-down  material  for  perma- 
nent or  temporary  installation : — GHT  1. 

"Petroleum  and  gas  well  equipment  and  parts, 
including  well  drilling  machinery  and  parts; 
Petroleum  refining  machinery,  equipment  and 
parts:— GQM1. 


"See  the  Bulletin  of  February  8,  1941   (vol.  IV,  no. 
85),  pp.  158-161. 


"February  12,  1941. 

"Reference  is  made  to  the  Department's 
previous  circular  air  mail  letters  in  regard  to 
the  interpretation  of  the  regulations  issued  pur- 
suant to  the  Export  Control  Act  approved  on 
July  2,  1940. 

"The  Executive  Order  issued  by  the  Presi- 
dent on  December  10,  1940,  setting  forth  those 
iron  and  steel  products  requiring  a  license  for 
their  exportation,  has  been  superseded  by  a  new 
Executive  Order,  dated  February  4,  1941  and 
effective  on  and  after  February  15, 1941.  Copies 
of  the  new  Executive  Order  are  attached.9  It 
will  be  noted  that  while  there  has  been  some 
reclassification  of  the  materials  requiring 
license,  the  classifications  are  in  general  the 
same  as  those  found  in  the  proclamation  of  De- 
cember 10,  1940.  There  have  been,  however, 
some  additions  and  deletions,  and  these  are  fully 
covered  in  an  information  sheet  released  by  the 
Department,  copies  of  which  are  also  enclosed.10 

"All  licenses  for  the  exportation  of  iron  and 
steel  products  issued  by  the  Department  up  to 
and  including  February  14,  1941  are  valid  and 
should  be  accepted  by  you,  even  though  pre- 
sented on  and  after  February  15,  1941. 

"The  President  also  issued  a  second  Executive 
Order  on  February  4,  1941,  requiring  a  license 
for  the  exportation  of  well  and  refining  ma- 
chinery, radium,  uranium  and  calf  and  kip 
skins.  This  Executive  Order  becomes  effective 
on  and  after  February  10,  1941.  Copies  are 
enclosed.9 

"As  you  have  been  informed,  the  Administra- 
tor of  Export  Control  has  ruled  that  aluminum 
foil  is  now  subject  to  the  export  licensing  re- 
quirement. Aluminum  foil,  however,  is  not 
considered  to  mean  paper-backed  aluminum  foil 
or  foil  which  is  colored  or  color-stamped  or 
printed. 


'  Not  printed  herein. 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 

"No  license  is  required  for  the  exportation  of 
brass  buttons  (Proclamation  of  January  10, 
1941),  but  brass  screws,  tacks,  bolts,  rivets  and 
other  primary  fabrications  are  subject  to  the 
requirement  of  an  export  license." 

CONTROL  OF  VESSELS  IN  TERRITO- 
RIAL WATERS  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  AND  THE  CANAL  ZONE 

On  February  11,  1941,  the  President  issued 
Executive  Order  No.  8677  providing,  with  re- 
gard to  employment  of  the  land  and  naval  forces 
in  the  control  of  vessels  in  the  territorial  waters 
of  the  United  States  and  the  Canal  Zone,11  that 
"upon  request  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 
or  the  Governor  of  the  Panama  Canal  (or  of 


179 

such  officers  as  are  designated  in  regulations 
prescribed  pursuant  to  section  1  of  Title  II  of 
the  said  act  of  June  15,  1917)  for  assistance  in 
the  control  of  vessels  in  the  territorial  waters  of 
the  United  States  or  in  the  territorial  waters  of 
the  Canal  Zone,  respectively,  those  in  command 
of  the  land  and  naval  forces  of  the  United 
States  shall  employ  such  part  of  the  forces  under 
their  respective  commands  as  may  be  necessary 
and  available  to  render  the  assistance  requested : 
Provided,  that  any  such  request  by  the  Governor 
of  the  Panama  Canal  shall  ...  be  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  commanding  officer  designated 
therein." 

The  text  of  this  Executive  order  appears  in 
full  in  the  Federal  Register  of  February  13, 1941 
(vol.  6,  no.  30),  page  935. 


American  Republics 


FINANCIAL  AGREEMENT  WITH  HAITI 


[Released  to  the  press  February  14] 

The  Department  of  State  announces  that  it 
has  reached  an  agreement  in  principle  with  the 
Government  of  the  Republic  of  Haiti  which, 
when  formalized  and  ratified  by  the  necessary 
legislation  in  Haiti,  will  suspend  certain  past 
undertakings  of  the  Government  of  Haiti  to 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  to  the 
extent  necessary  to  permit  the  fiscal  representa- 
tive at  Port-au-Prince  to  postpone  remittance 
to  the  fiscal  agents  of  the  loans  of  1922  and 
1923  (National  City  Bank  of  New  York)  of 
one-third  the  interest  at  the  rate  of  6  percent, 
due  on  the  outstanding  bonds  of  the  Republic 
of  Haiti  on  April  1  and  October  1,  1941.  It  is 
expected  that  an  accord  will  soon  be  reached 
between  the  United  States  and  Haitian  Govern- 
ments  providing   for   this   postponement   and 


11  See  the  Bulletin  of  June  29,  1940  (vol.  II,  no.  53), 
pp.  707-708. 


modifying  the  accord  concluded  between  them 
on  August  7,  1933  to  that  extent.12 

The  Republic  of  Haiti,  in  inviting  the  atten- 
tion of  the  bondholders — through  the  medium 
of  the  Foreign  Bondholders  Protective  Coun- 
cil, Incorporated — to  its  long  record  of  punc- 
tual payment  of  the  interest  on  its  outstanding 
debt  and,  until  in  recent  years,  of  full  amortiza- 
tion thereon,  has  stated  that  the  closing  of 
European  markets  to  Haitian  agricultural 
products,  particularly  coffee,  cotton,  and  sugar, 
has  resulted  in  serious  repercussions  on  Haitian 
economy.  Thus,  the  failure  this  year  of  Euro- 
pean countries  to  purchase  Haitian  coffee  has 
resulted  in  an  unsold  present  surplus  of  about 
200,000  bags  (of  60  kilos  each)  which  can  be 
disposed  of  neither  in  Europe  on  account  of 
war  conditions,  nor  in  the  United  States  be- 

\  See  infra,  p.  202. 


180 


DEPARTMENT    OF    .STATE    BULLETIN 


cause  of  the  coffee-quota  arrangement  which 
limits  the  exports  of  Haitian  coffee  to  the  United 
States  to  275,000  bags  (an  amount  considerably 
greater  than  any  past  marketings  in  the  United 
States).  Simultaneously,  European  markets 
have  been  closed  to  Haitian  cotton,  the  crop 
of  which  this  year  amounts  to  about  3,000,000 
kilograms,  as  well  as  to  a  portion  of  the  Haitian 
sugar  production,  about  35,000  tons,  which  can 
find  little  market  elsewhere  owing  to  war 
conditions. 

Foreseeing  the  difficulties  which  these  restric- 
tions were  apt  to  bring  about  in  its  economy,  the 
Haitian  Government  several  months  ago  re- 
duced its  budgetary  expenditures  by  about  20 
percent  and  has  reduced  all  Government  sal- 
aries from  5  percent  to  25  percent.  In  spite  of 
these  economies,  which  have  reduced  the  essen- 
tial services  of  the  Government  to  a  bare  mini- 
mum, the  present  forecast  is  nevertheless  for  a 
deficit  in  operating  expenses  during  the  present 


fiscal  year  ending  September  30, 1941.  In  these 
circumstances,  and  with  its  cash  position  re- 
duced, the  Haitian  Government  has  reluctantly 
appealed  to  the  Foreign  Bondholders  Protec- 
tive Council,  Incorporated,  which  has  now  ex- 
pressed itself  as  accepting  a  postponement  in  the 
payment  of  one-third  of  the  interest  at  the  rate 
of  6  percent  due  on  the  coupons  of  the  bonds 
which  are  payable  April  1  and  October  1,  1941. 
In  view  of  the  situation  as  thus  explained,  the 
Department  is  entering  into  the  agreement  with 
the  Haitian  Government  described  above. 

A  further  announcement  will  be  made  when 
the  formal  accord  which  is  expected  to  be  con- 
cluded between  the  two  Governments  has  been 
signed.  This  accord  will  not  affect  the  accord  of 
September  27, 1940  which  permits  the  fiscal  rep- 
resentative at  Port-au-Prince  not  to  remit  to 
the  fiscal  agents  any  amortization  payments 
through  the  present  fiscal  year  which  ends  Sep- 
tember 30,  1941. 


VISIT  OF  CHILEAN  NEWSPAPERMEN  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES 


[Released  to  the  press  February  10] 

The  seven  Chilean  newspapermen  who  have 
been  invited  to  visit  the  United  States  by  a 
group  of  American  newspapers 13  arrived  in  New 
York  on  Monday  morning,  February  10,  aboard 
the  Grace  Line  S.S.  Santa  Clara.  They  were 
met  in  New  York  by  the  Assistant  Chief  of  the 
Division  of  Cultural  Relations,  Mr.  Edward  G. 
Trueblood. 

The  group  will  spend  Monday  and  Tuesday 
in  New  York  City  where  a  varied  program  of 
activities  in  their  honor  has  been  arranged. 
They  will  arrive  in  Washington  at  4 :  30 
Wednesday  afternoon,  February  12,  and  will 
be  met  at  the  Union  Station  by  the  Director 
General  of  the  Pan  American  Union,  and  by 
the  representatives  of  the  Chilean  Embassy, 
of  the  Department,  and  of  local  newspapers. 
While  in  Washington  they  will  reside  at  the 
Mayflower  Hotel. 


"See   the   Bulletin   of   February   1,    1941    (vol.    IV, 
no.  84),  p.  131. 


The  Washington  program  for  this  group  is  as 
follows:  Wednesday  evening,  February  12,  din- 
ner at  home  of  Mr.  Eugene  Meyer  of  the  Wash- 
ington Post.  On  Thursday,  February  13,  they 
will  be  received  formally  at  the  Pan  American 
Union  at  10  a.m.;  at  noon  they  will  attend  a 
Department  of  State  press  conference;  at  1  p.m. 
they  will  be  guests  at  a  luncheon  in  the  Metro- 
politan Club  given  by  Mr.  Robert  H.  Patchin, 
Vice  President,  W.  R.  Grace  and  Company,  on 
behalf  of  the  Grace  Line  and  W.  R.  Grace  and 
Company ;  and  from  5  to  8  p.m.  the  Chilean  Em- 
bassy is  holding  a  small  reception  in  their  honor. 
On  Friday  the  group  will  attend  the  regular 
White  House  press  conference  at  10 :  30  a.m.  and 
will  be  guests  at  a  luncheon  given  in  their  honor 
by  the  Overseas  Club  in  the  Willard  Hotel.  The 
newspapermen  will  proceed  Friday  afternoon 
or  evening  to  their  respective  host  papers  in  this 
country,  two  remaining  in  Washington  as  the 
guests  of  the  Washington  Post  and  the  Wash- 
ington Star. 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


181 


Senor  Carlos  Eastman,  who  is  to  be  the  guest 
of  the  New  York  Times,  is  a  graduate  of  the 
Chilean  Naval  Academy  and  at  present  is  chief 
accountant  of  El  Mercurio  of  Santiago.  His 
wife  is  accompanying  him  to  the  United  States. 

Sehor  Francisco  le  Dantec,  who  represents  El 
Mercurio  of  Valparaiso,  will  be  attached  to  the 
Philadelphia  Bulletin.  He  has  worked  for 
many  years  on  the  staff  of  El  Mercurio  of  Val- 
paraiso and  at  present  is  assistant  editor. 

Sehor  Joaquin  Muirhead  is  a  member  of  the 
staff  of  La  Hora  of  Santiago  and  will  remain 
in  Washington  with  the  Washington  Post.  His 
specialties  in  reporting  are  national  defense  and 
politics. 

Sehor  Luis  Ignacio  Silva,  from  La  Union  to 
the  Boston  Globe,  is  completing  his  studies  for 
the  Chilean  bar  and  is  a  brother  of  the  editor 
and  publisher  of  La  Union. 

Sehor  Rafael  Valdivieso,  from  El  Impartial 
to  the  Detroit  News,  is  one  of  the  editors  of 
El  Impartial.  He  is  a  law  student  and  expects 
to  receive  his  degree  in  law  this  year. 

Sehor  Guillermo  Valenzuela,  from  La  Nation 
to  the  Los  Angeles  Times,  is  chief  of  the  cable 
department  and  translator.  He  has  been  at- 
tached to  La  Nation  since  1935.  He  has  also 
been  a  public  official  in  the  Ministry  of  Public 


Education  and  has  a  law  degree  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chile.  He  specializes  in  history,  lan- 
guages, and  bibliography. 

Sehor  Manuel  Vega,  from  El  Diario  Ilustrado 
to  the  Washington  Star,  is  the  literary  editor  of 
El  Diario  Ilustrado  and  considered  one  of  the 
important  contemporary  writers  in  Chile. 

[Released  to  the  press  February  13] 

At.  his  press  conference  February  13,  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  said: 

"I  am  glad  to  see  some  visiting  friends  here 
who  have  paid  us  the  fine  compliment  to  come 
a  long  way  to  pay  their  respects  and  to  fellow- 
ship with  us  for  a  time.  I  have  the  most  pleasant 
recollections  of  my  visit  to  Chile  and  of  the  ex- 
ceptional hospitality  and  courteous  treatment  I 
uniformly  received.  I  can  scarcely  think  of  a 
more  important  or  desirable  act  of  cooperation 
between  the  Governments  and  the  peoples  of  the 
Americas  than  visits  back  and  forth  of  repre- 
sentatives of  the  press  and  especially  of  those 
who  are  starting  out  in  this  splendid  profession. 
The  results  are  bound  to  be.  mutually  beneficial 
and  desirable  from  every  standpoint,  so  I  wel- 
come you  young  men  here  and  hope  you  will 
have  a  thoroughly  enjoyable  and  profitable 
stay." 


INTER-AMERICAN  DEVELOPMENT  COMMISSION:  ARGENTINE 

COUNCIL 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  February  14] 

Membership  of  the  Argentine  national  coun- 
cil, the  second  of  21  councils  14  being  established 
by  the  Inter-American  Development  Commis- 
sion in  its  program  for  stimulation  of  trade  be- 
tween the  American  republics,  was  announced 
February  14  by  Nelson  A.  Rockefeller,  chair- 
man. Mr.  Rockefeller  is  also  Coordinator  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the 
American  Republics. 

The.  council  will  have  as  its  chairman  Dr. 


14  For  announcement  regarding  the  first   council   of 
the  Commission,  see  the  Bulletin  of  January  4,  1941 
(vol.  IV,  no.  SO),  p.  14. 
294397—41 2 


Raul  Prebisch,  general  manager  of  the  Banco 
Central,  who  sailed  for  home  last  week  after 
two  months  in  the  United  States,  in  which  he 
assisted  in  arranging  a  credit  of  $110,000,000 
extended  by  the  Export-Import  Bank  and  the. 
Treasury  Department  to  Argentina. 

Arrangements  for  establishment  of  the  coun- 
cil were  completed  in  Buenos  Aires,  where  an 
initial  meeting  was  held  this  week,  by  J.  Rafael 
Oreamuno,  vice  chairman,  and  George  W.  Ma- 
galhaes,  who  serve  with  Mr.  Rockefeller,  Renato 
de  Azevedo,  and  Carlos  Campbell  del  Campo  as 
members  of  the  parent  Commission. 

The  Inter-American  Development  Commis- 
sion is  an  outgrowth  of  the  Inter-American  Fi- 


182 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


nancial  and  Economic  Advisory  Committee  or- 
ganized following  the  Conference  of  Panama.15 
It  was  established  to  stimulate  the  increase  of 
non-competitive  imports  from  Central  and 
South  America  to  the  United  States,  increase 
trade  between  the  Central  and  South  American 
countries,  and  to  encourage  development  of  in- 
dustry in  Central  and  South  America  with 
particular  regard  to  the  production  of  con- 
sumer goods. 

Members  of  the  Argentine  council,  in  addi- 
tion to  Chairman  Prebisch,  follow: 

Luis  Colombo,  President,  Union  Industrial 
Argentina 

Dr.  Alejandro  Shaw,  President,  Confedera- 
cion  Argentina  del  Comercio,  la  Industria 
y  la  Production 

Arnaldo  Massone,  prominent  businessman 

Dr.  Aldolfo  Bioy,  President,  Sociedad 
Eural  Argentina 

Dr.  Raul  C.  Migone,  Chief  of  the  Office  of 
International  Unions,  Ministry  of  For- 
eign Relations,  Buenos  Aires,  secretary  of 
the  council 

John  C.  McClintock,  of  the  Coordinator's 
Office,  is  executive  secretary  of  the  parent 
Commission. 

MERCHANDISING  ADVISORY  SERV- 
ICE FOR  OTHER  AMERICAN  RE- 
PUBLICS 

In  an  address  released  to  the  press  February 
8  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of  Commercial 
and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  and  delivered  before  the  League  of 
Women  Voters  in  New  York  City  February  8, 
Mr.  Nelson  A.  Rockefeller,  Coordinator  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between 
the  American  Republics,  described,  among 
other  things,  a  new  project  which  is  being 
undertaken  by  the  Inter-American  Develop- 
ment Commission  and  which  has  as  its  pur- 
pose the  increase  of  trade  between  the 
American  republics.  This  project  is  the 
"creation  of  a  Merchandising  Advisory  Serv- 
ice to  be  operated  by  the  Inter-American  De- 


16  See  the  Bulletin  of  November  30,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no. 
75),  pp.  464-^65. 


velopment  Commission  for  the  benefit  of  the 
producers  and  exporters  of  the  other  American 
republics." 

Mr.  Rockefeller  said : 

"The  Commission  has  recognized  that  Cen- 
tral and  South  American  countries,  princi- 
pally exporters  of  raw  materials,  have  paid 
little  heed  to  problems  attendant  upon  mer- 
chandising of  other  products  in  the  United 
States  market. 

"The  Commission  therefore  decided  to  create 
a  Merchandising  Advisory  Service  with  head- 
quarters in  New  York,  which  will  be  effectively 
staffed  to  provide  the  necessary  assistance  to 
exporters  from  our  neighboring  republics.  It 
is  believed  that  this  Service  will  help  them 
expand  the  markets  for  their  products  in  this 
country.  The  advice  and  recommendations 
will  be  carried  back  to  the  producing  countries 
through  the  local  country  units  of  the  Develop- 
ment Commission.  In  the  United  States  closer 
relations  will  be  promoted  between  exporters 
of  the  other  republics  and  such  organizations 
as  our  National  Retail  Dry  Goods  Association, 
grocery,  pharmaceutical,  and  other  trade 
groups.  We  are  confident  that  this  Service 
will  help  to  broaden  the  United  States  market 
for  products  from  these  nations  and  cause  the 
introduction  of  items  with  which  the  consumer 
market  in  the  United  States  is  not  now 
familiar. 

"The  same  impulse  which  has  caused  us  to 
plan  establishment  of  a  Merchandising  Service 
for  Central  and  South  American  exporters  has 
impelled  our  office  to  invite  the  American  Asso- 
ciation of  Advertising  Agencies  to  undertake 
through  its  Export  Service  Bureau  a  series  of 
extensive  studies  of  markets  and  advertising 
media  in  each  of  our  neighboring  republics. 
The  results  of  these  studies  are  to  be  made 
available  to  all  American  exporters  and  adver- 
tisers through  the  Association  and  through  the 
Department  of  Commerce.  .  .  ." 

STUDENT  OFFICERS  FROM  OTHER 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS  IN  UNITED 
STATES    ARMY   SERVICE    SCHOOLS 

In  December  1940  the  Chief  of  Staff  of  the 
United  States  Army,  Gen.  George  C.  Marshall, 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


183 


issued  invitations  to  many  of  the  other  Amer- 
ican republics  to  send  student  officers  to  United 
States  Army  Service  Schools.  It  was  felt  that 
the  best  possible  training  could  be  given  to  these 
junior  officers  in  the  same  courses  that  officers  of 
the  United  States  Army  are  now  taking  in  pur- 
suance of  our  rearmament  program.  These 
courses  at  our  Service  Schools  are  designed  for 
reserve  officers  and  have  the  object  of  equipping 
a  young  man  with  the  necessary  training  and 
background  so  that  he  can  act  as  a  first-class 
commander  or  subordinate  in  a  fighting  tactical 
unit. 

The  other  American  republics  replied  with 
enthusiasm  to  this  invitation,  with  the  result 


that  45  junior  officers  are  at  present  in  three 
United  States  Service  Schools — 29  in  the  in- 
fantry school  at  Fort  Benning,  Ga.,  9  at  the  field 
artillery  school  at  Fort  Sill,  Okla.,  and  7  at  the 
coast  artillery  school  at  Fort  Monroe,  Va.  The 
students  are  expected  to  remain  in  these  schools 
for  the  duration  of  the  courses,  which  in  each 
case  is  approximately  three  months.  At  the 
termination  of  the  courses  they  will  be  assigned 
to  regular  Army  tactical  units  for  approxi- 
mately three  months  more  of  field  service.  Dur- 
ing their  stay  at  the  Service  Schools  they  will 
share  the  accommodations  of  officers  of  the 
United  States  Army  and  will  be  treated  exactly 
like  their  brothers-in-arms. 


The  Far  East 


PRESENTATION  OF  LETTERS  OF  CREDENCE  BY  THE  JAPANESE 

AMBASSADOR 


[Released  to  the  press  February  14] 

The  remarks  of  the  newly  appointed  Japa- 
nese Ambassador,  Admiral  Kichisaburo  No- 
mura, upon  the  occasion  of  the  presentation  of 
his  letters  of  credence,  February  14,  1941, 
follow : 

"Mr.  President: 

"His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of  Japan,  my 
August  Sovereign,  has  been  graciously  pleased 
to  entrust  me  with  the  mission  of  representing 
him  as  Ambassador  to  the  United  States  of 
America.  I  have  the  honor,  Mr.  President,  to 
present  to  you  herewith  my  letters  of  credence, 
together  with  the  letters  of  recall  for  my  prede- 
cessor, Mr.  Kensuke  Horinouchi. 

"I  wish  to  assure  you  that  it  is  a  source  of 
real  pleasure  to  me  to  be  stationed  in  your  great 
country,  where  I  have  a  large  number  of  friends, 
among  whom  I  am  happy  to  count  you,  Mr. 
President,  as  one  of  the  oldest  and  closest. 

"The  recent  developments  in  Japanese - 
American  relations  have  unfortunately  been 
such  as  to  cause  considerable  concern  on  both 


sides  of  the  ocean.  It  is  needed  now,  more  than 
ever,  to  bring  about  a  better  understanding  of 
each  other's  position  in  order  to  secure  the  in- 
terests and  well-being  of  our  two  nations, 
thereby  preserving  the  peace  of  the  Pacific  and 
maintaining  the  traditional  friendship  between 
us.  Toward  that  end  I  am  resolved  to  do  all 
that  I  can;  and  I  hope,  Mr.  President,  that 
in  my  endeavors  I  may  merit  your  confidence 
and  be  accorded  the  high  privilege  of  your 
cooperation. 

"In  conclusion  I  desire  to  express  my  most 
earnest  hope  for  the  prosperity  of  the  people 
of  the  United  States  and  for  your  personal 
health  and  happiness." 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  Ad- 
miral Kichisaburo  Nomura  follows: 

"Mr.  Ambassador: 

"I  am  glad  to  receive  from  you  the  letters  of 
credence  by  which  His  Majesty  the  Emperor  of 
Japan  has  accredited  you  as  Ambassador  to  the 
United  States  of  America  and  to  welcome  you 


184 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


to  this  country  in  that  capacity.  I  accept  also 
the  letters  of  recall  of  your  distinguished  prede- 
cessor, Mr.  Kensuke  Horinouchi. 

"There  are,  as  you  have  stated,  developments 
in  the  relations  between  the  United  States  and 
Japan  which  cause  concern.  I  welcome  your 
assurance  that,  in  the  interests  of  the  traditional 
friendship  between  our  two  countries  and  of  the 
well-being;  of  the  American  and  of  the  Japanese 
peoples,  you  are  resolved  to  do  all  you  can  to 
bring  about  a  better  understanding.  I  am  confi- 
dent of  your  devotion  to  this  objective,  and  I 
feel  that  your  long  associations  with  the  Ameri- 
can people  specially  qualify  you  for  your  mis- 
sion. You  may  be  sure  that  I  and  other  officers 
of  the  Government  stand  ready  at  all  times  to 
facilitate  in  every  appropriate  and  practicable 
way  your  performing  of  your  duties  as  Ambas- 
sador to  this  country. 

"It  affords  me  especial  pleasure  to  renew  our 
former  association. 

"I  thank  you  for  the  good  wishes  which  you 
have  extended  both  to  me  and  to  the  people  of 


the  United  States.  In  reciprocating  these  good 
wishes  I  request  that  you  convey  to  His  Majesty 
the  Emperor  of  Japan  my  hope  for  his  contin- 
ued health  and  well-being." 

SUSPENSION    OF    TONNAGE    DUTIES 
FOR  VESSELS  OF  INDIA 

A  proclamation  (no.  2457)  providing  that 
"the  foreign  discriminating  duties  of  tonnage 
and  imposts  within  the  United  States"  be  "sus- 
pended and  discontinued  so  far  as  respects  the 
vessels  of  India  and  the  produce,  manufactures, 
or  merchandise  imported  in  said  vessels  into  the 
United  States  from  India  or  from  any  other  for- 
eign country;  the  suspension  to  take  effect  from 
January  17,  1941,  and  to  continue  so  long  as  the 
reciprocal  exemption  of  vessels  belonging  to 
citizens  of  the  United  States  and  their  cargoes 
shall  be  continued,  and  no  longer",  was  signed 
by  the  President  on  February  6,  1941. 

The  text  of  this  proclamation  appears  in  full 
in  the  Federal  Register  of  February  11,  1941 
(vol.  6,  no.  28),  page  849. 


The  Near  East 


AIR  ATTACK  ON  AMERICAN  MISSIONARIES  IN  ANGLO-EGYPTIAN 

SUDAN 


[Released  to  the  press  February  10] 

A  more  detailed  note  from  the  Italian  Gov- 
ernment addressed  to  the  American  Embassy  in 
Rome  has  been  received  in  response  to  an 
American  protest  concerning  an  attack  from 
the  air  upon  a  station  of  the  Sudan  Interior 
Mission  at  Doro,  Upper  Nile  province,  which 
took  place  on  August  23,  1940.16  The  note  ver- 
bal, with  its  enclosure  dated  January  31,  1941, 
reads  as  follows : 

"With  reference  to  the  Embassy's  letter  of 
November  1,  1940,  the  Ministry  of  Foreign  Af- 
fairs has  the  honor  to  enclose  a  copy  of  the  re- 


1,1  See  the  Bulletin  of  February  1,  1941   (vol.  IV,  no. 
84),  pp.  148-151. 


port  from  the  competent  Italian  military 
authorities  regarding  the  alleged  bombardment 
of  Doro.  The  said  authorities  after  careful  in- 
vestigation state  that  it  is  to  be  excluded  that 
the  air  action  in  question  was  carried  out  by 
Italian  airplanes  and  emphasize  the  point  that 
the  Government  of  the  Province  concerned  had 
in  fact  given  orders  that  the  two  missions  whose 
presence  at  Doro  and  Chali  was  perfectly  well 
known  should  be  left  undisturbed  where  they 
were." 

The  translation  of  the  enclosure  with  the 
Italian  note  verbal  follows: 

"The  careful  investigation  immediately  or- 
dered by  the  high  command  in  Italian  East 
Africa  has  given  the  following;  results : 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


185 


'"At  Chali  (Kurmnk)  there  is  a  group  of 
American  missionaries  composed  of  two  men, 
one  -woman  and  one  boy;  another  group  of 
American  missionaries  composed  of  two  men 
and  three  women  carries  on  its  work  at  Doro. 

"  'These  missionaries  in  due  time  informed 
the  commander  of  the  Kurmuk  garrison  that 
they  belonged  to  the  Sudan  Interior  Mission 
and  that  they  were  engaged  in  religious  work 
exclusively. 

"  'The  Galla  Sidama  Government  gave  in- 
structions that  these  missions  be  left  undis- 
turbed where  they  are. 

"  'The  report  of  the  bombardment  of  the  said 
mission  as  broadcast  by  the  British  is  in  so  far 
as  we  are  concerned  unfounded. 

"  'The  Galla  Sidama  Government  has  caused 
an  investigation  to  be  made  and  states  that  it  is 
to  be  excluded.  We  have  twice  bombarded  the 
locality  of  Daga  River  Post  and  there  is  cor- 
roborating proof  that  this  was  the  locality  and 
not  another.  Furthermoi'e  the  dates  on  which 
the  bombardments  took  place  do  not  coincide. 

"  'The  crews  of  the  planes  which  carried  out 
this  action  likewise  confirm  that  the  locality 
bombarded  was  beyond  possibility  of  mistake 
Daga  River  Post  (which  is  easily  identifiable 
because  of  its  location  on  the  Daga  River),  and 
not  Doro. 

"  'The  only  matter  which  is  known  to  us  is 
that  during  our  first  bombardment  of  Kurmuk 
(then  British)  on  July  13th  last  a  missionary 
who  was  in  that  locality  was  wounded  in  the 
shoulder  but  not  seriously.'  " 


The  Department 


DESIGNATION  OF  ASSISTANT  SECRE- 
TARY ACHESON  AS  MEMBER  OF 
FOREIGN  SERVICE  BOARDS 

On  February  7,  1941,  the  Secretary  of  State 
signed  the  following  Departmental  Order 
(No.  920)  : 

"The  Honorable  Dean  G.  Acheson,  Assistant 


Secretary  of  State,  has  been  designated  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Service  Personnel, 
the  Board  of  Examiners  for  the  Foreign  Serv- 
ice, and  the  Foreign  Service  Officers'  Training 
School  Board,  effective  as  of  February  1,  1941." 


International  Conferences, 
Commissions,  Etc. 


PAN  AMERICAN  RESOURCES  COMMIS- 
SION AND  PAN  AMERICAN  SOIL  CON- 
SERVATION COMMISSION 

[Released  to  the  press  February  11] 

The  Eighth  American  Scientific  Congress 
during  the  sessions  held  at  Washington  in  May 
1940  adopted  resolutions  recommending  the  es- 
tablishment of  a  Pan  American  Resources  Com- 
mission and  a  Pan  American  Soil  Conservation 
Commission.  Subsequently,  the  Governing 
Board  of  the  Pan  American  Union  authorized 
the  creation  of  these  new  inter- American  bodies 
and  requested  the  governments  of  the  American 
republics  to  designate  their  representatives  on 
the  respective  Commissions. 

Under  the  arrangement  approved  by  the  Gov- 
erning Board  of  the  Pan  American  Union,  the 
Pan  American  Resources  Commission  will  be 
charged  with  the  responsibility  of  preparing  an 
inventory  of  world  natural  resources  and  of 
formulating  policies  and  programs  designed  to 
assure  the  conservation  and  prudent  utilization 
of  natural  resources  for  the  welfare  of  all  na- 
tions. It  is  anticipated  that  the  Pan  American 
Soil  Conservation  Commission  will  take  steps 
to  encourage  the  expansion  of  soil-conservation 
programs  in  the  21  American  republics,  as  well 
as  the  exchange  of  trained  personnel  and  tech- 
nical information,  with  a  view  to  effecting  a 
coordinated  approach  to  the  conservation  prob- 
lem on  a  continental  basis.  The  Governing 
Board  of  the  Union  has  recommended  that  the 
Soil  Conservation  Commission  be  composed  of 
the  Ministers  of  Agriculture  of  the  American 
republics  or  their  designates. 


186 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


The  President  has  approved  the  designation 
of  the  Honorable  Frederic  A.  Delano,  Chairman 
of  the  National  Resources  Planning  Board,  as 
this  Government's  representative  on  the  Pan 
American  Resources  Commission.   With  the  ap- 


proval of  the  President,  Mr.  Hugh  H.  Bennett, 
Chief  of  the  Soil  Conservation  Service,  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  will  serve  as  the  designate 
of  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  on  the  Pan 
American  Soil  Conservation  Commission. 


The  Foreign  Service 


FOREIGN  SERVICE  EXAMINATION 


[Released  to  the  press  February  13] 

The  following  candidates  were  successful  in 
the  recently  completed  Foreign  Service  exam- 
ination : 

Philip  H.  Bagby.  of  Richmond,  Va. ;  born  in 
Richmond  July  16,  1918;  attended  University 
of  Virginia  1935-36;  Harvard  University 
1936-39  (B.A.). 

Walter  W.  Birge,  Jr.,  of  New  York  City; 
born  in  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  May  21,  1913;  attended 
Harvard  University  1931-35  (A.B.) ;  George 
Washington  University  1939-40. 

William  L.  Blue,  of  Memphis,  Term.;  born 
in  Memphis  Aug.  8, 1914;  attended  Southwest- 
ern College  1932-36  (A.B.) ;  Vanderbilt  Uni- 
versity 1936-37  (M.A.) ;  Fletcher  School  of 
Law  and  Diplomacy  1937-39. 

George  F.  Bogardus,  of  Des  Moines,  Iowa; 
born  in  Des  Moines  June  6, 1917;  attended  Har- 
vard University  1935-39  (B.S.). 

Gray  Bream,  of  Casper,  Wyo. ;  born  in  Albion, 
Ind.,  Nov.  3,  1914;  attended  Midland  College 
1932-36  (A.B.) ;  University  of  Chicago  1937-39 
(M.A.),  now  working  toward  Ph.D. 

John  H.  Burns,  of  Pauls  Valley,  Okla. ;  born 
in  Pauls  Valley  Dec.  12. 1913 ;  attended  Denison 
University  1931-32;  University  of  Oklahoma 
1932-35  (B.A.). 

Kenneth  A.  Byrns,  of  Greeley,  Colo. ;  born  in 
Dickinson,  N.  Dak.,  Feb.  18, 1912 ;  attended  Colo- 
rado State  College  1930-33,  June-Aug.  1934 
(A.B.  June  1935);  San  Diego  State  College 
(Calif.)  1937-39;  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity (1939-40 — candidate  for  A.M.  in  Foreign 
Service), 


John  A.  Calhoun,  of  Berkeley,  Calif. ;  born  in 
Berkeley  Oct.  29,  1918;  attended  University  of 
California  (Berkeley)  1935-39  (A.B.) ;  Har- 
vard University  1939-40  (M.A.). 

Ralph  N.  Clough,  of  Seattle,  Wash. ;  born  in 
Seattle  Nov.  17,  1916;  attended  University  of 
Washington  1935-36,  1937-39  (B.A.)  ;  Lingnan 
University,  Canton,  China,  1936-37;  Fletcher 
School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy  1939^0  (M.A.). 

Don  V.  Catlett,  of  Birch  Tree,  Mo. ;  born  in 
Birch  Tree  Feb.  14,  1918 ;  attended  Springfield 
State  Teachers  College  1936-40  (A.B.). 

William  A.  Crawford,  of  Meadville,  Pa. ;  born 
in  New  York  City  Jan.  14,  1915;  attended  Hav- 
erford  College  1932-36  (B.A.)  ;  University  of 
Madrid,  Spain,  summer  1936;  Fcole  Libre  des 
Sciences  Politiques,  Paris,  1936-38. 

Juan  de  Zengotita,  of  Philadelphia,  Pa. ;  born 
in  Philadelphia  Mar.  13,  1914;  attended  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania  1933-34;  Columbia 
University  1934-38  (A.B.) ;  Columbia  Univer- 
sity School  of  Law  1938-39. 

Thomas  P.  Dillon,  of  Clinton.  Mo.;  born  in 
Superior,  Wis.,  June  28, 1916;  attended  Univer- 
sity of  Pittsburgh  1933-38  (B.A.  1937,  M.A. 
1938) ;  Harvard  University  1938-40  (M.A.). 

Paul  F.  DuVivier,  of  New  York  City;  born 
in  New  York  City  Feb.  4,  1915;  attended 
Princeton  University  1934-38  (A.B.) ;  George- 
town University  School  of  Foreign  Service 
1938-40  (M.S.). 

Robert  S.  Folsom,  of  West  Somerville,  Mass. ; 
born  in  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Apr.  29,  1915;  at- 
tended Tufts  College  1934-38  (A.B.) ;  Fletcher 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


187 


School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy  1938^10  (A.M. 
1939,  M.A.L.D.  1940). 

Edward  L.  Freers,  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio ;  born 
in  Cincinnati  Mar.  10,  1912;  attended  Yale  Uni- 
versity 1929-33  (B.A.). 

Paul  E.  Geier,  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio;  born  in 
Cincinnati  Nov.  19,  1914;  attended  Harvard 
College  1932-36  (A.B.)  ;  Harvard  Law  School 
1936-39  (LL.B.). 

James  M.  Gilchrist,  Jr.,  of  Chicago,  111. ;  born 
in  Chicago  Aug.  19, 1914;  attended  Cornell  Uni- 
versity 1934-39  (A.B.). 

George  McM.  Godley,  2d,  of  Rye,  N.  Y. ;  born 
in  New  York  City  Aug.  23, 1917;  attended  Yale 
University  1935-39  (BA.) ;  University  of 
Chicago,  fall  and  winter  1939-40. 

Caspar  D.  Green,  of  Hiram,  Ohio;  born  in 
Hiram  Feb.  13,  1915;  attended  Hiram  College 
1932-36  (BA.)  ;  Ohio  State  University,  2  quar- 
ters, 1936;  Kent  State  University,  summer 
1937;  Ohio  State  University  1938-39  (M.A.). 

Alden  M.  Haupt,  of  Chicago,  111.;  born  in 
New  York  City  Jan.  18, 1916;  attended  Harvard 
University  1933-34,  1935-38  (BA.)  ;  Cam- 
bridge University  1934-35 ;  University  of  Berlin 
Sept.  1938-Mar.  1939. 

David  H.  Henry,  2d,  of  Geneva,  N.  Y. ;  born 
in  Geneva  May  19,  1918 ;  attended  Hobart  Col- 
lege 1935-37 ;  Institut  de  Touraine,  fall  of  1937 ; 
Universite  de  Paris  (Sorbonne)  1937-38;  Co- 
lumbia University  1938-39  (A.B.). 

Oscar  C.  Holder,  of  New  Orleans,  La.;  born 
in  Pass  Christian,  Miss.,  Aug.  7.  1911 ;  attended 
Harvard  College  1929-33  (A.B.) ;  Leland 
Stanford  Business  School  1933-34. 

J.  Jefferson  Jones,  3d,  of  Newbern,  Tenn. ; 
born  in  Newbern  Mar.  29,  1916;  attended  Uni- 
versity of  Tennessee  1934-35;  Georgetown 
University  1935-39  (B.S.  in  Foreign  Service) ; 
La  Universidad  Nacional  de  Mexico,  summer  of 
1937. 

David  LeBreton,  Jr.,  of  Washington,  D.  C. ; 
born  in  Washington  Jan.  25,  1913;  attended 
Princeton  University  1930-35  (A.B.) ;  Ecole  des 
Sciences  Politiques  1932-33 ;  University  of  Vir- 
ginia Law  School  (LL.B.). 


David  H.  McKillop,  of  Chestnut  Hill,  Mass. ; 
born  in  Globe,  Ariz.,  Feb.  2, 1916 ;  attended  Har- 
vard College  1933-37  (A.B.) ;  Harvard  Law 
School  1937-38;  Harvard  Graduate  School 
(M.A.). 

Wilfred  V.  MacDonald,  of  St.  Louis,  Mo.; 
born  in  St,  Louis  Sept.  27,  1913 ;  attended  Cor- 
nell University  1930-31 ;  Washington  University 
(St.  Louis)  1931-36  (B.S.). 

Edwin  W.  Martin,  of  Oberlin,  Ohio ;  born  in 
Madura,  India,  of  American  parents,  Aug.  31, 
1917;  attended  Oberlin  College  1935-39  (A.B.)  ; 
Fletcher  School  of  Law  and  Diplomacy  1939^0 
(A.M.). 

Richard  B.  Mudge,  of  Belmont,  Mass.;  born 
in  Melrose,  Mass.,  Sept,  9,  1915 ;  attended  Duke 
University  one  semester  1934-35 ;  Tufts  College 
one  semester  1935 ;  Harvard  University  1935-36, 
1937-39  (B.S.). 

W.  Paul  O'Neill,  Jr.,  of  Rydal,  Pa.;  born  in 
Jamestown,  R,  I.,  July  18,  1915;  attended 
Princeton  University  1934-38  (A.B.). 

Richard  A.  Poole,  of  Summit,  N.  J. ;  born  in 
Yokohama,  Japan,  of  American  parents,  Apr. 
29,  1919;  attended  Haverford  College  1936-40 
(B.S.). 

Stuart  W.  Rockwell,  of  Radnor,  Pa,;  born  in 
New  York  City  Jan.  15,  1917;  attended  Har- 
vard College  1935-39  (A.B.). 

Lubert  O.  Sanderhoff,  of  Pasadena,  Calif.; 
born  in  Alma,  Mich.,  July  31,  1914;  attended 
Pasadena  Junior  College  1929-33  (AA.) ; 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
1933-35  (A.B.) ;  Princeton  University  1939-40. 

Herbert  F.  N.  Schmitt,  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.;  born  in  Grand  Rapids  June  14,  1917; 
attended  Colgate  University  1935-39  (A.B.). 

Harold  Shullaw,  of  Wyoming,  111.;  born  in 
Peoria,  111.,  Dec.  5, 1916 ;  attended  Knox  College 
1934-38  (A.B.). 

Ernest  V.  Siracusa,  of  Huntington  Beach, 
Calif.;  born  in  Coalinga,  Calif.,  Nov.  30,  1918; 
attended  Fullerton  Junior  College  1936-38 
(AA.) ;  Stanford  University  1938-40  (B.A.). 

Charles  W.  Smith,  of  Burbank,  Calif. ;  born 
in  Garden  Grove,  Calif.,  May  14, 1914;  attended 


188 

Glendale  Junior  College  1930-32  (A.A.) ; 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
1932-34  (B.A.). 

Walter  L.  Smith,  of  Harrisburg,  Pa. ;  born  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  Sept.  20,  1917;  attended 
Georgetown  University  School  of  Foreign  Serv- 
ice 1935-39  (graduated). 

James  P.  Speer,  2d,  of  Comanche,  Okla. ;  born 
in  Comanche  Oct.  13,  1917;  attended  George 
Washington  University  1935-39. 

F.  Lester  Sutton,  of  Bridgeton,  N.  J.;  born 
in  Bridgeton  Jan.  28,  1915;  attended  DePauw 
University  1932-36  (A.B.) ;  Fletcher  School  of 
Law  and  Diplomacy  1936-37  (M.A.) ;  George- 
town University  Foreign  Service  School  1939 
and  1940. 

James  S.  Triolo,  of  Alameda,  Calif. ;  born  in 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Apr.  18,  1914;  attended 
Stanford  University  1931-35  (A.B.),  1935-36 
(A.M.). 

Temple  Wanamaker,  Jr.,  of  Seattle,  Wash.; 
born  in  Seattle  July  16,  1918;  attended  Stan- 
ford University  1936-40  (B.A.). 

Byron  White,  of  Fayetteville,  N.  C. ;  born  in 
Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  June  21, 1906;  attended  College 
of  William  and  Mary  1924-25;  University  of 
North  Carolina  1925-28  (A.B.),  1928-29; 
George  Washington  University  1938-40. 


DETAETMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 

DESIGNATION  OF  HERSCHEL  V. 
JOHNSON  AS  HONORARY  MINISTER 
TO  GREAT  BRITAIN 

[Released  to  the  press  February  14] 

Mr.  Herschel  V.  Johnson,  at  present  Counse- 
lor of  the  American  Embassy  in  London,  during 
the  period  of  his  incumbency  in  that  office  will 
have  the  honorary  rank  of  Minister. 

Mr.  Herschel  V.  Johnson  was  born  at  Atlanta, 
Ga.,  on  May  3,  1894.  He  graduated  from  the 
University  of  North  Carolina  in  1916.  He  saw 
overseas  service  with  the  United  States  Army 
from  1917  to  1919  and  was  commissioned  a  cap- 
tain. He  entered  the  Foreign  Service  in  1920 
and  served  at  Bern,  Sofia,  the  Department,  Te- 
gucigalpa, Mexico  City,  and  again  in  the  De- 
partment as  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Mexican 
Affairs.  He  was  assigned  to  the  Embassy  at 
London  as  First  Secretary  in  1934  and  was  des- 
ignated Counselor  of  the  Embassy  in  1937. 

NOMINATIONS  OF  AMBASSADORS  AND 
MINISTERS 

On  February  10,  1941,  the  Senate  confirmed 
the  Executive  nominations  of  certain  ambassa- 
dors and  ministers  which  had  been  submitted  to 
the  Senate  on  February  6,  1941.  For  a  list  of 
these  nominations,  see  the  Bulletin  of  February 
8. 1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  85),  pages  168-169. 


Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  Etc. 


MONTHLY  STATISTICS 


[Released  to  the  press  February  13] 

Note:  The  figures  relating  to  arms,  the  licenses  for 
the  export  of  which  were  revoked  before  they  were  used, 
have  been  subtracted  from  the  figures  appearing  in  the 
cumulative  column  of  the  table  below  in  regard  to  arms 
export  licenses  issued.  These  latter  figures  are  there- 
fore net  figures.  They  are  not  yet  final  and  definitive 
since  licenses  may  be  amended  or  revoked  at  any  time 
before  being  used.  They  are,  however,  accurate  as  of 
the  date  of  this  press  release. 

The  statistics  of  actual  exports  in  these  releases  are 
believed  to  be  substantially  complete.  It  is  possible, 
however,  that  some  shipments  are  not  included.     If  this 


proves  to  be  the  fact,  statistics  in  regard  to  such  ship- 
ments will  be  included  in  the  cumulative  figures  in  later 
releases. 

Arms  Export  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  li- 
censed for  export  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
during  the  year  1940  up  to  and  including  the 
month  of  December: 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


189 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

III 
V 

(2) 

(2) 

$487. 00 

50,  625.  00 

IV 
I 

I 

V 

(1) 
(1) 

w 
(1) 

(2) 

57.00 

Anglo-Egyptian  Sudan 

24.00 

630. 00 

I 

III 

IV 

V 

VII 

r:> 

(4) 
(6) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2; 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

5, 930.  00 

2,  300.  00 

33, 000.  00 

5, 151.  84 

$180.  80 
100.  00 

14, 707.  80 
10,  746. 00 
54, 225.  00 

201,  663.  51 

40, 937.  50 

24,  750.  00 
6,  805. 00 

44,  624.  84 
100, 189.  51 

31, 835. 80 

537,  571.  50 

I 
III 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

334.20 
839. 70 

1, 459.  76 
2,  321.  55 

279.  80 

924.  77 
25,  648.  00 

53,  200.  00 
26,  800.  00 

1,040,657.25 
4,  414, 079.  58 

81,  453.  70 

IV 

I 

IV 
V 

(1) 

(4; 

(2) 

(2) 

1.87 

23.00 

I 
ni 

IV 
V 

0) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

69.  00 

20,  745.  00 

243,  957.  00 

Total.. 

i 

IV 

(4) 
0) 
(2) 

255.20 

76.60 

15L44 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

V 

(i) 

(2) 

$76.60 

I 

rv 

V 
VII 

(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

649.80 

4, 341. 34 

649. 80 

I 
III 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(51 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

135. 00 

287.70 

77,007.70 

243.70 
2,  047.  33 
6, 950. 00 

442.60 
21,918.00 

85, 937. 03 
32,  753.  47 
1,013,368.00 
216,642.71 
323,  596.  50 

32,  624.  33 

D7 

V 

vn 

(2) 
(1) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

1, 680. 00 

i 

IV 

vn 

(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

i 
i 

IV 
V 

(4) 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

2.43 

400.00 

133.54 

755.  25 

42.50 

42.50 

Total 

42.50 

1,467.29 

i 

ii 
hi 

IV 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

5,314.51 

960,  448.  36 

197, 670.  20 

149,964.66 

6, 000. 00 

800, 109.  93 

1,561,165.65 

1, 190, 146.  20 

652,  044.  63 

444,  254.  00 

51.840.00 

50.00 
62,  668. 00 

26, 968. 00 

27. 140. 870.  00 

4,  537.  00 

8, 959.  80 
212.12 

362.413.44 
55, 678. 00 

190 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  Issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,1940 

Canada— Continued. 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

$557, 624.  59 

134, 873.  75 

45.00 

7,384.00 

76, 552. 00 

4,  999,  579.  81 

9, 646, 008.  44 

36, 238. 00 

296,115.88 

205,  188.  43 

2, 157, 766. 99 

48,448,158.41 

I        (2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

m   (i) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

3, 040. 00 

37, 431. 28 

8,  650.  00 

3,  630.  00 

53, 819.  00 

265.  85 

7,708.23 

396, 800.  00 

80.00 

23,  820.  50 

2,363.00 

12, 607. 15 

345.  85 

998,  264. 16 

I        (2) 
(4) 

m   (i) 

(2) 

IV  '  (1) 

(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

China 

352, 440. 00 

140,  740. 80 

178.60 

3, 226.  71 

34, 100. 00 

259, 100.  00 

3,  374,  225.  35 

1,  400, 475.  56 

34, 100. 00 

11.707,407.75 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1, 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

30.00 

18.80 

277.  92 

596.  00 

1, 985.  76 

4, 700. 00 

5, 000. 00 

243.00 

20,  518.  00 
81,995.00 
1, 301. 09 
6,  030. 00 

10,  557. 80 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

30.00 
17.00 

24, 537.  00 

772.00 

6,086.85 

191.58 

3,014.70 

1,010.58 

I         (2) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

88.00 

131, 646.  00 

1, 871. 00 

18, 832. 00 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

V      (l, 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

$1, 959. 00 

I        (1) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

Vn   (2) 

15,000.00 

65, 000. 00 

59, 950. 00 

Total 

15,000.00 

278, 436.  03 

V  (3) 

I        (2) 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

V  (2) 
Vn   (1) 

713.00 

2,  554. 80 

Total 

713.00 

8, 145. 14 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 

vn  (i) 

(2) 

36.00 
81.00 
15.00 

244.52 

294.00 
214.00 

132.00 

22, 714. 52 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

m  (2) 
rv   (i) 

(2) 

V       (1) 

(2) 

Egypt 

39.00 

39.00 

3,310.00 

142. 00 

1, 822.  21 

255.00 

72.00 

70, 193.  00 
2,  403.  31 

10,  500.  00 

236,  435. 00 

11,008.00 

334,  618.  02 

I     (1) 

(4) 

III  (1) 
rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (1) 

(2) 
VII   (2) 

125, 052. 00 

44.00 

1, 155. 00 

6,460.00 

1,  600.  00 
600. 00 

3,  300. 00 
875. 00 

2, 144.  00 

163,468.00 

I        (1) 
(4) 

21,  250. 00 

6, 456. 42 

Total 

27,  706.  42 

FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


191 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  Issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31, 1940 

I        (2) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

3,  806,  493. 89 

5, 086,  544.  80 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

vn  (i) 

(2) 

30.00 

1,  644,  697. 00 

VII   (1) 

I     (1) 

(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 

$144.40 

in   (i) 

V       (2) 

9,  230, 149.  00 

9,  230, 149.  00 

9,230,149.00 

9,  232,  549.  00 

i      (i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

II 

III     (I) 
(2) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (1) 

(2) 

(3) 
VII  (1) 

(2) 

Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland. 

2, 161.  00 

3, 775, 402. 50 

156, 333.  00 

6,225,737.17 

7,  613, 620. 50 
26, 755,  804.  68 

6,  097,  482.  52 
68, 197, 762.  78 

2,  250,  000.  00 

13, 400.  00 

59,  396,  580.  00 

122.  00 

34,  477.  20 

2,  771,  548.  82 

2,  250, 000.  00 

13,  400.  00 

332,  506,  252.  85 

146,  262. 14 

1,770.879.79 

7, 133, 043.  67 

2,966,260.40 
20,119,274.00 

29, 174,  000. 80 
156,575,911.00 

192,000.00 

7, 891,  285.  80 

97,  903,  296.  09 

675, 470,  249.  57 

I        (3) 
(4) 
(5) 

733, 500. 00 

733,  550. 00 
90, 900.  00 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  Issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31, 1940 

IV 

V 

ti) 

(3) 

$21.00 
157,634.75 

Total.- 

$733,  600. 00 

982,  255.  75 

I 

rv 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

1,015.48 

7, 674. 65 

11,645.00 

IV 
V 

VII 

m 

(2) 

a) 

(2) 

(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

25.50 

280.00 
5,  000.  00 

280.00 
5,  000. 00 

6,  464.  00 

5, 306.  50 

IV 

V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 

(1) 
(1) 

8.00 

38.66 

8.00 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

I 

IV 
V 

VI 

(1) 
(2) 
W 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

2, 040.  75 

Total 

213,  344.  20 

D7 
V 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

1, 920.  00 

374.00 

7,  890.  00 

442.  00 

1,205.00 
65.00 

Total - -... 

442.00 

11,454.00 

I 

in 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 

3,  193.  74 

217.00 
38,000.00 

7, 494.  94 
188,  000.  00 

192 


DEPARTMENT    OF  STATE    BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

India— Continued. 

IV 
V 

VI 
VII 

(1) 

(2) 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(2) 

$93.  50 

$3, 797. 64 

3,  382.  00 

28,160.40 

41, 692.  50 

I 
III 

V 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

400.00 

400.00 

70, 162.  00 
56,  600.  00 

70, 425. 00 
56,  600.  00 

127, 162. 00 

I 
III 

V 

(2) 
(2) 
(2) 

Total 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

V 
IV 
V 

(2) 

(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

27.36 

68.81 

27.36 

I 

IV 

V 

0) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

144.00 

177,100.00 

177,100.00 

177,244.00 

178,160.00 

VII 

I 
I 
I 

IV 

V 

VI 
VII 

(2) 

(2) 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

135. 38 

28,005.00 
2,  211.  38 
3, 492.  00 

655, 755.  40 
13, 823. 91 
45, 547. 00 

11, 070. 00 

28,  786. 00 
66,  220. 00 

44,  778. 38 

862, 616. 17 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31. 1940 

I 
V 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

356,  354.  61 

I 

V 

(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(2) 
(3) 

12,866.00 

89, 390.  69 

I 

n 
in 

IV 
V 

VI 
VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 

Netherlands  Indies * 

$214. 19 

1, 101.  76 

46, 160. 00 
292,  501.  94 
239, 853.  00 

1,  309, 160.  00 
4,417,615.81 

2,  556,  303. 00 

106, 020. 00 
3,  740, 908.  80 

106,  020.  00 
8, 909,  646. 90 

850. 00 
240. 00 

203, 837.  65 
61,603.06 

386.  665.  28 
86, 013.  60 

977, 126.  68 
609,  509.  47 

2,600.00 

2, 938.  80 

4,  902, 026.  81 

32,  381,  099.  45 

I 

(1) 

(4) 

508.10 
257.00 

1,180.82 

765. 10 

I 

IV 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

3,  615.  70 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(2) 

505.00 

1, 965.  00 

505.00 

I         (4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 

250, 132. 00 

516,  882.  00 

14.00 

14.00 

Total 

250, 146.  00 

I 

IV 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 

1,208.00 

FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


193 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31, 1940 

Nicaragua— Continued. 

V 
VII 

(i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

$3,600.00 

$42, 500. 00 

3,500.00 

I 
IV 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

30.25 

I 

IV 
V 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

787.00 

787.  00 

787.00 

I 

m 
rv 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

712,000.00 
280.00 

222.00 

2, 200. 00 

IV 

V 

(2) 

(3) 

1,400.00 

I 

rv 

V 

vn 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

3, 900. 00 

5, 700. 00 

35,  266.  00 

4, 449. 66 

5, 700. 00 

i 

rv 

(4) 
(2) 

12, 150.  45 

i 
rv 

v 

VII 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

Peru 

219.  00 

54.57 

1, 749.  00 

7.  637.  47 
1.989.00 

227.40 

25, 027. 98 

2,209.86 

Total - 

2,  249.  97 

563, 798.  91 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

I 

IV 
V 

VH 

(1) 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

$51. 80 
102.  18 

$58. 18 

4, 300. 00 
49, 469. 94 

200.00 

258. 18 

133, 342. 68 

I 
IV 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

V 

I 

V 

(2) 

(1) 
(2) 

Total. 

I 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 

106.00 

283.50 

770. 80 

389. 50 

I 
I 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 

Spain 

Total 

I 
III 

(1) 
(2) 
(1) 

33, 150. 00 

335,  248.  00 

9,  882,  353.  04 

335,  248.  00 
9,  882,  353. 04 

10,250,751.04 

10,  250,  760. 16 

I 

rv 

vn 

(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 

11,  644.  50 

1.64 

2.47 

129.20 

646.00 

129.20 

12,  294. 61 

I 

in 

IV 
V 

(2) 
(4) 
(2) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 

108, 000.  00 

65,  307.  00 

4,000.00 

233,  625. 00 

120,511.20 

247,  298.  00 

778,  741.  20 

IV 

(I) 

Switzerland 

20.00 

194 


DEPAKTMEIST   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31, 1940 

I 

III 

rv 

V 

(1) 

W 
(2) 

(1) 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

$665.00 
87.00 

18,974.89 
611.43 

19, 245.  74 
212,  460.  00 

347, 117.  64 

1, 200.  00 
1,  952.  00 

IV 

i 

IV 
V 
VII 

(1) 

(4) 

(1) 
(2) 

CM 
CD 
(1) 
(2) 

47.21 

15,  000.  00 

33,  625.  00 

15,  000. 00 

III 

IV 

V 
VII 

12) 
(1) 
(2) 
(->> 
(2) 

6.20 

34, 158. 20 

173, 918. 30 

34, 158. 20 

I 

III 

IV 
iv 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
1(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

.2) 

868.48 
9, 230, 149.  00 

1,  536.  09 
9, 804, 149.  00 

415.00 
328.  23 

900, 000.  00 
25, 000. 00 

159, 000.  00 

287,837.15 
36,  748.  39 
4,  344,  553.  00 
327,  217.  28 
497,  260. 00 

10,315,760.71 

15,  597,  484.  91 

IV 
V 
VII 

(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

38,  558.  34 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

227.00 

1,654.30 
10, 359. 63 
46,  325.  00 

1,  510.  40 
762.00 

2, 653.  88 

2, 196.  00 

3,  000.  00 

785. 00 

385.  00 

Total 

6,  593. 00 

64, 624.  70 

Category 

Value  of  export  licenses  issued 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months  end- 
ing December 
31,  1940 

I       (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

$74.  52 

175. 07 

3,  410.  00 

32,  000.  00 

259.29 

70, 099.  30 
174,  350.  00 
19, 951. 72 

35,  779. 81 

IV     (2) 
VII    (2) 

145.  37 

V        (2) 
(3) 

30, 780.  00 

136,471,756.08 

During  the  month  of  December,  403  arms  ex- 
port licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of 
4,800  such  licenses  issued  during  the  current 
year. 

Arms  Exported 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  ex- 
ported during  the  year  1940  up  to  and  including 
the  month  of  December  under  export  licenses 
issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
on'ling   De- 
cember   31, 
1940 

V  (2) 

I        (4) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

$34,  700.  00 

3, 200. 00 

620.00 

Total 

3, 844. 00 

FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


195 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending   De- 
cember   31, 
1940 

I 

III 
IV 

V 

VII 

(2) 
(4) 
(8) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

$24, 095.  50 

240.  00 

2, 418. 00 

6, 142.  00 

$180.  80 

100.00 

1,  700.  00 

12, 138.  80 
10,  342.  00 
64,  225.  00 
162,720.48 

290,  713.  50 

1, 371. 00 

71,  987.  31 

3, 351. 80 

I 

III 
IV 

V 

VII 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

168.69 

134. 01 

51, 370.  00 

1,013.54 

8, 064, 425.  00 

279.80 

862.  80 

59,  228. 00 

1,  604,  604.  00 

18,000.00 

636,  373.  40 

2,  874, 187.  00 

51,474.86 

1,  733,  674.  40 

IV 

I 

IV 

(1) 

(« 
(2) 

I 
III 

IV 

V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

20, 745.  00 

I 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

16.00 

110.50 

110.  60 

Total 

110.50 

I 

IV 

V 

vn 

(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

1,  629. 00 

3,380.00 

1,299.60 

3, 692. 84 
1.50 

2, 828.  60 

90,  205.  03 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

Brazil 

I       (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

in    (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (2) 

$687.  00 
19, 100.  00 

9, 175. 00 
48,  575. 00 
17,265.00 
787, 150.  00 
69,  281. 03 
31,  584. 84 
819,  889. 00 
161,054.88 
309, 989.  25 

218,700.00 

658. 70 

1,  493. 70 

82, 448. 00 

6, 068.  00 

Total 

329, 155.  40 

2, 255, 739.  00 

IV  (2) 

V  (3) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

6, 352. 63 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 

229.  54 

42.60 

42.50 

42.50 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

II 

HI     (1) 
(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

15,  827.  05 
437,  405.  76 
210, 166.  00 

69,  579.  72 
211,263.00 

738,441.70 
253,  718.  00 
459, 131.  02 
305,  907.  00 

18.00 
1,394,334.00 

13,518.00 
11,627,161.00 

1, 120. 70 

157.  57 
3, 832.  41 
153,  244.  08 
250,169.30 
95.00 
23,  080.  00 
12, 703.  85 

65,333.19 
76, 562.  58 
557,  328. 98 
2, 034, 085.  92 
5,110,664.16 
36, 193. 00 
248,  833.  13 
126. 545.  08 

Total 

2, 783, 586. 44 

I         (2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

Chile 

325.  28 

37, 479.  28 
5,  300. 00 

3,  630. 00 

54, 054. 00 

1,885.32 

7,  633. 12 

196 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

V       (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

$6, 800. 00 

3, 407.  50 

52, 678. 00 

176.00 

12,  607. 15 

$2, 210.  60 

186,  805.  05 

I         (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

in  (i) 

(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

China 

1,  344. 00 

468,  005.  00 

850.00 

23,  753.  00 

1,  782,  445.  57 

21,574.64 

268.60 

1, 707. 41 

31, 100. 00 

25,  673.  00 

1, 051,  591.  00 

7, 356. 41 

238,  700. 00 
1,  704,  570.  05 
3,  496,  534.  00 

334,  724.  00 

342, 000. 00 

1,110,071.41 

8,  422, 125.  27 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII  (1) 
(2) 

30.00 

279.12 
2,228.20 

12.00 

2, 107.  76 
348,  350.  00 

5,  531.  00 

6,000.00 

243.00 

19, 812.  00 
55, 956.  00 
1,  300.  78 
5, 830.  00 

10,  786. 00 

435,  893.  86 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

30.00 
2, 155.  00 

30.00 

3, 447.  00 
6,  534.  20 

961.00 

3, 122. 85 
83,  700.  00 

31, 976.  00 

24.00 

2, 984.  26 
51.00 

3, 170. 00 

I        (2) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

17, 454.  00 

123,167.00 

217.45 

11,811.95 

809.00 

7,  322.  72 

18,  480. 45 

231,888.77 

I        (1) 
(3) 

4,  235.  00 
10, 000. 00 

10, 000.  00 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

Curacao — Continued. 

(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2, 
(3) 

VII   (2) 

$2,  450.  00 

$4,  591. 89 

406.00 

5,  442.  26 

22.50 

17,  091.  00 

I        (2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
VII   (1) 

2, 972.  50 

800.00 

1,  400. 00 

800. 00 

I        (U 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
VII    (1) 

(2) 

15.  00 
633.  00 

206.00 
18, 030.  00 

900.00 

648.00 

I        (2) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

2,  680.  00 

80.21 

13, 685. 00 
1, 579. 00 
16,  993.  00 
21,000.00 

67,  204.  00 

2,  568. 31 

16,  «93.  00 

231, 160.  00 

53,  257.  00 

I        (1) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII    (2) 

18,  200. 00 

76.00 

1,  700.  00 

375.00 

8,  350.  00 

I        (4) 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

in   (i) 
rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (2) 

(3) 
VII   (2) 

184,  310.  00 

1,364,078.89 

2, 321, 496. 00 

141.02 

2, 177. 04 

138,791.04 
1,  200,  063.  00 

Total 

2,177.04 

6,276,125.95 

FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


197 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

I       (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

m  (i) 

(2) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

$78.00 

41, 323.  00 

2.00 

56,  593. 00 

71.010,321.03 

I         (4) 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

$127. 52 

178.  52 

3,836.00 

24.00 

169.00 

151.52 

4,183.52 

I         (4) 

I         (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

II 

ni  (i) 

(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII    (1) 
(2) 

33.83 

Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland. 

2,984.00 

1,425,295.50 

372, 745. 00 

1, 748,  257. 60 

614,000.00 

13,400.00 

13, 650, 148. 00 

5,001,966.50 
13,404,446.44 
3, 145,  593.  20 
19,154,143.18 
3, 464, 390.  60 
13, 400. 00 
82,293,416.00 
22,001.00 

93, 182.  60 
719,010.00 

869,332.61 
2, 525,  335.  84 

751,925.00 

3,617,874.00 

268,  249.  00 

13,400.00 

7, 389, 655. 79 
27, 439, 839.  48 
8,  508, 098.  06 
3,091,593.50 

23,  290, 470.  70 

176,391,212.20 

I        (3) 
(4) 
(5) 

150.00 

570,  500.  00 

570, 550.  00 

570,  500.  00 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

578.  30 

1,731.57 

540.00 

105.00 

Total.  . 

10,  645.  00 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
VII   (» 

(2) 

37.00 

12.00 

186.  00 

1,  336.  00 

21,500.00 

226.80 

6, 464. 00 

Total 

29,761.80 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

VII   (1) 

(2) 

I         (1) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII   (2) 

116,806.90 

I        (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

IV  (1) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

1, 158.  50 

$125, 000. 00 
6, 876. 00 
21,  554. 00 

125,000.00 
25, 442. 00 
46, 354.  00 

153,  430.  00 

206, 947.  50 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

VII    (2) 

1,920.00 

442.00 

1, 205.  00 
65.00 

442.00 

11,443.00 

I         (1) 
(4) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (2) 

3,241.20 

77, 000.  00 

77, 000. 00 
3, 605. 64 

78,  333.  00 

145, 833.  00 

1, 000. 00 

106.00 

106.00 

155,  439.  00 

244,901.44 

V       (1) 
(2) 

Iran 

34,  360.  00 

107,  375.  00 

93.00 

34.  360. 00 

107,  468.  00 

III  (1) 

(2) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

Iraq 

694. 963.  00 

27, 165. 00 

94.37 

25.85 

722,  248.  22 

V       (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

116,823.00 

3,  270.  60 

33, 380.  00 

153,473.60 

198 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending   De- 
cember  31, 
1940 

IV 
V 

(i) 

C2) 

(2) 

$346. 00 

41.45 

$2,  400.  00 

2, 400. 00 

2,  400.  00 

2, 787.  45 

V 

I 

IV 
V 

(2) 

(1) 
(1) 
(2) 

4, 143.  00 

Kenya 

144.00 

144.  00 

618.00 

56, 000. 00 

56, 000. 00 

56, 144. 00 

56,  762. 00 

V 

I 

(3) 

(1) 
(4) 

18, 077. 00 

251.45 

337.28 

588.73 

I 

IV 
V 

VI 
VII 

(1) 
(4) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 



577. 00 
5, 400.  00 

693.00 

5, 452. 26 
112.50 

510.00 

21,092.30 
1, 023.  20 

76, 725. 00 
835.00 

008, 150. 40 
7, 670. 00 
37, 556. 00 

175.60 

8,058.75 

26,  219. 75 
56, 481. 00 

92, 105.  75 

764, 624.  91 

I 

V 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

116.00 

154.  61 

283,  200.  00 

15, 494.  00 

I 

III 

V 

(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

155.00 

9,674.00 

187, 137.  50 

Total.. 

I 
ni 

IV 
V 

(1) 
(2) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

Netherlands  Indies 

351.00 
218,680.00 
21,123.00 
212,583.00 
181,  350.  00 
476, 784.  00 

534.98 
460, 320. 00 
578, 181.  82 
891,611.00 
181,  350.  00 
3,  505, 408. 00 

10, 612. 00 
4, 933. 11 
155, 425. 00 
101, 168.  00 
161,000.00 

86, 917.  75 
23, 920. 37 
494, 389.  00 
416,853.50 
446, 489. 00 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending  De- 
cember 31, 
1940 

VI 
VII 

(D 
(i) 

(2) 

$2, 600. 00 

2, 938. 80 

1,546,609.11 

I 
I 

IV 

(4) 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

923. 82 

52.80 
41.12 

182. 40 

1,  218. 52 
1,934.60 

93.92 

3,  590.  53 

IV 

V 

(2) 
(2) 

I 

IV 
V 

VII 

(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
0) 

44, 488. 00 

1,  510.  45 

3,948.60 

11,386.00 

45, 998. 45 

265,  799.  60 

I 

IV 

V 

VH 

(1) 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 

34,  827.  00 

39,  000. 00 

39,  000. 00 

Total 

39,000.00 

I 

IV 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 

33.00 

88.00 

Total.. 

429.50 

I 

IV 

(1) 
(4) 
(1) 

25.50 

I 

III 
rv 

V 

0) 
(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

285.00 

137.00 

2,200.00 

644.00 

Total 

1,394,253.20 

FEBRUARY    15,    1941 


199 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending   De- 
cember  31, 
1940 

V  (3) 

t       (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

$1,400.00 

12. 500. 00 

8, 700. 00 

8, 781. 75 

1,207.00 

21,807.13 

1,447.00 

$728. 00 

8, 107.  60 
728.00 

728.00 

64. 352.  48 

I        (4) 
IV     (2) 

384.30 

935.00 

12, 150.  45 

935.00 

I        (4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VII   (1) 
(2) 

Peru 

390.60 

5157 

390.60 

7,  637.  47 

25, 747. 00 

445.  17 

I        (1) 
(4) 

in  (i) 
rv    (i) 

(2) 
V       (1) 

(2) 

(3) 
VII   (1) 

(2) 

44, 235. 91 

. .      998,  851.  47 

I        (1) 
(4) 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

16.00 

27.00 

6.00 

Total - 

175.00 

V  (2) 

I        (1) 

V  (2) 

600.00 

260.00 

I        0) 
(2) 
(4) 

106.00 
238.60 
54.00 

601.60 

466.00 
699.56 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  of  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
ending   De- 
cember  31, 
1940 

Southern  Rhodesia— Cont 

IV 
V 

(1) 

(2) 

$170.  00 

$329.30 

354.26 

126,094.26 

922.  76 

128,316.76 

I 

(1) 

(4) 

Spain 

I 

I 

IV 
VII 

(0 

(2) 
(4) 

(2) 
(1) 

323.00 

839.80 

Total 

323.00 

I 

III 

rv 
v 

(2) 
(4) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
O) 
(2) 
(3) 

4,000.00 

4,633,236.98 

i 

in 

IV 

\ 

(1) 
(4) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
0) 
(2) 
(3) 

5, 808.  00 
40.35 

63.70 

930. 00 
320.40 

17, 993. 89 
414.91 

2, 119. 00 

16, 601. 00 

Total 

9,217.75 

IV 

V 

VII 

(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 
(1) 
(2) 

4, 800. 00 

7,922.32 

2,977.00 

Total 

4,800.00 

I 

ni 

IV 

V 
VII 

(2) 
(5) 
(1) 
(2) 
(1) 
(2) 
(2) 
(3) 
(2) 

148, 135. 00 

158,  750.  00 

1,191,084.00 

25, 010. 00 

14,  236. 00 

1, 306. 20 

70, 344. 00 

117,478.00 

Total 

2,  052, 605.  30 

200 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  actual  exports 

Country  or  destination 

December 
1940 

12  months 
endinp    De- 
cember  31, 
1940 

I        (1) 

$296. 00 

(4) 
III    (1) 

583. 01 

454,  000. 00 

IV     (1) 

$35, 000.  00 

239, 890.  70 

(2) 

3,992.34 

18, 499.  34 

V      (1) 

440,048.00 

2,  390,  448.  00 

(2) 

12,763.00 

68, 864. 64 

(3) 

124,079.00 

332,  459.  00 

VII   (1) 

(2) 

156.00 

40,  064. 00 

615,882.34 

3,  545,  260.  69 

V       (3) 



155,308.00 

publics. 

I         (4) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (1) 

g     5 

299.00 

1,654.30 

7. 130. 30 

(2) 

7, 197.  00 

27,  646.  00 

(3) 

100.40 

VII   (1) 

377. 00 

377.00 

2,  653. 88 

660.00 

I        (1) 
(2) 

7, 574.  00 

40,  520.  88 

111.40 

(4) 

246.00 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

39.00 

167,970.00 

V       (1) 

191.45 

(2) 

163,783.00 

(3) 

154.00 

69,  249. 30 

VII    (1) 

17, 000.  00 

163,973.00 

(2) 

1,197.81 

21,842.29 

5.00 

17, 745. 40 

18,356.81 

608, 467.  44 

V       (1) 

(2) 

(3) 

31,080.00 

Total 

Orand  total 

32, 752, 470. 42 

328,883,814.95 

Arms  Import  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  origin  of  the  arms, 
ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  licensed  for 
import  by  the  Secretary  of  State  during  the 
month  of  December  1940: 


Country  of  origin 

Category 

Value 

Total 

V  (2) 
IV       (1) 

(2) 

V  (1) 
(3) 

I          (1) 
(2) 
(4) 

in    (2) 

VII      (2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

I           (2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

VII     (1) 

$350.00 

90.40 

100.00 

2,  500.  00 

7, 000. 00 

2fi0.00 

1,037.00 

894. 65 

373,  229.  50 

4,  500.  00 

1,  500.  00 
5, 000.  00 
1,000.00 
4, 400.  00 

2,  890. 00 
500. 00 

2,  351.  38 

3,  492.  00 
1,500.00 

1 

190.  40 
1                ™    n 

|          9,  500.  00 

>      379, 921. 15 

|  8,  790.  00 
| 

|         7, 343.  38 

During  the  month  of  December,  30  import 
licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of  241  such 
licenses  issued  during  the  current  year. 

Categories   of   Arms,   Ammunition,   and 
Implements  of  War 

The  categories  of  arms,  ammunition,  and 
implements  of  war  in  the  appropriate  column 
of  the  tables  printed  above  are  the  categories 
into  which  those  articles  were  divided  in  the 
President's  proclamation  of  May  1,  1937,  enu- 
merating the  articles  which  would  be  con- 
sidered as  arms,  ammunition,  and  implements 
of  war  for  the  purposes  of  section  5  of  the.  joint 
resolution  of  May  1,  1937  [see  the  BuUetin  of 
January  11,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  81),  pp.  76-77]. 

Special  Statistics  in  Regard  to  Arms  Exports 
to  Cuba 

In  compliance  with  article  II  of  the  conven- 
tion between  the  United  States  and  Cuba  to 
suppress  smuggling,  signed  at  Habana,  March 
11,  1926,  which  reads  in  part  as  follows: 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that 
clearance  of  shipments  of  merchandise  by 
water,  air,  or  land,  from  any  of  the  ports  of 
either  country  to  a  port  of  entry  of  the  other 
country,  shall  be  denied  when  such  shipment 
comprises  articles  the  importation  of  which  is 


FEBRUARY    15,    1941 

prohibited  or  restricted  in  the  country  to  which 
such  shipment  is  destined,  unless  in  this  last 
case  there  has  been  a  compliance  with  the  requi- 
sites demanded  by  the  laws  of  both  countries." 
and  in  compliance  with  the  laws  of  Cuba  which 
restrict  the  importation  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  of  all  kinds  by  requiring 
an  import  permit  for  each  shipment,  export 
licenses  for  shipments  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  to  Cuba  are  required  for 
the  articles  enumerated  below  in  addition  to 
the  articles  enumerated  in  the  President's 
proclamation  of  May  1,  1937 : 

(1)  Arms  and  small  arms  using  ammunition 
of  caliber  .22  or  less,  other  than  those  classed 
as  toys. 

(2)  Spare  parts  of  arms  and  small  arms  of  all 
kinds  and  calibers,  other  than  those  classed  as 
toys,  and  of  guns  and  machine  guns. 

(3)  Ammunition  for  the  arms  and  small  arms 
under  (1)   above. 

(4)  Sabers,  swords,  and  military  machetes 
with  cross-guard  hilts. 

(5)  Explosives  as  follows:  explosive  pow- 
ders of  all  kinds  for  all  purposes;  nitrocellulose 
having  a  nitrogen  content  of  12  percent  or  less; 
diphenylamine;  dynamite  of  all  kinds;  nitro- 
glycerine; alkaline,  nitrates  (ammonium,  potas- 
sium, and  sodium  nitrate);  nitric  acid;  nitro- 
benzene, (essence  or  oil  of  mirbane)  ;  sulphur; 
sulphuric  acid ;  chlorate  of  potash ;  and  acetones. 

(6)  Tear  gas  (C6H6C0CH2C1)  and  other 
similar  non-toxic  gases  and  apparatus  designed 
for  the  storage  or  projection  of  such  gases. 

The  table  printed  below  indicates,  in  respect 
to  licenses  authorizing  the  exportation  to  Cuba 
of  the  articles  and  commodities  listed  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph,  issued  by  the  Secretary  of 
State  during  December  1940,  the  number  of  li- 
censes and  the  value  of  the  articles  and  com- 
modities described  in  the  licenses: 


Number  of  licenses 

Section 

Value 

Total 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(5) 

$2, 253. 30 

291.00 

12,796.50 

9,  514.  33 

j 

\      $21,855.13 

201 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  value  of 
the  articles  and  commodities  listed  above  ex- 
ported to  Cuba  during  December  1940  under 
licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State : 


Section 

Value 

Total 

$533. 00 
4,221.00 
5, 306.  58 

1 

\      $10,000.58 

(5)  ...                

] 

Tin-Plate  Scrap 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  number 
of  licenses  issued  during  the  year  1940,  up  to  and 
including  the  month  of  December,  authorizing 
the  export  of  tin-plate  scrap  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  act  approved  February  15,  1936, 
and  the  regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto,  to- 
gether with  the  number  of  tons  authorized  to  be 
exported  and  the  value  thereof : 


December  1940 

12  months  ending  De- 
cember 31,  1940 

Country  of  destination 

Quantity 
in  long 
tons 

Total 
value 

Quantity 
in  long 
tons 

Total 
value 

65 

$1,257.50 

4,334 

$80, 947.  20 

During  the  month  of  December,  2  tin-plate 
scrap  licenses  were  issued,  making  a  total  of  57 
such  licenses  issued  during  the  current  year. 

Helium 

The  table  printed  below  gives  the  essential 
information  in  regard  to  the  licenses  issued  dur- 
ing the  month  of  December  1940,  authorizing 
the  exportation  of  helium  gas  under  the  provi- 
sions of  the  act  approved  on  September  1,  1937, 
and  the  regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto: 


Applicant  for  license 

Purchaser  in 
foreign 
country 

Country  of 
destination 

Quantity 

in  cubic 

feet 

Total 
value 

Puritan  Compressed 
Gas  Corporation. 

The  Lindc  Air  Prod- 
ucts Co. 

Audrain       Y 

Medina. 
Nicolas  L.  J. 

Van  Haaren. 

Cuba 

Argentina. -. 

84 
0. 0332 

$30.00 
2.00 

Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


AGRICULTURE 

INTER-AMERICAN  COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

United  States 

On  February  12,  1941,  the  President  ratified 
the  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agree- 
ment signed  at  Washington  on  November  28, 
1940. 

FINANCE 

AGREEMENT  WITH  HAITI  FOR  THE  TEMPORARY 
POSTPONEMENT  DURING  1941  OF  CERTAIN 
INTEREST  PAYMENTS 

On  February  13,  1941,  there  was  signed  at 
Port-au-Prince  an  accord  between  the  United 
States  and  the  Republic  of  Haiti  putting  into 
effect  the  agreement  in  principle  which  the  two 
governments  had  previously  reached  regarding 
the  postponement  of  the  payment  of  one  third 
of  the  interest  due  on  the  outstanding  bonds  of 
the  Republic  of  Haiti  on  April  1  and  October  1, 
1941." 

FISHERIES 

CONVENTION,  AGREEMENT,  AND  PROTOCOL  FOR 
THE  REGULATION  OF  WHALING  (TREATY 
SERIES  NOS.  880,  033,  AND  944) 

The  joint  regulations  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  con- 
cerning whaling,  issued  under  the  authority  con- 
tained in  the  Whaling  Treaty  Act  of  May  1, 
1936  (49  Stat.  1246;  U.  S.  C,  Supp.  V,  title  16, 
sees.  901-915),  to  give  effect  to  the  Convention 
for  the  Regulation  of  Whaling  (Treaty  Series 
No.  880,  49  Stat.,  pt.  2,  3079),  the  International 
Agreement  for  the  Regulation  of  Whaling 
(Treaty  Series  No.  933,  52  Stat.  1460),  and  the 
Protocol  Amending  the  Inteniational  Agree- 


17  See  supra,  p.  179. 
202 


ment  (Treaty  Series  No.  944,  53  Stat.  1794),  are 
published  in  the  Federal  Register  of  February 
14, 1941  (vol.  6,  no.  31 ) ,  page  952.  These  regula- 
tions, which  were  approved  February  7,  1941, 
supersede  the  regulations  concerning  whaling 
which  were  approved  on  March  18,  1940. 

NATURE  PROTECTION  AND  WILDLIFE 
PRESERVATION 

CONVENTION  ON  NATURE  PROTECTION  AND 
WILDLIFE  PRESERVATION  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

Chile 

By  a  letter  dated  January  24,  1941,  the  Direc- 
tor General  of  the  Pan  American  Union 
informed  the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  Con- 
vention on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife 
Preservation  in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which 
was  opened  for  signature  at  the  Pan  American 
Union  on  October  12, 1940,  was  signed  on  behalf 
of  Chile  on  January  22, 1941. 

RESTRICTION  OF  WAR 

CONVENTION  FOR  THE  AMELIORATION  OF  THE 
CONDITION  OF  THE  WOUNDED  AND  THE  SICK 
OF  ARMIES  IN  THE  FIELD  (TREATY  SERIES 
NO.  847) 

Ireland 

By  a  note  dated  January  31,  1941,  the  Minis- 
ter of  Ireland  at  Washington  informed  the 
Secretary  of  State  in  accordance  with  article  10, 
paragraph  2,  of  the  Convention  for  the  Amelio- 
ration of  the  Condition  of  the  Wounded  and 
the  Sick  of  Armies  in  the  Field,  signed  at 
Geneva  July  27, 1929,  which  has  been  signed  but 
not  yet  ratified  by  Ireland,  that  his  Government 
has  authorized  the  Irish  Red  Cross  Society 
(Cuman  Croise  Deirge  nah  Eireann)  to  render 
assistance  to  the  regular  medical  service  of  the 
Irish  armed  forces. 


FEBRUARY    1,    1941 


203 


JUDICIAL  DECISIONS 

RECIPROCAL,  TRADE  AGREEMENT  WITH  FRANCE 
(EXECUTIVE  AGREEMENT  SERIES  NO.  146) 

On  January  15,  1941,  the  United  States  Cus- 
toms Court,  Third  Division,  rendered  a  deci- 
sion in  the  case  of  Bryant  &  Hefferman,  Inc.  v. 
United  States  (CD.  417). 

In  this  suit  the  plaintiff  sought  to  recover  cer- 
tain customs  duties  alleged  to  have  been  illegally 
exacted  by  the  collector  at  New  York  upon  mer- 
chandise invoiced  as  treated  coal.  Duty  was 
assessed  thereon  at  30  per  centum  ad  valorem 
under  paragraph  216  of  the  Tariff  Act  of  1930, 
as  amended  by  the  trade  agreement  entered  into 
between  the  United  States  and  France.  The 
plaintiff  claimed  that  the  product  should  be  en- 
titled to  free  entry  as  coal  under  the  provisions 
of  paragraph  1650. 

Paragraph  1650  of  the  free  list  provides : 

"Par.  1650.  Coal,  anthracite,  semianthracite, 
bituminous,  semibituminous,  culm,  slack,  and 
shale ;  coke ;  compositions  used  for  fuel  in  which 
coal  or  coal  dust  is  the  component  material  of 
chief  value,  whether  in  briquets  or  other 
form:  .  .  ." 

Paragraph  216,  as  amended  by  the  trade 
agreement  between  the  United  States  and 
France,  reads  in  part  as  follows: 

"Par.  216.  Articles  or  wares  composed  wholly 
or  in  part  of  carbon  or  graphite,  wholly  or 
partly  manufactured,  not  specially  provided  for 
.  .  .  30%  ad  val." 

The  plaintiff  contended  that  the  term  "coal" 
as  found  in  paragraph  1650  is  without  qualifi- 
cation or  limitation  and  therefore  embraces 
every  kind  and  class  of  merchandise  properly 
referable  thereto,  either  directly  or  as  a  species 
the  genus  of  which  is  included  within  the  tariff 
nomenclature,  citing  Schade  v.  United  States, 
5  Ct.  Cust.  Appls.  465,  T.  D.  35002,  and  relying 
upon  the  cases  of  Tower  v.  United  States,  C.  D. 
204,  and  Allen  Forwarding  Co.  v.  United  States, 
Abstract  27728. 

The  Govermnent,  upon  the  other  hand,  con- 
tended that  as  the  coal  had  been  ground  and 


screened  its  physical  properties  were  changed, 
and  the  gas  treatment  transformed  its  chemical 
properties  so  that  the  resulting  product  con- 
sisted of  a  relatively  uniform  granular  mass 
with  the  basic  chemical  structure  altered  from 
that  of  coal  and  having  a  new  use.  As  authority 
for  its  contention,  th»Government  cited  United 
States  v.  Meier,  136  Fed.  764;  Holt  v.  United 
States,  Abstract  42312;  Vandegrift  v.  United 
States,  T.  D.  38521 ;  Stone  v.  United  States,  7  Ct. 
Cust.  Appls.  173,  T.  D.  36492;  Allen  Forward- 
ing Co.  v.  United  States,  Abstract  27728;  and 
Saloman  v.  United  States,  26  C.  C.  P.  A.  302, 
C.  A.  D.  32. 

The  court,  following  its  decision  in  the  case 
of  Balfour,  Guthrie  &  Co.,  Ltd.  v.  United 
States,  C.  D.  397,  and  the  cases  therein  cited, 
came  to  the  conclusion  and  so  held  that  bitu- 
minous coal  subjected  to  a  treatment  of  sul- 
phur trioxide  gas  so  that  the  sulphur  and 
oxygen  content  of  natural  coal  is  increased, 
thereby  making  the  product,  known  as  treated 
coal,  valuable  in  softening  water  in  addition 
to  its  use  as  a  fuel,  is  entitled  to  entry  free  of 
duty  under  the  eo  nomine  provision  as  to  "Coal 
.  .  j.  bituminous"  in  paragraph  1650,  Tariff 
Act  of  1930. 

Judgment  was  entered  in  favor  of  the  plaintiff 
directing  the  collector  to  re-liquidate  the  entry 
and  to  make  a  refund  of  all  duties  taken. 

SPECIAL  ASSISTANCE 

FINANCIAL  CONVENTION  WITH  THE  DOMINI- 
CAN REPUBLIC  REVISING  THE  CONVENTION 
OF  1924 

On  February  14,  1941,  the  Senate  gave  its 
advice  and  consent  to  the  ratification  by  the 
President  of  the  Convention  between  the  United 
States  and  the  Dominican  Republic  signed  on 
September  24,  1940,  modifying  the  convention 
of  December  27,  1924  (Treaty  Series  No.  726) 
relating  to  the  collection  and  application  of 
customs  in  the  Dominican  Republic.18 


"See  the  Bulletin  of  September  28.  1940   (vol.  Ill, 
no.  66),  p.  271. 


204 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Reciprocal  Trade :  Agreeiu^BjU  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Venezuela,  With  Related  Notes — 
Signed  November  6,  1939;  effective  provisionally  De- 
cember 16,  1939;  effective  definitively  December  14, 
1940.  Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  180.  Publica- 
tion 1539.    34  pp.     100. 

Admission  of  Chinese  Into  the  United  States :  Visa 
Supplement  B  of  the  Foreign  Service  Regulations, 
Notes  to  Section  XXII-2:  January  1941.  Immigra- 
tion Series  3.    Publication  1542.    35  pp.    150. 

Treaty    Information,    Cumulative    Index:    Bulletins 


70-117  Inclusive,  July  1935-June  1939.  Publication 
1548.    92  pp.     150. 

Military  Aviation  Mission :  Agreement  Between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  Ecuador — Signed  De- 
cember 12,  1940;  effective  December  12,  1940.  Execu- 
tive Agreement  Series  No.  189.  Publication  1551.  9 
pp.     5^. 

Foreign  Service  List,  January  1,  1941.  Publication 
1552.  iv,  107  pp.  Subscription,  500  a  year ;  single 
copy,  150. 

Diplomatic  List,  February  1941.  Publication  1560. 
ii,  97  pp.     Subscription,  $1  a  year ;  single  copy,  100. 

Other  Government  Agencies 

Balance  of  International  Payments  of  the  United 
States  in  1939.  (Department  of  Commerce:  Bureau  of 
Foreign  and  Domestic  Commerce,  Economic  Series  8.) 
illus.,  87  pp.     150. 


9 


sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price  10  cents     -----      -     -     Subscription  price,  $2.7;"  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH    <THE    APPROVAL    OF   THE    DIRECTOR   OP   THE    BUREAU    OF   THE    BUDGET 


THE   DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

,       II      II 


BULI 


H  II 


FEBRUARY  22,  1941 

Vol.  IV:  No.  87— Publication  1567 

Qontents 

Commercial  Policy:  Page 

World  Crisis  and  the  American  Farmer:  Address  by 

Assistant  Secretary  Acheson 207 

General: 

Comment  by  the  Under  Secretary  of  State 211 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 211 

Passport  requirements  for  British  possessions  in   the 

Western  Hemisphere 212 

The  Department: 

Senate    confirmation    of   nomination    of    G.    Rowland 

Shaw  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State 212 

The  Foreign  Service: 

Personnel  changes 212 

Nominations  of  ministers 212 

Senate   confirmation   of  nomination   of  Alexander   C. 

Kirk  as  Minister  to  Saudi  Arabia 212 

Foreign  Service  regulations 213 

Treaty  Information: 
Extradition: 

Supplementary  convention  with  Mexico 213 

Supplementary  convention  with  Guatemala  ....        213 
Industrial  property : 

Convention  for  the  Protection  of  Industrial  Property 

(Revised  1934)  (Treaty  Series  941) 213 

Arrangement  Concerning  the  Suppression  of  False 

Indications  of  Origin  on  Merchandise 213 

[Over] 


U,S*<:  ENT  OF  DOCUMENTI 

MAR   11  1941 


Qontents 


—CONTINUED. 


Treaty  Information — Continued.  Page 

Industrial  property — Continued. 

Arrangement  Concerning  the  International  Registra- 
tion of  Factory  or  Trade  Marks 214 

Arrangement  Concerning  the  International  Deposit  of 

Industrial  Designs  and  Models 214 

Legal  assistance: 

Protocol  on  Uniformity  of  Powers  of  Attorney  Which 

Are  To  Be  Utilized  Abroad    .    .    . 214 

Legislation 214 

Publications 215 


Commercial  Policy 


WORLD  CRISIS  AND  THE  AMERICAN  PARMER 


ADDRESS  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  ACHESON  : 


[Released  to  the  press  February  22] 

This  annual  meeting  of  the  National  Farm 
Institute  comes  at  a  turning  point  in  the  history 
of  this  country  and  of  the  world.  The  year  in 
which  we  are  now  living  will  reveal  whether  we, 
as  a  nation,  may  pursue,  unmolested,  our  destiny 
as  a  liberty-loving  people ;  or  whether  we  must 
face  a  death  struggle  for  the  preservation  of  our 
liberties  and  our  independence. 

We  are  today  face  to  face — to  use  the  Presi- 
dent's words — with  "forces  of  evil  which  are 
bent  on  conquest  of  the  world",  forces  which 
"will  destroy  whomever  and  whenever  they  can 
destroy".  And  these  forces,  as  Secretary  Hull 
has  stated,  have  made  it  abundantly  clear,  by 
deed  and  by  utterance,  "that  they  are  engaged 
upon  a  relentless  attempt  to  transform  the  civ- 
ilized world  as  we  have  known  it  into  a  world  in 
which  mankind  will  be  reduced  again  to  the 
degradation  of  a  master-and-slave  relationship 
among  nations  and  among  individuals,  main- 
tained by  brute  force." 

Let  there  be  no  illusion.  For  every  man,  wo- 
man, and  child  in  this  country — for  farmers  no 
less  than  for  everyone  else — the  issues  at  stake 
are  so  vast  that  they  transcend  every  other  con- 
sideration. The  defeat  of  those  who  are  holding 
the  last  fringes  of  Europe  against  the  forces 
of  ruthless  aggression  would  be  a  reverse  to  us 
of  incalculable  and  perhaps  irreparable  effect. 
We  find  ourselves  today  directly  in  the  path  of 


1  Delivered  at  the  Fifth  Annual  National  Farm  Insti- 
tute, Des  Moines,  Iowa,  February  21,  1941. 


a  hostile  alliance  which  is  making  the  most 
powerful  play  in  history  to  control  all  Europe 
and  Asia  and  which  makes  no  secret  of  its  ambi- 
tions in  this  hemisphere.  Those  nations  which 
are  resisting  the  forces  of  aggression  stand 
today  as  bastions  before  us.  It  seems  incon- 
ceivable that  any  American  could  any  longer  be 
so  naive  as  to  suppose  that,  if  these  bulwarks 
across  the  seas  were  to  go  down,  this  Nation 
would  be  spared  a  grim  struggle  for  its  very  ex- 
istence, a  struggle  in  which  all  of  the  familiar 
devices  of  totalitarian  warfare  would  be  em- 
ployed to  the  hilt  against  us. 

And  yet  there  are  some  who  refuse  squarely  to 
face  the  realities.  They  delude  themselves  with 
all  kinds  of  wishful  thinking.  They  cannot  ad- 
just their  minds  to  the  facts  of  the  world  situa- 
tion with  which  this  country  is  now  confronted. 
They  consistently  ignore  the  impacts  of  modern 
technology  upon  world  relations — impacts 
which  have  brought  all  parts  of  the  world  into 
ever  closer  geographical  proximity.  They  ig- 
nore the  manifold  forms — cruel  and  insidious — 
of  totalitarian  aggression.  They  fail  utterly  to 
grasp  the  basic  implications  of  sea  power.  They 
comfort  themselves  with  superficial  allusions  to 
the  great  width  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean  as  com- 
pared with  the  English  Channel,  while  failing 
to  recognize  that  the  defense  afforded  by  water 
is  contingent  upon  control  of  the  sea.  They  can- 
not seem  to  understand  that  oceans  are  excel- 
lent highways  for  attack,  once  they  fall  under 
the  control  of  the  attacker.  In  the  face  of  a 
supreme  crisis  which  threatens  our  very  ex- 

207 


208 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


istence  as  a  free  nation,  they  tell  us  that  we 
should  give  our  exclusive  attention  to  "putting 
our  own  house  in  order".  They  forget  that  the 
question  which  is  thrust  upon  us  is  whether  we 
shall  continue  to  be  the  masters  of  our  own 
household;  whether  we  shall  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  "putting  our  own  house  in  order". 

The  relentless  logic  of  this  situation  has  neces- 
sitated the  great  efforts  being  put  forth  for  the 
national  defense.  It  has  been  hard  for  us  as 
a  nation  to  grasp,  quickly  and  fully,  the  sinister 
implications  for  us  of  the  rapid  spread  of  inter- 
national lawlessness  and  brigandage.  We  have 
lived  so  long  in  security,  behind  the.  shelter  of 
friendly  sea  power,  that  we  have  come  to  think 
of  our  security  almost  as  if  it  were  ordained  by 
Providence  in  recognition  of  our  special  merit. 
In  the  face,  however,  of  the  rapidly  unfolding 
events  in  Europe  and  Asia,  the  overwhelming 
majority  of  our  people  have  sensed  the  real 
meaning  of  this  struggle  for  us.  That  is  why 
they  are  supporting,  with  increasing  and  grati- 
fying unity,  all  phases  of  the  national-defense 
program. 

Upon  one  phase  of  the  defense  program  there 
has  been  virtual  unanimity  from  the  very  begin- 
ning of  the  emergency — and  especially  since  the 
collapse  of  France.  All  of  us  are  agreed  upon 
the  urgent  necessity  of  re-arming  at  the  rapidest 
possible  rate,  and  upon  the  necessity  of  gaining 
adequate  time  in  which  to  re-arm.  The  crux  of 
the  problem  is  how  best  to  make  our  great  re- 
sources effective  in  behalf  of  nations  overseas 
which  are  battling  for  their  lives,  while  we  gain 
the  precious  time  which  we  must  have.  The 
only  means  of  gaining  that  time  lies  in  giving 
all  material  assistance  to  the  nations  which  are 
fighting  aggression  so  that  they  can  withstand 
the  powerful  assaults  of  the  invaders.  This  is 
a  matter  on  which  the  overwhelming  portion  of 
our  people  are  now  agreed. 

Unfortunately,  when  it  comes  to  actual  per- 
formance, some  who,  while  professing — -no 
doubt  sincerely — to  favor  all  material  aid  to  the 
victims  of  aggression,  in  practice  refuse  to  sup- 
port adequate  and  immediate  measures  to  that 
end.  They  still  cannot  believe  that  we  who  have 
had  every  gift  of  nature  are  now  denied  the 


most  precious  of  them  all — time.  There  are 
risks,  no  matter  what  we  do — but  there  is  the 
greatest  risk,  if  we  do  nothing.  All  of  us  want 
to  see  this  country  spared  the  horrors  of  par- 
ticipation in  war.  There  is  no  difference  on  that 
score.  But  every  American  worthy  of  his  salt, 
first  and  foremost,  is  determined  to  preserve  the 
independence  of  this  Nation  of  free  people  at 
whatever  sacrifice. 

I  am  profoundly  convinced  that  our  best — in- 
deed our  only — chance  of  safeguarding  our 
interests  as  a  free  and  independent  nation  lies 
in  extending  adequate  and  timely  material  aid 
to  Britain  and  the  other  victims  of  aggression. 
Unless  we  do  extend  effective  aid,  we  shall  face, 
virtually  alone,  the  full  impact  of  totalitarian 
aggression  into  this  hemisphere.  If  that  situa- 
tion should  arise — as  it  surely  will  if  the  axis 
triumphs  and  Britain  goes  down — the  question 
will  no  longer  be  whether  this  country  can  keep 
out  of  war  but  how  soon  and  under  what  con- 
ditions a  war  will  be  forced  upon  us. 

Another  phase  of  defense  which  has  not  been, 
and  must  not  be,  neglected  is  the  establishment 
of  the  solidarity  of  the  Americas  and  a  system 
of  continental  defense.  The  protection  of  the 
Panama  Canal,  so  essential  for  our  defense,  is 
but  one  of  the  many  considerations  involved. 
If  totalitarian  aggression,  in  all  of  its  sinister 
forms,  is  to  be  kept  out  of  the  United  States,  it 
must  be  kept  out  of  this  hemisphere. 

Fortunately  for  our  present  efforts,  the  good- 
neighbor  policy  and  the  many  specific  acts  which 
have  given  it  content  have  laid  strong  founda- 
tions for  a  solid  inter-American  front  in  the 
present  emergency.  I  can  here  mention  only 
briefly  the  work  that  has  been  done  toward 
building  closer  ties — political,  economic,  and 
cultural — between  the  21  American  republics. 

In  1933  the  Inter-American  Conference  at 
Montevideo  greatly  reinforced  the  doctrine  of 
non-intervention  in  the  internal  or  external  af- 
fairs of  other  nations  and  also  gave  approval 
and  impetus  to  the  liberal  principles  of  trade 
policy  which  took  concrete  form  in  the  United 
States  the  following  year  with  the  adoption  of 
the  Trade  Agreements  Act.  Building  upon  the 
foundations  laid  down  at  Montevideo,  a  series 


FEBRUARY    2 2,    1941 


209 


of  subsequent  inter-American  conferences — 
those  at  Buenos  Aires  in  1936.  at  Lima  in  193S, 
at  Panama  in  1939,  and  at  Habana  last  sum- 
mer— have  carried  forward  the  work  of  creating 
an  effective  system  of  solidarity  and  collabora- 
tion in  matters  of  common  concern  to  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere.  The  conferences  held  since  the 
outbreak  of  war  in  Europe — those  at  Panama 
and  at  Habana — were  concerned  especially  with 
developing  and  carrying  forward  a  broad  pro- 
gram of  hemisphere  defense.  Growing  out  of 
these  conferences  has  come  the  adoption  of  a 
variety  of  measures  designed  to  present  a  solid 
front  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  against  future 
encroachment  of  all  kinds — military,  economic, 
and  cultural — from  outside  the  hemisphere.  Of 
necessity,  many  of  these  measures  have  been 
concerned  with  the  more  immediate  aspects  of 
the  war-time  emergency. 

There  has,  however,  been  full  recognition  of 
the  fact  that  short-term  measures  are  not 
enough.  It  is  clear  that  maintenance  of  the  fu- 
ture solidarity  of  the  Americas  in  the  interests 
of  hemisphere  defense  involves  difficult  eco- 
nomic problems  of  a  long-range  character.  The 
Western  Hemisphere,  as  its  economy  is  organ- 
ized today,  produces  vast  surpluses  of  agricul- 
tural and  other  extractive  products  which  have 
hitherto  been  disposed  of  in  markets  outside 
the  Western  Hemisphere.  This  is  a  matter  of 
fundamental  concern  from  the  standpoint  not 
only  of  our  national  defense  but  also  of  the 
particular  interests  of  American  farmers.  It  is 
of  the  utmost  importance  both  to  themselves  and 
to  the  entire  Nation  that  farmers  in  this  country 
acquaint  themselves  with  the  problems  involved 
and  think  them  through  clearly  and  with  broad 
vision. 

It  is  obvious  that  both  short-term  and  long- 
term  measures  for  alleviating  the  surplus  situa- 
tion and  minimizing  its  effects  are  called  for; 
and,  as  many  of  you  know,  much  study  and  ef- 
fort are  now  being  given  to  this  subject.  They 
include  the  stimulation  of  complementary,  in 
the  place  of  competitive,  forms  of  agricultural 
production  in  this  hemisphere;  readjustments 
of  production  on  the  basis  of  cooperative  plan- 
ning amongst  the  producing  countries;  and  in- 

295656—41 2 


ter-American  cooperation  also  with  respect  to 
programs  for  the  orderly  world  marketing  of 
hemisphere  surpluses.  Also  of  importance  are 
measures  to  increase  consumption  in  this  hemi 
sphere  of  things  which  are  produced  within  the 
hemisphere.  One  way  of  doing  this  is  to  reduce 
trade  barriers,  as  illustrated  by  the  trade  agree- 
ments now  in  effect  between  the  United  States 
and  11  of  the  American  republics.  Another 
means  is  by  encouraging  healthy  industrializa- 
tion in  other  parts  of  the  hemisphere,  thus  cre- 
ating better-balanced  national  economies  and 
increased  purchasing  power  among  the  other 
republics. 

It  would  be  utterly  unrealistic,  however,  to 
suppose  that  there  is  any  magic  by  which  tliis 
hemisphere — whether  as  applied  to  agriculture 
or  any  other  phase  of  its  economy — can  suddenly 
lift  itself  out  of  the  rest  of  the  world  and  blithely 
charge  off  the  consequences  to  its  profit  and  loss 
account.  For  the  fact  is  that  the  Western  Hem- 
isphere is  closely  integrated  economically  with 
the  rest  of  the  world,  and  particularly  with 
Europe,  as  a  result  of  the  trade  and  other  rela- 
tionships which  have  been  built  up  over  a  long 
period  of  years.  AVe  can  take  steps  to  reduce 
dependence  upon  export  markets  beyond  our 
hemisphere,  and  we  are  doing  so.  But  unless 
we  wish  to  face  the  prospect  of  the  most  violent 
readjustments  in  both  agricultural  and  other 
phases  of  our  economic  life,  we  cannot  afford  to 
take  a  defeatist  attitude  toward  the  world  situ- 
ation. We  must  recognize  from  the  outset  that, 
in  spite  of  all  feasible  measures,  this  hemisphere 
will  continue  to  have  a  vital  stake  in  the  restora- 
tion of  orderly  conditions  in  other  parts  of  the 
world  on  terms  which,  as  Mr.  Nelson  Rocke- 
feller2 has  recently  said,  will  not  only  protect 
the  future  of  democracy  but  which  will  make  it 
possible  for  our  surpluses  to  be  fairly  and  freely 
sold. 

This  hemisphere  does  not  contain  the  essential 
characteristics  of  a  self-contained  economic  area. 
While  pushing  forward  all  feasible  measures  of 
sound  readjustment,  it  must,  in  its  own  best 


2  Coordinator  of  Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations 
Between  the  American  Republics. 


211) 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


interests,  Look  elsewhere  for  market  outlets  for 
large  surpluses  of  extractive  products.  This  is 
true  of  our  country  as  well  as  of  the  other  Amer- 
ican nations.  Unless  we  would  deceive  our- 
selves, we  must  look  forward  to  the  necessity  of 
maintaining  access  to  markets  outside-  the  hemi- 
sphere which  are  capable  of  absorbing  large 
quantities  of  our  surpluses. 

This  basic  fact  has  important  implications 
from  the  standpoint  of  trade  policy.  It  is  clear 
that  we  shall  continue  to  need  access  to  the 
markets  afforded  by  the  large  laboring  popula- 
tions of  industrial  countries  overseas.  Vast  as 
is  the  consuming  power  of  industrial  United 
States,  it  is  not  great  enough  to  absorb  the  agri- 
cultural surpluses  which  arise  from  our  own 
production  plus  that  of  the  other  American  re- 
publics. Hut  our  access  to  overseas  markets 
must  be  such  that  we  do  not  stand  at  the  mercy 
of  foreign  buyers.  The  prospect  of  having  to 
sell  our  surpluses  in  a  Europe  which  is  under 
the  domination  of  a  buyers'  monopoly  main- 
tained by  a  foreign  dictatorship  is  one  which 
farmers  in  this  hemisphere  cannot  afford  to  face 
with  equanimity.  Above  all  things,  this  hemi- 
sphere must  continue  to  have  unrestricted  access 
to  the  great  British  market.  Should  the  war 
end  in  the  closing  not  only  of  the  continental 
European  market  but  also  of  the  British  mar- 
ket— "closing"  except  for  such  limited  access  as 
might  suit  the  convenience  of  totalitarian  dic- 
tatorship— American  farmers  will  inevitably 
face  severe  measures  of  readjustment,  at  great 
sacrifices  to  themselves  and  to  our  entire  national 
economy. 

In  their  own  immediate  interest  as  producers, 
it  follows,  therefore,  that  farmers  in  this  coun- 
try cannot  afford  to  throw  up  their  hands  in 
dismay  and  write  off  the  whole  European  situa- 
tion as  hopeless  for  the  future.  The  steps  which 
are  being  taken  in  this  hemisphere  to  strengthen 
our  position  in  anticipation  of  the  possible  con- 
tinuance of  unfavorable  conditions  in  other 
parts  of  the  world  are  obviously  all  to  the  good. 
Meanwhile,  however,  nothing  but  harm  can 
come    from    the   adoption   of   a   defeatist    atti- 


tude— a  policy  of  retreat.  American  agri- 
culture has  a  tremendous  direct  stake  in  the  out- 
come of  the  war  as  it  will  affect  I  he  kind  of 
outside  world  with  which  we  in  this  hemisphere 
and  in  this  country  will  have  to  do  business  in 
the  future. 

But  the  stake  of  the  American  farmer  in  the 
outcome  of  the  war  is  much  broader  than  that. 
Like  all  other  citizens,  farmers  have  a  vital  in- 
terest in  the  preservation  of  American  inde- 
pendence and  American  liberty,  under  condi- 
I  ions  which  will  permit  the  orderly  development 
of  our  economic  life  and  hence  rising  standards 
of  living  for  our  people. 

I  have  already  emphasized  the  threat  to  our 
national  security  which  is  inherent  in  the  pres- 
ent world  situation.  Were  the  aggressor  na- 
tions to  triumph  in  this  war,  this  Nation  would 
face  the  necessity  of  maintaining  vast  and  un- 
precedented armaments  on  a  permanent  basis. 
There  would  be  no  escape  from  this  dilemma. 
In  the  final  analysis,  this  stupendous  burden 
must  fall  upon  every  element  of  our  population 
but  with  crushing  effect  upon  agriculture. 
Greatly  increased  taxes  and  the  dissipation  of  a 
huge  part  of  our  national  effort  in  unproduc- 
tive pursuits  would  be  a  dead  weight  upon  the 
living  standards  of  our  people.  And  you  know 
that  that  weight  falls  first  upon  the  food  and 
clothing  which  come  from  the  soil.  With  for- 
eign markets  closed  or  controlled,  the  farmer 
would  find  that  the  expansion  of  the  domestic 
market  which  has  been  going  forward  for  the 
past  eight  years  would  be  reversed.  He  would 
find  here,  as  the  people  of  Europe  have  found, 
that  the  alternative  is  guns  or  butter,  and  it 
wotdd  have  to  be  guns. 

And  so  I  say  to  you,  as  farmers  and  as  citi- 
zens: the  hour  of  supreme  national  trial  is  upon 
us — this  year  and  now.  The  attitudes  which 
we  take  and  the  decisions  we  make  in  this  very 
year — 1941 — penetrate  to  the  very  fundamentals 
of  the  problem  of  our  continued  existence  as  a 
free  and  independent  nation. 

First  and  last,  we  are  all  Americans,  and  our 
greatest   responsibility  today  is  to  preserve  for 


211 


ourselves  and  our  children  t ho  great  promise  on 
which  this  Nation  was  founded  and  has  devel- 
oped and  prospered.  We  cannot  meet  this  re- 
sponsibility unless  wi  are  willing  to  play  our 
pari  in  world  affairs.  We  cannot  afford  to 
shrink  from  the  realities  of  our  position;  and  if 
we  falsely  attempt  to  do  so.  our  folly  will  recoil 
upon  us.  These  are  times  which  call  for  vision 
and  courage.  Small  men  with  small  views  can- 
not do  big  things.  If  we  become  a  prey  to  nar- 
row conceptions  ami  to  moral  weakness  in  this 
great  crisis,  we  shall  be  false  to  the  greatness  of 
this  country  which  has  produced  us  and  all  we 
have  and  are.  Policies  of  retreat  can  lead  only 
id  national  disaster.  I  beg  of  each  of  you  to 
take  to  your  hearts  the  words  which  Lincoln  said 
to  your  fathers  in  the  darkest  hours  of  another 
national  crisis: 

"Fellow  citizens,  we  cannot  escape  history. 
We  of  this  Congress  and  this  Administration 
will  be  remembered  in  spite  of  ourselves.  No 
personal  significance  or  insignificance  can  spare 
one  ()]•  another  of  us.  The  fiery  trial  through 
which  we  pass  will  light  us  down  in  honor  or 
dishonor  to  the  latest  generation.  .  .  .  We — 
even  we  here — hold  the  power  and  bear  the  re- 
sponsibility. .  .  .  We  shall  nobly  save  or 
meanly  lost'  the  last,  best  hope  of  earth." 


General 


COMMENT 
BY  THE  UNDEE  SECRETARY  ( )F  STATE 

In  response  to  questions  of  newspaper  corre- 
spondents at  his  press  conference  February  18. 
regarding  reported  remarks  of  spokesmen  of 
foreign  governments,  including  statements  at- 
tributed to  Japanese  officials  that  Japan  had  no 
intention  of  attacking  British  and  Dutch  in- 
terests in  the  South  Pacific;  minimizing  re- 
ports of  anxiety  on  the  part  of  Great  Britain, 
the  United  States,  and  other  countries;  and 
declaring,  among  other  things,  that  everything 


would  be  all  right  if  the  United  State:-  would 
withdraw  to  the  Western  Hemisphere,  the 
Under  Secretary  of  State,  Sumner  Welles, 
made  the  following  general  statement: 

"In  the  very  critical  world  condition  which 
exists  today,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  is  far  more  interested  in  the  deeds  of 
other  nations  than  the  statements  which  some 
of  their  spokesmen  may  make.'' 

CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL 
DEFENSE 

The  following  circular  letter  to  all  collectors 
of  customs  was  sent  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
February  '20.  1041: 

••Reference  is  made  to  the  Department's  air 
mail  circular  letters  of  July  18.  1940  and  of 
August  .">.  1940  in  regard  to  the  interpretation 
of  the  regulations  issued  by  the  President  pur- 
suant to  section  6  of  the  Export  Control  Act. 
approved  on  July  2,  1940. 

"With  reference  to  the  Department's  letter  of 
July  1*.  you  may,  pending  further  instructions, 
permit  without  the  requirement  of  a  license  the 
exportation  of  all  chemicals,  except  quinine 
sulphate,  conforming  to  the  United  States 
Pharmacopeia  (U.  S.  P.),  the  National  Formu- 
lary (N.  F.).  or  the  Chemically  Pure  Analyti- 
cal Reagent  (C.  P.  A.  R.)  standards,  which 
contain  as  ingredients  any  of  the  basic  materials 
or  chemicals  listed  in  the  regulations  referred 
to  above,  provided  the  total  quantity  of  any  one 
chemical  per  shipment  shall  not  exceed  100 
pounds.  Your  particular  attention  is  invited  to 
the  exception  in  respect  to  quinine  sulphate  and 
to  the  fact  that  all  shipments  of  this  material, 
except  such  as  fall  within  the  purview  of  the 
following  paragraph,  are  subject  to  the  require- 
ment of  an  export  license,  whether  or  not  they 
conform  to  the  standards  mentioned.  All  ship- 
ments of  mercury,  which  is  a  metal  and  not  a 
chemical,  also  require  an  export  license  unless 
they  fall  within  the  terms  of  the  following 
paragraph. 


212 


DEPARTMENT    OE   STATE    BULLETIN 


"As  you  were  informed  in  the  Department's 
Idler  of  August  5,  you  may,  until  further  notice. 
permit  without  the  requirement  of  a  license  the 
exportation  of  all  medicinal,  dental  and  pro- 
prietary preparations  in  bottles,  tubes,  vials, 
capsules,  boxes  or  other  containers  for  indi- 
vidual consumption. 

"You  arc  requested  to  exercise  due  diligence 
to  prevent  any  abuse  of  the  above-described 
privileges  and  to  report  to  the  Department  of 
State  immediately  any  evidence  of  such  abuse." 

PASSPORT  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  BRIT- 
ISH POSSESSIONS  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

l  Released  to  tlie  press  Februa  r.v  1  7  ] 

American  citizens  proceeding  to  Newfound- 
land, Bermuda.  Jamaica,  Antigua,  St.  Lucia, 
Trinidad,  and  British  Guiana  should  be  in  pos- 
session of  valid  passports.  Army  and  Navy 
personnel  proceeding  to  these  points,  who  have 
been  documented  by  the  War  or  Navy  Depart- 
ments, are  exempt  from  this  requirement.  Per- 
sons proceeding  on  a  continuous  voyage  on  ves- 
sels which  touch  at  these  places  do  not  need  pass- 
ports provided  they  are  remaining  at  the  places 
mentioned  only  while  the  ships  on  which  they 
are  traveling  are  in  port. 

At  least  10  days  "will  be  required  after  an  ap- 
plication is  submit  ted  before  a  passport  will  be 
granted.  It  will  also  be  necessary  for  persons 
bearing  passports  to  obtain  British  visas. 


The  Foreign  Service 


The  Department 


SENATE  CONFIRMATION  OF  NOMINA- 
TION OF  G.  HOWLAND  SHAW  AS 
ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  OF  STATE 

On  February  20.  1!>41,  the  Senate  confirmed 
the  Executive  nomination  of  Mr.  G.  Howland 
Shaw  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State.  Mr. 
Shaw  is  now  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Foreign 
Service  Personnel  of  the  Department. 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  February  21] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  February  8, 
1941: 

James  G.  Carter,  of  Brunswick.  Ga.,  Consul 
at  Tananarive,  Madagascar,  has  been  assigned 
as  Consul  General  at  Tananarive,  Madagascar. 

George  E.  Seltzer,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Consul 
at  Ponta  Delgada,  Sao  Miguel  (St.  Michael), 
Azores,  will  retire  from  the  Foreign  Service 
effective  July  1,  1941. 

Robert  P.  Joyce,  of  Pasadena.  Calif.,  Second 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at  Belgrade, 
Yugoslavia,  has  been  designated  Second  Secre- 
tary of  Embassy  at  Habana,  Cuba. 

Alfred  R.  Thomson,  of  Silver  Spring,  Md., 
Consul  General  at  Dresden,  Germany,  has  been 
assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Hamburg,  Ger- 
many. 

NOMINATIONS  OF  MINISTERS 

On  February  21,  the  Senate  received  the  fol- 
lowing Executive  nominations: 

Pierre  de  L.  Boal.  of  Pennsylvania,  now  a 
Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  I  and  Counselor 
of  Embassy  at  Mexico,  D.  F..  Mexico,  to  be 
Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipoten- 
tiary of  the  United  States  of  America  to 
Nicaragua. 

Wesley  Frost,  of  Kentucky,  now  a  Foreign 
Service  officer  of  class  I  and  lately  Counselor 
of  Embassy  at  Santiago,  Chile,  to  be  Envoy 
Extraordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  of 
the  United  Slates  of  America  to  Paraguay. 

SENATE  CONFIRMATION  OF  NOMINA- 
TION OF  ALEXANDER  C.  KIRK  AS 
MINISTER  TO  SAUDI  ARABIA 

On  February  20,  1941,  the  Senate  confirmed 
the  Executive  nomination  of  Mr.  Alexander  C. 


FEBRUARY    22,    1941 


213 


Kirk,  now  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  to  Egypt,  to  be  also  Envoy  Ex- 
traordinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to 
Saudi  Arabia, 

FOREIGN  SERVICE  REGULATIONS 

On  February  19,  1941,  tbe  President  signed 


Executive  Order  No.  8689  amending  the  For- 
eign Service.  Regulations  of  the  United  States 
(Chapter  XVII:  Civil  Vessels  and  Aircraft). 
For  text  of  this  order  see  the  Federal  Register 
of  February  21,  1941  (vol.  6,  no.  36),  pp.  1083- 
1085  (The  National  Archives  of  the  United 
States). 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


EXTRADITION 

SUPPLEMENTARY   CONVENTION  WITH   MEXICO 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Mexico  re- 
ported by  a  telegram  dated  February  17,  1941, 
that  the  exchange  of  ratifications  of  the  Supple- 
mentary Extradition  Convention  between  the 
United  States  and  Mexico  signed  on  August  16, 
1939,  took  place  at  Mexico  City  on  February  17, 
1941. 

This  convention  is  made  an  integral  part  of 
the  extradition  treaty  of  February  22,  1899,  be- 
tween the  two  countries  (Treaty  Series  242), 
and  it  is  agreed  that  it  shall  be  applied  when 
cases  arise  to  all  the  crimes  listed  in  that  treaty 
and  to  the  further  crimes  added  by  the  supple- 
mentary extradition  conventions  of  June  25, 
1902  (Treaty  Series  421)  and  December  23, 1925 
(Treaty  Series  741). 

This  supplementary  convention  will  enter 
into  force  10  days  after  its  publication  in  con- 
formity with  the  laws  of  the  contracting  parties, 
such  period  to  be  computed  from  its  publication 
in  the  country  last  publishing,  and  it  will  con- 
tinue and  terminate  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
treaty  of  February  22,  1899. 

SUPPLEMENTARY  CONVENTION  WITH 
GUATEMALA 

The  American  Legation  at  Guatemala  re- 
ported in  a  telegram  dated  February  18,  1941, 
that  according  to  information  received  from  the 
Guatemalan  Government  the  publication  on  its 


part  of  the  Supplementary  Extradition  Con- 
vention signed  with  the  United  States  on  Febru- 
ary 19,  1940,  ratifications  of  which  were  ex- 
changed on  February  6,  1941,  would  take  place 
on  February  18,  1941. 

The  convention  will  therefore  enter  into  force 
10  days  after  its  publication  on  behalf  of  the 
United  States,  which  will  be  the  country  last 
publishing  it, 

INDUSTRIAL  PROPERTY 

CONVENTION  FOR  THE  PROTECTION  OF  INDUS- 
TRIAL PROPERTY  (REVISED  1934)  (TREATY 
SERIES  941) 

Morocco   {French ) 

By  a  note  dated  February  11,  1941,  the  Swiss 
Minister  at  Washington  informed  the  Secretary 
of  State  that  the  French  Embassy  at  Bern,  by  a 
note  dated  November  25, 1940,  notified  the  Swiss 
Federal  Council  of  the  adherence  of  Morocco  to 
the  Convention  for  the  Protection  of  Industrial 
Property,  revised  at  London  on  June  2,  1934. 
The  note  adds  that  the  adherence  became  effec- 
tive on  January  21,  1941. 

ARRANGEMENT  CONCERNING  THE  SUPPRES- 
SION OF  FALSE  INDICATIONS  OF  ORIGIN  ON 
MERCHANDISE 

Morocco  (French) 

The  above-mentioned  note  of  February  11, 
1941,  from  the  Swiss  Minister  states  also  that 
the  French  Embassy  at  Bern  notified  the  Swiss 


214 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


Federal  Council  of  the  adherence  of  Morocco 
to  the  Arrangement  Concerning  the  Suppression 
of  False  Indications  of  Origin  on  Merchandise, 
revised  at  London  on  June  2, 1934.  The  adher- 
ence became  effective  on  January  21, 1941. 

ARRANGEMENT  CONCERNING  THE  INTERNA- 
TIONAL REGISTRATION  OF  FACTORY  OR 
TRADE  MARKS 

Morocco  {French) 

By  a  note  dated  February  11,  1941,  the  Swiss 
Minister  at  Washington  informed  the  Secretary 
of  State  that  the  French  Embassy  at  Bern  in- 
formed the  Swiss  Federal  Council  by  a  note 
dated  November  25,  1940,  of  the  adherence  of 
Morocco  to  the  Arrangement  concerning  the  In- 
ternational Registration  of  Factory  or  Trade 
Marks,  as  revised  at  London  on  June  2,  1934. 
The  note  adds  that  the  adherence  became  effec- 
tive on  January  21,  1941. 

ARRANGEMENT  CONCERNING  THE  INTERNA- 
TIONAL DEPOSIT  OF  INDUSTRIAL  DESIGNS 
AND  MODELS 

Morocco   (French) 

The  above-mentioned  note  of  the  Swiss  Minis- 
ter dated  February  11,  1941,  adds  that  the 
French  Embassy  at  Bern  notified  the  Swiss  Fed- 
eral Council  by  its  note  of  November  25,  1940, 
of  the  adherence  of  Morocco  to  the  Arrange- 
ment Concerning  the  International  Deposit  of 
Industrial  Designs  and  Models,  as  revised  at 
London  on  June  2,  1934.  The  note  states  that 
the  adherence  became  effective  on  January  21, 
1941. 

LEGAL  ASSISTANCE 

PROTOCOL  ON  UNIFORMITY  OF  POWERS  OF 
ATTORNEY  WHICH  ARE  TO  BE  UTILIZED 
ABROAD 

El  Salvador 

By  a  letter  dated  February  15,  1941,  the 
Director  General  of  the  Pan  American  Union 
informed  the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  El  Salvador  of  the 
Protocol  on  Uniformity  of  Powers  of  Attorney 
Which  Are  To  Be  Utilized  Abroad,  which  was 
opened    for   signature   at   the   Pan   American 


Union  on  February  17, 1940,  was  deposited  with 
the  Union  on  February  6, 1941. 

The  instrument  of  ratification  which  is  dated 
December  9,  1940,  contains  reservations  which 
read,  in  translation,  as  follows : 

"(a)  Article  IX,  as  respects  its  application 
in  El  Salvador,  shall  be  considered  as  reading 
as  follows: 

"  'Article  IX.  The  Powers  granted  in  any  of 
the  countries  of  the  Pan  American  Union  in 
accordance  with  the  foregoing  vjrovisions  and 
in  conformity  with  the  laws  of  the  country  of 
origin,  shall,  for  their  execution  in  any  other 
country  of  the  Union,  be  considered  as  granted 
before  a  competent  notary  of  the  country  in 
which  they  may  be  executed,  without  prejudice, 
however,  to  the  necessity  of  protocolizing  the 
instruments  in  the  cases  referred  to  in  Article 
VII.' 

"(b)  The  reservation  is  made  to  Article  VIII 
that  official  activity  of  the  attorney,  as  plaintiff 
or  defendant,  cannot  be  admitted  in  judicial 
or  administrative  matters  for  which  Salvadoran 
laws  require  that  representation  be  accredited 
by  a  special  power." 


Legislation 


Change  in  Text  of  the  Appropriation,  "Salaries,  Am- 
bassadors and  Ministers,"  1942:  Communication  From 
the  President  of  the  United  States  Transmitting  an 
Amendment  to  the  Budget  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1942  In- 
volving a  Change  in  the  Test  of  the  Appropriation, 
"Salaries,  Ambassadors  and  Ministers,"  Fiscal  Year 
1942,  and  the  Draft  of  a  Proposed  Provision  Pertaining 
to  the  Same  Appropriation  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1941 
[making  the  appropriation  available  for  the  salary  of 
an  Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary  to 
Uruguay  at  the  rate  of  $17,500  per  annum].  (H.  Doc. 
117,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)     2  pp.     5^. 

To  Promote  the  Defense  of  the  United  States :  Hear- 
ings Before  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Relations,  United 
States  Senate,  Seventy-seventh  Congress,  First  Session, 
on  S.  275,  a  Bill  Further  To  Promote  the  Defense  of  the 
United  States,  and  For  Other  Purposes. 

Parti:  Jan.   27   to   Feb.   3,   1941.     iv,   pp.   1-306. 
35tf. 

Part  2 :  Feb.  4  to  Feb.  10,  1941.     iv,  pp.  307-830. 

Part  3 :  Feb.  11,  1941.     iv,  pp.  831-914. 


FEBRUARY    2  2,    1941 

Facts  and  Pertinent  Provisions  of  Law  in  Cases  of 
Certain  Aliens:  Letter  From  the  Attorney  General 
Transmitting  a  Report  Stating  All  of  the  Facts  and 
Pertinent  Provisions  of  Law  in  Cases  of  Certain  Aliens 
Whose  Deportations  Have  Been  Suspended  for  More 
Than  6  Months ;  to  the  Committee  on  Immigration  and 
Naturalization.  (H.  Doc.  47,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)  iv, 
124  pp.     150. 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Heavy  Cattle  During 
the  Calendar  Year  1941 :  Proclamation  by  the  President 
of  the  United  States  of  America  Issued  November  30, 
1940  Pursuant  to  Article  III  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade 
Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Canada  Signed  November  17,  1938,  and  Related  Notes. 
Executive  Agreement  Series  No.  190.  Publication  1554. 
7  pp.     50. 

Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Crude  Petroleum  and 
Fuel  Oil :  Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the  United 


215 

States  of  America,  Issued  December  12,  1939  Pursuant 
to  Article  VII  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Venezuela 
Signed  November  6,  1939.  Executive  Agreement  Series 
No.  191.     Publication  1557.     5  pp.    50. 

Termination  in  Part  of  Concession  on  Handkerchiefs : 
Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America  Issued  November  28,  1940  Pursuant  to  Article 
XVI  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  Between  the 
United  States  of  America  and  Switzerland  Signed  Jan- 
uary 9,  1936,  and  Related  Notes.  Executive  Agreement 
Series  No.  193.     Publication  1558.     12  pp.     50. 

Telecommunication :  Convention  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Other  Powers — Signed  at  Madrid 
December  9,  1932;  proclaimed  June  27,  1934.  Treaty 
Series  No.  867  [Reprint,  exclusive  of  General  Radio 
Regulations,  Final  Protocol,  and  Additional  Radio  Reg- 
ulations; Supplemented  by  Treaty  Series  No.  948]. 
60  pp.     100. 

Other  Government  Agencies 

Twenty-fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  United  States 
Tariff  Commission  :  1940.  vi,  61  pp.  (H.  Doc.  15,  77th 
Cong.,  1st  sess.) 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price  10  cents Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH   THE   APPROVAL   OF   THE    DIRECTOR   OF   THE   BUREAU   OF   THE    BUDGET 


s*U 


"VWl  -"Wa*» 


E  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

.A  )l  A 


.O  U  JL^ 


i 


Ml 


Vol.  IV:   No. 


MARCH   1,  1941 
-Publication  1568 


Qontents 


General:  Pai;e 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 219 

Europe: 

Declarations  of  war  by  belligerent  countries 224 

United  States  exports  to  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 

Republics 227 

American  Republics: 

Air  tour  by  the  Inter-American  Escadrille 228 

Cultural  Relations: 

Address  by  the  President 229 

Membership  of  Vice  President  Wallace  on  the  General 

Advisory  Committee  on  Cultural  Relations    ....        230 

Lectures  by  distinguished  Americans  in  other  American 

republics 230 

Meeting  in  Mexico  City  of  the  Council  of  Rural  Educa- 
tion             231 

Translation  into  Portuguese  of  "Epic  of  America"    .    .        231 

Publications 231 

Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  Etc.: 

Monthly  statistics 232 

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc.: 

North  American  Regional  Radio-Engineering  Meeting  .        236 

The  Foreign  Service: 

Personnel  changes 238 

Examination 239 

Nominations 239 

[Over] 


U.  S,  £ 

MAR  Z2,  1941 


Qontents 


CONTINUED. 


Treaty  Information:  Page 

Diplomatic  officers: 

Pan  American  Convention 239 

Telecommunications: 

North  American  Regional  Radio  Agreement     .    .    .        240 
Education : 

Convention   for   the   Promotion   of   Inter-American 

Cultural  Relations  (Treaty  Series  928) 240 

Agriculture : 

Convention  for  the  Unification  of  the  Methods  of 

Keeping  and  Operating  Cattle  Herd  books  ....        240 
Commerce : 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement    .    .    .        240 
Nature  protection  and  wildlife  preservation: 

Convention    on    Nature    Protection    and    Wildlife 

Preservation  in  the  Western  Hemisphere 240 


General 


CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS   IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


[Released  to  the  press  February  25] 

The  President  announced  February  25  the 
issuance  of  two  proclamations,  with  accompany- 
ing Executive  orders,  recommended  to  him  by 
Brig.  Gen.  Russell  L.  Maxwell,  Administrator 
of  Export  Control.  These  proclamations  ex- 
tend the  export-licensing  system  to  include  ad- 
ditional articles  and  materials  needed  in  our 
domestic  defense  program. 

The  first  proclamation,  which  becomes  effec- 
tive March  10,  1941,  includes  Belladonna. 
Atropine,  Sole  Leather,  and  Belting  Leather. 

The  second  proclamation,  which  becomes 
effective  immediately,  includes  Beryllium, 
Graphite  electrodes,  and  Aircraft  pilot  trainers 
(used  for  ground  instruction). 

The  texts  of  the  proclamations  and  Executive 
orders  follow: 

Control  or  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 

AND  MATERLVLS 

BY  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF 
AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  en- 
titled "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense,"  approved  July  2. 1940, 
provides  as  follows : 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or 
component  parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools, 
or  material,  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  manu- 
facture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he  may 
by  proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such  expor- 

297233 — 41—1 


tation,  except  under  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proclamation 
shall  describe  the  articles  or  materials  included 
in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment  contained 
therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of  any  provi- 
sion of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or  reg- 
ulation, issued  hereunder,  such  violator  or 
violators,  upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished  by 
a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000,  or  by  imprison- 
ment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or  by  both 
such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  authority 
granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate  June  30, 
1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  otherwise 
provide." 

Xow,  therefore,  I,  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt, 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do  hereby 
proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have  deter- 
mined that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  the 
national  defense  that  on  and  after  March  10, 
1941,  the  following-described  articles  and  ma- 
terials shall  not  be  exported  from  the  United 
States  except  when  authorized  in  each  case  by 
a  license  as  provided  for  in  Proclamation  No. 
2413 »  of  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "Administration 
of  section  6  of  the  Act  entitled  'An  Act  To  ex- 
pedite the  strengthening  of  the  national  defense' 
approved  July  2.  1940" : 

(1)  Belladonna 

(2)  Atropine 

(3)  Sole  Leather 

(4)  Belting  Leather 


'5  F.R.  2467:  Bulletin  of  July  6,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no. 
54),  pp.  12-13. 

219 


220 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set 
my  hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  25th  day 

of  February,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen 

hundred  and  forty-one,  and  of  the 

[seal]     Independence  of  the  United  States 

of  America  the  one  hundred   and 

sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President : 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 
[No.  2460] 

Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

by  the  president  of  the  united  states  of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  en- 
titled "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense,"  approved  July  2,  1940, 
provides  as  follows : 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national  de- 
fense to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation  of 
any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or  com- 
ponent parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools,  or 
materia],  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  manu- 
facture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he  may 
by  proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such  expor- 
tation, except  under  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proclamation 
shall  describe  the  articles  or  materials  included 
in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment  contained 
therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of  any  provi- 
sion of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or  reg- 
ulation, issued  hereunder,  such  violator  or  vio- 
lators, upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished  by  a 
fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000,  or  by  imprison- 
ment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or  by  both 
such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  authority 
granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate  June  30, 
1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  otherwise  pro- 
vide." 


Now,  therefore,  I,  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt, 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do  hereby 
proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have  deter- 
mined that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  the 
national  defense  that  on  and  after  this  date  the 
following-described  articles  and  materials  shall 
not  be  exported  from  the  United  States  except 
when  authorized  in  each  case  by  a  license  as  pro- 
vided for  in  Proclamation  No.  2413  of  July  2, 
1940,  entitled  "Administration  of  section  6  of 
the  Act  entitled  'An  Act  To  expedite  the 
strengthening  of  the  national  defense'  approved 
July  2,  1940.": 

(1)  Beryllium 

(2)  Graphite  electrodes 

(3)  Aircraft  fiilot  trainers 

In  witness  avhereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  25th  day 
of  February,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
[seal]     nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one,  and 
of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America  the  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President : 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 
[No.  2461] 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  the  President's  Proclamation  of 
February  25,  1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved  July  2, 
1940,  and  Amending  Regulations  of  January 
15, 1941,  Covering  the  Exportation  of  Certain 
Articles  and  Materials 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 


MARCH    1,    1941 


221 


fense,"  I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  addi- 
tional regulations  governing  the  exportation  of 
the  articles  and  materials  designated  in  my 
proclamation  of  February  25,  1941 : 

1.  The  articles  and  materials  designated  in 
my  proclamation  of  February  25, 1941,  pursuant 
to  section  6  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  shall  be 
construed  to  include  the  following: 

(1.)  Belladonna:  B  F 

Belladonna      Leaves,      U.S.P. 
( Belladonnae  Folium) : 
Belladonna    Plaster,    U.S.P. 
(Emplastrum    Belladon- 
nae) 
Extract  of  Belladonna,  U.S.P. 
(Extractum      Belladon- 
nae) 
Fluid  Extract  of  Belladonna 
Leaf,  N.F.  (Fluid  extrac- 
tum Belladonnae   Folii) 
Tincture      of       Belladonna, 
U.S.P.  (Tinctura  Bella- 
donnae) 
Belladonna  Ointment,  U.S.P. 
(Unguentum     Belladon- 
na) 
Belladonna  Root,  U.S.P.  (Bella- 
donnae Radix): 
Fluid  Extract  of  Belladonna 
Root,  U.S.P.  (Fluid  ex- 
tractum       Belladonnae 
Radicis) 
Belladonna    Liniment,    N.F. 
(Linamentum  Belladon- 
nae) 
(2.)   Atropine: 

Atropine,  U.S.P.  alkaloid  (atro- 
pine, atropia): 
Atropine  Hydrobromide 
Atropine  Hydrochloride 
Atropine  Methylbromide 
Atropine  Methylnitrate 
Atropine  Nitrate 
Atropine  Salicylate 
Atropine  Sulfate,  U.S.P.  (At- 
ropine Sulfae) 
Atropine  Sulfuric  Acid 
Atropine  Valerate 
(3.)   Sole  Leather 

Bends,  backs,  and  sides 
(4.)  Belting  Leather  0330  0359* 

2.  The  numbers  appearing  in  the  columns 
designated  B  and  F  in  paragraph  1  hereof  refer 
to  the  numbers  in  Schedule  B  "Statistical  Clas- 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


2209* 


8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

81S0* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

8127.  9* 

8180* 

0324 

0328 

sification  of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported 
from  the  United  States,"  and  Schedule  F  "For- 
eign Exports  (Re-Exports),"  respectively,  is- 
sued by  the  United  States  Department  of  Com- 
merce, both  effective  January  1,  1941.  The 
words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are  in- 
cluded solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical 
classification.  An  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that 
the  classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with 
that  in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive  of  the  Regu- 
lations issued  July  2,  1940,2  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  are  applicable  to  the 
exportation  of  the  articles  and  materials  listed 
in  paragraph  1  (1.)  through  (4.)  inclusive. 

4.  Executive  Order  No.  8640'  is  hereby 
amended  to  include  within  its  provisions  the 
articles  and  materials  designated  in  my  procla- 
mation of  February  25,  1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
February  25, 1941. 

[No.  8693] 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation or  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  the  President's  Proclamation  of 
February  25, 1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  Section 
6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved  July  2, 
1940,  and  Amending  Regulations  of  January 
15,  1941,  Covering  the  Exportation  of  Certain 
Articles  and  Materials 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by 
the  provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense," I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  addi- 
tional regulations  governing  the  exportation  of 
the  articles  and  materials  designated  in  my 
proclamation  of  February  25,  1941 : 

1.  The  articles  and  materials  designated  in 
my  proclamation  of  February  25,  1941,  pursu- 


2  5  F.R.  2469. 

3  6  F.R.  455;  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941   (vol.  IV, 

no.  82),  p.  91. 


222 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


B 

F 

6245* 

6640; 

6249* 

6640: 

8399.  9* 

83991 

5473 

5960: 

9190* 

9190! 

ant  to  section  6  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  shall 
be  construed  to  include  the  following: 

(1.)   Beryllium: 

Ores  and  concentrates  (except 

gem  varieties) 
Metal,  alloys  and  scrap 
Beryllium  salts  and  compounds 
(2.)  Graphite  electrodes 
(3.)  Aircraft    Pilot    Trainers: 
Trainers  for  ground  instruction 
of   pilots,    student    pilots, 
and  combat  crews  for  air- 
craft in  instrument  flying, 
navigation,     bombing,    or 
gunnery 

2.  The  numbers  appearing  in  the  columns 
designated  B  and  F  in  paragraph  1  hereof  refer 
to  the  numbers  in  Schedule  B  "Statistical  Clas- 
sification of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported 
from  the  United  States,"  and  Schedule  F "For- 
eign Exports  (Re-Exports),"  respectively,  is- 
sued by  the  United  States  Department  of  Com- 
merce, both  effective  January  1,  1941.  The 
words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are  in- 
cluded solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical  clas- 
sification. An  nsterisk  (*)  indicates  that  the 
classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with 
that  in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive  of  the  Regu- 
lations issued  July  2,  1940,  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  are  applicable  to 
the  exportation  of  the  articles  and  materials 
listed  in  paragraph  1  (1.)  through  (3.)  in- 
clusive. 

4.  Executive  Order  No.  8640  is  hereby 
amended  to  include  within  its  provisions  the 
articles  and  materials  designated  in  my  procla- 
mation of  February  25.  1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
February  25, 19J,1. 

[No.  86941 


On  February  28,  1941,  the  Division  of  Con- 
trols of  the  Department  of  State  issued  the  fol- 
lowing informational  sheet : 


"In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Executive  Order  of  January  15,  1941,4  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  has  today  issued  the  following 
general  licenses  for  the  export  to  Great  Britain 
and  Northern  Ireland  of  articles  and  materials 
named  in  the  proclamations,  regulations,  and 
Executive  Orders  issued  pursuant  to  section  6 
of  the  Export  Control  Act  approved  July  2, 
1940: 

"License  No.  GAA  2  for  aluminum 
No.  GAB  2  for  antimony 
No.  GAC  2  for  asbestos 
No.  GAD  2  for  chromium 
No.  GAE  2  for  cotton  linters 
No.  GAP  2  for  flax 
No.  GAH  2  for  hides 
No.  GAJ  2  for  manganese 
No.  GAK  2  for  magnesium 
No.  GAL  2  for  manila  fiber 
No.  GAO  2  for  molybdenum 
No.  GAP  2  for  optical  glass 
No.  GAR  2  for  quartz  crystals 
No.  GAU  2  for  silk 
No.  GAW  2  for  toluol 
No.  GAY  2  for  vanadium 
No.  GAZ  2  for  wool 
No.  GBA  2  for  ammonia 
No.  GBB  2  for  chlorine 
No.  GBC  2  for  dlmethylaniline 
No.  GBD  2  for  diphenylamine 
No.  GBE  2  for  nitric  acid 
No.  GBF  2  for  nitrates 
No.  GBG  2  for  nitrocellulose 
No.  GBH  2  for  soda  lime 
No.  GBI  2  for  sodium  acetate 
No.  GBJ  2  for  strontium 
No.  GBK  2  for  sulphuric  acid 
No.  GBL  2  for  bromine 
No.  GBM  2  for  ethylene 
No.  GBN  2  for  ethylene  dibromide 
No.  GBO  2  for  methylamine 
No.  GBQ  2  for  beryllium 
No.  GBR  2  for  graphite  electrodes 
No.  GBT  2  for  cobalt 
No.  GBW  2  for  copper  and  products 
No.  GBY  2  for  nickel  and  products 
No.  GCA  2  for  aircraft  parts 
No.  GCB  2  for  armor  plate 
No.  GCC  2  for  shatter  proof  glass 
No.  GCD  2  for  plastics,  optically  clear 
No.  GCF  2  for  Are  control  instruments 

*  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
84),  p.  91. 


MARCH    1,    1941 


223 


'License  No, 
No, 
No, 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 


No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 


GEA  2  for  petroleum — crude  oil 

GEB  2  for  gasoline 

GEO  2  for  tetraethyl  lead 

GED  2  for  lubricating  oil 

GEE  2  for  naphtha 

GFA  2  for  iron  and  steel  scrap 

GGA  2  for  iron  ore 

GGB  2  for  pig  iron 

GGC  2  for  ferromanganese,  spiegelei- 
sen,  ferrosilicon,  ferrochrome,  ferro- 
colurnbiuiu,  ferrocarbon  -  titanium, 
ferrotitanium,  ferrophosphorus,  fer- 
romolybdenum,  ferrotungsten,  ferro- 
vanadium 

GHA  2  for  ingots = 

GHB  2  for  billets 

GHC  2  for  blooms 

GHD  2  for  slabs 

GHE  2  for  sheet  bars 

GHM  2  for  wire  rods 

GHP  2  for  drums  and  containers 

GHT  2  for  tanks 

GMA  2  for  structural  shapes 

GMB  2  for  steel  piling 

GMC  2  for  plates 

GMD  2  for  skelps 

GME  2  for  rails 

GMF  2  for  splice  bars  and  tie  plates 

GMG  2  for  bars 

GMH  2  for  hoops  and  baling  bands 

GMJ  2  for  pipe  and  tubes 

GMK  2  for  drawn  wire 
GML  2  for  nails  and  staples 

GMM  2  for  barbed  wire 

GMN  2  for  woven  wire  fence 

GMO  2  for  bale  ties 

GMP  2  for  fence  posts 

GMR  2  for  black  plate 

GMS  2  for  tin  plate 

GMT  2  for  iron  and  steel  sheets  (includ- 
ing stainless  steel  sheets) 
No.  GMU  2  for  strip 
No.  GMV  2  for  wheels 
No.  GMW  2  for  axles 
No.  GMX  2  for  track  spikes 
No.  GMT  2  for  castings 
No.   GMZ  2  for  forgings 
No.  GDG  2  for  the  export  of  the  following 
specifically      enumerated      machine 
tools  and  allied  products : 

"Pipe  threading  machines ;  metal  cut- 
ting band  saws ;  power  driven  hack  saws ; 


keyseating  machines ;  disc  grinding  ma- 
chines ;  car  wheel  and  locomotive  wheel 
presses ;  burring  machines — gear ;  cham- 
fering machines — gear;  burnishing  ma- 
chines—  gear;  planers  —  crank;  bench 
power  presses;  saw  sharpening  machines; 
filing  machines;  pipe  bending  machines; 
thread  chaser  grinders;  burnishing  ma- 
chines ;  riveting  machines ;  grinding  ma- 
chines— portable  with  flexible  shaft; 
centering  machines;  arbor  presses  (hand, 
air  and  hydraulic);  nibbling  machines; 
grinders — lathe  tool ;  gear  lapping  ma- 
chines; gear  shaving  machines;  polishing 
machines;  heat  treating  furnaces;  foun- 
dry machines ;  cold  saws  up  to  a  capacity 
of  10-inch  round  stock ;  twist  and  other 
drills;  reamers;  milling  cutters;  hobs; 
taps;  dies;  die  heads;  shear  knives; 
abrasives  and  abrasive  products  contain- 
ing emery,  corundum,  or  garnet,  as  well 
as  abrasive  paper  and  cloth ;  plastic 
moulding  machines  and  presses ;  measur- 
ing machines ;  gauges ;  testing  machines ; 
balancing  machines;  hydraulic  pumps; 
tools  incorporating  industrial  diamonds."' 


The  following  circular  telegram  to  collectors 
of  customs  was  sent  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
March  1,  1941: 

"Reference  is  made  to  my  telegram  of  Feb- 
ruary ll,6  in  regard  to  the  export  of  metal 
drums  and  containers  referred  to  in  the  Ex- 
ecutive order  of  February  4,  1941. 

"The  three  numbered  paragraphs  contained 
in  that  telegram  have  been  amended,  effective 
immediately,  and  henceforth,  pending  further 
instructions  no  licenses  will  be  required  for  the 
export  of  the  following  types  of  drums  and 
containers : 

"(1)  Metal  containers  of  less  than  five  (5) 
gallons  capacity. 

"  (2 )  Metal  drums  and  containers  with  capac- 
ity of  five  (5)  or  more  gallons,  but  less  than 
thirty  (30)  gallons,  except  those  containing  or 


'See  the  Bulletin  of  February  15,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
86),  p.  176. 


6  Licenses  Nos.  GHA  2  to  GMZ  2  relate  exclusively  to 
iron   and  steel  products. 


224 


DETAiRTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


clearly  intended  to  contain  gasoline,  lubricating 
oil,  crude  oil,  fuel  oil,  diesel  oil,  gas  oil  or  Petro- 
leum Jelly  (including  petrolatum  of  low  grade 
to  be  used  as  lubricant  or  to  prevent  rust) . 

"(3)  Metal  drums  and  containers  regardless 
of  size  containing  the  following  commodities  as 
described  in  Schedule  B,  'Statistical  Classifica- 
tion of  Domestic  Commodities  Exported  from 
the  United  States,  effective  January  1,  1939' : 

"Group  00. 
Dairy  Products. 

"Group  1. 
Vegetables  and  Preparations. 


Fruits  and  Preparations. 
Sugar  and  Related  Products. 
Beverages. 
"Group  2. 
Naval   Stores,   Gums   and   Resins,   except 

Pine  Oil. 
Vegetable  Dyeing  and  Tanning  Extracts. 
"Group  8. 
All  Descriptions,  except  Petroleum  Jelly 
(including  petrolatum  of  low  grade  to  be 
used  as  lubricant  or  to  prevent  rust). 
"Group  9. 
Miscellaneous  Office  Supplies." 


Europe 


DECLARATIONS  OP  WAR  BY  BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 


The  following  table  sets  forth  declarations        proclamations,    there    are    some    instances    of 


of  war,  recognitions  of  the  existence  of  a  state 
of  war,  etc.,  in  the  European  war  beginning  in 
1939.  In  addition  to  the  cases  enumerated 
below  of  declarations  of  war  or  of  the  names 
of  countries  at  war  mentioned  in  the  President's 


proclamations  by  governors  of  the  various  units 
of  the  British  Empire  and  of  colonial  posses- 
sions of  the  Netherlands  of  the  existence  of  a 
state  of  Mar  with  Germany  or  Italy  or  both. 


Germany  and  France 


Germany  and  Poland. 


"As  a  consequence  ot  the  aggression 
directed  by  Germany  against  Poland, 
a  state  of  war  is  found  to  exist  between 
France  and  Germany,  commencing 
from  September  3,  1939,  5  p.  m." 


[No  record  of  a  formal  declaration  of 
war  has  been  found.] 


Note  addressed  to  foreign 
powers  by  the  French  Govern- 
ment on  September  3.  Printed, 
in  French,  in  the  Journal  officiel 
de  la  Ripublique  fran^aise.  Lois 
et  dicreU.  September  4,  1939, 
page  11086. 


Date  of  Proclama- 
tion of  Neutrality 
by  the  President 
of  the 
United  States 


September   5, 
1939 


September  5, 
1939 


MARCH    1,    1941 


225 


Germany  and  United 
Kingdom. 


Germany  and  India 


Germany     and     Aus- 
tralia. 


Germany     and     New 
Zealand. 


".  .  .  unless  not  later  than  11  a.  m., 
British  Summer  Time,  today  3rd  Sep- 
tember, satisfactory  assurances  to  the 
above  effect  [that  the  German  Gov- 
ernment "had  suspended  all  aggressive 
action  against  Poland  and  were  pre- 
pared promptly  to  withdraw  their 
forces  from  Polish  territory"]  have 
been  given  by  the  German  Govern- 
ment and  have  reached  His  Majesty's 
Government  in  London,  a  state  of  war 
will  exist  between  the  two  countries 
as  from  that  hour." 

British  Prime  Minister  Chamberlain 
declared  in  his  speech  of  September  3, 
1939  in  the  House  of  Commons:  "No 
such  undertaking  was  received  by  the 
time  stipulated,  and,  consequently, 
this  country  is  at  war  with  German}'." 

["I,  Victor  Alexander  John,  Marquess 
of  Linlithgow,  Governor-General  of 
India  and  ex-officio  Vice- Admiral  there- 
in, being  satisfied  thereof  by  informa- 
tion received  by  me,  do  hereby  proclaim 
that  war  has  broken  out  between  His 
Majesty  and  Germany."  (No  record 
has  been  found  of  a  declaration  of  war 
by  Great  Britain  against  Germany 
which  includes  India  by  name.)] 

".  .  .  I,  Alexander  Gore  Arkwright, 
Baron  Gowrie,  the  Governor-General 
aforesaid,  acting  with  the  advice  of  the 
Federal  Executive  Council,  do  hereby 
proclaim  the  existence  of  war. 

"Given  under  my  Hand  and  the  Seal 
of  the  Commonwealth  this  third  day  of 
September  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  nine-hundred  and  thirty-nine 
and  in  the  third  year  of  His  Majesty's 
reign." 

"His  Excellency  the  Governor-Gen- 
eral has  it  in  command  from  His 
Majesty  the  King  to  declare  that  a  state 
of  war  exists  between  His  Majesty  and 
the  Government  of  the  German  Reich, 
and  that  such  state  of  war  has  existed 
from  9:30  p.  m.,  New  Zealand  standard 
time,  on  the  third  day  of  September, 
1939." 


Telegraphic  instruction  from 
the  British  Secretary  of  State 
for  Foreign  Affairs  to  the  British 
Ambassador  to  Germany.  This 
and  Prime  Minister  Chamber- 
lain's speech  are  printed  in 
British  Command  Paper  6106, 
Miscellaneous  No.  9  (1939): 
entitled  Documents  Concerning 
German-Polish  Relations  and  the 
Outbreak  of  Hostilities  between 
Great  Britain  and  Germany  on 
September  8,  1989  (a  British 
"Blue  Book"),  pages  175,  178. 


Proclamation  of  the  Governor- 
General  of  India,  dated  Septem- 
ber 3,  1939.  Printed  in  The  Ga- 
zette of  India  Extraordinary,  Sep- 
tember 3,  1939. 


Proclamation  issued  on  Sep- 
tember 3,  1939.  Printed  in  The 
Commonwealth  of  Australia  Ga- 
zette, September  3,  1939. 


Statement  by  Viscount  Gal- 
way,  Governor-General  of  New 
Zealand.  Printed  in  The  New 
Zealand  Gazette  Extraordinary, 
September  4,  1939. 


Date  of  Proclama- 
tion of  Neutrality 

by  the  President 
of  the 

United  States 


September  5, 
1939 


September   5, 
1939 


September  5, 
1939 


September  5, 
1939 


226 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


Date  of  Proclama- 
tion of  Neutrality 
by  the  President 
of  the 
United  States 


Germany  and  Union  of         ".  .  .  I  do  by  this  my  Proclamation 
South  Africa.  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  His  Ma- 

jesty the  King  declare  and  make  known 
that  from  this  the  sixth  day  of  Septem- 
ber, 1939,  the  peaceful  relations  be- 
tween the  Union  and  the  German  Reich 
are  severed  and  that  the  Union  is,  for 
the  purposes  of  all  laws,  at  war  with  the 
German  Reich  as  from  the  aforemen- 
tioned date." 

"Now  Therefore  We  do  hereby  De- 
clare and  Proclaim  that  a  State  of  War 
with  the  German  Reich  exists  and  has 
existed  in  Our  Dominion  of  Canada  as 
and  from  the  tenth  day  of  September, 
1939." 

"The  Nygaardsvold  [Premier  of 
Norway]  Government  through  its  proc- 
lamations and  conduct  as  well  as  the 
military  fighting  that  is  taking  place  as 
a  result  of  its  will  has  created  a  state  of 
war  between  Norway  and  the  German 
Reich."     (Translation.) 

[No  record  of  a  formal  declaration  of 
war  has  been  found.] 

[No  record  of  a  formal  declaration  of 
war  has  been  found.] 

"Only  one  reply  could  be  given  [to 
the  German  Minister,  who  informed  the 
Ministry  of  Foreign  Affairs  that  "the 
German  Government,  therefore,  found 
itself  compelled  to  occupy  the  Nether- 
lands and  hoped  that  they  would  offer 
no  resistance,  but  accept  the  protection 
of  the  German  Reich"]  ...  3  hours 
after  the  Dutch  forces  had  begun  to 
resist  the  overwhelmingly  powerful  in- 
vader with  all  possible  means:  'The 
Netherlands  considered  themselves  at 
war  with  the  German  Reich'."  [May  10, 
1940.] 

Italy  and  France...  "Today  at  4:30  P.  M.  [11:30  A.  M., 

New  York  Time]*  Count  Ciano,  at 
Chigi  Palace,  told  the  Ambassador  of 
France  that  His  Majesty  the  King  and 
Emperor  of  Italy  declares  that  Italy 
considers  herself  at  war  with  France, 
beginning  tomorrow,  June  11. 
Brackets  in  New  York  Times. 


Germany  and  Canada. 


Germany  and  Norway 


Germany  and  Belgium. 

Germany  and  Luxem 

burg. 
Germany  and  Nether 

lands. 


Proclamation  by  Sir  Patrick 
Duncan,  Governor-General  of 
the  Union  of  South  Africa. 
Printed  in  The  Union  of  South 
Africa  Government  Gazette  Ex- 
traordinary, September  6, 1939. 


Proclamation  issued  by  Prime 
Minister  W.  L.  Mackenzie  King. 
Printed  in  The  Canada  Gazette 
Extra,  September  10,  1939. 


Decree  of  the  Fuhrer  for  the 
Exercising  of  Governmental 
Authority  in  Norway,  April  24, 
1940,  Reichsgesetzblatt,  Teil  1, 
No.  74,  p.  677  (April  26,  1940). 


The  passage  cited  is  to  be  found 
on  page  2  of  the  Short  Account  of 
Military  and  Naval  Operations  in 
the  Netherlands  from  lOth-lIfih 
May,  1940,  issued  by  the  Nether- 
lands Ministry  of  Defense. 


Communique  by  the  Italian 
Government.  Printed  in  the 
New  York  Times,  June  11,  1940, 
p.  2. 


September 
1939 


September  10, 
1939 


April  25,  1940 


May  11,  1940 
May  11,  1940 
May  11,  1940 


June  10,  1940 


MARCH    1,    1941 


227 


Date  of  Proclama- 
tion of  Neutrality 
by  the  President 
of  the 
United  States 


Italy  and   United 
Kingdom. 


Italy  and  Canada. 


Italy   and   New   Zea- 
land. 


Italy  and  Australia.. 


Italy    and    Union    of 
South  Africa. 


Italy  and  Greece. 


"At  4:45  P.  M.  Count  Ciano  called 
the  Ambassador  of  Great  Britain  and 
handed  him  a  statement  couched  in 
identical  terms  saying  that  Italy  con- 
siders she  is  at  a  state  of  war  with  Great 
Britain." 

"Now,  Therefore,  we  do  hereby  de- 
clare and  proclaim  that  a  State  of  War 
with  Italy  exists  and  has  existed  in  Our 
Dominion  of  Canada  as  and  from  the 
tenth  day  of  June,  1940." 

"Prime  Minister  Peter  Fraser  stated 
today  that  New  Zealand  was  at  war 
with  Italy  from  10:30  A.  M.,  New  Zea- 
land time  (7  P.  M.  Monday,  New  York 
Time)." 

"Therefore  a  state  of  war  exists  be- 
tween His  Majesty  the  King  and  the 
King  of  Italy  as  from  9  o'clock  in  the 
forenoon,  reckoned  according  to  stand- 
ard time  in  the  Australian  Capital  Ter- 
ritory, of  11th  June,  1940." 

"...  I  do  by  this  my  Proclamation, 
in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of  His 
Majesty  the  King,  declare  and  make 
known  that  from  this,  the  eleventh  day 
of  June,  1940,  the  peaceful  relations 
between  the  Union  and  Italy  are  sev- 
ered and  that  the  Union  is,  for  the 
purposes  of  all  laws,  at  war  with  Italy 
as  from  the  aforementioned  date." 

[The  Greek  Government,  in  a  note  to 
the  American  Legation  in  Athens  of 
November  12,  1940,  stated  that  a  state 
of  war  had  existed  between  Greece  and 
Italy  since  October  28,  1940,  at  5:30 
A.  M.] 


Proclamation  issued  by  Prime 
Minister  W.  L.  Mackenzie  King. 
Printed  in  The  Canada  Gazette 
Extra,  June  11,  1940. 

An  Associated  Press  despatch 
bearing  a  New  Zealand  date  line, 
June  11,  1940.  Printed  in  the 
New  York  Times,  June  11,  1940, 
p.  2. 

Notification  issued  by  Prime 
Minister  Robert  G.  Menzies. 
Printed  in  The  Commonwealth  of 
Australia  Gazette,  Special,  June 
11,  1940. 

Proclamation  by  Sir  Patrick 
Duncan,  Governor-General  of 
the  Union  of  South  Africa. 
Printed  in  The  Union  of  South 
Africa  Government  Gazette  Extra- 
ordinary, June  12,  1940. 


[Files  of  the   Department  of 
State.] 


November  15, 
1940 


UNITED  STATES  EXPOETS  TO  THE 
UNION  OF  SOVIET  SOCIALIST  RE- 
PUBLICS 

[Released  to  the  press  March  1] 

In  the  course  of  his  current  discussions  with 
Mr.  Sumner  Welles,  Under  Secretary  of  State, 
Mr.  Constantine  A.  Oumansky,  Soviet  Ambas- 


sador, made  the  statement  March  1  on  behalf  of 
his  Government  that  goods  which  have  been 
and  are  being  purchased  in  the  United  States 
by  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics,  and 
including  oil  products  and  industrial  equip- 
ment of  all  categories,  are  destined  exclusively 
for  the  domestic  needs  of  the  Union  of  Soviet 
Socialist  Republics. 


American  Republics 


AIR  TOUR  BY  THE  INTER-AMERICAN  ESCADRILLE 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  tor  Coordination  of 
Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  Ameri- 
can Republics  March  1] 

Nelson  A.  Kockefeller,  Coordinator  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the 
American  Republics,  announced  March  1  that 
a  group  of  private  citizens  interested  in  the  de- 
velopment of  aviation  in  the  Western  Hem- 
isphere will  leave  Washington  March  5  for  a 
three  months'  air  tour  of  all  the  American 
republics. 

The  air  tour  will  be  undertaken  by  the  Inter- 
American  Escadrille,  a  private  non-profit  or- 
ganization. The  Coordinator's  Office  has  co- 
operated with  the  Escadrille  in  arrangements 
for  the  flight. 

The  group  will  contact  leaders  of  civil  avia- 
tion in  each  of  the  American  republics  to  obtain 
their  views  concerning  the  future  development 
of  aviation  in  their  respective  nations.  As  a 
background  for  this  survey,  the  Coordinator's 
Office,  in  cooperation  with  other  interested 
agencies  of  the  Government,  has  studied  most 
of  the  available  data  on  the  development  and 
present  status  of  civil  aviation  in  this  hemi- 
sphere. 

The  flight  will  be  led  by  Maj.  Gen.  Frank  R. 
McCoy,  U.S.  Army,  Retired,  president  of  the 
Foreign  Policy  Association  and  director  of 
the  Council  on  Foreign  Relations.  General 
McCoy  has  had  long  experience  in  inter- Amer- 
ican relations  and  served  as  chief  of  several 
conciliatory  missions  concerned  with  hemi- 
sphere political  and  economic  affairs. 

Walter  Bruce  Howe,  who  has  also  represented 
the  United  States  on  several  missions  to  the 
other  American  republics,  will  accompany  Gen- 
eral McCoy  as  personal  assistant  and  counsel. 

Alfredo  de  los  Rios,  well-known  flier  and 
Chilean-born  newspaperman,  will  serve  as  co- 
pilot and  will  present  the  program  and  aims  of 
the  Inter-American  Escadrille. 
228 


J.  M.  Farris,  on  leave  of  absence  from  East- 
ern Airlines  through  the  courtesy  of  Col.  E.  V. 
Rickenbacker,  will  serve  as  chief  pilot,  and 
Luis  O.  Medina,  a  native  of  Bogota,  Colombia, 
will  serve  as  mechanic. 

The  mission  will  cover  approximately  28,000 
miles  on  the  tour,  going  first  to  Cuba  and  there- 
after, in  this  order,  to  Haiti,  the  Dominican 
Republic,  Venezuela,  Brazil,  Paraguay,  Uru- 
guay, Argentina,  Chile,  Bolivia,  Peru,  Ecuador, 
Colombia,  Panama,  Costa  Rica,  Nicaragua, 
Honduras,  El  Salvador,  Guatemala,  and  Mex- 
ico. The  mission  will  fly  in  a  Grumman  twin- 
engined  amphibian. 

The  Inter-American  Escadrille,  founded  in 
1935  by  Mr.  de  los  Rios,  has  among  its  directors 
Dr.  James  Rowland  Angell,  president  emeritus 
of  Yale  University;  Dr.  Carlos  Davila,  Chilean 
diplomat,  statesman,  and  newspaper  publisher; 
Allen  W.  Dulles,  prominent  international 
lawyer;  and  James  P.  Warburg,  economist  and 
former  Treasury  official. 

Because  the  scope  of  aviation  and  the  public 
interest  in  it  transcends  national  boundaries,  it 
is  felt  that  inter- American  cooperation  in  avia- 
tion development  is  highly  desirable. 

The  Inter-American  Escadrille  proposes  to 
facilitate  such  cooperation  through  the  estab- 
lishment of  chapters  or  "wings"  in  each  of  the 
American  republics.  A  detailed  plan  of  organ- 
ization has  been  prepared.  This  will  be  pre- 
sented to  the  civil-aviation  leaders  in  each 
country  as  a  guide  for  such  action  as  they  may 
care  to  take.  Each  "wing"  will  be  completely 
self-governing  and  merely  affiliated  with  the 
international  organization,  the  headquarters  of 
which  will  be  determined  each  year  at  a  con- 
vention of  representatives  of  the  national  wings. 

A  detailed  itinerary  of  the  Escadrille  flight 
will  be  made  available  at  an  early  date. 


Cultural  Relations 


ADDRESS  BY  THE  PRESIDENT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  February  27] 

Mr.  Wanger,  Ladies  and  Gentlemen  : 

I  am  happy  to  greet  the  motion-picture  in- 
dustry of  America,  whose  representatives  are 
gathered  from  far  and  near  for  the  Annual 
Awards  Dinner  of  the  Academy  of  Motion  Pic- 
ture Arts  and  Sciences. 

In  these  days  of  anxiety  and  world  peril  our 
hearts  and  minds  and  all  of  our  energies  are 
directed  toward  one  objective.  That  objective 
is  the  strengthening  of  our  national  defense. 
Every  day  we  realize  that  more  and  more  things 
in  our  life  must  be  evaluated  in  just  such  pro- 
portion as  they  contribute  to  the  national 
defense. 

The  American  motion  picture  as  a  national 
and  international  force  is  a  phenomenon  of  our 
own  generation.  Within  living  memory  we 
have  seen  it  born  and  grow  up  into  full  ma- 
turity. We  have  seen  the  American  motion 
picture  become  foremost  in  the  world.  We 
have  seen  it  reflect  our  civilization  throughout 
the  rest  of  the  world — the  aims  and  aspirations 
and  ideals  of  a  free  people  and  of  freedom. 

That  is  the  real  reason  that  some  govern- 
ments do  not  want  our  American  films  exhibited 
in  their  countries.  Dictators — those  who  en- 
force the  totalitarian  form  of  government — 
think  it  a  dangerous  thing  for  their  unfortunate 
peoples  to  know  that  in  our  democracy  officers 
of  the  Government  are  the  servants,  never  the 
masters  of  the  people. 

In  all  that  I  have  said  on  that  all-important 
subject  through  many  months  past  I  have  em- 
phasized that  in  the  assault  on  the  democratic 
form  of  government  which  imperils  world  civ- 
ilization today,  our  problem  of  national  defense 


'Delivered  by  radio  in  connection  with  the  Thir- 
teenth Annual  Awards  Dinner  of  the  Academy  of  Mo- 
tion Picture  Arts  and  Sciences,  Hollywood,  Calif., 
February  27,  1941. 


has  become  one  of  defending  the  entire  Western 
Hemisphere — all  three  of  the  Americas — North, 
Central,  and  South.  We  can  no  longer  con- 
sider our  own  problem  of  defense  as  a  separate 
interest.  It  involves  the  defense  of  all  the  de- 
mocracies of  all  the  Americas — and  therefore 
in  fact,  it  involves  the  future  of  democracy 
wherever  it  is  imperiled  by  force  or  terror. 

An  all-important  factor  in  hemispheric  de- 
fense is  the  Lend-Lease  Bill,  whose  early 
enactment  by  the  Congress  we  confidently  antic- 
ipate. It  is  a  pleasure  here  and  now  to  acknowl- 
edge the  great  service  which  the  newsreels  have 
performed  in  acquainting  the  public  with  all 
of  the  implications  of  this  measure  as  it  takes 
its  way  through  the  various  legislative  stages. 

Acceptance  of  the  task  of  cooperating  with 
all  the  Americas  in  defending  the  entire  West- 
ern Hemisphere,  implicit  in  our  plans  for  na- 
tional defense,  is  a  natural  outgrowth  of  our 
good-neighbor  j)olicy  in  our  relations  with  the 
other  American  republics.  Happily  for  de- 
mocracy, the  Americas  stand  forth  today  as  a 
notable  example  of  international  solidarity  in 
a  world  in  which  freedom  and  human  liberty 
are  threatened  with  extinction. 

We  have  been  seeking  to  affirm  our  faith  in 
the  western  world  through  a  wider  exchange  of 
culture,  of  education,  of  thought,  and  of  free 
expression  among  the  various  nations  of  this 
hemisphere.  Your  industry  has  utilized  its 
vast  resources  of  talent  and  facilities  in  a  sincere 
effort  to  help  the  people  of  this  hemisphere  to 
come  to  know  each  other. 

In  carrying  on  this  program  of  advancing  the 
spirit  of  inter-American  solidarity  and  conti- 
nental defense  our  Government  has  established 
machinery  to  coordinate  our  growing  commer- 
cial and  cultural  relations  with  the  American 
republics.  Our  Government  has  invited  you  to 
do  your  share  of  the  job  of  interpreting  the 
people  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  to  one  an- 

229 


230 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


other.8  And  all  of  us  in  all  the  21  American 
republics  are  grateful  that  your  response  is  so 
immediate  and  so  wholehearted. 

I  do  not  minimize  the  importance  of  the  mo- 
tion-picture industry  as  the  most  popular  me- 
dium of  mass  entertainment.  But  tonight  I 
want  to  place  the  chief  emphasis  on  the  service 
you  can  render  in  promoting  solidarity  among 
all  the  people  of  the  Americas. 

For  all  this  and  for  your  splendid  cooperation 
with  all  who  are  directing  the  expansion  of  our 
defense  forces,  I  am  glad  to  thank  you.  In  the 
weeks  and  months  that  lie  ahead  we  in  Wash- 
ington know  we  shall  have  your  continued  aid 
and  support. 

MEMBERSHIP  OF  VICE  PRESIDENT 
WALLACE  ON  THE  GENERAL  ADVI- 
SORY COMMITTEE  ON  CULTURAL 
RELATIONS 

[Released  to  the  press  February  28] 

The  Department  of  State  is  pleased  to  an- 
nounce that  the  Hon.  Henry  A.  Wallace,  Vice 
President  of  the  United  States,  has  accepted 
membership  on  the  General  Advisory  Commit- 
tee to  the  Department  in  the  field  of  cultural 
relations.  This  committee  was  organized  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  section  2  of  an  act 
"To  authorize  the  President  to  render  closer 
and  more  effective  the  relationship  between  the 
American  Republics",  approved  on  August  9, 
1939. 

The  other  members  of  the  committee,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Cultural 
Relations,  who  is  chairman  ex  officio,  are  as 
follows : 

Ben  M.  Cherrington,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  the 
Social  Sciences,  University  of  Denver 
Stephen  P.  Duggan,  Ph.D.,  Director,  In- 
stitute of  International  Education 
Waldo  G.  Leland,  Ph.D.,  Director,  Ameri- 
can Council  of  Learned  Societies 


'See  the  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941   (vol.  IV,  no. 
82),  pp.  95-96. 


The  Honorable  Archibald  MacLeish,  Li- 
brarian of  Congress 

Mr.  Carl  H.  Milam,  Secretary,  American 
Library  Association 

James  T.  Shotwell,  Ph.D.,  Chairman,  Na- 
tional Committee  of  the  U.  S.  of 
America  on  International  Intellectual 
Cooperation 

John  W.  Studebaker,  LL.D.,  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner of  Education 

LECTURES  BY  DISTINGUISHED  AMER- 
ICANS IN  OTHER  AMERICAN  RE- 
PUBLICS 

[Released  to  the  press  February  27] 

Dr.  Isaiah  Bowman,  President  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University ;  Mr.  John  Erskine,  author ; 
and  Mr.  Thornton  N.  Wilder,  novelist  and  play- 
wright, have  accepted  invitations  from  the  De- 
partment of  State  to  visit  other  American  re- 
publics to  lecture  and  to  establish  contacts  with 
persons  in  their  fields  of  interest.  The  invita- 
tions have  been  extended  under  the  provisions 
of  the  Second  Deficiency  Appropriation  Act  of 
1940,  which  provided  funds  for  the  exchange 
of  distinguished  cultural,  professional,  and  ar- 
tistic leaders  between  the  United  States  and  the 
other  American  republics. 

Mr.  Thornton  N.  Wilder  plans  to  leave  for 
South  America  on  February  28,  and  will  visit 
Colombia,  Ecuador,  and  Peru,  where  arrange- 
ments are  being  made  for  him  through  the 
United  States  missions  in  those  countries  to  meet 
distinguished  leaders  and  to  lecture  before  in- 
terested groups.  Mr.  Wilder  formerly  taught 
at  the  Lawrenceville  School  in  New  Jersey  and 
was  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  University 
of  Chicago  from  1930  to  1936.  He  is  a  member 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Letters 
and  is  the  author  of  numerous  novels  and  plays, 
among  the  best  known  of  which  are  the  The 
Bridge  of  San  Luis  Rey,  The  Woman  of  An- 
dros,  Heaven  Is  My  Destination,  and  Our 
Town. 

Mr.  John  Erskine  plans  to  spend  three  months 
in  Argentina  and  Uruguay  and  will  leave  some 


MARCH    1,    1941 


231 


time  after  the  first  of  April.  Arrangements 
have  been  made  for  him  to  lecture  on  literary 
and  musical  trends  in  the  United  States  before 
various  distinguished  groups.  Mr.  Erskine 
served  for  many  years  as  professor  of  English 
both  at  Amherst  and  at  Columbia  University. 
From  1928  to  1937  he  was  president  of  the 
Juilliard  School  of  Music,  and  from  1935  to 
1939  was  a  director  and  chairman  of  the  Man- 
agement Committee  of  the  Metropolitan  Opera 
Association.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Modern 
Language  Association  of  America;  of  the 
Poetry  Society  of  America,  of  which  he  was 
president  in  1922;  of  the  American  Council  of 
Learned  Societies ;  and  of  the  National  Institute 
of  Arts  and  Letters.  Mr.  Erskine  is  the  author 
of  numerous  volumes  of  poems,  essays,  and  his- 
torical novels.  Among  the  best  known  of  his 
works  are  The  Private  Life  of  Helen  of  Trcnf 
and  Galahad. 

Dr.  Bowman  plans  to  leave  about  the  middle 
of  June  and  will  return  to  the  United  States 
in  September.  While  abroad  he  will  travel  and 
lecture  in  Peru,  Ecuador,  and  Colombia.  Dr. 
Bowman  has  had  wide  experience  as  a  geog- 
rapher and  geologist.  In  1911  he  led  an  expedi- 
tion to  the  Central  Andes  imder  the  auspices  of 
the  American  Geographical  Society.  He  was  a 
member  of  various  territorial  commissions  of 
the  Peace  Conference  of  1919  in  Paris.  From 
1915  to  1935  he  was  a  director  of  the  American 
Geographical  Society,  and  has  among  other 
posts  held  that  of  American  Commissioner  of 
the  Permanent  International  Commission, 
China  and  the  United  States,  since  1940.  He  has 
been  honored  on  numerous  occasions  for  his 
explorations  in  and  publications  on  South 
America. 

MEETING  IN  MEXICO  CITY  OF  THE 
COUNCIL  OF  RURAL  EDUCATION 

In  a  recent  despatch  to  the  Department  from 
the  Hon.  Josephus  Daniels,  American  Ambas- 
sador to  Mexico,  it  was  stated  that  the  Council 
of  Rural  Education,  an  organization  supported 


by  the  Julius  Rosenwald  fund,  had  decided,  in 
the  interest  of  inter-American  cooperation,  to 
hold  its  annual  meeting  in  Mexico  City,  during 
the  week  of  February  17-22. 

Heretofore  the  Council  has  held  its  meetings 
in  the  United  States,  but  this  year  its  members 
planned  to  inspect  the  Mexican  rural  school  sys- 
tem and  discuss  with  Mexican  educators  sub- 
jects which  are  of  mutual  interest.  The  Council 
consists  of  a  party  of  from  50  to  55  educators 
whose  interests  lie  principally  in  the  field  of 
rural  school  systems. 

A  banquet  to  be  held  during  the  session  of  the 
Council  was  to  be  attended  by  the  Hon.  Josephus 
Daniels  and  Mrs.  Daniels,  as  well  as  by  high 
officials  of  the  Mexican  Government. 

TRANSLATION  INTO  PORTUGUESE  OF 
"EPIC  OF  AMERICA" 

A  recent  despatch  from  the  Consul  General 
in  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  brings  the  information 
that  cultural  relations  between  the  United  States 
and  Brazil  have  been  further  enhanced  by  the 
publication,  in  Portuguese,  of  James  Truslow 
Adams'  "Epic  of  America".  The  Portuguese 
edition,  translated  by  Jose  Bento  Monteiro 
Lobato,  is  entitled  "A  Epopeia  Americana"  and 
is  published  by  the  Cia.  Editora  Nacional,  Rua 
dos  Gusmoes,  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 


Publications 


The  Monroe  Doctrine :  Annual  Message  From  the 
President  of  the  United  States  Communicated  to  the 
Two  Houses  of  Congress  December  2,  1823  at  the  Be- 
ginning of  the  Eighteenth  Congress,  Which  Convened 
on  December  1,  1823,  and  the  Habana  Convention  of 
the  American  Republics  1940.  ( S.  Doe.  303,  76th  Cong., 
3d  sess.)     55  pp.    lOtf. 

Annual  Report  of  the  Governor  of  the  Panama  Canal 
for  the  Fiscal  Year  Ended  June  30,  1940.  (H.  Doc.  3, 
77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)     vi,  148  pp.    200. 


Traffic  in  Arms,  Tin-Plate  Scrap,  Etc. 


MONTHLY  STATISTICS 


[Released  to  the  press  February  28] 

Note:  The  statistics  of  actual  exports  in  these  re- 
leases are  believed  to  be  substantially  complete.  It 
is  possible,  however,  that  some  shipments  are  not  in- 
cluded. If  this  proves  to  be  the  fact,  statistics  in 
regard  to  such  shipments  will  be  included  in  the  cumu- 
lative figures  in  later  releases. 

Arms  Export  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war 
licensed  for  export  by  the  Secretary  of  State 
during  January  1941 : 


Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  ex- 

Country of  destination 

port  licenses 
issued 

Total 

V  (3) 

V  (1) 
(2) 

$12,600.00 

3,000.00 

120.00 

$12,500.00 

I       (4) 

160.00 

III    (2) 

60.00 

IV     (1) 

4, 699.  00 

(2) 

1, 907. 00 

>           57, 101.  84 

V       (2) 

7, 470. 08 

(3) 

27, 465.  76 

VII    (2) 

15,340.00 

I         (1) 

270.25 

(2) 

2, 999. 20 

(4) 

1, 943.  74 

III     (1) 

3, 800,  000. 00 

3, 979, 904.  38 

IV     (2) 

491. 74 

V      (2) 

149, 189.  45 

VII  (1) 

25, 010. 00 

rv   (i) 

132.60 

132.60 

I        (4) 
IV     (2) 

155.00 
554.40 

709.40 

I     (1) 

(2) 

537.00 
55.25 

(4) 

103.00 

m  (2) 

60.00 

IV     (1) 
(2) 

30,  286. 00 
475.00 

70,  318.  95 

V       (1) 

1, 700. 00 

(2) 

911.70 

(3) 

15,011.00 

VU   (1) 

21, 180.  00 

I        (2) 

21, 744.  20 

(4) 

6, 896. 92 

Country  of  destination 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  ex- 
port licenses 
issued 

Total 

I       (1) 

$4, 359. 32 

(2) 

51,171.66 

(3) 

1,417,000.00 

(4) 

85,162.81 

(5) 

648.00 

n 

50.00 

in   (2) 

IV     (1) 

700.00 
448.44 

■    $3,008,896.44 

(2) 

161.71 

V       (1) 

16,  260.  00 

(2) 

88,  753.  50 

(3) 

1,230,875.00 

VII   (1) 

113,  310.  00 

(2) 

6.00 

Chile 

V       (1) 
(3) 

2, 100. 00 
14,015.00 

29, 013. 92 

VII   (2) 

12,898.92 

I        (3) 
V       (2) 

6.  099.  25 
3, 175. 00 

263, 274.  25 

VII   (2) 

245, 000. 00 

rv   (i) 

(2) 

3, 430.  50 
327.00 

V      (2) 

(3) 

70.00 

24,  280.  00 

33, 220.  79 

VII  (1) 

2,413.29 

(2) 

2,  700. 00 

rv   (i) 

59.00 

V       (1) 

22,  286.  00 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

vn  (i) 

755.00 
1,151.00 
1,  360. 80 

3, 998.  80 

(2) 

732.00 

I         (4) 

110.00 

IV     (2) 

30.32 

190. 32 

VII   (2) 

50.00 

rv   (i) 

(2) 
V       (3) 

50.50 

129.00 

30,  000. 00 

30, 245. 50 

VII  (2) 

66.00 

I         (2) 

188, 750. 00 

(4) 

250, 950.  00 

ni  (i) 

(2) 

6,615,343.25 
4,986.10 

7,  853, 854.  24 

V       (2) 

309,  644.  89 

(3) 

475, 180.  00 

I         (2) 

16,000.00 

(4) 
(5) 

17,900.00 
10,000.00 

47, 630. 00 

III     (2) 

3, 730. 00 

I         (2) 

755,  000.  00 

(4) 

53,  220. 00 

III     (1) 

12,128,184.42 

>    13,  025,  269.  63 

V       (2) 

23, 653.  21 

(3) 

1          65,  212.  00 

232 


MARCH    1,    1941 


233 


Country  of  destination 


Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland. 


Greece 

Guatemala- 


Haiti 

Honduras. .. 
Hong  Kong.. 


India 

Iran 

Iraq 

Jamaica- 
Kenya... 


Mozambique - 

Netherlands  Indies. 


New  Caledonia. 
Newfoundland. . 
New  Zealand 


Nicaragua. 
Palestine.- 


Panama... 
Paraguay- 
Peru.. 


Cate- 
gory 


Portugal. 


I  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 
(2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

VI  (2) 

VII  (1) 
I        (4) 

IV  (2) 

V  (3) 
VII    (2) 

IV  (1) 

V  (1) 
I         (2) 

(4) 

VI  (2) 
I  (2) 
IV     (2) 

IV  (1) 
I        (2) 

(4) 

in  (i> 

(2) 

rv   (2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

rv   (i) 

(2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

vn  (i) 

(2) 

V  (2) 
I        (2) 

(4) 
(5) 

III  (1) 
(2) 

IV  (2) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VH  (1) 

I  (4) 

V  (2) 
I  (4) 
IV  (2) 
I  (4) 
IV  (2) 
IV  (2) 
I  (4) 
IV  (2) 

V  (2) 
(3) 

V  (1) 

V  (3) 

V  (1) 
(2) 
(3) 

VH  (1) 
I        (4) 

V  (3) 


Value  of  ex- 
port licenses 
issued 


$14,075.00 

1,  638, 932. 00 

1,010.900.00 

1,178,759.15 

1,099,908.00 

81,  565,  000.  00 

1,  647, 193.  05 

190,  360.  07 

16,  362. 00 

28,  573, 964.  00 

147.  00 

1, 183,  554.  00 

622,  500.  00 

2, 547.  OO 

5, 000. 00 

1,175.00 

27.00 


$118,119,154.27 


,  500.  00 
,  722. 00 


20, 000. 00 

20, 000.  00 

27, 742. 60 
2,718.00 

30,  460.  60 

132. 00 

132. 00 

10,864.60 

10, 864. 60 

5.21 

5.21 

737.10 

737. 10 

188,  750. 00 

103. 07 

3, 000,  000. 00 

1, 994. 44 

3,750,321.37 

120.33 

123, 885.  53 

435,  468.  00 

2, 731. 50 

299.00 

37,  500. 00 

9, 820.  00 

61, 136.  25 

5,  405. 00 

4, 665.  75 

715. 00 

422.45 

422.45 

130,  000.  00 

\ 

21, 346. 32 

327, 000. 00 

1, 954, 940. 00 

750.  00 
924.50 

.      2,  549,  312.  43 

5,  500. 00 

74,  581.  81 

34,  000.  00 

269.  80 

723.86 
3, 522. 00 

4,  245. 86 

7.90 
8.60 

|                   16. 50 

232.50 
24.00 

|                 256.50 

4, 304. 00 

4,  304. 00 

174.00 

434. 38 
66.00 

|                 798. 38 

124.00 

J 

6, 825. 00 

6, 825. 00 

1, 550. 00 

1,  550. 00 

2,  000.  00 

| 

22,  260. 00 
119,  639. 00 

I          144,  355.  00 

456.00 

46,112.00 
15, 000.  00 

}            61,112.00 

Country  of  destination 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  ex- 
port licenses 
issued 

Total 

I        (4) 

rv    (i) 

$152. 12 
173.00 

| 

\                $547. 19 

(2) 

222. 07 

I         (4) 
IV     (2) 

18.42 
69.54 

87.96 

I        (2) 

16, 185.  78 

III     (1) 

rv    (2) 

200,  000. 00 
12,928.00 

283,  385.  78 

V        (3) 

64,  272. 00 

I         (4) 

IV      (1) 

(2) 

35.06 
514. 00 
91.50 

954. 67 

V       (2) 

314. 11 

IV     (2) 
VII    (2) 

34.08 
132,  360. 00 

34.08 

132, 360. 00 

Union  of  South  Africa 

I         (2) 

566,  250.  00 

| 

(4) 

2.00 

III  (1) 

IV  (1) 

9, 000,  000. 00 
599.00 

\      9,  602, 055.  09 

(2) 

102. 36 

V       (2) 

35, 101.  73 

) 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

V  (1) 

231.00 
2,491.00 

1,  600.  00 

4,514.00 

(2) 

192.00 

IV     (1) 

(2) 

26,  202.  00 
1,876.00 

^ 

V       (2) 

(3) 

3,  864. 00 
7, 178.  00 

\           42, 963. 44 

VII   (1) 

767.44 

(2) 

3, 076. 00 

' 

163,  824,  527. 91 

During  the  month  of  January  450  arms  export 
licenses  were  issued. 

Arms  Exported 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  destination  of  the 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  ex- 
ported during  January  1941  under  export 
licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State : 


Country  of  destination 


Aden 

Argentina 

Australia. 

Bermuda. 
Bolivia. .. 


Cate- 

gory 

V 

(2) 

I 

in 

IV 

(2) 

V 

(2) 

VII 

(1) 

(2) 

I 

0) 

m 

(ll 

V 

(2) 

(3) 

rv 

0) 

i 

Ml 

VII 

(1) 

Value  of  ac- 
tual exports 


$844.00 

453.  00 

314.00 

26,  600.  50 

24, 750.  00 

6, 805.  00 

220.30 

183,941.00 

13, 822.  00 

38, 800.  00 

132.60 

155.00 

361.00 


132.60 

516.00 


234 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   B1XLLETTN 


Country  o(  destination 

Cate- 
gory 

Value  of  ac- 
tual exports 

Total 

I        (3) 

(5) 

73, 924. 00 

IV  (1) 

V  (1) 

31,284.00 
20, 850.  00 

I      $150,  592.  30 

(2) 

741.30 

(3) 

10,  718.  00 

I        (2) 
(4) 

21,  744.  20 
6, 896. 92 

28,641.12 

I        (1) 

(2) 

75, 997.  20 

(3) 

15,091.00 

(4) 

47, 836.  71 

m  a) 

2,843,687.04 

IV     (1) 

127,  789.  37 

3,  352,  692.  28 

(2) 

176.  56 

V       (1) 

1,  378.  00 

(2) 

99,208.27 

(3) 

130,801.28 

VII   (2) 

7,  084. 00 

Chile 

V       (1) 
(2) 

68,  417. 00 
80.00 

68,  497.  00 

333,  620.  00 
99, 430.  00 

(2) 

V       (1) 

34,100.00 

634,  289. 00 

(2) 

154,319.00 

(3) 

12, 820. 00 

IV  (2) 

V  (3) 

337.00 
14,280.00 

17,317.00 

VII  (2) 

2,  700. 00 

I        (4) 
IV     (1) 

13.00 
125.00 

(2) 

7.00 

V      (1) 

22,286.00 

(2) 

2,  220.  00 

VII   (1) 

641.00 

I        (4) 

8,644.00 

IV     (2) 

4,  217.  60 

13,  528.  50 

VII   (1) 

767.00 

I        (I) 
(4) 

8,500.00 
110.00 

1           8, 610.  00 

vn  (i) 

I        (4) 

IV  (1) 

(2) 

V  (2) 

1, 053. 00 
60.00 

255.00 
52.00 

619.00 

1,053.00 
60.00 

22, 926. 00 

(3) 

22,000.00 

V       (1) 

1,600.00 

2, 100. 00 

500.00 

I         (1) 

14,875.00 

14, 875. 00 

I        (2) 

363,  200. 00 

(4) 

27, 276. 00 

in   (i) 

6,  286,  210.  00 

1    6,722,197.00 

V       (2) 

15,300.00 

(3) 

30, 212.  00 

Great  Britain  and   Northern 

1         (1) 

2,  205. 00 

Ireland  - 

(2) 

1,415,359.50 

(3) 

340, 194. 00 

(4) 

1,083,206.30 

HI    (1) 

8, 748, 850. 00 

(2) 
IV     (1) 

5,220.00 
78, 906. 00 

•  18, 556,  218.  60 

(2) 

649, 957.  80 

V       (2) 

1, 173,  719.  00 

(3) 

4, 830,  007. 00 

VII   (1) 

119,973.00 

(2) 

108,621.00 

rv   (i) 

V       (2) 

25.60 
280.00 

(3) 

5,000.00 

6, 480. 50 

VII   (2) 

1, 175. 00 

Country  of  destination 


Haiti 

Honduras. 


Iraq 

Jamaica 

Kenya 

Leeward  Islands.. 
Mexico 


Netherlands  Indies  . 


New  Caledonia... _. 

New  Guinea,  Territory  of 

New  Zealand 

Nicaragua.. 

Palestine 

Panama 

Peru 

Portugal 

Southern  Rhodesia 

South-West  Africa 

Straits  Settlements 

Thailand 

Trinidad 

Union  of  South  Africa 


Cate- 
gory 


Value  of  ac- 
tual exports 


$27.00 

8.00 

128.00 

435.00 

20,  000.  00 

78, 000.  00 

3, 382.  00 

10, 000.  00 

148,000.00 

27.36 

3.500.00 

135. 38 

331. 50 

22, 485.  00 

400.00 

4,400.00 

1,470.75 

78,  215. 00 

41,450.00 

841.84 

63,  405. 00 

130,  260.  00 

11,190.00 

3, 583. 74 

160,925.00 

83,  575. 60 

33,  500. 00 

270.00 

304.00 

3, 522. 00 

605.00 

7,896.00 

3, 600. 00 

655.00 

9, 777. 00 

963.00 

2,000.00 

32,  215.  00 

46,112.00 

200.00 

15,000.00 

106.00 

217. 12 

185,  200.00 

1,100,950.00 

514.00 

112.00 

47.00 

15,  000. 00 

27,415.00 

868.48 

46,312.00 

430.69 

310,012.00 

30, 631. 00 

43.00 

138.00 

1,600.00 

110.00 

385.00 

1,214.00 

7,178.00 

778.65 

3,076. 00 


MARCH    1,    1941 

Arms  Import  Licenses  Issued 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  char- 
acter, value,  and  countries  of  origin  of  the  arms, 
ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  licensed 
for  import  by  the  Secretary  of  State  during  the 
month  of  January  1941 : 


Country  of  destination 

Category 

Value 

Total 

V 

I 

(2) 
(1) 
(2) 

$800.00 
624.00 
342.00 

$800.00 

(*) 

623, 015.  24 

>        638,  491.  24 

n 

10.00 

VII 

(2) 

14,500.00 

) 

Great  Britain  and  Northern 

I 

(2) 

1,250.00 

Ireland. 

(4) 

225.00 

V 

(3) 

10,000.00 

VII 

(2) 

5.00 

V 
V 

(2) 
(3) 

200.00 
2,000.00 

200.00 

2, 000. 00 

552, 971.  24 

During  the  month  of  January,  20  arms  im- 
port licenses  were  issued. 

Categories  of  Arms,  Ammunition,  and 
Implements  of  War 

The  categories  of  arms,  ammunition,  and  im- 
plements of  war  in  the  appropriate  column  of 
the  tables  printed  above  are  the  categories  into 
which  those  articles  were  divided  in  the  Presi- 
dent's proclamation  of  May  1, 1937,  enumerating 
the  articles  which  would  be  considered  as  arms, 
ammunition,  and  implements  of  war  for  the 
purposes  of  section  5  of  the  Joint  Resolution 
of  May  1,  1937  [see  the  Bulletin  of  January  11, 
1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  81),  pp.  76-77]. 

Special  Statistics  in  Regard  to  Asms 
Exports  to  Cuba 

In  compliance  with  article  II  of  the  conven- 
tion between  the  United  States  and  Cuba  to 
suppress  smuggling,  signed  at  Habana,  March 
11,  1926,  which  reads  in  part  as  follows: 

"The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that 
clearance  of  shipments  of  merchandise  by  water, 
air.  or  land,  from  any  of  the  ports  of  either 


235 

country  to  a  port  of  entry  of  the  other  country, 
shall  be  denied  when  such  shipment  comprises 
articles  the  importation  of  which  is  prohibited 
or  restricted  in  the  country  to  which  such  ship- 
ment is  destined,  unless  in  this  last  case  there  has 
been  a  compliance  with  the  requisites  de- 
manded by  the  laws  of  both  countries." 

and  in  compliance  with  the  laws  of  Cuba  which 
restrict  the  importation  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  of  all  kinds  by  requiring 
an  import  permit  for  each  shipment,  export 
licenses  for  shipments  of  arms,  ammunition, 
and  implements  of  war  to  Cuba  are  required 
for  the  articles  enumerated  below  in  addition 
to  the  articles  enumerated  in  the  President's 
proclamation  of  May  1,  1937 : 

(1)  Arms  and  small  arms  using  ammunition 
of  caliber  .22  or  less,  other  than  those  classed  as 
toys. 

(2)  Spare  parts  of  arms  and  small  arms  of 
all  kinds  and  calibers,  other  than  those  classed 
as  toys,  and  of  guns  and  machine  guns. 

(3)  Ammunition  for  the  arms  and  small 
arms  under  (1)  above. 

(4)  Sabers,  swords,  and  military  machetes 
with  cross-guard  hilts. 

(5)  Explosives  as  follows:  explosive  pow- 
ders of  all  kinds  for  all  purposes,  nitrocellulose 
having  a  nitrogen  content  of  12  percent  or  less; 
diphenylamine;  dynamite  of  all  kinds;  nitro- 
glycerine; alkaline  nitrates  (ammonium,  potas- 
sium, and  sodium  nitrate) ;  nitric  acid ;  nitro- 
benzene, (essence  or  oil  of  mirbane) ;  sulphur; 
sulphuric  acid;  chlorate  of  potash;  and  ace- 
tones. 

(6)  Tear  gas  (C6H6C0CH2C1)  and  other 
similar  nontoxic  gases  and  apparatus  designed 
for  the  storage  or  projection  of  such  gases. 

The  table  printed  below  indicates,  in  respect 
to  licenses  authorizing  the  exportation  to  Cuba, 
of  the  articles  and  commodities  listed  in  the 
preceding  paragraph  issued  by  the  Secretary 
of  State  during  January  1941,  the  number  of 
licenses  and  the  value  of  the  articles  and  com- 
modities described  in  the  licenses: 


236 


Number  of  licenses                 Section 

Value 

Total 

(1)  

(2)  .... 

(3) 

(5) 

$1, 377. 10 

10.02 

12, 771. 10 

40,  254. 17 

[  $54, 412. 39 

The  table  printed  below  indicates  the  value 
of  the  articles  and  commodities  listed  above 
exported  to  Cuba  during  January  1941  under 
licenses  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State : 


(i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(5) 


$1,  393.  30 
1,  550.  00 
9,  760.  50 

21,  944.  90 


department  of  state  bulletin 

Helium 

The  table  printed  below  gives  the  essential 
information  in  regard  to  the  licenses  issued  dur- 
ing the  month  of  January  1941,  authorizing  the 
exportation  of  helium  gas  under  the  provisions 
of  the  act  approved  on  September  1,  1937,  and 
the  regulations  issued  pursuant  thereto : 


Quan- 

Applicant  for 
license 

Purchaser  in 

Countrv  of 

Total 

foreign  country 

destination 

value 

feet 

The     Linde     Air 

Nicolas  L.  3.  Van 

Argentina 

.0332 

$2.00 

Products  Co. 

Haaren. 

The     Linde     Air 

Dominion  Oxygen 

Canada 

1.412 

136. 00 

Products  Co. 

Co.,  Ltd. 

The  Ohio  Chemi- 

Compafiia Marx., 

Mexico 

3.8 

2.19 

cal  &  Mfg.  Co. 

S.  A. 

Audrain  y  Medina. 

84 

pressed  Oas  Cor- 

poration. 

International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc. 


NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO-ENGINEERING  MEETING 


The  North  American  Regional  Radio-Engi- 
neering Meeting,  held  in  Washington,  D.C., 
January  14—30,  1941,  for  the  purpose  of  har- 
monizing the  action  of  the  radio  administra- 
tions of  Canada,  Cuba,  Dominican  Republic, 
Haiti,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States,9  made  the 
following  recommendations : 

"1.  The  representatives  of  the  Governments 
of  Canada,  Cuba,  the  Dominican  Republic, 
Haiti,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, having  met  in  Washington,  D.C.,  United 
States  of  America,  in  an  Engineering  Confer- 
ence from  January  14  to  30,  1941,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  resolving,  so  far  as  possible,  all  conflicts 
arising  as  a  result  of  the  listings  of  standard 


9  See  the  Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
82),  pp.  101-102;  January  25,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  83), 
p.  117;  February  1,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  84),  pp.  151-152. 


broadcast  stations  by  these  Governments  com- 
municated to  the  interested  Governments  pur- 
suant to  the  provisions  of  Part  III,  Section  1, 
Paragraph  d  of  the  North  American  Regional 
Broadcasting  Agreement  (Habana,  1937),  hav- 
ing given  appropriate  recognition  to  the  sov- 
ereign rights  of  all  countries  parties  to  the 
Agreement  to  the  use  of  every  channel  in  the 
standard  broadcast  band  as  provided  for  in 
Part  I,  Section  4  of  the  Agreement,  and  having 
reconciled,  in  their  technical  aspects,  the  con- 
flicts which  have  arisen  as  a  result  of  the  afore- 
mentioned listings,  recommend  that  the  appro- 
priate radio  administrations  of  these  Govern- 
ments take  such  action  as  may  be  necessary  to 
accomplish  the  following : 

"(a)  To  make  effective  prior  to  March  29, 
1941,  such  licenses,  permits  or  authorizations 


MARCH    1,    1941 


237 


as  may  be  necessary  under  the  laws,  regulations 
or  practices  of  the  respective  countries  to  place 
in  effect  the  listings  of  broadcast  stations  as  set 
forth  in  the  appendices  hereto; 

"(b)  To  adopt  immediately  adequate  meas- 
ures so  that  the  crystals  and  associated  fre- 
quency control  apparatus  as  well  as  circuit  tun- 
ing elements  necessary  for  the  proper  operation 
of  the  stations  in  accordance  with  the  listings 
included  in  the  appendices  hereto  shall  be 
installed  prior  to  March  29,  1941 ; 

"(c)  To  place  in  effect  at  0800  Greenwich 
Mean  Time  (3  a.m.,  E.S.T.)  March  29,  1941, 
the  actual  operation  of  broadcast  stations  on  fre- 
quencies and  at  locations  in  accordance  with  the 
listings  set  forth  in  the  appendices  hereto. 
When  a  directional  antenna  as  required  has 
not  been  installed,  the  operating  power  will  be 
restricted  to  a  value  which  will  not  cause  any 
objectionable  interference  to  stations  of  other 
countries.  Each  administration  will  take  the 
necessary  measures  to  prevent  the  operation  of 
any  station  not  conforming  with  these  require- 
ments and  the  listings  included  in  the  appen- 
dices hereto ; 

"(d)  To  make  adequate  arrangements  im- 
mediately in  the  manner  provided  for  in  para- 
graph (a)  for  the  erection  and  operation  of  the 
necessary  antenna  system  or  other  special  con- 
struction required  by  the  listings  of  the  broad- 
cast stations  as  set  forth  in  the  appendices 
hereto ; 

"(e)  To  refrain  from  making  any  new  sta- 
tion assignments  or  changes  in  existing  assign- 
ments as  to  location,  power,  frequency,  or  hours 
of  operation,  effective  prior  to  March  29,  1941, 
which  are  not  specifically  for  the  purpose  of 
complying  with  the  listings  of  broadcast  sta- 
tions as  set  forth  in  the  appendices  hereto. 
This,  however,  does  not  preclude  notification  of 
additional  assignments  to  be  made  effective 
after  March  29,  1941. 

"2.  In  case  the  operation  of  any  station  in 
accordance  with  the  listings  of  broadcast  sta- 
tions as  set  forth  in  the  appendices  hereto  may, 
as  a  result  of  actual  measurements,  be  found 
to  cause  objectionable  interference  in  excess  of 


the  amount  computed  in  accordance  with  the 
standards  set  forth  in  the  Agreement,  negotia- 
tions may  be  instituted  to  reduce  the  inter- 
ference in  accordance  with  the  appropriate 
technical  principles  thereof. 

"3.  The  radio  administrations  shall  communi- 
cate to  each  other  as  soon  as  possible  through 
the  medium  of  the  Inter-American  Radio 
Office  (O.I.R.)  complete  description  of  the  di- 
rectional antennas  required  by  the  listings  as 
set  forth  in  the  appendices  hereto. 

"4.  The  original  of  these  Recommendations 
and  their  Appendices  10  shall  be  deposited  in  the 
Ministry  of  State  of  the  Republic  of  Cuba  at 
Habana  with  the  original  of  the  North  Amer- 
ican Regional  Broadcasting  Agreement  (Ha- 
bana, 1937)  to  which  it  is  supplemental,  and 
certified  copies  of  these  Recommendations  shall 
be  transmitted  to  the  Governments  through  their 
respective  delegations. 

"5.  The  Governments  shall  communicate  to 
each  other  as  soon  as  possible  by  telegraph  and 
mail  through  the  medium  of  the  Inter- American 
Radio  Office  (O.I.R.)  their  acceptance  of  these 
recommendations.  In  the  absence  of  any  noti- 
fication to  the  Inter-American  Radio  Office 
(O.I.R.)  prior  to  March  1,  1941,  by  any  Gov- 
ernment, it  will  be  understood  that  the  listings 
of  broadcast  stations  set  forth  in  the  appendices 
hereto,  together  with  all  other  recommendations 
contained  in  this  instrument,  are  approved  and 
accepted  by  such  Government. 

"6.  Prior  to  March  1,  1941,  no  Government 
shall  make  public  the  listings  of  broadcast  sta- 
tions of  any  other  Government  unless  the  latter 
shall  have  already  made  its  own  listings  public. 

"In  witness  whereof,  the  respective  repre- 
sentatives sign  these  Recommendations,  in  trip- 
licate, one  copy  in  English,  one  copy  in  Spanish 
and  one  copy  in  French,  each  of  which  shall  be 
deposited  in  the  archives  of  the  Government  of 
Cuba  through  the  Department  of  State  of  the 
United  States  of  America. 


10  Owing  to  their  extensive  nature,  the  appendices  to 
these  Recommendations  are  not  printed  herein.  Copies 
may  be  obtained  in  mimeographed  form  from  the  Di- 
vision of  International  Communications,  Department  of 
State. 


238 


"Done  at  Washington,  D.C.,  January  30, 1941. 

"For  Canada  J.  W.  L.  Bain 

Ronald  MacDonnell 

"For  Cuba  F.  Suarez  Lopetequi 

G.  Morales 

Alfonso  Hernandez  Cata 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

"For  the  Dominican  Republic 

A.  Pastoriza 

"For  Haiti  Jacques  C.  Antoine 

"For  Mexico  J.  C.  Buchanan 

S.  Tatabas 

"For  the  United  States         Thomas  Burke 
of  America  T.  A.  M.  Craven" 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  1] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  February  21, 
1941: 

Career  Officers 

George  Wadsworth,  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  Consul 
General  at  Jerusalem,  Palestine,  has  been  desig- 
nated Counselor  of  Embassy  at  Rome,  Italy. 

Lowell  C.  Pinkerton,  of  Louisiana,  Mo.,  Con- 
sul General  at  Wellington,  New  Zealand,  has 
been  assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Jerusalem, 
Palestine. 

Loyd  V.  Steere,  of  California,  Agricultural 
Attache  at  London,  England,  has  been  assigned 
for  duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 

H.  Earle  Russell,  of  Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  Con- 
sul General  at  Johannesburg,  Union  of  South 
Africa,  has  been  assigned 'as  Consul  General  at 
Casablanca,  Morocco. 

Christian  M.  Ravndal,  of  Decorah,  Iowa, 
Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  at 
Buenos  Aires,  Argentina,  has  been  assigned  for 
duty  in  the  Department  of  State. 

Earl  L.  Packer,  of  Utah,  First  Secretary  of 
Legation  and  Consul  at  Budapest,  Hungary, 
has  been  assigned  as  Consul  at  Dresden,  Ger- 
many. 

Clinton  E.  MacEachran,  of  Beverly,  Mass., 
Consul  General  at  Halifax,  Nova  Scotia,  will 
retire  from  the  Foreign  Service  effective  Sep- 
tember 1, 1941. 


William  W.  Butterworth,  Jr.,  of  New  Or- 
leans, La.,  Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  at 
London,  England,  has  been  assigned  for  duty 
in  the  Department  of  State. 

Charles  H.  Heisler,  of  Milford,  Del.,  Consul 
at  Tunis,  Tunisia,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul 
at  Madras,  India. 

Garret  G.  Ackerson,  Jr.,  of  Hackensack,  N.  J., 
Second  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at 
Budapest,  Hungary,  has  been  designated  Sec- 
ond Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  at  Bo- 
gota, Colombia,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

John  C.  Shillock,  Jr.,  of  Portland,  Oreg., 
Consul  at  Lisbon,  Portugal,  has  been  designated 
Second  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at 
Tangier,  Morocco,  and  will  serve  in  dual 
capacity. 

Robert  Y.  Brown,  of  Dothan,  Ala.,  Second 
Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at  San  Jose, 
Costa  Rica,  has  been  designated  Second  Secre- 
tary of  Legation  and  Consul  at  Montevideo, 
Uruguay,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Jule  B.  Smith,  of  Texas,  Consul  at  Copen- 
hagen, Denmark,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul 
at  Barcelona,  Spain. 

T.  Muldrup  Forsyth,  of  Esmont,  Va.,  Consul 
at  Cartagena,  Colombia,  has  been  designated 
Third  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul  at 
Bucharest,  Rumania,  and  will  serve  in  dual 
capacity. 

Henry  P.  Leverich,  of  Montclair,  N.  J.,  Third 
Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Berlin,  Germany,  has 


MARCH    1,    1941 


239 


been  designated  Third  Secretary  of  Legation  at 
Lisbon,  Portugal. 

John  D.  Jernegan,  of  San  Diego,  Calif.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Barcelona,  Spain,  has  been  assigned 
as  Vice  Consul  at  Cartagena,  Colombia. 

Frederick  D.  Hunt,  of  Washington,  D.  C, 
Third  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Vice  Consul 
at  Buchai"est,  Rumania,  has  been  assigned  as 
Vice  Consul  at  Shanghai,  China. 

Non-career  Officers 

V.  Harwood  Blocker,  of  Hondo,  Tex.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Martinique,  French  West  Indies,  has 
been  appointed  Vice  Consul  at  Porto  Alegre, 
Brazil. 

Jones  R.  Trowbridge,  of  Augusta,  Ga.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Toronto,  Canada,  has  been  appointed 
Vice  Consul  at  Curacao,  West  Lidies. 

Wallace  E.  Moessner,  of  Oklahoma,  Vice 
Consul  at  Curacao,  West  Indies,  has  been  ap- 
pointed Vice  Consul  at  Toronto,  Canada. 

FOREIGN  SERVICE  EXAMINATION 

[Released  to  the  press  February  27] 

A  written  examination  for  commission  to  the 
Foreign  Service  will  be  held  commencing  Sep- 
tember 8,  1941,  at  the  following  points :  Atlanta, 
Boston,  Chicago,  Cincinnati,  Denver,  New  Or- 
leans, New  York,  Philadelphia,  St.  Louis,  St. 
Paul,  San  Francisco,  Seattle,  and  Washington. 

The  schedule  of  examinations  will  be  similar 


to  that  followed  in  the  examination  of  Septem- 
ber 16-19,  1940. 

The  oral  examinations  for  candidates  attain- 
ing an  average  of  70  percent  or  higher  on  the 
written  examination  will  probably  be  held  in 
January  1942.  The  exact  dates  of  these  oral 
examinations  will  be  announced  later. 

Applicants  desiring  to  qualify  for  the  Foreign 
Service  must  be  specially  designated  for  exami- 
nation. Applications  for  designation  (Form 
205)  may  be  obtained  from  the  Division  of  For- 
eign Service  Personnel,  Department  of  State, 
are  to  be  addressed  to  the  Secretary  of  State,  and 
must  be  filed  not  later  than  40  days  before  the 
date  set  for  the  written  examination.  No  desig- 
nations for  the  examination  to  be  held  Septem- 
ber 8-11,  1941  will  be  made  after  July  29,  1941. 

FOREIGN  SERVICE  NOMINATIONS 

On  February  28,  1941  the  Senate  received  the 
Executive  nominations  of  the  43  candidates  who 
were  successful  in  the  recently  completed  For- 
eign Service  examination,11  to  be  Foreign  Serv- 
ice officers,  unclassified,  vice  consuls  of  career, 
and  secretaries  in  the  diplomatic  service  of  the 
United  States.  There  was  also  sent  to  the 
Senate  the  nomination  of  William  W.  Walker, 
of  North  Carolina,  now  serving  as  Vice  Consul 
at  Colon,  Panama,  to  be  a  career  officer. 


uSee  the  Bulletin  of  February  15,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
86),  pp.  186-188. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


DIPLOMATIC  OFFICERS 

PAN  AMERICAN  CONVENTION 
Peru 

The  American  Embassy  at  Lima  transmitted 
to  the  Secretary  of  State  with  a  despatch  dated 
January  30,  1941,  a  record  of  the  joint  session 
of  the  Peruvian  Congress  on  January  28,  1941, 
at  which  was  approved  the  Pan  American  Con- 


vention on  Diplomatic  Officers  signed  at  the 
Sixth  International  Conference  of  American 
States  at  Habana,  February  20, 1928. 

The  records  of  the  Department  show  that  the 
convention  has  been  ratified  by  the  following 
countries:  Brazil,  Chile,  Colombia,  Costa  Rica, 
Cuba,  Dominican  Republic,  Ecuador,  Mexico, 
Nicaragua,  Panama,  Uruguay,  and  Venezuela. 


240 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO 

AGREEMENT 

The  text  of  the  recommendations  adopted  by 
the  North  American  Regional  Radio-Engi- 
neering Meeting,  Washington,  D.  C,  January 
14-30,  1941,  appears  in  this  Bulletin  under  the 
heading  "International  Conferences,  Commis- 
sions, Etc." 

EDUCATION 

CONVENTION  FOR  THE  PROMOTION  OF  INTER- 
AMERICAN  CULTURAL  RELATIONS  (TREATY 
SERIES  92S) 

Mexico 

By  a  note  dated  February  19,  1941,  the  Direc- 
tor General  of  the  Pan  American  Union  in- 
formed the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  Mexico  of  the  Conven- 
tion for  the  Promotion  of  Inter-American  Cul- 
tural Relations  signed  at  Buenos  Aires  on  De- 
cember 23,  1936,  was  deposited  with  the  Union 
on  February  15,  1941. 

The  countries  which  have  deposited  instru- 
ments of  ratification  of  this  convention  are  the 
following:  United  States  of  America,  Brazil, 
Chile.  Colombia,  Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Re- 
public, Guatemala,  Haiti,  Honduras,  Mexico, 
Nicaragua,  Panama,  Paraguay,  Peru,  and 
Venezuela. 

AGRICULTURE 

CONVENTION  FOR  THE  UNIFICATION  OF  THE 
METHODS  OF  KEEPING  AND  OPERATING  CAT- 
TLE HERDBOOKS 

Yugoslavia 

The  Italian  Ambassador  at  Washington  in- 
formed the  Secretary  of  State  by  a  note  dated 
February  19.  1941,  that  the  instrument  of  rati- 
fication by  Yugoslavia  of  the  Convention  for 
the  Unification  of  the  Methods  of  Keeping  and 
Operating  Cattle  Herdbooks,  signed  at  Rome 
on  October  14,  1936,  was  deposited  with  the 


Italian  Government  on  November  4,  1940. 

The  records  of  the  Department  show  that  the 
convention  has  been  ratified  by  the  following 
countries:  Brazil,  Czechoslovakia,  France,  Ger- 
many, Hungary,  Latvia,  French  Morocco,  and 
Tunis. 

COMMERCE 

INTER-AMERICAN  COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

Mexico 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  February  19,  1941,  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  Mexico  of  the  Inter- 
American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  signed 
at  Washington  on  November  28,  1940,  was  de- 
posited with  the  Union  on  February  15,  1941. 

Peru 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  February  17,  1941,  that  the  instru- 
ment of  approval  by  Peru  of  the  Inter- Ameri- 
can Coffee-Marketing  Agreement,  signed  at 
Washington  on  November  28,  1940,  was  de- 
posited with  the  Union  on  February  14,  1941. 
The  instrument  of  approval  is  dated  January 
11,  1941. 

NATURE  PROTECTION  AND  WILDLIFE 
PRESERVATION 

CONVENTION  ON  NATURE  PROTECTION  AND 
WILDLIFE  PRESERVATION  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

Brazil 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  transmitted  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
with  a  letter  dated  February  17,  1941,  certified 
copies  of  the  list  of  species  furnished  to  the  Pan 
American  Union  by  the  Government  of  Brazil 
for  inclusion  in  the  Annex  to  the  Convention 
on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preservation 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which  was  opened 
for  signature  at  the  Pan  American  Union  on 
October  12, 1940. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price  10  cents Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH  .THE   APPROVAL   OF   TnE    DIRECTOR   OF   THE   BUREAU   OF   THE    BUDGET 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


BULLETIN 


MARCH  8, 
Vol.  IV:  No.  89 — Publication 


Contents 


General: 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 

Europe: 

Closing  of  two  Italian  consulates  in  the  United  States  . 
Presentation    of    letters    of    credence    by    the    Polish 

Ambassador 

Property  of  Bulgaria  in  the  United  States 

Contributions  for  relief  in  belligerent  countries  .... 

American  Republics: 

Collaboration  with  Mexico  on  plans  for  common 
defense 

Grant  to  the  United  States  of  defense  sites  in  Panama  . 

The  Far  East: 

Message  of  the  Secretary  of  State  to  participants  in  the 
Far  Eastern  Lecture  Series 

The  Near  East: 

Suspension  of  tonnage  duties  for  vessels  of  Iran  .    .    . 

Publications 

Cultural  Relations: 

Visit  of  distinguished  leaders  from  other  American 
republics 

Visit  of  editors  and  scholars  to  other  American  repub- 
lics   

Journalistic  exchanges  between  United  States  schools 
and  Colombian  students 

Student  exchange  between  Chicago  University  and 
Sao  Paulo  School  of  Sociology  and  Politics  .... 

[Over] 


1941 
1576 


Page 

243 

249 

249 
251 
251 


264 
265 


265 

266 
266 

267 
268 
269 
269 


U.  S.  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  DOCUMENTS 

MAR  22  1941 


Qontents 


—CONTINUED. 


The  Foreign  Service:  Page 

Confirmation  of  nominations 269 

The  Department: 

Appointment  of  G.  Howland  Shaw  as  Assistant  Secre- 
tary of  State 270 

Appointments  of  other  officers 270 

Functions  of  Assistant  Secretaries 271 

Treaty  Information: 
Extradition : 

Supplementary  Convention  with  Guatemala  (Treaty 

Series  963) 272 

Arbitration : 

Treaty  for  the  Peaceful  Solution  of  Controversies 

Between  Brazil  and  Venezuela 272 

Sovereignty : 

Convention  on  the  Provisional  Administration  of 
European  Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the  Ameri- 
cas          272 

Labor : 

Convention    Concerning    Safety    Provisions    in    the 

Building  Industry 272 

Convention  Concerning  the  Liability  of  the  Shipowner 
in  Case  of  Sickness,  Injury,  or  Death  of  Seamen 

(Treaty  Series  951) 272 

Finance : 

Convention  for  the  Establishment  of  an  Inter- 
American  Bank 273 

Legislation 273 


General 


CONTROL  OP  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


[Released  to  the  press  March  4] 

The  issuance  of  three  proclamations,  with 
accompanying  Executive  orders,  placing  addi- 
tional articles  and  materials  under  the  export- 
licensing  system,  was  announced  March  4  by 
the  President. 

The  recommendation  submitted  by  Brig.  Gen. 
Russell  L.  Maxwell,  Administrator  of  Export 
Control,  stated  that  it  was  necessary  in  the  in- 
terests of  national  defense  to  control  the  expor- 
tation of  these  items. 

The  first  proclamation,  effective  March  10, 
covers : 

(1)  Cadmium 

(2)  Carbon  Black 

(3)  Coconut  Oil 

(4)  Copra 

(5)  Cresylic  Acid  and  Cresols 

(6)  Fatty  Acids  produced  from  vegetable 

oils  under  export  control 

(7)  Glycerin 

(8)  Palm-Kernel  Oil  and  Palm  Kernels 

(9)  Pine  Oil 

(10)  Petroleum  Coke 

(11)  Shellac 

(12)  Titanium 

The  second  proclamation,  effective  March  24, 
covers : 

(1)  Jute 

(2)  Lead 

(3)  Borax 

(4)  Phosphates 

The  third  proclamation,  effective  April  15, 
includes  plans,  specifications,  or  technical  in- 
formation utilized  in  connection  with  the  pro- 

29S460 — 41 1 


duction  or  processing  of  any  of  the  items  under 
control. 

The  texts  of  the  proclamations  and  Executive 
orders  follow  : 

Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

by  the  president  of  the  united  states  of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 
Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
entitled  "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense",  approved  July  2, 1940, 
provides  as  follows : 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or 
component  parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools,  or 
material,  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  manufac- 
ture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he  may  by 
proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such  exporta- 
tion, except  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as 
he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proclamation 
shall  describe  the  articles  or  materials  included 
in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment  contained 
therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of  any  provi- 
sion of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or  regu- 
lation, issued  hereunder,  such  violator  or  vio- 
lators, upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished  by  a 
fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000.  or  by  imprison- 
ment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or  by  both 
such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  authority 
granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate  June 
30,  1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  otherwise 
provide." 

243 


244 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


NOW,  THEREFORE,  I,  FRANKLIN  D.  ROOSEVELT, 

President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do 
hereby  proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have 
determined  that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of 
the  national  defense  that  on  and  after  March  10, 
1941,  the  following-described  articles  and  mate- 
rials shall  not  be  exported  from  the  United 
States  except  when  authorized  in  each  case  by 
a  license  as  provided  for  in  Proclamation  No. 
2413  1  of  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "Administration 
of  section  6  of  the  Act  entitled  'An  Act  To  ex- 
pedite the  strengthening  of  the  national  defense' 
approved  July  2,  1940": 

(1)  Cadmium 

(2)  Carbon  Black 

(3)  Coconut  Oil 

(4)  Copra 

(5)  Cresylic  Acid  and  Cresols 

(6)  Fatty   Acids   produced   from   vegetable 
oils  under  export  control 

(7)  Glycerin 

(8)  Palm-Kernel  Oil  and  Palm  Kernels 

(9)  Pine  Oil 

(10)  Petroleum  Coke 

(11)  Shellac 

(12)  Titanium 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set 
my  hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United 
States  of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  4th  day 

of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 

[seal]     nineteen     hundred     and    forty-one, 

and    of    the    Independence    of    the 

United  States  of  America,  the  one  hundred  and 

sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President: 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 

[No.  2463] 


Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

by  the  president  of  the  united  states 
of  america 

A  Proclaimat'wn 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
entitled  "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense",  approved  July  2, 
1940,  provides  as  follows: 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or 
component  parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools, 
or  material,  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  man- 
ufacture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he 
may  by  proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such 
exportation,  except  under  such  rules  and  regu- 
lations as  he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proc- 
lamation shall  describe  the  articles  or  mate- 
rials included  in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment 
contained  therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of 
any  provision  of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any 
rule  or  regulation,  issued  hereunder,  such  vio- 
lator or  violators,  upon  conviction,  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000,  or 
by  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  two  years, 
or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The 
authority  granted  in  this  section  shall  termi- 
nate June  30,  1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall 
otherwise  provide." 

NOW,  THEREFORE,  I,  FRANKLIN  D.   ROOSEVELT, 

President  of  the  United  States  of  America, 
acting  under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority 
vested  in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress, 
do  hereby  proclaim  that  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Administrator  of  Export  Control  I 
have  determined  that  it  is  necessary  in  the 
interest  of  the  national  defense  that  on  and 
after  March  24,  1941,  the  following-described 
articles  and  materials  shall  not  be  exported 
from  the  United  States  except  when  author- 
ized in  each  case  by  a  license  as  provided  for 
in  Proclamation  No.  2413 2  of  July  2,  1940, 


'5  F.K.  2467. 


2  Ibid. 


MARCH    S,     1941 


245 


entitled  "Administration  of  section  6  of  the 
Act  entitled  'An  Act  To  expedite  the  strength- 
ening of  the  national  defense'  approved  July 
2,  1940": 

(1)  Jute 

(2)  Lead 

(3)  Borax 

(4)  Phosphates 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 
Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  4th  day 
of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 
[seal]     nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one,  and 
of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America  the  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
By  the  President: 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 

[No.  2464] 

Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

bt  the  president  of  the  united  states  of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  en- 
titled "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening 
of  the  national  defense",  approved  July  2,  1940, 
provides  as  follows : 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  determines 
that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  any  military  equipment  or  munitions,  or 
component  parts  thereof,  or  machinery,  tools, 
or  material,  or  supplies  necessary  for  the  man- 
ufacture, servicing,  or  operation  thereof,  he 
may  by  proclamation  prohibit  or  curtail  such 
exportation,  except  under  such  rules  and  regu- 
lations as  he  shall  prescribe.  Any  such  proc- 
lamation shall  describe  the  articles  or  materials 
included  in  the  prohibition  or  curtailment  con- 


tained therein.  In  case  of  the  violation  of  any 
provision  of  any  proclamation,  or  of  any  rule 
or  regulation,  issued  hereunder,  such  violator 
or  violators,  upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000,  or  by  im- 
prisonment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or 
by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  au- 
thority granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate 
June  30,  1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  other- 
wise provide." 

NOW,  THEREFORE,  I,  FRANKLIN  D.   ROOSEVELT, 

President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do  hereby 
proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have  deter- 
mined that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of  the 
national  defense  that  on  and  after  April  15, 
1941,  the  following-described  articles  and  mate- 
rials shall  not  be  exported  from  the  United 
States  except  when  authorized  in  each  case  by  a 
license  as  hereinafter  provided : 

Any  model,  design,  photograph,  photographic 
negative,  document,  or  other  article  or  material, 
containing  a  plan,  specification,  or  descriptive 
or  technical  information  of  any  kind  (other  than 
that  appearing  generally  in  a  form  available  to 
the  public)  which  can  be  used  or  adapted  for  use 
in  connection  with  any  process,  synthesis,  or  op- 
eration in  the  production,  manufacture,  or  re- 
construction of  any  of  the  articles  or  materials 
the  exportation  of  which  is  prohibited  or  cur- 
tailed in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion 6  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved  July  2, 
1940,  or  of  any  basic  or  intermediary  constituent 
of  any  such  articles  or  materials. 

And  I  do  hereby  empower  the  Administrator 
of  Export  Control  to  issue  licenses  authorizing 
the  exportation  of  any  of  the  above-named  arti- 
cles and  materials  in  accordance  with  rules  and 
regulations  prescribed  by  the  President. 

Proclamation  No.  2423,3  of  September  12, 
1940,  is  hereby  superseded  except  so  far  as  and 
to  the  extent  that  it  relates  to  (1)  equipment 
(excluding  minor  component  parts)  which  can 


'5  F.R.  3651. 


246 

be  used,  or  adapted  to  use,  for  the  production  of 
aviation  motor  fuel  (as  is  defined  in  the  regula- 
tions issued  pursuant  to  Proclamation  No.  2417,' 
of  July  26,  1940,  as  may  from  time  to  time  be 
amended)  from  petroleum,  petroleum  products, 
hydrocarbon,  or  hydrocarbon  mixtures,  by  proc- 
esses involving  chemical  change;  and  (2)  equip- 
ment (excluding  minor  component  parts)  which 
can  be  used,  or  adapted  to  use,  for  the  produc- 
tion of  tetraethyl  lead  (as  is  defined  in  the  regu- 
lations issued  pursuant  to  Proclamation  No. 
2417,  of  July  26, 1940,  as  may  from  time  to  time 
be  amended ) . 

Proclamation  No.  2451,5  of  December  20, 
1940,  is  hereby  superseded  so  far  as  and  to  the 
extent  that  it  relates  to  plans  for  the  produc- 
tion of  aviation  lubricating  oil. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  4th  day 
of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord 

[seal]     nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one,  and 
of  the  Independence  of  the  United 
States  of  America  the  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
fifth. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 

By  the  President : 
Cordell  Hull 

Secretary  of  State. 

[No.  2465] 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  the  President's  Proclamation  of 
March  4,  1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  Section 
6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved  July  2, 
1940,  and  Amending  Regulations  of  Jan- 
uary 15,  1941,  Covering  the  Exportation  of 
Certain  Articles  and  Materials 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by  the 
provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 


department  of  state  bulletin 

approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense", I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  addi- 
tional regulations  governing  the  exportation  of 
the  articles  and  materials  named  in  my  procla- 
mation of  March  4,  1941 : 

1.  The  articles  and  materials  named  in  the 
said  proclamation  shall  be  construed  to  include 
the  following: 


(1)   Cadmium 

Ores  and  concentrates 

Metal 

Alloys 


B  F 

6245*  6640* 

6249*  6640* 

6249*  6640* 


'  5  F.R.  2677,  2682. 
'5  F.R.  5229. 


Cadmium  Salts  and  Compounds: 

Cadmium  chloride  8399.  9*  8399* 

Cadmium  oxide  8399.  9*  8399* 

Cadmium  sulfate  8399.  9*  8399* 

Cadmium  plating  salts  8399.  9*  8399* 

Cadmium  sulfide  8429*  8442* 

Cadmium  lithopone  8429*  8442* 

(2)  Carbon  Black: 

Carbon  black,  including  gas  black  8423*  8442* 

(3)  Coconut  Oil: 

Edible  1420  1449* 

Inedible  2230  2230 

(4)  Copra  2220*  2211 

(5)  Cresylic  Acid  and  Cresols  8024*  8069* 

(6)  Fatty     Acids     produced     from  2248*  2662* 

vegetable    oils  under  export 
control 

(7)  Glycerin  8314  8399* 

(8)  Palm-Kernel     Oil     and     Palm 

Kernels: 

Palm-Kernel  Oil: 

Edible  1449*  1449* 

Inedible  2249*  2243* 

Palm  Kernels  2220*  2220* 

(9)  Pine  Oil  2117  2189* 

(10)  Petroleum  Coke  5048  5048* 

(11)  Shellac: 

Lac,  crude,  seed,  button,  and  stick  2189*  2108 

Unbleached  shellac  2189*  2108 

Bleached  shellac  2185  2108 

(12)  Titanium: 

Ores  and  concentrates: 

Ilmenite  6245*  6640* 

Rutile  6245*  6640* 

Metal  6249*  6640* 

Alloys  6249*  6640* 

Titanium  Salts  and  Compounds: 

Titanium  dioxide  8428  8442* 

Titanium  tetrachloride  8399.  9*     8399* 

2.  The   numbers   appearing  in   the   columns 

designated  B  and  F  in  paragraph   1  hereof 


MARCH    8,    1941 


247 


refer  to  the  numbers  in  Schedule  B  "Statisti- 
cal Classification  of  Domestic  Commodities  Ex- 
ported from  the  United  States",  and  Schedule 
F  "Foreign  Exports  (Re- Exports)",  respec- 
tively, issued  by  the  United  States  Department 
of  Commerce,  both  effective  January  1,  1941. 
The  words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are 
included  solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical 
classification.  An  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that 
the  classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with 
that  in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive  6  of  the  regu- 
lations issued  July  2,  1940,  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  the  act  of  July  2,  1940,  are  applicable  to 
the  exportation  of  the  articles  and  materials 
listed  in  paragraph  1  (1)-(12). 

4.  Executive  Order  No.  8640 7  is  hereby 
amended  to  include  within  its  provisions  the 
articles  and  materials  named  in  my  proclama- 
tion of  March  4,  1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
March  4, 1941. 

[No.  8702] 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Des- 
ignated in  the  President's  Proclamation 
of  March  4,  1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  Sec- 
tion 6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved 
July  2,  1940,  and  Amending  Regulations  of 
January  15,  1941,  Covering  the  Exporta- 
tion of  Certain  Articles  and  Materials 

Pursuant  to  the  authority  vested  in  me  by 
the  provisions  of  section  6  of  the  act  of  Con- 
gress approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act 
To  expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national 
defense",  I  hereby  prescribe  the  following  ad- 
ditional regulations  governing  the  exportation 
of  the  articles  and  materials  named  in  my 
proclamation  of  March  4,  1941 : 


1.  The  articles  and  materials  named  in  the 
said  proclamation  shall  be  construed  to  include 
the  following: 

(1)  Jute:  B  F 
Fiber                                                 3499*         3409* 
Burlaps,  except  when  used  as     3229*         3220 

a  covering  for  other  mer- 
chandise   or    as    a    com- 
ponent   part    of    other 
products 
Bags,  except  when  used  as  a     3224  3224 

container  for  other  mer- 
chandise 

(2)  Lead: 

Ore  and  matte  6640*  6640* 

Pigs  and  bars  6507  6515* 

Sheets  and  pipes  6508  6515* 

Solder  6512  6515* 

(3)  Borax: 

Boric  acid  8308  8309* 

Borates,  crude  and  refined  8362  8379* 

(4)  Phosphates: 

Phosphoric  acid  8309*         8309.  9* 

Phosphorus  (elemental)  8399.  9*     8399* 

Phosphate   rock   containing    (8513*         8551* 
20%  or  more  phosphorus    (8514* 
pentoxide  (PjOj)    equiva- 
lent 
Superphosphate  containing     8519*         8551* 
40%  or  more  phosphorus 
pentoxide   (P2O5)   equiva- 
lent 
-.  The  numbers  appearing  in   the  columns 
designated   B   and  F   in   paragraph    1   hereof 
refer  to  the  numbers  in  Schedule  B  "Statisti- 
cal Classification  of  Domestic  Commodities  Ex- 
ported from  the  United  States",  and  Schedule 
F   "Foreign   Exports    (Re-Exports) ",   respec- 
tively, issued  by  the  United  States  Department 
of  Commerce,  both  effective  January  1,  1941. 
The  words  are  controlling  and  the  numbers  are 
included  solely  for  the  purpose  of  statistical 
classification.     An  asterisk   (*)    indicates  that 
the  classification  herein  is  not  co-extensive  with 
that  in  said  Schedules  B  and  F. 

3.  Regulations  2  to  12  inclusive  s  of  the  reg- 
ulations issued  July  2,  1940,  pursuant  to  section 
6  of  the  act  of  July  2, 1940,  are  applicable  to  the 


'  5  F.R.  2469. 
'  6  F.R.  455. 


'  5  F.R.  246'.!, 


248 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


exportation  of  (lie  articles  and  materials  listed 
in  paragraph  1  (l)-(4). 

4.  Executive  Order  No.  8640 9  is  hereby 
amended  to  include  within  its  provisions  the 
articles  and  materials  named  in  my  proclama- 
tion of  March  4,  1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
March  4,  191,1. 

[No.  8703] 

The  following  circular  telegrams  from  the 
Secretary  of  State  were  recently  sent  to  col- 
lectors of  customs : 

"March  3,  1941. 

"As  used  in  paragraph  twelve  of  the  export 
control  regulations  of  July  2,  1940,  the  term 
'in  transit'  is  interpreted  as  denoting  a  ship- 
ment which  originates  in  a  foreign  country  and 
passes  through  territory  of  the  United  States 
to  another  foreign  country,  the  consignee  and 
destination  in  the  latter  foreign  country  having 
been  named  in  the  through  bill  of  lading  exe- 
cuted in  the  country  of  origin.  Exports  of 
shipments  thus  'in  transit'  require  no  license. 
Articles  and  materials  within  the  purview  of 
the  regulations  which  are  now  in,  or  may  here- 
after be  brought  into,  bonded  warehouses,  man- 
ufacturing plants  and  smelters  are  subject  to 
the  export  license  requirements." 


"March  8,  1941. 
"In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Executive  Order  of  January  15,  1941,  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  has  today  issued  the  following 
general  licenses  for  the  export  to  Canada  and 
Great  Britain  of  articles  and  materials  named 
in  proclamations  and  regulations  issued  pur- 
suant to  section  6  of  the  Export  Control  Act 
of  July  2,  1940: 

"  <i  F.R.  455. 


"To  Canada  License  No.  GBQ  1  for  beryl- 
lium 

No.  GBR  1  for  graph- 
ite electrodes 
No.  GCM  1  for  cad- 
mium 
No.  GCO  1  for  carbon 

black 
No.  GCP  1  for  petro- 
leum coke 
No.  GCT  1  for  jute 
No.  GCU  1  for  lead 
No.  GCW  1  for  borax 
No.  GCX  1  for  phos- 
phates 
No.  GEP  1  for  pine  oil 
No.  GCS  1  for  glycer- 
ine 
No.  GCR  1  for  cresylic 
acid  and  cresols 

"To  Great  Britain  License  No.  GCM  2  for 
cadmium 

No.  GCO  2  for 

carbon  black 
No.  GCP  2  for 

petroleum  coke 
No.  GCT  2  for 

jute 
No.  GCU  2  for 

lead 
No.  GCW  2  for 

borax 
No.  GCX  2  for 

phosphates 
No.  GEP  2  for 

pine  oil 
No.  GCS  2  for 

glycerine 
No.  GCR  2  for 

cresylic      acid 

and  cresols." 


Europe 


CLOSING  OF  TWO  ITALIAN  CONSULATES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  6] 

For  reasons  of  national  policy  it  has  been 
decided  that  foreign  consulates  in  certain  areas 
should  be  closed.  At  the  present  time  the  Ital- 
ian Government  has  been  requested  to  close  its 
consulates  at  Detroit,  Mich.,  and  Newark,  N.  J., 
and  to  withdraw  the  personnel. 

[Released  to  the  press  March  6) 

On  March  5,  1941,  the  Secretary  of  State 
sent  the  following  note  to  His  Excellency  the 
Royal  Italian  Ambassador,  Don  Ascanio  dei 
principi  Colonna: 

"The  Secretary  of  State  presents  his  com- 
pliments to  His  Excellency  the  Royal  Italian 
Ambassador  and  has  the  honor  to  refer  to  his 
oral  communication  of  February  12,  1941,  with 
respect  to  the  Italian  Government's  request 
that  the  Consulates  now  established  at  Palermo 
and  Naples  should  be  moved  to  a  place  as  far 
north  as  Rome  or  farther  north,  and  to  a  place 
which  was  not  on  the  sea  coast. 

"Instructions  to  these  offices  of  the  American 
Government  have  been  issued  in  accordance 
with  this  request  and  the  supervisory  consulate 
general  of  the  United  States  in  Italy  is  being 
established  in  Rome. 

"The  Secretary  of  State  avails  himself  of 
this  opportunity  to  make  request  of  the  Ital- 
ian Ambassador  that  all  officials  of  his  Govern- 
ment within  the  territory  of  the  United  States 
will  confine  their  movements  to  those  areas  in 
which  they  exercise  the  recognized  duties  of 
their  respective  offices.  This  request  does  not 
include  the  personnel  of  the  Italian  Embassy 
in  Washington  whose  names  appear  on  the 
Diplomatic  List.  It  would  be  appreciated, 
however,  if  the  Italian  Ambassador  would  keep 
the  Department  of  State  currently  informed 
of  the  movements  outside  of  Washington  of 


the  military  and  naval  personnel  attached  to 
the  Italian  Embassy. 

"As  regards  the  Italian  consular  offices  at 
Newark,  New  Jersey,  and  Detroit,  Michigan, 
the  Italian  Ambassador  is  informed  that  the 
American  Ambassador  in  Rome  has  been  re- 
quested to  convey  orally  to  the  appropriate 
Italian  authorities  the  desire  of  the  United 
States  Government  that  these  offices  should  be 
closed  and  that  the  Italian  personnel  be  with- 
drawn from  these  places.  Should  they  remain 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States 
the  Department  of  State  should  be  kept  fully 
informed  of  their  place  of  residence." 

PRESENTATION  OF  LETTERS  OF  CRE- 
DENCE BY  THE  POLISH  AMBASSADOR 

[Released  to  the  press  March  6] 

The  remarks  of  the  newly  appointed  Ambas- 
sador of  Poland,  Mr.  Jan  Ciechanowski,  upon 
the  occasion  of  the  presentation  of  his  letters  of 
credence,  March  6,  1941,  follow : 

"Mr.  President: 

"I  have  the  honor  to  hand  to  Your  Excel- 
lency the  letters  by  which  the  President  of  the 
Republic  of  Poland  recalls  Count  George 
Potocki  from  his  post  of  Ambassador  of  the 
Republic  of  Poland  to  the  United  States. 

"The  President  of  the  Republic  of  Poland 
desires  me  to  express  to  Your  Excellency  his 
sincere  thanks  for  the  kindness,  the  understand- 
ing, and  the  support  which  Your  Excellency  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  have 
given  to  Ambassador  Potocki  throughout  his 
mission  in  Washington. 

"The  President  of  the  Republic  has  instructed 
me  to  assure  Your  Excellency  that  he  is  follow- 
ing with  concentrated  attention  and  admiration 
your  splendid  activity  for  the  preservation  of 
freedom  and  civilization  on  which  the  whole 
future  and  happiness  of  humanity  depend. 

249 


250 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


"I  have  now  the  honor  to  present  to  Your 
Excellency  the  letters  by  which  the  President 
of  the  Republic  of  Poland  accredits  me  to  be 
Ambassador  Extraordinary  and  Plenipotenti- 
ary of  the  Republic  of  Poland  to  the  United 
States. 

"I  beg  leave  to  assure  you,  Mr.  President, 
that  I  am  deeply  conscious  of  the  honor  of  rep- 
resenting Poland  in  the  United  States  at  this 
exceptionally  grave  time,  when  the  fate  of  my 
country  and,  indeed,  that  of  human  freedom 
and  civilization  are  at  stake.  I  am  especially 
conscious  of  the  responsibility  placed  upon  me. 

"For  nearly  a  year  and  a  half  Poland  is 
suffering  inhuman  oppression  at  the  hands  of 
two  ruthless  invaders. 

"These  two  powerful  neighbors  of  Poland 
have  unprovokedly  attacked  and  overrun  her 
national  territory  in  a  concerted  action  of  ag- 
gressive imperialism,  with  a  view  of  repeat- 
ing the  crime  of  Poland's  partitions  of  the  end 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  of  renewing 
their  previous  unsuccessful  attempt  at  total 
annihilation  of  the  Polish  Nation. 

"The  Polish  people,  irrespective  of  party  and 
creed,  united  in  the  sacred  cause  of  Poland's 
independence,  have  never  for  one  moment  de- 
parted from  their  attitude  of  calm  national 
dignity  and  determined  opposition  to  political 
and  physical  pressure  ruthlessly  applied  by  the 
invaders  with  unprecedented  cunning  and 
brutality  in  order  to  break  their  spirit  of 
resistance. 

"The  Polish  armed  forces  continue  to  be  ac- 
tive. The  Polish  Army  fought  gallantly 
against  overwhelming  forces  in  Poland.  Af- 
ter being  overpowered,  those  of  our  soldiers 
who  were  able  to  thwart  the  vigilance  of  the 
enemy,  surmounted  countless  dangers  and  hard- 
ships, and  succeeded  by  heroic  migration  in 
single  file  in  crossing  the  greater  part  of  the 
European  Continent,  in  order  to  join  the  Pol- 
ish Government  and  to  re-form  the  Allied  Na- 
tional Polish  Army  on  the  friendly  soil  of 
France.  After  fighting  bravely  against  the 
common  enemy  in  Norway  and  on  French  ter- 
ritory, they  refused  to  capitulate  and  migrated 
once  more  from  that  unfortunate  allied  country 


at  the  time  of  its  surrender,  in  order  to  re- 
form their  decimated  forces  on  the  friendly  and 
hospitable  soil  of  our  British  ally,  there  to 
carry  on  the  fight  against  our  enemy  on  land, 
on  sea,  and  in  the  air. 

"The  record  of  this  Polish  Army,  of  our 
Navy,  and  our  Air  Force  is  worthy  of  the 
heroic  ages  of  history.  It  is,  above  all,  the 
tangible  proof  of  that  undaunted  spirit  of  pa- 
triotism and  national  consciousness  which  has 
always  been  and  which,  I  firmly  believe,  will 
never  cease  to  be  one  of  Poland's  recognized 
traditions. 

"The  entire  Polish  Nation  loyally  supports 
its  President  and  its  Government,  and  is  deter- 
mined to  carry  on  this  mortal  struggle  in  de- 
fense of  freedom  and  democracy  to  a  victorious 
end. 

"These  are,  Mr.  President,  for  the  time  be- 
ing, the  principal  assets  of  the  Poland  of  to- 
day, which  I  can  spread  before  you,  but  which, 
I  venture  to  believe,  in  the  pure  primitive 
splendor  of  what  they  represent  in  terms  of 
human  endurance  and  sacrifice,  of  patriotism, 
of  national  consciousness  and  dignity,  of  faith 
and  vitality,  constitute  intrinsic  values  bearing 
the  indelible  hallmarks  of  Poland's  immor- 
tality. 

"If  at  this  time  of  our  history,  unworthy 
though  I  feel,  I  have  accepted  to  undertake 
the  great  mission  entrusted  to  me,  it  is  be- 
cause I  have  had  once  before  the  privilege  of 
representing  my  country  in  the  United  States, 
of  interpreting  its  deep  traditional  friendship 
for  the  American  people,  of  explaining  its 
policies  to  the  Government  of  this  great 
democracy. 

"In  the  course  of  my  previous  mission,  I 
gained  a  fervent  faith  in  the  unfaltering  spirit 
of  justice  and  respect  for  the  freedom  of  others, 
which  characterizes  the  American  people, 
whose  President  and  Government  so  greatly 
contributed  to  the  restoration  of  Poland's  in- 
dependence after  the  World  War. 

"I  feel  sure  that  this  great  and  responsive 
Nation  will  not  fail  Poland  in  this  hour  of 
her  struggle  for  her  right  to  live  in  peace,  in 
dignity,  and  democratic  freedom,  and  that  once 


MARCH    S,    1941 


251 


more  it  will  assist  in  her  liberation  from  ruth- 
less Germanic  and  Soviet  tyranny. 

"To  the  Polish  Nation,  you  are,  Mr.  Presi- 
dent, the  generally  recognized  personification 
of  active  and  creative  democratic  statesman- 
ship. 

"To  us  Poles  the  necessity  of  your  personal 
influence  on  the  establishment  of  the  new  order 
in  the  world  after  the  war,  has  become  a  dogma 
of  faith  in  the  future  stability  of  peace  and, 
indeed,  the  very  survival  of  civilization. 

"I  venture  to  express  the  hope  that  Your  Ex- 
cellency will  not  refuse  to  grant  me  the  in- 
valuable support  of  your  confidence  which,  on 
my  part,  I  shall  ever  do  my  very  utmost  to 
deserve." 

The  President's  reply  to  the  remarks  of  Mr. 
Jan  Ciechanowski  follows: 

"Mk.  Ambassador: 

"In  receiving  the  letters  of  recall  of  your 
predecessor,  Count  George  Potocki,  and  the 
letters  accrediting  you  as  Ambassador  Ex- 
traordinary and  Plenipotentiary  of  the  Repub- 
lic  of  Poland  to  the  United  States,  I  wish  to 
welcome  you  back  to  Washington.  I  have 
noted  the  expression  of  thanks  of  the  Presi- 
dent of  Poland  for  the  understanding  and  sup- 
port shown  your  distinguished  predecessor  and 
wish  to  assure  you  of  the  same  measure  of 
support  and  cooperation. 

"The  friendly  mention  made  by  the  Presi- 


dent of  Poland  of  our  efforts  in  behalf  of  the 
preservation  of  freedom  is  appreciated.  It  is 
with  sympathetic  interest  that  the  valiant  ef- 
forts which  are  being  made  by  the  Government 
of  Poland  toward  this  same  end  are  being  fol- 
lowed. The  loyal  support  given  these  efforts 
by  the  Polish  people  is,  I  am  sure,  a  matter  of 
deep  satisfaction  to  the  President  and  Govern- 
ment of  Poland. 

"That  spirit  of  justice  and  respect  for  free- 
dom of  the  people  of  the  United  States,  which 
you  observed  on  your  previous  mission  to  this 
country,  I  can  assure  you,  still  lives  and  can 
be  relied  upon  by  you  in  your  efforts  to  fulfil 
your  present  mission." 

PROPERTY  OF  BULGARIA  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES 

On  March  4,  1941,  the  President  signed  Ex- 
ecutive Order  No.  8701,  extending  all  the  pro- 
visions of  Executive  Order  No.  8389  of  April 
10,  1940,  as  amended,  to  "property  in  which 
Bulgaria  or  any  national  thereof  has  at  any 
time  on  or  since  March  4,  1941,  had  any  inter- 
est of  any  nature  whatsoever,  direct  or  indi- 
rect .  .  ."  The  text  of  Executive  Order  No. 
8701  appears  in  the  Federal  Register  of  March 
5,  1941  (vol.  6,  no.  44),  page  1285,  and  the 
regulations  of  the  Treasury  Department,  issued 
March  4,  1941,  under  authority  of  this  order, 
appear  in  the  same  issue  of  the  Federal  Reg- 
ister, page  1291. 


CONTEIBUTIONS  FOR  RELIEF  IN  BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  4] 

The  following  tabulation  shows  contributions 
collected  and  disbursed  during  the  period  Sep- 
tember 6,  1939  through  January  31,  1941,  as 
shown  in  the  reports  submitted  by  persons  and 
organizations  registered  with  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  the  solicitation  and  collection  of  con- 
tributions to  be  used  for  relief  in  belligerent 
countries,  in  conformity  with  the  regulations 
issued  pursuant  to  section  8  of  the  act  of  No- 
vember 4,  1939  as  made  effective  by  the  Presi- 
dent's proclamation  of  the  same  date. 


This  tabulation  has  reference  only  to  con- 
tributions solicited  and  collected  for  relief  in 
belligerent  countries  (France;  Germany;  Po- 
land; the  United  Kingdom,  India,  Australia, 
Canada,  New  Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South 
Africa;  Norway;  Belgium;  Luxemburg;  the 
Netherlands;  Italy;  and  Greece)  or  for  the  re- 
lief of  refugees  driven  out  of  these  countries  by 
the  present  war.  The  statistics  set  forth  in  the 
tabulation  do  not  include  information  regard- 
ing relief  activities  which  a  number  of  organ- 
izations registered  with  the  Secretary  of  State 


252 

may  be  carrying  on  in  nonbelligerent  countries, 
but  for  which  registration  is  not  required  under 
the  Neutrality  Act  of  1939. 

The  American  National  Red  Cross  is  required 
by  law  to  submit  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
audit  "a  full,  complete,  and  itemized  report  of 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  whatever  kind". 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

In  order  to  avoid  an  unnecessary  duplication 
of  work,  this  organization  is  not  required  to 
conform  to  the  provisions  of  the  regulations 
governing  the  solicitation  and  collection  of  con- 
tributions for  relief  in  belligerent  countries, 
and  the  tabulation  does  not,  therefore,  include 
information  in  regard  to  its  activities. 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


Action  Democrata  Espanola,  San  Francisco,  Calif., 
Mar.  29, 1940.°    France 

The  Allied  Civilian  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  27,  1940.    Great  Britain ---. 

Allied  Relief  Ball,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  4, 1940. 
Great  Britain  and  France 

American  Aid  for  German  War  Prisoners,  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  27,  1940.    Canada,   British  West  Indies, 
Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Great  Britain 

American  Association  for  Assistance  to  French  Artists, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    France 

American  Association  of  University  Women,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  May  23,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain, 
Sweden,  Palestine,  Canada,  and  Switzerland 

American  Auxiliary  Committee  de  l'Union  des  Femmes 
de  France,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  8,  1939.  France, 
Great  Britain,  and  Germany 

American  Board  of  Missions  to  the  Jews,  Inc.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.,  July  5, 1940.    France,  Belgium,  and  Germany. 

American  Cameronian  Aid,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  17, 
1941.    Scotland.--   

American  Committee  for  Christian  Refugees,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  20,  1939.    Germany  and  France.. 

American  Committee  for  the  German  Relief  Fund,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  27,  1940.  Germany,  Poland, 
Canada,  Dutch  Guiana,  British  West  Indies,  and 
Jamaica 

American  Committee  for  the  Polish  Ambulance  Fund, 
Chicago,  111.,  Feb.  12,  1940.  France,  Poland,  and 
England 

The  American  Committee  for  the  Relief  of  Greece,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y.,  Jan.  2, 1941.    Greece 

American  Committee  to  Save  Refugees,  New  York,  N.Y., 
Jan.  3, 1941.    France 

American  Committee  for  the  Syrian  Orphanage  in 
Jerusalem,  Woodside,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  3, 
1940.    Palestine,  Germany,  and  British  East  Africa. -- 

American  Dental  Ambulance  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  12, 1940.    United  Kingdom , 

American  Employment  for  General  Relief,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  M«v  1,  1940.  England,  France,  Nor- 
way, Poland,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the 
Netherlands ._ 

American  Federation  for  Polish  Jews,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y., Sept.  14, 1939.    Poland. .- 

American  Field  Hospital  Corps,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec. 
12,1939.    France,  Belgium,  Holland,  and  England 


$312. 19 

212.68 

52,  696.  35 

4,  810.  92 
14,  501. 44 

18, 186. 83 

22,  901.  28 

6, 812. 09 

17.10 

12,001.86 

59, 000.  44 

31,889.53 

None 

2, 918. 23 

None 
3, 269. 52 

3, 319. 00 

6,  244. 30 

236, 927.  58 


$125. 00 

91.70 

39,  964.  39 

3, 306.  91 
9,  216. 03 

11,327.50 

12,  493.  25 

6.  704.  60 

None 

12,001.86 

45,  300.  00 

2fi.  243.  20 
None 
900.69 

None 
3, 133. 02 

None 

5, 020. 75 

185.  928. 42 


$130. 18 
120.98 
None 

1,  069.  64 
1,  773.  27 

6,  219.  87 

6,  509.  08 
None 
16.04 


1,  712.  71 

3,316.09 

None 

1,309.63 

None 
35.00 

None 

847. 41 

22, 002. 09 


None 
$36.50 
None 

884.00 
1, 605. 15 

None 

5,  453.  96 
None 
None 
None 

None 

471.00 
None 
None 

None 
None 

None 
7, 651. 43 
2,  694.  20 


None 
None 
None 

$136.00 
None 


765.  64 
None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 

None 
None 

None 
None 
None 


$57. 01 

None 

12, 731. 96 

434. 37 
3,  512. 14 

639.  46 

S,  898.  95 

107. 49 

1.06 

None 

11,987.73 

2,  330.  24 

None 
708.01 

None 
101.50 

3,  362.  24 
376.14 

28,  997. 07 


» The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


MARCH   8,    1941 


253 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

American  Field  Service,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  27, 
1939.    France,  Great  Britain,  British   East   Africa, 

$355,  560. 01 

8,  959.  23 
52,  792. 57 
8,  497. 68 

32, 144.  58 

3,  914.  94 
338,  815. 14 

4,  782. 84 

136,832.35 
5, 266. 05 
19,  420. 45 
5, 305. 80 
5, 600. 00 

3,085,872.81 
2, 607.  62 
4, 794.  66 
20, 645.  33 
1,080.22 
6, 066.  84 
4, 162.  31 
25,  438. 82 
10,  920. 68 
1,494.19 
24, 490. 50 
10,827.14 
13, 671. 47 
2, 849. 96 

$299,  927.  83 

4,  433. 90 
33,  940.  31 

4,  450. 00 

26,  286.  42 

2,357.00 

190, 160.  49 

1,927.02 

125,  757. 89 

3,786.60 

14, 399.  72 

3,  425. 00 

None 

2,  794,  804.  77 

2, 115.  77 

2, 932.  40 

19, 648.  47 

180.  07 

5,  792.  72 
1, 423. 70 

14, 514. 75 

6,500.00 

732.56 

18, 537. 66 
7,000.00 
8,206.53 
2.600.00 

$37,  633.  29 

2,  667. 18 

8,  604. 10 

811.63 

14.38 

1,  526.  44 

113,796.68 

None 

301. 07 
1,111.46 
4, 164. 64 

696.  78 
5,600.00 

None 

491.  85 

1, 487. 98 

509.27 

630.  57 

171.50 

2,074.28 

2,284.21 

4, 095. 75 

363.74 

4. 893.  40 

3, 538. 69 

3,431.35 

242.45 

None 

None 

$55,  560. 85 

None 

19,  240. 00 

None 

19, 904. 96 

None 

14,  512. 17 
4,911.60 

15,871.69 
None 
None 

51.00 

2, 800.  00 

None 

None 

None 

50.00 

1, 184. 10 

28. 946.  51 

650.00 

489.32 

3, 170.  31 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

$1, 611. 50 

None 

None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
728.00 
None 
None 

None 
200.00 
None 
None 
2.45 
None 
207.40 
None 
107. 77 
None 
250.00 
None 
None 
None 

$17, 998. 89 

American  and  French  Students'  Correspondence  Ex- 
change, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  20, 1939.    France  and 

1, 858. 15 

American-French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

10,  248. 16 

American  Friends  of  Britain,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

3,  236. 05 

American  Friends  of  Czecho-Slovakia,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  2,  1939.    Great  Britain,  France,  and  Bohemia- 

5, 843. 78 

American  Friends  of  the  Daily  Sketch  War  Relief  Fund, 

31.60 

American  Friends  of  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  21, 1939.    France,  Germany,  and  England 

American  Friends  of  a  Jewish  Palestine,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  9,  1940.    Palestine,  Germany,  Poland, 

34, 857. 97 
2, 855. 82 

American  Friends  Service  Committee,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Nov.  9,  1939.    United  Kingdom,  Poland,  Germany, 
France,  Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  Italy, 

10,  773. 39 

The  American  Fund  for  Breton  Relief,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

368.09 

American  Fund  for  French  Wounded,  Inc.,  Boston, 

866.19 

American-German  Aid  Society,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

1,284.02 

The  American  Hospital  in  Britain,  Limited,  New  York, 

None 

The  American  Jewish  Joint  Distribution  Committee, 
Inc.,   New  York,  N.  Y.,   Sept.  29,   1939.      United 
Kingdom,  Poland,  Germany,  France,  Norway,  Bel- 

291, 068.  04 

American  McAll  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 

None 

American-Polish  National  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Aug. 

374.28 

The  American  School  Committee  for  Aid  to  GVeece,  Inc., 

587.  59 

American  War  Godmothers,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Mar.  6, 

269.58 

American  Women's  Hospitals,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

102.  62 

American  Women's  Unit  for  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.Y.,  Jan.  15, 1940.    France -  - 

American    Women's   Voluntary   Services,    Inc.,    New 

664.33 
8.639.86 

Les  Amis  de  la  France  a  Puerto  Rico,  San  Juan,  P.  R., 

324.93 

Les  Amities  Feminines  de  la  France,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

397.89 

Les  Anciens  Combattants  Francais  de  la  Grande  Guerre, 

San  Francisco.  Calif.,  Oct.  26,  1939.     France.. 

Anthracite  Relief  Committee,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  Sept. 

1,059.44 

288.45 

Anzac  War  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23, 

1,933.59 

Associated  Polish  Societies  Relief  Committee  of  Web- 
ster, Mass.,  Webster,  Mass.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland.. 

7.50 

k  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


254 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE  BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries- — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

Associated  Polish  Societies'  Relief  Committee  of  Worces- 
ter, Mass.,  Worcester,  Mass.,  Sept.  14, 1939.   Poland. __ 

Association  of  Former  Juniors  in  France  of  Smith  Col- 
lege, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  18,  1939.    France. 

Association  of  Former  Russian  Naval  Officers  in  Amer- 

$10, 679. 97 
273.50 
279.41 

2, 363. 45 

14, 726.  54 

1, 299. 89 
2, 213. 13 

33, 531. 92 
5, 923. 56 
2,091.05 
5, 481. 17 

14, 040.  49 

397, 069. 84 

6, 775. 68 

930.961.92 

2,  693.  58 

67,922.31 

3, 343. 07 

145, 242. 20 
99,111.83 

346,  403.  86 
346. 70 

4, 884,  299. 06 

830,  776. 14 

964.87 

630. 16 

$9, 266. 45 

225.00 

254.30 

1, 156. 10 
10, 143. 98 

1, 192. 00 

975.00 

9, 339. 36 

3,  757.  33 
2, 045. 00 

4,  426.  74 
9,  965. 40 

266, 324.  31 

5, 306. 30 

363,  333.  44 

1, 392.  70 

50,  294. 49 

125.00 

108, 165. 48 
91,327.47 

288.  708.  23 
337.  50 

2,751,785.30 

320, 166.  89 

800.30 

None 

1960.42 
48.50 

8.14 

1,077.69 
3, 769. 90 

10.73 

1,030.77 

12, 003. 92 

166. 82 

43.55 

46.00 

146. 71 

130,682.80 

727.38 

455,484.37 

1,011.86 

4,571.66 

56.00 

32,  400. 33 
3,  209.  58 

20,  620. 47 
None 

1.778,686.11 

327, 390. 90 

None 

593. 63 

$1, 430. 00 

None 

None 

725.00 
1, 565. 88 

30.00 

None 

18, 368. 00 

33, 182. 50 

250.00 

None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 

8, 021. 00 

13, 127.  50 

66,951.14 
454.18 

111,  008.  34 
None 

685, 241. 40 

695,312.85 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 
$847.00 

None 

None 

176.00 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 
None 
None 

904.65 

567.00 

None 
56.69 

90.50 

None 

None 

127,847.00 

None 

None 

$453. 10 
None 

Association  of  Joint  Polish-American  Societies  of  Chel- 
sea, Mass.,  Chelsea,  Mass.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland... 
L' Atelier,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Jan.  29.  1940.    France.. 
Mrs.  Mark  Baldwin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  4,  1940. 

129.66 
812.66 

Basque  Delegation  in  the  United  States  of  America, 

Belgian  Relief  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  14, 

Belgian  Relief  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

May  27,  1940.    Belgium,  France,  and  Great  Britain... 

Belgian  War  Relief  Fund,  Manila,  P.  I..  June  7,  1940. 

1, 999. 41 
2.50 

The  Benedict  Bureau  Unit,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Bethel  Mission  of  Eastern  Europe,  Minneapolis,  Minn., 

Bishops'    Committee   for   Polish    Relief,    Washington, 
D.  C,  Dec.  19,  1939.   Poland,  England,  France,  Switz- 
erland, Hungary.  Rumania,  Italy,  and  Portugal 

Board  of  National  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church 
in  the  United  States  of  America,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  26,  1939.    Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany  . 

British-American  Ambulance  Corps,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  June  11,  1940.    Greece,  England,  and  France... 

British-American    Comfort    League,    Quincy,    Mass., 

62.73 

742.00 

112, 144. 11 

289.02 

British-American    War    Relief    Association,    Seattle, 
Wash.,  Nov.  17,  1939.    United  Kingdom  and  allied 

3,056.16 

British  Sailors'  Book  and  Relief  Society,  New  York,  N. 
Y.,  May  2,  1940.    Bermuda,  Canada,  and  the  British 

3, 162. 07 

British  War  Relief  Association  of  Northern  California, 
San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Great  Britian 

4,676.39 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  the  Philippines, 
Manila,  P.  I.,  Apr.  11, 1940."    All  belligerent  countries. 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  Southern  Califor- 
nia, Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  8,  1939.    Great  Britain 

4,  574. 78 
37, 075. 16 

British  War  Relief  Fund,  Dayton,  Ohio,  Sept.  12, 1940. 

9.20 

The  British  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Dec.  4, 1939.    United  Kingdom,  Canada,  France,  Bel- 
gium, the  Netherlands,  Norway,  Kenya,  and  New- 

353,  827. 65 

Bundles  for  Britain,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  28,  1939. 

183,218.35 

Caledonian  Club  of  Idaho,  Boise,  Idaho,  Jan.  26,  1940. 

164.57 

California  Denmark  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Nov. 
20, 1940.    Denmark 

36.63 

■  No  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


MARCH    8,    1941 


255 


Contributions  fob  Relief  in  Belligebent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 


Canadian  Women's  Club  of  New  York  City,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23,  1940.  Great  Britain,  Canada, 
and  Newfoundland 

Catholic  Medical  Mission  Board,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  17,  1940.  India,  Australia,  Canada,  New 
Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa 

The  Catholic  Student  War  Relief  of  Pax  Romana,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  Dec.  13,  1939.  Poland,  France,  Ger- 
many, and  Great  Britain .-. 

Central  Bureau  for  the  Relief  of  the  Evangelical 
Churches  of  Europe,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  14, 1940. 
All  belligerent  countries 

Central  Committee  Knesseth  Israel,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Oct.  27,  1939.    Palestine 

Central  Committee  for  Polish  Relief,  Toledo,  Ohio, 
Feb.  29,  1940.    Poland 

Central  Council  of  Polish  Organizations,  New  Castle, 
Pa.,  Nov.  7,  1939.    France,  Poland,  and  England 

Cercle  Francais  de  Seattle,  Seattle,  Wash.,  Nov.  2, 1939. 
France  and  Great  Britain 

Comite  Pro  Francia  Libre,  Miramar,  Santurce,  P.  R., 
Dec.  19, 1940.    England  and  France 

Commission  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  12,  1939.''    Poland  and  England 

The  Commission  for  Relief  in  Belgium,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  21, 1940.  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  France, 
and  England.— _. 

Committee  of  French-American  Wives,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Nov.  15, 1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Committee  of  Mercy,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  16, 
1939.  France,  Great  Britain,  Norway,  Belgium,  the 
Netherlands,  and  their  allies 

Committee  for  Relief  in  Allied  Countries,  Washington, 
D.  C,  Feb.  2,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain,  Poland, 
Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands-. 

Committee  for  the  Relief  for  Poland,  Seattle,  Wash., 
Nov.  24, 1939.    Poland 

Committee  Representing  Polish  Organizations  and 
Polish  People  in  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23, 
1939.    Poland 

Czechoslovak  Relief,  Chicago,  111.,  July  25, 1940."  Czecho- 
slovakia, Great  Britain  and  Dominions,  France,  and 
Belgium 

District  of  Columbia  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
Washington,  D.C.,  Aug.  14,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Dodecanesian  League  of  America,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  16,  1940.    Greece 

The  Emergency  Aid  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Oct.  13,  1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  Norway,  Bel- 
gium, Luxemburg,  the  Netherlands,  and  Greece 

Emergency  Relief  Committee  for  Kolbuszowa,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  13, 1940.    Poland... 

Emergency  Rescue  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug. 
3, 1940.  France,  United  Kingdom,  Belgium,  Norway, 
and  the  Netherlands 


33, 043. 03 

41, 420. 72 

859.66 

3, 059.  69 

5,  515.  32 

653. 25 

585, 739.  46 

13,  790.  92 
25,  570.  75 


4,  523. 03 
2,441.83 

197.00 

30,  618.  71 
2, 120.  30 
11,297.60 

83,140.94 
6,  730.  77 

8, 014. 15 


Funds  spent 
for  relief  in 
countries 


1,  574.  63 

17, 129.  75 

27,  075. 01 

500.00 

1,  995.  80 

2,  684.  92 

None 
516, 328.  31 

9, 165.  00 

19,  463.  91 


2,500.00 
2,162.72 

197.00 

7,  402.  90 
1, 749. 19 
10,  500.  00 

58,  424.  76 
None 

6, 960. 70 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941. 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


132. 89 
1, 018. 45 
1.351.39 

619.  48 
11,  646. 14 

1,852.76 
2,  814.  56 


217.  43 
23.40 

None 

22, 958.  69 
None 
339.58 

10,  713.  49 
3,  750. 97 

None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 

None 
None 
None 
None 

2, 775. 00 
None 

1,  500. 00 

None 
5,213.59 


None 
None 

None 

34,  300  00 
None 
None 

11,783.93 
None 

None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 

None 
None 

None 


Funds  spen  t 
for  adminis  • 
tration,  pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


$381.  81 
None 
189.91 


None 

6,497.14 

None 

14,345.71 

None 

226.77 

None 

45.44 

None 

1, 479.  01 

None 

33.77 

None 

57, 765. 01 

None 

2,773.16 

407.75 

3, 292.  28 

None 

257.12 
371.11 
458.02 


1, 053.  46 


*  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  received  from  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

•  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


256 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


English-Speaking  Union  of  the  United  States,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  26,  1939.  Great  Britain,  Canada, 
and  France ... 

Erste  Pinchover  KranKen  Unterstuzungs  Verein,  Inc., 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  22, 1940.'    Poland.. 

Ethiopian  World  Federation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Dec.  21,  1940.»  Ethiopia,  Kenya,  Anglo-Egyptian 
Sudan,  Palestine,  and  Great  Britain 

The  Fall  River  British  War  Relief  Society,  Fall  River, 
Mass.,  Sept.  26, 1940.    Great  Britain 

Federated  Council  of  Polish  Societies  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  Sept.  15, 1939.    Poland. . 

Federation  of  Franco-Belgian  Clubs  of  Rhode  Island, 
Woonsocket,  R.  I.,  Nov.  15,  1939.  France  and  Eng- 
land..  


Federation  of  French  Veterans  of  the  Great  War,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  11,  1939.    France,  Germany, 

and  Martinique 

Federation  of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 

U.  S.  A.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  19, 1940.  Italy. 
Fellowship  of  Reconciliation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  20, 

1940.    France,  England,  and  possibly  Germany 

Fortra,  Incorporated,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  7,  1940. 

Germany  and  Poland 

Foster  Parents'  Plan  for  War  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  21, 1939.    France  and  England 

Franco-American  Federation,  Salem,  Mass.,  July  9, 

1940.    France 

French  Colonies  War  Relief  Committee,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Aug.  20, 1940.    France - 

French  Committee  for  Relief  in  France,  Detroit,  Mich., 

Oct.  17, 1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

French  Relief  Association,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Feb.  3, 

1940.    France 

French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  16, 

1939.    France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  Nevada,  Reno,  Nev.,  June 

21,  1940.    France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  the  Philippines,  Manila, 

P.  I.,  May  1,  1940.*    France 

French  War  Veterans,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  5, 1939. 

France 

Friends  of  Children,  Inc..  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  13, 

1940."    Great    Britain,    France,    Belgium,   and   the 

Netherlands _ 

The  Friends  of  Israel  Refugee  Relief  Committee,  Inc., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Oct.  23,  1939.    Canada,   France, 

and  England 

The  Friends  of  Normandy,  New  York,  N.  Y.    Dec.  18, 

1939.*    France 

Friends  of  Poland,  Chicago,  HI.,  Doc.  6,  1839.  Poland- 
Fund  for  the  Relief  of  Men  of  Letters  and  Scientists  of 

Russia,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  29,  1940.    France, 

Czechoslovakia,  and  Poland 


$124,649.21 
275. 00 


3, 126.  90 
8, 785. 47 

6, 023. 31 

10,  366. 30 

6, 663. 40 

590.21 

862, 560. 14 

138, 135.  27 

636.30 

366.98 

3,851.99 

1, 129. 76 

40,911.11 

None 

5, 558. 46 

822.81 

16,551.71 


2,  455.  50 
1,421.95 


1,627.! 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$106, 754. 81 
None 


2. 502. 29 
7, 612. 93 

3, 123. 11 

8,341.09 

None 

531. 21 

684,  111.  69 

82, 558.  63 

300.00 

None 

2, 473. 96 

452.76 

25,  795.  54 

None 

500.00 

407.76 

4,  301.  31 


2,288.50 
680.00 


192.  70 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$12, 232. 33 
275.00 


353.  95 
283.35 

2,  481.  28 

1, 476.  90 

6, 663.  40 

59.00 

66, 074.  76 

24, 451. 01 

336.30 

142.  71 

1,017.55 

451.09 

8, 334.  52 

None 

5, 048. 46 

243.40 

6,  433.  77 


None 
648.66 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


$129,304.21 
None 


None 
3,200.00 

1,224.93 

1, 264. 70 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
31,110.23 

2, 146. 17 
257.89 
None 
None 
None 

26,  528.  88 


None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


$420.00 
None 


None 
100.00 

66.93 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
637. 41 
71.83 
83.20 
None 
None 
None 

172. 25 


None 
None 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


/  The  registration  of  this  organi7;it  ion  was  revoked  on  Nov.  30, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 

•  No  complete  report  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

*  No  reports  for  the  months  of  December  and  January  have  been  received  from  this  organization. 
'  The  registration  cf  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Jan.  31, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


MARCH   8,    1941 


257 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


General  Gustav  Orlicz  Dreszer  Foundation  for  Aid  to 
Polish  Children,  Washington,  D.  0.,  Nov.  3,  1939.' 
Poland - 

Qerman-American  Relief  Committee  for  Victims  of 

Fascism,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  18,  1940.    Great 

Britain  and  France . 

Mrs.  Qeorge  Gilliland,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  10, 1940. 

Northern  Ireland 

Golden  Rule  Foundation,  New  York,  N.  Y.    Nov.  2, 

1939.    Poland  and  Palestine 

Grand  Duke  Vladimir  Benevolent  Fund  Association, 

New  York.,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  8,1940.    France 

Grand  Lodge,  Daughters  of  Scotia,  Hartford,  Conn., 

Feb.  16, 1940.    Scotland 

Great  Lakes  Command,  Canadian  Legion  of  the  British 

Empire  Service  League,  Detroit,  Mich.,  July  5,  1940. 

Great  Britain  and  Canada 

Greater  New  Bedford  British  War  Relief  Corps,  New 

Bedford,  Mass.,  Dec.  19, 1939.    Great  Britain... 

The  Greek  Fur  Workers  Union,  Local  70,  New  York, 

N.Y.,  Dec.  21, 1940.    Greece.. 

Greek  War  Relief  Association,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  18, 1940.    Greece 

Hadassah,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  15, 1939.    Pales- 


tine. 


Hamburg-Bremen  Steamship  Agency,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  21, 1940.  Germany,  Poland,  France,  Bel- 
gium, Denmark,  Norway,  Luxemburg,  and  the 
Netherlands - 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Aug.  30,  1940. 
Great  Britain _ 

Hebrew  Christian  Alliance  of  America,  Chicago,  HI., 
Jan.  3,  1940.  England,  Germany,  Poland,  France, 
and  Italy 

A.  Seymour  Houghton,  Jr.,  et  al.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  27, 1939.    France.. 

Humanitarian  Work  Committee,  Glen  Cove,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  30, 1939.    Poland 

Independent  British  War  Relief  Society  of  Rhode  Island, 
Greenwood,  R.  I.,  June  14, 1940.    Great  Britain 

Independent  Kinsker  Aid  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 1940.    Poland 

International  Children's  Relief  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  1,  1940.    Great  Britain.. 

International  Committee  of  Young  Men's  Christian 
Associations,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22,  1939.  All 
belligerent  countries 

International  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional 
Women,  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  July  5,  1940.  Poland, 
Czechoslovakia,  Norway,  Belgium,  France,  and  the 
Netherlands 

International  Relief  Association  for  Victims  of  Fascism, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.  France,  England, 
and  Germany 

Isthmian  Pro-British  Aid  Committee,  Ancon,  C.  Z., 
Sept.  20, 1940.    England 

Joint  Committee  of  the  United  Scottish  Clans  of  Greater 
New  York  and  New  Jersey,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y-,  Jan.  30, 
1940.    Scotland 


3,371.39 

196. 25 

822.00 

555. 38 

16,  204.  99 

4,  471.  57 

11, 240. 90 

9, 804.  56 

1,991,962.58 

1,124,019.36 


12,874.04 
280.65 


$434.36 

1,485.67 
194. 25 

822.00 

370.  79 

15,034.70 

3, 428.  28 

8, 406.  68 

7,000.00 

1,  750,  345.  00 

854, 114.  75 


8,  566.  06 
None 


None 

$717. 39 

2.00 

None 

151. 89 

1, 170. 29 

922. 68 

2, 403. 09 

2,  749.  73 

183, 198. 04 

222, 762.  41 


285, 290.  48 

238, 157.  79 

None 

123,  284.  06 

None 

105, 436. 43 

3,  920.  84 

3, 625. 00 

None 

20,  200. 03 

14,075.34 

5, 943. 31 

i,  723.  91 

3,210.00 

438. 06 

3,  466.  49 

1, 795. 30 

1, 651.  59 

974. 82 

None 

974. 82 

None 

None 

None 

168, 712. 13 

64, 281. 74 

96, 106. 07 

None 
262.05 


None 

$204. 25 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 

1, 475. 93 

None 

45,266.41 

70, 731. 49 

None 
None 

None 
773. 05 
135.00 
2, 025. 00 
None 
None 

None 


2, 020. 00 
None 


None 

None 
None 

None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
$1,023.15 

None 

None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 


None 
None 


i  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Jan.  27,  1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 
298460—41 3 


258 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Junior  Relief  Group  of  Texas,  Houston,  Tex.,  May  29, 
1940.  United  Kingdom,  France,  Netherlands,  Bel- 
gium, and  Norway ... 

Marthe  Th.  Kahn,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  16,  1940. 
France 

The  Kindergarten  Unit,  Inc.,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  Oct.  3, 
1939.  France,  Poland,  United  Kingdom,  India, 
Australia,  and  New  Zealand 

The  Kosciuszko  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
May  24, 1940.    Poland 

The  Kyflhaeuser,  League  of  German  War  Veterans  in 
U.  S.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Nov.  27,  1939.  Poland, 
Germany,  Canada,  and  Jamaica 

Lackawanna  County  Committee  for  Polish  Relief, 
Scranton,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland. 

Ladies  Auxiliary  of  the  Providence  Branch  of  the  Fed- 
eration of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 
United  States,  Providence,  R.  I..  Oct.  1,  1940.    Italy. 

LaFayette  Preventorium,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

21. 1939.  France 

La  France  Post,  American  Legion,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Feb.  7,  1940.    France,  Great  Britain,  and  Greece 

Mrs.  Nancy  Bartlett  Laughlin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan. 

31. 1940.  France... 

League  of  American  Writers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N,  Y. 

May  6, 1940.  France,  England,  Poland,  and  Norway 
League  of  Polish  Societies  of  New  Kensington.  Arnold, 

and  Vicinity,  New  Kensington,  Pa.,  Nov.  17,  1939. 

Poland 

Legion  of  Young  Polish  Women,  Chicago,  111.,  Oct.  2, 

1939.  Poland.  France,  and  Great  Britain 

Liberty  Link  Afghan  Society,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Dec.  17, 

1940.  Great  Britain 

Lithuanian  National  Fund,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  14, 

1940.    Germany  and  France _ 

The  Little  House  of  Saint  Pantaleon,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 
Sept.  30, 1939.    France  and  England 

The  Maple  Leaf  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  19, 
1940.    Canada,  United  Kingdom,  and  France 

Medical  and  Surgical  Supply  Committee  of  America, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  5, 1940.  Poland,  Great  Britain, 
France,  Netherlands,  Norway,  Luxemburg,  Belgium, 
and  Greece 

Mennonite  Central  Committee,  Akron,  Pa.,  Feb.  13, 
1940.  Great  Britain,  Foland,  Germany,  France,  and 
Canada 

Methodist  Committee  for  Overseas  Relief,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  4,  1940.  France.  Poland,  Czechoslovakia, 
Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  United  Kingdom, 
India,  Australia,  Canada,  Germany,  Greece,  and 
Italy 

Milford,  Connecticut,  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee, 
Milford,  Conn.,  Nov.  6,  1939.    Poland 

The  Mobile  Circle  for  Benefit  of  the  Royal  Navy  Hos- 
pital Comforts  Fund.  Mobile,  Ala.,  Sept.  18,  1940. 
British  Isles 

Monmouth  War  Relief,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12, 1940. 
England,  France,  and  Greece 

The  Mother  Church,  the  First  Church  of  Christ,  Sci- 
entist, in  Boston,  U.  S.  A.,  Boston,  Mass.,  Apr.  25, 
1940.    Canada,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$11, 842. 10 
232.25 

1,  222.  21 
5,544.25 

78,  464.  55 
S,  925.  72 

5,  739.  98 
20, 847.  47 
1, 585.  32 
506.00 
3, 204.  79 

2,942.19 

16,  308.  43 

60.10 

221.98 

31,326.74 

115,881.24 


16, 136.  88 
405.33 

1,829.73 
2,  974. 92 


$10, 000.  00 
25.00 

892.85 

7,  781.  20 

66, 667. 05 
7, 225.  56 

5, 715.  53 

8,  647. 13 
1,040.00 

506.00 
1,917.22 

1,498.24 
10,  433.  21 
None 
200.00 
31,222.33 
30,  585. 10 


13,  538.  84 
250.20 

838.  32 
1,342.45 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$156. 02 
198.69 

None 
None 

2, 641. 85 
868. 36 

24.45 
7,  629.  41 
159.  53 
None 
None 

1, 007. 24 

3, 075.  68 

60.10 

5.98 

68.15 

54,  937.  60 


None 
70.51 

954.91 
845.  56 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 
None 

None 
None 

$8, 822. 11 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
15.18 

2, 100. 00 

None 

None 

None 

22, 863.  74 

139, 033. 61 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 
None 


None 
None 

None 
None 

None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
69.05 
None 

$14,634.90 
30, 980.  20 

None 
None 

None 
None 


MARCH    S,    1941 


259 


Contributions  fob  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Fernanda  Wanamaker  Main  (Mrs.  Ector  Munn), 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  26, 1939.    France  and  England. 

Namesake  Towns  Committee,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Jan.  6,  1941.    England. 

National  Christian  Action,  Inc.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  May 
23,  1940.    Norway  and  Denmark 

National  Legion  Greek- Ameiican  War  Veterans  in 
America,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 1941.    Greece 

Near  East  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov. 
28, 1940.    Greece. 

Netherlands  War  Relief  Committee,  Manila,  P.  L, 
May  27,  1940.'    Netherlands 

The  New  Canaan  Workshop,  New  Canaan,  Conn., 
July  1,  1940.'    British  Empire— .. 

New  Jersey  Broadcasting  Corporation,  Jersey  City, 
N.  J.,  Sept.  13,  1939.    Poland.. 

Nicole  de  Paris  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  1, 
1940.    France 

North  Side  Polish  Council  Relief  Committee  of  Milwau- 
kee, Wisconsin,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dec.  5,  1939.  Po- 
land  


Norwegian  Relief,  Inc.,  Chicago,  III.,  May  1, 1940.    Nor- 
way... 

Nowiny  Publishing  Apostolate,  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

Sept.  26,  1939.    Poland...- 

Nowy-Dworer  Ladies  and  United  Relief  Association, 

New  York,  N.  Y.  (formerly  Nowe-Dworer  Ladies 

Benevolent    Association,    Inc.,    and    United    Nowy 

Dworer  Relief  Committee) ,  Dec.  20, 1940.    Poland 

Nowy  Swiat  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  11,  1939.    Poland,  France,  Great  Britain,  and 

Italy 

The  Order  of  Ahepa,  Washington,  D.  C,  Jan.  1,  1941. 

Greece 

Order  of  Scottish  Clans,  Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  25,  1940. 

Scotland 

Over-Seas  League  Tobacco  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Aug.  19,  1940.    British  Empire 

The  Pacific  Steam  Navigation  Company,  Cristobal, 

C.  Z.,  Oct.  16,  1940.    England 

Paderewski  Fund  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Feb.  23,  1940.    Poland  and  Great  Britain 

Parcels  for  Belgian  Prisoners,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov. 

12,  1940.    Germany 

Parcels  for  the  Forces,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  9,  1940. 

Great  Britain. 

The  Paryski  Publishing  Co.,  Toledo,  Ohio.,  Sept.  15, 

1939.  Poland  and  Great  Britain 

The  Pawtucket  and  Blackstone  Valley  British  Relief 

Society  of  Rhode  Island,  Pawtucket,  R.  I.,  Feb.  26, 

1940.  Great  Britain  and  Germany 

Pelham  Overseas  Knitting  Circle,  Pelham,  N.  Y.,  Oct. 

17, 1940.     Scotland 

Phalanx  of  Greek  Veterans  of  America,  Inc.,  Chicago, 
111.,  Jan.  3,  1941.    Greece. 


$15,614.80 
207.14 
1, 138. 41 
None 
67, 109. 16 
4, 094. 87 
11,329.06 

1,  210.  55 
227.00 

1, 615. 09 

443,  535.  50 

5,  515. 16 

2,  294.  09 

27,  873. 04 
70,  264.  25 
8,  771. 75 
67, 944.  70 
350.  55 
123,  444.  09 
8,  602.  53 
36,165.88 
8, 116.  50 

14, 934.  36 

967.82 

5,  621. 08 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$9, 360.  40 

None 

None 

None 

23, 000. 00 

1, 253. 87 

8, 983. 50 

826. 17 

148.00 

1,  400.  28 
71,600.00 
4,  589. 86 

1,231.90 

26, 806.  29 
50,  000.  00 
3, 377. 00 
56, 023. 21 
337.  S5 
68,  500.  00 
473. 00 
25,  210.  59 
7,  451. 08 

8, 529. 41 
327. 82 
None 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$731. 04 

113.  24 

294.53 

None 

28, 37S.  23 

2, 811. 50 

1, 604. 98 

None 

28.00 

195. 63 

359,  530. 18 

925.  30 

692. 15 

963.36 

20,  264.  25 

5, 394. 75 

None 

None 

20, 445. 00 

8, 129.  53 

None 

665. 42 

5, 598. 59 

515.  47 

5,  302. 17 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


$7, 404. 39 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
2, 575. 00 
None 
None 

1, 300. 00 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
120.00 
None 
None 
35.40 
None 

None 
None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


$105.  59 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
30.00 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 


*  No  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

1  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


260 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 

Funds  re- 

Funds spent 
for  relief  in 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 

destination of  contributions 

ceived 

countries 
named 

in  kind  sent 

to  countries 

named 

licity,  affairs, 

campaigns, 

etc. 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  Federation  of  Elizabeth 

Polish  Organizations,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  Sept.  23, 1939." 

Poland  and  England 

$9, 190. 22 

$8, 446. 85 

$728. 37 

$1, 500. 00 

None 

$15.00 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  St.  Casimir's  Roman 

Catholic  Church  of  the  City  of  Albany,  New  York, 

Albany,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  22, 1940.    Poland 

2,834.58 

426.32 

2,  398.  66 

1, 200. 00 

None 

9.60 

Polish-American  Associations  of  Middlesex  County, 

N.J.,Sayreville,N.J.,Jan.  22, 1940.    Poland 

1,057.05 

800.00 

176.23 

None 

None 

80.82 

Polish-American    Citizens    Relief    Fund    Committee, 

Shirley,  Mass.,  Dec.  16, 1939.    Poland  

432. 36 

362. 06 

45.13 

425.00 

None 

25.17 

Polish-American  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  15,  1939. 

Poland.. _ ..  .  -.- 

527,  294.  29 

354, 582.  40 

158,637.43 

118,500.00 

None 

14, 074. 46 

Polish-American  Forwarding  Committee,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  28, 1940.    Poland  and  Germany 

9, 999.  69 

6,  695.  51 

None 

None 

None 

4, 966.  54 

Polish-American  Volunteer  Ambulance  Section,  Inc., 

(Pavas),  New  York,  N.  Y. ,  Feb.  13, 1940.    France  and 

England .  -  - 

29,  482.  29 

20,  337. 55 

8, 974. 18 

270.40 

None 

170.  56 

Polish  Broadcasting  Corporation,  New  York,  N.  Y-, 

Sept.  23, 1939.    Poland- 

2,  688.  83 

None 

2,  653.  53 

None 

None 

35.30 

Polish   Business  and   Professional  Men's   Club,   Los 

Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  17, 1939.    Poland 

474.  50 

314.23 

2.00 

None 

None 

158.27 

Polish  Central   Committee  of  New   London,   Conn., 

New  London,  Conn.,  Oct.  13,  1939.    Poland 

1, 503. 78 

1,151.64 

203.  57 

75.00 

None 

148. 57 

Polish  Central  Council  of  New  Haven,  New  Haven, 

Conn.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    Poland 

4,  251. 13 

3,  316.  68 

883.22 

1, 800. 00 

None 

51.26 

Polish  Civic  League  of  Mercer  County,  Trenton,  N.  J., 

Sept.  19,  1939.    Poland                      

7,  309. 11 

6, 392.  86 

914.  31 

4,000.00 

Nona 

1.94 

Polish  Civilian  Relief  Fund,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  27, 

1939.    Poland                   ... 

4, 460.  96 

3,025.00 

1,184.54 

None 

None 

251. 42 

Polish  Falcons  Alliance  of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 

Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland 

12, 172.  97 

11, 602.  23 

550.  74 

None 

None 

20.00 

Polish   Inter-Organization  "Centrals"  of  Waterbury, 

Waterburv,  Conn.,  Feb.  28,  1940.    Poland 

742.25 

607.76 

108.99 

None 

None 

25.50 

Polish  Literary  Guild  of  New  Britain,  Conn.,  New 

Britain,  Conn.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland.   _. 

3,211.09 

2, 000. 00 

1, 198.  09 

None 

None 

13.00 

Polish  National  Alliance  of  the  United  States  of  North 

America,  Chicago,  III.,  Sept.  27,  1939.    Poland 

313,  386.  93 

258, 165. 00 

53, 052.  03 

None 

None 

2,169.90 

Polish  National  Council  of  Montgomery  County,  Am- 

sterdam. N.  Y.,  Oct.  12, 1939.    Poland 

4,  508. 17 

2, 960.  00 

1,435.71 

8,000.00 

None 

112.46 

Polish  National  Council  of  New  York,   New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  14, 1939.    France  and  Poland    

106,  332.  95 

89, 991. 05 

2, 860.  25 

392, 463. 00 

$158,669.00 

13, 481. 65 

The  Polish  Naturalization  Independent  Club,  Worces- 

ter, Mass.,  Sept.  20, 1939.    Poland  and  England 

4, 577.  38 

4, 125. 00 

429.53 

None 

None 

22.85 

Polish  Relief  of  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Oct.  11, 

1939.    Poland                             - 

1, 440.  42 

800.00 

627.42 

45.00 

None 

13.00 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Boston,  Boston,  Mass.,  Sept. 

14,  1939.    Poland.. -- - 

9, 610. 99 

7,  201. 19 

1, 983. 17 

2, 600. 00 

None 

426.63 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Brockton,  Mass.,  Brockton, 

Mass.,  Sept.  25, 1939.    Poland 

1,956.31 

1,  236.  27 

472.  37 

350.00 

None 

247.67 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Cam- 

bridge, Mass.,  Sept.  16, 1939.    Poland 

2, 959.  69 

1,  642.  30 

917.22 

600.00 

None 

400.17 

Polish   Relief  Committee  of  Chester  and   Delaware 

County  (formerly  Chester,  Delaware  Co.,  Pa.,  Polish 

Relief  Committee),  Chester,  Pa.,  Sept.  15, 1939.    Ru- 

8, 357. 06 

6, 871.  61 

791. 41 

1,960.00 

None 

694.04 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Columbia  County,  Hudson, 

N.  Y.,  Mar.  15,  1940.    Poland - 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Delaware,  Wilmington,  Del., 

Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland _ 

8, 576. 19 

7, 530. 08 

80147 

4, 850. 00 

250.00 

241.64 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Sept.  11, 1939. 

Poland,  Germany,  Switzerland,  Rumania,  Hungary, 

162, 971. 06 

108, 646. 73 

47,  796. 16 

62, 974. 00 

None 

6,  528. 17 

■  No  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


MARCH   8.    194  1 


261 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941. 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


Polish    Relief   Committee   of    Fitchburg,    Fitchburg, 

Mass.,  Mar.  29, 1940.    Poland  $749.80  $460.40 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Flint,  Mich.,  Sept.  18,  1939. 

Poland 6, 798. 13  5, 171. 64 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Holyoke,  Mass.,  Holyoke, 

Mass.,  Nov.  4, 1939.    Poland 7,081.79  5,910.86 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Jackson,  Mich.,  Jackson, 

Mich.,  Nov.  9, 1939.    Poland 1,849.10  649.60 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  Oct.  31, 

1939.    Poland _ 11,127.14  7,867.27 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Philadelphia  and  Vicinity, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Sept.  12,  1939.    Poland 60,576.53  47,054.! 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  the  Polish  National  Home 

Association,  Lowell,  Mass.,  Nov.  27, 1939.    Poland.-.  2,876.54  1,840.00 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Taunton,  Mass.,  Dec.  13, 1939. 

Poland 3,007.92  2,757.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  Fall  River, 

Mass.,  Nov.  8, 1939.    Poland 1,375.59  1.252.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12,  1939. 

Poland... 62,687.57  53,510.95 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jewett  City,  Conn.,  Oct.  3,  1939. 

Poland 1,688.70  1,445.90 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Meriden,  Meriden,  Conn.,  Oct. 

12.1939.  Poland 1,806.69  1,500.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Middletown,  Conn.,  Sept.  23,  1939. 

Poland 4,890.34  3,136.37 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Niapara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  26,  1939. 

Poland 2,815.32  2,500.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Palmer,  Mass.,  Three  Rivers, 

Mass.,  Oct.  20, 1939.    Poland.. 1,823.90  620.46 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  Vicinity, 

Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  31,  1939.    Poland.. 12,451.38  8,869.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

Dec.  13,  1939.    Poland 829.61  488.00 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Sept.  26,  1939.    Poland 20,713.53  15,232.72 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Passaic  and  Bergen 

Counties,  Inc.,  Passaic,  N.J. ,  Sept.  22, 1939.    Poland..  14,059.12  11,012.01 

Polish  Union  of  the  United  States  of  North  America, 

Wilkes-Barre,  Pa.,  Sept.  8, 1939.    Poland 2,317.34  2,150.00 

Polish  United  Societies  of  Holy  Trinity  Parish,  Lowell, 

Mass.,  Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland 4,085.32  2,916.31 

Polish  War  Sufferers  Relief  Committee  (Fourth  Ward), 

Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland 6,692.93  6,428.78 

Polish  Welfare  Council,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22, 

1939.    Poland 6,276.86  5,260.35 

Polish  White  Cross  Club  of  West  Utica,  Utica,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland  and  England 8,056.11  5,317.65 

Polish  Women's  Fund  to  Fatherland,  Lawrence,  Mass., 

Sept.  23, 1939.    Poland 5,852.44  3,175.40 

Polish  Women's  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  24, 1939.    France,  Poland,  and  Germany 8,915.79  3,695.73 

Polski    Komitet    Ratunkowy    (Polish    Relief    Fund), 

Bingbamton,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25, 1939.    Poland,  England, 

and  Switzerland 4,267.04  3,468.96 

Pulaski  Civic  League  of  Middlesex  County,  N.  J.,  South 

River.  N.  J.,  Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 639.29  None 

Pulaski  League  of  Queens  County,  Inc.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  21, 1939.    Poland 7.862.56  7,400.00 

Queen  Wilhelmina  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May 

17. 1940.  Netherlands,  France,  Poland,  United  King- 
dom, India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Canada,  Union 
of  South  Africa,  Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and 

Germany 383,064.85  184,291.55 


$248. 31 
188.51 
962. 88 
906.06 

2,  296.  53 

2,  584.  46 
561.  76 
225.75 
82.15 

7, 173. 1 
4.13 
278.  79 

1,  735. 77 
244.  52 
981. 14 

1, 069.  49 
141. 05 

4,  354.  29 

1,269 
167. 34 

1,000.30 
147.06 
959. 19 

2, 187.  25 

1,  979.  70 

2,  474.  27 

441.42 

554.29 
290.41 


$130.00 

416. 45 

775.00 

760.00 

4,350.00 

None 

None 

1,375.00 

None 

1,575.00 

900.00 

None 

None 

None 

4. 004. 95 

1, 850. 00 

150.00 

11,607.40 

4,008.00 

None 

1,240.00 

None 

6,150.00 

1, 800. 00 

2,660.00 

2,068.80 

1,  215. 00 
None 
None 


None 
$25.65 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
500.00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
150.00 
None 

None 
None 
None 


262 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

Refugees  of  England,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  12, 

1940."    Great  Britain,  France,  and  French  Cameroons. 

Relief  Agency  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Willimantic, 

$57, 307. 71 
3,441.83 
8, 612.  62 

21,994.98 

4, 409. 15 

948. 08 

3, 698. 03 

11, 781.  57 
1, 346. 92 
5, 487. 43 
2,992.66 

208, 347.  76 

233,  553.  25 
6,  247.  24 
1, 107. 96 
6, 844.  34 
20,  736.  87 
2, 037.  28 
None 

688.70 
877.  72 
31, 199. 12 
852.  81 
367.00 

$23, 465. 15 

2, 236. 93 

7, 859.  66 

17, 379. 05 

3, 884.  70 

175.00 

2,700.00 

8,  296. 92 

831.31 

5,000.00 

None 

184, 723. 78 

167, 338. 81 
5, 705. 71 
1,000.00 
6, 975. 90 
7,329.56 
1,  662.  72 
None 

550.00 
None 
30, 240. 87 
373.49 
200.00 

$19, 506. 81 
991. 74 
653.06 

3, 744. 14 
158.39 
478.26 
531.37 
926.91 
293.90 
487.43 

2, 992. 66 

21, 841. 62 

9, 820. 89 
496.63 
107.96 
531.16 

5, 217.  52 
246.31 
None 

25.10 
171.  59 
None 
421. 76 
155.00 

$8, 700. 94 

716. 46 

2,560.00 

6,101.36 

1,250.00 

None 

None 

1, 166.  20 

None 

None 

None 

52, 402. 00 

None 
None 
None 
None 
128. 67 
2,611.10 
None 

None 
None 
None 
8.00 
None 

$950.00 
None 
None 
568.40 
None 
None 
None 
3, 766. 75 
None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
601.76 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

$14, 335. 78 
213. 16 

Relief  Committee  of  United  Polish  Societies,  Chicopee, 

None 

Relief  for  French  Refugees  in  England,  Washington, 

D.  C,  Dec.  26,  1930.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Relief  Fund  for  Sufferers  in  Poland  Committee,  Keno- 

871.79 
366. 06 

Relief  Society  for  Jews  in  Lublin,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

294.82 

Royal  Air  Force  Benevolent  Fund  of  U.  S.  A.,  Inc.,  New 

466. 66 

Russian  Children's  Welfare  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  29, 1939.    Germany,  France,  and  Poland.. 

St.  Andrews  (Scottish)  Society  of  Washington,  D.  C, 

2,  557. 74 
221.71 

Saints  Constantino  and  Helen  Greek  Orthodox  Church, 

None 

St.  Stephens  Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Perth  Amboy,  N.  J., 

The  Salvation  Army,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23,  1940.* 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 

1,782.3(1 

Save  the  Children  Federation,  Incorporated,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  S,  1939.    Poland,  England,  Belgium,  and 

66, 393.  55 

Schuylkill  and  Carbon  Counties  Relief  Committee  for 

Poland,  Frackville,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland.. 

Scots'  Charitable  Society,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  9,  1940. 

45.00 
None 

Scottish   Clans   Evacuation  Plan,   Port  Washington, 

337.28 

Le  Secours  Francais,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  11,  1940. 

8, 189. 79 

Secours    Franeo-Americain— War    Relief,  Pittsburgh, 

128.26 

The  Seventh  Column,  Inc.,  West  Fairlee,  Vt.,  June  12, 

None 

Share  A  Smoke  Club,  Inc.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  14, 1939. 
England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 

113.60 

Sociedades  nispanas  Aliadas,  San    Francisco,    Calif., 

706.13 

Sociedades  Hispanas  Confederadas,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 

958.26 

Societe  Francaise  de  St.  Louis,  Inc.,  St.  Louis,  Mo., 

57-56 

Society  Israelite  Francaise  de  Secours  Mutuels  de  New 
York,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  4, 1940.    France 

12.00 

■  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  collected  by  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and 
disbursements  are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

•  No  report  for  the  month  of  January  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

p  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Jan.  31, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


MARCH    8,    194  1 


263 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


?unds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  l'mimIs  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

$17, 220. 55 

$9, 400. 00 

$233. 84 

None 

None 

$7, 586. 71 

6,481.43 

None 

5, 465.  22 

None 

None 

1,010.21 

14, 986.  67 

8, 610. 72 

5, 191. 67 

$11,421.95 

$1, 727. 50 

1, 184. 28 

73.00 

None 

69.00 

None 

None 

4.00 

39,  266. 15 

13, 934. 58 

757. 03 

16, 486. 00 

None 

24, 574. 54 

1,  248.  40 

1, 100. 00 

94.20 

None 

None 

54.20 

310.00 

310.00 

None 

None 

500.00 

None 

2,  620.  50 

2, 600. 00 

None 

None 

None 

20.50 

7,  297. 01 

5, 976. 07 

684.26 

None 

None 

636.68 

31,944.01 

13,  645.  64 

8,904.46 

None 

None 

9, 393. 91 

3, 910.  25 

3, 115. 90 

790.40 

None 

None 

3.95 

3, 098. 46 

3, 073. 96 

24.50 

None 

None 

None 

510.  61 

250.46 

71.16 

200.00 

10.00 

188.89 

2,  449.  40 

1,  400.  27 

463.66 

315.00 

None 

585.47 

46,619.95 

21,975.09 

14, 227.  76 

600.00 

None 

10, 417. 10 

3, 249.  72 

2,  400.  00 

712.  78 

None 

None 

136. 94 

1,377.97 

None 

1,180.28 

None 

None 

197.  69 

296.00 

None 

206.60 

None 

None 

89.40 

7, 396.  70 

5,  709.  23 

561.19 

625.00 

None 

1, 126.  28 

64,961.20 

35,  796.  30 

None 

None 

None 

.    29, 977. 79 

126,  535.  87 

86,  060.  68 

26,  482. 25 

8, 987. 42 

318. 65 

13, 992.  94 

7, 190.  69 

1, 124. 67 

160.21 

None 

None 

5, 905.  81 

2, 879.  57 

2, 499. 94 

243.64 

None 

None 

135.99 

889.85 

None 

854.64 

None 

None 

35.21 

2, 284.  98 

1,950.00 

99.46 

None 

None 

235.52 

2,808.58 

2,  295. 32 

75.35 

595.00 

None 

437.91 

Society  of  the  Devotees  of  Jerusalem,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Dec.  18, 1939.    Palestine... 

Solidaridad    Internacional    Antifascista,    New    York, 

N.  Y.,  Oct.  17,  1940.    France 

The  Somerset  Workroom,  Far  Hills,  N.  J.,  Apr.  25, 1940. 

France  and  Great  Britain... 

Le  Souvenir  Francais,  Detroit,  Mich.,  May  1,  1940. 

France  and  Belgium.. 

Spanish  Refugee  Relief  Campaign,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  20, 1939.    France 

Springfield  and  Vicinity  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee, 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Sept.  23, 1939.    Poland 

Superior  Council  of  the  Society  of  the  St.  Vincent  de 

Paul,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  5, 1940.    France 

Miss  Heather  Thatcher,  Hollywood,  Calif.,  Nov.  19, 

1940.    Great  Britain 

Toledo  Committee  for  Relief  of  War  Victims,  Toledo, 

Ohio,  Sept.  19, 1939.    Poland 

Tolstoy  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  17, 

1939.  France,  Poland,  England,  and  Czechoslovakia 
Mrs.  Walter  R.  Tuckerman,  Bethesda,  Md.,  Nov.  24, 

1939.  Great  Britain 

Edmund  Tyszka,  Hamtramck,  Mich.,  Sept.  19,  1939. 

Poland 

Ukrainian  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  28, 

1940.  Germany,  France,  England,  and  Italy 

L'Union  Alsacienne,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  28, 

1939.    France 

Unitarian  Service  Committee  of  the  American  Unitarian 

Association,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  23,  1940.     France, 

British  Isles,  and  the  Netherlands 

United  American  Polish  Organizations,  South  River, 

N.  J.,  South  River,  N.  J.,  Oct.  20, 1939.    Poland 

United  Bilgorayer  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar. 

21, 1940.    Poland 

United  British  Societies  of  Minneapolis,  Minneapolis, 

Minn.,  Jan.  21, 1941.  Great  Britain  and  Dominions . . . 
United   British   War   Relief  Association,   Somerville, 

Mass.,  June  14,  1940.    Great  Britain  and  Northern 

Ireland 

United  Charity  Institutions  of  Jerusalem,  New  York, 

N.Y.,  Oct.  13,1939.    Palestine 

United  Committee  for  French  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Oct.  26, 1939.  France,  England,  and  Germany.. 
United  Fund  for  Refugee  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  21, 1939.     Poland,  France,  England,  and 

Palestine .._ 

United  German  Societies,  Inc.,  Portland,  Oreg.,  Port- 
land, Oreg.,  Jan.  8, 1940.    Germany 

United  Opoler  Relief  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Dec.  9, 1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Committees  in  Racine,  Wis.,  Racine,  Wis. 

Nov.  2, 1939.    Poland 

United  Polish  Organizations  of  Salem,  Mass.,  Salem, 

Mass.,  Oct.  20,1939.    Poland 


264 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Jan.  31,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  band 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Bristol,  Conn.,  Bristol,  Conn., 

$1,226.85 
3,021.78 
8, 878. 07 
551.60 
4, 207.  41 
2, 026.  53 
3,064.60 

14,  204. 97 

546,004.91 

$576. 80 
2,  562. 10 
6, 889. 14 

None 
3. 897. 31 

None 
2, 847.  40 

9, 492.  36 

449, 829.  88 

$623. 30 

104.20 

1,848.80 

5.82 

None 

1,707.55 

195.  41 

4,260.08 

None 

$300.00 
None 
None 
None 
3.  282.  00 
None 
None 

11,814.84 

1,343,591.16 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 

None 

$26. 75 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Los  Angeles,  Los  Angeles, 

355. 48 

United  Reading  Appeal  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Read- 

140. 13 

Universal  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Democracy, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  16, 1940.   England  and  France . . 

Mrs.  Paul  Verdicr  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  11, 

645.78 
310. 10 

Wellesley  Club  of  Washington,  Arlington,  Va.,  Nov.  29, 

318. 98 

Woman's  Auxiliary  Board  of  the  Scots'  Charitable  So- 
ciety, Inc.,  Waverley,  Mass.,  Feb.  28, 1940.    Scotland.. 

Women's  Allied  War  Relief  Association  of  St.  Louis, 
Clayton,   Mo.,    Dec.    18,   1939.    Great   Britain   and 

21.79 
452.53 

Registrants  whose  registrations  were  revoked  prior  to 
Jan.  1, 1941,  and  who  had  no  balance  on  hand  as  of  that 

99, 343.  62 

23, 519, 852.  43 

16,021,237.58 

5,  276,  526.  76 

4, 693,  275. 83 

$382,  687.  52 

2,  253, 475.  43 

•  It  is  not  possible  to  strike  an  exact  balance  in  these  published  totals,  siDce  some  registrants  have  included  id  their  expenditures  moneys  available 
from  loans  or  advances,  which  are  not  considered  by  the  Department  to  be  "funds  received"  and  hence  are  not  reported  as  such. 


American  Republics 


COLLABORATION  WITH  MEXICO  ON  PLANS  FOR  COMMON 

DEFENSE 


tReleased'to  the  press  March  5] 

In  pursuance  of  the  declaration  with  refer- 
ence to  mutual  assistance  and  cooperation  in 
defense  of  the  two  continents,  which  was  drawn 
up  in  Habana  on  July  31,  1940  on  the  occasion 
of  the  second  consultative  meeting  of  the  Min- 
isters of  Foreign  Affairs  of  the  American  re- 
publics, the  Governments  of  Mexico  and  the 
United  States  of  America  have  agreed  to  an 
exchange  of  views  in  order  to  coordinate  suit- 
ably the  progress  of  their  common  defense. 

With  this  purpose  in  view,  the  Government  of 
Mexico  has  instructed  the  military,  naval,  and 


air  attaches  of  the  Mexican  Embassy  in  Wash- 
ington to  discuss  with  the  experts  designated 
by  the  Government  of  the  United  States  the 
plans  relating  to  the  assistance  which  the  two 
countries  would  render  to  each  other  in  the 
event  of  an  aggression  against  either  of  them. 
In  the  conversations  which  are  now  in  prog- 
ress in  Washington,  for  the  purpose  indicated 
above,  representatives  of  both  countries  will 
study  the  manner  of  carrying  out  the  collabora- 
tion in  question,  observing  always  the  greatest 
regard  for  the  principle  of  the  national  sover- 
eignty of  the  two  states. 


MARCH    8,    1941 

GRANT  TO  THE  UNITED  STATES  OP  DEFENSE  SITES 
IN  PANAMA 


265 


[Released  to  the  press  March  6] 

The  following  statement  was  made  by  the 
Secretary  of  State: 

"I  was  most  gratified,  as  will  be  all  the  peo- 
ple of  this  country  as  well  as  those  of  our  sister 
republics  in  this  hemisphere,  to  learn  from  the 
manifesto  issued  yesterday  by  the  Panamanian 
Government  that  Panama  will  make  available 
immediately  to  our  military  authorities  certain 
sites  in  the  Republic  of  Panama  which  are  con- 
sidered essential  for  the  protection  and  security 
of  the  Panama  Canal.     In  taking  this  action, 


Panama  has  shown  that  the  spirit  of  partner- 
ship in  the  defense  of  the  Canal,  which  is  one 
of  the  fundamentals  of  the  General  Treaty  be- 
tween the  two  countries  ratified  in  1939,  is  a 
tangible  and  practical  thing. 

"In  accordance  with  the  manifesto,  our  mili- 
tary authorities  will  proceed  immediately  to 
the  preliminary  preparation  of  these  defense 
sites.  I  am  confident  that  the  negotiations 
which  are  now  in  progress  with  regard  to  the 
details  involved  will  be  worked  out  to  the 
mutual  satisfaction  of  both  our  Governments." 


The  Far  East 


MESSAGE  OF   THE   SECRETARY  OP  STATE  TO  PARTICIPANTS  IN 
THE  FAR  EASTERN  LECTURE  SERIES10 


[Released  to  the  press  March  5] 

Almost  from  the  very  commencement  of  this 
country's  life,  our  people  have  had  continuing 
and  important  contact  with  the  Far  East. 

It  was  in  1784,  over  one  hundred  and  fifty 
years  ago,  that  a  small  vessel  named  the  Em- 
p?'ess  of  China,  out  of  New  York,  appeared  at 
the  mouth  of  the  Pearl  River  below  Canton, 
China,  flying  a  flag  which  was  strange  to  that 
region.  The  flag  was  that  of  the  new  Amer- 
ican Republic  which  had  proclaimed  its  inde- 
pendence but  a  few  years  befoi'e.  Our  first 
treaty  with  any  country  of  the  Far  East  was 
that  concluded  in  the  year  1833  with  Siam, 
now  called  Thailand.  The  part  played  by  the 
United  States  in  bringing  about  the  establish- 
ment, in  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
of  normal  international  relationships  between 
Japan  and  the  rest  of  the  world  is  well-known. 


'"Read  by  Mr.  Maxwell  M.  Hamilton,  Chief,  Divi- 
sion of  Far  Eastern  Affairs,  Department  of  State,  to 
the  participants  in  the  Far  Eastern  Lecture  Series, 
Washington,  D.  C,  March  5,  1941. 


American  interests  in  the  Far  East,  as  they 
have  developed  through  the  years,  have  been 
many-sided  in  character:  philanthropic,  cul- 
tural, and  commercial.  American  missionar- 
ies, who  in  the  early  years  of  the  nineteenth 
century  found  their  way  to  the  Far  East  and 
established  churches,  schools,  and  hospitals, 
forged  strong  bonds  between  the  people  of  the 
United  States  and  the  peoples  of  the  Far  East. 
American  travelers  have  gone  to  the  Far  East 
as  tourists,  students,  and  writers;  and  many 
students  from  the  countries  of  the  Far  East 
have  been  educated  in  American  schools  and 
colleges.  The  Far  East  has  become  an  im- 
portant market  for  American  products — cot- 
ton, tobacco,  petroleum,  automobiles,  machin- 
ery, etc. — while  this  country  has  come  to  draw 
from  the  Far  East  commodities  of  basic  im- 
portance to  the  economic  and  social  life  of  this 
Nation — quinine,  camphor,  silk,  tea,  tin,  tung 
oil,  rubber,  tungsten,  to  mention  but  a  few. 

The  development  of  means  of  communica- 
tion has  brought  us  very  close  to  the  Far  East. 


26G 

The  fast  ocean  liner,  the  telegraph,  the  radio- 
telephone, the  airplane,  have  so  contracted  the 
space  in  which  we  live  and  move  that  the  coun- 
tries of  the  Far  East,  which  not  long  ago  were 
far  distant,  are  now  in  a  very  real  sense  our 
neighbors.  We  can  speak  with  them  in  a  mo- 
ment, send  telegrams  to  them  in  an  hour,  and 
even  write  to  or  visit  them  within  a  few  days. 

The  policy  of  this  country  toward  the  coun- 
tries of  the  Far  East,  as  toward  countries  in  all 
parts  of  the  world,  has  been  and  is  based  upon 
the  fundamental  beliefs  and  attitudes  of  our 
people  as  a  whole.  The  early  settlers  came  to 
this  continent  in  order  to  find  and  to  enjoy 
greater  opportunities.  Our  forefathers  be- 
lieved strongly — as  do  we — in  equality  of  op- 
portunity and  in  the  worth  of  the  individual. 
They  believed  also — as  do  we — in  the  regula- 
tion of  human  contacts  by  peaceful  processes. 
This  country  has  sought  through  its  foreign 
policy  to  give  expression  to  these  beliefs. 

In  our  relations  with  the  Far  East  as  else- 
where this  country  has  had  two  main  ends  in 
view:  The  promotion  and  protection  of  legiti- 
mate American  rights  and  interests  on  the  basis 
of  respect  for  the  legitimate  rights  and  inter- 
ests of  other  countries;  and  the  furtherance  of 
peaceful  and  mutually  beneficial  relations 
among  the  members  of  the  family  of  nations. 
In  seeking  to  attain  these  ends,  this  country  has 
favored  equality  of  opportunity,  respect  for  na- 
tional sovereignty,  and  faithful  observance  of 
treaties  as  the  bases  of  a  really  durable  inter- 
national order. 

Our  relations  with  the  Far  East  have 
brought,  along  with  benefits,  problems  that 
have  arisen  from  time  to  time.  In  the  recent 
period,  during  most  of  the  last  10  years,  two 
countries  of  that  region  have  unhappily  been 
engaged  in  political  and  military  conflict. 
Still  more  recently,  the  area  of  conflict  has 
been  spreading  to  neighboring  regions. 

At  such  a  time,  there  is  great  need  for  in- 
formed and  intelligent  discussion  of  Far  East- 
ern questions  of  the  kind  which,  I  am  sure, 
your  Lecture  Series  will  provide.     A  broad, 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 

calm,  and  reasoned  approach  to  those  ques- 
tions— social  and  cultural  as  well  as  economic 
and  political — will,  I  think,  assist  in  further- 
ing understanding  of  the  relationships  between 
this  country  and  the  countries  of  the  Far  East 
and  of  our  deep  and  natural  concern  in  the 
problems  of  that  area.  I  am  happy  to  send 
a  word  of  greeting  and  of  best  wishes  to  the 
organizers  of  and  the  participants  in  the  Far 
Eastern  Lecture  Series  which  is  opening  today. 
Cordell  Hull 


The  Near  East 


SUSPENSION  OF  TONNAGE  DUTIES 
FOE  VESSELS  OF  IRAN 

A  proclamation  (no.  2462)  providing  that 
"the  foreign  discriminating  duties  of  tonnage 
and  imposts  within  the  United  States"  be 
"suspended  and  discontinued  so  far  as  respects 
the  vessels  of  Iran  and  the  produce,  manufac- 
tures, or  merchandise  imported  in  said  vessels 
into  the  United  States  from  Iran  or  from  any 
other  foreign  country;  the  suspension  to  take, 
effect  from  February  5,  1941,  and  to  continue 
so  long  as  the  reciprocal  exemption  of  vessels 
belonging  to  citizens  of  the  United  States  and 
their  cargoes  shall  be  continued,  and  no 
longer",  was  signed  by  the  President  on  Feb- 
ruary 27,  1941. 

The  text  of  this  proclamation  appears  in 
full  in  the  Federal  Register  of  March  4,  1941 
(vol.  6,  no.  43),  page  1229. 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Naval  Mission :  Agreement  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Ecuador — Signed  December  12, 
1940;  effective  December  12,  1940.  Executive  Agree- 
ment Series  No.  188.     Publication  1553.    9  pp.     50. 


Cultural  Relations 


VISIT  OF  DISTINGUISHED  LEADERS  FROM  OTHER  AMERICAN 

REPUBLICS 


[Released  to  tbe  press  March  8] 

During  the  next  two  months  distinguished 
leaders  in  the  arts  and  sciences  from  Argen- 
tina, Brazil,  Chile,  Colombia,  and  Uruguay 
will  visit  the  United  States  for  a  period  of 
travel  and  observation  lasting  from  two  to 
three  months.  During  this  time  they  will  meet 
and  confer  with  educators  in  this  country  in- 
terested in  their  particular  fields.  Ten  such 
persons  have  already  visited  the  United  States 
on  similar  trips. 

The  visitors  are  coming  to  this  country  at 
the  invitation  of  the  Department  of  State. 

From  Argentina  there  will  be  three  visitors : 
Dr.  Enrique  Martinez  Paz,  Dr.  Enrique  de 
Gandia,  and  Dr.  Josue  Gollan.  Dr.  Martinez 
Paz  will  arrive  in  New  York  on  the  S.S. 
Argentina  on  March  10  and  will  be  accom- 
panied by  his  wife.  Dr.  Martinez  Paz  is  a 
distinguished  Argentine  historian  and  lawyer 
and  is  a  resident  of  Cordoba.  He  has  taught 
for  many  years  in  the  University  of  Cordoba, 
where  he  served  as  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of 
Law.  He  has  also  been  a  member  of  the  Su- 
perior Court  of  Justice  of  the  Province  of 
Cordoba.  In  addition  to  his  duties  as  a  pro- 
fessor of  law  Dr.  Martinez  is  the  author  of 
numerous  studies  in  the  fields  of  sociology,  pol- 
itics, and  law.  Although  plans  for  Dr.  Mar- 
tinez' itinerary  in  the  United  States  have  not 
been  completed,  it  is  probable  that  he  will  visit 
the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  the  Academy 
of  Political  Science,  and  similar  institutions  in 
Washington  and  New  York. 

Dr.  Enrique  de  Gandia  will  arrive  in  New 
York  on  March  24  on  the  S.S.  Brazil.  Dr.  de 
Gandia  is  an  Argentine  historian  who  is  the 
author  of  some  50  historical  works  and  mono- 
graphs.    He  is  also  an  active  contributor  to  the 


Argentine  and  foreign  press.  He  is  Director 
and  Administrator  of  El  Monitor  de  la  Educa- 
tion Comun  (organ  of  the  National  Council  of 
Education),  and  was  delegate  of  the  National 
Council  of  Education  to  the  Twenty-fifth  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Americanists  at  La  Plata. 

Dr.  Josue  Gollan,  an  eminent  chemist  and 
educator,  will  arrive  in  New  York  on  the  S.S. 
Uruguay  on  April  7.  Dr.  Gollan  has  studied 
in  Europe  and  has  served  as  Dean  of  the  Facidty 
of  Pharmacy  of  the  Universidad  del  Litoral  in 
Santa  Fe.  At  the  present  time  he  is  Kector  of 
the  University.  He  is  also  the  author  of  a  num- 
ber of  works  in  the  field  of  chemistry. 

From  Brazil  the  three  visitors  arriving  in  the 
United  States  will  be:  Dr.  Pedro  Calmon,  Dr. 
A.  C.  Pacheco  e  Silva,  and  Dr.  Jorge  Americano. 

Dr.  Pedro  Calmon  expects  to  arrive  in  the 
United  States  about  the  middle  of  March.  Dr. 
Calmon  is  a  Brazilian  lawyer,  writer,  and  pro- 
fessor. He  is  a  former  Deputy  from  the  State 
of  Bahia,  is  the  editor  of  several  newspapers, 
and  at  present  is  a  practicing  attorney  in  Bio 
de  Janeiro.  Dr.  Calmon  is  also  the  author  of 
a  large  number  of  important  historical  studies 
on  Brazil. 

Dr.  Pacheco  e  Silva  is  expected  to  arrive  on 
April  7  on  the  S.S.  Uruguay.  He  has  had  a 
distinguished  professional  career  as  Professor 
of  the  Psychiatric  Clinic  of  the  Medical  School 
of  the  University  of  Sao  Paulo  and  of  the 
Paulista  School  of  Medicine,  and  has  served 
as  Professor  of  Social  Sciences  of  the  School 
of  Sociology  and  Politics  of  Sao  Paulo,  as  well 
as  being  Director  of  the  Sanatorio  Pinel  at 
Pirituba.  Dr.  Pacheco  e  Silva  also  has  had 
the  distinction  of  serving  as  President  of  the 
Uniao  Cultural  Brasil-Estados  Unidos;  as 
State  Deputy ;  as  President  of  the  Medical  and 

267 


268 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Surgery  Society  of  Sao  Paulo;  and  as  Chair- 
man of  the  Department  of  General  Culture  of 
the  Paulista  Medical  Association. 

Dr.  Jorge  Americano  will  also  arrive  on 
April  7  and  has  expressed  his  desire  to  have 
his  itinerary  include  visits  to  Harvard,  Yale, 
Columbia,  Princeton,  Pennsylvania,  and  Chi- 
cago Universities.  He  also  hopes  to  meet 
judges  and  members  of  bar  associations  in  the 
United  States.  Dr.  Americano  served  as  State 
Deputy  and  was  Attorney  General  of  the  Re- 
public for  the  local  federal  district  from  1928 
to  1930.  In  1933  he  was  appointed  Professor 
of  Civil  Law  of  the  University  of  Sao  Paulo 
and  subsequently  became  Director  of  the  Fac- 
ulty of  Law  of  the  University  as  well  as  its 
Vice  Rector  and  Acting  Rector.  He  has  pub- 
lished numerous  works  during  the  past  15 
years  in  the  field  of  law. 

From  Chile  Dr.  Domingo  Amunategui  y 
Solar  plans  to  arrive  on  board  the  S.S.  Santa 
Elena  on  March  10,  accompanied  by  his  wife 
and  daughter.  Dr.  Amunategui  is  considered 
one  of  the  most  eminent  historians  of  South 
America.  His  works  are  numerous  and  are  of 
great  social  and  historical  importance.  In  the 
Government  of  Chile,  Dr.  Amunategui  has 
served  as  Minister  of  Justice  and  Public  In- 
struction and  also  as  Minister  of  the  Interior. 
He  was  also  a  professor  in  the  Faculty  of 
Philosophy  in  the  University  of  Chile,  and  later 
became  Dean  of  the  same  Faculty  and  subse- 
quently Rector  of  the  University  of  Chile. 

From  Colombia  Dr.  Roberto  Cortazar  will 


sail  from  Barranquilla  on  March  11  on  the  S.S. 
Quirigua  and  will  arrive  in  New  York  on 
March  19.  Dr.  Cortazar  has  served  as  Profes- 
sor of  Latin  Syntax  and  of  Greek  in  the  Colegio 
del  Rosario  for  a  period  of  18  years.  Many 
of  the  persons  who  now  direct  the  public  ad- 
ministration of  Bogota  have  been  his  students. 
He  has  been  Secretary  of  the  Academy  of  His- 
tory for  many  years,  and  at  one  time  occupied 
the  post  of  Chief  of  Departmental  Public  In- 
struction in  Cundinamarca.  Dr.  Cortazar  is 
the  author  of  numerous  works  and  has  trans- 
lated various  books  from  English  into  Spanish. 

From  Uruguay  the  Department  of  State  has 
invited  Sefior  Acosta  y  Lara  and  Sehor  Zor- 
rilla  de  San  Martin,  both  of  whom  are  due  to 
arrive  in  New  York  on  April  7.  Sefior  Acosta 
y  Lara  was  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Architecture 
of  the  University  of  Montevideo  for  several 
years  and  was  Uruguayan  delegate  to  the  In- 
ternational Congress  of  Architecture  held  in 
Rome.  He  was  recently  appointed  President 
of  the  Council  of  Secondary  Education. 

Sefior  Zorrilla  de  San  Martin  is  a  dis- 
tinguished sculptor  and  painter.  He  has  been 
honored  for  his  sculptures  at  expositions  both 
in  Paris  and  in  Buenos  Aires.  In  1940  he  was 
appointed  Director  of  the  National  Fine  Arts 
Museum.  While  in  the  United  States  Sefior 
Zorrilla  de  San  Martin  hopes  to  have  the  op- 
portunity to  lecture  in  American  universities 
on  the  subject  of  South  American  sculpture  and 
painting. 


VISIT  OF  EDITORS  AND  SCHOLARS  TO  OTHER  AMERICAN 

REPUBLICS 


A  group  of  twelve  American  editors  and 
scholars  sailed  from  New  York  on  February 
28,  as  guests  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for 
International  Peace,  for  a  two  months'  visit 
to  other  American  republics.  The  purpose  of 
the  trip,  Dr.  Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  Presi- 
dent of  the  Endowment,  said,  is  to  "offer  the 
group  an  opportunity  to  increase  their  knowl- 
edge of  Latin  America,  to  exchange  informa- 


tion and  opinions  with  colleagues  there,  and  to 
bring  back  to  their  professional  work  fresh 
impressions  gained  in  this  way". 

Members  of  the  party  are:  Dr.  Harold  M. 
Benjamin,  Dean  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, College  Park,  Md. ;  Dr.  Donald  D.  Brand, 
Head  of  Department  of  Anthropology,  Uni- 
versity of  New  Mexico,  Albuquerque,  N.  M. ; 
W.    Earl    Hall,    Editor,  Mason    City    Globe- 


MARCH    8,    1941 


269 


Gazette,  Iowa;  William  H.  Hessler,  Editorial 
and  Foreign- News  Writer,  Cincinnati  En- 
quirer, Ohio;  Prof.  Samuel  Dale  Myres,  Jr., 
Director,  Institute  of  Public  Affairs,  Southern 
Methodist  University,  Dallas,  Tex.;  Clarence 
Poe,  Editor,  The  Progressive  Farmer,  Ealeigh, 
N.  C. ;  Clarence  Roberts,  Editor,  The  Farmer- 
Stockman,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. ;  Roland  Hall 
Sharp,  Latin  American  specialist,  The  Chris- 
tian Science  Monitor,  Boston,  Mass.;  Prof. 
Graham  Stuart,  Stanford  University,  Palo 
Alto,  Calif.;  Dr.  H.  L.  Walster,  Dean,  North 
Dakota  Agricultural  College,  Fargo,  N.  Dak.; 
Malcolm  W.  Davis,  Associate  Director,  Divi- 
sion of  Intercourse  and  Education,  Carnegie 
Endowment  for  International  Peace,  New 
York,  N.  Y. ;  and  Lee  Morrison,  Columbia 
University  Press,  Executive  Secretary  for  the 
tour. 

The  group  plans  to  proceed  via  the  west 
coast  of  South  America  to  Valparaiso.  From 
March  20  to  March  25  they  will  be  in  Santiago, 
Chile,  and  from  March  27  to  April  1  in  Buenos 
Aires,  Argentina.  After  visiting  Montevideo, 
Uruguay,  their  itinerary  will  take  them  to 
Brazil  from  April  7  to  April  23. 

JOURNALISTIC  EXCHANGES  BE- 
TWEEN UNITED  STATES  SCHOOLS 
AND  COLOMBIAN  STUDENTS 

An  interesting  phase  in  the  development  of 
cultural  relations  among  the  American  repub- 
lics is  evidenced  by  the  recent  request  of  the 
Federation  of  Colombian  Students,  presented 
through  the  American  Embassy  at  Bogota,  Co- 
lombia, for  assistance  in  obtaining  material  for 
publication  in  the  national  student  organ  El 
Estudiante,  which  is  published  weekly  and  is 
disseminated  to  the  leading  colleges  and  uni- 
versities of  Colombia. 

The  request  was  transmitted  through  the  De- 
partment to  the  following  organizations:  The. 
Associated  Collegiate  Press,  the  Association 
of  American  Colleges,  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Teachers  of  Spanish,  and  the  Pan 
American  League. 


All  of  these  organizations  responded  with 
offers  of  cooperation,  and  it  is  expected  that 
in  the  near  future  El  Estvdiante  will  be  receiv- 
ing articles  written  in  Spanish  by  American 
students,  dealing  with  the  general  culture  of 
the  United  States,  and  with  student  life  and 
campus  activities  in  our  universities. 

The  Federation  of  Colombian  Students  is  a 
newly  founded  organization  which  is  nation- 
wide in  scope,  and  has  as  one  of  its  objectives 
the  stimulation  of  closer  relationships  among 
students  in  schools  in  the  United  States  and  in 
Colombia. 

STUDENT  EXCHANGE  BETWEEN  CHI- 
CAGO UNIVERSITY  AND  SAO  PAULO 
SCHOOL  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  POLI- 
TICS 

The  Sao  Paulo  School  of  Sociology  and  Poli- 
tics in  Brazil  has  recently  made  arrangements 
to  receive  a  student  from  the  University  of 
Chicago  and  to  pay  the  cost  of  board  and  lodg- 
ing of  the  student  over  a  period  of  10  months. 

In  exchange  the  Sao  Paulo  School  will  send 
at  its  own  expense  Asst.  Prof.  S.  A.  Politi  to 
do  graduate  work  in  the  University  of  Chi- 
cago, where  he  will  receive  board,  lodging,  and 
tuition  for  approximately  one  year. 

The  school  hopes  to  extend  the  plan  to  a 
large  number  of  exchange  students  in  the 
future. 


The  Foreign  Service 


CONFIRMATION  OF  NOMINATIONS 

On  March  6,  1941,  the  Senate  confirmed  the 
nominations  of  Wesley  Frost,  of  Kentucky, 
now  a  Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  I  and 
lately  Counselor  of  Embassy  at  Santiago, 
Chile,  to  be  Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister 
Plenipotentiary  to  Paraguay;  and  Pierre  de 
L.  Boal,  of  Pennsylvania,  now  a  Foreign  Serv- 


270 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


ice  officer  of  class  I  and  Counselor  of  Embassy 
at  Mexico,  D.  F.,  Mexico,  to  be  Envoy  Extraor- 
dinary and  Minister  Plenipotentiary  to  Nica- 
ragua. 

On  the  same  day,  the  Senate  confirmed  the 
nominations   of   successful    candidates   in    the 


recent  Foreign  Service  examination,  as  well  as 
that  of  William  W.  Walker,  now  vice  consul 
non-career  at  Colon,  Panama,11  to  be  Foreign 
Service  officers,  unclassified,  vice  consuls  of 
career,  and  secretaries  in  the  Diplomatic 
Service. 


The  Department 


APPOINTMENT  OF  G.  HOWLAND  SHAW  AS  ASSISTANT 
SECRETARY  OP  STATE 


[Released  to  the  press  March  4] 

The  Honorable  G.  Howland  Shaw  has  been 
appointed  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State. 

By  a  departmental  order  dated  March  4  [No. 
923],  the  Secretary  of  State  has  designated 
Mr.  Shaw  Fiscal  and  Budget  Officer  of  the 
Department.  As  Fiscal  and  Budget  Officer, 
Mr.  Shaw  will  have  supervision  of  the  appro- 
priations of  the  Department  and  its  several 
activities. 

By  a  separate  departmental  order  [No.  924], 
the  Secretary  has  charged  Assistant  Secretary 
Shaw  with  the  administration  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  and  the  Foreign  Service  and 
with  supervision  of  matters  relating  to  per- 
sonnel and  management,  appropriations  of  the 
Department  and  its  several  activities,  consular 
affairs,  Foreign  Service  buildings,  protocol  (fis- 
cal only),  international  conferences  (fiscal 
only),  and  such  other  duties  as  may  be  assigned 
to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

Mr.  Shaw  was  also  designated  a  member 
and  chairman  of  each  of  the  following,  re- 
placing Assistant  Secretary  Long  in  these  ca- 
pacities: 

The  Board  of  Foreign  Service  Personnel; 
The  Board  of  Examiners  for  the  Foreign 

Service ; 
The  Foreign  Service  Officers'  Training  School 

Board. 

By  a  departmental  order  dated  March  4  [No. 
926],  Mr.  Shaw  was  vested  with  the  authority 


to  sign  travel  orders  and  approve  expenditures 
as  contemplated  in  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget 
Circular  No.  355  of  April  16,  1940,  entitled 
"Promulgation  of  Certain  Amendments  to  the 
Standardized  Government  Travel  Regula- 
tions, As  Amended". 

APPOINTMENTS  OF  OTHER  OFFICERS 

[Released  to  the  press  March  4] 

The  Secretary  of  State  on  March  4  desig- 
nated Mr.  John  G.  Erhardt,  Foreign  Service 
officer,  Class  I,  to  be  Chief  of  the  Division  of 
Foreign  Service  Personnel,  effective  on  that 
date. 

Also,  on  March  4,  Mr.  Carlton  Savage  and 
Mr.  Leo  D.  Sturgeon  were  designated  Assist- 
ants to  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  Mr. 
Long,  and  Mr.  James  A.  White  was  designated 
Assistant  to  Mr.  Long  on  legislative  matters. 

[Released  to  the  press  March  6] 

By  a  departmental  order  issued  March  5, 
Mr.  Thomas  K.  Finletter  M'as  appointed  a 
Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
and  assigned  to  the  Office  of  the  Adviser  on 
International  Economic  Affairs. 

Mr.  Laurence  C.  Frank  was  appointed  on 
March  4  an  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Assist- 
ant Secretary  of  State  and  Budget  Officer,  Mr. 
Shaw. 


11  See  the  Bulletin  of  February  15,  1941  (vol.  IV, 
no.  86),  pp.  186-18S;  March  1,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  88), 
p.  239. 


MARCH    8,    1941 


271 


Mr.  William  E.  DeCourcy,  Foreign  Service 
officer,  class  IV,  was  also  designated  on  March 
4  to  serve  as  an  Executive  Assistant  to  the 
Assistant  Secretary  of  State  and  Budget  Offi- 
cer, Mr.  Shaw. 

FUNCTIONS  OF  ASSISTANT 
SECRETARIES 

[Released  to  the  press  March  4] 

On  March  4  the  Secretary  of  State  issued  the 
following  departmental  order : 

Departmental  Order  No.  922 

There  is  hereby  delegated  to  the  Assistant 
Secretaries  of  State,  respectively,  the  super- 
vision of  functions  of  the  Department  of  State 
as  hereinafter  enumerated : 

Assistant  Secretary  Berle 

Coordination  of  financial  questions  with 
questions  of  major  policy. 

General  supervision  of  Canadian  affairs  and 
affairs  relating  to  Greenland. 

General  supervision  of  the  following  units 
of  the  Department,  including,  except  as  other- 
wise provided,  the  signing  of  correspondence 
with  respect  to  the  work  thereof:  Passport 
Division;  Division  of  International  Confer- 
ences (except  fiscal) ;  Division  of  International 
Communications  (aviation  only) ;  Division  of 
Foreign  Activity  Correlation ;  and  the  Trans- 
lating Bureau. 

Assistant  Secretary  Long 

Coordination  of  matters  relating  to  the  for- 
mulation and  execution  of  foreign  policies  as- 
signed to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

General  liaison  work  with  the  Senate  and  the 
House  of  Representatives  and  general  repre- 
sentation of  the  Department  of  State  at  hear- 
ings before  Congressional  committees,  except- 
ing the  legislative  activities  relating  to  the 
duties  and  administrative  functions  of  the  As- 
sistant Secretary  and  Budget  Officer. 

General  supervision  of  the  following  units 
of  the  Department  of  State,  including,  except 
as  otherwise  provided,  the  signing  of  corre- 
spondence with  respect  to  the  work  thereof: 


Visa  Division ;  Special  Division ;  Office  of  Phil- 
ippine Affairs;  and  the  Division  of  Interna- 
tional Communications  (except  aviation). 

General  supervision,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Secretary  of  State,  of  work  relating  to  spe- 
cial problems  arising  from  international  armed 
conflicts;  and  of  affairs  relating  to  interna- 
tional fisheries  problems. 

Assistant  Secretary  Acheson 

Coordination  of  commercial  and  economic 
questions  with  questions  of  major  policy. 

General  supervision  of  the  following  units  of 
the  Department  of  State,  including,  except  as 
otherwise  provided,  the  signing  of  correspond- 
ence with  respect  to  the  work  thereof:  Divi- 
sion of  Commercial  Treaties  and  Agreements; 
Division  of  Controls;  Treaty  Division;  Divi- 
sion of  Commercial  Affairs;  and  the  Editor  of 
Treaties. 

Assistant  Secretary  Shaw 

General  supervision  of  the  following  units 
of  the  Department  of  State,  including,  except  as 
otherwise  provided,  the  signing  of  correspond- 
ence with  respect  to  the  work  thereof :  Office  of 
Fiscal  and  Budget  Affairs;  Division  of  Person- 
nel Supervision  and  Management;  Division  of 
Accounts;  Division  of  Communications  and 
Records;  Division  of  Foreign  Service  Admin- 
istration; Division  of  Foreign  Service  Person- 
nel ;  Foreign  Service  Officers'  Training  School ; 
Foreign  Service  Buildings  Office;  Division  of 
Research  and  Publication;  Division  of  Protocol 
(fiscal  only) ;  and  Division  of  International 
Conferences  (fiscal  only). 

It  shall  be  understood  that  for  budgetary 
purposes  and  in  relation  to  expenditures  of 
government  funds,  all  of  the  divisions,  offices 
and  bureaus  of  the  Department  of  State,  in- 
cluding those  specifically  so  indicated  in  this 
order,  are  subject  to  the  fiscal  supervision  of 
the  Assistant  Secretary  and  Budget  Officer. 

The  provisions  of  this  order  supersede  the 
provisions  of  all  orders  or  parts  of  orders  in 
conflict  therewith. 

Cordell  Hull 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


EXTRADITION 

SUPPLEMENTARY    CONVENTION    WITH    GUATE- 
MALA  (TREATY  SERIES  963) 

The  Supplementary  Extradition  Convention 
between  the  United  States  and  Guatemala, 
signed  at  Guatemala  City  on  February  20, 
1940,  was  proclaimed  by  the  President  on 
March  3,  1941.  The  Senate  gave  its  advice 
and  consent  to  ratification  of  the  Supplemen- 
tary Convention  on  November  26, 1940,  and  the 
President  ratified  it  on  December  20,  1940. 
Ratifications  were  exchanged  at  Guatemala 
City  on  February  6,  1941.  Publication  of  the 
Supplementary  Convention  by  Guatemala  in 
accordance  with  its  laws  was  made  on  Febru- 
ary 18,  1941.  In  accordance  with  the  terms 
of  article  IV  the  Supplementary  Convention 
will  come  into  force  on  March  13,  1941,  ten 
days  after  publication  by  the  country  last  pub- 
lishing, which,  in  respect  of  this  convention,  is 
the  United  States. 

The  convention  supplements  the  Extradition 
Treaty  of  February  27,  1903  (Treaty  Series 
425) ,  between  the  United  States  and  Guatemala, 
of  which  it  is  made  an  integral  part,  by  adding 
several  crimes  to  the  list  of  crimes  and  offenses 
for  which  extradition  may  be  sought  under 
that  treaty. 

ARBITEATION 

TREATY  FOR  THE  PEACEFUL  SOLUTION  OF 
CONTROVERSIES  BETWEEN  BRAZIL  AND 
VENEZUELA 

The  American  Embassy  at  Rio  de  Janeiro 
reported  by  a  despatch  dated  February  17, 
1941,  that  the  Treaty  for  the  Peaceful  Solution 
of  Controversies  between  Brazil  and  Venezuela, 
signed  at  Caracas  on  March  30,  1940,  was 
promulgated  by  the  Brazilian  Government  by 
Decree  No.  6712  of  January  15,  1941,  published 
in  the  Diario  Official  of  January  17,  1941. 
272 


SOVEREIGNTY 

CONVENTION  ON  THE  PROVISIONAL  ADMINIS- 
TRATION OF  EUROPEAN  COLONIES  AND  POS- 
SESSIONS IN  THE  AMERICAS 

Honduras 

The  American  Minister  to  Honduras  trans- 
mitted to  the  Secretary  of  State  with  a  des- 
patch dated  February  11,  1941,  a  copy  of  the 
Bidletin  of  the  Honduran  National  Legisla- 
ture of  February  6,  1941,  which  published  De- 
cree No.  8,  signed  by  the  President  of  the 
Republic  on  December  23,  1941,  ratifying  the 
Convention  on  the  Provisional  Administration 
of  European  Colonies  and  Possessions  in  the 
Americas  signed  at  Habana  on  July  30,  1940. 

LABOR 

CONVENTION      CONCERNING      SAFETY      PROVI- 
SIONS IN  THE  BUILDING  INDUSTRY 

Mexico 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Mexico  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  February  17,  1941, 
that  the  President  of  Mexico  signed  on  Decem- 
ber 30, 1940,  a  decree  approving  the  Convention 
Concerning  Safety  Provisions  in  the  Building 
Industry,  adopted  by  the  International  Labor 
Conference  at  its  twenty-fourth  session  (Ge- 
neva, June  2-22,  1938). 

The  records  of  the  Department  show  that  but 
one  country  has  ratified  this  convention,  namely, 
Switzerland,  on  May  23,  1940. 

CONVENTION  CONCERNING  THE  LIABILITY  OF 
THE  SHIPOWNER  IN  CASE  OF  SICKNESS,  IN- 
JURY, OR  DEATH  OF  SEAMEN  (TREATY 
SERTES  951) 

Mexico 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Mexico  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  February  17,  1941, 


MARCH   8,    1941 


273 


that  the  Diario  Oficiul  (no.  35,  vol.  cxxiv) 
of  February  12,  1941,  published  a  decree  dated 
January  14,  1941,  proclaiming  on  behalf  of 
Mexico,  the  Convention  Concerning  the  Liabil- 
ity of  the  Shipowner  in  Case  of  Sickness,  In- 
jury, or  Death  of  Seamen,  adopted  by  the 
International  Labor  Conference  at  its  twenty- 
first  session  (Geneva,  October  6-24,  1936). 

The  records  of  the  Department  show  that  the 
convention  was  ratified  by  the  United  States 
of  America  on  October  29,  1938,  and  by  Bel- 
gium on  April  11,  1938. 

FINANCE 

CONVENTION  FOR  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN 
INTER-AMERICAN  BANK 

Mexico 

The  American  Ambassador  to  Mexico  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  February  17,  1941, 
that  the  Diario  Oficial  (no.  33,  vol.  cxxrv) 
of  February  10,  1941,  published  a  decree  ap- 
proving on  behalf  of  Mexico  the  Convention 
for  the  Establishment  of  an  Inter-American 
Bank,  signed  at  Washington  on  May  10,  1940. 


Legislation 


Nonrecognition  by  United  States  of  Transfer  of  Any 
Geographic  Region  in  This  Hemisphere  From  One 
Non-American  Power  to  Another  Non-American  Power. 
(S.  Rept.  76,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)     2  pp.     50. 

Supplemental  Estimate  of  Appropriation  and  an 
Amendment  to  the  Budget  for  1942,  Department  of 
State:  Communication  From  the  President  of  the 
United  States  Transmitting  a  Supplemental  Estimate 
of  Appropriation  for  the  Department  of  State  for  the 
Fiscal  Year  1941  Amounting  to  $37,500;  and  an 
Amendment  to  the  Budget  for  the  Fiscal  Year  1942 
[$37,500  for  contingent  expenses  for  1941;  $3,139  for 
additional  funds  for  the  U.  S.  quota  for  the  Inter- 
American  Radio  Office].  (H.  Doc.  135,  77th  Cong., 
1st  sess.)     3  pp.     50. 

Compensation  Agreed  Upon  [by  Great  Britain  and 
the  United  States]  for  Leasing  of  Certain  Locations 
To  Be  Used  as  [Naval  and  Air]  Bases  (adverse  re- 
port of  House  Foreign  Affairs  Committee  March  6, 
1941,  to  accompany  H.  Res.  112,  including  text  of 
letter  dated  March  5,  1941  from  the  Secretary  of  State 
to  Representative  Sol  Bloom,  upon  which  the  action 
of  the  Committee  was  based).  (H.  Rept.  186,  77th 
Cong.,  1st  sess.)     2  pp.     50. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C— Price  10  cents     -.-..-     Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH  THE  APPROVAL  OF  THE    DIRECTOR  OP  THE   BUREAU   OF  THE   BUDGET 


THE   DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 


BULLETIN 


MARCH   15,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  90— Publication  1580 


Qontents 


General:  Page 

Address  by  the  President 277 

Appointment  of  committee  to  coordinate  relief  activi- 
ties   281 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 283 

American  Republics: 

Inter-American  Development  Commission:  Uruguayan 

and  Paraguayan  Councils 287 

Europe: 

Property  of  Hungary  in  the  United  States 288 

Cultural  Relations: 

Student  group  welcomed  by  Vice  President 288 

Motion-picture-projection  equipment  for  United  States 

missions 288 

Professor  and  student  exchanges 289 

Treaty  Information: 
Commerce : 

Inter- American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  ...        291 
Property : 

Supplementary  Convention  With  Great  Britain  Con- 
cerning the  Tenure  and  Disposition  of  Real  and 

Personal  Property 292 

Promotion  of  peace: 

Treaty  With  the  Union  of  South  Africa  Amending 
the  Treaty  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace  With 
Great  Britain,  Signed  September  15,  1914  .    .    .    .        293 
Claims : 

Convention  With  Canada  for  the  Establishment  of 

the  Trail  Smelter  Arbitral  Tribunal 294 

[Over] 


MM  SI  ]941 


Qontcnts 


-CONTINUED. 


The  Foreign  Service  :  rage 

Personnel  changes 295 

The  Department: 

Appointment   of  officers 296 

Publications 296 

Legislation 297 


General 


ADDRESS  BY  THE  PRESIDENT  1 


[RcleiiHcd  to  the  plena  by  the  White  House  March  15] 

This  dinner  of  the  White  House  Correspond- 
ents' Association  is  unique.  It  is  the  first  one  at 
which  I  have  made  a  speech  in  all  these  eight 
years.  It  differs  from  the  press  conferences  that 
you  and  I  hold  twice  a  week.  You  cannot  ask 
me  any  questions;  and  everything  I  have  to  say 
is  word  for  word  "on  the  record". 

For  eight  years  you  and  I  have  been  helping 
each  other.  I  have  been  trying  to  keep  you  in- 
formed of  the  news  of  Washington  and  of  the 
Nation  and  of  the  world  from  the  point  of  view 
of  the  Presidency.  You,  more  than  you  realize 
it,  have  been  giving  me  a  great  deal  of  informa- 
tion about  what  the  people  of  this  country  are 
thinking. 

In  our  press  conferences,  as  at  this  dinner  to- 
night, we  include  reporters  representing  papers 
and  news  agencies  of  many  other  lands.  To 
most  of  them  it  is  a  matter  of  constant  amaze- 
ment that  press  conferences  such  as  ours  can 
exist  in  any  nation  in  the  world. 

That  is  especialty  true  in  those  lands  where 
freedoms  do  not  exist — where  the  purposes  of 
our  democracy  and  the  characteristics  of  our 
country  and  of  our  people  have  been  seriously 
distorted. 

Such  misunderstandings  are  not  new.  I  re- 
member that  in  the  early  days  of  the  first  World 
War  the  German  Government  received  solemn 
assurances  from  their  representatives  in  the 
United  States  that  the  people  of  America  were 


1  Delivered  at  the  annual  dinner  of  the  White  House 
Correspondents'  Association,  Washington,  D.  C,  March 
15,  1941. 

300500 — 41 1 


disunited;  that  they  cared  more  for  peace  at  any 
price  than  for  the  preservation  of  ideals  and 
freedom ;  that  there  would  even  be  riots  and  rev- 
olutions in  the  United  States  if  this  Nation  ever 
asserted  its  own  interests. 

Let  not  dictators  of  Europe  and  Asia  doubt 
our  unanimity  now. 

Before  the  present  war  broke  out  on  Septem- 
ber 1, 1939, 1  was  more  worried  about  the  future 
than  many  people — most  people.  The  record 
shows  I  was  not  worried  enough. 

That,  however,  is  water  over  the  dam.  Do  not 
let  us  waste  time  reviewing  the  past  or  fixing  or 
dodging  the  blame  for  it.  History  cannot  be 
rewritten  by  wishful  thinking.  We,  the  Ameri- 
can people,  are  writing  new  history  today. 

The  big  news  story  of  this  week  is  this :  The 
world  has  been  told  that  we,  as  a  united  nation, 
realize  the  danger  which  confronts  us — and  that 
to  meet  that  danger  our  democracy  has  gone 
into  action. 

We  know  that  although  Prussian  autocracy 
was  bad  enough,  Naziism  is  far  worse. 

Nazi  forces  are  not  seeking  mere  modifica- 
tions in  colonial  maps  or  in  minor  European 
boundaries.  They  openly  seek  the  destruction 
of  all  elective  systems  of  government  on  every 
continent — including  our  own;  they  seek  to 
establish  systems  of  government  based  on  the 
regimentation  of  all  human  beings  by  a  handful 
of  individual  rulers  who  have  seized  power  by 
force. 

These  men  and  their  hypnotized  followers  call 
this  a  new  order.  It  is  not  new.  It  is  not  order. 
For  order  among  nations  presupposes  some- 

277 


278 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


thing  enduring — some  system  of  justice  under 
which  individuals,  over  a  long  period  of  time, 
are  willing  to  live.  Humanity  will  never  per- 
manently accept  a  system  imposed  by  conquest 
and  based  on  slavery. 

These  modern  tyrants  find  it  necessary  to 
their  plans  to  eliminate  all  democracies — elim- 
inate them  one  by  one.  The  nations  of  Europe, 
and  indeed  we  ourselves,  did  not  appreciate 
that  purpose.  We  do  now.  The  process  of  the 
elimination  of  the  European  nations  proceeded 
according  to  plan  through  1939  and  1940,  until 
the  schedule  was  shot  to  pieces  by  the  unbeatable 
defenders  of  Britain. 

The  enemies  of  democracy  were  wrong  in 
their  calculations  for  a  very  simple  reason. 
They  were  wrong  because  they  believed  that 
democracy  could  not  adjust  itself  to  the  terrible 
reality  of  a  world  at  war. 

They  believed  that  democracy,  because  of  its 
profound  respect  for  the  rights  of  men,  would 
never  arm  itself  to  fight. 

They  believed  that  democracy,  because  of  its 
will  to  live  at  peace  with  its  neighbors,  could 
not  mobilize  its  energies  even  in  its  own  defense. 
They  know  now  that  democracy  can  still  re- 
main democracy,  and  speak,  and  reach  conclu- 
sions, and  arm  itself  adequately  for  defense. 

From  the  bureaus  of  propaganda  of  the  Axis 
powers  came  the  confident  prophecy  that  the 
conquest  of  our  country  would  be  "an  inside 
job" — a  job  accomplished  not  by  overpowering 
invasion  from  without,  but  by  disrupting  con- 
fusion and  disunion  and  moral  disintegration 
from  within. 

Those  who  believed  that  knew  little  of  our 
history.  America  is  not  a  country  which  can  be 
confounded  by  the  appeasers,  the  defeatists,  the 
backstairs  manuf act  urers  of  panic.  It  is  a  coun- 
try which  talks  out  its  problems  in  the  open, 
where  any  man  can  hear  them. 

We  have  just  now  engaged  in  a  great  debate. 
It  was  not  limited  to  the  halls  of  Congress.  It 
was  argued  in  every  newspaper,  on  every  wave 
length — over  every  cracker  barrel  in  the  land. 
It  was  finally  settled  and  decided  by  the  Amer- 
ican people  themselves. 


The  decisions  of  our  democracy  may  be  slowly 
arrived  at,  But  when  that  decision  is  made,  it  is 
proclaimed  not  with  the  voice  of  any  one  man 
but  with  the  voice  of  130  millions.  It  is  binding 
on  all  of  us.  And  the  world  is  no  longer  left  in 
doubt. 

This  decision  is  the  end  of  any  attempts  at 
appeasement  in  our  land;  the  end  of  urging  us 
to  get  along  with  the  dictators ;  the  end  of  com- 
promise with  tyranny  and  the  forces  of  oppres- 
sion. 

The  urgency  is  now. 

We  believe  firmly  that  when  our  production 
output  is  in  full  swing,  the  democracies  of  the 
world  will  be  able  to  prove  that  dictatorships 
cannot  win. 

But,  now,  the  time  element  is  of  supreme  im- 
portance. Every  plane,  every  other  instrument 
of  war,  old  and  new,  winch  we  can  spare  now, 
we  will  send  overseas.  That  is  commonsense 
strategy. 

The  great  task  of  this  day,  the  deep  duty 
which  rests  upon  us  is  to  move  products  from  the 
assembly  lines  of  our  factories  to  the  battle  lines 
of  democracy — Now ! 

We  can  have  speed  and  effectiveness  if  we 
maintain  our  existing  unity.  We  do  not  have 
and  never  will  have  the  false  unity  of  a  people 
browbeaten  by  threats  and  misled  by  propa- 
ganda. Ours  is  a  unity  which  is  possible  oidy 
among  free  men  and  women  who  recognize  the 
truth  and  face  reality  with  intelligence  and 
courage. 

Today,  at  last,  ours  is  not  a  partial  effort.  It 
is  a  total  effort  and  that  is  the  only  way  to  guar- 
antee ultimate  safety. 

Beginning  a  year  ago,  we  started  the  erec- 
tion of  hundreds  of  plants  and  we  started  the 
training  of  millions  of  men. 

Then,  at  the  moment  the  aid-to-democracies 
bill  was  passed  we  were  ready  to  recommend  the 
seven-billion-dollar  appropriation  on  the  basis 
of  capacity  production  as  now  planned. 

The  articles  themselves  cover  the  whole 
range  of  munitions  of  war  and  of  the  facilities 
for  transporting  them. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


279 


The  aid-to-democracies  bill  was  agreed  to  by 
both  Houses  of  the  Congress  last  Tuesday  after- 
noon. I  signed  it  one  half  hour  later.  Five 
minutes  later  I  approved  a  list  of  articles  for 
immediate  shipment.  Many  of  them  are  on 
their  way.  On  Wednesday,  I  recommended  an 
appropriation  for  new  material  to  the  extent  of 
seven  billion  dollars;  and  the  Congress  is  mak- 
ing patriotic  speed  in  making  the  appropriation 
available. 

Here  in  Washington,  we  are  thinking  in  terms 
of  speed,  and  speed  now.  And  I  hope  that  that 
watchword  will  find  its  way  into  every  home  in 
the  Nation. 

We  shall  have  to  make  sacrifices — every  one 
of  us.  The  final  extent  of  those  sacrifices  will 
depend  upon  the  speed  with  which  we  act 
Now! 

I  must  tell  you  tonight  in  plain  language  what 
this  undertaking  means  to  you — to  your  daily 
life. 

Whether  you  are  in  the  armed  services; 
whether  you  are  a  steel  worker  or  a  stevedore ;  a 
machinist  or  a  housewife;  a  farmer  or  a  banker; 
a  storekeeper  or  a  manufacturer — to  all  of  you 
it  will  mean  sacrifice  in  behalf  of  country  and 
your  liberties.  You  will  feel  the  impact  of  this 
gigantic  effort  in  your  daily  lives.  You  will 
feel  it  in  a  way  which  will  cause  many  incon- 
veniences. 

You  will  have  to  be  content  with  lower  profits 
from  business  because  obviously  your  taxes  will 
be  higher. 

You  will  have  to  work  longer  at  your  bench 
or  your  plow  or  your  machine. 

Let  me  make  it  clear  that  the  Nation  is  calling 
for  the  sacrifice  of  some  privileges  but  not  for 
the  sacrifice  of  fundamental  rights.  Most  of 
us  will  do  that  willingly.  That  kind  of  sacrifice 
is  for  the  common  national  protection  and  wel- 
fare; for  our  defense  against  the  most  ruthless 
brutality  in  history;  for  the  ultimate  victory  of 
a  way  of  life  now  so  violently  menaced. 

A  half-hearted  effort  on  our  part  Mill  lead  to 
failure.  This  is  no  part-time  job.  The  concepts 
of  "business  as  usual"  and  "normalcy"  must  be 
forgotten  until  the  task  is  finished.  This  is  an 
all-out  effort — nothing  short  of  all-out  effort 
will  win. 


We  are  now  dedicated,  from  here  on,  to  a 
constantly  increasing  tempo  of  production — a 
production  greater  than  we  now  know  or  have 
ever  known  before — a  production  that  does  not 
stop  and  should  not  pause. 

And  so,  tonight,  I  am  appealing  to  the  heart 
and  to  the  mind  of  every  man  and  every  woman 
within  our  borders  who  loves  liberty.  I  ask  you 
to  consider  the  needs  of  our  Nation  at  this  hour 
and  to  put  aside  all  personal  differences  until 
our  victory  is  won. 

The  light  of  democracy  must  be  kept  burning. 
To  the  perpetuation  of  this  light,  each  must  do 
his  own  share.  The  single  effort  of  one  indi- 
vidual may  seem  very  small.  But  there  are  130 
million  individuals  over  here.  There  are  many 
more  millions  in  Britain  and  elsewhere  bravely 
shielding  the  great  flame  of  democracy  from 
the  blackout  of  barbarism.  It  is  not  enough  for 
us  merely  to  trim  the  wick  or  polish  the  glass. 
The  time  has  come  when  we  must  provide  the 
fuel  in  ever-increasing  amounts  to  keep  the 
flame  alight. 

There  will  be  no  divisions  of  party  or  section 
or  race  or  nationality  or  religion.  There  is  not 
one  among  us  who  does  not  have  a  stake  in  the 
outcome  of  the  effort  in  which  we  are  now 
engaged. 

A  few  weeks  ago  I  spoke  of  four  freedoms — 
freedom  of  speech  and  expression,  freedom  of 
every  person  to  worship  God  in  his  own  way, 
freedom  from  want,  freedom  from  fear.  They 
are  the  ultimate  stake.  They  may  not  be  im- 
mediately attainable  throughout  the  world  but 
humanity  does  move  toward  those  ideals 
through  democratic  processes.  If  we  fail — if 
democracy  is  superseded  by  slavery — then  those 
four  freedoms  or  even  the  mention  of  them  will 
become  forbidden  things.  Centuries  will  pass 
before  they  can  be  revived. 

By  winning  now,  we  strengthen  their  mean- 
ing, we  increase  the  stature  of  mankind  and  the 
dignity  of  human  life. 

There  is  a  vast  difference  between  the  word 
"loyalty"  and  the  word  "obedience".  Obedience 
can  be  obtained  and  enforced  in  a  dictatorship 
by  the  use  of  threat  and  extortion  or  it  can  be 
obtained  by  a  failure  on  the  part  of  government 
to  tell  the  truth  to  its  citizens. 


280 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Loyalty  is  different.  It  springs  from  the 
mind  that  is  given  the  facts,  that  retains  ancient 
ideals  and  proceeds  without  coercion  to  give  sup- 
port to  its  own  government. 

That  is  true  in  England  and  in  Greece  and  in 
China  and  in  the  United  States  today.  And 
in  man}'  other  countries  millions  of  men  and 
women  are  praying  for  the  return  of  a  day  when 
they  can  give  that  kind  of  loyalty. 

Loyalty  cannot  be  bought.  Dollars  alone  will 
not  win  this  war.  Let  us  not  delude  ourselves 
as  to  that. 

Today,  nearly  a  million  and  a  half  American 
citizens  are  hard  at  work  in  our  armed  forces. 
The  spirit  and  the  determination  of  these  men 
of  our  Army  and  Navy  are  worthy  of  the  high- 
est traditions  of  our  country.  No  better  men 
ever  served  under  Washington,  or  John  Paul 
Jones,  or  Grant,  or  Lee,  or  Pershing.  That  is  a 
boast,  I  admit — but  it  is  not  an  idle  one. 

Upon  the  national  will  to  sacrifice  and  to  work 
depends  the  output  of  our  industry  and  our 
agriculture. 

Upon  that  will  depends  the  survival  of  the 
vital  bridge  across  the  ocean — the  bridge  of  ships 
which  carry  the  arms  and  food  for  those  who  are 
fighting  the  good  fight. 

Upon  that  will  depends  our  ability  to  aid  other 
nations  which  may  determine  to  offer  resistance. 

Upon  that  will  may  depend  practical  assist- 
ance to  people  now  living  in  nations  which  have 
been  overrun,  should  they  find  the  opportunity 
to  strike  back  in  an  effort  to  regain  their  liberties. 

This  will  of  the  American  people  will  not  be 
frustrated  either  by  threats  from  powerful  ene- 
mies abroad  or  by  small,  selfish  groups  or  indi- 
viduals at  home. 

The  determination  of  America  must  not  be 
obstructed  by  war  profiteering. 

It  must  not  be  obstructed  by  unnecessary 
strikes  of  workers,  by  short-sighted  manage- 
ment, or  by  deliberate  sabotage. 

For,  unless  we  win,  there  will  be  no  freedom 
for  either  management  or  labor. 

Wise  labor  leaders  and  wise  business  man- 
agers will  realize  how  necessary  it  is  to  their 


own  existence  to  make  common  sacrifice  for  this 
great  common  cause. 

There  is  no  longer  the  slightest  question  or 
doubt  that  the  American  people  recognize  the 
extreme  seriousness  of  the  present  situation. 
That  is  why  they  have  demanded,  and  got,  a 
policy  of  unqualified,  immediate,  all-out  aid  for 
Britain,  Greece,  China,  and  for  all  the  govern- 
ments in  exile  whose  homelands  are  temporarily 
occupied  by  the  aggressors. 

From  now  on  that  aid  will  be  increased — and 
yet  again  increased — until  total  victory  has  been 
won. 

The  British  are  stronger  than  ever  in  the 
magnificent  morale  which  has  enabled  them  to 
endure  all  the  dark  days  and  the  shattered 
nights  of  the  past  10  months.  They  have  the 
full  support  and  help  of  Canada,  and  the  other 
dominions,  of  the  rest  of  their  Empire,  and  non- 
British  people  throughout  the  world  who  still 
think  in  terms  of  the  great  freedoms. 

The  British  people  are  braced  for  invasion 
whenever  the  attempt  may  come — tomorrow — 
next  week — next  month. 

In  this  historic  crisis,  Britain  is  blessed  with  a 
brilliant  and  great  leader  in  Winston  Churchill. 
But,  no  one  knows  better  than  Mr.  Churchill 
liimself,  that  it  is  not  alone  his  stirring  words 
and  valiant  deeds  which  give  the  British  their 
superb  morale.  The  essence  of  that  morale  is  in 
the  masses  of  plain  people  who  are  completely 
clear  in  their  minds  about  the  one  essential 
fact — that  they  would  rather  die  as  free  men 
than  live  as  slaves. 

These  plain  people — civilians  as  well  as  sol- 
diers and  sailors  and  airmen — women  and  girls 
as  well  as  men  and  boys — are  fighting  in  the 
front  line  of  civilization,  and  they  are  holding 
that  line  with  a  fortitude  which  will  forever  be 
the  pride  and  the  inspiration  of  all  free  men  on 
every  continent  and  on  every  island  of  the.  sea. 

The  British  people  and  their  Grecian  allies 
need  ships.     From  America,  they  will  get  ships. 

They  need  planes.  From  America,  they  will 
get  planes. 

They  need  food.  From  America,  they  will 
eet  food. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


281 


They  need  tanks  and  guns  and  ammunition 
and  supplies  of  all  kinds.  From  America,  they 
will  get  tanks  and  guns  and  ammunition  and 
supplies  of  all  kinds. 

China  likewise  expresses  the  magnificent  will 
of  millions  of  plain  people  to  resist  the  dismem- 
berment of  their  Nation.  China,  through  the 
Generalissimo,  Chiang  Kai-shek,  asks  our  help. 
America  has  said  that  China  shall  have  our  help. 

Our  country  is  going  to  be  what  our  people 
have  proclaimed  it  must  be — the  arsenal  of 
democracy. 

Our  country  is  going  to  play  its  full  part. 

And  when  dictatorships  disintegrate — and 
pray  God  that  will  be  sooner  than  any  of  us  now 
dares  to  hope — then  our  country  must  continue 
to  play  its  great  part  in  the  period  of  world 
reconstruction. 

We  believe  that  the  rallying  cry  of  the  dic- 
tators, their  boasting  about  a  master-race,  will 
prove  to  be  pure  stuff  and  nonsense.  There 
never  has  been,  there  isn't  now,  and  there  never 


will  be,  any  race  of  people  fit  to  serve  as  masters 
over  their  fellowmen. 

The  world  has  no  use  for  any  nation  which, 
because  of  size  or  because  of  military  might, 
asserts  the  right  to  goose-step  to  world  power 
over  other  nations  or  other  races.  We  believe 
that  any  nationality,  no  matter  how  small,  has 
the  inherent  right  to  its  own  nationhood. 

We  believe  that  the  men  and  women  of  such 
nations,  no  matter  what  size,  can,  through  the 
processes  of  peace,  serve  themselves  and  serve 
the  world  by  protecting  the  common  man's  se- 
curity; improve  the  standards  of  healthful  liv- 
ing; provide  markets  for  manufacture  and  for 
agriculture.  Through  that  kind  of  peacefid 
service,  every  nation  can  increa.se  its  happiness, 
banish  the  terrors  of  war,  and  abandon  man's 
inhumanity  to  man. 

Never,  in  all  our  history,  have  Americans 
faced  a  job  so  well  worthwhile.  May  it  be  said 
of  us  in  the  days  to  come  that  our  children  and 
our  children's  children  rise  up  and  call  us 
blessed. 


APPOINTMENT  OP  COMMITTEE  TO  COORDINATE  RELIEF 

ACTIVITIES 


[Released  to  tbe  press  by  the  White  House  March  13] 

The  President  addressed  identic  letters  on 
March  13  to  Messrs.  Joseph  E.  Davies,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. ;  Charles  P.  Taft,  Assistant  Coordi- 
nator, Health,  Welfare,  and  Related  Defense 
Activities,  Washington.  D.  C. ;  and  Dr.  Fred- 
erick P.  Keppel,  President.  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion, New  York  City,  asking  them  to  serve  as  a 
committee  of  three,  with  Mr.  Davies  acting  as 
chairman,  for  the  purpose  of  studying  and 
recommending  methods  of  dealing  with  the  rais- 
ing of  funds  in  the  United  States  by  private 
relief  activities,  etc. 

The  President  transmitted  to  Messrs.  Davies, 
Taft,  and  Keppel  copies  of  a  letter  he  received 
under  date  of  March  3, 1941,  from  the  Secretary 
of  State.  Mr.  Hull,  in  his  letter  to  the  Presi- 
dent, suggested  that  the  President  appoint  a 


committee  of  three  "who  are  well  informed  on 
matters  of  local  welfare,  and  foreign  relief,  and 
the  needs  for  national  defense". 

In  his  letter  to  Messrs.  Davies.  Taft,  and 
Keppel  the  President  said : 

"I  am  enclosing  a  copy  of  a  letter  I  have 
received  from  the  Secretary  of  State  with  re- 
gard to  certain  problems  existing  in  the  field  of 
foreign  relief.  I  would  be  grateful  if  you 
would  be  good  enough  to  serve  on  a  committee 
of  three  I  would  like  to  appoint  for  the  purpose 
of  making  a  thorough  canvass  of  this  situation 
and  making  recommendations  with  regard  to  the 
best  methods  of  dealing  with  the  problems 
which  have  arisen  therein. 

"It  would  be  appreciated  if  the  committee 
would  arrange  to  meet  in  Washington  at  an 
early  date,  at  which  time  I  will  l>e  glad  to  put 


282 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


at  its  disposal  such  information  on  the  subject 
as  may  be  available. 

''Very  sincerely  yours, 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 

The  following  is  the  text  of  the  letter  written 
by  Secretary  Hull  to  the  President  on  March 
third: 

"My  Dear  Mr.  President  : 

"Problems  have  arisen  with  regard  to  the 
raising  of  funds  for  private  relief  activities 
which  I  should  lay  before  you,  together  with  a 
suggestion  for  procedure  which  may  aid  in  their 
solution. 

"The  human  suffering  which  has  been  caused 
by  the  conflicts  raging  in  other  portions  of  the 
world  has  called  forth  the  humanitarian  efforts 
of  the  American  people.  At  the  same  time  needs 
at  home  have  continued,  as  they  have  in  the  past, 
to  inspire  similar  efforts  to  relieve  human  need 
in  this  country.  It  seems  likely  that  these  efforts 
will  be  increased  by  the  natural  concern  of  our 
people  to  provide  in  every  way  for  the  young 
men  who  have  been  called  for  military  training. 
In  the  field  of  foreign  relief  about  three  hundred 
organizations,  most  of  them  of  a  temporary  na- 
ture, are  now  registered  with  the  Department  of 
State  in  order  that  they  may  solicit  and  collect 
contributions.2  Here  at  home  local  private  wel- 
fare agencies  are  continuing  their  efforts  and 
must  continue  to  rely  on  public  support.  We  are 
also  informed  that  some  of  our  people  are  plan- 
ning to  launch  campaigns  to  finance  activities  in 
areas  adjacent  to  military  camps  established 
under  the  Selective  Service  Act.  All  of  these 
efforts  are  inspired  by  the  finest  human  instincts, 
but  there  is  growing  danger  that  they  may  be 
frustrated  if  they  are  conducted  without  regard 
to  one  another  and  without  proper  coordination. 

"In  the  field  of  foreign  relief  many  agencies 
are  now  raising  funds  without  full  knowledge  of 
the.  relief  resources  already  at  hand,  the  needs 
which  actually  require,  relief,  or  the  shipping 
available  for  the  transportation  of  relief  mate- 
rials.   American  aid  is  being  extended  to  Great 


Britain,  China,  Greece,  Finland,  Spain  and 
many  other  countries  affected  by  the  conflict 
through  the  American  Red  Cross  and  also 
through  other  organizations.  While  the  need 
for  greater  coordination  exists  with  regard  to  all 
of  these  undertakings,  it  is  particularly  appar- 
ent in  British  relief  where  the  problem  of  ob- 
taining shipping  space  for  the  transportation  of 
relief  materials  is  already  serious  and  requires 
discriminating  knowledge  as  to  the  needs  exist- 
ing and  as  to  the  most  effective  method  of  meet- 
ing them.  Here  it  is  particularly  important  that 
funds  should  not  be  solicited  for  categories  of 
relief  which  have  not  been  requested,  or  ap- 
proved, or  for  which  shipping  space  is  not  avail- 
able. Moreover,  hi  other  countries  of  Europe, 
economic  and  military  controls  as  well  as  limita- 
tions upon  transportation  and  communication 
facilities  make  effective  relief  operation  imprac- 
ticable at  the  present  time. 

"In  relief,  both  at  home  and  abroad,  it  is  ad- 
visable that  the  efforts  of  all  the  relief  organi- 
zations be  considered  in  their  relation  to  the 
program  of  the  American  Red  Cross,  which,  as 
you  indicated  in  your  statement  of  October  12, 
1939,3  holds  both  under  the  laws  of  the  United 
States  and  under  International  Agreements  an 
official  status  and  bears  definite  responsibilities 
both  in  domestic  and  foreign  relief  and  par- 
ticularly in  relation  to  our  armed  forces. 

"My  suggestion,  therefore,  would  be  that  you 
appoint  a  committee  of  three  men  who  are  well 
informed  on  matters  of  local  welfare,  and  for- 
eign relief,  and  the  needs  for  national  defense. 
This  committee  might  very  well  examine  the 
entire  problem  and  make  recommendations  as 
to  what  steps  might  be  taken  to  preserve  local 
and  essential  welfare  services,  and  to  maintain 
a  balance  between  the  facilities  and  resources 
available  for  foreign  war  relief  with  particular 
regard  to  the  financing  of  new  welfare  activi- 
ties in  connection  with  national  defense  meas- 


"Faithfully  yours, 


Cordell  Hull" 


2  See  the  Bulletin  of  March  8,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
pp.  251-264. 


8  See  the  Bulletin  of  October  21,  1939  (vol.  I,  no.  17), 
p.  404. 


MARCH    15,    1941 

CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


283 


[  Released  to  the  press  March  15] 

The  President  on  March  15  signed  an  Execu- 
tive order  setting  forth  regulations  governing 
the  exportation  of  models,  designs,  specifica- 
tions, etc.,  designated  in  his  Proclamation  2465 
of  March  4,  1941,4  issued  pursuant  to  section  6 
of  the  Export  Control  Act,  approved  July  2, 
1940. 

The  text  of  the  Executive  order  follows : 

Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Kegulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  Proclamation  No.  2465  of  March  4, 
1941,  Issued  Pursuant  to  the  Provisions  of 
Section  6  of  the  Act  of  Congress  Approved 
July  2, 1940 

By  virtue  of  and  pursuant  to  the  authority 
vested  in  me  by  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940,  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense" (54  Stat.  712,  714),  I  hereby  prescribe 
the  following  regulations  governing  the  ex- 
portation of  articles  and  materials  designated 
in  Proclamation  No.  2465  of  March  4,  1941, 
issued  pursuant  to  the  said  section  6 : 

1.  The  Administrator  of  Export  Control 
shall,  under  my  direction,  determine  the  forms 
of  the  articles  and  materials  designated  hi  the 
above-mentioned  proclamation;  and  the  Ad- 
ministrator may  from  time  to  time  make  such 
additions  to  or  deletions  from  the  lists  of  forms 
as  may  be  necessary  in  the  interest  of  national 
defense. 

2.  The  Administrator  of  Export  Control 
shall  cause  such  lists  of  forms  to  be  published 
in  the  Federal  Register.  Such  publication  shall 
constitute  notice  to  the  public  that,  after  the 
effective  date  therein  stated,  none  of  the  forms 
listed  shall  be  exported  unless  and  until  a 
license  authorizing  such  exportation  shall  have 


4  See  the  Bulletin  of  March  8,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  89), 
pp.  245-246. 

300500 — 41 2 


been  issued  by  the  Administrator  of  Export 
Control. 

3.  The  forms  for  application  for  export 
licenses  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  Administrator 
of  Export  Control :  Provided,  That  such  ap- 
plications shall  be  required  to  contain  adequate 
descriptions  of  the  articles  and  materials  to  be 
exported,  including  type  and  model  descrip- 
tions, if  applicable. 

4.  The  Administrator  of  Export  Control  shall 
issue  export  licenses  to  authorize  proposed  ship- 
ments of  the  said  articles  and  materials  to 
applicants  who  shall  have  made  application  on 
the  prescribed  form,  unless  the  Administrator  of 
Export  Control,  under  my  direction,  shall  have 
determined  that  the  proposed  exportation  would 
be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the  national 
defense. 

5.  The  country  designated  on  the  application 
for  license  as  the  country  of  destination  shall  in 
each  case  be  the  country  of  ultimate  destination. 
If  the  articles  and  materials  to  be  exported  are 
consigned  to  one  country  with  the  knowledge 
that  they  are  intended  for  transshipment  thence 
to  another  country,  the  latter  country  shall  be 
named  as  the  country  of  destination. 

6.  Export  licenses  are  not  transferable  and 
are  subject  to  revocation  without  notice.  If  not 
revoked,  licenses  are  valid  for  one  year  from  the 
date  of  issuance. 

7.  The  original  license  must  be  presented, 
prior  to  exportation,  to  the  collector  of  customs 
at  the  port  through  which  the  shipment  au- 
thorized to  be  exported  is  being  made.  If  ship- 
ment is  made  by  mail,  the  license  must  be  pre- 
sented to  the  postmaster  at  the  post  office  at 
which  the  parcel  is  mailed,  except  that  the  Ad- 
ministrator of  Export  Control  may  authorize 
the  mailing  of  the  parcel  without  formal  presen- 
tation of  the  license. 

8.  No  alterations  may  be  made  in  export 
licenses  which  have  been  issued  by  the  Adminis- 
trator of  Export  Control  except  by  the  Ad- 
ministrator or  by  collectors  of  customs  or  post- 
masters acting  under  the  specific  instructions  of 
the  Administrator. 


284 


DEPARTMENT    OP    STATE   BULLETIN 


9.  Export  licenses  which  have  been  revoked 
or  which  have  expired  must  be  returned  im- 
mediately to  the  Administrator  of  Export 
Control. 

10.  Except  as  may  be  prohibited  by  law,  the 
Administrator  of  Export  Control  may  issue 
general  licenses  authorizing  the  exportation  to 
all  or  certain  areas  or  destinations  of  any  of  the 
above-mentioned  articles  and  materials,  and  any 
of  the  forms  thereof,  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Presi- 
dent. 

11.  Paragraphs  3  and  7  shall  not  apply  to  the 
general  licenses  herein  authorized. 

12.  These  regulations  shall  be  effective  April 
15, 1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
March  15, 1941. 

[No.  8713] 

[Released  to  the  press  March  15] 

Under  section  6  of  Public  703  [Export  Control 
Act],  approved  July  2,  1940,  the  President  is 
authorized  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the  exportation 
of  articles  and  materials  considered  necessary  in 
the  interests  of  national  defense.  Pursuant  to 
these  provisions  of  law,  the  President  on  March 
15  signed  an  Executive  order  setting  forth  regu- 
lations which  shall  be  effective  April  15,  1941 
and  which  shall,  on  the  effective  date  thereof, 
supersede  the  regulations  heretofore  prescribed 
by  the  President  governing  the  exportation  of 
the  articles  and  materials  named  in  proclama- 
tions issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of  the  act  of 
July  2, 1940 ;  except  that  they  shall  not  supersede 
the  regulations  governing  the  exportation  of 
articles  and  materials  designated  in  Proclama- 
tion 2465  5  of  March  4, 1941. 

The  text  of  the  Executive  order  follows : 


1  See  ibid. 


Executive  Order 
Prescribing  Regulations  Governing  the  Ex- 
portation of  Articles  and  Materials  Desig- 
nated in  Proclamations  Issued  Pursuant  to 
the  Provisions  of  Section  6  of  the  Act  of 
Congress  Approved  July  2,  1940 

By  virtue  of  and  pursuant  to  the  authority 
vested  in  me  by  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress 
approved  July  2,  1940.  entitled  "An  Act  To 
expedite  the  strengthening  of  the  national  de- 
fense" (54  Stat.  712,  714),  I  hereby  prescribe  the 
following  regulations  governing  the  exportation 
of  articles  and  materials  designated  in  procla- 
mations issued,  or  which  may  hereafter  be  is- 
sued, pursuant  to  the  said  section  6 ;  except  that 
these  regulations  shall  not  apply  to  the  articles 
and  materials  designated  in  Proclamation  No. 
2465  of  March  4, 1941,  or  proclamations  amenda- 
tory thereof : 

1.  The  Administrator  of  Export  Control 
shall,  under  my  direction,  determine  the  forms, 
conversions,  and  derivatives  of  the  articles  and 
materials  the  exportation  of  which  has  been  pro- 
hibited or  curtailed  pursuant  to  section  6  of  the 
act  of  July  2, 1940;  and  the  Administrator  may 
from  time  to  time  make  such  additions  to  or 
deletions  from  the  lists  of  forms,  conversions, 
and  derivatives  as  may  be  necessary  in  the  inter- 
est of  national  defense. 

2.  The  Administrator  of  Export  Control  shall 
cause  such  lists  of  forms,  conversions,  and  de- 
rivatives to  be  published  in  the  Federal  Regis- 
ter. Such  publication  shall  constitute  notice  to 
the  public  that,  after  the  effective  date  therein 
stated,  none  of  the  forms,  conversions,  and  de- 
rivatives listed  shall  be  exported  unless  and  until 
a  license  authorizing  such  exportation  shall  have 
been  issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State. 

3.  The  forms  for  application  for  export 
licenses  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of 
State :  Provided,  That  such  applications  shad  be 
required  to  contain  adequate  descriptions  of  the 
articles  and  materials  to  be  exported,  including 
type  and  model  descriptions,  if  applicable. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


285 


4.  The  Secretary  of  State  shall  issue  export 
licenses  to  authorize  proposed  shipments  of  the 
said  articles  and  materials,  and  forms,  conver- 
sions, and  derivatives  thereof,  to  applicants  who 
shall  have  made  application  on  the  prescribed 
form,  unless  the  Administrator  of  Export  Con- 
trol, under  my  direction,  shall  have  determined 
that  the  proposed  exportation  would  be  detri- 
mental to  the  interests  of  the  national  defense. 

5.  Regulations  contained  in  the  document 
entitled  International  Traffic  in  Arms  (7th  ed., 
1939),  Department  of  State  publication  1407, 
shall  continue  to  govern  the  exportation  of 
arms,  ammunition,  and  implements  of  war,  and 
tin-plate  scrap,  except  that  export  licenses  shall 
not  be  issued  when  in  any  case  it  shall  have  been 
determined  by  the  Administrator  of  Export 
Control,  under  my  direction,  that  the  proposed 
shipment  would  be  contrary  to  the  interest  of 
the  national  defense. 

6.  The  country  designated  on  the  application 
for  license  as  the  country  of  destination  shall  in 
each  case  be  the  country  of  ultimate  destination. 
If  the  goods  to  be  exported  are  consigned  to  one 
country  with  the  knowledge  that  they  are  in- 
tended for  transshipment  thence  to  another 
country,  the  latter  country  shall  be  named  as 
the  country  of  destination. 

7.  Export  licenses  are  not  transferable  and 
are  subject  to  revocation  without  notice.  If  not 
revoked,  licenses  are  valid  for  one  year  from  the 
date  of  issuance. 

8.  The  original  license  must  be  presented, 
prior  to  exportation,  to  the  collector  of  customs 
at  the  port  through  which  the  shipment  au- 
thorized to  be  exported  is  being  made.  If  ship- 
ment is  made  by  parcel  post,  the  license  must  be 
presented  to  the  postmaster  at  the  post  office  at 
which  the  parcel  is  mailed. 

9.  No  alterations  may  be  made  in  export 
licenses  which  have  been  issued  by  the  Secretary 
of  State  except  by  the  Department  of  State  or 
by  collectors  of  customs  or  postmasters  acting 
under  the  specific  instructions  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State. 


10.  Export  licenses  which  have  been  revoked 
or  which  have  expired  must  be  returned  imme- 
diately to  the  Secretary  of  State. 

11.  Articles  and  materials  entering  or  leaving 
a  port  of  the  United  States  in  transit  through 
the  territory  of  the  United  States  to  a  foreign 
country  shall  not  be  considered  as  imported  or 
exported  for  the  purpose  of  these  regulations. 

12.  Except  as  may  be  prohibited  by  the  Neu- 
trality Act  of  1939  (54  Stat.  4) ,  the  Secretary  of 
State  may  issue  general  licenses  authorizing  the 
exportation  to  all  or  certain  areas  or  destinations 
of  any  of  the  articles  and  materials  named  in 
proclamations  issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of  the 
act  of  July  2, 1940,  and  any  of  the  forms,  conver- 
sions, and  derivatives  thereof,  in  accordance 
with  the  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the 
President  and  such  specific  directives  as  may 
from  time  to  time  be  communicated  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  through  the  Administrator  of 
Export  Control. 

13.  Paragraphs  3  and  8  shall  not  apply  to  the 
general  licenses  herein  authorized. 

14.  These  regulations  shall  be  effective  April 
15,  1941,  and  shall  on  the  effective  date  super- 
sede the  regulations  heretofore  prescribed  by  the 
President  governing  the  exportation  of  the  arti- 
cles and  materials  named  in  proclamations  is- 
sued pursuant  to  section  6  of  the  act  of  July  2, 
1940;  except  that  they  shall  not  supersede  the 
regulations  governing  the  exportation  of  articles 
and  materials  designated  in  Proclamation  2465 
of  March  4, 1941. 

Franklin  D  Roosevelt 
The  White  House, 
March  IS,  191,1. 

[No.  8712] 

The  following  circular  letter  was  sent  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  March  10,  1941,  to  all  col- 
lectors of  customs : 

"Reference  is  made  to  previous  circular  air 
mail  letters  in  regard  to  the  interpretation  of 
the  regulations  issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of 


286 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


the  Export  Control  Act,  approved  on  July  2, 
1940. 

"Pending  further  instructions,  no  license  will 
be  required  for  the  exportation  of  the  following 
iron  and  steel  manufactured  articles  and  mate- 
rials : 

"Anchors. 

Anvils,  not  parts  of  machines  requiring  licenses. 

Aprons. 

Automotive  Wheels. 

Auto  Wheels  and  Discs. 

Axles,  locomotive. 

Barrel  hoop  steel  or  iron,  cut  to  length  with  rounded 
ends,  but  not  punched  or  otherwise  fabricated, 
if  shipped  with  requisite  number  of  shooks  for 
assembly  into  barrels. 

Bars  or  tubes,  if  parts  of  and  shipped  with  chain 
link  fence,  complete  or  knock  down. 

Belt  lacing. 

Belt  link  conveyors. 

Boat  spikes. 

Bolts. 

Brads. 

Bright  Wire  Goods — Screw  eyes  and  hooks,  etc. 

Card  Clothing. 

Cast  Iron  Sash  Weights  if  parts  of  and  shipped  with 
complete  windows. 

Cement  Coated  Nails. 

Chains. 

Chain  Link  Feuce. 

Ceilings  (fabricated  sheet). 

Clamps,  Pipe  Joint. 

Clips,  Malleable  iron,  not  machined. 

Concrete  Reinforcement  Mesh. 

Downspouts  (usually  galvanized). 

Elevator  Fronts. 

Expansion  Joints  used  in  asphalt  road  making. 

Fair  Rail  Anchor. 

Fence  Gates. 

Flexible  Metal  Hose. 

Forged  Compromise  Angle  Joints  (Railway  Track 
Accessories). 

Forged  Tee  Rail  Braces  (Railway  Track  Acces- 
sories). 

Formed  Wire. 

Galvanized  Corrugated  Culverts. 

Galvanized  Kettles. 

Grizzly  Bars. 

Gutters  (usually  galvanized). 

Hardware  Cloth. 

Horseshoe  Nails. 
Insect  Screen. 
Iron  Lungs. 
Lock  Washers. 
Locomotive  Wheels. 


Morison  Furnaces. 

Nails. 

Nuts. 

Napper  Clothing. 

Ornamental  Work. 

Perforated      Grills — perforated      throughout      (not 

scrap ) . 
Perforated      Plates — perforated      throughout      (not 

scrap). 
Perforated      Sheets — perforated     throughout      (not 

scrap). 
Perforated  Sheets  or  plates — perforated  throughout 

(not  scrap). 
Perforated      Strips — perforated      throughout      (not 

scrap). 
Pipe  Saddle. 
Pipe  Fittings. 
Bends. 

Cast  Iron  Fittings  for  cast  iron  pressure  pipes. 
Cast  Iron   Fittings  for   cast   iron   soil  pipes. 
Duriron. 
Ells. 

Expansion  Joints. 
Forged  Steel  Flanges. 
Forged  Steel  Pipe  Fittings. 
Laterals,  Cast. 
Malleable  Iron  Screwed. 
Nipples. 
Reducers. 
Tees. 
Unions. 

Valves,  iron  or  steel. 

All  other  pipe  fittings,  whether  iron  or  steel. 
Poultry  Netting. 
Rail  Braces. 

Railroad  Clips,  machined. 
Railroad  Car  Parts 

Assembled  car  couplers  and  parts  such  as  coupler 
heads,  coupler  sockets,  coupler  links,  coupler 
pins,  coupler  yokes,  coupler  follower  plates  and 
coupler  knuckles. 
Assembled  Brake  Beams  and  parts  such  as  ten- 
sion rods,  brake  beam  struts  or  fulcrums,  brake 
heads,  brake  shoes,  and  brake  shoe  keys. 
Brake  Parts  such  as  hand  wheels,  brake  masts, 
brake  triangles  and  brackets,  brake  rods  and 
jaws,  brake  levers,  brake  hangers,  brake 
struts,  brake  rachets  and  pawls. 
Car  trucks  and  parts  such  as  truck  bolsters,  truck 
sides,  frames,  truck  arch  bars,  truck  columns, 
column  guides,  bolster  beam  separators,  truck 
side  bearings,  truck  and  body  center  bearings, 
journal  wedges,  journal  boxes  and  journal  box 
lids. 
Car  under  frames,  end  walls,  side  walls,  parti- 
tions, doors,  door  hinges,  door  rollers,  door 
latches,  stake  pockets,  striking  plates,  draft 
lugs,  buffers,  sill  steps,  and  hand  holds. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


287 


Railway  Cars  and  Parts,  assembled  or  unassembled 
(except  tanks  for  installation  on  ears,  whether 
installed  or  not). 

Ridge  Roll  (usually  galvanized). 

Rivets. 

Road  Guard. 

Shingles  (fabricated  ferrous  sheet). 

Screws. 

Screw  Spikes  (not  railroad). 

Spanish  Tile  (fabricated  ferrous  sheet). 

Sheet  Metal  Work  (usually  galvanized). 

Stampings. 

Steel  Cooperage  Hoops,  finished. 

Steel  Discs. 

Steel  Grinding  Balls,  Machined  or  Not. 

Staples. 

Steel  Sash. 

Steel  Windows. 


Storage  Tank  Appurtenances,  if  shipped  separately. 

Switch  Rods. 

Tacks. 

Thumbtacks. 

Tires,  Locomotive  and  Railway  Car. 

Trays,  galvanized  iron  or  steel. 

Tubular  Steel  Poles. 

Valves. 

Washers. 

Water  Tanks  (of  10  gallon  capacity  or  less). 

Welded  Fabric. 

Wheels,  Locomotive. 

Wire  Cloth. 

Wire  Fabric. 

Wire  Mesh. 

Wire  Netting. 

Woven  Wire  Screen  Cloth  of  Iron  or  Steel. 

Fencing  and  Gates  (except  woven  wire  fencing)." 


American  Republics 


INTER- AMERICAN  DEVELOPMENT  COMMISSION:  URUGUAYAN 
AND  PARAGUAYAN  COUNCILS 


Nelson  A.  Rockefeller,  Coordinator  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the 
American  Republics,  has  announced  the  mem- 
bership of  the  Uruguayan  and  Paraguayan  Na- 
tional Councils,  the  third  and  fourth  of  21  coun- 
cils being  established  by  the  Inter-American 
Development  Commission  in  its  program  for  the 
stimulation  of  trade  among  the  American  re- 
publics. Mr.  Rockefeller  is  Chairman  of  the 
Development  Commission. 

Fermin  Silveira  Zorzi,  General  Manager  of 
the  Banco  de  la  Republica,  is  Chairman  of  the 
Uruguayan  Council.     The  other  members  are: 

Jose  Brunet,  President  of  the  Chamber  of 

Commerce,  vice  chairman 
Jacobo    Varela,    former    Minister    to    the 

United  States 
Ramon   Alvarez   Lista,   President   of   the 

Chamber  of  Industries 
Ricardo  Cosio,  well-known  businessman 
Juan  F.  Yriart,  formerly  Attache  of  the 

Uruguayan  Legation  in  Great  Britain, 

now  in  the  Foreign  Office,  secretary 


The  Paraguayan  Council  is  headed  by  Oscar 
Perez  Uribe,  President  of  the  Centro  de  Impor- 
tadores  and  a  leading  Paraguayan  businessman. 
The  other  members  include : 

Ladislao  Z.  Vaccaro,  President  of  the  Union 

Industrial   Paraguaya    and   member   of 

the  board  of  the  Banco  Agricola,  vice 

chairman 
Emigdio  Arza,  President  of  the  Asociacion 

Rural  Paraguaya 
Manuel   Ferreira,   a   leading   Paraguayan 

merchant 
Francisco  Ferrario,  of  the  exporting  firm  of 

Ferrario  and  Co. 
Julio  J.  Bajac,  Director  de  Comercio  Inter- 

nacional  del  Ministerio  de  Relaciones  Ex- 

teriores,  secretary 

Arrangements  for  establishment  of  the  Para- 
guayan Council  were  completed  in  Asuncion, 
where  an  initial  meeting  has  been  held.  Similar 
councils  composed  of  outstanding  business,  pro- 
fessional, and  technical  men  have  been  formed 
in  Brazil  and  Argentina. 


288 


Europe 


PROPERTY  OF  HUNGARY  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES 

On  March  13,  1941,  the  President  signed 
Executive  Order  No.  8711,  extending  all  the 
provisions  of  Executive  Order  No.  8389  of  April 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

10,  1940,  as  amended,  to  "property  in  which 
Hungary  or  any  national  thereof  has  at  any 
time  on  or  since  March  13, 1941,  had  any  interest 
of  any  nature  whatsoever,  direct  or  indirect . . ." 
The  text  of  Executive  Order  No.  8711  appears  in 
the  Federal  Register  of  March  15,  1941  (vol.  6, 
no.  52),  page  1443,  and  the  regulations  of  the 
Treasury  Department,  issued  March  13,  1941 
under  authority  of  this  order,  appear  in  the 
same  issue  of  the  Federal  Register,  page  1450. 


Cultural  Relations 


STUDENT  GROUP  WELCOMED  BY  VICE  PRESIDENT 


The  Hon.  Henry  A.  Wallace,  Vice  President 
of  the  United  States,  who  recently  accepted 
membership  on  the  General  Advisory  Commit- 
tee to  the  Department  in  the  field  of  cultural 
relations,  welcomed  a  group  of  107  students  and 
professional  leaders  from  the  other  American 
republics  in  the  Caucus  Room  of  the  Senate 
Office  Building.  Senators  and  Representatives 
from  a  dozen  States  were  also  on  hand  to  greet 
the  visitors. 


Vice  President  Wallace  spoke  to  the  visitors 
briefly  in  Spanish  and  emphasized  the  need  of 
deeper  understanding  between  the  peoples  of 
the  American  republics  "to  fortify  us  against 
the  perils  which  today  menace  the  world". 

The  group  of  students  and  professional  lead- 
ers, among  whom  were  representatives  from 
Argentina,  Brazil,  Uruguay,  Chile,  Ecuador, 
Colombia,  and  Peru,  had  just  completed  a 
special  "summer  school"  session  at  the  University 
of  North  Carolina. 


MOTION-PICTURE-PROJECTION  EQUIPMENT  FOR  UNITED  STATES 

MISSIONS 


The  Office  of  the  Coordinator  of  Commercial 
and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  has  made  available  twenty  16  mm. 
sound-motion-picture  projectors  for  distribu- 
tion by  the  Department  of  State  to  United 
States  embassies  and  legations  in  the  other 
American  republics.  The  projectors  are  to  be 
used  for  the  showing  of  cultural  and  educa- 
tional films  to  interested  groups.  They  will 
be  lent  for  this  purpose  to  schools,  clubs,  and 
other  organizations. 


Various  approved  films,  from  different 
sources,  will  be  transmitted  to  the  missions  for 
use  with  the  projection  equipment.  Of  par- 
ticular interest  will  be  the  12  reels  recently  se- 
lected by  the  Interdepartmental  Committee  on 
Cooperation  with  the  American  Republics. 
These  films,  chosen  from  among  the  films  pro- 
duced by  various  Government  agencies,  will 
be  sound-tracked  with  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
narrations. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


289 


PROFESSOR  AND  STUDENT  EXCHANGES 


The  announcement  that  on  February  15,  1941 
Mexico  deposited  with  the  Pan  American 
Union  the  instrument  of  ratification  of  the  Con- 
vention for  the  Promotion  of  Inter-American 
Cultural  Relations  signed  by  the  21  American 
republics  at  Buenos  Aires  December  23,  1936 
(Treaty  Series  928) 6  brings  to  15  the  number 
of  countries  which  have  agreed  to  carry  out 
the  terms  of  the  convention,  the  provisions  of 
which  are  administered  by  the  Department  of 
State  on  behalf  of  the  United  States.  The  con- 
vention provides  for  the  annual  exchange  of 
two  graduate  students  or  teachers  and  the  bien- 
nial exchange  of  professors  by  the  United  States 
and  each  of  the  other  ratifying  republics. 

Two  graduate  students  from  the  United 
States,  John  D.  Vanderburgh  and  Charles  C.  D. 
Watland,  have  just  been  selected  by  the  Chilean 
Government  to  study  in  Chile.  Mr.  Vander- 
burgh was  born  in  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  and 
was  graduated  from  Stanford  University, 
where  he  is  at  present  serving  as  an  assistant  in 
the  Department  of  History.  Mr.  Watland  is 
an  instructor  of  romance  languages  at  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  Born  in  Albert  Lea, 
Minn.,  he  is  a  graduate  of  Swarthmore  Col- 
lege and  received  his  A.M.  degree  from  the 
University  of  Minnesota.  From  the  list  re- 
cently submitted  by  the  Costa  Rican  Govern- 
ment the  United  States  has  selected  Guillermo 
Arias  and  Guillermo  Padilla,  who  will  arrive 
in  September  to  study  in  this  country.  Lists  of 
names  have  also  recently  been  submitted  to  the 
United  States  by  the  Governments  of  Brazil 
and  Venezuela  from  which  the  Committee  on 
Exchange  Fellowships  and  Professorships  is 
now  making  its  selections.  In  turn  the  United 
States  Government  has  submitted  to  Paraguay 
a  list  of  students  for  selection  by  the  Paraguayan 
Government. 

Already  a  total  of  14  graduate  students  froin 
Chile,  Costa  Rica,  Dominican  Republic,  Haiti, 


'  See  the  Bulletin  of  March  1,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  88), 
p.  240. 


Nicaragua,  Panama,  Paraguay,  and  Venezuela 
are  studying  in  the  United  States  under  the 
terms  of  the  convention.  Similarly  10  American 
graduate  students  have  undertaken  special 
courses  of  study  in  Chile,  Brazil,  Costa  Rica, 
Dominican  Republic,  Nicaragua,  Panama,  and 
Veneziiela. 

Two  professors,  Prof.  Arthur  S.  Aiton  of  the 
University  of  Michigan  and  Prof.  Gordon  Ire- 
land of  the  Portia  Law  School  of  Boston,  Mass., 
will  soon  be  leaving  to  fill  their  new  appoint- 
ments— the  former  to  lecture  on  history  in  Costa 
Rica  and  the  latter  to  lecture  on  law  in  the 
Dominican  Republic.  Dr.  Aiton  is  professor  of 
history  at  the  University  of  Michigan  and  has 
also  lectured  at  the  Universities  of  Chicago, 
California,  and  Seville,  Spain.  He  is  the  author 
of  numerous  pamphlets  and  articles,  most  of 
them  on  the  history  of  the  other  American  re- 
publics. Dr.  Ireland,  who  has  practiced  law 
both  in  the  United  States  and  in  Cuba,  taught  at 
Harvard  Law  School  and  at  Louisiana  State 
University  Law  School  before  assuming  his  du- 
ties as  professor  of  law  at  the  Portia  Law  School 
of  Boston.  He  has  written  for  publication 
numerous  articles  on  civil,  comparative,  and  in- 
ternational law.  Four  professors  from  univer- 
sities and  colleges  in  the  United  States  have  al- 
ready gone  to  teach  in  educational  institutions 
in  Chile,  Guatemala,  Nicaragua,  and  Venezuela. 

The  following  students  from  the  other  Amer- 
ican republics  are  now  attending  univei-sities 
and  colleges  in  the  United  States : 

Jorge  del  Canto,  from  Chile,  studying  at 
the  University  of  California  in  the  field 
of  Geography 

Maria  M.  de  Gonzalez,  from  Chile,  studying 
at  Columbia  University  in  the  field  of 
Education 

Eugenio  Salazar,  from  Chile,  studying  at 
Catholic  University  in  the  field  of  Engi- 
neering 

Leopoldo  Seguel,  from  Chile,  studying  at 
Columbia  University  in  the  field  of  Edu- 
cation 


290 

Fernando  Carvajal,  from  Costa  Rica,  study- 
ing at  Cornell  University  in  the  field  of 
Agriculture 

Oscar  R.  Battle,  from  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, studying  at  Columbia  University 
in  the  field  of  Medicine 

Americo  A.  Martinez,  from  the  Dominican 
Republic,  studying  at  Columbia  Univer- 
sity in  the  field  of  Engineering 

Max  Bissainthe,  from  Haiti,  studying  at 
Columbia  University  in  the  field  of 
Library  Science 

William  Savain,  from  Haiti,  studying  at 
Columbia  University  in  the  field  of 
Medicine 

Jules  Blanchet,  from  Haiti,  studying  at 
Columbia  University  in  the  field  of 
Economics 

Rodolfo  Abaiinza,  from  Nicaragua,  study- 
ing at  American  University  in  the  field 
of  Political  Science 

Diego  M.  Dominguez,  from  Panama,  study- 
ing at  the  University  of  Chicago  in  the 
field  of  Philosophy 

Cesar  A.  Quintero,  from  Panama,  studying 
at  Georgetown  University  in  the  field  of 
International  Law- 
Julio  C.  Chanii  B.,  from  Paraguay,  study- 
ing at  the  University  of  Chicago  in  the 
field  of  Medicine 

United  States  students  who  have  grants  to 
study  abroad  under  the  terms  of  the  convention 
are  as  follows: 

Barbara.  B.  Hadley,  from  Shelburne  Falls, 
Mass.,  in  Brazil,  studying  Sociology 

Don  H.  Walther,  from  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C,  in 
Costa  Rica,  studying  Literature 

Charles  C.  Hauch,  from  Chicago,  111.,  in  the 
Dominican  Republic,  studying  Interna- 
tional Relations 

Joseph  Montllor,  from  New  York,  N.  Y.,  in 
the  Dominican  Republic,  studying 
History 

James  S.  Triolo,  from  Alameda,  Calif.,  in 
Panama,  studying  History 

George    W.    Luttermoser,    from    Detroit, 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE   BULLETIN 

Mich.,  in  Venezuela,  studying  Agri- 
culture 

Edith  A.  Bronson,  from  Evanston,  111.,  in 
Costa  Rica,  studying  Literature 

Ira  E.  Chart,  from  Dorchester,  Mass.,  in 
Nicaragua,  studying  Literature 

Dorothy  Field,  from  Phillips,  Maine,  re- 
cently completed  studies  in  Political 
Science  in  Chile 

Esther  Mathews,  from  Denver,  Colo.,  just 
completed  studies  in  Social  Science  in 
Chile 

Professors  from  universities  and  colleges  in 
the  United  States  who  are  already  in  residence- 
abroad  lecturing  or  studying  at  educational  in- 
stitutions are  as  follows: 

Prof.  W.  Rex  Crawford,  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  lecturing  in  Chile  on 
Sociology 

Prof.  Carroll  W.  Dodge,  of  Washington 
University,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  lecturing  in 
Guatemala  on  Botany 

Prof.  John  Ashton,  of  Texas  A.  &  M.  Col- 
lege, lecturing  in  Nicaragua  on  Agri- 
culture 

Prof.  Charles  C.  Griffin,  of  Vassar  College, 
lecturing  in  Venezuela  on  History 

The  graduate  students  and  teachers  are 
chosen  for  nomination  by  a  Committee  on  Ex- 
change Fellowships  and  Professorships  work- 
ing in  connection  with  the  Department  of  State. 
The  lists  of  nominations  are  then  submitted 
through  United  States  missions  to  the  govern- 
ments of  the  countries  which  have  ratified  the 
convention  for  final  selection  by  them. 

The  expenses  involved  in  the  exchange  of 
students  and  teachers  are  shared  by  the  par- 
ticipating governments.  The  nominating  gov- 
ernment pays  the  round-trip  travel  costs 
together  with  other  incidental  expenses.  The 
receiving  government  pays  for  tuition,  sub- 
sidiary expenses,  board,  and  lodging  at  the  in- 
stitutions in  which  the  visiting  students  are 
enrolled. 

Exchange  professorships  are  administered  by 
a  different  method.     From  the  applications  re- 


MARCH    15,    1941 

ceived  a  complete  list  of  professors  available 
for  exchange  services  from  the  outstanding  uni- 
versities, scientific  institutions,  and  technologi- 
cal schools  of  the  country  is  prepared  by  the 
Department  of  State  and  communicated  to  each 
of  the  other  ratifying  governments  each  alter- 
nating year.  From  this  list  each  of  the  other 
countries  arranges  to  select  a  visiting  professor 
who  is  then  assigned  to  give  lectures  in  various 
centers  and  to  conduct  regular  courses  of  in- 
struction or  pursue  special  research  in  some 
designated  institution.  It  is  further  expected 
that  these  professors  will,  in  other  appropriate 
ways,  promote  better  understanding  between 
the  cooperating  nations. 

All  expenses  incident  to  the  exchange  of  pro- 
fessors are  met  by  the  sending  government. 
Such  expenses  include  travel  to  and  from  the 
country  to  which  exchange  professors  are  sent, 
as  well  as  maintenance  and  local  travel  costs 
during  the  period  of  residence  in  the  foreign 
country. 

The  primary  purpose  of  the  exchange  pro- 
gram of  students,  teachers,  and  professors  is  to 
develop  a  more  realistic  understanding  between 
the  peoples  of  the  Western  Hemisphere.  By 
emphasizing  the  essential  reciprocity  of  cultural 
relations,  the  exchanges  are  designed  to  make 
available  to  the  people  of  the  American  repub- 
lics a  more  accurate  knowledge  of  progress  in 


291 

the  fields  of  the  humanities,  social  sciences,  nat- 
ural sciences,  law,  medicine,  pharmacy,  journal- 
ism, technology,  engineering,  and  other  studies. 

This  official  exchange  of  students  and  pro- 
fessors is  indicative  of  the  interest  of  the  var- 
ious governments  concerned.  The  provisions 
of  the  Buenos  Aires  convention  serve  to  sup- 
plement the  efforts  of  private  organizations  and 
institutions  in  the  field  of  cultural  relations. 

During  the  past  eight  years  the  number  of 
students  in  the  United  States  from  the  other 
American  republics  has  increased  steadily.  The 
most  important  single  agency  in  this  country 
for  the  encouragement  of  student  interchange 
is  the  Institute  of  International  Education. 
During  the  academic  year  193:3-34,  15  students 
from  the  other  American  republics  came  to  the 
United  States  under  the  auspices  of  this  organi- 
zation. In  1940-41  this  number  had  increased 
to  83,  all  of  them  studying  on  fellowships  ad- 
ministered by  the  Institute.  In  1933-34  the 
total  number  of  all  students  from  the  other 
American  republics  studying  in  the  United 
States  was  675.  By  1940^41  this  number  had 
increased  to  approximately  1,400,  a  very  en- 
couraging sign  of  the  ever-increasing  interest 
which  exists  in  promoting  cultural  relations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  other  American 
republics. 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


COMMERCE 


INTER-AMERICAN    COFFEE-MARKETING 

AGREEMENT 

Brazil 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  informed  the  Secretary  of  State  by  a 
letter  dated  February  25,  1941  that  the  instru- 
ment of  ratification  by  Brazil  of  the  Inter- 
American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement,  signed 


at  Washington  on  November  28,  1940,  was  de- 
posited with  the  Union  on  February  20,  1941. 
The  instrument  of  ratification  is  dated  January 
17,  1941. 

El  Salvador 

By  a  despatch  dated  January  17,  1941,  the 
American  Minister  to  El  Salvador  reported  that 
the  Salvadoran  Government  by  Executive  De- 
cree No.  4  of  January  7,  1941  appointed  Senor 


292 

Roberto  Aguilar  Trigueros  as  its  delegate  to  the 
"Inter-American  Coffee  Board",  established  by 
article  IX  of  the  agreement.  Article  IX  reads 
as  follows: 

"Article  IX 

"The  present  Agreement  shall  be  under  the 
administration  of  a  Board,  which  shall  be 
known  as  the  'Inter-American  Coffee  Board', 
and  which  shall  be  composed  of  delegates  rep- 
resenting the  Governments  of  the  participating 
countries. 

"Each  Government  shall  appoint  a  delegate 
to  the  Board  upon  approval  of  the  Agreement. 
In  the  absence  of  the  delegate  of  any  participat- 
ing country,  his  Government  shall  appoint  an 
alternate  who  shall  act  in  place  of  the  delegate. 
Subsequent  appointments  shall  be  communi- 
cated by  the  respective  Governments  to  the 
Chairman  of  the  Board. 

"The  Board  shall  elect  from  among  its  mem- 
bers a  Chairman  and  a  Vice  Chairman  who  shall 
hold  office  for  such  period  as  it  may  determine. 

"The  seat  of  the  Board  shall  be  in  Wash- 
ington, D.  C." 

Honduras 

The  American  Legation  at  Tegucigalpa  re- 
ported by  a  despatch  dated  February  27,  1941 
that  the  Honduran  Government  had  approved 
I  he  Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agree- 
ment signed  at  Washington  on  November  28, 
1940.  Decree  No.  69,  approving  the  agreement, 
was  signed  on  February  11.  1941  and  published 
in  La  Gaccta  for  February  24,  1941. 

PROPERTY 

SUPPLEMENTARY  CONVENTION  WITH  GREAT 
BRITAIN  CONCERNING  THE  TENURE  AND  DIS- 
POSITION OF  REAL  AND  PERSONAL  PROPERTY 

On  March  10,  1941.  the  Secretary  of  State 
exchanged  with  the  British  Ambassador  and 
the  Minister  of  Australia  ratifications  of  the 
Supplementary  Convention  between  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland. 
Australia,  and  New  Zealand,  signed  May  27, 
1936,  amending  the  Convention  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  for  the  Tenure 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

and  Disposition  of  Real  and  Personal  Property, 
signed  March  2.  1899  (Treaty  Series  146). 

The  convention  concerning  the  tenure  and  dis- 
position of  real  and  personal  property  between 
the  United  States  and  Her  Britannic  Majesty 
signed  on  March  2, 1899  was  open  to  be  made  ap- 
plicable to  British  colonies  or  foreign  posses- 
sions for  one  year  after  the  exchange  of  ratifica- 
tions of  the  convention,  which  period  was  ex- 
tended for  one  more  year  by  a  supplementary 
convention  signed  January  13,  1902  (Treaty 
Series  402).  The  period  during  which  notices 
of  adherence  might  be  given  in  behalf  of  British 
colonies  and  foreign  possessions  expired  on  July 
28,  1902.  The  convention  was  also  open  to  be 
made  applicable  to  overseas  territories  of  the 
United  States  by  notice  by  the  United  States 
to  the  British  Government  but  without  ex- 
pressed limit  of  time.  Within  the  two-year  pe- 
riod the  convention  was  made  applicable  by  the 
British  Government  to  a  large  number  of  over- 
seas colonies  and  possessions.  It  has  been  made 
applicable  by  the  United  States  to  Hawaii  and 
Puerto  Rico.  There  are  still  certain  overseas 
colonies  and  protectorates  of  the  United  King- 
dom (Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland), 
Australia,  and  New  Zealand,  including  man- 
dated territories,  to  which  the  convention  of 
1899  has  not  been  made  applicable,  and  it  has 
not  been  made  applicable  to  any  overseas  terri- 
tories of  the  United  States  except  Hawaii  and 
Puerto  Rico. 

This  supplementary  convention  will  amend 
the  convention  signed  on  March  2, 1899.  so  as  to 
open  it  without  limit  of  time  for  adherence  in 
respect  of  any  colony  or  protectorate  of  His 
Britannic  Majesty  and  of  any  territory  admin- 
istered under  the  authority  of  Great  Britain 
and  Northern  Ireland,  Australia,  or  New  Zea- 
land, including  any  mandated  territory,  to 
which  that  convention  has  not  been  made  ap- 
plicable. The  convention  will  confirm  the  right 
which  the  United  States  now  has  under  the  con- 
vention of  1899  to  extend  the  provisions  of  that 
convention  to  any  overseas  territories  of  the 
United  States  by  notice  to  Great  Britain.  It 
does  not  have  the  effect  of  applying  the  conven- 
tion immediately  to  any  additional  territorj'  of 
any  party. 


MARCH    15,     194  1 


293 


The  principal  provisions  of  the  convention 
of  March  2,  1899,  are  as  follows : 

(1)  Where  a  citizen  or  subject  of  either 
country  would  become  heir  or  devisee  to  real 
property  in  the  other  country,  except  for  being 
disqualified  by  his  alienage,  he  may  sell  the 
property  and  withdraw  the  proceeds,  and  the 
taxes,  probate,  and  other  charges  in  such  cases 
shall  not  exceed  those  applicable  to  citizens  or 
subjects. 

(2)  The  citizens  or  subjects  of  either  country 
in  the  territory  of  the  other  country  shall  have 
full  power  to  dispose  of  their  personal  property 
by  testament,  donation,  or  otherwise,  and  their 
successors  shall  take  possession  without  paying 
duties  in  excess  of  those  required  of  citizens  or 
subjects. 

(3)  Upon  the  death  of  a  citizen  of  either 
country  in  the  other  country  without  known 
heirs  or  testamentary  executors  the  local  au- 
thorities shall  inform  the  consular  officer  of 
the  decedent's  country,  and  the  consular  officer 
shall  have  the  right  to  appear  personally  on 
behalf  of  the  absent  heirs  or  creditors  in  pro- 
ceedings relating  to  the  estate  until  they  are 
otherwise  represented. 

The  Senate  of  the  United  States  gave  its 
advice  and  consent  to  the  ratification  of  the  sup- 
plementary convention  on  June  13, 1938,  and  the 
President  ratified  it  on  July  5,  1938.  Recom- 
mendations of  ratification  were  made  by  the 
Governments  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland,  New  Zealand,  and  Australia,  and  in- 
struments of  ratification  were  executed  by  the 
King  on  their  behalf  on  August  2,  1938,  De- 
cember 18,  1939,  and  September  2,  1940,  re- 
spectively. The  supplementary  convention 
entered  into  force  upon  the  exchange  of 
ratifications. 

PROMOTION  OF  PEACE 

TREATY  WITH  THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 
AMENDING  THE  TREATY  FOR  THE  ADVANCE- 
MENT OF  PEACE  WITH  GREAT  BRITAIN, 
SIGNED  SEPTEMBER  15,  1914 

On  March  11,  1941,  the  Secretary  of  State, 
Mr.  Cordell  Hull,  and  the  Minister  of  the  Union 


of  South  Africa.  Mr.  Ralph  William  Close,  ex- 
changed ratifications  of  a  treaty  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa, 
signed  by  them  on  April  2,  1940,  amending  in 
their  application  to  the  Union  of  South  Africa 
the  provisions  which  concern  the  organization 
of  commissions  for  the  settlement  of  disputes 
contained  in  the  Treaty  for  the  Advancement 
of  Peace  between  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain  signed  at  Washington  September  15, 
1914  (Treaty  Series  602).  The  Senate  of  the 
United  States  gave  its  advice  and  consent  to 
the  ratification  of  the  treaty  on  November  26, 
1940,  and  the  President  ratified  it  on  December 
20,  1940.  After  ratification  had  been  recom- 
mended by  the  Government  of  the  Union  of 
South  Africa,  the  King  of  Great  Britain,  Ire- 
land, and  the  British  Dominions  beyond  the 
Seas,  Emperor  of  India,  ratified  the  treaty  in 
respect  of  the  Union  of  South  Africa. 

The  treaty  of  1914  between  the  United  Stales 
and  Great  Britain  provided  for  the  establish- 
ment of  an  international  commission  of  five 
members,  the  duties  of  which  were  to  make  in- 
vestigations and  reports  to  the  Governments 
with  reference  to  disputes  arising  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  (meaning  any 
part  of  the  British  Empire).  One  member  of 
the  commission  was  chosen  from  its  own  citi- 
zens by  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
and  one  member  from  its  own  citizens  by  the 
Government  of  Great  Britain;  one  member 
was  chosen  by  each  Government  from  some 
third  country;  and  a  fifth  member  was  chosen 
by  agreement  between  the  two  Governments 
from  a  country  of  which  no  other  member 
of  the  commission  is  a  citizen.  The  treaty 
also  provides  that  in  the  event  the.  interests  af- 
fected by  any  dispute  about  to  be  investigated 
should  be  mainly  interests  of  one  of  the  self- 
governing  dominions  of  the  British  Empire  the 
dominion  concerned  might  furnish  a  list  of  per- 
sons from  which  a  member  of  the  commission 
would  be  appointed  to  serve  in  place  of  the 
British  national  member. 

The  amendatory  treaty  with  the  Union  of 
South  Africa  provides  for  the  establishment  of 
a    separate    commission    between    the    United 


294 

States  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa  instead 
of  a  commission  established  in  the  way  provided 
under  the  treaty  of  1914  in  cases  in  which  the 
interests  involved  might  be  mainly  interests  of 
the  Union  of  South  Africa.  The  commission 
will  consist  of  five  members,  the  same  number 
as  the  commission  established  under  the  treaty 
of  1914  with  Great  Britain.  One  national  and 
one  non-national  member  will  be  appointed  by 
the  United  States,  and  one  national  and  one 
non-national  member  will  be  appointed  by  the 
Union  of  South  Africa.  The  fifth  member  will 
be  chosen  by  agreement  between  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  and  the  Government  of 
the  Union  of  South  Africa  from  a  country  of 
which  no  other  member  of  the  commission  is 
a  citizen. 

The  substantive  provisions  of  the  treaty  of 
1914  between  the  United  States  and  Great  Brit- 
ain as  to  the  type  of  disputes  to  be  submitted 
to  the  commission  and  other  matters  are  made 
an  integral  part  of  the  treaty  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa 
for  observance  and  fulfillment  between  the  two 
countries.  The  relations  between  the  United 
States  and  the  United  Kingdom  under  the 
treaty  of  1914  and  the  constitution  of  the  com- 
mission to  investigate  and  report  on  disputes 
that  might  arise  between  them  are  not  affected 
by  the  amendatory  treaty. 

Amendatory  treaties  similar  to  the  one  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  Union  of  South 
Africa  were  signed  with  Canada,  Australia,  and 
New  Zealand  on  September  6, 1940.7  They  have 
been  ratified  by  the  President  by  and  with  the 
advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  but  ratifica- 
tions have  not  yet  been  exchanged. 

CLAIMS 

CONVENTION  WITH  CANADA  FOR  THE  ESTAB- 
LISHMENT OF  THE  TRAIL  SMELTER  ARBITRAL 
TRIBUNAL 

On  March  11, 1941,  the  Trail  Smelter  Arbitral 
Tribunal,  United  States  and  Canada,  constituted 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

under  the  convention  signed  at  Ottawa  on  April 
15, 1935  (Treaty  Series  893)  reported  to  the  two 
Governments  its  final  decision  in  relation  to 
difficulties  arising  through  complaints  of  dam- 
age in  northern  Stevens  County,  Washington, 
by  fumes  discharged  from  the  smelter  of  the 
Consolidated  Mining  and  Smelting  Company  at 
Trail,  British  Columbia. 

By  the  convention  the  Government  of  Canada 
agreed  to  pay  the  United  States  the  sum  of 
$350,000  in  settlement  of  claims  for  damages  sus- 
tained prior  to  January  1,  1932.  It  was  also 
stipulated  in  the  convention  that  the  question 
whether  additional  damages  were  caused  in  the 
State  of  Washington  subsequent  to  January  1, 
1932,  and  also  the  matter  of  the  indemnity,  if 
any,  which  should  be  paid  therefor,  should  be 
determined  by  the  Tribunal  established  in  pur- 
suance of  the  convention.  On  April  16, 1938  the 
Tribunal  reported  to  the  two  Governments  its 
finding  that  an  indemnity  of  $78,000  should  be 
paid  for  damages  sustained  between  January  1, 
1932  and  October  1,  1937.8  That  sum,  and  also 
the  sum  of  $350,000  paid  to  the  United  States 
by  the  Government  of  Canada  was  distributed  to 
the  individual  property  owners  in  Stevens 
County  who  had  sustained  damages. 

In  the  final  decision  reported  on  March  11, 
1941  the  Tribunal  reached  the  conclusion  that 
the  record  failed  to  establish  "that  any  fumiga- 
tion between  October  1,  1937  and  October  1, 
1940,  has  caused  injury  to  crops,  trees  or 
otherwise." 

In  pursuance  of  a  provision  in  the  conven- 
tion authorizing  the  Tribunal  to  decide  whether 
the  smelter  should  be  required  to  refrain  from 
causing  damages  in  the  State  of  Washington  in 
the  future,  the  Tribunal  stated  in  its  final  deci- 
sion that 

".  .  .  So  long  as  the  present  conditions  in  the 
Columbia  River  Valley  prevail,  the  Trail 
Smelter  shall  be  required  to  refrain  from  caus- 
ing any  damage  through  fumes  in  the  State  of 
Washington ;  the  damage  herein  referred  to  and 
its     extent     being     such     as     would     be     re- 


'  See   the  Bulletin  of   September   7,  1940    (vol.   Ill, 
no.  63),  pp.  207-20S. 


8  See  Press  Releases  of  April  23,  1938  (vol.  XVIII, 
no.  447),  pp.  494-496. 


MARCH    15,    1941 


295 


coverable  under  the  decisions  of  the  Courts  of 
the  United  States  in  suits  between  private 
individuals.  .  .  ." 

With  reference  to  the  question  in  relation  to 
what  measures  or  regime,  if  any,  should  be 
adopted  or  maintained  by  the  smelter,  the  Tri- 
bunal stated 

"...  since  the  Tribunal  has,  in  its  previous 
decision,  found  that  damage  caused  by  the  Trail 
Smelter  has  occurred  in  the  State  of  Washing- 
ton since  January  1,  1932  and  since  the  Tri- 
bunal is  of  opinion  that  damage  maj'  occur  in 
the  future  unless  the  operations  of  the  Smelter 
shall  be  subject  to  some  control,  in  order  to 
avoid  damage  occurring,  the  Tribunal  now  de- 
cides that  a  regime  or  measure  of  control  shall 
be  applied  to  the  operations  of  the  Smelter  and 
shall  remain  in  full  force  unless  and  until  modi- 
fied in  accordance  with  the  provisions  herein- 
after set  forth  .  .  ." 


It  was  further  stated  that  "in  order  to  pre- 
vent the  occurrence  of  sulphur  dioxide  in  the 
atmosphere  in  amounts,  both  as  to  concentration, 
duration  and  frequency,  capable  of  causing 
damage  in  the  State  of  Washington,  the  opera- 
tion of  the  Smelter  and  the  maximum  emission 
of  sulphur  dioxide  from  its  stacks  shall  be  regu- 
lated" as  provided  in  the  regime  established  by 
the  Tribunal,  which  regime,  it  is  stated,  will, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Tribunal,  "probably  result 
in  preventing  any  damage  of  a  material  nature 
occurring  in  the  State  of  Washington  in  the 
future." 

The  prescribed  regime  provides  for  the  opera- 
tion of  the  smelter  and  limitations  on  the  maxi- 
mum emission  of  sulphur  dioxide  on  the  basis 
of  numerous  factors,  including  inter  alia,  wind 
direction,  wind  velocity,  wind  turbulence,  at- 
mospheric temperature,  barometric  pressure, 
precipitation,  etc. 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  15] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
Foreign  Service  since  March  1,  1941 : 

Career  Officers 

John  G.  Erhardt,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  First 
Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  General  at 
London,  England,  has  been  assigned  for  duty  in 
the  Department  of  State. 

Joseph  W.  Ballantine,  of  Amherst,  Mass., 
now  serving  in  the  Department  of  State,  has 
been  designated  Counselor  of  Embassy  at 
Peiping,  China. 

Carol  H.  Foster,  of  Annapolis,  Md.,  Consul 
General  at  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  has  been  assigned 
as  Consul  General  at  Johannesburg,  Union  of 
South  Africa. 

Raymond  E.  Cox,  of  New  York,  N.  Y.,  has 
been  assigned  as  Consul  General  at  Wellington, 
New  Zealand. 


Thomas  McEnelly,  of  New  York,  N.  Y,  Con- 
sul at  Palermo,  Italy,  has  been  assigned  as 
Consul  at.  Istanbul,  Turkey. 

Walton  C.  Ferris,  of  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Con- 
sul at  London,  England,  has  been  designated 
Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  London,  Eng- 
land, and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Howard  F.  Withey,  of  Reed  City,  Mich.,  Con- 
sul at  Naples,  Italy,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul 
at  Trieste,  Italy. 

Ralph  A.  Boernstein,  of  Washington,  D.  C, 
Consul  at  Leghorn,  Italy,  has  been  assigned  as 
Consul  at,  Yarmouth,  Nova  Scotia,  Canada. 

Frederick  P.  Latimer,  Jr.,  of  New  London, 
Conn.,  Consul  at  Istanbul,  Turkey,  has  been 
assigned  as  Consul  at  Johannesburg,  Union  of 
South  Africa. 

J.  Wesley  Jones,  of  Sioux  City,  Iowa,  Consul 
at  Rome,  Italy,  has  been  assigned  for  duty  in 
the  Department  of  State. 


290 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


C.  Grant  Isaacs,  of  Tennessee,  Consul  at  Lon- 
don, England,  has  been  designated  Second  Sec- 
retary of  Embassy  at  London,  England,  and 
will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

John  Peabody  Palmer,  of  Seattle.  Wash.. 
Vice  Consul  at  London,  England,  has  been  des- 
ignated Third  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  London, 
England,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

Walter  W.  Orebaugh,  of  Wichita,  Kans.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Trieste,  Italy,  has  been  assigned  as 
Vice  Consul  at  Nice,  France. 

Frederick  J.  Cunningham,  of  Massachusetts, 
Vice  Consul  at  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  has  been  des- 
ignated Third  Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Vice. 
Consul  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  and  will  serve 
in  dual  capacity. 

Elim  O'Shaughnessy,  of  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Vice  Consul  at  Natal,  Brazil,  has  been  assigned 
as  Vice  Consul  at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil. 

Bolard  More,  of  Delaware,  Ohio,  Vice  Consul 
at  Lagos,  Nigeria,  West  Africa,  has  been  as- 
signed as  Vice  Consul  at  Zurich,  Switzerland. 

Milton  K.  Wells,  of  Bristow,  Okla.,  Vice 
Consul  at  Callao-Lima,  Peru,  has  been  desig- 
nated Third  Secretary  of  Embassy  at  Lima, 
Peru,  and  will  serve  in  dual  capacity. 

John  Ordway,  of  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice 
Consul  at  Colombo,  Ceylon,  has  been  assigned 
as  Vice  Consul  at  London,  England. 

Francis  C.  Jordan,  of  Greensboro,  N.  C,  Vice 
Consul  at  Porto  Alegre,  Brazil,  has  been  as- 
signed as  Vice  Consul  at  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

W.  Stratton  Anderson,  Jr.,  of  Carlinville,  111., 
Vice  Consul  at  Johannesburg,  Union  of  South 
Africa,  has  been  assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at 
Lagos.  Nigeria,  West  Africa. 

Non-career  Officers 

Harold  Sims,  of  Tennessee,  Vice  Consul  at 
Pernambuco,  Brazil,  has  been  appointed  Vice 
Consul  at  Natal,  Brazil. 


The  Department 


APPOINTMENT  OF  OFFICERS 

By  Departmental  Order  No.  931,  signed  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  March  14,  1941,  Edgar  P. 
Allen,  Leonard  H.  Price,  and  Hallett  Jolvnson, 
a  Foreign  Service  officer  of  class  II,  on  detail 
in  the  Department,  were  designated  Assistant 
Chiefs  of  the  Division  of  Controls,  effective 
March  14. 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Strategic  Reserve  of  Australian  Wool :  Agreement 
Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Great  Brit- 
ain— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  December 
9,  1940 ;  effective  December  9,  1940.  Executive  Agree- 
ment Series  195.    Publication  1563.    6  pp.    50. 

The  Need  of  a  Sound  Commercial  Policy :  Address 
by  Henry  F.  Grady,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  he- 
fore  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla., 
October  16,  1940.  Commercial  Policy  Series  65.  Pub- 
lication 1569.    8  pp.    50. 

The  Political  and  Economic  Solidarity  of  the  Amer- 
icas: Address  by  Laurence  Duggan,  Adviser  on  Polit- 
ical Relations,  Department  of  State,  before  the  Foreign 
Policy  Association,  New  York,  N.  T.,  November  2,  1940. 
Commercial  Policy  Series  66.  Publication  1570.  17 
pp.    50. 

Agriculture  and  International-Trade  Relationships : 
Address  by  Henry  F.  Grady,  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State,  before  the  Mississippi  Farm  Bureau  Federation, 
Jackson,  Miss.,  November  14,  1940.  Commercial  Policy 
Series  67.    Publication  1571.    7  pp.    50. 

Some  Aspects  and  Implications  of  American  Foreign 
Policy  in  the  Present  World  Situation :  Address  by 
Lynn  R.  Edminster,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
of  State  before  the  Eastern  Oregon  Wheat  League, 
Pendleton,  Oreg.,  December  6,  1940.  Commercial  Pol- 
icy Series  68.    Publication  1572.    16  pp.    50. 

Diplomatic  List,  March  1941.  Publication  1573. 
ii,  97  pp.    Subscription.  $1  a  year :  single  copy,  IOC. 


MARCH    15,    1941  297 


Legislation 


the  Foreign  Service ;  Message  From  the  President  of  the 
United  States  Transmitting  Report  From  the  Secretary 
of  State  and  Accompanying  Draft  of  Proposed  Legisla- 
tion To  Amend  Section  26  (D)  of  the  Act  Entitled  "An 
Act  for  the  Grading  and  Classification  of  Clerks  in  the 
An  Act  Further  to  promote  the  defense  of  the  United  Foreign  Service  of  the  United  States  of  America,  ami 

St;i(es,  and  for  other  purposes.    Approved  March  11,         Providing  Compensation  Therefor,"  Approved  February 

1941.     (Public   Law   11.   77th   Cong..   1st   sess.    [H.    R.  23,  1931,  As  Amended.     (H.  Doc.  138,  77th  Cong.,  1st 

1776].)      3  pp.     r»j:  sess.)      4  pp.     50. 

Report  ami  Draft  of  Proposed  Legislation  To  Amend  Disposition  of  records  by  the  Department  of  State. 

the   Act    for   Grading  and   Classification    of  Clerks   in  ( H.  Rept.  104.  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.  >     2  pp.     50. 


Fur  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price  10  cents     - Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH    THE    APPROVAL    OF   THE    DIBECTOE    OF   THE    BUREAU    OF   THE    BUDGE'! 


THE   DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

uLJ)    v/     Ji  A  JL  J  JL  J     1L     IL  X  n 


MARCH  22,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  91— Publication  1581 


Qontents 


Canada  :  r»s« 

Great  Lakes-  St.  Lawrence  Waterway  Project: 

Address  by  Assistant  Secretary  Berle 301 

Summary    of    the    agreement    between    the    United 

States  and  Canada 304 

Message  of  the  President  to  Congress  and  text  of  the 

agreement 307 

Exchange  of  notes  between  the  Prime  Minister  of 

Canada  and  the  American  Minister  to  Canada  .    .        313 

Reports  of  the  United  States  St.  Lawrence  Advisory 
Committee  and  the  Canadian  Temporary  Great 
Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin  Committee  on  the 
International  Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
Deep  Waterway 316 

Europe: 

The  Pilgrims'  luncheon  address  by  the  American  Am- 
bassador to  Great  Britain 330 

Food  relief  for  unoccupied  France:  Statements  by  the 

Acting  Secretary  of  State 333 

Detention  of  American  newspaper  correspondents  by 

German  authorities 333 

Pillaging  of  church  in  Moscow 334 

The  Far  East: 

Message  from  Chiang  Kai-shek  to  the  President  .    .    .        334 

General: 

The  Need  for  Spiritual  Re-birth:  Statement  by  Cord  ell 

Hull 335 

[Over] 


U,S'SUPER|NTENDFNTOr 

APR    9   1941 


Qontents 


-CONTINUED. 


General — Continued.  Pas» 

Coordination  of  relief  activities 336 

Protection  of  American  holdings  in  foreign  countries  .    .  337 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 338 

Cultural  Relations: 

Activities  in  Peru 340 

Distribution   of   educational   motion    pictures    in    the 

American  republics 340 

Visit  of  educator  from  Colombia 341 

Creation  of  Music  Division  in  the  Pan  American  Union  .  341 

Institutes  engaged  in  promotion  of  cultural  relations  .  342 

International  Conferences,   Commissions,  Etc.: 

Pan  American  Institute  of  Geography  and  History  .    .        343 

Treaty  Information: 
Waterways : 

Great  Lakes- St.  Lawrence  Waterway  Project   .    .        344 
Promotion  of  peace: 

Treaty  With  the  Union  of  South  Africa  Amending 
the  Treaty  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace  With 
Great  Britain,  Signed  September  15,  1914  .    .    .    .        344 
Commerce : 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement  .    .    .        344 
Conciliation : 

Treaty  With  Liberia 344 

Special  assistance: 

Financial  Convention  With  the  Dominican  Republic 

Revising  the  Convention  of  1924 344 

Property : 

Supplementary  Convention  With  Great  Britain  Con- 
cerning the  Tenure  and  Disposition  of  Real  and 
Personal  Property 345 

The  Foreign  Service: 

Personnel  changes 346 

Regulations 346 

Publications 346 


Canada 


GREAT  LAKES  -  ST.  LAWRENCE  WATERWAY  PROJECT 


ADDRESS  BY  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY  BERLE ' 


[Released  to  the  press  March  22] 

Last  Wednesday,  in  Ottawa,  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  and  the  Government  of 
Canada  signed  a  pact  which  is  known  as  the 
Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  agreement. 

Now  the  Great  Lakes-  St.  Lawrence  develop- 
ment is  the  last  great  development  possible 
in  North  America  which  could  compare  in  im- 
portance with,  let  us  say,  the  Panama  Canal. 

The  St.  Lawrence  agreement  contemplates 
two  huge  undertakings. 

The  first  is  the  building  of  a  dam  across  the 
St.  Lawrence  River  near  Massena,  N.  Y.,  capable 
of  developing  2,200,000  horsepower  of  electric- 
ity. There  are  also  provided  additional  works 
at  Niagara  Falls  which  will  preserve  the 
beauty  of  the  Falls — and  incidentally  develop  a 
large  amount  of  additional  power  there.  The 
United  States  will  spend  about  110  millions  for 
its  share.  It  is  planned  to  go  ahead  and  develop 
this  electric  power  immediately. 

The  second  big  job  is  the  authorization  of  a 
deep-water  canal  around,  and  locks  to  bypass, 
the  dam.  This  will  make  it  possible  for  an 
ocean-going  ship  to  come  from  anywhere  in  the 
seven  seas  and  dock  at  Buffalo,  N.  Y. ;  or  Cleve- 
land, Ohio ;  or  Detroit,  Mich. ;  or  Chicago,  111. ; 
or  Duluth,  Minn.;  or  any  other  Great  Lakes 
port.  It  will  connect  the  whole  of  the  Middle 
West  with  the  whole  of  the  open  sea. 

The  engineers  tell  us  that  under  normal  condi- 
tions it  will  take  about  three  and  a  half  years 


1  Broadcast  over   Station   WMAX,   National   Broad- 
casting Co.,  Washington,  March  22,  1941. 


to  build  the  dam  and  about  four  years  to  build 
the  canal.  This  can  be  speeded  up  somewhat  if 
we  put  the  job  on  an  emergency  basis. 

We  want  to  start  work  on  the  dam  as  soon 
as  the  Congress  approves  the  agreement  and 
passes  the  necessary  legislation.  The  sooner 
the  better.  We  have  to  move  fast  on  this  phase 
of  it.  We  need  the  electricity — and  we  need  it 
now. 

The  Seaway  is  arranged  a  little  differently. 
The  agreement  calls  for  its  completion  in  1948. 
But  Canada  and  the  United  States  have  agreed 
to  watch  the  situation  so  that  they  can  push  the 
Seaway  at  once  if  circumstances  require  it  for 
the  national  defense.  Or  they  can  postpone 
it  if  in  the  opinion  of  experts  war  efforts  call  for 
handling  it  differently. 

There  is  a  story  behind  both  of  these  projects. 

The  chapter  about  the  dam  and  the  need  of 
electric  power  is  the  most  interesting,  because 
it  is  the  most  urgent.     It  is  this. 

The  Lord  Almighty  so  built  the  continent  of 
North  America  that  most  of  the  water  in  the 
northeast  quarter  of  the  continent  forms 
streams  and  rivers  which  flow  into  that  huge 
collection  of  reservoirs  we  call  the  Great  Lakes. 
This  is  an  enormous  amount  of  water.  All  of 
it  funnels  out  to  the  sea  through  a  single  great 
millrace,  which  is  the  St.  Lawrence  River.  If 
that  water  is  ever  harnessed,  it  will  make  the 
largest  and  cheapest  supply  of  electricity  availa- 
ble anywhere  in  the  wide  world. 

Seven  years  ago,  President  Roosevelt  foresaw 
the  need  of  using  this  power  and  urged  that  a 

301 


302 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


treaty  with  Canada  be  ratified  so  that  the  two 
countries  could  harness  and  use  it.  This  was 
not  a  partisan  matter;  the  treaty  had  actually 
been  negotiated  when  Herbert  Hoover  was 
President.  That  treaty  was  not  ratified,  prin- 
cipally owing  to  the  activities  of  the  railroad 
and  utility  lobby  in  Washington — a  lobby 
which,  incidentally,  is  still  on  the  job.  Oppo- 
nents of  the  project  said — and  many  people 
were  simple  enough  to  believe  them — that  no- 
body would  ever  need  that  much  power.  The 
real  point,  of  course,  was  that  they  did  not 
want  anyone,  to  interrupt  a  power  monopoly 
which  then  had  things  pretty  much  its  own 
way. 

Well,  it  is  now  1941,  and  here  is  the  situation. 
We  are  using  all  the  electric  power  we  can  buy 
or  scrape  or  beg  in  the  St.  Lawrence  Valley  and 
in  the  Niagara  Valley  above  it.  We  are  borrow- 
ing on  temporary  agreement  all  the  electricity 
that  Canada  can  spare  for  us.  We  are  building 
our  industries  on  the  chance  that  Canada  will 
graciously  go  on  giving  us  the  power  that  we 
need.  But  we  know  that  Canada  bitterly  needs 
that  power  today  for  her  own  national  defense. 

Still  worse,  we  have  American  companies 
begging  us  to  get  vast  additional  quantities  of 
electricity — to  borrow  it,  or  buy  it,  or  take  it 
from  Canada — although  Canada  has  none  to 
give.  I  have,  on  my  desk  now  letters  from  the 
O.P.M.2  asking  me  to  get  them  more  power  at 
Niagara;  and  requests  from  the  Federal  Power 
Commission  asking  whether  we  cannot  get  even 
more  power  from  Canada  for  the  St.  Lawrence 
Valley.  When  I  asked  why  they  wanted  this, 
I  was  told  that  the  United  States  needs  alumi- 
num for  airplanes;  and  chemicals  for  explo- 
sives; and  electric  furnaces  for  the  new  metals 
we  put  into  planes  and  tanks  and  shells  and 
rifles.  I  was  told  that  we  could  not  keep  up  the 
schedule  in  our  rearmament  unless  electric 
power  could  be  found  to  make  the  aluminum,  to 
run  the  plants,  to  weld  the  steel,  to  keep  the 
assembly  lines  moving. 

Even  if  there  had  been  no  European  war,  and 
if  we  had  not  had  to  rearm,  our  figures  show 
that  we  should  have  needed  all  the  St.  Lawrence 


'  Office  of  Production  Management. 


power  by  the  year  1948.  So  we  have  to  start 
the  job  in  the  next  two  or  three  years  anyhow. 
Because  we  have  to  rearm,  and  because  Canada 
is  fighting,  we  need  the  power  as  rapidly  as  we 
can  get  it — we  ought,  in  fact,  to  have  got  started 
long  ago. 

So  we  do  not  have  any  time  to  lose.  We  must 
get  the  power  and  get  started  right  away,  and 
push  it  through  as  fast  as  we  can.  Meantime, 
we  must  use  every  temporary  makeshift  we  can 
work  out.  We  will  use  steam  when  we  can — 
but  you  cannot  get  steam  generators  in  quick 
time.  It  would  take  longer  to  get  steam  gen- 
erators for  2,200,000  horsepower  than  to  build 
the  dam.  But  we  only  dare  to  use  makeshifts 
if  we  know  that  at  the  end  of  three  years,  or 
sooner  if  possible,  we  shall  have  new  supplies  of 
electricity  coming  along  to  keep  the  mills  going. 

You  ought  to  know  this  story  for  a  very 
simple  reason.  You  are  going  to  hear  it  said 
that  there  is  no  sense  in  building  the  St.  Law- 
rence dam :  it  will  not  be  done  "in  time"  to  be 
of  use  in  our  national  defense.  The  people 
who  tell  you  that  are  the  same  people  who 
thought  in  1934  that  you  never  would  need  all 
this  power.  Today  they  all  agree  that  it  was  a 
mistake  not  to  build  the  St,  Lawrence  dam  seven 
years  ago — and  jump  to  the  strange  conclusion 
that  we  ought  not  to  do  it  at  all.  These  people 
are  like  the  man  with  the  leaky  roof.  When 
the  weather  was  fair  the  leak  didn't  need  to  be 
mended.  When  rainy  weather  came,  he  said  it 
couldn't  be  mended.  Finally,  the  roof  fell  to 
pieces. 

This  time  we  must  not  make  the  mistake  that 
was  made  seven  years  ago.  Everybody  hopes 
that  the  war  may  be  over  before  three  years 
have  passed.  But  since  nobody  can  guarantee 
that,  we  must  not  take  any  chances.  We  thor- 
oughly believe  that  Great  Britain  will  win  this 
war,  but  we  propose  to  be  fully  prepared  for 
defense  no  matter  what  happens.  We  think 
that  there  will  be  total  victory  for  peace-loving 
nations  in  Europe.  But  if  there  is  not,  we  are 
going  to  be  set  for  the  total  defense  of  our  own 
country  and  our  own  hemisphere.  That  means 
having  electricity,  and  plants,  and  planes,  and 
ships,  and  guns,  enough  to  do  the  job.  I  do  not 
think  we  can  afford  to  be  stopped  in  our  pre- 


MARCH    2  2,    1941 

paredness  by  any  group  of  interests  whose  de- 
sire is  to  keep  electricity  scarce  and  prices  high. 

The  other  end  of  the  story  has  to  do  with 
the  Seaway.  We  may  well  be  in  a  position  in 
which  we  will  need  that  Seaway  as  much,  if  not 
more  than,  we  need  the  St.  Lawrence  dam  and 
its  electric  power. 

The  world  needs  ships — millions  and  mil- 
lions of  tons  of  them  in  ordinary  peacetimes. 
In  time  of  war,  she  needs  even  more.  Now 
this  war  is  less  than  a  year  and  a  half  old. 
Five  million  tons  of  shipping  have  already 
been  sunk.  The  German  Government  tells  us 
that  the  war  on  shipping  has  only  barely 
begun;  they  are  going  to  uncork  their  really 
heavy  drive  to  sink  ships  this  spring.  If  they 
make  this  threat  good,  the  ships  which  are  the 
life  line  of  our  commerce  and  the  bridge  for 
the  defense  of  Britain  and  which  make  the  life 
of  half  the  world  possible  will  be  at  the  bottom 
of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  We  are  the  only  nation 
in  the  world  which  can  build  ships  in  large 
quantity  today.  We  are  doing  so  now.  Every 
shipyard  on  the  Atlantic  and  on  the  Pacific 
coasts  is  already  working  to  capacity.  They 
are  building  the  merchant-ships  as  fast  as  they 
can;  but  they  are  also  building  the  two-ocean 
navy  which  we  know  now  is  needed  for  our 
national  safety.  All  these  shipyards,  taken  to- 
gether, are  nowhere  near  enough  to  do  the  job 
that  has  to  be  done. 

The  logical  place  to  do  a  great  part  of  that 
job  is,  of  course,  in  the  Great  Lakes  region.  It 
is  far  inland  and  cannot  be  attacked.  It  is  near 
the  great  steel  plants  which  make  the  girders 
and  hulls  from  which  the  ships  are  built.  It  is 
in  the  area  where  the  engines  which  drive  the 
ships  are  manufactured  and  where  the  skilled 
labor  is  available. 

It  will  surprise  many  of  you  to  know  that 
during  the  World  War — the  first  World  War,  in 
1917 — we  built  ships  in  the  Great  Lakes.  And, 
God  forgive  us,  because  we  had  never  had  the 
brains  to  dig  the  St.  Lawrence  Canal,  we  cut 
these  ships  in  two  and  floated  them  in  parts 
down  to  Montreal  and  then  put  them  together 
again. 

We  could  lay  down  a  heavy  cruiser  at  Chicago 


303 

today  and  have  the  Seaway  open  before  she 
could  be  put  into  commission  and  sent  out  to 
sea.  The  moment  work  begins  on  the  Seaway 
I  expect  you  will  find  naval  construction  be- 
ginning in  the  Lakes — clearing  the  sea-coast 
yards  for  more  immediate  needs. 

That  is  Avhy  the  Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence 
agreement  authorizes  the  building  of  this  Sea- 
way so  that  we  can  unlock  the  huge  resources 
of  the  Great  Lakes  region  with  its  ore  and  its 
industrj'.  They  are  unlocked  for  use  in  peace 
if  peace  shall  come;  they  are  unlocked  for  na- 
tional defense  if  things  go  badly  overseas.  You 
will  see  why  we  have  to  think  of  this  when  you 
remember  that  the  entire  American  merchant 
fleet  is  only  seven  million  tons,  and  that  our 
shipyards  can  only  build  a  million  tons  a  year — 
at  a  time  when  the  Germans  have  been  able  to 
sink  half  a  million  tons  a  month. 

Again  you  will  hear  people  say  about  the 
Seaway :  "Why  do  it  now  ?  It  won't  be  ready 
in  time."  But  I  should  like  to  ask:  Well,  sup- 
pose we  don't  do  it  now ;  and  suppose  the  time 
comes  when  we  need  it  and  are  not  ready?  If 
we  fail  to  fill  our  industrial  lamp  now  that  we 
can,  when  we  need  it  most,  the  light  will  go  out. 
Statesmanship  has  to  be  built  on  better  sense 
than  that. 

We  have  had  the  most  careful  and  elaborate 
studies  of  the  Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence  proj- 
ect. They  show,  pretty  conclusively,  that  the 
completion  of  the  Seaway,  like  the  completion 
of  the.  St.  Lawrence  power,  will  be  excellent 
business  for  everybody,  all  around.  If  you  are 
interested,  you  can  get  those  St.  Lawrence  sur- 
vey reports  from  the  Government  Printing 
Office. 

I  believe  that  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
project  is  the  best  answer  to  dictators  who  say 
that  democracy  cannot  act.  It  is  a  magnificent 
undertaking  in  a  great  time.  Two  free  na- 
tions— Canada  and  ourselves — here  pool  their 
resources  in  friendship,  for  their  common  wel- 
fare and  their  common  defense.  I  hope  you 
will  support  the  approval  of  the  Great  Lakes  - 
St.  Lawrence  project  as  a  measure  for  protec- 
tion in  need,  and  for  production  and  prosperity 
when  God  grants  us  peace  again. 


304 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


SUMMARY  OF  THE  AGREEMENT  BETWEEN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA 


[Released  to  the  press  March  21] 

An  agreement  was  signed  between  the  United 
States  and  Canada  on  March  19,  1941,  pro- 
viding for  the  cooperative  development  and 
utilization  of  the  water  in  the  Great  Lakes  - 
St.  Lawrence  River  basin  for  navigation  and 
power.  The  signatories  to  the  pact,  concluded 
at  Ottawa,  were  the  Hon.  Leland  Olds,  Chair- 
man of  the  Federal  Power  Commission;  the 
Hon.  Adolf  A.  Berle,  Jr.,  Assistant  Secretary 
of  State ;  and  the  Hon.  Jay  Pierrepont  Moffat, 
American  Minister  to  Canada,  on  behalf  of 
the  United  States;  and  the  Right  Hon.  W.  L. 
Mackenzie  King,  Prime  Minister  of  Canada, 
President  of  the  Privy  Council,  and  Secretary 
of  State  for  External  Affairs;  the  Hon.  Clar- 
ence D.  Howe,  Minister  of  Munitions  and  Sup- 
ply; and  Mr.  John  E.  Read,  Legal  Adviser  to 
the  Department  of  External  Affairs,  on  behalf 
of  Canada.  The  agreement  contemplates  an 
early  completion  of  the  Seaway  between  the 
Great  Lakes  and  the  Atlantic  Ocean  by  the 
St.  Lawrence  River,  as  well  as  the  develop- 
ment of  the  vast  hydro-electric  resources  of  the 
International    Rapids    Section    of   that   river. 

The  agreement  is  subject  to  approval  by  the 
Congress  of  the  United  States  and  the  Parlia- 
ment of  Canada. 

An  exchange  of  notes  preceding  the  agree- 
ment revealed  that  the  construction  of  this 
project  is  regarded  as  directly  associated  with 
both  the  power-supply  and  ship-building  phases 
of  our  national-defense  program,  including  the 
plan  for  defense  of  the  Western  Hemisphere 
and  the  determination  to  supply  all  possible 
aid  to  Great  Britain,  the  members  of  the  Brit- 
ish Commonwealth,  and  their  allies. 

In  a  personal  message  to  Prime  Minister 
Mackenzie  King,  the  President  pointed  out 
that  while  our  countries  must  put  forth  the 
maximum  immediate  defense  effort,  we  must 
also  prepare  for  a  protracted  emergency  which 
will  call  upon  the  industries  on  both  sides  of 
the  border  to  meet  constantly  expanding  de- 


mands. He  called  attention  to  the  fact  that, 
in  terms  of  the  time  factor,  the  St.  Lawrence 
project  could  be  completed  as  soon  as  vessels 
of  war,  for  which  money  is  now  being  ap- 
propriated. 

The  President  concluded  that  "failure  to  take 
advantage  of  the  possibilities  of  this  project 
would  be  short-sighted,  in  no  way  contributing 
to  an  increase  in  our  immediate  defense  effort, 
while  limiting  our  defense  program  in  the  diffi- 
cult years  which  lie  ahead". 

The  essential  features  of  the  agreement  may 
be  summarized  as  follows : 

Provision  for  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin 
Commission 

In  article  I  the  two  Governments  agree  to 
establish  and  maintain  a  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Law- 
rence Basin  Commission,  consisting  of  not  more 
than  10  members,  with  each  Government  desig- 
nating an  equal  number.  The  duties  of  this 
Commission  would  be  to  prepare  and  recom- 
mend general  plans  and  specifications  for  the 
construction  of  works  in  the  International 
Rapids  Section,  prepare  a  schedule  allocating 
the  construction  of  these  works  to  the  respective 
Governments,  approve  all  contracts,  and  super- 
vise the  construction  work.  The  Commission 
would  submit  periodic  reports  to  the  two  Gov- 
ernments on  the  progress  of  the  work. 

Undertaking  by  Canada 

In  article  II  the  Government  of  Canada 
agrees  to  construct  the  works  in  the  Inter- 
national Rapids  Section  allocated  to  Canada 
by  the  Commission,  to  operate  and  maintain 
the  works  in  Canadian  territory,  and  to  com- 
plete, not  later  than  December  31,  1948,  the 
essential  Canadian  links  in  the  deep  waterway. 
There  is  a  proviso  that  the  period  within  which 
the  waterway  links  are  to  be  completed  may  be 
changed  by  mutual  agreement  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  continuance  of  war  conditions  or 
of  defense. 


MARCH    22,    1941 

Undertaking  by  the,  United  States 

In  article  III  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  agrees  to  construct  the  works  in  the  In- 
ternational Rapids  Section  allocated  to  the 
United  States  by  the  Commission,  to  operate 
and  maintain  the  works  in  United  States  terri- 
tory, and,  not  later  than  the  date  of  completion 
of  the  essential  Canadian  links,  to  complete  the 
works  allocated  to  it  in  the  International  Rapids 
Section  and  the  works  in  the  Great  Lakes  Sys- 
tem above  Lake  Erie  required  to  create  essential 
links  in  the  deep  waterway. 

To  counterbalance  expenditures  already  made 
by  Canada  in  the  Welland  Canal  link  in  the 
deep  waterway,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  also  agrees  to  provide  funds  for  all  works 
in  the  International  Rapids  Section  except  ma- 
chinery and  equipment  for  the  development  of 
power  and  works  required  for  rehabilitation  on 
the  Canadian  side  of  the  boundary. 

Installation  for  Power  and  Use  of  Water 

In  article  IV  the  two  Governments  agree  that 
each  may  arrange  for  the  installation  in  its  own 
territory  of  machinery  and  equipment  for  the 
development  of  power  at  such  time  or  times  as 
may  best  meet  its  power  requirements,  and  that, 
except  for  the  water  which  Ontario  plans  to 
divert  from  the  Albany  watershed  into  the  Great 
Lakes  Basin,  each  country  shall  be  entitled  to 
utilize  one  half  of  the  natural  flow  of  water 
available  for  power  purposes  in  the  Interna- 
tional Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

In  this  article  the  two  Governments  also  agree 
that  the  flow  of  the  water  shall  be  controlled 
and  regulated  so  as  to  protect  the  navigable 
depths  in  the  harbor  of  Montreal  and  in  the 
navigable  channel  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River 
below  Montreal.  They  also  agree  to  maintain 
facilities  for  14-foot  navigation  during  the  con- 
struction period. 

Maintenance  of  Existing  Rights 

In  articles  V,  VI,  and  VII  the  two  Govern- 
ments agree  that  nothing  done  under  the  agree- 
ment shall  alter  the  rights  of  the  Governments 
within  their  respective  territories;  that  either 
Government  may  at  any  time  construct  at  its 


305 

own  cost  alternative  canal  and  channel  facilities 
for  navigation  within  its  own  territory;  and 
that  existing  rights  of  navigation  in  both  the 
Great  Lakes  and  the  St.  Lawrence  River  shall 
be  maintained. 

Diversions  to  and  from  the  Great  Lakes  Basin 
In  article  VIII  the  two  Governments  agree 
that  either  country  diverting  waters  into  the 
Great  Lakes  System,  from  other  watersheds 
lying  wholly  within  its  borders,  shall  have  the 
exclusive  right  to  the  use  of  equivalent  amounts 
of  water  for  power  below  the  port  of  entry,  so 
long  as  it  constitutes  a  part  of  boundary  waters. 
In  this  article  the  two  Governments  also  agree 
that,  if  any  diversion  of  water  from  the  Great 
Lakes -St.  Lawrence  System,  other  or  greater 
than  diversions  permitted  in  either  country  on 
January  1,  1940,  is  authorized,  the  Government 
of  such  country  will  give  immediate  considera- 
tion to  any  representations  which  the  other 
country  may  make.  In  case  no  settlement  is 
reached,  on  the  request  of  the  other  Govern- 
ment, such  country  will  submit  the  matter  to  an 
arbitral  tribunal  which  shall  be  empowered  to 
direct  such  compensating  or  remedial  measures 
as  it  deems  just  and  reasonable. 

Preservation  and  Use  of  Niagara  Falls  and 
Rwer 

In  article  IX,  the  two  Governments  agree  to 
provide  for  the  preservation  and  enhancement 
of  the  scenic  beauty  of  the  Niagara  Falls  and 
River  and  for  the  most  beneficial  use  of  the 
waters  of  that  river,  as  envisaged  in  the  Final 
Report  of  the  Special  International  Niagara 
Board.    Such  provision  would  include: 

(1)  Plans,  to  be  prepared  by  the  Great 
Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin  Commission,  for 
works  designed  to  distribute  and  control  the 
waters  of  the  Niagara  River,  to  prevent  ero- 
sion, and  to  insure  at  all  seasons  unbroken 
crest  lines  on  both  the  American  and  Cana- 
dian Falls.  The  construction  of  such  works 
would  be  arranged  by  exchange  of  notes. 

(2)  Permission,  on  completion  of  such 
works,  for  each  country  to  authorize  an  addi- 
tional diversion  at  the  rate  of  5,000  cubic  feet 


306 

of   water   per   second    for   power   purposes 
within  its  borders. 

(3)  Recommendation  by  the  Commission, 
after  exhaustive  tests,  for  the  best  and  most 
equitable  use  of  the  waters  of  the  Niagara 
River,  with  particular  reference  to  preserva- 
tion of  the  scenic,  beauty  of  the  Falls  and 
Rapids,  the  requirements  of  navigation  and 
power.  The  agreement  provides  that,  on  the 
basis  of  the  Commission's  recommendations, 
the  Governments  may  by  exchange  of  notes 
and  concurrent  legislation  determine  the 
methods  by  which  these  purposes  may  be 
attained. 

Claims,  Damages,  and  Land  Acquisition 

In  article  X  the  Governments  agree  on  pro- 
visions for  the  disposition  of  claims  and  for 
responsibility  for  damages.  Each  Government 
assumes  responsibility  for  the  acquisition  of 
lands  or  interests  in  lands  in  its  own  territory. 

Emergency  Speeds  Negotiations 

Negotiations  leading  to  the  present  agree- 
ment were  initiated  in  1936.  The  outbreak  of 
the  war  in  193!)  and  the  events  of  1940,  which 
compelled  adoption  of  a  policy  of  hemispheric 
defense,  made  it  obvious  that  an  agreement  was 
of  major  importance.  Accordingly,  the  tech- 
nical features  of  the  project  were  reviewed  by 
experts  from  both  Canada  and  the  United 
States.  On  October  17,  1940,  President  Roose- 
velt allocated  $1,000,000  of  one  of  the  early 
special  defense  appropriations  to  the  Federal 
Power  Commission  and  the  Corps  of  Engineers 
of  the  United  States  Army  for  preliminary  in- 
vestigations, particularly  engineering  surveys, 
of  the  International  Rapids  Section  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  River.  At  the  same  time  the  Presi- 
dent established  a  St.  Lawrence  Advisory 
Committee  consisting  of  Messrs.  Leland  Olds, 
Chairman  of  the  Federal  Power  Commission; 
Adolf  A.  Berle,  Jr.,  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State ;  Brig.  Gen.  Thomas  M.  Robins,  Corps  of 
Engineers,  United  States  Army ;  and  Gerald  V. 
Cruise,  Executive  Secretary  and  Acting  Chief 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

Engineer  of  the  New  York  State  Power  Au- 
thority.2 The  function  of  this  Committee  has 
been  to  advise  the  President  in  the  necessary 
preliminary  planning  and  to  cooperate  with 
the  appropriate  agencies  of  the  Canadian  Gov- 
ernment, particularly  the  Canadian  Temporary 
Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin  Committee,  a 
comparable  body  designated  to  assist  the  Can- 
adian Government.  These  two  Committees 
completed  a  Joint  Report  on  January  3,  1941, 
which  has  been  submitted  to  President  Roose- 
velt and  Prime  Minister  King.  In  this  Joint 
Report  the  results  of  engineering  investiga- 
tions are  submitted.  The  principal  conclusion 
contained  in  the  report  is  that  the  so-called 
"238-242"  Single  Stage  Control  Project  is  the 
plan  best  adapted  for  the  development  of  the 
International  Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence River.  Such  a  project,  according  to  the 
Joint  Report,  "combines  the  essential  features 
which  have  been  continuously  advocated  by  the 
representatives  of  both  countries  throughout 
the  long  period  of  study  and  negotiation  de- 
voted to  the  undertaking",  and  involves  a  con- 
struction program  arranged  "so  that  delivery 
of  power  can  be  begim  and  navigation  pro- 
vided within  four  years  of  the  time  when  active 
work  is  initiated".  Accompanying  the  Joint 
Report  there  were  analyses  of  the  main  feat- 
ures of  the  Single  Stage  Project  and  a  revised 
series  of  cost  estimates  which  take  into  account 
rising  construction  costs  and  additional  ex- 
pense likely  to  be  incurred  in  expediting  the 
work  in  the  interests  of  national  defense. 

These  engineering  data  were  submitted  jointly 
by  Brig.  Gen.  Thomas  M.  Robins,  Corps  of 
Engineers,  United  States  Army,  and  the  Hon. 
Guy  A.  Lindsay,  Engineer  in  Charge,  General 
Engineering  Branch,  Department  of  Transport 
of  the  Canadian  Government.  They  were  as- 
sisted by  Olivier  O.  Lefebvre,  Vice  Chairman 
of  the  Quebec  Streams  Commission;  T.  H. 
Hogg,  Chairman  and  Chief  Engineer  of  the 
Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario; 
M.  C.  Hendry,  Assistant  Engineer,  Hydro-Elec- 


'  See  the  Bulletin  of  October  19,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no. 
69),  pp.  316-317. 


MARCH    22,    1941 


307 


trie  Power  Commission  of  Ontario;  Roger  B. 
McWhorter,  Chief  Engineer,  Federal  Power 
Commission;  and  Gerald  V.  Cruise,  Executive 
Secretary  and  Acting  Chief  Engineer,  New 
York  State  Power  Authority. 

Cost  of  International  Rapids  Section  Project 

According  to  the  cost  estimates,  the  total  cost 
of  the  project  in  the  International  Rapids  Sec- 
tion will  be  $266,170,000.    This  will  provide  for 


completion  of  the  2,200,000-horsepower  power 
project  as  well  as  for  the  deep  waterway  im- 
provement in  this  section  of  the  river.  In 
addition,  there  will  be  expenditures  for  the 
improvement  of  navigation  channels,  both 
below  and  above  the  International  Rapids  Sec- 
tion, in  order  that  a  waterway  to  accommodate 
vessels  requiring  27-foot  draft  may  be  provided 
throughout  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
System,  from  Lake  Superior  to  Montreal. 


MESSAGE  OF  THE  PRESIDENT  TO  CONGRESS  AND  TEXT  OF  THE  AGREEMENT 


[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House  March  21] 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States: 

I  transmit  herewith  for  the  information  of 
the  Congress  the  text  of  an  agreement  between 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  the 
Government  of  Canada  providing  for  the  con- 
struction of  dams  and  power  works  in  the  inter- 
national rapids  section  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
River;  and  providing  for  completion  of  the  es- 
sential links  in  the  Great  Lakes-  St.  Lawrence 
Deep  Waterway  when  the  Governments  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada  agree  that  circum- 
stances require  it. 

The  terms  of  the  agreement  contemplate  that 
it  shall  be  made  effective  by  concurrent  legisla- 
tion of  the  Canadian  Parliament  and  of  the 
Congress  of  the  United  States. 

I  expect  to  request  introduction,  in  due  course, 
of  legislation  designed  to  make  this  agreement 
effective. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

The  White  House, 
March  21,  1941. 

[Released  to  the  press  March  21] 

The  President  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Great  Britain, 
Ireland  and  the  British  dominions  beyond  the 
Seas,  Emperor  of  India,  in  respect  of  Canada, 
have  decided  to  conclude  an  Agreement  in  rela- 
tion to  the  utilization  of  the  water  in  the  Great 
Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin  and  to  that  end 
have  named  as  their  respective  plenipoten- 
tiaries : 


The  President  of  the  United  States  of 
America : 

Jay  Pierrepont  Moffat, 

Envoy  Extraordinary  and  Minister  Pleni- 
potentiary  of  the   United   States   of 
America  to  Canada; 
Adolf  Augustus  Berle,  Jr., 

Assistant  Secretary  of  State; 
Leland  Olds, 

Chairman  of  the,  Federal  Power  Commis- 
sion ; 

His  Majesty  the  King  of  Great  Britain,  Ire- 
land and  the  British  dominions  beyond  the 
Seas,  Emperor  of  India,  for  Canada: 

The  Right   Honourable   W.   L.    Mackenzie 
King, 
Prime  Minister,   President  of   the  Privy 
Council  and   Secretary  of  State   for 
External  Affairs; 
The  Honourable  Clarence  D.  Howe, 

Minister  of  Munitions  and  Supply; 
John  E.  Read, 

Legal   Adviser,   Department   of   External 
Affairs ; 

Who,  after  having  communicated  to  each 
other  their  full  powers,  found  in  good  and  due 
form,  have,  agreed  upon  the  following  Articles : 

Preliminary  Article 

For  the  purposes  of  the  present  Agreement, 
unless  otherwise  expressly  provided,  the  exj:>res- 
sion : 


308 

(a)  "Joint  Board  of  Engineers"  means  the 
board  appointed  pursuant  to  an  agreement  be- 
tween the  Governments  following  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  International  Joint  Commis- 
sion, dated  December  19,  1921; 

(b)  "Great  Lakes  System"  means  Lakes 
Superior,  Michigan,  Huron  (including  Geor- 
gian Bay),  Erie  and  Ontario,  and  the  connect- 
ing waters,  including  Lake  St.  Clair; 

(c)  "St.  Lawrence  River"  includes  the  river 
channels  and  the  lakes  forming  parts  of  the 
river  channels  from  the  outlet  of  Lake  Ontario 
to  the  sea ; 

(d)  "International  Section"  means  that  part 
of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  through  which  the 
international  boundary  line  runs ; 

(e)  "Canadian  Section"  means  that  part  of 
the  St.  Lawrence  River  which  lies  wholly  within 
Canada  and  which  extends  from  the  easterly 
limit  of  the  International  Section  to  Montreal 
Harbor ; 

(f)  "International  Rapids  Section"  means 
that  part  of  the  International  Section  which 
extends  from  Chimney  Point  to  the  village  of 
St.  Regis; 

(g)  "Governments"  means  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  of  America  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Canada ; 

(h)  "countries"  means  the  United  States  of 
America  and  Canada ; 

(i)  "Special  International  Niagara  Board" 
means  the  board  appointed  by  the  Governments 
in  1926  to  ascertain  and  recommend  ways  and 
means  to  preserve  the  scenic  beauty  of  the 
Niagara  Falls; 

(j)  "deep  waterway"  means  adequate  provi- 
sion for  navigation  requiring  a  controlling 
channel  depth  of  27  feet  with  a  depth  of  30  feet 
over  lock  sills,  from  the  head  of  the  Great  Lakes 
to  Montreal  Harbor  via  the  Great  Lakes  Sys- 
tem and  St.  Lawrence  River,  in  general  accord- 
ance with  the  specifications  set  forth  in  the  Re- 
port of  the  Joint  Board  of  Engineers,  dated 
November  16, 1926. 

Article  I 

1.  The  Governments  agree  to  establish  and 
maintain  a  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 

Commission,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the 
Commission,  consisting  of  not  more  than  ten 
members  of  whom  an  equal  number  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  each  Government.  The  duties  of  the 
Commission  shall  be : 

(a)  to  prepare  and  to  recommend  plans 
and  specifications  for  the  construction  of 
works  in  the  International  Rapids  Section 
in  accordance  with  and  containing  the  fea- 
tures described  in  the  Annex  attached  to  and 
made  part  of  this  Agreement,  with  such  modi- 
fications as  may  be  agreed  upon  by  the  Gov- 
ernments; 

(b)  upon  approval  of  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications by  the  Governments,  to  prepare  a 
schedule  allocating  the  construction  of  the 
works  in  the  International  Rapids  Section 
on  such  a  basis  that  each  Government  shall 
construct  the  works  within  its  own  territory 
or  an  equivalent  proportion  of  the  works  so 
approved ; 

(c)  to  approve  all  contracts  entered  into  on 
behalf  of  either  Government  for  the  works 
in  the  International  Rapids  Section; 

(d)  to  supervise  the  construction  of  the 
works  and  to  submit  reports  to  the  Govern- 
ments from  time  to  time,  and  at  least  once 
each  calendar  year,  on  the  progress  of  the 
works ; 

(e)  upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
works,  to  certify  to  the  Governments  that 
they  meet  the  plans  and  specifications  drawn 
up  by  the  Commission  and  approved  by  the 
Governments ; 

(f )  to  perform  the  other  duties  assigned  to 
it  in  this  Agreement. 

2.  The  Commission  shall  have  the  authority 
to  employ  such  persons  and  to  make  such  ex- 
penditures as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  out 
the  duties  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.  It 
shall  have  the  authority  to  avail  itself  of  the 
services  of  such  governmental  agencies,  officers 
and  employees  of  either  country  as  may  be 
made  available.  The  remuneration,  general 
expenses  and  all  other  expenses  of  its  mem- 
bers shall  be  regulated  and  paid  by  their  re- 
spective Governments;  and  the  other  expenses 
of  the  Commission,  except  as  provided  for 


MARCH    22,    1941 


309 


under  Article  III,  paragraph  (b)  of  this  Agree- 
ment, shall  be  borne  by  the  Governments  in 
equal  moieties. 

3.  The  Governments  agree  to  permit  the 
entry  into  their  respective  countries,  within 
areas  immediately  adjacent  to  the  Niagara 
River  and  the  International  Section  to  be  de- 
limited by  exchange  of  notes,  of  personnel  em- 
ployed by  the  Commission  or  employed  in  the 
construction  of  the  works,  and  to  exempt  such 
personnel  from  the  operation  of  their  immi- 
gration laws  and  regulations  within  the  areas 
so  delimited.  In  the  event  that  the  Commis- 
sion, pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  paragraph 
1.  (b)  of  this  Article,  allocates  to  either  of 
the  Governments  the  construction  of  works, 
any  part  of  which  is  within  the  territory  of 
the  other  Government,  the  latter  Government 
shall  make  provision  for  the  according,  within 
the  area  in  which  such  a  part  is  situated,  of 
such  exemption  from  customs,  excise  and  other 
imposts,  federal,  state  and  provincial,  as  may 
be  reasonably  practicable  for  the  effective  and 
economical  prosecution  of  the  work.  Regula- 
tions providing  for  such  exemptions  may  be 
settled  by  the  Governments  by  exchange  of 
notes. 

4.  The  Governments  shall,  by  exchange  of 
notes,  prescribe  rules  and  regulations  for  the 
conduct  of  the  Commission.  They  may  by 
the  same  means  extend  or  abridge  its  powers 
and  duties;  and  reduce  or  after  reduction  in- 
crease the  number  of  members  (provided  that 
there  must  always  be  an  equal  number  ap- 
pointed by  each  Government  and  that  the  total 
number  of  members  shall  at  no  time  exceed 
ten) ;  and  upon  completion  of  its  duties,  the 
Governments  may  terminate  its  existence. 

Article  II 

The  Government  of  Canada  agrees: 

(a)  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications prepared  by  the  Commission  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Governments,  to  construct  the 
works  in  the  International  Rapids  Section 
allocated  to  Canada  by  the  Commission;  and 
to  operate  and  maintain  or  arrange  for  the 
operation  and  maintenance  of  the  works  sit- 
uated in  the  territory  of  Canada ; 


(b)  to  complete,  not  later  than  December 
31,  1948,  the  essential  Canadian  links  in  the 
deep  waterway,  including  the  necessary  deep- 
ening of  the  new  Welland  Ship  Canal  and  the 
construction  of  canals  and  other  works  to  pro- 
vide the  necessary  depth  in  the  Canadian  sec- 
tion of  the  St.  Lawrence  River:  provided  that, 
if  the  continuance  of  war  conditions  or  the 
requirements  of  defence  justify  a  modification 
of  the  period  within  which  such  works  shall 
be  completed,  the  Governments  may,  by  ex- 
change of  notes,  arrange  to  defer  or  expedite 
their  completion  as  circumstances  may  require. 

Article  III 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  of 
America  agrees: 

(a)  in  accordance  with  the  plans  and  speci- 
fications prepared  by  the  Commission  and  ap- 
proved by  the  Governments,  to  construct  the 
works  in  the  International  Rapids  Section  allo- 
cated to  the  United  States  of  America  by  the 
Commission;  and  to  operate  and  maintain  or 
arrange  for  the  operation  and  maintenance  of 
the  works  situated  in  the  territory  of  the  United 
States  of  America; 

(b)  to  provide,  as  required  by  the  progress 
of  the  works,  funds  for  the  construction,  in- 
cluding design  and  supervision,  of  all  works  in 
the  International  Rapids  Section  except  (1) 
machinery  and  equipment  for  the  development 
of  power,  and  (2)  works  required  for  rehabili- 
tation on  the  Canadian  side  of  the  international 
boundary ; 

(c)  not  later  than  the  date  of  completion  of 
the  essential  Canadian  links  in  the  deep  water- 
way, to  complete  the  works  allocated  to  it  in  the 
International  Rapids  Section  and  the  works  in 
the  Great  Lakes  System  above  Lake  Erie  re- 
quired to  create  essential  links  in  the  deep 
waterway. 

Article  IV 

The  Governments  agree  that : 

(a)  they  may,  in  their  respective  territories, 
in  conformity  with  the  general  plans  for  the 
project  in  the  International  Rapids  Section,  in- 
stall or  arrange  for  the  installation  of  such  ma- 
chinery and  equipment  as  may  be  desired  for 


310 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


the  development  of  power  and  at  such  time  or 
times  as  may  be  most  suitable  in  terms  of  their 
respective  power  requirements; 

(b)  in  view  of  the  need  for  coordination  of 
the  plans  and  specifications  prepared  by  the 
Commission  for  general  works  in  the  Interna- 
tional Rapids  Section  with  plans  for  the  de- 
velopment of  power  in  the  respective  countries, 
the  Commission  may  arrange  for  engineering 
services  with  any  agency  in  either  country, 
which  may  be  authorized  to  develop  power  in 
the  International  Rapids  Section; 

(c)  except  as  modified  by  the  provisions  of 
Article  VIII,  paragraph  (b)  of  this  Agreement, 
each  country  shall  be  entitled  to  utilize  one-half 
of  the  water  available  for  power  purposes  in 
the  International  Rapids  Section; 

(d)  during  the  construction  and  upon  the 
completion  of  the  works  provided  for  in  the 
International  Rapids  Section,  the  flow  of  water 
out  of  Lake  Ontario  into  the  St.  Lawrence  River 
shall  be  controlled  and  the  flow  of  water 
through  the  International  Section  shall  be 
regulated  so  that  the  navigable  depths  of  water 
for  shipping  in  the  Harbor  of  Montreal  and 
throughout  the  navigable  channel  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  River  below  Montreal,  as  such  depths 
now  exist  or  may  hereafter  be  increased  by 
dredging  or  other  harbor  or  channel  improve- 
ments, shall  not  be  injuriously  affected  by  the 
construction  or  operation  of  such  works,  and 
the  power  developments  in  the  Canadian  Sec- 
tion of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  shall  not  be 
adversely  affected ; 

(e)  upon  the  completion  of  the  works  pro- 
vided for  in  the  International  Rapids  Section, 
the  power  works  shall  be  operated,  initially, 
with  the  water  level  at  the  power  houses  held  at 
a  maximum  elevation  238.0,  sea  level  datum  as 
defined  in  the  Report  of  the  Joint  Board  of 
Engineers,  for  a  test  period  of  ten  years  or  such 
shorter  period  as  may  be  approved  by  any  board 
or  authority  designated  or  established  under 
the  provisions  of  paragraph  ( f )  of  this  Article ; 
and,  in  the  event  that  such  board  or  authority 
considers  that  operation  with  the  water  level  at 
the  power  houses  held  to  a  maximum  elevation 
exceeding  ^38.0  would  be  practicable  and  could 


be  made  effective  within  the  limitations  pre- 
scribed by  paragraphs  (c)  and  (d)  of  this  Ar- 
ticle, the  Governments  may,  by  exchange  of 
notes,  authorize  operation,  subject  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Article,  and  for  such  times  and 
subject  to  such  terms  as  may  be  prescribed  in  the 
notes,  at  a  maximum  elevation  exceeding  238.0. 

(f)  the  Governments  may,  by  exchange  of 
notes,  make  provision  for  giving  effect  to  para- 
graphs (c),  (d)  and  (e)  of  this  Article ; 

(g)  during  the  construction  of  the  works 
provided  for  in  the  International  Rapids  Sec- 
tion, facilities  for  14  foot  navigation  in  that 
Section  shall  be  maintained. 

Article  V 

The  Governments  agree  that  nothing  clone 
under  the  authority  of  this  Agreement  shall 
confer  upon  either  of  them  proprietary  rights, 
or  legislative,  administrative  or  other  jurisdic- 
tion in  the  territory  of  the  other,  and  that  the 
works  constructed  under  the  provisions  of  this 
Agreement  shall  constitute  a  part  of  the  terri- 
tory of  the  country  in  which  they  are  situated. 

Article  VI 

The  Governments  agree  that  either  of  them 
may  proceed  at  any  time  to  construct,  within 
its  own  territory  and  at  its  own  cost,  alterna- 
tive canal  and  channel  facilities  for  navigation 
in  the  International  Section  or  in  waters  con- 
necting the.  Great  Lakes,  and  to  utilize  the 
water  necessary  for  the  operation  of  such 
facilities. 

Article  VII 

The  High  Contracting  Parties  agree  that  the 
rights  of  navigation  accorded  under  the  pro- 
visions of  existing  treaties  between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  His  Majesty  shall  be 
maintained  notwithstanding  the  provisions  for 
termination  contained  in  any  of  such  treaties, 
and  declare  that  these  treaties  confer  upon  the 
citizens  or  subjects  and  upon  the  ships,  vessels 
and  boats  of  each  High  Contracting  Party, 
rights  of  navigation  in  the  St.  Lawrence  River, 
and  the  Great  Lakes  System,  including  the 
canals  now  existing  or  which  may  hereafter  be 
constructed. 


MARCH    2  2,    1941 


311 


Article  VIII 

The  Governments,  recognizing  their  common 
interest  in  the  preservation  of  the  levels  of  the 
Great  Lakes  System,  agree  that : 

(a)  each  Government  in  its  own  territory 
shall  measure  the  quantities  of  water  which 
at  any  point  are  diverted  from  or  added  to  the 
Great  Lakes  System,  and  shall  place  such  meas- 
urements on  record  with  the  other  Government 
semi-annually; 

(b)  in  the  event  of  diversions  being  made 
into  the  Great  Lakes  System  from  other  water- 
sheds lying  wholly  within  the  borders  of  either 
country,  the  exclusive  rights  to  the  use  of 
waters  which  are  determined  by  the  Govern- 
ments to  be  equivalent  in  quantity  to  any  waters 
so  diverted  shall,  notwithstanding  the  pro- 
visions of  Article  IV  paragraph  (c)  of  this 
Agreement,  be  vested  in  the  country  diverting 
such  waters,  and  the  quantity  of  water  so 
diverted  shall  be  at  all  times  available  to  that 
country  for  use  for  power  below  the  point  of 
entry,  so  long  as  it  constitutes  a  part  of  bound- 
ary waters ; 

(c)  if  any  diversion  of  water  from  the  Great 
Lakes  System  or  the  International  Section, 
other  or  greater  in  amount  than  diversions  per- 
mitted in  either  of  the  countries  on  January  1, 
1940,  is  authorized,  the  Government  of  such 
country  agrees  to  give  immediate  consideration 
to  any  representations  respecting  the  matter 
which  the  other  Government  may  make;  if  it 
is  impossible  otherwise  to  reach  a  satisfactory 
settlement,  the  Government  of  the  country  in 
which  the  diversion  of  water  has  been  author- 
ized agrees,  on  the  request  of  the  other  Govern- 
ment, to  submit  the  matter  to  an  arbitral  tri- 
bunal which  shall  be  empowered  to  direct  such 
compensatory  or  remedial  measures  as  it  may 
deem  just  and  equitable;  the  arbitral  tribunal 
shall  consist  of  three  members,  one  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  each  of  the  Governments,  and  the 
third,  who  will  be  the  chairman,  to  be  selected 
by  the  Governments; 

(d)  the  Commission  shall  report  upon  the 
desirability  of  works  for  compensation  and 
regulation  in  the  Great  Lakes  System,  and,  upon 


the  approval  by  the  Governments  of  any  such 
works,  shall  prepare  plans  ami  specifications 
for  their  construction  and  recommend  to  the 
Governments  an  equitable  allocation  of  their 
tost  ;  the  Governments  shall  make  arrange- 
ments by  exchange  of  notes  for  the  construc- 
tion of  such  works  as  they  may  agree  upon. 

Aeticlb  IX 

The  Governments,  recognizing  their  primary 
obligation  to  preserve  and  enhance  the  scenic 
beauty  of  the  Niagara  Falls  and  River,  and  con- 
sistent with  that  obligation,  their  common  in- 
terest in  providing  for  the  most  beneficial  use 
of  the  waters  of  that  River,  as  envisaged  in  the 
Final  Report  of  the  Special  International  Ni- 
agara Board,  agree  that: 

(a)  the  Commission  shall  prepare  and  submit 
to  the  Governments  plans  and  specifications  for 
works  in  the  Niagara  River  designed  to  dis- 
tribute and  control  the  waters  thereof,  to  pre- 
vent erosion  and  to  ensure  at  all  seasons  un- 
broken crest  lines  on  both  the  American  Falls 
and  the  Canadian  Falls  and  to  preserve  and 
enhance  their  scenic  beauty,  taking  into  account 
the  recommendations  of  the  Special  Interna- 
tional Niagara  Board;  the  Governments  may 
make  arrangements  by  exchange  of  notes  for 
the  construction  of  such  works  in  the  Niagara 
River  as  they  may  agree  upon,  including  pro- 
vision for  temporary  diversions  of  the  waters 
of  the  Niagara  River  for  the  purpose  of  facili- 
tating construction  of  the  works;  the  cost  of 
such  works  in  the  Niagara  River  shall  be  borne 
by  the  Governments  in  equal  moieties; 

(b)  upon  the  completion  of  the  works  au- 
thorized in  this  Article,  diversions  of  the  waters 
of  the  Niagara  River  above  the  Falls  from  the 
natural  course  and  stream  thereof  additional  to 
the  amounts  specified  in  Article  5  of  the  Bound- 
ary Waters  Treaty  of  1909  may  be  authorized 
and  permitted  by  the  Governments  to  the  extent 
and  in  the  manner  hereinafter  provided: 

(1)  the  United  States  may  authorize  and 
permit  additional  diversion  within  the  State 
of  New  York  of  the  waters  of  the  River  above 
the  Falls  for  power  purposes,  in  excess  of  the 


312 

amount  specified  in  Article  5  of  the  Boundary 
Waters  Treaty  of  1909,  not  to  exceed  in  the 
aggregate  a  daily  diversion  at  the  rate  of  five 
thousand  cubic  feet  of  water  per  second ; 

(2)   Canada  may  authorize  and  permit  ad- 
ditional  diversion   within   the   Province   of 
Ontario  of  the  waters  of  the  River  above  the 
Falls  for  power  purposes,  in  excess  of  the 
amount  specified  in  Article  5  of  the  Boundary 
Waters  Treaty  of  1909,  not  to  exceed  in  the 
aggregate  a  daily  diversion  at  the  rate  of  five 
thousand  cubic  feet  of  water  per  second ; 
(c)  upon  completion  of  the  works  authorized 
in  this  Article,  the  Commission  shall  proceed 
immediately  to  test  such  works  under  a  wide 
range  of  conditions,  and  to  report  and  certify 
to  the  Governments  the  effect  of  such  works,  and 
to  make  recommendations  respecting  diversions 
of  water  from  Lake  Erie  and  the  Niagara  River, 
with  particular  reference  to  (1)  the  perpetual 
preservation  of  the  scenic  beauty  of  the  Falls 
and  Rapids,  (2)  the  requirements  of  navigation 
in  the  Great  Lakes  System,  and  (3)  the  efficient 
utilization  and  equitable  apportionment  of  such 
waters  as  may  be  available  for  power  purposes; 
on  the  basis  of  the  Commission's  reports  and 
recommendations,  the  Governments  may  by  ex- 
change of  notes  and  concurrent  legislation  de- 
termine the  methods  by  which  these  purposes 
may  be  attained. 

Article  X 
The  Governments  agree  that : 

(a)  each  Government  undertakes  to  make 
provision  for  the  disposition  of  claims  and  for 
the  satisfaction  of  any  valid  claims  arising  out 
of  damage  or  injury  to  persons  or  property  oc- 
curring in  the  territory  of  the  other  in  the 
course  of  and  in  connection  with  construction 
by  such  Government  of  any  of  the  works  au- 
thorized or  provided  for  by  this  Agreement ; 

(b)  each  Government  is  hereby  released  from 
responsibility  for  any  damage  or  injury  to  per- 
sons or  property  in  the  territory  of  the  other, 
which  may  be  caused  by  any  action  authorized 
or  provided  for  by  this  Agreement,  other  than 
damage  or  injury  covered  by  the  provisions  of 
paragraph  (a)  of  this  Article; 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 

(c)  each  Government  will  assume  the  re- 
sponsibility for  and  the  expense  involved  in 
the  acquisition  of  any  lands  or  interests  in 
land  in  its  own  territory  which  may  be  neces- 
sary to  give  effect  to  the  provisions  of  this 
Agreement. 

Article  XI 

This  Agreement  shall  be  subject  to  approval 
by  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica and  the  Parliament  of  Canada.  Follow- 
ing such  approval  it  shall  be  proclaimed  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America  and 
ratified  by  His  Majesty  the  King  of  Great 
Britain,  Ireland  and  the  British  dominions  be- 
yond the  Seas,  Emperor  of  India,  in  respect 
of  Canada.  It  shall  enter  into  force  on  the  day 
of  the  exchange  of  the  instrument  of  ratifica- 
tion and  a  copy  of  the  proclamation,  which 
shall  take  place  at  Washington. 

In  witness  whereof  the  respective  plenipo- 
tentiaries have  signed  this  Agreement  in  dupli- 
cate and  have  hereunto  affixed  their  seals. 

Done  at  Ottawa,  the  nineteenth  day  of 
March  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  one  thousand 
nine  hundred  and  forty-one. 

[seal]     Jay  Pierrepont  Moffat 

[seal]     Adolf  A.  Berle,  Jr. 

[seal]     Leland  Olds 

[seal]     W.  L.  Mackenzie  Kino 

[seal]     C.  D.  Howe 

[seal]     John  E.  Read 

Annex 

controlled  single  stage  project  (23  8-24  2)  for 
works  in  the  international  rapids  section 

(See  Article  I,  Pnragraph  1  (a) ) 

The  main  features  of  the  Controlled  Single 
Stage  Project  (238-242),  described  in  detail 
with  cost  estimates  in  the  report  of  the  Tempo- 
rary Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence  Basin  Com- 
mittees dated  January  3, 1941,  are  as  follows : 

(1)  A  control  dam  in  the  vicinity  of  Iroquois 
Point. 

(2)  A  dam  in  the  Long  Sault  Rapids  at  the 
head  of  Barnhart  Island  and  two  power 
houses,  one  on  either  side  of  the  interna- 


MARCH    22,    1941 

tional  boundary,  at  the  foot  of  Barnhart 
Island. 

(3)  A  side  canal,  with  one  lock,  on  the  United 
States  mainland  to  carry  navigation  around 
the  Control  Dam  and  a  side  canal,  with 
one  guard  gate  and  two  locks,  on  the  United 
States  mainland  south  of  Barnhart  Island 
to  carry  navigation  from  above  the  main 
Long  Sault  Dam  to  the  river  south  of 
Cornwall  Island.  All  locks  to  provide  30 
ft.  depth  of  water  on  the  mitre  sills  and  to 
be  of  the  general  dimensions  of  those  of 
the  Welland  Ship  Canal.  All  navigation 
channels  to  be  excavated  to  27  ft.  depth. 

(4)  Dykes,  where  necessary  on  the  United 
States  and  Canadian  sides  of  the  interna- 
tional boundary,  to  retain  the  pool  level 
above  the  Long  Sault  Dam. 

(5)  Channel  enlargement  from  the  head  of 
Galop  Island  to  below  Lotus  Island  de- 
signed to  give  a  maximum  velocity  in  the 
navigation  channel  south  of  Galop  Island 
not  exceeding  four  feet  per  second  at  any 
time. 


313 

(6)  Channel  enlargement  between  Lotus  Island 
and  the  Control  Dam  and  from  above  Point 
Three  Points  to  below  Ogden  Island  de- 
signed to  give  a  maximum  mean  velocity  in 
any  cross-section  not  exceeding  two  and 
one-quarter  feet  per  second  with  the  flow 
and  at  the  stage  to  be  permitted  on  the  1st 
of  January  of  any  year,  under  regulation  of 
outflow  and  levels  of  Lake  Ontario. 

(7)  The  necessary  railroad  and  highway  modi- 
fications on  either  side  of  the  international 
boundary. 

(8)  The  necessary  works  to  permit  the  con- 
tinuance of  14  ft.  navigation  on  the  Ca- 
nadian side  around  the  Control  Dam  and 
from  the  pool  above  the  Long  Sault  Dam 
to  connect  with  the  existing  Cornwall  Canal. 

(9)  The  rehabilitation  of  the  towns  of  Iroquois 
and  Morrisburg,  Ontario. 

All  the  works  in  the  pool  below  the  Control 
Dam  shall  be  designed  to  provide  for  full  Lake 
Ontario  level  but  initially  the  pool  shall  be 
operated  at  maximum  elevation  238.0. 


EXCHANGE  OF  NOTES  BETWEEN  THE  PRIME  MINISTER  OF  CANADA  AND  THE  AMERICAN 

MINISTER  TO  CANADA 


[Released  to  the  press  March  10] 

The  Department  of  State  made  public  the 
following  exchange  of  notes  between  the  Prime 
Minister  of  Canada  and  Secretary  of  State 
for  External  Affairs,  the  Eight  Honorable 
W.  L.  Mackenzie  King,  and  the  American 
Minister  to  Canada,  Mr.  Jay  Pierrepont  Moffat. 

"Department  of  External  Affairs, 

"Ottawa,  March  5,  1941. 
"Sot: 

"I  have  the  honor  to  refer  to  certain  ques- 
tions which  have  arisen  in  the  course  of  the 
St.  Lawrence  Waterway  negotiations,  and 
which  we  have  discussed  recently. 

"2.  As  you  are  aware,  my  colleagues  and  I 
have  been  giving  prolonged  consideration  to 
the  problems  presented  by  the  St.  Lawrence 


Waterway  project.  We  have  noted  the  prog- 
ress made  in  the  preparation  of  the  engineering 
plans  for  the  International  Section  and  in  the 
drafting  of  the  general  agreement.  There  is, 
however,  one  consideration  of  a  fundamental 
character  to  which  we  desire  to  call  attention. 

"3.  The  growing  intensity  of  the  war  op- 
erations and  the  apprehension  that  still  more 
serious  perils  will  have  to  be  faced  in  the  very 
near  future,  necessitate  the  most  careful  ex- 
amination of  any  proposed  expenditure  from 
the  point  of  view  of  public  need  and  in  the 
light  of  war  requirements. 

"4.  In  existing  circumstances,  the  Canadian 
Government  desires  to  know  whether  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  is  of  the  opinion, 
in  view  of  the  position  in  Canada,  and,  of 
course,  the  position  in  the  United  States  as 


314 

well,  that  the  project  as  outlined  in  the  State 
Department's  proposals  of  1936  and  1938  and 
under  consideration  since  that  time  should  now 
be  proceeded  with. 

"5.  We  have,  of  course,  been  fully  aware  of 
the  desire  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  to  have  a  treaty  or  agreement  respect- 
ing the  St.  Lawrence  Waterway  concluded  at 
as  early  a  date  as  possible,  and  negotiations 
which  have  been  carried  on  more  or  less  con- 
tinuously for  some  time  past  have  had  in  view 
the  desire  on  our  part  to  arrive,  at  the  earliest 
possible  date,  at  terms  of  agreement  which 
would  be  mutually  advantageous.  We  are  also 
aware  of  the  pronouncements  which  have  been 
made  from  time  to  time  by  the  President,  re- 
specting the  added  emphasis  given  by  the  war 
to  the  importance  alike  of  power  and  naviga- 
tion developments  in  the  Great  Lakes  -  St. 
Lawrence  Waterway  project.  We  are  also 
duly  appreciative  of  the  agreement  recently 
reached  between  our  respective  governments, 
whereby  the  Province  of  Ontario  has  obtained 
the  right  to  the  immediate  use  of  additional 
power  at  Niagara,  and  the  diversion  of  the 
waters  of  the  Ogoki  and  Long  Lac  Rivers  into 
Lake  Supei'ior,  in  consideration  of  which,  au- 
thority was  given  for  the  immediate  investiga- 
tion by  United  States  engineers  of  the  project 
in  the  International  Section  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence River  in  Ontario,  in  order  to  enable  work 
of  future  development  to  proceed  with  the  least 
possible  delay,  once  an  agreement  between  the 
two  Governments,  respecting  the  St.  Lawrence 
development  was  concluded. 

"6.  We  would  naturally  be  prepared  to  give 
every  consideration  to  power  or  navigation  de- 
velopments which  the  United  States  may  deem 
necessary  to  the  prosecution  of  measures  calcu- 
lated to  aid  Great  Britain,  Canada,  and  other 
parts  of  the  British  Commonwealth  of  Nations 
in  the  present  war,  or  to  further  the  security  of 
the  United  States  itself  against  possible  future 
events  which,  at  the  moment  can  not  be  fore- 
seen, but  of  which  in  times  like  the  present  full 
account  must  be  taken.  We  realize  that  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  will  be  as 
solicitous  as  our  own  Government  to  appraise 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

the  project  at  the  present  time  in  terms  of  its 
contribution  to  the  efforts  which  are  being  put 
forward  by  our  respective  countries  to  preserve 
and  to  restore  freedom. 

"It  is  from  this  point  of  view  and  in  this  spirit 
that  we  would  ask  that  the  St.  Lawrence  project 
be  again  reviewed  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  before  an  agreement  or  treaty 
be  finally  entered  into. 

"Accept  [etc.]         W.  L.  Mackenzie  King'' 

"Legation  of  the 
United  States  of  America, 

"Ottawa,  March  10, 19JJ. 
"Sir: 

"I  lost  no  time  in  bringing  to  the  attention 
of  my  Government,  your  note  of  March  5  in 
regard  to  the  St.  Lawrence  Waterway  negotia- 
tions. In  view  of  the  importance  of  the  ques- 
tion you  raised,  the  matter  was  laid  before  the 
President,  and  I  have  been  instructed,  by  way 
of  reply,  to  transmit  the  following  personal 
message  from  him  to  you : 

"  'I  have  given  careful  consideration  to  your 
recent  request  that  in  view  of  the  growing 
intensity  of  current  war  operations  and  the 
apprehension  over  perils  which  may  have  to 
be  faced  in  the  near  future,  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  review  the  St.  Lawrence 
project  and  give  you  an  indication  of  its  views 
as  to  whether,  in  the  existing  circumstances, 
this  project  as  outlined  in  the  State  Depart- 
ment's proposals  of  1936  and  1938  should  now 
be  proceeded  with. 

"  'May  I  say  at  the  outset  that  I  am  aware 
of  Canada's  increasing  war  effort  and  I 
readily  agree  that  it  must  have  first  call  upon 
your  country's  resources  and  manpower.  I 
also  agree  that  in  view  of  the  existing  situa- 
tion the  most  careful  examination  of  any  pro- 
posed expenditure  is  necessary  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  public  need  and  in  the  light  of 
defense  requirements. 

"  'With  these  considerations  in  mind,  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  has,  as  you 
requested,  reviewed  the  St.  Lawrence  project. 
We  have  welcomed  this  occasion  to  review 
this  project  because  of  the  fact  that  our  own 


MARCH    22,    1941 


315 


defense  program  renders  it  desirable  that  all 
public  expenditures  in  the  United  States  be 
weighed  in  the  light  of  considerations  similar 
to  those  set  forth  in  your  communication. 
The  Government  of  the  United  States  is  en- 
gaged in  a  great  defense  program.  It  is  de- 
termined to  supply  such  aid  in  material  to 
Great  Britain,  the  members  of  the  Common- 
wealth, and  their  Allies  as  may  be  necessary  to 
enable  them  to  bring  the  war  to  a  successful 
termination.  Simultaneously,  our  own  de- 
fenses are  being  strengthened  to  the  extent 
necessary  to  prevent  any  foe  from  menacing 
the  security  of  this  Hemisphere.  It  is  indis- 
pensable that  all  public  projects  contem- 
plated by  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  be  considered  from  the  standpoint  of 
their  relationship  to  these  supreme  objectives. 

"  'The  Government  of  the  United  States  re- 
gards the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  project 
as  directly  associated  with  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  foremost  national  objectives  of 
this  Government.  It  believes  that  the  project 
should  be  proceeded  with  and  that  construc- 
tion should  commence  at  the  earliest  possible 
moment.  It  regards  the  construction  of  this 
project  as  a  matter  of  vital  necessity. 

"  'You  refer  to  the  engineering  investiga- 
tion now  being  conducted  in  the  International 
Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River.  I  need 
hardly  say  that  I  directed  the  release  of 
$1,000,000  from  the  special  defense  funds  for 
this  purpose  only  because  of  my  conviction 
that  the  completion  of  this  project  by  1945 
might  prove  of  vital  importance  to  our  de- 
fense effort.  It  is  gratifying  that  there  has 
been  sufficient  progress  to  make  possible  the 
initiation  of  construction  this  spring. 

"  'I  am  sure  you  will  agree  with  me  that, 
while  our  countries  must  put  forth  the  maxi- 
mum immediate  defense  effort,  we  must  also 
prepare  for  the  possibility  of  a  protracted 
emergency  which  will  call  upon  the  industries 
on  both  sides  of  the  border  to  meet  constantly 
expanding  demands.  The  combination  of 
advantages  offered  by  the  St.  Lawrence  proj- 
ect makes  it  imperative  that  we  undertake  it 
immediately. 


"  'In  terms  of  the  time  factor,  the  St.  Law- 
rence project  as  a  part  of  our  defense  program 
is  not  exceptional,  since  we  are  today  appro- 
priating money  for  construction  of  vessels  of 
war  which  will  not  be  ready  for  service  until 
the  completion  of  the  St.  Lawrence  under- 
taking. 

"  'I  am  convinced  of  the  urgent  need  for  the 
large  increment  in  low  cost  electric  power 
which  the  St,  Lawrence  project  will  provide. 
Already  the  demand  for  power  is  running 
ahead  of  expectations.  In  fact,  one  of  the 
most  serious  handicaps  to  the  rapid  expansion 
of  airplane  production  is  the  difficulty  of  find- 
ing the  large  supplies  of  high-load  factor 
power  required  for  aluminum  production. 
We  are,  of  course,  expanding  our  electric 
facilities  for  this  purpose  as  fast  as  practica- 
ble, but  by  the  time  the  St.  Lawrence  power 
is  available  other  sources  of  cheap  power  will 
have  been  largely  allocated. 

"  'The  St.  Lawrence  project  offers  by  far 
the  soundest  and  most  economical  provision 
for  the  power  requirements  of  certain  por- 
tions of  our  long  range  defense  program, 
more  particularly  for  certain  high-load  factor 
defense  industries.  Furthermore,  the  manu- 
facturing facilities  and  skilled  labor  available 
for  the  construction  of  steam  turbines  and 
electric  equipment  will  be  needed  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  vast  areas  of  our  conti- 
nent where  water  power  is  not  so  economi- 
cally available. 

"  'I  am  also  convinced  that  the  opening  of 
the  St.  Lawrence  deep  waterway  to  afford  an 
outlet  for  naval  and  cargo  ships  constructed 
in  Great  Lakes  shipyards,  far  from  represent- 
ing a  diversion  of  funds  and  resources  from 
the  defense  effort,  would  have  the  opposite 
effect.  Our  shipbuilding  program,  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  defense,  will  call  for  a 
great  expansion  of  shipyards  with  their  asso- 
ciated machine  shops  and  adequate  supplies 
of  skilled  labor.  The  extent  to  which  in- 
tensified submarine  and  air  attacks  on  con- 
voys may  necessitate  an  expansion  of  the  pro- 
gram is  still  unknown.  If  the  war  is  pro- 
tracted, however,  it  seems  certain  that  the 


316 


number  of  shipyards  required  will  have  to  be 
several  times  those  at  present  available.  In 
terms  of  our  present  industrial  arrangements, 
many  of  these  can  be  made  most  readily  and 
economically  available  in  the  Great  Lakes 
area. 

"  'If  the  full  burden  of  our  expanding  ship 
construction  must  fall  on  seaboard  shipyards, 
the  time  required  to  complete  the  vessels 
themselves  must,  in  many  instances,  be  in- 
creased by  the  period  necessary  to  construct 
new  shipyards  and  facilities.  With  this  in 
mind  it  is  apparent  that  the  deep  waterway 
could  be  completed  in  time  to  provide  an 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 

outlet  to  the  sea  for  many  of  the  new  vessels 
included  in  the  present  program. 

"  'In  the  light  of  these  facts,  it  is  my 
belief  that  the  funds  and  manpower  re- 
quired for  the  earliest  possible  completion 
of  the  St.  Lawrence  project  could  not  be 
better  spent  for  our  joint  defense  effort,  in- 
cluding aid  to  Great  Britain.  It  is  my  feel- 
ing that  failure  to  take  advantage  of  the 
possibilities  of  this  project  would  be  short- 
sighted, in  no  way  contributing  to  an  in- 
crease in  our  immediate  defense  effort,  while 
limiting  our  defense  program  in  the  difficult 
years  which  lie  ahead.' 
"Accept  [etc.]  Pierrepont  Moffat" 


REPORTS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  ST.  LAWRENCE  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE  AND  THE  CANADIAN 
TEMPORARY  GREAT  LAKES-ST.  LAWRENCE  BASIN  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  INTERNATIONAL 
RAPIDS  SECTION  OF  THE  ST.  LAWRENCE  DEEP  WATERWAY 

neering  Branch,  Department  of  Transport; 
Olivier  O.  Lefebvre,  Vice-Chairman  of  the  Que- 
bec Streams  Commission;  T.  H.  Hogg,  Chair- 
man and  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Hydro-Electric 
Power  Commission  of  Ontario  and  M.  C.  Hen- 


1.  Joint  Report 

To:  The  President  of  the  United  States 
The  Prime  Minister  of  Canada 

The  Canadian  Temporary  Great  Lakes -St. 
Lawrence  Committee  and  the  United  States  St. 
Lawrence  Advisory  Committee,  meeting  at 
Ottawa,  January  2  and  3,  1941,  respectfully 
submit  the  following  joint  report  on  the  pre- 
liminary engineering  and  other  investigations 
for  that  part  of  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
Basin  project  located  in  the  International  Rap- 
ids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

The  two  Committees  held  their  first  joint 
meeting  at  Massena,  N.  Y.,  on  October  31,  1940, 
to  determine  upon  the  project  plan  best  de- 
signed to  serve  the  interests  of  both  countries 
and  to  agree  upon  the  general  lines  which  the 
engineering  investigation  should  follow.  The 
Committees  met  again  at  Massena  on  November 
15,  1940,  to  consult  with  a  group  of  outstand- 
ing hydraulic  and  electric  experts  on  technical 
aspects  of  the  proposed  undertaking. 

Special  consideration  has  been  given  to  the 
joint  report  prepared  in  January,  1940,  by  a 
board  of  engineers  representing  Canada  and  the 
United  States,  including  for  Canada:  Guy  A. 
Lindsay,  Engineer  in  Charge,  General  Engi- 


dry,  Assistant  Engineer,  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario ;  for  the  United  States : 
Brigadier  General  Thomas  M.  Robins,  Corps 
of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army;  Roger  B.  McWlior- 
ter,  Chief  Engineer,  Federal  Power  Commis- 
sion; and  Gerald  V.  Cruise,  Executive  Secre- 
tary and  Acting  Chief  Engineer  of  the  Power 
Authority  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

These  engineers  were  requested  by  the  two 
Governments  to  examine  the  various  plans  pro- 
posed for  the  development  of  the  International 
Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  to- 
gether with  their  estimates  of  cost,  and  to 
recommend  the  plan  best  adapted  to  the  needs 
of  both  countries.  They  agreed  unanimously 
that  the  "238-242"  Controlled  Single  Stage 
Project  was  the  best  from  an  engineering  and 
economic  point  of  view,  bearing  in  mind  the 
requirements  of  navigation  and  power  and  the 
protection  of  down-river  interests. 

The  two  Committees,  at  the  meeting  of  Octo- 
ber 31,  1940,  agreed  that  the  engineering  in- 


MARCH    22,    1941 


317 


vestigations  should  be  undertaken  in  accord 
with  the  project  as  described  in  the  engineering 
report  above  referred  to.  Subsequent  investi- 
gations, including  the  testing  of  foundation 
conditions,  etc.,  which  have  been  proceeding 
rapidly,  have  sustained  the  conclusion  that  the 
"238-242"  Controlled  Single  Stage  Project  is 
the  plan  best  adapted  for  the  development  of 
that  part  of  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
Basin  project  located  in  the  International 
Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  for 
the  following  reasons : — 

(1)  The  plan  combines  the  essential  features 
which  have  been  continuously  advocated 
by  the  representatives  of  both  countries 
throughout  the  long  period  of  study  and 
negotiation  devoted  to  the  undertaking. 
Specifically,  it  provides  for  the  develop- 
ment of  all  the  power  in  one  stage  at 
power  houses  located  at  the  foot  of  Barn- 
hart  Island,  while  at  the  same  time  pro- 
viding for  complete  control  of  the  River 
at  a  control  dam  located  near  the  head 
of  the  present  rapids. 

(2)  The  plan  is  especially  designed  to  assure 
full  protection  to  the  down-stream  power 
and  navigation  interests  in  the  Province 
of  Quebec,  including  the  harbour  of 
Montreal,  while  at  the  same  time  provid- 
ing for  the  economical  development  of 
the  International  Rapids  Section  for 
navigation  and  power  as  a  part  of  the 
general  Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence 
Basin  project. 

(3)  The  recent  investigations,  including  the 
checking  of  previous  explorations,  new 
core  borings,  etc.,  indicate  that  the  foun- 
dation conditions  for  the  proposed  dams, 
navigation  locks  and  power  houses  are 
satisfactory,  while  consultations  with 
outstanding  hydro-electric  engineers 
assure  that  the  project  works  will  be 
sound  and  the  construction  and  equip- 
ment of  the  power  houses  in  accord  with 
the  best  modern  practice. 


(4)  The  construction  program  can  be  ar- 
ranged so  that  delivery  of  power  can  be 
begun  and  navigation  provided  within 
four  years  of  the  time  when  active  work 
is  initiated,  time  being  an  essential  factor 
in  the  emergency. 

Throughout  their  investigations,  the  two 
Committees  have  been  constantly  impressed 
with  the  defense  aspects  of  the  project  as  a  part 
of  a  long  range  program  for  use  of  the  Great 
Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  basin  by  both  peoples  to 
strengthen  the  defenses  of  the  North  American 
Continent.  The  power  which  the  project  will 
provide  is  urgently  needed  for  expansion  of 
essential  defense  production  on  both  sides  of 
the  border.  A  deep  waterway  will  afford  an 
unexampled  opportunity  for  the  expansion  of 
shipbuilding,  both  cargo  vessels  and  naval 
vessels,  in  naturally  protected  waters. 

At  the  request  of  the  two  Committees,  the 
engineers  who  prepared  the  report  of  January, 
1940,  have  carefully  reconsidered  that  report 
in  the  light  of  the  engineering  investigations 
and  have  revised  the  cost  estimates  to  take 
account  of  the  effect  of  recent  increases  in  con- 
struction costs  and  the  acceleration  of  the  con- 
struction program  in  the  interest  of  defense. 
Their  final  conclusions,  embodied  in  a  report 
dated  January  3,  1941,  confirm  the  conclusions 
of  the  previous  report. 

The  two  Committees  submit  herewith  the 
report  of  the  board  of  engineers  as  embodying 
their  own  conclusions  and  recommend  that,  in 
the  event  that  the  Governments  decide  to  pro- 
ceed with  the  development  of  the  International 
Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  the 
work  be  undertaken  in  general  accordance  with 
the  plan  of  the  "238-242"  Controlled  Single 
Stage  Project  described  therein. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

United  States  Committee 
Leland  Olds 
A.  A.  Berle,  Jr. 
Thomas  M.  Robins 
Gerald  V.  Cruise 


318 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


Canadian  Committee 
Guy  A.  Lindsay 
T.  H.  Hogg 
Olivier  O.  Lefebvee 
J.  E.  Read 


Ottawa,  Canada, 

January  3,  191)1. 


2.  Engineering  Report 

Ottawa,  Canada, 

January  3,  1941. 

In  view  of  the  re-opening  of  negotiations  be- 
tween representatives  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  in  respect  of  the  improvement  both  for 
navigation  and  power  of  the  International 
Rapids  Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  engi- 
neers representing  both  countries  were  asked  to 
examine  the  various  plans  proposed  with  their 
estimates  of  cost. 

The  engineers  representing  the  United  States 
were : — 

Brig.  Gen.  Thomas  M.  Robins,  Corps  of  Engi- 
neers, U.S.  Army. 

Mr.  Roger  B.  McWhorter,  Chief  Engineer, 
Federal  Power  Commission. 

Mr.  Gerald  V.  Cruise,  Executive  Secretary 
and  Acting  Chief  Engineer,  New  York 
State  Power  Authority. 

The  engineers  representing  Canada  were: — 

Mr.  Guy  A.  Lindsay,  Engineer-in-Charge, 
General  Engineering  Branch,  Depart- 
ment of  Transport. 

Dr.  Olivier  O.  Lefebvre,  Vice-Chairman, 
Quebec  Streams  Commission. 

Dr.  T.  H.  Hogg,  Chairman  and  Chief  Engi- 
neer of  the  Hydro-Electric  Power  Com- 
mission of  Ontario. 

Mr.  M.  C.  Hendry,  Assistant  Engineer, 
Hydro  Electric  Power  Commission  of 
Ontario. 

After  careful  consideration  of  the  projects 
proposed  and  the  estimates  of  cost  thereof,  the 
engineers  agreed  that  the  "238-242"  Controlled 


Single  Stage  Project  is,  in  their  opinion,  the  best 
from  an  engineering  and  economic  point  of 
view,  bearing  in  mind  the  requirements  of  navi- 
gation and  power  and  the  protection  of  down 
river  interests. 

The   main   features  of  the  "238-242"  Con- 
trolled Single  Stage  Project  are  as  follows: — 

(1)  A  control  dam  in  the  vicinity  of  Iroquois 
Point. 

(2)  A  dam  in  the  Long  Sault  Rapids  at  the 
head  of  Barnhart  Island  and  two  power 
houses,  one  on  either  side  of  the  Literna- 
tional  Boundary,  at  the  foot  of  Barnhart 
Island. 

(3)  A  side  canal,  with  one  lock  on  the  United 
States  mainland  to  carry  navigation 
around  the  control  dam  and  a  side  canal, 
with  one  guard  gate  and  two  locks,  on 
the  United  States  mainland  south  of 
Barnhart  Island  to  carry  navigation 
from  above  the  main  Long  Sault  Dam  to 
the  river  south  of  Cornwall  Island.  All 
locks  to  provide  30-foot  depth  of  water 
on  the  mitre  sills  and  to  be  of  the  gen- 
eral dimensions  of  those  on  the  Welland 
Ship  Canal.  All  navigation  channels  to 
be  excavated  to  27- ft.  depth. 

(4)  Dykes,  where  necessary,  on  the  United 
States  and  Canadian  sides  of  the  Interna- 
tional Boundary,  to  retain  the  pool  level 
above  the  Long  Sault  Dam. 

(5)  Channel  enlargement  from  the  head  of 
Galop  Island  to  below  Lotus  Island  de- 
signed to  give  a  maximum  velocity  in  the 
navigation  channel  south  of  Galop  Island 
not  exceeding  four  feet  per  second  at  any 
time. 

(6)  Channel  enlargement  between  Lotus 
Island  and  the  control  dam  and  from 
above  Point  Three  Points  to  below  Ogden 
Island  designed  to  give  a  maximum  mean 
velocity  in  any  cross-section  not  exceed- 
ing two  and  one-quarter  feet  per  second 
with  the  flow,  and  at  the  stage,  to  be  per- 
mitted on  the  1st  of  January  of  any  year, 
under  regulation  of  outflow  and  levels  of 
Lake  Ontario. 


MARCH    22,    1941 


319 


(7)  The  necessary  railroad  and  highway 
modifications  on  either  side  of  the  Inter- 
national Boundary. 

(8)  The  necessary  works  to  permit  the  con- 
tinuance of  14-ft.  navigation  on  the  Cana- 
dian Side  around  the  control  dam  and 
from  the  pool  above  the  Long  Sault  Dam 
to  connect  with  the  existing  Cornwall 
Canal. 

(9)  The  rehabilitation  of  the  towns  of  Iro- 
quois and  Morrisburg,  Ontario. 

All  the  works  in  the  pool  below  the  control 
dam  shall  be  designed  to  provide  for  full  Lake 
Ontario  level  but  initially  the  pool  shall  be 
operated  at  maximum  elevation  238.0. 

Attached  hereto  is  the  detailed  estimate  of 
cost  of  this  project  revised  to  take  into  account 
rising  construction  costs  and  additional  expense 
likely  to  be  incurred  in  expediting  the  work  in 
the  interest  of  National  Defence.  The  total 
estimated  cost  is  believed  to  be  sufficient  to  com- 
plete the  work. 

Thomas  M.  Robins, 

Brigadier  General,  Corps 
of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army. 
Gut  A.  Lindsat, 
Engineer-in-Charge,   General 
Engineering    Branch,   De- 
partment of  Transport, 
Ottawa,  Ont. 


3.  Detailed    Estimate   of   Cost   of   Controlled    Single 
Stage  Project  "238-242" 

The  detailed  estimates  are  set  up  under  three 
main  divisions: — 

(A)  Works  Solely  for  Navigation. 

(B)  Works  Primarily  for  Power. 

(C)  Works  Common   to  Navigation   and 

Power. 

(A)  Works  Solely  for  Navigation — Under 
this  heading  are  included  the  locks,  entrance 
piers,  channel  or  canal  excavation  and  all  other 
works  required  solely  for  the  purposes  of  navi- 
gation. 


(B)  Works  Primarily  for  Power — The  items 
included  under  this  heading  are  subdivided 
into : 

(i)  Structures,  Head  and  Tailrace  Excava- 
tion— Under  this  heading  are  included 
all  earth  and  rock  excavation,  ice  sluices, 
railway  connections,  etc.,  required  pri- 
marily for  power,  as  well  as  the  sub- 
structures and  superstructures  of  the 
power  houses.  The  substructures  in- 
clude headworks,  gates,  racks,  unwater- 
ing  gates,  gate  checks,  all  gate-operating 
equipment,  intakes,  water  passages, 
draft  tubes,  tailrace  piers  and  deck,  all 
covers  for  openings,  railings,  gratings, 
ladders,  drains,  piping,  conduit,  pit  liners, 
speed  rings,  throat  rings,  draft-tube  lin- 
ers, scroll  cases  (whether  moulded  in  con- 
crete or  of  cast  or  plate  steel),  and  all 
parts  embedded  in  the  substructures  in- 
cidental thereto  or  connected  therewith. 
The  substructures,  as  estimated,  are  of 
sufficient  dimensions  to  accommodate  all 
equipment  and  apparatus  including 
transformers  and  provide  the  necessary 
space  for  assembly,  operation  and 
maintenance. 

(ii)  Machinery  and  Equipment — Under 
this  heading  are  included  turbines,  gov- 
ernors, generators,  and  all  other  aux- 
iliary machinery  required  above  the  gen- 
erator floor,  as  well  as  the  low  volt- 
age switching,  control  and  operating 
apparatus. 

(C)  Works  Common  to  Navigation  and 
Power — Under  this  heading  are  included  all 
channel  excavation  required  for  river  enlarge- 
ment, all  dams,  and  dykes  required  to  retain 
the  levels  in  the  pools  created  for  navigation 
and  power  purposes,  all  land  and  property 
damages  resulting  from  the  raised  water 
levels,  all  works  in  connection  with  the  rehabili- 
tation of  Morrisburg  and  Iroquois,  the  preser- 
vation of  14-ft.  navigation  on  the  Canadian  side, 
railway  and  highway  modifications  and  all 
other  works  not  included  under  "A"  and  "B". 


320 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


Summary  of  Estimate 

(A)  Works  solely  for  Navigation. 

(i)   Upper  Pool— at  Point  Rockway $7,497,000 

(ii)   Lower  Pool— Opposite  Barnhart  Isd 31,  081,  000 

$38,  578,  000 

(B)  Works  primarily  for  Power. 

(i)   Structures,  Head  and  Tailrace  Exc'n 46,  476,  000 

(ii)    Machinery  and  Equipment 50,  328,  000 

96,  804,  000 

(C)  Works  common  to  Navigation  and  Power. 

1.  Channel  excavation 48,  136,  000 

2.  Ice  cribs  above  Prescott  and  above  Galop  Isd 656,  000 

3.  Iroquois  Point  Dam 7,310,000 

4.  Dykes 12,374,000 

5.  Supply  channel  and  weir  at  Massena 2,  363,  000 

6.  Diversion  cut  through  Long  Sault  Isd 2,  569,  000 

7.  Main  Long  Sault  Dam 20,055,000 

8.  Guard  Gate,  14-ft.  Lock  and  Weir  at  Maple  Grove 2,  624,  000 

9.  14-ft.  Lock  and  Dykes  at  Iroquois 604,000 

10.  Railroad  relocation 3,  696,  000 

11.  Clearing  pool 518,000 

12.  Rehabilitation  of  Morrisburg 5,024,000 

13.  Rehabilitation  of  Iroquois 3,379,000 

14.  Acquisition  of  lands,  etc.,  U.S.  side 4,657,000 

15.  Acquisition  of  lands,  etc.,  Can.  side 14,  011,  000 

16.  Highway  relocation 2,  812,  000 

130,  788,  000 

Grand  total $266,  170,000 


(A)     WORKS    SOLELY    FOR    NAVIGATION (27    FT.    DEPTH) 

(i)    Upper  Pool  al  Point  Rockway 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

1 

Guide  Pier  in  South  Galop— 

Cribwork -           

Point  Three   Points  Lock  and   Entrance 
Piers — 

c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

6,000 

141,  960 
94,  730 

220,  000 
40,  000 

5.00 

10.00 
5.00 
0.40 
0.65 

30,  000 

$30,  000 

2 

1,  419,  600 

473,  650 

88,  000 

26,  000 

947,  700 
175,  000 

Lock  gates,  valves,  operating  machinery, 

Emergency  gate.  _         

Approach  channels  to  Point  Three  Points 
Lock — 

c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 

3,  030,  000 
106,  000 
320,  500 

0.  40 
0.65 
0.90 

3,  129,  950 

3 

1,  212,  000 

68,  900 

288,  450 

dredging _. 

1,  569,  350 

MARCH    22,    1941 


321 


(A)    WORKS   SOLELY  FOE  NAVIGATION — (27  FT.   DEPTH) Continued 

(i)  Upper  Pool  at  Point  Rockway — Continued. 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

4 

Dykes — 

Earth  fill                   ...   

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

1,  002,  770 

63,  740 

156,  560 

0.  90 

1.  00 
0.65 

902,  490 
63,  740 
101,  760 

Rock  fill 

$1,  067,  990 

5 

200,  000 

25% 

200,  000 
1,  499,  710 

6 

Total ... 

7 

7,  497,  000 

(is)   Lower  Pool — Opposite  Barnhart  Island 


Channel  Excavation — 

(a)  Above  Long  Sault  Isd.  to  Robinson 
Bay  Lock — 

Excavatio  n — dry  earth 

Paving 


(6)   Robinson  Bay  Lock  to  Grass  River 
Lock — 
Excavation — dry  earth 


(c)   Grass  River  Lock  to  Shore  Line — 
Excavation — dredging 


(d)   At  lower  end  of  Cornwall  Isd.— 

Excavation — dredging 

overdepth 


(e)   At  mouth  of  Grass  River- 
Excavation — dredging 


Drainage  ditch 

Excavation — earth. 


Dykes — 

(a)   Above  Robinson  Bay  Lock — 

Earth  fill 

Earth  fill 

Rock  fill 

Stripping 

Trimming 

Sodding 


c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
c.y. 


2,  513,  880 
10,  020 


2,  942,  200 
374,  000 


522,  000 
100,  000 


227,  000 


10,  200 


807,  860 
2,  262,  560 

49,  500 
312,  110 
191,  370 

17,  000 


0.  65 
11.00 


0.  65 


0.  80 


0.80 
0.80 


0.80 


0.  65 


0.  42 

0.  90 

1.  00 
0.65 
0.25 
0.45 


1,  634,  020 
110,220 


1,  912,  430 


299,  200 


417,  600 
80,  000 


181,  600 


6,630 


339,  300 

2,  036,  310 

49,  500 

202,  880 

47,  840 

7,650 


$1,  744,  240 

1,912,430 
299,  200 

497,  600 

181,  600 

6,630 


2,  683,  480 


322 

(A)    WORKS  SOLELY  FOR  NAVIGATION- 

(ii)  Lower  Pool — Opposite  Barnhurt  Island — Continued. 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
•7   FT.   DEPTH) 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

3 

Dykes- — Continued. 

(b)  Robinson  Bay  Lock  to  Grass  River — 
Earth  fill                .-- --   -- 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

s.y. 
s.y. 
cy. 

cy. 

c.y. 
c.y. 

669,  270 
357,  250 
146,  510 
167,  010 
22,  000 
13,  880 

63,  000 

4,520 
38,  080 

0.  42 
0.  60 
0.65 
0.  25 
0.  45 
11.00 

2.  00 

12.00 
10.  00 

281,  090 

214,  350 

95,  230 

41,  750 

9,900 

152,  680 

Earth  fill 

(c)   Rock  fill  guide  dyke  below  Grass 
River  Lock — 
Rock  fill 

$795,  000 

126,  000 

Guard  Gate  and  Supply  Weir  above  Robin- 
son Bay  Lock — 

126,  000 

4 

54,  240 

380,  800 

5,400 

208,  600 

25,  510 

10,  260 

6,490 

149,  000 

33,  800 

c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
M.F.B.M. 

41,  720 

39,  240 

3,310 

59 

5.00 

0.65 

3.  10 

110.  00 

Sheeting  and  bracing 

Robinson  Bay  Lock — Entrance  piers  and 
weir — 

cy. 

c.y. 
cy. 
c.y. 

305,  920 

114,  600 

84,  390 

878,  530 

10.00 

15.00 

5.00 

0.65 

874,  120 

5 

3,  059,  200 
1,  719,  000 
421,  950 
571,  040 
801,  000 
100,  000 
175,  000 

206,  700 
52,  690 

Fenders,  capstans,  lighting  equipment, 

Regulating  weir  at  Robinson  Bay — 

c.y. 
c.y. 

13,  200 
22,  190 

12.00 
10.00 

7,  106,  580 

6 

158,  400 

221,  900 

15,  840 

7,  130 

1,850 

226,  430 

35,  650 

30,  800 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

2,970 

450 

348,  360 

2.40 
4.  10 
0.65 

Earth...   ... 

698,  000 

MARCH    22,    1941 


323 


(A)    WORKS  SOLELY  FOE  NAVIGATION — (27  FT.   DEPTH) — Continued 

(ii)  Lower  Pool — Opposite  Barnhart  Island — Continued. 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

7 

Grass  River  Lock  and  Entrance  Piers — 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

351,  060 

1,  296,  950 

76,  050 

10.00 
0.65 
5.00 

3,  510,  600 
843,  020 
380,  250 
845,  600 
100,  000 

206,  700 

Fenders,  capstans,  lighting  equipment, 

$5,  886,  170 

8 

1,308,000 

1,  308,  000 

9 

16,  000 

Clearing  pool — 

acre 

Mile 
Mile 
Mile 

150 

30,  000 

3,000 

30,  000 

100.  00 

1.25 
2.75 
2.40 

16,  000 

10 

15,  000 

Roads — 

15,  000 

11 

37,  500 

8,250 

72,  000 

Property  damages — Lower  Pool — 

117,750 

12 

330,  330 
266,  600 

25% 

596,  930 
6,  216,  270 

13 

Total  (27  ft.  depth) 

14 

31,  081   000 

(B)    WORKS    PRIMARILY    FOR    POWER 

(i)  Structures,  Head  and  Tailrace  Excavation 


Tailrace  Excavation — 
(a)  Tailrace — - 

Excavation — dry  earth, 
dry  rock., 
dredging. . 


Credit  for  rock  excavation . 

(6)   Crab  Island  Shoal- 
Excavation — dredging. 


overdepth 


cy. 
c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
cy. 


3,  868,  300 
327,  320 
844,  560 


1,  284,  930 
178,  000 


0.65 
1.60 
0.90 


0.  SO 
0.90 


2,  514,  400 
523,  710 
760,  100 


3,798,210 
327,  320 


1,  156,  440 
160,  200 


3,  470,  890 


1,316,640 


324 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


(B)  works  primarily  FOE  powee — continued 
(i)  Structures,  Head  and  Tailrace  Excavation — Continued. 


No. 


Item 


Ice  Sluices  and  Walls  at  Powerhouse — 

Concrete 

Concrete 

Foundation  contingency 

Excavation — earth 

rock  footing 

Sluice  gates,  hoists,  etc 


Powerhouse  Structures — 
Concrete  in  substructures- 

Superstructures 

Gates  and  racks 

Un  watering 

Excavation — earth 

dry  rock 


Credit  for  rock  excavation- 


Railway  Connection  to  Powerhouse- 
Engineering  and  Contingencies 


Total  . 


c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 

c.y. 


c.y. 

c.y. 


Quantity 


169,  130 
115,050 


214,  020 
23,  920 


1,  209,  360 


1,  135,  850 
235,  510 


12.  00 
10.  00 


0.  65 
2.40 


0.65 
1.60 


25% 


2,  029,  560 

1,  150,  500 

202,  960 

139,  110 

57,  410 

133,  600 


18,  140,  400 

3,  880,  010 

3,  584,  090 

1,  943,  500 

738,  300 

376,  820 


28,  663,  120 
235,  510 


$3,  713,  140 


28,  427,  610 

250,  000 

9,  297,  720 


46,  476,  000 


(ii)   Machinery  and  Equipment 


1 

Machinery  and  Equipment — 

31,  069,  260 

8,  695,  780 

498,  480 

25% 

40,  263,  520 
10,  064,  480 

2 

Total 

3 

50,  328,  000 

(C)     WORKS    COMMON   TO    NAVIGATION    AND    POWER 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Bate 

Amount 

Total 

1 

Channel  excavation — 
(a)   Chimney  Point — 

c.y. 
c.y. 

180,  500 
255,  190 

4.  25 
0.  90 

767,  130 
229,  670 

996,  800 

MARCH   22,    1941 


325 


(c)   works  common  to  navigation  and  powbr — continued 


Item 


Channel  excavation — Continued. 
(6)   Removal  of  Spencer  Isd.  pier- 
Excavation 


(c)   Removal  of  Gut  Dam- 
Excavation 


(d)   Removal  of  centre  wall  Locks  27 
and  25  and  Canal  Bank — 
Excavation — Masonry     and     crib- 
work 

Dredging 


W 


North  Galop  Channel  to  below 
Baycraft  Island — 

Excavation — dry  earth 

dry  rock 

dredging 

wet  rock 


(J)  South  Galop  Channel — from  But- 
ternut Isd.  to  south  of  Bay- 
craft  Isd. — 

Excavation — dry  earth 

dry  rock 

dredging 

Unwatering — incl.  banks 


(g)  South  of   Baycraft   Isd.    to   below 
Lotus  Isd. — 

Excavation — dry  earth 

dry  rock 

dredging 


(h)    South  of  Lalone  Isd. — 

Excavation — dry  earth, 

dry  rock. 


(i)   Sparrowhawk  Point — 
Excavation — dredging, 
dry  earth. 


(J)   Galop  Canal  Bank,  Presqu'isle  and 
Toussaints  Isd. — 

Excavation — dredging 

dry  earth 


(k)   Point  Three  Points- 
Excavation — dredging. 
dry  earth. 


c.y. 

c.y. 


c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
c.v. 


c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
c.y. 


c.y. 
c.y. 


Quantity 


123,  950 


14,  630 
181,000 


2,  839,  980 
224,  540 

2,  197,  000 
232,  690 


464,  610 

2,  620,  530 

362,  520 


416,  030 

289,  670 

2,  648,  780 


289,  200 
263,  200 


3,  004,  090 
1,  490,  790 


2,  557,  600 
324,  770 


3,  442,  590 
1,  052,  130 


1.50 


1.50 


1.  60 
0.90 


0.  65 
1.60 
0.90 
4.25 


0.  65 
1.60 
0.90 


0.  65 
1.60 
0.90 


0.  65 

1.  60 


0.90 
0.65 


0.90 
0.  65 


0.90 
0.65 


185,  930 


66,  960 


23,  410 
162,  900 


1,  845,  980 
359,  260 

1,  977,  300 
988,  930 


302,  000 
4,  192,  850 

326,  270 
1,422,960 


270,  420 

463,  470 

2,  383,  910 


187,  980 
421,  120 


2,  704,  040 
969,  010 


2,  301,  840 
211,  100 


3,  098,  330 
683,  880 


$185,  930 
66,  960 

186,  310 
5,  171,  470 


6,  244,  080 


3,  117,  800 


609,  100 


3,  673,  050 


2,  512,  940 


3,  782,  210 


326 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE 
(c)   works  common  to  navigation  and  power — continued 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

1 

Channel  excavation — Continued. 

(1)   Leishman's    Point    and    Opposite 
Irishman's  Point — 

c.y. 
cy. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

1,  719,  620 
1,  582,  580 

1,400,780 

3,  814,  700 

65,  490 

0.90 
0.  65 

0.  90 
0.65 

1.  60 

1,  547,  660 
1,  028,  680 

(m)   North   and   South   side   of   Ogden 
Island — 

$2,  576,  340 

1,  260,  700 

2,  479,  560 
104,  780 
194,  930 

(re)   Morrisburg  Canal  Bank  and  Canada 
Island — 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 

1,  364,  930 

201,  300 

13,  770 

5,  180 

800,  000 
634,  560 

618,  270 
3,  150,  370 

0.90 
0.65 
1.  60 

2.70 

0.  65 
0.80 

0.65 
0.80 

25% 

4,  039,  970 

1,228,440 

130,  850 

22,  030 

13,  990 

(o)   North  side  of  Cornwall  Island — 

1,  395,  310 

520,  000 
507,  650 

(p)   South  side  of  Cornwall  Island — 

1,  027,  650 

401,  880 
2,  520,  300 

2,  922,  180 
9,  627,  900 

(r)  Total 

48,  136,  000 

Ice  Cribs  above  Prescott  and  above  Galop 
Isd  — 

(a)    Cribs,  booms  and  rockfill — 

200,  000 

45,  000 

281,  000 

2 

Rock  fill 

25% 

526,  000 
130,  000 

(c)  Total 

656,  000 

MARCH    22,    1941 


327 


(c)    works  common  to  navigation  and  power — continued 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Kate 

Amount 

Total 

3 

Iroquois  Point  Dam — 
(a)   Dam — 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

91,  340 

22,  450 

6,470 

16.00 
12.00 
10.00 

1,461,440 
269,  400 
64,  700 
173,  080 
719,  910 
190,  620 
62,  930 
469,  100 
682,  200 
780,  000 

Excavation — Earth.    ..      __        -   - 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

37,  890 

7,060 

69,  920 

234,  550 

19.00 

27.  00 

0.  90 

2.  00 

Earth 

Rock  fill -   -   _     - 

$4,  873,  380 
2,  436,  620 

(c)     Total 

7,  310,  000 

Dykes — 

(a)     North  and  South  end  of  Iroquois  Pt. 
Dam — 
Earth  fill 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

83,  720 

6,790 

16,  500 

556,  640 
50,  120 
106,  400 

1,  843,  600 
185,  990 
231,  920 

478,  660 
29,  510 
72,  170 

339,  530 
48,  840 
32,  360 

0.90 
1.00 
0.65 

0.  90 

1.  00 
0.  65 

0.90 
1.00 
0.65 

0.  90 

1.  00 
0.  65 

0.  90 

1.  00 
0.  65 

75,  350 
6,790 
10,  730 

4 

Rock  fill. _ 

(6)     U.  S.  Shore-Wilson  Hill  to  Louis- 
ville Landing — 
Earth  fill  _                     .   ..        

92,  870 

500,  980 
50,  120 
69,  160 

Rock  fill 

(c)    West  and  East  of  Massena  Canal — 
Earth  fill.      

620,  260 

1,  659,  240 
185,  990 
150,  750 

Rock  fill .-   .. 

(<Z)   Between  Massena  Canal  and  Navi- 
gation Canal — 
Earth  fill 

1,  995,  980 

430,  800 
29,  510 
46,  910 

Rock  fill 

(e)    East  and  West  of  Long  Sault  Dam — 
Earth  fill...                                

507,  220 

305,  580 
48,  840 
21,  030 

Rock  fill..                                 ._ 

375,  450 

328 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
(c)  works  common  to  navigation  and  power — continued 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Kate 

Amount 

Total 

4 

Dykes — Continued. 
(/)    Canadian  side — 

Earth  fill      

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

4,  212,  180 
583,  550 
392,  820 

1,  578,  480 
126,  600 
201,  590 

0.  90 

1.  00 

0.  65 

0.90 

1.  00 
0.  65 

25% 

3,  790,  960 
583,  550 
255,  330 

Rock  fill               

(g)    On  Barnhart  Island — 

Earth  fill                    

$4,  629,  840 

1,  420,  630 
126,  600 
131,030 

Rock  fill              - 

1,  678,  260 

2,  474,  120 

12,  374,  000 

Supply  channel  and  weir  at  Massena — 
(a)  Supply  channel  and  weir- 

c.y. 
c.y. 

28,  260 
66,  410 

12.00 
10.00 

339,  120 

664,  100 

33,  910 

12,  960 

2,660 

642,  550 

41,  400 

72,  050 

82,  100 

5 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

5,400 

650 

988,  540 

46,  000 

6,550 

2.40 

4.  10 
0.65 
0.  90 
11.  00 

Concrete  paving     -   

25% 

1,  890,  850 
472,  150 

(c)    Total                ---   ---    

2,  363,  000 

Diversion  cut  through  Long  Sault  Island — 
(a)   Diversion  cut — 

c.y. 
c.y. 
cy. 

c.y. 

2,  172,  420 

29,  110 

317,  500 

28,  270 

0.65 

1.  60 

0.  90 

11.00 

25% 

1,412,070 

46,  580 

285,  750 

310,  970 

6 

2,  055,  370 
513,  630 

(c)  Total 

2,  569  000 

Main  Long  Sault  Dam — 
(a)   Dam — 

c.y. 
c.y. 

709,  070 
81,  290 

12.00 
10.  00 

8,  508,  840 
812,  900 
850,  880 
911,  620 
279,  020 
1,640 
978,  300 

3,  700,  000 

7 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

1,  402,  490 

116,260 

530 

0.  65 
2.  40 
4.  10 

16,  043,  200 

MARCH   22,    1941 


329 


(C)   works  common  to  naviqation  and  power — continued 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Rate 

Amount 

Total 

7 

Main  Long  Sault  Dam — Continued. 

25% 

$4,011,  800 

(c)   Total                  ---   

20,  055,  000 

Guard  Gate,  14  ft.  Lock  and  Weir  at  Maple 
Grove — 
(a)   Lock,  entrance  piers  and  weir — 

c.y. 
c.y. 
c.y. 

cy. 

98,  340 

40,  870 

859,  600 

5,790 

10.00 
5.00 
0.  65 
4.00 

983,  400 
204,  350 
558,  740 
23,  160 
15,  950 
314,  000 

8 

25% 

2,  099,  600 
524,  400 

(c)   Total                                             

2,  624,  000 

14  ft.  Lock  and  Dykes  at  Iroquois — 
(o)   Lock — 

cu.  yd. 
cu.  yd. 
cu.  yd. 
cu.  yd. 
cu.  yd. 

19,  140 
78,  100 
162,  040 
13,  650 
31,  630 

10.00 
0.65 
0.90 
1.00 
0.65 

191,  400 
50,  770 

145,  840 
13,  650 
20,  560 
60,  000 

9 

Earth  fill...   

Rock  fill 

25% 

482,  220 
121,  780 

(c)  Total 

604,  000 

Railroad  relocation — 

207,  500 
2,  750,  000 

10 

25% 

2,  957,  500 
738,  500 

(d)   Total 

3,  696,  000 

Clearing  Pool — 

(a)  U.  S.  side .       

359,  000 
55,  000 

11 

25% 

414,  000 
104,  000 

(d)  Total 

518,  000 

1? 

5,  024,  000 

13 

3,  379,  000 

14 

4,  657,  000 

330 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 
(c)   works  common  to  navigation  and  power — continued 


No. 

Item 

Unit 

Quantity 

Bate 

Amount 

Total 

15 

$14,  011,000 

Highway  relocation — 

549,  500 
1,  700,  000 

16 

25% 

2,  249,  500 
562,  500 

(d)   Total 

2,  812,  000 

Europe 

THE  PILGRIMS'  LUNCHEON  ADDRESS  BY  THE  AMERICAN 
AMBASSADOR  TO  GREAT  BRITAIN 3 


[Released  to  the  press  March  18] 

The  Pilgrims'  luncheon  gives  rue  the  first  op- 
portunity to  express  formally  and  publicly  my 
deep  appreciation  of  the  extraordinary  wel- 
come that  I  have  received  since  my  arrival  in 
England.  I  realize  that  in  honoring  me  you 
wish  to  do  honor  to  my  country,  but  I  would 
like  to  say  that  your  personal  kindness  to  me  in 
doing  it  will  always  be  cherished  and  remem- 
bered. I  hope  that  I  may  be  able  to  convey  to 
the  American  people  some  measure  of  the 
warmth  and  sincerity  you  have  shown  their 
representative.  The  policies  which  draw  your 
country  and  mine  more  closely  together,  in  face 
of  a  common  peril,  are  policies  to  which  the 
American  people  as  a  whole  have  solemnly 
committed  themselves.  I  shall  of  course  do 
what  little  lies  within  my  power  to  carry  out 
those  policies,  but  it  is  the  great  mass  of  Amer- 
ican people,  working  in  the  factories  and  in  the 
shipyards  and  on  the  farms  who  are  buildino- 
the  arsenals  and  the  granaries  for  democracy's 


3  Delivered  by  Mr.  Winant  in  London  on  March  18, 
1941. 


defense.  It  is  they  who  with  their  labor  and 
resources  will  provide  the  tools,  the  ships,  the 
planes,  the  guns,  the  ammunition,  and  the 
food — for  all  those  here  and  everywhere — hie 
et  ubique,  as  it  is  written  on  the  Pilgrims' 
crest — who  defend  with  their  lives  freedom's 
frontiers.  The  American  people  have  now 
girded  themselves  to  provide  these  things  with 
the  utmost  speed,  in  the  greatest  volume,  and 
with  all  the  skill  at  their  command. 

At  different  periods  of  history  it  has  fallen  to 
the  lot  of  one  nation  or  group  of  nations  rather 
than  another  to  guard  and  defend  the  frontiers 
of  freedom  and  civilization.  Each  nation  or 
group  of  nations  to  which  that  lot  has  fallen,  has 
gained  from  it  its  finest  traditions  and  most 
enduring  heritage.  Nations,  like  individuals, 
derive  greatness  from  deeds  which  benefit  not 
themselves  alone  but  all  mankind.  It  was  Eng- 
land's proud  privilege  to  give  to  the  world 
Magna  Charta — the  conception  of  due  process 
and  equal  protection  of  the  law,  a  conception 
cherished  today  by  free  men  everywhere.  It 
was  America's  privilege  to  give  to  the  world 
the   Declaration    of    Independence,   of    which 


MARCH    2  2,    194  1 


331 


Abraham  Lincoln  said,  it  was  not  the  mere 
matter  of  separation  of  the  colonies  from  the 
motherland,  but  that  sentiment  in  the  declara- 
tion which  gave  liberty,  not  only  to  the  people 
of  this  country,  but  hope  to  all  the  world,  for 
all  future  time.  It  was  that  which  gave  promise 
that  in  due  time  the  weight  would  be  lifted  from 
the  shoulders  of  all  men  and  that  all  would 
have  an  equal  chance.  Today  I  believe  that 
the  British  people  are  happy  to  recognize  that 
the  ideas  embodied  in  the  Declaration  of  Inde- 
pendence were  the  ideas  of  Chatham  and  Burke 
as  well  as  of  Washington  and  Jefferson,  and 
that  those  ideas  helped  to  create  not  only  the 
American  Republic  but  tlie  British  Common- 
wealth of  Free  Nations.  It  was  the  privilege  of 
France,  notwithstanding  the  excesses  of  the  rev- 
olution, to  give  undying  meaning  to  the  words 
"liberty,  equality,  fraternity" — words  which 
will  forever  ring  in  the  ears  of  those  who  fight 
in  freedom's  cause. 

But  I  would  not  have  you  believe  that  I  think 
that  the  cause  of  freedom  is  the  cause  of  any 
one  nation  or  group  of  nations.  The  cause  of 
freedom  is  the  cause  of  all  men  everywhere. 
The  history  of  freedom  is  the  history  of  civi- 
lized man,  to  which  all  nations,  not  excepting 
the  nations  now  held  enthralled  by  the  dicta- 
tors, have  in  the  past  made  notable  contribu- 
tions. Today  it  is  the  honor  and  destiny  of  the. 
British  people  to  man  the  bridgehead  of  hu- 
manity's hopes.  It  is  their  privilege  to  stand 
against  ruthless  and  powerful  dictators  who 
would  destroy  the  lessons  of  two  thousand 
years  of  histoiT.  It  is  your  destiny  to  say  to 
them,  Here  you  shall  not  pass.  You  have  said 
so  little — you  have  done  so  much.  It  is  all  part 
of  a  soldier's  faith — to  have  known  great  things 
and  to  be  content  with  silence.  Never  in  any 
struggle  between  barbarism  and  civilization  has 
so  much  been  at  stake.  Naziism  has  called  into 
question  every  tenet  in  the  faith  of  civilized 
man.  It  has  refused  to  recognize  the  dignity 
of  man  as  a  human  individual.  It  has  deliber- 
ately and  ruthlessly  denied  to  man  freedom  of 
speech,  freedom  of  religion,  and  equality  be- 
fore the  law.    The  world  has  known  tyranny 


before  but  never  tyranny  more  cruel  and  abso- 
lute or  as  relentlessly  organized.  For  Naziism 
has  stolen  and  run  amuck  with  the  great  inven- 
tions of  free  and  inquiring  minds  and  has  set 
about  using  them  not  to  liberate  but  to  enslave 
the  human  spirit. 

Peace-loving  peoples  are  slow  to  believe  that 
others  are  plotting  their  destruction  and  the  ob- 
literation of  everything  they  hold  dear.  But 
once  aroused  to  the  clangers,  once  convinced  that 
they  cannot  live  in  peace  with  those  bent  on  their 
destruction,  tolerant  and  peace-loving  peoples 
have  within  them  latent  resourcefulness,  energy, 
and  fortitude  that  tyranny  can  neither  match 
nor  master.  In  the  struggle  against  the  Nazis, 
the  people  of  Britain  hold  the  front  line  but 
they  do  not  stand  isolated  and  alone.  Your 
dominions  and  your  colonies  are  mustering 
their  forces  to  bring  you  ever-increasing  aid. 
America,  as  President  Roosevelt  said  last  Sat- 
urday night,  has  gone  into  action.  It  is  mobiliz- 
ing with  ever-growing  speed  its  tremendous  re- 
sources to  make  available  to  you  the  sinews  of 
war.  On  every  continent,  in  every  country,  on 
every  island — wherever  there  are  men  and 
women  who  value  freedom  and  love  liberty — 
you  have  friends  and  allies.  Your  magnificent 
resistance  has  not  only  moved  other  democracies 
into  action,  it  has  given  new  hope  and  new 
courage,  to  the  Czechs,  the  Poles,  the  Dutch,  the 
Danes,  the  Norwegians,  the  Belgians,  and  the 
French.  Even  today  throughout  the  Continent 
of  Europe  there  are  legions  who  yearn  for  your 
victory,  which  means  freedom  for  them  as  well 
as  for  j'ou. 

The  great  mass  of  common  men  the  world 
over  are  not  deceived  by  the  Nazis'  talk  of  a  new 
order.  They  realize  that  there  is  no  order  or 
security  in  tyranny.  They  want  what  the  Brit- 
ish people  want.  They  want  what  the  Ameri- 
can people  want,  They  want  a  friendly,  civ- 
ilized world  of  free  peoples  in  which  Christian 
virtues  and  moral  values  are  not  spurned  as  de- 
cadent and  outmoded — a  world  where  honest 
work  is  recognized  and  a  man  can  own  himself. 
They  have  not  lost  their  faith  in  individual 
liberty  and  the  democratic  way  of  life.    They 


332 

are  not  content  to  be  deprived  of  those  freedoms 
which  they  know  to  be  essential  to  the  welfare 
of  man.  They  desire  freedom  of  speech  and  ex- 
pression. They  desire  freedom  to  worship  God 
in  accordance  with  their  own  conscience.  They 
desire  freedom  from  want,  or  if  I  may  borrow 
the  words  used  by  your  Prime  Minister  in  a 
broadcast  to  America  spoken  more  than  two 
years  ago.  they  desire  a  world  of  increasing  hope 
and  enjoyment  for  the  common  man,  the  world 
of  honored  tradition  and  expanding  science. 
Lastly  they  desire  freedom  from  the  fear  of 
armed  aggression.  They  know  that  those  free- 
doms cannot  be  had  in  a  world  dominated  by 
totalitarian  tyranny.  They  know  that  those 
freedoms  can  be  won  only  by  your  victory.  The 
free  peoples  of  the  world  have  come  to  realize 
that  the  enslavement  of  one  nation  is  a  threat 
to  the  liberty  of  all  nations.  This  is  the  sig- 
nificance of  the  world  situation,  clearer  today 
than  ever  before.  The  peoples  of  the  world  were 
not  and  are  not  destined  for  subjugation  to  the 
will  of  others.  There  is  no  people  or  race 
charged  with  the  responsibility  or  endowed  with 
the  ability  to  dominate  the  world. 

But  we  must  recognize  that  the  well-being  of 
men  and  of  nations  has  become  interwoven  with 
the  well-being  of  other  men  and  other  nations 
in  a  degree  that  would  have  been  inconceivable 
a  few  short  decades  ago.  A  much  greater  de- 
gree of  cooperation  is  required  between  men  and 
between  nations  than  was  necessary  before  the 
days  when  the  engine  and  the  dynamo  came  to 
influence  our  lives.  That  cooperation  can  give 
to  the  great  mass  of  men  and  women  a  higher 
standard  of  living  than  our  forefathers  would 
have  ever  dreamed  possible.  While  we  have 
accepted  the  machine  we  have  not  always 
learned  to  cooperate  with  one  another  to  make 
the  machine  the  servant  and  not  the  master  of 
mankind.  Never  has  man  been  able  to  live  unto 
himself  alone,  but  never  has  it  been  so  necessary 
for  man  to  live  and  work  and  cooperate  with 
his  fellowmen  as  it  is  today. 

In  an  interdependent  world  men  must  coop- 


DEPAKTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 

erate,  dominate,  or  perish.  Fear  that  their 
neighbors  may  seek  to  dominate  them  has  caused 
too  many  men  to  think  that  they  should  domi- 
nate, their  neighbors.  It  has  been  that  fear  in 
the  past  which  has  too  frequently  blinded  men 
to  their  common  interests  and  has  set  class 
against  class  and  nation  against  nation.  It  is 
that  fear  which  is  the  root  cause  of  the  counter- 
revolution— the  effort  of  the  few  to  impose  by 
force  their  will  upon  the  many — a  fear  that  has 
brought  so  much  grief  to  our  generation.  It  is 
that  fear  of  other  men  and  other  nations  which 
dictators  and  demagogues  have  exploited  not  to 
give  men  their  freedom  but  to  enslave  them.  It 
is  that  fear  that  the  cooperation  of  free  nations 
alone  can  and  will  overcome. 

The  road  ahead  is  hard.  The  lost  years  are 
gone.  A  new  spirit  is  abroad.  Free  peoples  are 
again  cooperating  to  win  a  free  world  and  no 
tyranny  can  frustrate  their  hopes.  Those  who 
now  suffer  and  die  in  this  effort  do  so  for  the 
common  good  of  the  free  peoples  of  the  earth 
who  shall  follow  after  them,  and  who,  with  the 
help  of  God,  shall  build  from  these  sacrifices  a 
citadel  of  freedom  so  strong  that  force  may 
never  again  seek  its  destruction. 

So  far  as  your  people  and  our  people  are  con- 
cerned, I  hope  that  we  may  work  together  in  the 
spirit  of  the  moving  words  which  your  poet 
laureate,  Mr.  John  Masefield,  addressed  to  me 
on  my  coming  to  England.  May  I  read  them 
to  you  ? 

"Two  with  like  laws  and  language  should  be 

friends. 
Whatever  enmities  have  marred  a  past, 
A  future  with  good  will  may  make  amends 
And  build  a  new  world  happier  than  the  last. 
Your  coming  and  your  friendship  are  a  cheer. 
If  yours  and  ours  will  but  understand, 
Earth's  future  children  will  not  live  in  fear, 
Nor  deed  of  spirit  die  by  deed  of  hand." 

May  we  help  one  another  to  build  a  new  world 
happier  than  the  last  so  that  earth's  future  chil- 
dren will  not  live  in  fear. 


MARCH  22,  1941 


333 


FOOD  RELIEF  FOR  UNOCCUPIED  FRANCE 

STATEMENTS  BY  THE  ACTING  SECRETARY  OF  STATE 


[Released  to  the  press  March  17] 

In  reply  to  inquiries  from  newspaper  corre- 
spondents regarding  remarks  attributed  to  the 
French  Ambassador,4  the  Acting  Secretary  of 
State,  Mr.  Sumner  Welles,  said : 

''The  French  Ambassador  undoubtedly  has 
reference  to  a  request  he  has  submitted  for 
emergency  release  of  food  grains  for  unoccu- 
pied France  as  cargo  for  two  French  ships  now 
in  New  York.  He  has  been  informed  that  the 
President  was  entirely  willing  that  this  request 
should  be  raised  with  the  American  Red  Cross, 
which  now  has  it  under  consideration. 

"It  is,  of  course,  obvious  that  the  American 
Government  must  assure  itself  that  the  final 
consumption  of  all  food  sent  takes  place  within 
the  area  of  unoccupied  France." 

[Released  to  the  press  March  22] 

A  statement  by  the  Acting  Secretary  of  State, 
made  on  March  22,  follows : 

"On  March  17,  I  referred  to  the  matter  of 
shipments  of  food  to  France  and  the  President's 
willingness  that  the  gift  of  two  shiploads  to 
unoccupied  France,  under  the  auspices  of  the 
American  Red  Cross,  should  be  given  considera- 
tion. 

"The  President  has  authorized  the  American 
Red  Cross  to  use  for  this  specific  purpose  an 


allocation  from  the  funds  appropriated  by  Con- 
gress for  civilian  relief  abroad.  Arrangements 
have  now  been  completed  by  the  American  Red 
Cross  for  the  forwarding  of  two  shiploads  of 
flour  to  unoccupied  France  in  two  French  ships 
now  at  New  York,  the  distribution  to  be  by  the 
American  Red  Cross,  which  already  has  a  large 
organization  operating  in  unoccupied  France  in 
connection  with  the  distribution  of  milk  and 
clothing  for  children.  The  French  Government 
has  given  all  the  assurances  required  in  order 
that  the  American  Red  Cross  may  have  every 
facility  for  carrying  out  its  responsibilities  with 
regard  to  the  distribution,  and  the  French  Gov- 
ernment has  further  given  assurances  that : 

"(1)  These  shipments  will  be  sent  solely  to 
unoccupied  ports. 

"(2)  Every  pound  of  food  so  sent  will  be 
distributed  within  unoccupied  France  to  its 
ultimate  destination  under  the  direct  supervi- 
sion of  the  American  Red  Cross. 

"(3)  Not  a  single  pound  of  similar  or 
equivalent  foodstuffs  will  be  permitted  to  pass 
from  unoccupied  France  to  occupied  France. 

"(4)  These  ships  will  return  immediately 
to  the  United  States. 

"The  British  Government  has  agreed  to  the 
passage  of  the  two  shipments  because  it  is  satis- 
fied that  the  assurances  given  are  adequate." 


DETENTION  OF  AMERICAN  NEWSPAPER  CORRESPONDENTS 
BY  GERMAN  AUTHORITIES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  19] 

The   American    Embassy   in    Paris   has   in- 
formed the  Department  that  Mr.  Jay  Allen,  an 


*  After  a  call  on  the  President  at  noon,  March  17.  the 
French  Ambassador,  Mr.  Henry-Haye,  was  reported  in 
the  newspapers  as  predicting  that  food  would  soon 
be  made  available  to  unoccupied  Fiance  through  the 
American  Red  Cross,  and  as  stating  that  he  had  thanked 
the  President  "in  the  name  of  the  children  and  women 
of  France". 


American  newspaper  correspondent,  came  to 
Paris  from  Vichy  last  week  without  the  re- 
quired authorization.  The  German  authori- 
ties apprehended  him  while  he  was  endeavor- 
ing to  recross  the  demarcation  line  in  returning 
to  Vichy. 

The  Embassy  reports  that  the  German  au- 
thorities take  the  view  that  Mr.  Allen  had  full 
knowledge  of  the  requirements  and  that  any- 


334 

one  who  deliberately  disregards  their  military 
regulations  must  not  expect  special  considera- 
tion but  must  accept  the  responsibility  for  his 
actions.  The  German  authorities  have  stated 
that  Mr.  Allen  will  not  be  dealt  with  harshly  but 
that  he  may  expect  to  be  detained  for  a  certain 
period. 

The  Embassy  is  keeping  in  touch  with  the  lo- 
cal German  authorities  in  the  matter. 

[Released  to  the  press  March  21] 

The  American  Embassy  in  Berlin  reported 
on  March  20  that  Mr.  Richard  C.  Hottelet  of  the 
Berlin  staff  of  the  United  Press,  who  was  appre- 
hended on  March  15  and  is  being  detained  by 
the  German  authorities  under  suspicion  of  es- 
pionage, was  visited  on  March  20  by  a  represent- 
ative of  the  American  Embassy,  who  found  him 
obviously  well  and  composed  and  without  com- 
plaint as  to  conditions  and  treatment.  He 
wished  his  family  and  home  office  to  be  assured 
of  his  confidence  that  his  case  will  be  settled 
soon  and  satisfactorily,  and  he  sends  best  greet- 
ings. Arrangements  were  made  to  provide  him 
with  reading  matter  and  desired  personal  items. 
Mr.  Hottelet  was  reassured  that  the  Embassy 
is  following  his  case  closely. 

PILLAGING  OF  CHURCH  IN  MOSCOW 

(Released  to  the  press  March  20] 

On  March  4,  1941  correspondents  inquired 
regarding  press  reports  from  Moscow  that 
Ambassador  Steinhardt  had  protested  to  the 
Soviet  Government  regarding  the  pillaging  of 
the  Catholic  Church  in  that  capital.  The  cor- 
respondents were  informed  that  the  Catholic 
Church  of  St.  Louis  in  Moscow,  which  is  in  the 
charge  of  Father  Leopold  Braun,  an  American 
citizen,  and  is  the  church  at  which  members  of 
the  American  Embassy  worship,  had  been 
robbed  five  times  during  the  past  year  and  had 
recently  been  desecrated.  The  Department 
stated  that  protests  had  been  lodged  with  the 
Government  of  the  Union  of  Soviet  Socialist 
Republics  from  time  to  time,  and  that,  as  a 
result  of  the  recent  pillaging  and  desecration,  a 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 

formal  note  of  protest  had  been  lodged.  It  was 
explained  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  had  taken  the  view  in  this  connection 
that  the  failure  to  protect  the  church  was  not 
in  consonance  with  the  spirit  of  the  agreement 
with  Mr.  Litvinoff  of  November  16,  1933,  when 
the  two  Governments  established  diplomatic  re- 
lations. Correspondents  were  informed  on 
March  4  that  the  Soviet  authorities  had  re- 
ported that  they  were  investigating  the  matter. 
Ambassador  Steinhardt  has  now  reported  to 
the  Department  that  he  has  received  a  note  from 
the  Soviet  Commissariat  for  Foreign  Affairs  to 
the  effect  that,  according  to  information  re- 
ceived from  the  competent  authorities,  the  thefts 
which  occurred  in  the  Church  of  St.  Louis  on 
the  night  of  November  6,  1939  and  on  April  9, 
1940  were  committed  by  three  professional 
thieves  whose  names  were  set  forth  in  the  note, 
and  that  the  thefts  on  December  25  and  Decem- 
ber 29,  1940  and  on  February  14,  1941  were 
committed  by  a  professional  thief  whose  name 
was  also  given.  The  note  states  that  all  the  per- 
sons named,  w7ho  have  long  criminal  records,  as 
well  as  a  professional  receiver  of  stolen  goods 
who  was  also  named,  were  arrested  on  March 
14,  1941  and  are  being  prosecuted  under  the 
penal  laws.  The  note  from  the  Soviet  Govern- 
ment concludes  with  the  statement  that  a  "con- 
siderable part"  of  the  articles  stolen  from  the 
church  have  been  located,  that  a  search  for  the 
balance  of  the  stolen  articles  is  being  conducted, 
and  that  those  articles  already  recovered  will 
be  returned  within  a  few  days  to  the  "church 
attendant". 


The  Far  East 


MESSAGE   FROM    CHIANG   KAI-SHEK 
TO    THE   PRESIDENT 

[Released  to  the  press  March  22] 

The  following  is  the  text  of  a  message  from 
Generalissimo  Chiang  Kai-shek  of  China  to 
President  Roosevelt,  dated  March  18,  1941: 


MARCH    22,    1941 


335 


"The  people  of  China,  whether  engaged  in 
fighting  the  aggressor  or  toiling  in  the  fields 
and  workshops  in  the  rear  in  support  of  the 
defenders,  will  be  immeasurably  heartened  by 
your  impressive  reaffirmation  of  the  will  of  the 


American  people  to  assist  them  in  their  strug- 
gle for  freedom  from  foreign  domination,  and 
in  the  resumption  of  their  march  towards 
democracy  and  social  justice  for  all." 


General 


THE  NEED  FOR  SPIRITUAL  RE-BIRTH 


STATEMENT  BY 

There  are  at  work  in  the  world  today  powerful 
forces  the  significance  of  which  no  individual 
and  no  nation  can  ignore  without  falling  into 
a  position  of  the  gravest  danger  and  of  the  ut- 
most jeopardy.  These  forces  are  not  new  in 
the  experience  of  mankind.  They  rose  on  many 
occasions  in  the  past  and,  for  varying  periods 
and  with  varying  intensity,  held  sway  over  hu- 
man affairs.  They  spring  today  from  the.  same 
source  from  which  they  have  always  sprung  in 
the  past — from  godless  and  soulless  lust  for 
power  which  seeks  to  hold  men  in  physical 
slavery  and  spiritual  degradation  and  to  dis- 
place a  system  of  peaceful  and  orderly  relations 
among  nations  by  the  anarchy  of  wanton 
violence,  and  brute  force. 

These  massed  forces  of  lust  for  tyrannical 
power  are  directed  against  the  very  bases  of 
the  way  of  life  which  has  come  to  be  the  cher- 
ished ideal  of  a  preponderant  majority  of  man- 
kind— against  the  moral,  spiritual,  social,  po- 
litical, and  economic  foundations  of  modern 
civilization.  Nation  after  nation  has  been 
crushed  into  surrender,  overrun  and  enslaved 
by  the  exercise  of  brute  force  combined  with 
fraud  and  guile.  And  as  the  dismal  darkness 
descends  upon  more  and  more  of  the  earth's 
surface,  its  menacing  shadow  falls  blacker  and 
blacker  athwart  our  continent.  The  very  in- 
stinct of  self-preservation  bids  us  beware. 

We  have  the  power  to  meet  that  menace  suc- 
cessfully.   For  that  we  need  material  means 


CORDELL  HULL 

of  defense.  These  means  we  are  determined 
to  create,  and  we  are  creating  them.  But  more 
than  that  is  needed. 

Men  will  defend  to  the  utmost  only  that  in 
which  they  have  complete  faith.  No  more 
vital  test  has  ever  confronted  the  American 
people  than  that  which  confronts  it  today. 
There  are  difficult  and  dangerous  times  ahead. 
Our  national  independence  and  our  cherished 
institutions  are  not  immune  from  the  challenge 
of  the  lust  for  power  that  already  stalks  so 
much  of  the  earth's  surface.  Unprecedented 
effort  and  heavy  sacrifices  will  be  requiied  of  us 
as  (he  price  of  preserving,  for  ourselves  and  for 
din'  posterity,  the  kind  of  America  that  has 
been  fostered  and  preserved  for  us  by  the  vigi- 
lance, courage,  and  sacrifice  of  those  who  pre- 
ceded us.  We  shall  succeed  if  we  retain  unim- 
paired the  most  precious  heritage  which  they 
bequeathed  us — an  unshakable  faith  in  the  ever- 
lasting worth  of  freedom  and  honor,  of  truth 
and  justice,  of  intellectual  and  spiritual  integ- 
rity, a  triumphant  faith  in  God. 

Without  that  faith,  no  material  means  of 
defense  will  suffice.  With  it,  we  need  fear  no 
enemy  outside  or  within  our  borders. 

We  need  today  a  resurgence  of  spiritual  pur- 
pose and  of  moral  stamina.  We  must  re-dedi- 
cate ourselves  to  the  service,  the  defense,  and 
the  nurturing  of  freedom  under  justice  and  law. 
Our  homes,  our  schools,  our  churches,  our  lead- 
ers in  every  walk  of  life  must  inculcate  this 
faith  and  this  spirit. 


336 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Our  churches,  particularly,  have  an  excep- 
tionally important  role  to  play  in  this  work 
of  spiritual  re-birth.  The  terrible  misfortunes 
which  are  being  visited  upon  mankind  have 
been  the  result  of  a  dangerous  deterioration  of 
standards  of  personal  and  of  national  conduct. 
We  desperately  need  today  a  revival  of  religious 
fervor,  a  renewed  humility  before  God  in  sup- 
port of  wholehearted  adherence  to  high  stand- 
ards of  individual  and  group  behavior. 

In  times  of  grave  crises,  there  are  always 
some  who  fall  a  prey  to  doubt  and  unreasoning 
fear;  some  who  seek  refuge  in  cynicism  and 
narrow  self-interest;  some  who  wrap  them- 
selves in  the  treacherous  cloak  of  complacency. 
All  these  are  dangers  that  lie  within  us. 

Each  and  every  one  of  us  must  search  his 
mind  and  his  heart  for  these  signs  of  fatal 
weakness.  The  stern  realities  of  the  crisis 
which  is  upon  us  call,  as  never  before,  for  vision 
and  for  loyalty.  They  call  for  all  the  strength 
of  hand,  of  mind,  and  of  spirit  that  we  can 
muster.  They  call  for  self-reliance,  for  self- 
restraint,  for  self-imposed  and  freely  accepted 
discipline.    They  call  for  the  kind  of  national 


unity  that  can  be  achieved  only  by  free  men, 
invincible  in  their  resolve  that  human  freedom 
must  not  perish.  They  call  for  unselfish  serv- 
ice today  if  we  are  to  win  through  to  a  secure 
and  bright  tomorrow. 

A  responsibility  seldom  equalled  in  gravity 
and  danger  rests  upon  each  and  every  one  of 
us.  Neglect  or  delay  in  assuming  it,  willingly 
and  fully,  would  place  in  mortal  danger  our 
way  of  life  and  the  sacred  cause  of  human  free- 
dom. Were  we  to  fail  in  that  responsibility, 
we  woidd  fail  ourselves;  we  would  fail  the 
generations  that  went  before  us ;  we  would  fail 
the  generations  that  are  to  come  after  us;  we 
would  fail  mankind;  we  would  fail  God. 

I  am  supremely  confident  that  we  shall  not 
fail.  I  am  certain  that  in  the  minds  and  hearts 
of  our  people  still  lie  welling  springs — in- 
exhaustible and  indestructible — of  faith  in  the 
things  we  cherish,  of  courage  and  determina- 
tion to  defend  them,  of  sacrificial  devotion,  of 
unbreakable  unity  of  purpose.  I  am  certain 
that,  however  great  the  hardships  and  the  trials 
which  loom  ahead,  our  America  will  endure, 
and  the  cause  of  hmnan  freedom  will  triumph. 


COORDINATION  OF  RELIEF  ACTIVITIES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  20] 

The  Committee  appointed  by  the  President 
for  the  purpose  of  canvassing  certain  problems 
existing  in  the  field  of  war-relief  agencies,6  di- 
rected both  to  domestic  and  foreign  relief,  held 
its  first  meeting  March  20  in  the  Conference 
Room  of  the  Department  of  State. 

Those  present  were  the  chairman,  Mr.  Joseph 
E.  Davies;  Mr.  Charles  P.  Taft;  and  Mr.  F.  P. 
Keppel. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  meeting,  the  Com- 
mittee issued  the  following  statement  through 
Chairman  Davies : 

"Conforming  to  the  President's  request,  the 
Committee  is  acting  promptly  and  energetically 


E  See  the  Bulletin  of  March  15,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  90), 
pp.  2S1-2S2. 


in  this  matter  which  is  directed  not  only  to  the 
protection  of  the  public  interest  but  for  the 
benefit  of  the  relief  organizations  in  the  United 
States  and  their  beneficiaries. 

"The  field  is  a  broad  one.  It  covers  not  only 
some  300  war-relief  agencies  under  the  Neutral- 
ity Act  but  many  other  agencies  outside  of  the 
Neutrality  Act  provisions,  as  well  as  private, 
secular,  and  religious  welfare  agencies,  the 
American  Red  Cross,  the  Federal  Security 
Agency,  and  the  Committee  for  the  Educational 
and  Recreational  Facilities  of  the  Army  and 
Navy.  The  purpose  of  the  Committee  is  to  be 
helpful  and  constructive. 

"The  Committee  has  already  had  conferences 
with  the  Federal  Security  Administrator,  Mr. 
Paul  McNutt;  Chairman  of  the  Red  Cross,  Mr. 
Norman  Davis;  and  officials  of  the  State  De- 


MARCH    22,    1941 


337 


partment.  The  plans  of  the  Committee  have 
been  made  to  obtain  as  quickly  as  possible  a 
basis  of  all  facts  available,  upon  which  judg- 
ments may  be  predicated,  as  to  what  if  any  ac- 
tion may  be  required  to  secure  greater  effective- 
ness in  the  public  interest. 

"Many  communications  have  already  been  re- 
ceived from  relief  organizations  proffering  their 
assistance  and  support  and  expressing  their 
gratification  that  the  Secretary  of  State  should 
have  proposed  a  centralized  agency  for  the  gath- 
ering of  information  covering  the  whole  field 
and  which  would  be  available  to  them  for  their 
information  in  making  their  plans. 

"In  the  field  of  foreign  relief  many  agencies 
now  raise  funds  without  full  knowledge  of  the 
relief  resources  already  in  hand,  the  needs 
which  actually  require  relief,  or  the  shipping 
facilities  available  for  the  transportation  of  re- 
lief materials.  Obviously  this  situation  re- 
quires correction  which  can  only  be  secured 
through  a  knowledge  of  the  facts  covering  the 
entire  field. 

"It  should  be  said,  for  the  information  of  the 
public,  that  the  300-odd  war-relief  organizations 


providing  aid  to  foreign  countries  and  which 
under  the  Neutrality  Act  are  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  State  Department,  have  raised, 
collected,  and  administered  a  total  of  $27,000,- 
000,  in  most  cases  at  an  average  cost  which  re- 
flects great  credit  on  the  ability  and  character 
of  these  organizations. 

"With  the  cooperation  of  the  various  relief 
agencies,  and  with  the  aid  of  the  Red  Cross  and 
the  Government  agencies,  the  Committee  ex- 
pects to  be  able  to  secure,  within  a  reasonably 
short  time,  sufficient  basis  of  fact  to  enable  it  to 
report  to  the  President  and  to  make  recom- 
mendation as  to  what  steps,  if  any,  might  be 
taken  to  maintain  a  balance  between  the  facili- 
ties available  for  foreign  war  relief  and  the  ne- 
cessities arising  under  our  national  defense,  so 
that  public  and  private  welfare  services  in  con- 
nection therewith  and  essential  to  our  own  war 
services,  shall  be  conserved ;  and  so  that  the  most 
enlightened  and  intelligent  judgment  shall  be 
applied  in  the  raising  and  disbursing  of  moneys 
generously  contributed  by  the  American  public 
to  these  worthy  causes." 


PROTECTION  OF  AMERICAN  HOLDINGS  IN  FOREIGN 

COUNTRIES 


Information  regarding  protection  of  Amer- 
ican holdings  in  foreign  countries  follows: 

1.  The  United  States  Government  does  not 
undertake  to  guarantee  American  holdings  or 
investments  in  foreign  countries  against  de- 
preciation or  to  obtain  preferential  treatment 
for  them.  When  occasion  arises,  however,  it 
does  extend  to  the  property  and  holdings  of 
American  citizens  in  foreign  countries  such  pro- 
tection as  may  be  appropriate  and  feasible  under 
existing  conditions.  It  must  be  remembered 
that  real  and  personal  property  within  the 
jurisdiction  of  a  foreign  government  are,  gen- 
erally speaking,  subject  to  the  laws  of  that  gov- 
ernment, and  in  the  absence  of  a  specific  treaty 
provision  to  the  contrary  there  is  no  way  in 
which  a  private  individual  or  concern  may  se- 


cure immunity  from  the  law  for  property  held 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  a  particular  state, 
especially  if  applied  to  its  nationals  and  for- 
eigners alike.  Moreover,  American  diplomatic 
and  consular  officers  are  prohibited  by  law  from 
acting  as  agents  or  attorneys  in  connection  with 
private  matters  for  American  citizens.  The 
officers  abroad  of  the  Department  of  State  are 
prepared  to  supply,  without  responsibility,  the 
names  of  persons  believed  to  be  qualified  to  act 
in  behalf  of  American  citizens,  and  such  officers 
\\ill  afford  appropriate  assistance  to  the  rep- 
resentatives of  American  citizens.  American 
citizens  having  property  or  other  interests  in 
foreign  countries  should  endeavor  to  keep 
themselves  currently  informed  of  the  status  of 
their  holdings  through  the  usual  channels. 


338 

2.  In  order  that  the  Department  of  State  may 
be  in  a  position  to  consider  issuing  instructions 
to  its  representatives  abroad  in  regard  to  the 
protection  of  specific  American  interests,  it 
should  be  in  possession  of  documentary  evidence- 
that  the  holdings  in  question  are  American- 
owned. 

(A)  If  the  applicant  is  an  individual  and 
recently  has  been  issued  an  American  pass- 
port, sufficient  information  should  be  supplied 
to  the  Department  of  State  to  permit  check- 
ing the  American  citizenship  against  the 
records  of  the  Department. 

If  the  applicant  has  never  been  issued  an 
American  passport,  then,  in  the  case  of  a 
native  American  citizen,  a  certified  copy  of 
the  birth  certificate  or  baptism  record  or 
other  evidence  should  be  submitted.  If  citi- 
zenship was  acquired  by  naturalization  after 
December  16,  1906,  the  Department  should  be 
informed  of  the  place  and  date  of  naturaliza- 
tion and  the  number  of  the  naturalization 
certificate.  If  naturalization  occurred  before 
December  16,  1906,  a  statement  of  the  perti- 
nent facts  should  be  obtained  from  the  court 
where,  the  naturalization  took  place. 

(B)  In  the  case  of  a  corporation,  an  affi- 
davit in  triplicate  should  be  submitted  by  a 
responsible  officer  of  the  corporation,  setting 
forth  the  date  and  place,  of  incorporation,  the 
name  and  nationality  of  each  officer  and  di- 
rector, the  type,  number,  and  value  of  each 
class  of  stock  outstanding,  and  the  amount 
thereof  which  is  American-owned. 

(C)  In  the  case  of  an  unincorporated  com- 
pany, an  affidavit  in  triplicate  should  be  sub- 
mitted by  a  responsible  member  of  the  firm, 
setting  forth  the  date  and  place  of  the  com- 
pany's organization,  and  the  names,  addresses, 
and  nationality  of  each  partner  thereof. 

3.  Documentary  evidence  of  ownership  of  the 
holdings  should  be  submitted  in  triplicate  in 
the  form  of  certified  copies  or  photostats  of  the 
original  documents.  Any  documents  in  a  for- 
eign language  should  be  accompanied  by  Eng- 
lish translations  also  in  triplicate.      If  docu- 


DE'PAiRTMENT   OF    STATE    BULLETIN 

mentary  evidence  is  not  available,  a  sworn 
statement,  in  triplicate,  containing  a  complete 
description  of  the  property  or  other  holdings 
and  all  pertinent  facts  may  be  submitted  in  lieu 
of  documentary  evidence.  In  the  case  of  real 
property  the  place,  book,  and  page  where  regis- 
tration of  ownership  is  recorded  should  if  pos- 
sible be  included  in  the  statement. 

4.  Attention  is  invited  to  the  provisions  of 
the  President's  Executive  Order  No.  8389  of 
April  10,  1940,6  as  amended,  which  prohibits, 
except  under  licensing  regulations  issued  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  transactions  in  for- 
eign exchange,  transfers  of  credits,  et  cetera,  if 
involving  Denmark,  Norway,  the  Netherlands, 
Belgium,  Luxemburg,  Latvia,  Lithuania,  Esto- 
nia, France,  Rumania,  Bulgaria,  or  Hungary, 
nationals  thereof,  or  persons  domiciled  therein. 
Inquiries  regarding  this  Executive  order  may 
be  addressed  to  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  the 
district  in  which  the  applicant  resides  or  has 
his  principal  office  or  agency,  or  to  the  Federal 
Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

This  Department  is  not  aware  of  any  Execu- 
tive order  or  statute  under  which  claims  of 
American  citizens  against  nationals  of  any  of 
the  countries  mentioned  may  be  offset  against, 
the  assets  of  those  countries  in  the  LTnited  States 
covered  by  Executive  Order  No.  8389,  as 
amended. 

CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL 

DEFENSE 

The  following  circular  letters  have  been  re- 
cently sent  by  the  Secretary  of  State  to  collec- 
tors of  customs : 

"A  question  has  arisen  in  regard  to  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  '10  percent  more  or  less'  clause 
which  is  frequently  included  in  paragraph  (6) 
of  license  to  export  petroleum  products.  The 
following  interpretation  should  be  given  to  this 
clause : 

"1.  If  the  license  is  completed  in  one  ship- 
ment and  that  one  shipment  consists  of  a 


'5  Federal  Rey  inter  1400. 


MARCH   22,    1941 


339 


quantity  not  more  than  10  percent  in  excess 
of  that  specified  under  paragraph  (6),  that 
shipment  should  be  permitted  to  clear  under 
the  license. 

"2.  A  license  should  be  considered  complete 
when  a  shipment  made  thereon  has  brought 
the  total  quantity  exported  against  the  li- 
cense up  to  exactly  the  figure  designated  in 
paragraph  (6)  and  no  further  shipments 
should  be  permitted  thereon  even  though  these 
shipments  bring  the  total  within  10  percent 
more  of  the  quantity  declared. 

"3.  If,  however,  in  a  series  of  shipments  the 
last  shipment  which  will  bring  the  total 
amount  exported  on  the  license  up  to  the 
amount  specified  under  paragraph  (6)  in- 
cludes an  additional  quantity  which  will 
bring  the  total  shipments  made  against  the 
license  up  to  not  more  than  10  percent  in 
excess  of  the  figure  specified  in  paragraph 
(6),  that  shipment  should  be  permitted  to 
depart. 

"Thus,  a  shipment  of  10  gallons  against  a 
license  authorizing  the  exportation  of  100  gal- 
lons more  or  less  of  gasoline  should  be  per- 
mitted to  depart  if  the  total  quantity  previously 
exported  against  this  license  was  less  than  100 
gallons  but  should  not  be  permitted  if  previous 
shipment  has  brought  the  total  up  to  100 
gallons." 

"March  17,  1941. 

"Reference  is  made  to  previous  circular  air 
mail  letters  in  regard  to  the  interpretation  of 
the  regulations  issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of 
the  Export  Control  Act,  approved  on  July  2, 
1940. 

"For  the  purposes  of  the  regulations  govern- 
ing the  exportation  of  metal  drums  and  con- 
tainers, you  are  informed  that,  until  further  no- 
tice, tank  cars  in  the  form  of  one  or  more  tanks 
which  are  permanently  affixed  to  the  car  are 
not  considered  metal  drums  or  containers  within 
the  meaning  of  the  regulations,  and  therefore 
no  license  should  be  required  for  their  exporta- 
tion. However,  tanks  designed  as  separate  or 
removable  units  which  are  placed  on  cars  tem- 


porarily or  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  readily 
removable — although  held  in  place  by  the  neces- 
sary wires,  guys  and  supports — are  considered 
to  fall  within  the  purview  of  the  regulations, 
and  a  license  should  therefore  be  required  for 
their  exportation.  An  export  license  should  be 
required  in  the  case  of  a  tank  car  designed  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  tank  may  be  left  at  the 
destination  and  the  car  returned  without  it." 


Collectors  of  customs  were  informed  by  the 
Secretary  of  State  in  a  circular  letter  dated 
March  7,  1941,  that  unlimited  licenses  have  been 
issued  authorizing  the  exportation  of  aviation 
motor  fuel  and  aviation  lubricating  oil  to  cer- 
tain parts  of  the  British  Empire.  Exporters 
are  required  to  insert  on  the  Shippers'  Export 
Declaration  the  appropriate  license  number, 
which  is  obtainable  from  the  British  Purchas- 
ing Commission.  The  unlimited  licenses  apply 
to  the  following  parts  of  the  British  Empire : 

Australia  Windward  Islands 

New  Zealand  Bahamas 

Newfoundland  Barbados 

Union  of  South  Africa  Bermuda 

Burma  Jamaica 

India  Trinidad 

Palestine  Gold  Coast 

Tanganyika  Territory  Nigeria 

Aden  Sierra  Leone 

Leeward  Islands  Straits  Settlements 


"March  17,  1941. 

"Reference  is  made  to  the  Department's  cir- 
cular letter  of  December  28,  1940  in  regard  to 
the  interpretation  of  the  regulations  issued  pur- 
suant to  section  6  of  the  Export  Control  Act  of 
July  2,  1940. 

"Until  further  notice  the  term  'Aircraft 
parts,  equipment,  and  accessories  other  than 
those  listed  in  the  President's  proclamation  of 
May  1,  1937',  as  used  in  the  above-mentioned 
regulations,  should  be  interpreted  to  include 
the  following: 

"Aircraft  navigation  instruments;  aircraft  radio 
transmitting  and  receiving  sets;  aircraft  gyro  instru- 
ments; bomb  rack  controls;  frame  assemblies;  rudder 
pedals;  automatic  pilot  controls;  wing  tips:  control 
columns;    fuel    tanks;    struts    and    braces;    de-icers; 


340 

bomb  sights ;  aerial  cameras ;  parachutes ;  flares ;  and 
the  following  aircraft  engine  parts :  cowls,  magnetos, 
carburetors,  spark  plugs,  cylinders,  crank  cases, 
starters,  superchargers,  and  generators ;  oxygen  regu- 
lators and  tanks  for  use  in  aircraft ;  radio  ground 
equipment  used  for  the  direction  and  navigation  of 
aircraft ;  and  valves  for  use  in  aircraft  engines. 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE    BULLETIN 

"The  regulations  should  not,  however,  be 
considered  to  apply  to  component  parts  of  the 
articles  mentioned  herein,  unless  such  compo- 
nent parts  are  exported  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
approximate  in  fact  unassembled  units  of  the 
articles  listed." 


Cultural  Relations 


ACTIVITIES  IN  PERU 


The  American  Embassy  in  Lima,  Peru,  re- 
ports a  considerable  increase  recently  in  activ- 
ities in  the  field  of  cultural  relations  between 
the  United  States  and  Peru.  Of  particular 
interest  is  the  information  that  the  University 
of  San  Marcos,  at  a  recent  session,  considered 
the  establishment  of  the  summer  school  as  a  per- 
manent department  of  that  institution,  owing 
to  the  great  success  of  the  1940  session  of  the 
school,  which  was  established  on  a  provisional 
basis.  Plans  have  already  been  established  to 
hold  a  1941  session. 

The  recent  visits  to  Peru  of  numerous  citi- 
zens from  the  United  States  have  also  served 
to  develop  closer  relations  between  the  two  coun- 
tries. Dr.  M.  Herbert  Barker,  of  the  Passavant 
Memorial  Hospital  of  Chicago,  expressed  his 
desire  to  offer  a  fellowship  for  special  research 
work  at  Northwestern  University  to  a  prom- 
ising Peruvian  recently  graduated  from  San 
Marcos  Medical  Faculty.  Miss  Sarah  G.  Knott, 
National  Director  of  the  National  Folk  Festival, 
arrived  in  Peru  to  investigate  the  possibilities 


of  sending  to  the  United  States  a  group  of 
Peruvians  to  provide  popular  folklore  music 
and  to  dance  and  sing  at  the  seventh  annual 
meeting  of  the  festival  in  Washington. 

A  new  development  of  the  interchange  of 
ideas  between  Peru  and  the  United  States  is 
the  information  contained  in  the  despatch  that 
the  National  Kadio  Broadcasting  Station  of 
Peru  has  initiated  a  weekly  service  of  broad- 
casts, in  English,  intended  for  American  listen- 
ers in  the  United  States.  The  initiative  comes 
from  the  President  of  the  Republic,  Dr.  Manuel 
Prado,  according  to  a  news  item  printed  Febru- 
ary 20,  1941,  in  La  Cronica.  The  programs  are 
under  the  control  of  the  Foreign  Office.  Mr. 
Victor  Llona,  author  and  literary  critic,  who 
has  lived  many  years  in  France  and  in  the 
United  States,  is  in  charge  of  these  broadcast 
programs,  which  will  include  concise  talks  and 
lectures  on  historical,  literary,  artistic,  and  kin- 
dred topics,  as  well  as  on  subjects  of  special 
interest  to  women. 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  EDUCATIONAL  MOTION  PICTURES  IN  THE 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS 


In  a  recent  release  to  the  newspapers,  Nelson 
A.  Rockefeller,  Coordinator  of  Commercial  and 
Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American  Re- 
publics, announced  an  extensive  program  for 
the  collection,  distribution,  and,  when  neces- 
sary, the  production  of  informative  and  educa- 


tional non-theatrical  motion  pictures  for  use 
in  the  American  republics. 

Films  made  available  as  a  result  of  this  pro- 
gram, which  is  being  carried  out  in  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  State,  will  be  offered 
for  showing  before  schools,  universities,  cul- 


MARCH    22,    1941 


341 


tural  institutions,  and  other  appropriate  or- 
ganizations and  groups  in  the  other  American 
republics. 

The  Film  Library,  Inc.,  of  the  Museum  of 
Modern  Ait  in  New  York,  under  the  direction 
of  the  Coordinator's  Office  will  gather  desir- 
able films  from  all  sources  and,  after  reviewing 
them,  will  cut  and  edit  them  for  sound-track- 
ing in  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  Distribution 
of  the  prints  to  the  other  American  republics 
will  be  undertaken  in  cooperation  with  the 
Department  of  State. 

The  Film  Library  has  in  its  files  13,000,000 
feet  of  film.  In  1940  it  circulated  174  dif- 
ferent titles  among  280  colleges,  study  groups, 


and  museums  in  41  States.  All  of  this  ma- 
terial will  be  made  available  for  use  in  the 
new  program.  The  Museum  of  Modern  Art 
will  also  arrange  for  the  production  of  new 
films  on  special  subjects  should  this  prove  nec- 
essary because  of  a  lack  of  appropriate  existing 
films. 

In  order  to  make  available  in  the  United 
States  educational  motion  pictures  of  the  other 
American  republics  the  Library  will  purchase 
suitable  foreign-made  film  for  the  Coordina- 
tor's Office  and  will  arrange  for  its  distribu- 
tion in  the  United  States  in  cooperation  with 
the  Department  of  State. 


VISIT  OF  EDUCATOR  FROM  COLOMBIA 


[Released  to  the  press  March  22] 

Dr.  Jose  Maria  Restrepo-Millan,  an  outstand- 
ing leader  in  the  field  of  education  in  Colombia, 
will  arrive  in  New  York  from  South  America 
on  Monday,  March  24,  on  board  the  S.S.  Santa 
Clara. 

Dr.  Restrepo-Millan  is  coming  to  the  United 
States  at  the  invitation  of  the  Department  of 
State.  During  his  visit  of  several  months  he 
will  meet  and  confer  with  educators  in  this  coun- 
try interested  particularly  in  the  field  of  sec- 
ondary education.  Dr.  Restrepo-Millan's  in- 
terest in  secondary  education  is  based  on  his 
desire  to  gain  a  working  knowledge  of  the  dif- 
ferent methods,  apart  from  specific  scientific 
and  technical  studies,  that  American  educators 
use  to  prepare  young  men  and  women  to  take 
their  places  in  their  communities.  In  addition 
to  his  studies  on  this  aspect  of  our  educational 
system,  Dr.  Restrepo-Millan  plans  to  deliver 
several  lectures  at  universities  and  will  gather 


material  for  a  series  of  articles  in  Spanish  on 
many  and  varied  aspects  of  American  life,  for 
syndication  in  South  America. 

Dr.  Restrepo-Millan  is  National  Inspector  of 
Secondary  Education  in  the  Ministry  of  Educa- 
tion of  Colombia  and  has  had  a  distinguished 
career  as  an  educator.  He  was  professor  of 
latin  and  greek  at  the  School  of  Law  of  the 
National  University  of  Colombia  and  also  served 
as  professor  of  latin,  greek,  history  of  the  Span- 
ish language,  and  linguistics  at  the  Escuela 
Normal  Superior  (Teachers' College)  in  Bogota. 
He  is  the  author  of  various  publications,  includ- 
ing Educational  Values  of  the  Study  of  Lan- 
guages and  Horace — His  Lyrics  in  the  Light  of 
Modern  Taste. 

Dr.  Restrepo-Millan  will  spend  a  few  days 
in  New  York  and  will  then  proceed  to  Wash- 
ington, where  detailed  plans  for  his  sojourn  in 
this  country  will  be  arranged  in  cooperation 
with  officials  of  the  Department  of  State. 


CREATION  OF  MUSIC  DIVISION  IN  THE  PAN  AMERICAN 

UNION 


Cultural  relations  in  the  field  of  music  will 
now  have  a  clearinghouse  for  information  con- 
cerning the  music  of  the  Americas.     The  estab- 


lishment of  a  new  Music  Division  at  the  Pan 
American  Union  was  announced  March  15  by 
Dr.   Leo   S.   Rowe,   Director   General   of   the 


342 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


Union.  The  idea  for  the  creation  of  the  Music 
Division  originated  at  the  Conference  on  Inter- 
American  Relations  in  the  Field  of  Music,  which 
met  in  Washington  during  October  1939  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Department  of  State. 

The  main  work  of  the  Music  Division  will  be 
to  make  available  knowledge  of  the  music  and 
musical  activities  of  the  other  American  repub- 
lics throughout  the  United  States,  and,  similarly, 
to  make  available  knowledge  regarding  music  of 
the  United  States  throughout  the.  other  Ameri- 
can republics.  The  services  of  the  Division  will 
be  available  to  the  average  student  and  music 
lover,  to  amateur  performers,  and  to  public 
schools,  as  well  as  to  scholars,  professional  art- 
ists, and  composers.  One  of  the  first  projects 
the  Division  will  undertake  is  the  publication 
of  a  series  of  reports  on  the  music  of  the  Ameri- 
can republics. 

The  establishment  of  a  separate  division  of 
music  at  the  Pan  American  Union  was  proposed 
by  the  Inter-American  Music  Committee,  cre- 
ated by  the  1939  conference.  Realization  of  the 
project  was  finally  made  possible  through  the 
cooperation  of  the  Music  Division  of  the  Li- 
brary of  Congress,  the  American  Council  of 
Learned  Societies,  the  Office  of  the  Coordinator 
of  Commercial  and  Cultural  Relations  Between 
the  American  Republics,  and  the  Carnegie  Cor- 
poration. 

Mr.  Charles  Seeger,  an  eminent  musicologist, 
has  been  appointed  Chief  of  the  new  Division. 
A  graduate  of  Harvard,  he  was  professor  and 
chairman  of  the  Department  of  Music  at  the 
University  of  California  for  7  years,  and  sub- 
sequently was  lecturer  for  12  years  at  the  Juil- 
liard  School  of  Music  in  New  York.  For  the 
past  2  years  he  has  been  Assistant  Director  of 
the  Federal  Music  Project.  Mr.  Seeger  has 
also  done  a  considerable  amount  of  composing 
and  is  a  frequent  contributor  to  journals  of 
music. 

The  Pan  American  Union  has  long  been  en- 
gaged in  the  task  of  making  the  music  of  Latin 
America  better  known  to  the  United  States.  In 
the  past  its  efforts  to  popularize  the  music  of 
Latin  America  have  been  carried  out  princi- 


pally by  means  of  concerts  and  broadcasts  and 
through  the  loan  of  musical  scores  to  interested 
individuals  and  organizations. 

INSTITUTES  ENGAGED  IN  PROMO- 
TION OF  CULTURAL  RELATIONS 

The  following  institutes  in  the  other  Amer- 
ican republics  are  engaged  in  the  promotion  of 
cultural  relations  between  those  countries  and 
the  United  States: 

Argentina:  Buenos  Aires.  Instituto  Cultural  Argen- 
tino-Norteamericano — Dr.  Cupertino  del  Cainpii, 
President ;  Dr.  Amaranto  A.  Abeledo,  Secretary. 
Maipii,  686,  Buenos  Aires. 

Cordoba.  Instituto  Cultural  Argentino-Norteame- 
ricano — Senor  Don  Exequiel  Feigln,  President;  Dr. 
Enrique  Gaviola.     Colon,   769,  C6rdoba. 

Brazil:  Rio  de  Janeiro.  Instituto  Brazil-Estados 
Unidos — Capt.  Francisco  Radler  de  Aquino,  Presi- 
dent:  Senbor  Adbemar  de  Caninde  Jobim,  Secretary. 
Rua  Mexico,  00,  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

Porto  Alegre.  Instituto  Cultural  Brasileiro 
Norteamericano — Senbor  Erico  O.  Mello,  President: 
Senhor  Placido  Puccini,  First  Secretary.  Rua  7  de 
setembro,  N.  1156,  -lo.  andar,  Sala  2,  Porto  Alegre. 
Sao  Paulo.  Uniao  Cultural  Brazil-Estados  Uni- 
dos— Dr.  A.  C.  Pacheco  e  Silva,  President.  Rua  dos 
Inglezes,  258,  Sao  Paulo. 

Chile:  Santiago.  Instituto  Cultural  Cliileno-Norteame- 
ricano — Dr.  Ernesto  Barros  Jarpa,  President; 
Senor  Eugenio  Pereira  Salas,  Secretary.  Casilla, 
0286,  Santiago. 

Honduras:  Tegucigalpa.  Instituto  Houdureno  de  Cul- 
tura  Interamericana — Dr.  Jorge  Fidel  Duron,  Presi- 
dent; Senorita  Ofelia  Mendoza,  Secretary.  Teguci- 
galpa. 

Peru:  Lima.  Instituto  Cultural  Peruano-Norteame- 
ricano — Dr.  Alfredo  Alvarez  CalderOn,  President; 
Dr.  Manuel  Beltroy,  Secretary.  Jiroli  Carabaya,  780, 
Lima. 

Uruguay:  Montevideo.  Alianza  Cultural  Urugua.v- 
Estados  Unidos  de  Norte  America — Dr.  Eduardo 
Blanco  Acevedo,  President;  Dr.  Carlos  Alberto  Es- 
tape.  Secretary.  Piso  2,  217,  Ediricio  de  la  Bolsa  de 
Comercio,  Montevideo. 

On  September  5,  1940,  a  Colombian-North 
American  Cultural  Institute  was  established  at 
Bogota  on  the  initiative,  of  Dr.  Jorge  Bejarano, 
a  leading  medical  doctor.  Activities  and  pro- 
gram are  in  process  of  formation.  Dr.  Baldo- 
mero  Sanin  Cano  is  the  president. 


International  Conferences,  Commissions,  Etc. 


PAN  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  GEOGRAPHY  AND  HISTORY 


[Released  to  the  press  March  17] 

This  Government  has  accepted  the  invitation 
of  the.  Government  of  Peru  to  be.  represented  at 
the  Third  General  Assembly  of  the  Pan  Amer- 
ican Institute  of  Geography  and  History  which 
will  be  held  in  Lima  from  March  30  to  April  8, 
1941.  The  Institute  was  established  pursuant 
to  a  resolution  of  the  Sixth  International  Con- 
ference of  American  States  held  in  Habana, 
Cuba,  in  1928  and  maintains  permanent  head- 
quarters in  Mexico  City. 

The  Government  and  leading  historians  and 
geographers  throughout  the  country  have  taken 
an  active  interest  in  the  work  of  the  Insti- 
tute since  its  establishment.  Two  prominent 
citizens  of  the  United  States,  Dr.  Wallace  W.  At- 
wood.  President  of  Clark  University,  and  Dr. 
John  C.  Merriam,  President  Emeritus  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  have  oc- 
cupied the  organization's  presidency,  Dr.  Mer- 
riam being  the  present  incumbent, 

Congress  authorized  this  Government's  mem- 
bership in  the  Institute  in  1935  and  since  1936 
has  appropriatd  annually  the  sum  of  $10,000 
for  the  payment  of  this  Government's  share  in 
the  support  of  the  organization. 

The  Second  General  Assembly  of  the  Insti- 
tute was  held  in  Washington  in  October  1935 
at  the  invitation  of  the  President  pursuant  to 
special  legislative  enactment. 

In  addition  to  the  valuable  service  it  has 
rendered  in  the  collection  and  dissemination  of 
geographic  and  historical  material,  the  Insti- 
tute has  conducted  numerous  explorations  and 
surveys  in  the.  fields  of  anthropology,  archae- 
ology, volcanology,  geology,  etc.  The  Institute 
maintains  close  contact  with  professional  organ- 
izations and  educational  institutions  throughout 
the  hemisphere  particularly  interested  in  the 
work  being  carried  on  in  its  several  fields. 


With  the  approval  of  the  President  the  fol- 
lowing delegation  will  represent  this  Govern- 
ment at  the  forthcoming  Assembly : 

The  Hon.  R.  Henry  Norweb,  American 
Ambassador,  Lima,  Peru,  chairman  of 
the  delegation 

Clarence  H.  Haring,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of 
Latin  American  History,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, vice  chairman  of  the  delegation 

John  C.  Merriam,  Ph.D.,  President  of  the 
Pan  American  Institute  of  Geography 
and  History,  President  Emeritus  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington,  vice 
chairman  of  the  delegation 

Mr.  S.  Whittemore  Boggs,  Geographer,  De- 
partment of  State 

Herbert  E.  Bolton,  Ph.D.,  Emeritus  Profes- 
sor of  History,  University  of  California 

Charles  W.  Hackett,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of 
Latin  American  History,  University  of 
Texas 

Mr.  Charles  B.  Hitchcock,  Head  of  the  De- 
partment of  Hispanic  American  Re- 
search, American  Geographical  Society 

Eliot,  Grinnell  Mears,  LL.D.,  Professor  of 
Geography  and  International  Trade, 
Graduate  School  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration, Stanford  University 

James  T.  Shotwell,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  His- 
tory, Columbia  University 

T.  Dale  Stewart,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Curator, 
Division  of  Physical  Anthropology, 
United  States  National  Museum 

Arthur  P.  Whitaker,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of 
Latin  American  History,  University  of 
Pennsylvania 

Albert  A.  Giesecke,  Ph.D.,  American  Em- 
bassy, Lima,  Peru,  secretary  of  the  dele- 
gation 

343 


Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


WATERWAYS 

GREAT     LAKES -ST.     LAWRENCE     WATERWAY 
PROJECT 

An  agreement  between  the  United  States  and 
Canada  providing  for  the  cooperative  develop- 
ment and  utilization  of  the  water  in  the  Great 
Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Eiver  Basin  for  naviga- 
tion and  power  ^as  signed  on  March  19,  1941. 
The  text  of  the  agreement ;  an  exchange  of  notes 
between  the  Prime  Minister  and  Secretary  of 
State  for  External  Affairs  of  Canada,  the  Right 
Honorable  W.  L.  Mackenzie  King,  and  the 
American  Minister  to  Canada,  Mr.  Pierrepont 
Moffat;  and  reports  by  the  United  States  St. 
Lawrence  Advisory  Committee  and  the  Cana- 
dian Temporary  St.  Lawrence  Basin  Commit- 
tee are  printed  in  this  Bulletin  under  the  head- 
ing "Canada". 

PROMOTION  OF  PEACE 

TREATY  WITH  THE  UNION  OF  SOUTH  AFRICA 
AMENDING  THE  TREATY  FOR  THE  ADVANCE- 
MENT OF  PEACE  WITH  GREAT  BRITAIN, 
SIGNED  SEPTEMBER  15,  1914 

On  March  18,  1941  the  President  proclaimed 
the  treaty  between  the  United  States  and  the 
Union  of  South  Africa,  signed  on  April  2, 1940, 
amending  in  their  application  to  the  Union  of 
South  Africa  the  provisions  which  concern  the 
organization  of  commissions  for  the  settlement 
of  disputes  contained  in  the  Treaty  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Peace  between  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain,  signed  at  Washington,  Sep- 
tember 15, 1914  (Treaty  Series  602) .  The  treaty 
with  the  Union  of  South  Africa  went  into  effect 
on  March  11, 1941,  on  the  exchange  of  the  ratifi- 
cations of  the  two  Governments  on  that  day.7 
It  will  shortly  be  printed  as  Treaty  Series  966. 


COMMERCE 


INTER-AMERICAN    COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

El  Salvador 

By  a  letter  dated  March  14, 1941  the  Director 
General  of  the  Pan  American  Union  informed 
the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  instrument  of 
ratification  by  El  Salvador  of  the  Inter-Amer- 
ican Coffee-Marketing  Agreement,  s'igned  on 
November  28,  1940,  was  deposited  with  the 
Union  on  March  11,  1941.  The  instrument  of 
ratification  is  dated  February  6,  1941. 

CONCILIATION 

TREATY   WITH   LIBERIA 

The  American  Minister  to  Liberia  reported 
by  a  telegram  dated  March  14,  1941  that  the  ex- 
change of  ratifications  of  the  Conciliation 
Treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Liberia, 
signed  on  August  21,  1939,  took  place  at  Mon- 
rovia on  March  13,  1941.  The  treaty  entered 
into  force  on  the  date  of  the  exchange  of  rati- 
fications and  it  will  remain  in  force  continu- 
ously unless  and  until  terminated  by  one  year's 
written  notice  given  by  either  High  Contracting 
Party  to  the  other. 

SPECIAL  ASSISTANCE 

FINANCIAL  CONVENTION  WITH  THE  DOMIN- 
ICAN REPUBLIC  REVISING  THE  CONVENTION 
OF  1924 

On  March  17,  1941  the  President  proclaimed 
the  Convention  between  the  United  States  of 
America  and  the  Dominican  Republic  signed 
at  Washington  on  September  24,  1940,8  modi- 
fying the  Convention  of  December  27,  1924 
(Treaty  Series  726)  between  the  two  countries 
providing   for  the   assistance   of   the   United 


7 Bulletin,  of  March   15,  1941   (vol.  IV,  no.  90),  pp. 
293-294. 

.".44 


8  See  the  Bulletin  of  September  28,  1940   (vol.  Ill, 
no.  66),  pp.  271-272. 


MARCH    22,    1941 


345 


States  of  America  in  the  collection  and  appli- 
cation of  the  customs  revenues  of  the  Domini- 
can Kepublic. 

Ratifications  of  the  new  convention  were  ex- 
changed in  the  Department  of  State  by  Secre- 
tary Hull  and  Dr.  Rafael  L.  Trujillo,  Ambassa- 
dor Extraordinary  of  the  Dominican  Republic 
on  Special  Mission,  on  March  10,  1941. 

Under  the  provisions  of  article  IX  of  the 
new  convention  it  entered  into  force  upon  the 
exchange  of  ratifications,  and  the  Convention 
signed  on  December  27,  1924  ceased  to  have 
effect  on  that  day  with  the  exception  that  certain 
provisions  of  the  Convention  of  1924  will  re- 
main in  force  until  the  necessary  measures  have 
been  taken  by  both  Governments  to  put  the  pro- 
visions of  the  new  convention  into  operation. 

Under  the  new  convention  the  Government 
of  the  Dominican  Republic  will  resume  the  col- 
lection of  that  country's  customs  revenues  which, 
under  the  provisions  of  the  Convention  of  1924, 
have  been  collected  by  an  official  appointed  by 
the  President  of  the  United  States,  and  the 
General  Receivership  of  the  Dominican  Cus- 
toms will  be  abolished.  The  new  convention 
provides  for  the  selection  of  a  depository  bank, 
by  mutual  agreement  between  the  two  Govern- 
ments, which  will  be  the  sole  depository  of  all 
the  revenues  of  the  Dominican  Government.  No 
disbursements  of  Government  funds  are  to  be 
made  by  the  depository  bank  until  certain  pay- 
ments have  been  made,  including  interest  and 
amortization  charges  on  outstanding  dollar 
bonds.  The  transmission  of  these  funds  to  the 
Fiscal  Agent  or  Agents  of  the  loans  will  be 
through  an  official,  chosen  by  the  two  Govern- 
ments, who  will  act  as  the  representative  of  the 
holders  of  the  1922  and  1926  bonds. 

It  is  stipulated  in  the  new  convention  that  the 
payments  on  the  bonds  and  the  compensation 
of  the  bondholders'  representative  and  of  the 
depository  bank  shall  be  an  irrevocable  first  lien 
upon  all  the  revenues  of  the  Dominican  Govern- 
ment. Under  the  convention  of  1924  the  holders 
of  the  bonds  had  a  claim  against  only  the  cus- 
toms revenues.  The  restriction  of  the  1924 
convention  which  specified  that  there  should  be 
no  increase  in  the  Dominican  public  debt  with- 


out the  consent  of  the  United  States  is  omitted 
from  the  new  convention. 

The  agreement  between  the  Dominican  Re- 
public and  the  Foreign  Bondholders  Protective 
Council  concluded  in  1934  regarding  the  rate 
of  amortization  of  the  outstanding  bonds  re- 
mains in  effect. 

At  the  time  the  new  convention  was  signed 
notes  were  exchanged  by  the  Governments  of 
the  United  States  and  the  Dominican  Republic 
providing  for  the  liquidation  at  the  rate  of 
$125,000  annually  of  the  claims  of  United  States 
nationals  against  the  Dominican  Republic;  and 
for  the  payment  of  benefits  to  two  retired 
officials  who  served  in  the  General  Receivership 
of  Dominican  Customs  for  many  years. 

Simultaneously  with  the  exchange  of  ratifica- 
tions of  the  new  convention,  notes  were  ex- 
changed designating  the  depository  bank,  the 
official  who  shall  transmit  payments  to  the 
fiscal  agents  of  the  loans,  and  the  salary  of 
that  official. 

The  conclusion  of  the  new  convention  is  an- 
other step  in  the  development  and  coordination 
of  the  good-neighbor  policy  based  on  mutual 
respect  and  confidence  among  the  countries  of 
this  hemisphere. 

PROPERTY 

SUPPLEMENTARY  CONVENTION  WITH  GREAT 
BRITAIN  CONCERNING  THE  TENURE  AND 
DISPOSITION  OF  REAL  AND  PERSONAL 
PROPERTY 

On  March  17,  1941,  the  President  proclaimed 
the  supplementary  convention  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland,  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  signed 
May  27,  1936,  which  entered  into  effect  on 
March  10,  1941  by  the  exchange  of  ratifications 
thereof  on  that  day.9  This  supplementary  con- 
vention reopens  the  convention  between  the 
United  States  and  Great  Britain  for  the  tenure 
and  disposition  of  real  and  personal  property 
signed  March  2,  1899  (Treaty  Series  146)  to 
adherence  in  respect  of  colonies,  protectorates 


'Bulletin  of  March  15,  1941    (vol.  IV,  no.  90),  pp. 
292-293. 


346 

and  mandated  territory  under  the  authority  of 
either  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland, 
Australia  or  New  Zealand. 


The  Foreign  Service 


PERSONNEL  CHANGES 

[Released  to  the  press  March  22] 

The  following  changes  have  occurred  in  the 
American  Foreign  Service  since  March  15, 
1941: 

Career  Officers 

Cecil  M.  P.  Cross,  of  Providence,  R.  L,  First 
Secretary  of  Embassy  and  Consul  at  Paris, 
France,  has  been  assigned  as  Consul  General  at 
Sao  Paulo,  Brazil. 

Cavendish  W.  Cannon,  of  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  Third  Secretary  of  Legation  and  Consul 
at  Athens,  Greece,  has  been  assigned  for  duty 
in  the  Department  of  State. 

Dorsey  Gassaway  Fisher,  of  Maryland,  now 
serving  in  the  Department  of  State,  has  been 
designated  Second  Secretary  of  Embassy  and 
Consul  at  London,  England,  and  will  serve  in 
dual  capacity. 

The  assignment  of  Ralph  J.  Blake,  of  Port- 
land, Oreg.,  as  Consul  at  Taihoku,  Japan,  has 
been  canceled.  Mr.  Blake  will  remain  at  Tokyo, 
Japan,  as  Consul. 

John  L.  Bankhead,  of  Florida,  Vice  Consul  at 
Mexico  City,  Mexico,  has  been  assigned  as  Vice 
Consul  at  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  Can- 
ada. 

Paul  E.  Geier,  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  having 
been  appointed  Foreign  Service  officer,  unclassi- 
fied; Vice  Consul  of  Career;  and  Secretary  in 
the  Diplomatic  Service  of  the  United  States, 
has  been  assigned  as  Vice  Consul  at  Tangier, 
Morocco. 


department  of  state  bulletin 
Non-career  Officers 

Linton  Crook,  of  Anniston,  Ala.,  Vice  Consul 
at  Palermo,  Italy,  has  been  appointed  Vice  Con- 
sul at  Marseille,  France. 


The  following  regulations  may  be  of  interest 
to  readers  of  the  Bulletin: 

Export  Control  Schedule  No.  1  [designating  as  of 
April  15,  1941,  the  forms,  conversions,  and  derivations 
of  articles  and  materials  designated  in  the  proclama- 
tions issued  pursuant  to  section  6  of  the  act  of  July  2, 
1940] .  March  15,  1941.  (Administrator  of  Export 
Control.)  Federal  Register  of  March  21,  1941  (vol.  6, 
no.  56),  pp.  1536-1541  (The  National  Archives  of  the 
United  States). 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Crude  Petroleum  and 
Fuel  Oil :  Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  Issued  December  28,  1940  Pursuant 
to  Article  VII  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Venezuela 
Signed  November  6.  1939.  Executive  Agreement  Series 
192.     Publication  1555.     5  pp.     50. 

Exchange  of  Official  Publications :  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Honduras — 
Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  December  2  and 
12, 1940 ;  effective  December  12,  1940.  Executive  Agree- 
ment Series  194.     Publication  1564.     6  pp.     50. 

Foreign  Consular  Offices  in  the  United  States.  Feb- 
ruary 1,  1941.     Publication  1566.     iv.  57  pp.      150. 

World  Crisis  and  the  American  Farmer :  Address  by 
Dean  C.  Acheson,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State,  Before 
the  Fifth  Annual  National  Farm  Institute,  Des  Moines, 
Iowa,  February  21,  1941.  Commercial  Policy  Series 
69.     Publication  1574.     9  pp.      50. 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  Washington,  D.  C. — Price  10  cents Subscription  price,  *2 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH   .THE   APPROVAL   OF   THE    DIRECTOR   OF   THE   BUREAU   OF   THE    BUDGET 


/kXl^y^ 


THE   DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE 


.BULL 


LLj 


TIN 


Qontents 


MARCH  29,  1941 
Vol.  IV:  No.  92 — Publication  1583 


Europe: 

Change  of  government  in  Yugoslavia 

Property  of  Yugoslavia  in  the  United  States  .    . 

Naval  and  air  bases 

Contributions  for  relief  in  belligerent  countries  . 

Canada: 

Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  waterway  project . 
Naval  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes 


American  Republics: 

Pan  American  Cotton  Congress 

Inter- American    Development    Commission:    Chilean 
Council 

The  Near  East: 

Exchange  of  messages  between  the  President  of  the 
United  States  and  the  King  of  Greece 

General: 

Cooperative  Action  in  the  New  World:  Address  by 

Assistant  Secretary  Berle 

Control  of  exports  in  national  defense 

Commercial  Policy: 
Our  Foreign  Trade  and  the  Present  Emergency:  Ad- 
dress by  Raymond  H.  Geist 

Cultural  Relations: 

Activities  in  Brazil 

Students  from  the  other  American  republics 

[Over] 


Page 

349 

350 
351 
351 

364 
366 

372 
373 


374 


374 
377 


380 


385 
386 


IKTENDENT  OF  DOG, 
a?R    141941 


Qontents 


-CONTINUED 


Treaty  Information:  Page 

Naval  and  air  bases: 

Agreement  and  Protocol  With  Great  Britain  for  the 

Use  and  Operation  of  Certain  Bases 387 

Conciliation : 

Treaty  of  Conciliation  and  Arbitration  With  Switzer- 
land            412 

Commerce : 

Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement    ...        412 
Nature  protection  and  wildlife  preservation: 

Convention  on  Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Pres- 
ervation in  the  Western  Hemisphere 412 

Telecommunications : 

North  American  Regional  Radio  Agreement  ....        413 
Naval  and  military  missions: 

Agreement  for  United  States  Military  and  Military 

Aviation  Mission  to  Brazil 413 

Agreement  for  United  States  Naval  Mission  to  Vene- 
zuela          413 

Waterways : 

Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Waterway  Project  .    .    .       414 
Naval  armament: 

Exchange  of  Notes  Concerning  Naval  Forces  on  the 

American  Lakes 414 

Publications 414 

Legislation 416 


CHANGE  OF  GOVERNMENT  IN  YUGOSLAVIA 


[Released  to  the  press  March  29] 

The  American  Minister  to  Yugoslavia,  Mr. 
Arthur  Bliss  Lane,  reported  to  the  Department 
of  State  under  date  of  March  27  that  a  success- 
ful military  coup  d'etat  took  place  at  approxi- 
mately 2 :  15  o'clock  that  morning  under  the 
leadership  of  General  Simovitch,  Chief  of 
Aviation.  A  manifesto  made  public  early  that 
morning  and  signed  by  King  Peter  II  stated 
that  he  had  assumed  power,  that  the  Regents 
had  resigned,  that  Yugoslavia  hoped  for  ex- 
ternal and  internal  peace  and  appealed  to  the 
population  to  support  the  Throne. 

The  Constitution  of  the  new  Government  un- 
der General  Simovitch  as  Prime  Minister  was 
announced  at  about  9:30  a.  m.,  March  27.  It 
included  Macek  as  Vice  President  and  Nincic 
as  Foreign  Minister.  All  major  parties  are 
represented.  Mr.  Lane  reported,  "There  was 
wild  enthusiasm  in  Belgrade,  this  morning  with 
continuous  demonstrations,  including  two  in 
front  of  this  Legation."  It  was  announced 
from  radio  cars  that  the  coup  d'etat  had  been 
acclaimed  in  cities  throughout  the  country  in- 
cluding Zagreb. 

Mr.  Lane  reported  at  midnight  on  March  27 
that  during  the  evening  he  had  made  an  official 
call  on  the  newly  appointed  Minister  for  For- 
eign Affairs.  He  had  requested  audiences  with 
King  Peter  and  General  Simovitch. 

Again  on  March  27,  Mr.  Lane  reported  that 
all  Americans  in  Belgrade  were  safe  and  well. 
He  said  that  communications  with  the  rest  of 
the  country  were  difficult  but  that  reports  indi- 
cated that  there  were  no  disorders. 

On  March  28,  Mr.  Lane  reported  that  he  had 
addressed  a  note  to  the  Minister  for  Foreign 


Affairs  embodying  the  message  which  he  had 
been  instructed  to  deliver  to  the  Yugoslav 
Government.1 

On  March  28,  Mr.  Lane  reported  that  after  a 
Cabinet  meeting  which  began  at  9  o'clock  on  the 
night  of  March  27,  the  following  statement  was 
given  to  the  press  by  the  new  President  of  the 
Council,  General  Simovitch. 

"In  these  serious  days  the  people  of  Yugo- 
slavia felt  concern  at  the  manner  in  which 
public  affairs  were  being  handled.  This  lack 
of  confidence  in  the  state  of  affairs  created 
during  the  last  few  days  was  manifested  with 
such  vigor  that  public  order  was  endangered. 
The  present  changes  came  about  imder  the 
pressure  of  this  public  anxiety.  There  are  no 
other  reasons  for  the  change  since  the  acces- 
sion to  power  of  King  Peter  II  who  at  once 
formed  a  Government  of  national  union  rep- 
resenting the  views  of  the  Serb,  Croat  and 
Slovene  peoples. 

"In  the  name  of  the  Government  at  the 
head  of  which  I  stand,  I  today  as  my  first 
duty  address  an  appeal  to  the  citizens  as  well 
as  to  the  authorities  to  assist  the  Royal  Gov- 
ernment in  the  carrying  out  of  its  duties,  the 
first  of  which  at  this  moment  is  to  preserve 
internal  order  and  external  peace. 


1  Mr.  Lane  had  been  instructed  to  state  more  or  less 
the  following  to  the  new  Government  of  Yugoslavia : 
That  the  information  which  has  been  received  has  been 
widely  welcomed  in  the  United  States  as  a  matter  for 
self-congratulation  to  every  liberty-loving  man  and 
woman  ;  and  that  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
Lease-Lend  Act  the  President  is,  of  course,  enabled  in 
the  interest  of  the  national  defense  of  the  United  States 
to  render  effective  material  assistance  to  nations  which 
are  seeking  to  preserve  their  independence  and  integrity 
against  aggression. 

349 


350 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


"I  call  on  the  patriotic  citizens  of  Yugo- 
slavia to  desist  from  any  manifestations  which 
might  make  more  difficult  our  relations  with 
our  neighbors,  with  whom  we  wish  to  remain 
in  peace  and  friendship. 

"I  appeal  to  the  people  not  to  give  way  to 
any  rash  acts  nor  to  be  influenced  by  any  side. 
We  continue  to  watch  over  our  own  interests — 
independent  and  honorable.  Strict  order  and 
correct  attitude  are  the  first  conditions  for 
the  successful  carrying  out  of  the  task  which 
lies  before  us." 

At  the  same  time  the  Belgrade  prefecture 
forbade  public  meeting  or  demonstrations,  de- 
creed a  closing  time  for  cafes  and  prohibited 
the  sale  of  alcohol  in  any  form. 

On  the  evening  of  March  28,  Mr.  Lane  re- 
ported that  a  Te  Deumi  was  held  in  the  Orthodox 
cathedral  at  which  the  King,  the  Government, 
and  the  Diplomatic  Corps  were  present.  The 
King  received  a  tremendous  ovation  from  the 
crowd,  which  spontaneously  demonstrated  in 
favor  of  the  United  States.  Mr.  Lane's  car, 
which  carried  the  American  flag,  was  surrounded 
by  a  cheering  crowd  from  the  cathedral  to  the 
Legation.  Persons  there  told  him  that  the  en- 
thusiasm over  the  accession  of  the  King  is  the 
most  intense  and  spontaneous  since  the  demon- 
stration against  the  occupation  of  Bosnia  and 
Herzegovina  by  Austria-Hungary  in  1908. 

Mr.  Lane  said,  "I  was  greatly  impressed  by 
the  change  in  appearance  of  the  King.  His 
bearing  was  dignified  and  indicated  that  he 
fully  appreciates  the  responsibility  with  which 
he  is  faced.  He  has  greatly  matured  in  appear- 
ance since  I  last  saw  him  some  months  ago." 

All  diplomatic  missions  were  represented  at 
the  ceremony. 

Early  in  the  morning  of  March  28,  the  Gov- 
ernment at  Belgrade  issued  the  following  state- 
ment :  "His  Koyal  Highness  the  Prince  with  his 
family  left  Belgrade  last  night  at  23 :  50  at  his 
own  wish,  for  Athens." 

Mr.  Lane  reported  on  the  night  of  March  28 
that  Belgrade  was  calm  during  the  day.    All 


normal  activities  of  the  city  had  been  resumed. 
The  section  of  the  city  which  was  blocked  off 
by  tanks  and  troops  on  March  27  had  been 
opened  and  communications  had  been  re-estab- 
lished.   The  censorship  had  been  relaxed. 


[Released  to  the  press  March  28] 

The  following  telegram  has  been  sent  by 
President  Roosevelt  to  King  Peter  II  of  Yugo- 
slavia : 

"March  28,  1941. 

"At  this  moment  when  Your  Majesty  has  as- 
sumed the  full  exercise  of  your  royal  rights  and 
powers  and  the  leadership  of  a  brave  and  inde- 
pendent people,  I  wish  to  share  with  the  peo- 
ple of  the  United  States  in  the  expression  of 
our  sincere  and  genuine  wishes  for  the  health 
and  well  being  of  Your  Majesty  and  for  the 
freedom  and  independence  of  Yugoslavia. 
Furthermore,  I  extend  the  hope  that  the  rela- 
tions between  your  Government  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States  may  be  mutually 
beneficial  in  the  support  of  those  principles  of 
liberty  and  tolerance  so  cherished  by  the  Yugo- 
slav and  American  peoples. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


PROPERTY  OF  YUGOSLAVIA  IN  THE 
UNITED  STATES 

On  March  24,  1941,  the  President  signed  Ex- 
ecutive Order  No.  8721,  extending  all  the  pro- 
visions of  Executive  Order  No.  8389  of  April 
10,  1940,  as  amended,  to  "property  in  which 
Yugoslavia  or  any  national  thereof  has  at  any 
time  on  or  since  March  24,  1941,  had  any  inter- 
est of  any  nature  whatsoever,  direct  or  in- 
direct .  .  ." 

The  text  of  Executive  Order  No.  8721  appears 
in  the  Federal  Register  of  March  26, 1941  (vol.  6, 
no.  59),  page  1622,  and  the  regulations  of  the 
Treasury  Department,  issued  March  24,  1941, 
under  authority  of  this  order,  appear  in  the 
same  issue  of  the  Federal  Register,  page  1625. 


MARCH   2  9,    1941 

NAVAL  AND  AIR  BASES 

The  President's  message  to  Congress  of 
March  27,  1941,  transmitting  an  agreement  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  for 
the  use  and  operation  of  naval  and  air  bases, 


351 

signed  in  London  on  March  27,  1941,  together 
with  the  notes  exchanged  in  connection  there- 
with, and  the  text  of  the  protocol,  appears  in 
this  Bulletin  under  the  heading  "Treaty 
Information". 


CONTRIBUTIONS  FOR  RELIEF  IN  BELLIGERENT  COUNTRIES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  28] 

The  following  tabulation  shows  contributions 
collected  and  disbursed  during  the  period  Sep- 
tember 6,  1939  through  February  28,  1941,  as 
shown  in  the  reports  submitted  by  persons  and 
organizations  registered  with  the  Secretary  of 
State  for  the  solicitation  and  collection  of  con- 
tributions to  be  used  for  relief  in  belligerent 
countries,  in  conformity  with  the  regulations 
issued  pursuant  to  section  8  of  the  act  of  No- 
vember 4,  1939  as  made  effective  by  the  Presi- 
dent's proclamation  of  the  same  date. 

This  tabulation  has  reference  only  to  con- 
tributions solicited  and  collected  for  relief 
in  belligerent  countries  (France;  Germany; 
Poland ;  the  United  Kingdom,  India,  Australia, 
Canada,  New  Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South 
Africa;  Norway;  Belgium;  Luxemburg;  the 
Netherlands;  Italy;  and  Greece)  or  for  the  re- 


lief of  refugees  driven  out  of  these  countries 
by  the  present  war.  The  statistics  set  forth 
in  the  tabulation  do  not  include  information 
regarding  relief  activities  which  a  number  of 
organizations  registered  with  the  Secretary  of 
State  may  be  carrying  on  in  nonbelligerent 
countries,  but  for  which  registration  is  not  re- 
quired under  the  Neutrality  Act  of  1939. 

The  American  National  Bed  Cross  is  required 
by  law  to  submit  to  the  Secretary  of  War  for 
audit  "a  full,  complete,  and  itemized  report  of 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  whatever  kind". 
In  order  to  avoid  an  unnecessary  duplication  of 
work,  this  organization  is  not  required  to  con- 
form to  the  provisions  of  the  regulations  gov- 
erning the  solicitation  and  collection  of  contri- 
butions for  relief  in  belligerent  countries,  and 
the  tabulation  does  not,  therefore,  include  in- 
formation in  regard  to  its  activities. 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries 


Accion  Democrats  Espafiola,  San  Francisco,  Calif., 
Mar.  29, 1940.  •    France 

The  Allied  Civilian  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  27,  1940.    Great  Britain.. 

Allied  Relief  Ball,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  4,  1940. 
Great  Britain  and  France 

American  Aid  for  German  War  Prisoners,  Buffalo, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  27,  1940.  Canada,  British  West  Indies, 
Australia,  New  Zealand,  and  Great  Britain. 

American  Association  for  Assistance  to  French  Artists, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    France 

American  Association  of  University  Women,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  May  23,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain, 
Sweden,  Palestine,  Canada,  and  Switzerland 


$312. 19 

374.78 

52. 690.  35 

5,  834. 02 
16,  550.  87 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$125.00 

213.80 

39.964.39 

3,924.47 
10,286.03 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$130.  18 
160.98 
None 

1,358.29 
2, 229.  41 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


None 
$36.50 
None 

1, 434. 25 

1, 655. 15 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  band 


None 
None 

None 

$200.00 
None 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


$57. 01 

None 

12, 731. 96 

551.26 
4, 035.  43 


■  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


352 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  band 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


American  Auxiliary  Committee  de  1' Union  des  Femmes 
de  France,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  8,  1039.  France, 
Great  Britain,  and  Germany. _ 

American  Board  of  Missions  to  the  Jews,  Inc.,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.,  July  5,  1940.    France,  Belgium,  and  Germany.. 

American  Cameronian  Aid,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  17, 
1941.    Scotland _ 

American  Committee  for  Christian  Refugees,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  26, 1939.    Germany  and  France 

American  Committee  for  the  German  Relief  Fund,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  27,  1940.  Germany,  Poland, 
Canada,  Dutch  Guiana,  British  West  Indies,  Jamaica, 
Australia,  and  New  Zealand 

American  Committee  for  the  Polish  Ambulance  Fund, 
Chicago,  111.,  Feb.  12,  1940.  France,  Poland,  and 
England _ 

The  American  Committee  for  the  Relief  of  Greece,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.  Y„  Jan.  2, 1941.    Greece 

American  Committee  to  Save  Refugees,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,Jan.  3,  1941.    France.. 

American  Committee  for  the  Syrian  Orphanage  in  Jeru- 
salem, Woodside,  Long  Island,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  3,  1940. 6 
Palestine,  Germany,  and  British  East  Africa 

American  Dental  Ambulance  Committee,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  12, 1940.    United  Kingdom 

American  Employment  for  General  Relief,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  May  1, 1940.  England,  France,  Norway, 
Poland,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands. . 

American  Federation  for  Polish  Jews,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  14,  1939.    Poland.. 

American  Field  Hospital  Corps,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec. 
12,  1939.  France,  Belgium,  Holland,  United  King- 
dom, and  Greece 

American  Field  Service,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  27, 
1939.  France,  Great  Britain,  British  East  Africa, 
Greece,  and  French  African  Colonies.. 

American  and  French  Students'  Correspondence  Ex- 
change, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  20, 1939.  France  and 
England __ 

American-French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  14, 1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

American  Friends  of  Britain,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Aug.  30, 1940.    Great  Britain 

American  Friends  of  Czecho-Slovakia,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  2,  1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  and  Bohemia- 
Moravia _■ _ 

American  Friends  of  the  Daily  Sketch  War  Relief  Fund, 
New  York,  N  Y.,  Dec.  1, 1939.    Great  Britain 

American  Friends  of  France,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  21, 1939.    France,  Germany,  and  England 

American  Friends  of  a  Jewish  Palestine,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  9,  1940.  Palestine,  Germany,  Poland, 
France,  and  the  United  Kingdom _ 

American  Friends  Service  Committee,  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  Nov.  9,  1939.  United  Kingdom,  Poland,  Ger- 
many, France,  Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands, 
Italy,  and  Portugal 

The  American  Fund  for  Breton  Relief,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Oct.  31,  1939.    France  and  England 

American  Fund  for  French  Wrounded,  Inc.,  Boston, 
Mass.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    England  and  France 


$24, 670. 81 

6, 876. 24 

21.10 

14,  202. 50 

60, 497.  59 

33,  405. 03 

42.00 

7, 341. 47 

None 
3, 269.  52 

3, 558. 50 
6,  244. 30 

241,809.48 

365, 621. 41 

9,201.09 
55,  337.  81 
9,  436.  68 

33,  006.  55 

4, 124.  56 

336,  962. 89 

4,  782.  84 

162,  323.  75 

5,  266.  05 
20,115.95 


$13,  693.  25 

6,  764.  60 

15.00 

14,  202.  50 

45,  991.  69 

27,  941. 16 

None 

4, 487. 84 

None 
3,133.02 

None 
5, 020.  75 


301,935.33 

4.  592.  20 
35, 919.  97 
4,  450.  00 

27, 046.  42 

3,  357.  00 

191,  017.  39 

1,  927. 02 

149,  828.  56 
3. 786.  50 
15,  517.  79 


$6,  629. 91 

None 

2.80 

None 

1, 870.  44 

3, 133. 63 

42.00 

1, 374. 16 

None 
35.00 

None 
847.41 


44, 784. 33 

2, 668. 92 
8,  390.  20 
1,460.02 

91.06 

736.06 

109,657.35 

None 

None 
1,111.46 
3. 676.  52 


$5,  453.  96 
None 
None 
None 

24.00 

471.00 
None 
None 

None 
None 

None 
7,651.43 


None 

None 

56, 758. 35 

None 

19, 240.  00 

None 

19, 904. 96 

None 

14,512.17 
4,911.50 
17,211.37 


$1,115.03 
None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
645.50 

None 
None 

None 
None 


None 

None 

1, 15S.  20 

None 

None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
709.30 


» The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  op  Jan.  31, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


MARCH    29,    1941 


353 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 
for  relief  in 
countries 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 

named 

to  countries 
named 

in  kind  now 
on  hand 

campaigns, 
etc. 

American-German  Aid  Society,    Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

Nov.  15,  1939.    Germany  and  Canada 

$5, 336. 93 

$3, 925.  00 

$112.63 

None 

None 

$1,  299.  30 

The  American  Hospital  in  Britain,  Ltd.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  July  24,  1940.    Great  Britain 

0, 035. 00 

416.60 

5, 618. 40 

None 

None 

None 

The  American  Jewish  Joint  Distribution  Committee, 

Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1939.    United  King- 

dom, Poland,  Germany,  France,  Norway,  Belgium, 

•J.  928,  453.  '.'4 

None 

$51.00 

None 

311,382.61 

American  McAll  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 

1940.    F.ngland 

3, 132.  62 

2,615.77 

616. 85 

3,  BOO.  OU 

American-Polish  National  Council;  Chicago,  111.,  Aug. 

14,  1940.    Poland 

5,  626. 82 

3, 939.  70 

1,273.97 

413.  15 

The  American  School  Committee  for  Aid  to  Greece,  Inc., 

Princeton,  N.  J.,  Dec.  16,  1940.    Greece 

23, 666.  76 

19,  548.  47 

3, 478.  46 

639.  83 

American  War  Godmothers,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Mar.  6, 

1940.    France 

1,080.22 

180.07 

630.  57 

None 

$2.45 

269.58 

American  Women's  Hospitals,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

14,1939.    France,  England,  and  Qreece 

8,  235. 46 

8, 122.  84 

None 

50.00 

None 

112. 62 

American  Women's  Unit  for  War  Relief,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  15,  1940.    France  - 

4,  256. 50 

1,  673.  70 

2,011.82 

2,  493. 65 

139. 05 

670.  98 

American  Women's  Voluntary  Services,  Inc.,   New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  13,  1940.    England 

25,  719.  48 

14,  905.  37 

1, 735. 28 

32, 977. 98 

9,  078.  83 

Les  Amis  de  la  France  a  Puerto  Rico,  San  Juan,  P.  R., 

Dec.  20,  1939.'      France 

10,  920.  68 

6,500.00 

4, 095.  75 

650.00 

107.  77 

324. 93 

Les  Amities  Feminines  de  la  France,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Dec.  19,  1939.    France  and  England 

1,  809.  21 

732.56 

619.  54 

489.  32 

457. 11 

Les  Anciens  Combattants  Francais  de  la  Grande  Guerre, 

San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  26,  1939.    France- 

2.5,  628.  40 

22, 962.  66 

1,  437. 67 

3, 170. 31 

250.00 

1.228.07 

Anthracite    Relief    Committee,     Wilkes-Barre,     Pa., 

Sept.  8, 1939.    Poland 

10,  827. 14 

7,  000.  00 

3,  638.  69 

288.  45 

Anzac  War  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23, 

1940.    Australiaand  New  Zealand . 

13.  977. 91 

8.  206.  53 

3, 837.  79 

None 

None 

1.  933.  59 

Associated  Polish  Societies  Relief  Committee  of  Web- 

ster, Mass.,  Webster,  Mass.,  Sept.  21, 1939.    Poland. . 

2.  949.  95 

2,  900.  00 

42.45 

None 

None 

7.50 

Associated  Polish  Societies'  Relief  Committee  of  Wor- 

cester, Mass.,  Worcester,  Mass.,  Sept.  14,  1939.    Po- 

11,024.38 

9,  266. 45 

1,304.83 

1, 430. 00 

None 

463. 10 

Association  of  Former  Juniors  in  France  of  Smith  Col- 

lege, New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  18, 1939.    France— 

273,50 

225.00 

48.50 

None 

None 

None 

Association  of  Former  Russian  Naval  Officers  in  Amer- 

ica, Long  Island  City,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  21,  1940.    France. . 

279.41 

254.30 

7.27 

None 

None 

17.84 

Association  of  Joint  Polish-American  Societies  of  Chel- 

sea, Mass.,  Chelsea,  Mass.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland... 

2,  363.  45 

1, 156. 10 

1, 077. 69 

725.00 

None 

129.66 

L'Atelier,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Jan.  29,  1940.    France.. 

15,  004.  43 

11,243.98 

2,856.11 

1, 565. 88 

852.00 

904.34 

Mrs.  Mark  Baldwin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  4,  1940. 

France 

1,  414.  53 

1,312.00 

5.37 

30.00 

None 

97.16 

Basque  Delegation  in  the  United  States  of  America, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  19,  1939.    France. 

2, 213. 13 

975.00 

1.030.77 

None 

None 

207.36 

Belgian  Relief  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,   N.  Y.,  June 

14,  1940. A    Belgium,  France,  and  England...  . 

33,  531.  92 

9,  339.  36 

12,003.92 

18, 368. 00 

176.00 

12, 188.  64 

Belgian  Relief  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

May  27, 1940.     Belgium,  France,  and  Great  Britain... 

6, 923.  56 

3, 757.  33 

148. 82 

33, 182. 50 

None 

2,017.41 

Belgian  War  Relief  Fund,  Manila,  P.  I.,  June  7,  1940. 

Belgium 

2, 146.  62 

2, 069.  80 

74.32 

350.00 

None 

2.60 

The  Benedict  Bureau  Unit,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Nov.  29, 1939.    France. 

5,  481. 17 

4, 426.  74 

46.00 

None 

None 

1,008.43 

Bethel  Mission  of  Eastern  Europe,  Minneapolis,  Minn., 

Nov.  27,  1939.    Poland 

14,  851.  79 

10, 465.  40 

66.37 

None 

None 

4,320.02 

•  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Dec.  31, 1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 
'  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Feb.  10, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


354 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE    BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 

Funds  spent 

Funds  spent 

value  of  con- 

Estimated 

for  adminis- 

Name of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 

Funds  re- 

for relief  in 

tributions 

value  of  con- 

tration, pub- 

destination of  contributions 

ceived 

countries 

in  kind  sent 

tributions 

licity,  affairs, 

named 

to  countries 
named 

in  kind  now 
on  hand 

campaigns, 
etc. 

Bishops'  Committee   for   Polish   Relief,    Washington, 

D.    C,  Dec.  19, 1939.     Poland,    England,   France, 

Switzerland,  Hungary,  Rumania,  Italy,  and  Portugal. 

$396,  740.  04 

$276,  324.  31 

$120, 353. 00 

None 

None 

$62.73 

Board  of  National  Missions  of  the  Presbyterian  Church 

in  the  United  States  of  America,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  26, 1939.    Great  Britain,  France,  and  Germany.. 

6,  707.  68 

5,  331.  30 

634.  38 

None 

None 

742.00 

British-American  Ambulance  Corps,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  June  11,  1940.    Greece,  England,  and  France.. . 

1,046,671.22 

402,  954. 89 

514,613.22 

None 

None 

129, 103. 11 

British-American    Comfort    League,    Quincy,    Mass., 

Feb  21,  1940.    England 

2, 946.  86 

1, 407.  70 

1,221.14 

None 

None 

318. 02 

British-American    War    Relief    Association,    Seattle, 

Wash.,  Nov.  17,  1939.    United  Kingdom  and  allied 

countries 

62,  623. 14 

56, 164. 49 

3, 286.  65 

$9, 321. 00 

$354. 65 

3,172.00 

British  Sailors'  Book  and  Relief  Society,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  May  2, 1940.    Bermuda,  Canada,  and  the  Brit- 

ish West  Indies -- 

3, 528. 74 

125.00 

25.58 

15, 005. 50 

200.00 

3, 378. 16 

British  War  Relief  Association  of  Northern  California, 

San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Great  Britain 

and  France -  --- -- 

165, 823. 05 

125,  090.  22 

36, 842.  52 

70, 513. 42 

5, 819.  87 

3, 890. 31 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  the  Philippines, 

Manila,  P.  I.,  Apr.  11, 1940.'   All  belligerent  countries.  _ 

99,111.83 

91, 327. 47 

3,  209.  58 

454.18 

56.69 

4,  574.  78 

The  British  War  Relief  Association  of  Southern  Cali- 

fornia, Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  8, 1939.    Great  Britain 

372,  864.  39 

308.  380.  84 

20,691.09 

122. 008.  83 

43.98 

43.  792. 46 

British  War  Relief  Fund,  Dayton,  Ohio.  Sept.  12, 1940. 

Great  Britain              .. 

368.20 

359.00 

None 

None 

None 

9.20 

The  British  War  Relief  Society,  Inc.,  New  York.N.  Y., 

Dec.  4,   1939.    United   Kingdom,   Canada,   France, 

Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  Norway,  Kenya,  New- 

5, 842, 826.  35 

3, 133.  035.  73 

2,  272.  439.  38 

821,490.90 

266,  200.  00 

437, 351.  24 

Bundles  for  Britain,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  28,  1939. 

Great  Britain  and  Dominions 

1,056.679.65 

479. 865. 85 

347,  903. 18 

769.  596. 10 

200.  998.  25 

228,  910.  52 

Caledonian  Club  of  Idaho,  Boise.  Idaho,  Jan.  25,  1940. 

964.87 

800.  30 

None 

None 

None 

164.  57 

California  Denmark  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Nov. 

20,  1940.    Denmark              

765.  71 

None 

729.18 

None 

None 

36.53 

Canadian  Women's  Club  of  New  York  City,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23,  1940.    Great  Britain,  Canada, 

and  Newfoundland .-. 

5,  745.  70 

2, 659. 97 

1, 449.  23 

1, 277. 97 

151.70 

1,  636.  50 

Catholic  Medical   Mission   Board,   Inc.,   New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Jan.  17,  1940.    India,  Australia,  Canada,  New 

Zealand,  and  the  Union  of  South  Africa.. 

1, 074.  25 

None 

1, 074.  25 

3, 820. 00 

700.00 

None 

The  Catholic  Student   War   Relief  of  Pax  Romana, 

Washington,  D.  C,  Dee.  13,  1939.    Poland,  France, 

Germany,  and  Great  Britain 

1, 795.  76 

1,574.63 

21.22 

None 

None 

199.91 

Central    Bureau    for    the    Relief   of   the    Evangelical 

Churches  of  Europe,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  14,  1940. 

All  belligerent  countries. 

40,  420. 01 

21,629.75 

12, 534.  75 

None 

None 

6, 255.  61 

Central  Committee  Knesseth  Israel,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Oct.  27, 1939.    Palestine 

43, 099.  91 

28,  269.  96 

None 

None 

None 

14, 829. 95 

Central   Committee  for  Folisb   Relief,  Toledo,   Ohio, 

February  29,  1940.    Poland 

859.66 

500.00 

132. 89 

None 

None 

226.77 

Central  Council  of  Polish  Organizations,  New  Castle, 

Pa.,  Nov.  7,  1939.    France,  Poland,  and  England 

3, 108. 18 

1,995.80 

1,066.60 

None 

None 

45.78 

Cercle  Francais  de  Seattle,  Seattle,  Wash.,  Nov.  2, 1939. 

France  and  Great  Britain _    _ 

5.  515.  32 

2, 694.  92 

1, 341. 39 

2, 775. 00 

None 

1, 479. 01 

Comite  Pro  Francia  Libre,  San  Jnan,  P.  R.,  Dec.  19, 

1940.    England  and  France 

1,833.65 

None 

1, 725. 48 

None 

None 

108.17 

'  No  reports  for  the  months  of  January  and  February  have  been  received  from  this  organization. 


MARCH   29,    1941 


355 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Commission  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  12,  1939/    Poland,  England,  and  Switzerland.. 

The  Commission  for  Relief  in  Belgium,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  May  21,  1940.  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  France, 
and  England . 

Committee  of  French-American  Wives,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Nov.  15,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Committee  of  Mercy.  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  16, 
1939.  France,  Great  Britian,  Norway,  Belgium,  the 
Netherlands,  and  their  allies..- 

Committee  for  Relief  in  Allied  Countries,  Washington, 
D.  C,  Feb.  2,  1940.  France,  Great  Britain,  Poland, 
Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and  the  Netherlands. 

Committee  for  the  Relief  for  Poland,  Seattle,  Wash., 
Nov.  24,  1939.    Poland • 

Committee  Representing  Polish  Organizations  and 
Polish  People  in  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Perry,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  23, 
1939.    Poland 

Czechoslovak  Relief,  Chicago,  111.,  July  25,  1940. 
Czechoslovakia,  Great  Britain  and  Dominions, 
France,  and  Belgium 

Democracies  Allied  Relief,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  6, 
1941.'    All  belligerent  countries  

District  of  Columbia  Federation  of  Women's  Clubs, 
Washington,  D.  C,  Aug.  14,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Dodecanesian  League  of  America,  Inc.,  New  York,  N. 
Y.,  Dec.  16, 1940.    Greece..  _. 

The  Emergency  Aid  of  Pa.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Oct.  13, 
1939.  Great  Britain,  France,  Norway,  Belgium, 
Luxemburg,  the  Netherlands,  and  Greece 

Emergency  Relief  Committee  for  Kolbuszowa,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  13,  1940.    Poland 

Emergency  Rescue  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug. 
3, 1940.  France,  United  Kingdom,  Belgium,  Norway, 
and  the  Netherlands. 

English-Speaking  Union  of  the  United  States,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  26,  1939.  Great  Britain,  Canada, 
France,  Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  the  Nether- 
lands, and  Newfoundland- 

Erste  Pinchover  Kranken  Unterstuzungs  Verein,  Inc., 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  22,  1940.*    Poland 

Esco  Fund  Committee,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  13, 
1941.    Great  Britain 

Ethiopian  World  Federation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Dec.  21,  1940.  Ethiopia,  Kenya,  Anglo-Egyptian 
Sudan,  Palestine,  and  Great  Britain 

The  Fall  River'British  War  Relief  Society,  Fall  River, 
Mass.,  Sept.  26, 1940.    Great  Britain 

Federated  Council  of  Polish  Societies  of  Grand  Rapids, 
Michigan,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  Sept.  15,  1939. 
Poland 


13, 815. 92 
26,  599.  40 


4,  523. 03 
2,441.83 

197.00 

40,  811.  77 

None 

2, 315. 08 

14, 554.  02 

100, 194.  45 
6,  934.  77 


136,  735.  43 

275.  00 

17, 475.  54 

213.  10 
5, 654.  22 

8, 869. 19 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


9, 165. 00 
20,  057.  91 


2,  500.  00 
2, 162.  72 

197.00 

35,  795.  28 

None 

1, 749. 19 

13, 155.  50 

71,771.73 
None 


116,560.94 

None 

6, 524.  20 

None 
2, 502.  29 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


1, 875. 76 
2,  908.  54 


217.  43 
23.40 

None 

4,  336. 39 
None 
176. 03 
821.00 

10,  678.  44 
3.  954.  97 


12,  728.  69 

275.  00 

10,  206. 12 

213.  10 
2,  703.  27 

367. 07 


None 
5, 213.  59 


None 
None 

None 

35, 100. 00 
None 
None 
None 

11,783.93 
None 


148,761.36 
None 
None 

None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


None 
$543.  50 


None 
None 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


2,  775. 16 
3, 632. 95 


1,  805.  60 
255.  71 


None 

680.10 

None 

None 

None 

389. 86 

None 

577.  52 

None 

17, 744.  28 

None 

2, 970. 80 

481.  71 

7, 445. 80 

None 

None 

None 

749. 32 

60.00 

None 

None 

448.  66 

889.19 

'  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  collected  by  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and  dis- 
bursements are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

•  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Feb.  28,  1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 
»  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Nov.  30,  1940,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


303735 — 41- 


356 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Federation  of  Franco-Belgian  Clubs  of  Rhode  Island, 
Woonsocket,  R.  I.,  Nov.  15,  1939.  France  and  Eng- 
land  


Federation  of  French  Veterans  of  the  Great  War,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  11,  1939.    France,  Germany, 

and  Martinique 

Federation  of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 

U.S.A.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  19, 1940.  Italy. . 
Fellowship  of  Reconciliation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  20, 

1940.    France,  England,  and  Germany 

Fortra,  Incorporated,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  7,  1940. 

Germany  and  Poland _ 

Foster  Parents'  Plan  for  War  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    France  and  Encland 

Franco-American   Federation,  Salem,   Mass.,  July  9, 

1040.    France 

Free  French  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb. 

3,  1941.    England,  French  Cameroons,  and  Belgian 

Congo 

Sylvia  K.  French,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  1,  1941. 

Great  Britain 

French  Colonies  War  Relief  Commiltee,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Aug.  20, 1940.    France 

French  Committee  for  Relief  in  France,  Detroit,  Mich., 

Oct.  17, 1939.    Franceand  Great  Britain 

French  Relief  Association,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Feb.  3, 

1940.    France __ 

French  War  Relief,  Inc.,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Nov.  16, 

1939.  France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  Nevada,  Reno,  Nev.,  June 

21, 1940.    France 

French  War  Relief  Fund  of  the  Philippines,  Manila, 

P.  I.,  May  1, 1940.'    France 

French  War  Veterans,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  Dec.  6, 1939. 

France 

Friends  of  Children,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  13, 

1940.  Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium,  and  the  Neth- 
erlands  

The  Friends  of  Israel  Refugee  Relief  Committee,  Incor- 
porated, Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Oct.  23,  1939.  Canada, 
France,  and  E  upland __ 

Friends  of  Poland,  Chicago,  111.,  Dec.  6, 1939.    Poland.. 

Fund  for  the  Relief  of  Men  of  Letters  and  Scientists  of 
Russia,  New  Y.irk,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  29,  1940.  France, 
Czechoslovakia,  and  Poland 

German-American  Relief  Committee  for  Victims  of 
Fascism,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  18,  1940.  Great 
Britain  and  France-. 

Mrs.  George  Gilliland,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  10, 1940. 
Northern  Ireland . 

Golden  Rule  Foundation,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  2, 
1939.    Poland  and  Palestine 

Grand  Duke  Vladimir  Benevolent  Fund  Association, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  8,  1940.    France.. 

Grand  Lodge,  Daughters  of  Scotia,  Hartford,  Conn., 
Feb.  16,  1940.    Scotland 

Great  Lakes  Command,  Canadian  Leeion  of  the  British 
Empire  Service  League,  Detroit,  Mich..  July  5,  1940. 
Great  Britain  and  Canada 


',,  236.  65 
590.21 
i,  540.  63 
!,  140.  02 
636.  30 

,  695. 10 
623.  63 
383.17 
,  457.  59 
,  129.  76 
,621.06 
None 
i,  558. 46 
822.  81 


,  332.  29 
209.  25 
S82.  00 
555.  38 

.443.72 


13,801.02 
No  reports  for  the  months  of  December,  January,  and 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$4,401.16 

10,  591.  09 
69, 045.  00 

531.  21 
757,  980.  34 
87,  718.  71 

300.00 

None 
None 
None 
2, 473. 96 
452.  76 
27,  995.  54 
None 
500.00 
407.  75 

13,  752.  04 


6,  250.  81 
680.00 


1,  826. 80 

194.  25 

882.00 

370.  79 

15,  034.  70 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28, 1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$1,437.73 

1, 670. 70 
12, 228. 76 
59.00 
70,  536. 37 
25,  366.  06 
336.  30 

1,  577.  50 
420.  00 
158.90 

1,  603.  59 
451.  09 

7, 948.  81 
None 

5, 048. 46 
243.40 

3, 149.  42 


6,  584.  74 
647.28 


748.  31 

276.67 
15.00 
None 
148. 14 
2,  409.  02 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


$1,291.86 

1,264.70 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
Nono 
31, 110. 23 
2, 146.  17 
257.  89 
None 
None 
None 

35,  365.  45 


None 
None 


None 

242.  25 

None 
None 
None 
None 


9,410.92  2,004.59  None 

February  have  been  received  from  this  organization. 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

$107. 58 

$440. 82 

None 

628.14 

None 

962.89 

None 

None 

None 

121,023.92 

None 

35, 055.  25 

None 

None 

1,  231.  42 

117.60 

None 

203.  63 

None 

224.27 

634.  11 

380.04 

71.83 

225.  91 

83.20 

7, 676. 71 

None 

None 

None 

10.00 

None 

171.66 

67.90 

10,261.35 

None 

6,  965.  81 

None 

94.67 

None 

651.  49 

82.00 

1, 228. 92 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

3S.45 

None 

None 

None 

2, 385. 61 

MARCH   29,    1941 


357 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


Greater  New  Bedford  British  War  Relief  Corps,  New 
Bedford,  Mass.,  Dec.  19, 1939.    Great  Britain 

The  Greek  Fur  Workers  Union,  Local  70,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Dec.  21,  1940.    Greece.. 

Greek  War  Relief  Association,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  18, 1940.    Greece 

Hadassah,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  15,  1939. 
Palestine ., .. 

Hamburg-Bremen  Steamship  Agency,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Mar.  21,  1940.  Germany,  Poland,  France, 
Belgium,  Denmark,  Norway,  Luxemburg,  and  the 
Netherlands 

Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Aug.  30,  1940. 
Great  Britain ... 

Hebrew  Christian  Alliance  of  America,  Chicago,  111., 
Jan.  3, 1940.  England,  Germany,  Poland,  France,  and 
Italy... ._ 

Hellenic  World  Newspaper  Co.,  Boston,  Mass.,  Feb. 
10,  1941.    Greece 

Hias  Immigrant  Bank,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  12, 
1941. »'  Poland,  Czechoslovakia,  the  Netherlands, 
Belgium,  France,  and  Germany 

A.  Seymour  Houghton,  Jr.,  et  at:,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Nov.  27,  1939.    France 

Humanitarian  Work  Committee,  Glen  Cove,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  30,  1939.    Poland 

Independent  British  War  itelief  Society  of  Rhode  Is- 
land, Greenwood,  R.  I.,  June  14,  1940.    Great  Britain. 

Independent  Kinsker  Aid  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Jan.  3,  1940.    Poland 

International  Children's  Relief  Association,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct.  1, 1940.    Great  Britain 

International  Committee  of  Young  Men's  Christian 
Associations,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22,  1939.  All 
belligerent  countries.. 

International  Federation  of  Business  and  Professional 
Women,  Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  July  5,  1940.  Poland, 
Czechoslovakia,  Norway,  Belgium,  France,  and  the 
Netherlands 

International  Relief  Association  for  Victims  of  Fascism, 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.  France,  England, 
and  Germany 

Isthmian  Pro-British  Aid  Committee,  Ancon,  C.  Z., 
Sept.  20, 1940.    England 

Joint  Committee  of  the  United  Scottish  Clans  of  Greater 
New  York  and  New  Jersey,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  30, 
1940.    Scotland 

Junior  Relief  Group  of  Texas,  Houston,  Tex.,  May  29, 
1940.  United  Kingdom,  France,  Netherlands,  Bel- 
gium, and  Norway 

Marthe  Th.  Kahn,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  16,  1940. 
France _._ 

The  Kindergarten  Unit,  Inc.,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  Oct.  3, 
1939.  France,  Poland,  United  Kingdom,  India,  Aus- 
tralia, and  New  Zealand 

The  Kosciuszko  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
May  24,  1940.    Poland. 

The  Kyffhaeuser,  League  of  German  War  Veterans  in 
U.  S.  A.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Nov.  27,  1939.  Poland, 
Germany,  Canada,  and  Jamaica 


$15,  356. 88 

9,  866.  81 

2,  825,  217.  81 

1,  205,  474.  33 

307,  725.  48 
115,909.06 

3,  920.  84 
None 


$8. 586. 68 

7, 000. 00 

2,  326,  033.  88 

918,  420.  90 

252,  272.  69 
None 

3, 625. 00 
None 


20, 200. 59 
3, 897. 01 
3, 996.  87 
1, 787. 45 
None 

189, 301. 87 


13,088.15 
280.65 


11,842.10 
232.  25 

1,  222.  21 
5,  896.  63 


14,075.34 

3,  260. 00 

2, 162.  30 

None 

None 

86, 609. 30 


8,  771.  37 
None 


10, 000. 00 
25.00 

892. 85 
8, 106. 20 


$6.  293.  03 

2,  811. 98 

392,  968.  64 

236,  756.  4S 

None 
97,  013.  97 

None 
None 


$2,  074.  43 

None 

312,  246.  34 

77,  258. 12 

None 
None 

None 
None 


5, 943. 31 

561. 16 

1, 814. 97 

1,  787. 45 

None 

92, 100. 08 


None 
261. 30 


None 
None 


773. 05 
185.00 
2,  275. 00 
None 
None 

None 


2,020.00 
None 


None 
None 

None 
None 


None 

None 

None 

,  532. 10 

None 
None 

None 
None 


None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 


None 
None 


None 
None 

None 
None 


'  No  complete  report  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


358 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28, 1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 

Funds  spent 

Funds  spent 

value  of  con- 

Estimated 

for  adminis- 

Name of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 

Funds  re- 

for relief  in 

tributions 

value  of  con- 

tration, pub- 

destination of  contributions 

ceived 

countries 
named 

in  kind  sent 

to  countries 

named 

tributions 

in  kind  now 

on  hand 

licity,  affairs, 

campaigns, 

etc. 

Lackawanna    County    Committee   for    Polish    Relief, 

Scranton,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland 

$9,  494.  57 

$7,  225.  56 

$1,437.21 

None 

None 

$831.80 

Ladies  Auxiliary  of  the  Providence  Branch  of  the  Fed- 

eration of  the  Italian  World  War  Veterans  in  the 

United  States,  Providence,  R.  I.,  Oct.  1,  1940.    Italy.. 

6, 607. 68 

6,  468.  80 

138. 88 

None 

None 

None 

LaFayette  Preventorium,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept. 

21, 1939.    France 

20,  897.  47 

8, 647. 13 

7,651.02 

None 

None 

4, 599. 32 

La  France  Post,  American  Legion,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Feb.  7, 1940.    France,  Great  Britain,  and  Greece 

1, 585.  32 

1,040.00 

159.  53 

None 

None 

385. 79 

Mrs.  Nancy  Bartlett  Laughlin,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan. 

31, 1940.    France 

534.50 

506.00 

28.50 

None 

None 

None 

League  of  American  Writers,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

May  6, 1940.    France,  England,  Poland,  and  Norway. . 

3,314.95 

2,  020. 72 

None 

$15. 18 

None 

1,294.23 

League  of  Polish  Societies  of  New  Kensington,  Arnold, 

and  Vicinity,  New  Kensington,  Pa.,  Nov.  17,  1939. 

Poland               -  -  --- 

2,  942. 19 

1,  498.  24 

1,007.24 

2, 400. 00 

None 

436. 71 

Legion  of  Young  Polish  Women,  Chicago,  111.,  Oct.  2, 

1939.'    Poland,    France,    Great    Britain,    Germany, 

Switzerland,  and  Spain 

16,  308. 43 

10, 433.  21 

3, 075. 68 

None 

None 

3,  799.  54 

Liberty  Link  Afghan  Society,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Dee.  17, 

1940.    Great  Britain                    

675.  25 

None 

675. 25 

None 

None 

None 

Lithuanian  National  Fund,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  14, 

1940     Germanv  and  France 

321.03 

200.00 

105. 03 

None 

None 

16.00 

The  Little  House  of  Saint  Pantaleon,  Philadelphia,  Pa., 

Sept  30,  1939     France  and  England 

33, 851.  60 

31,  222.  33 

2,  593.  01 

22,  863.  74 

$1,  682.  50 

36.26 

The  Maple  Leaf  Fund.  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Apr.  19, 

1940     Canada,  United  Kingdom,  and  France 

132,  912.  95 

39,  669.  27 

59,  776.  38 

172,  910.  69 

None 

33, 467. 30 

Medical  and  Surgical  Supply  Committee  of  America, 

New  York,  N.   Y.,   Aug.   5,   1940.    Poland,   Great 

Britain,  France,  Netherlands,  Norway,  Luxemburg, 

Belgium,  Greece,  and  Belgian  Congo     _  __ 

40,  418. 12 

5.  049.  08 

22,  438. 16 

125,  724.  68 

34,  358.  40 

12,  930.  88 

Mennonite  Central  Committee,  Akron,  Pa.,  Feb.  13, 

1940.    Great    Britain,    Poland,    Germany,    France, 

Canada,  and  the  Netherlands __  _____  _ 

51,  683.  34 

34, 420. 34 

10, 370. 94 

19,041.82 

20,  601.  40 

6, 892.  06 

Methodist  Committee  for  Overseas  Relief,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  4, 1940.    France,  Poland,  Czechoslovakia, 

Norway,  Belgium,  the  Netherlands,  United  Kingdom, 

India,   Australia,   Canada,    Germany,   Greece,   and 

Italy        

22,  779.  59 

19,  538.  84 

None 

None 

None 

3, 240.  75 

Mid-European  Food  Package  Service,  Inc.,  New-  York, 

N.  Y.,  Jan.  24,  1941.    Germany,  Poland,  and  Luxem- 

111,018.22 

75,  773.  91 

14, 369.  67 

None 

None 

20, 874.  64 

Milford,  Conn.,  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Mil- 

ford,  Conn.,  Nov.  6,  1939.    Poland 

405. 33 

250.20 

70.51 

None 

None 

84.62 

The  Mobile  Circle  for  Benefit  of  the  Royal  Navy  Hospi- 

tal Comforts  Fund,  Mobile,  Ala.,  Sept.  18, 1940.    Brit- 

ish Isles                            _  __ 

2,  451.  91 

1,321.69 

1, 067. 72 

1,374.64 

None 

62.50 

Monmouth  War  Relief,  Red  Bank,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12, 1940. 

England,  France,  and  Greece ... 

6,  630.  77 

3,  274.  70 

2,  327.  43 

831.00 

None 

1,028.64 

The  Mother  Church,  the  First  Church  of  Christ,  Scien- 

tist, in  Boston,  U.  S.  A.,  Boston,  Mass.,  Apr.  25,  1940. 

Canada,  France,  and  the  United  Kingdom 

248,  639.  56 

39, 393.  69 

198,491.49 

147,  750. 07 

8, 919. 00 

10,  764.  38 

Fernanda  Wanamaker  Munn  (Mrs.  Ector  Munn),  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  25, 1939.    France  and  England _ 

15,900.55 

9, 385.  40 

979.  64 

7, 404.  39 

384.02 

5, 636.  51 

Namesake  Towns  Committee,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Jan.  6,  1941.    England  _ 

5, 863.  36 

5, 005. 00 

521.  67 

300.00 

None 

336.  69 

National   Christian    Action,    Inc.,   Brooklyn,   N.   Y., 

May  23  1940.    Norway  and  Denmark 

1,138.41 

200.00 

None 

None 

None 

938.  41 

National   Legion   Greek-American   War  Veterans   in 

America,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Jan.  3, 1941.    Greece- 

110.00 

None 

64.70 

None 

None 

56.30 

Near  East  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  28, 

88,  144.  85 

33, 000. 00 

35,  662.  41 

None 

None 

19,  482.  44 

'  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


MARCH    29,    1941 


359 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 


Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 


Netherlands  War  Relief  Committee,  Manila,  P.  I., 
May  27,  1940.1    Netherlands 

New  Canaan  Workshop,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  July  1, 
1940.    British  Empire 

New  Jersey  Broadcasting  Corporation,  Jersey  City, 
N.  J.,  Sept.  13,  1939.    Poland 

Nicole  de  Paris  Relief  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  1, 
1940.    France 

North  Side  Polish  Council  Relief  Committee  of  Mil- 
waukee,Wis.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Dec. 5, 1939.    Poland 

Norwegian  Relief,  Inc.,  Chicago,  111.,  May  1, 1940.    Nor- 


way. 


Nowiny  Publishing  Apostolate,  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

Sept.  26,  1939.    Poland 

Nowy-Dworer  Ladies  and  United  Relief  Association, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Dec.  20,  1940.    Poland.. 

Nowy  Swiat  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  11,  1939.    Poland,  France,  Great  Britain,  and 

Italy.. 

The  Order  of  Ahepa,  Washington,  D.C.,  Jan.  1,  1941. 

Greece 

Order  of  Scottish  Clans,  Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  25,  1940. 

Scotland 

Over-Seas  League  Tobacco  Fund,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Aug.  19,  1940.    British  Empire... 

The  Pacific  Steam  Navigation  Co.,  Cristobal,  C.  Z., 

Oct.  16,  1940.    England ._. 

Paderewski  Fund  for  Polish  Relief,  Inc.,    New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Feb.  23, 1940.     Poland  and  Great  Britain 

Parcels  for  Belgian  Prisoners,  Washington,  D.  C,  Nov. 

12,1940.    Germany..  

Parcels  for  the  Forces,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  9, 

1940.    Great  Britain 

The  Paryski  Publishing  Co.,  Toledo,  Ohio,  Sept.  15, 

1939.  Poland  and  Great  Britain 

The  Pawtucket  and  Blackstone  Valley  British  Relief 

Society  of  Rhode  Island,  Pawtucket,  R.  I.,  Feb.  26, 

1940.  Great  Britain  and  Germany 

Pelham  Overseas  Knitting  Circle,  Pelham,  N.  Y.,  Oct. 

17,  1940.    Scotland 

Phalanx  of  Greek  Veterans  of  America,  Inc.,  Chicago, 
111.,  Jan.  3,  1941.    Greece 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  Federation  of  Elizabeth 
Polish  Organizations,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  Sept.  23,  1939. 
Poland  and  England 

Polish  Aid  Fund  Committee  of  St.  Casimir's  Roman 
Catholic  Church  of  the  City  of  Albany,  N.  Y.,  Al- 
bany, N.  Y.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland 

Polish-American  Associations  of  Middlesex  County, 
N.  J.,  Sayreville,  N.  J.,  Jan.  22,  1940.    Poland 

Polish-American  Citizens  Relief  Fund  Committee, 
Shirley,  Mass.,  Dec.  16,  1939.-    Poland.. 

Polish-American  Council,  Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  15,  1939. 
Poland 

Polish-American  Forwarding  Committee,  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.  Y.,  Mar.  28,  1940.    Poland  and  Germany.. 

Polish-American  Volunteer  Ambulance  Section,  Inc. 
(Pavas),  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  13, 1940.  France  and 
England 


$4, 364.  30 
12, 346. 63 
1,210.55 
227.00 
1,615.09 
465, 174.  97 
5, 554  16 
2,  329.  79 

28, 098.  84 
106,  142.  88 
9,341.59 
93, 406.  86 
380.  15 
127,  345.  06 
14, 165. 05 
40,  625.  68 

8,  269.  16 

16,820.71 
1,  187.28 
6,  203.  63 

9,  256.  22 

3, 038. 14 

1, 057.  05 

432.  36 

561,  456.  53 

10,  919.  99 

29,  482.  29 


$1,  253.  87 
9,  303.  93 
826.  17 
148.  00 
1,  400.  28 
71,  600.  00 
4,  589.  86 
1,881.90 

26,  966.  06 
82,  692.  85 

3,  377.  00 

70,440.  18 

337.  85 

70,  500. 00 

2, 423.  00 
28,179.69 

7,  578. 08 

9,  529.  41 
540.  85 
None 

8, 446.  85 

426.32 

800.00 

362.  06 

354,  582.  40 

6, 925. 08 

19,  769.  05 


$3,  067.  93 
2, 136. 12 
None 
28.00 
195.  63 
380, 302.  68 
964.  30 
77.  85 

1, 029.  39 

23,  450.  03 

5,  964.  59 

None 

29.60 

21,785.84 

11,742.05 

None 

691. 08 

6, 454. 96 

541.  24 

5, 894.  60 

794.  37 

2,  602.  22 

176.23 

45.13 

191,  984.  69 

None 

9,  542. 68 


None 
$3, 075. 00 
None 
None 
1, 300. 00 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
190.00 
None 
None 
35.40 
None 

None 
None 
None 

1,  500. 00 

1, 200. 00 

None 

425.00 

118, 500. 00 

None 

270.40 


None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
$50. 00 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 

None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

None 


1  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

"No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


360 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE    BTTLXETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 


Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

$2, 694. 83 

None 

$2,  659. 53 

None 

None 

474.  50 

$314.  23 

2.00 

None 

None 

1,603.78 

1,  201.  64 

153.  57 

$75. 00 

None 

4,  372. 98 

3, 336. 65 

985.07 

1, 800. 00 

None 

7, 723.  54 

6, 392.  86 

1,  323.  54 

4, 000. 00 

None 

4, 463. 17 

3,  025. 00 

1, 186.  75 

None 

None 

12,172.97 

11,  602.  23 

550.74 

None 

None 

742.25 

607.76 

108.99 

None 

None 

3,  254. 59 

2,000.00 

1,  241.  59 

None 

None 

318,019.46 

258,  336.  00 

57,  404. 18 

None 

None 

4, 508. 17 

2, 960.  00 

1, 435. 71 

8,000.00 

None 

108, 287.  33 

90,  276. 96 

4, 083.  42 

392, 898. 00 

$165, 998. 00 

4,  660. 34 

4, 141. 00 

495. 49 

None 

None 

1,  457. 76 

800.00 

644. 76 

45.00 

None 

9,  894. 69 

8, 351. 19 

1,065.27 

2, 600. 00 

None 

1, 956.  31 

1,  236.  27 

472. 37 

350.00 

None 

3, 023.  50 

1, 642. 30 

981. 03 

600.00 

None 

8,  357. 06 

6,  884.  26 

778. 76 

2, 128. 70 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

9, 031. 99 

7, 930. 08 

860.27 

4, 850. 00 

350.00 

164, 078. 23 

121, 646. 73 

35, 834.  83 

67,374.00 

None 

749. 80 

460.40 

248.31 

130.00 

None 

6,  799. 85 

5, 171.  64 

190.23 

416.  45 

25.65 

7, 616.  67 

5,  931. 91 

1,  424. 04 

775.00 

None 

1,  849. 10 

649.60 

905.97 

750.00 

None 

11,324.39 

7, 867.  27 

2, 492.  78 

4, 350. 00 

None 

51,455.11 

47, 407.  27 

3, 100.  75 

None 

None 

3.216.13 

1,  999.  00 

626. 48 

None 

None 

Polish  Broadcasting  Corporation,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
Sept.  23,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Business  and  Professional  Men's  Club,  Los  An- 
geles, Calif.,  Nov.  17, 1939.    Poland 

Polish  Central  Committee  of  New  London,  Conn.  New 

London,  Conn.,  Oct.  13, 1939.    Poland... 

Polish  Central  Council  of  New  Haven,  New  Haven, 
Conn.,  Sept.  29, 1939.    Poland  and  Germany 

Polish  Civic  League  of  Mercer  County,  Trenton,  N.  J., 
Sept.  19,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Civilian  Relief  Fund,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Oct.  27, 1939. 
Poland 

Polish  Falcons  Alliance  of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland _ 

Polish  Inter-Organization  "Centrala"  of  Waterbury, 
Waterbury,  Conn.,  Feb.  28,  1940.    Poland 

Polish  Literary  Guild  of  New  Britain,  Conn.,  New 
Britain,  Conn.,  Sept.  21,  1939.    Poland... 

Polish  National  Alliance  of  the  United  States  of  North 
America,  Chicago,  111.,  Sept.  27,  1939.  Poland  and 
England _ 

Polish  National  Council  of  Montgomery  County, 
Amsterdam,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  12,  1939."    Poland 

Polish  National  Council  of  New  York,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  14,  1939.  France,  Poland,  England,  and 
Germany _ 

The  Polish  Naturalization  Independent  Club,  Wor- 
cester, Mass.,  Sept.  20,  1939.    Poland  and  England... 

Polish  Relief  of  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Carteret,  N.  J.,  Oct.  11, 
1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Boston,  Boston,  Mass.,  Sept. 
14,  1939.    Poland. 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Brockton,  Mass.,  Brockton, 
Mass.,  Sept.  25,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  Sept.  16,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Chester  and  Delaware 
County,  Chester,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.  Rumania, 
Switzerland,  and  England _ 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Columbia  County,  Hudson, 
N.  Y„  Mar.  15, 1940.    Poland _ 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Delaware,  Wilmington, 
Del.,  Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Detroit,  Mich.,  Sept.  11, 1939. 
Poland,  Germany,  Switzerland,  Rumania,  Hungary, 
and  Scotland. 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Fitchburg,  Fitchburg, 
Mass.,  March  29,  1940.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Flint,  Mich.,  Sept.  18,  1939. 
Poland _ _. 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Holyoke,  Mass.,  Holyoke, 
Mass.,  Nov.  4,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Jackson,  Mich.,  Jackson, 
Mich.,  Nov.  9,  1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  New  Bedford,  Mass.,  Oct.  31, 
1939.    Poland 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  Philadelphia  and  Vicinity, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Sept.  12,  1939.    Poland. 

Polish  Relief  Committee  of  the.  Polish  National  Home 
Association,  Lowell,  Mass.,  Nov.  27, 1939.    Poland 


»  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  be.en  received  from  this  organization. 


MARCH    29,    1941 


361 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

Polish  Relief  Committee,  Taunton,  Mass.,  Dec.  13, 1939. 

$3, 243. 79 
1,429.41 

62,  687. 67 
1,  728.  30 
1,806.69 
4, 890.  34 
2, 816.  32 
1,  833.  40 

12,  574. 07 
839.51 

21,  782. 84 

14,  217. 10 
2, 359. 76 
4, 138.  32 
6, 974.  37 
6, 313.  53 
8, 154. 06 
5,901.14 
9,  324. 75 

4, 688. 18 

639.29 

7, 862. 56 

387,  685.  03 
65,  860.  42 
3,  601.  42 

$2,  757. 00 

1,  252.  00 
53,  510.  95 

1,485.90 
1,500.00 

3.  264.  37 

2,  500. 00 
645.  46 

8,  991. 69 
493.00 
17,  732. 72 
11,053.00 
2, 150. 00 
3, 816.  31 
6,  428.  78 
5,  270.  35 
5,  317. 65 
3, 175. 40 

4,  223. 98 

3,544.56 

None 
7, 400. 00 

186,  838.  81 
24,  588.  21 
2,  336.  93 

$461. 62 
133. 78 

7, 173. 69 

3.73 

278.  79 

1,  607.  77 
244.52 
965.  46 

1, 069.  49 
150.95 

2, 831. 91 

1,  384. 46 
209.76 
153. 30 
428.50 
985.  86 

2, 279.  55 
2, 028. 40 

2,  338. 83 

786.96 
554.29 
290.41 

168,  797. 21 
24, 189.  67 
1,  019.  37 

$1, 375. 00 

None 

1, 575.  00 

900.00 

None 

None 

None 

4, 004. 95 

1,850.00 

150.00 

11,607.40 

4, 008. 00 

None 

1,240.00 

None 

6, 150. 00 

1. 800. 00 

2, 660. 00 

2, 109. 14 

1, 215. 00 
None 
None 

None 

10,  596. 94 

716.46 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
$500. 00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
200.00 
283. 49 

None 
None 
None 

None 
200.  00 
None 

$25. 17 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Fall  River,  Mass.,  Fall  River, 

43.63 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  Sept.  12,  1939.« 

2, 002. 93 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Jewett  City,  Conn.,  Oct.  3,  1939. 

238.67 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Meriden,  Meriden,  Conn.,  Oct.  12. 

27.90 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Middletown,  Conn.,  Sept.  23, 1939. 

18.20 

Polish  Relief  Fund,  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  26, 1939. 

70.80 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Palmer,  Mass.,  Three  Rivers, 

222.48 

Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  and  Vicinity, 

2,  512. 89 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

195.56 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Milwaukee,  Wis., 

1, 218.  21 

Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee  of  Passaic  and  Bergen 

Counties,  Inc.,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Sept.  22, 1939.    Poland. . 

Polish  Union  of  the  United  States  of  North  America, 

1,  779. 64 
None 

Polish  United  Societies  of  Holy  Trinity  Parish,  Lowell, 

168.71 

Polish  War  SuSerer?  Relief  Committee  (Fourth  Ward), 

117.09 

Polish  Welfare  Council,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  22, 

57.32 

Polish  White  Cross  Club  of  West  Utica,  Utica,  N.  Y., 

556.  86 

Polish  Women's  Fund  to  Fatherland,  Lawrence,  Mass., 

697.  34 

Polish    Women's     Relief    Committee,     New    York, 
N.  Y.,  Nov.  24, 1939.    France,  Poland,  and  Germany.. 

Polski  Komitet  Ratunkowy  (Polish  Relief  Fund),  Bing- 
hamton,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  25,  1939.    Poland,  England,  and 

2,761.94 
356.66 

Pulaski  Civic  League  of  Middlesex  County,  N.  J.,  South 

85.00 

Pulaski  League  of  Queens  County,  Inc.,  Jamaica,  N.  Y., 

172.  15 

Queen  Wilhelmina  Fund,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.t   May 
17, 1940.    Netherlands,  France,  Poland,  United  King- 
dom, India,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Canada,  Union 
of  South  Africa,  Norway,  Belgium,  Luxemburg,  and 

31, 949.  01 

Refugees  of  England,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  July  12, 

1940."    Great  Britain,  France,  and  French  Cameroons. 

Relief  Agency  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  WOlimantic, 

17,  032.  54 
245  12 

Relief  for  Children  of  Britain  by  Children  of  America, 

Relief  Committee  of  the  United  Polish  Societies,  Chico- 
pee,  Mass.,  Oct.  21, 1939.    Poland 

8,  512.  62 

8,  074.  88 

437.  74 

2, 722.  50 

None 

None 

•  No  complete  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

'  This  registrant  serves  primarily  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  distribution  abroad  of  contributions  collected  by  other  registrants;  these  receipts  and  dis- 
bursements are  not  included  in  the  figures  here  given,  since  they  are  shown  elsewhere  in  this  tabulation  following  the  names  of  the  original  collecting 
registrants. 

•  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 


362 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Relief  for  French  Refugees  in  England,  Washington, 

D.C.,  Dec.  26,  1939.    France  and  Great  Britain 

Relief  Fund  for  Sufferers  in  Poland  Committee,  Ken- 
osha, Wis.,  Sept.  25,  1939.    Poland. 

Relief  Society  for  Jews  in  Lublin,  Los  Angeles,  Calif., 

Dec.  13,  1939.    Poland 

Royal  Air  Force  Benevolent  Fund  of  U.S.A.,  Inc.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  26,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Russia  Children's  Welfare  Society,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.,  Sept.  29,  1939.  Germany,  France,  and  Poland 
St.  Andrews  (Scottish)  Society  of  Washington,  D.C., 

Washington,  D.C.,  June  18,  1940.    Scotland 

Saints  Constantine  and  Helen  Greek  Orthodox  Church, 

Washington,  D.C.,  Dec.  23,  1940.    Greece 

St.  Stephen's  Polish  Relief  Fund  of  Perth  Amboy,  N.  J., 

Perth  Amboy,  N.  J.,  Sept.  27,  1939.    Poland 

The  Salvation  Army,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  May  23,  1940. 

England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  _ 

Save  the  Children  Federation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y„ 

Sept.  8,  1939.    England,  Poland,  Belgium,  and  the 

Netherlands _ 

Schuylkill  and  Carbon  Counties  Relief  Committee  for 

Poland,  Frackville,  Pa.,  Sept.  15,  1939.    Poland 

Scots'  Charitable  Society,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  9,  1940. 

Scotland 

Scottish   Clans   Evacuation   Plan,    Port  Washington, 

N.  Y.,  Nov.  19,  1940.    Great  Britain 

Le  Secours  Francais,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Sept.  11,  1940. 

France  and  possessions 

Secours   Franco-Americain — War   Relief,   Pittsburgh, 

Pa..  Nov.  20,  1939.    Great  Britain 

The  Seventh  Column,  Inc.,  West  Fairlee,  Vt„  June  12, 

1940.'    France  and  England _. 

Share  A  Smoke  Club,  Inc.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Nov.  14, 1939. 

England,  France,  Norway,  Belgium,  and  the  Nether- 
lands  

Sociedades  Eispanas   Aliadas,   San   Francisco,   Calif., 

Mar.  29,  1940.'    France . 

Sociedades  Hisjranas  Confederadas,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y., 

Jan.  22, 1940.    France __. 

Societe  Francaise  de  St.  Louis,  Inc.,  St.  Louis,  Mo., 

Nov.  15,  1939.    France 

Societe  Israelite  Francaise  de  Secours  Mutuels  de  New 

York,  New  York,  N.  Y„  June  4,  1940.    France 

Society  of  the  Devotees  of  Jerusalem,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.    Dec.  18, 1939.    Palestine 

Solidaridad     Internacional   Antifascista,    New    York, 

N.Y.,  Oct.  17, 1940.    France _.. 

The  Somerset  Workroom,  Far  Hills,  N.  J.t  Apr.  25, 1940. 

France  and  Great  Britain... 

Le  Souvenir  Francais,  Detroit,  Mich.,  May  1,  1940. 

France  and  Belgium. _. 

Spanish  Refugee  Relief  Campaign,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

Sept.  20,  1939.    France 

Springfield  and  Vicinity  Polish  Relief  Fund  Committee 

Springfield,  Mass.,  Sept.  23,  1939.    Poland 

Superior  Council  of  the  Society  of  St.  Vincent  de  Paul, 

New  York,  N.  Y„  Apr.  5,  1940.     France 


$24,  755.  00 
4, 640.  32 
948.08 
7, 823. 03 
16,  518. 28 
1, 544.  42 
6, 364.  43 
2, 992.  66 

212,  907.  60 

274, 439. 02 
6,  247.  24 
1,437.96 
9,  305.  97 
21,859.62 
2,  217. 98 
None 

688.70 
877.  72 

31,199.12 
852.81 
975. 45 

18, 154.  33 
6. 110.  76 

15, 183. 15 
247.00 

41,522.09 

1,  254.  10 

310.00 


Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 


$20,179.05 

4,  235. 20 
175.00 

6,  200.  00 

13, 069.  67 

831.31 

5,000.00 

None 

186,771.39 

203.003.06 

5,  705.  71 
1, 437. 96 
7, 975. 90 
8, 677. 56 
1,  712.  72 

None 

550.00 

None 

30, 240. 87 

373. 49 

400.00 

9,900.00 

None 

9,  430. 37 

150.00 

14, 454.  58 

1, 100. 00 

310.00 


Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28, 1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 


$3,  528.  87 
34.26 
478.  26 
969.  64 
674.  77 
481.17 
1,  364. 43 
2, 992.  66 

24,  231.  91 

5,  717.  73 
496.  53 
None 
743.  01 

3,  796.  63 
375.  45 

None 

25.10 
171.59 
None 
421.76 
554.  47 
329.25 
4. 846.  34 

4,  457.  50 

37.00 

2.141.28 

99.90 

None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 


$6, 101. 35 
1,250.00 
None 
None 
1, 166.  20 
None 
None 
None 


None 
None 
None 
None 
128.67 
2,611.10 
None 

None 
None 
None 
8.00 
None 
None 
None 

11,497.80 
None 

16, 486.  00 
None 
None 


Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

$568.40 

$1,047.08 

None 

370. 86 

None 

294.82 

None 

653.  39 

3, 766. 75 

2,  773.  84 

None 

231.94 

None 

None 

None 

None 

None 

1, 904. 30 

None 

65, 718. 23 

None 

45.00 

None 

None 

None 

687.06 

633.96 

9, 385. 43 

None 

129.81 

None 

None 

None 

113.60 

None 

706.13 

None 

958.25 

None 

57.56 

None 

20.98 

None 

7, 925. 08 

None 

1,  264.  42 

1, 727. 50 

1, 295.  28 

None 

60.00 

None 

24,  926.  23 

None 

54.20 

500.00 

None 

■  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

'  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Jan.  31,  1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


MARCH   2  9,    1941 


363 


Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 
of  goods  pur- 
chased and 
still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub- 
licity, affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

Miss  Heather  Thatcher,  Hollywood,  Calif.,  Nov.  19, 

$4, 610. 50 
7,  414.  55 

32, 331. 28 

3, 912. 69 

3, 104.  46 

582.26 

2,  449.  40 

53,  703.  62 

3.  456. 12 
2, 165.  73 
2.  347.  00 

8, 102.  56 
70, 187.  63 
126,  921.  60 

7,  519.  37 
2, 933. 77 

893.  28 
2,  284. 98 
2, 885.  23 
1,  228. 85 
3, 194.  78 

8,  899. 07 
None 

584. 10 
4, 207. 41 

789. 83 
2, 037. 53 

$2, 600. 00 
6, 092.  82 

14,  970.  54 

3,  524. 19 

3, 073. 96 

353.46 

1,  400.  27 

25,  590.  44 

2,  400.  00 
200.00 

1,  500.  00 

6,  420.  63 
38,148.86 
87,  060.  68 

1, 121.  67 

2,  499. 94 

None 
1, 950. 00 
2,  295.  32 

1,  202. 10 

2,  562. 10 
7, 639. 14 

None 
None 

3, 897.  31 
None 

1,715.96 

$1, 968.  25 
685. 05 
7, 764. 33 
384.55 
30.50 
17.91 
463.66 

16,  422.  68 

919.  18 

1.399.94 

176.28 

421.66 

None 

25, 429. 44 

272. 39 
297. 84 
858.07 
99.46 
152.00 
None 
277.20 
1, 119.  80 
None 
29.68 
None 
40.18 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
$200. 00 
315.00 

600. 00 
None 
None 
None 

725.00 

None 
8,  987.  42 

None 
None 
None 
None 
595.00 
300.00 
None 
None 
None 
None 
3. 282. 00 
None 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
$10. 00 
None 

None 
None 
None 
None 

None 
None 
318.  65 

None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 
None 

Toledo  Committee  for  Relief  of  War  Victims,  Toledo, 

Tolstoy  Foundation,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  17, 

1939.    France,  Poland,  England,  and  Czechoslovakia . 

Mrs.  Walter  R.  Tuckerman,  Bethesda,  Md.,  Nov.  24, 

9, 596. 41 

Edmund  Tyszka,  Hamtramck,  Mich.,  Sept.  19,  1939. 

Ukrainian  Relief  Committee,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  June 

28,  1940.    Germany,  France,  England,  and  Italy 

L'Union  Alsacienne,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  28, 

210. 89 
585.47 

Unitarian  Service  Committee  of  the  American  Unitarian 
Association,  Boston,  Mass.,  May  23,  1940.    France, 

11,690.50 

United  American  Polish  Organizations,  South  River, 

N.  J.,  South  River,  N..I.,  Oct.  20,  1939.    Poland 

United  Bilgorayer  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Mar. 

136.  94 
565.  79 

United  British  Societies  of  Minneapolis,  Minneapolis, 
Minn.,  Jan.  21,  1941.    Groat  Britain  and  Dominions. . 

United    British   War   Relief  Association,    Somerville, 
Mass.,  June  14,  1940.    Great  Britain  and  Northern 

670.  72 
1,  260.  27 

United  Charity  Institutions  of  Jerusalem,  New  York, 

32, 191. 95 

United  Committee  for  French  Relief,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Oct  26,  1939.    France,  England,  and  Germany. 

United  Fund  for  Refugee  Children,  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.,  Sept.  21, 1939.    Poland,  France,  England,  and 

14,  431.  48 
6, 122. 31 

United  German  Societies,  Inc.,  Portland,  Oreg.,  Port- 

135. 99 

United  Opoler  Relief  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

35.21 

United  Polish  Committees  in  Racine,  Wis.,  Racine,  Wis., 

235. 52 

United  Polish  Organizations  of  Sajem,  Mass.,  Salem, 

437.91 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Bristol,  Conn..  Bristol,  Conn., 

26.76 

United  Polish  Societies  of  Los  Angeles,  Los  Angeles, 

355. 48 

United  Reading  Appeal  for  Polish  War  Sufferers,  Read- 
ing, Pa.,  Sept.  22,  1939.    Poland  and  England 

U.  S.  Friends  of  Greece,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Feb.  7, 1941. 

140.  IS 
3,  043.  00 

Universal  Committee  for  the  Defense  of  Democracy, 

New  York,  N.  Y.,  Oct.  16, 1940.    England  and  France. 

Mrs.  Paul  Verdier  Fund,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  Oct.  11, 

554.  42 
310. 10 

War  Relief  Association  of  American  Youth,  Inc.,  New 

749. 65 

Wellesley  Club  of  Washington,  Arlington,  Va.,  Nov.  29, 
1940."    Great  Britain.... 

321. 67 

■  The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Feb.  28, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 

'  No  report  for  the  month  of  February  has  been  received  from  this  organization. 

•The  registration  of  this  organization  was  revoked  on  Feb.  28, 1941,  at  the  request  of  registrant. 


303735 — 41- 


364 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 
Contributions  for  Relief  in  Belligerent  Countries — Continued 


Name  of  registrant,  location,  date  of  registration,  and 
destination  of  contributions 

Funds  re- 
ceived 

Funds  spent 

for  relief  in 

countries 

named 

Unexpended 
balance  as  of 
Feb.  28,  1941, 
including  cost 

of  goods  pur- 
chased and 

still  on  hand 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  sent 
to  countries 
named 

Estimated 
value  of  con- 
tributions 
in  kind  now 
on  hand 

Funds  spent 
for  adminis- 
tration, pub 
lieity,  affairs, 
campaigns, 
etc. 

Wellesley    College   Alumnae   Association,    Wellesley, 

$15.00 
3,  326.  42 

15, 147. 26 

549,  236. 06 

None 
$3, 087. 40 

10, 619. 28 

452,  552.  74 

None 
$217.  23 

4, 048. 54 

None 

None 
None 

$14,627.04 

1,  343,  591. 16 

None 

[•  K  « 

None 

None 

None 

$15.00 

Woman's  Auxiliary   Board  of  the  Scots'   Charitable 
Society,  Inc.,  Everett,  Mass.,  Feb.  28, 1940.    Scotland. 

Women's  Allied  War  Relief  Association  of  St.  Louis, 
Clayton,   Mo.,   Dec.   18,   1939.    Great  Britain  and 

21.79 
479.  44 

Registrants  whose  registrations  were  revoked  prior  to 
Feb.  1,  1941,  and  who  had  no  balance  on  hand  as  of 

99,  851.  91 

26,806,718.16 

18, 054, 641. 65 

6,170,138.86 

5,  470,  517. 14 

$785,  953.  51 

2,  613,  375.  59 

•  It  is  not  possible  to  strike  an  exact  balance  in  these  published  totals,  since  some  registrants  have  included  in  their  expenditures  moneys  available 
from  loans  or  advances,  which  are  not  considered  by  the  Department  to  be  "funds  received"  and  hence  are  not  reported  as  such. 


Canada 


GREAT  LAKES -ST.  LAWRENCE  WATERWAY  PROJECT 


Correspondence  between  the  Secretary  of 
State  and  the  Attorney  General  on  the  Great 
Lakes-  St.  Lawrence  waterway  project  follows. 

The  Secretary  of  State  to  the  Attorney  General 

March  13,  1941. 
My  dear  Mr.  Attorney  General  : 

I  enclose  for  your  consideration  a  memoran- 
dum prepared  by  the  Legal  Adviser  of  this 
Department,  together  with  a  copy  of  a  proposed 
agreement  between  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada regarding  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
Deep  Waterway  Project.  It  is  hoped  that  an 
agreement  may  be.  signed  within  the  next  few 
days. 

I  should  appreciate  it  if  you  would  advise 
me  whether  you  agiee  that,  the  arrangement 
may  be  effectuated  by  an  agreement  signed  un- 
der the  authority  of  the  Executives  of  the  two 


countries  and  approved  by  legislative  enact- 
ments by  the  Congress  and  the  Canadian 
Parliament. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Cordell  Hull 

[Enclosure] 

Memorandum  by  the  Legal  Adviser  of  the 
Department  of  State 

For  several  years  the  United  States  and 
Canada  have  had  under  consideration  the  feasi- 
bility of  a  joint  undertaking  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Basin 
so  as  to  make  these  waters  available  to  sea-going 
vessels,  the  development  of  hydro-electric 
power,  etc.  The  Legal  Adviser  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  in  a  memorandum  dated  Febru- 
ary 10,  1939,  expressed  the  opinion  that  an 
arrangement  between  the  United  States  and 


MARCH   2  9,    1941 


365 


Canada  concerning  the  project  could  be  effected 
by  a  simple  agreement  between  the  two  countries 
and  approval  of  the  agreement  by  legislation  in 
the  United  States  and  in  Canada.  The  negotia- 
tions have  progressed  to  the  point  where  an 
agreement  is  about  ready  to  be  signed,  but  be- 
fore proceeding  to  signature  it  is  thought  desir- 
able to  ascertain  whether  the  Attorney  General 
concurs  in  the  view  that  the  purposes  may  be 
accomplished  in  this  fashion. 

It  is  not  necessary  here  to  enter  into  a  discus- 
sion of  the  treaty-making  power  or  of  the  power 
of  the  President  to  enter  into  executive  agree- 
ments with  foreign  countries.  It  is  sufficient  to 
say  that  a  very  large  number  of  such  agreements 
on  various  subjects  have  been  entered  into  from 
time  to  time  throughout  the  history  of  this  coun- 
try. Some  of  them  have  been  specifically  au- 
thorized by  acts  of  Congress ;  others,  though  not 
specifically  authorized,  have  been  within  the 
framework  of  acts  of  Congress ;  and  still  others 
have  been  concluded  without  enabling  legisla- 
tion on  the  subject. 

Following  the  failure  of  the  Senate  to  ap- 
prove a  treaty  for  the  annexation  of  Texas, 
the  annexation  was  accomplished  by  a  joint 
resolution  approved  on  March  1,  1845  (5  Stat. 
797),  after  passage  by  a  simple  majority  vote 
of  the  two  houses  of  Congress.  Likewise,  in 
the  case  of  Hawaii,  a  treaty  of  annexation  had 
been  signed  on  June  16,  1897,  and  approved  by 
the  Hawaiian  Legislature,  but  there  was  not 
sufficient  support  in  the  United  States  Senate 
to  obtain  approval  by  a  two-thirds  vote. 
Thereafter  Congress  passed  a  joint  resolution 
to  accomplish  the  same  purpose,  which  was 
approved  July  7,  1898  (30  Stat.  750). 

Of  interest  hi  this  connection  is  action  by 
Congress  with  respect  to  the  construction  of 
bridges  across  the  international  boundary — 
United  States  and  Canada,  subject  to  similar 
authorization  by  Canada.  For  example,  Public 
Resolution  No.  117,  75th  Congress,  3d  session, 
created  the  Niagara  Falls  Bridge  Commission 
and  authorized  it  to  construct  and  operate 
bridges  across  the  Niagara  River,  subject  to 
"the  approval  of  the  proper  authorities  in  the 
Dominion  of  Canada".     (52  Stat.  767.) 


On  November  11,  1927,  President  Coolidge 
issued  a  presidential  license  to  the  Detroit- 
Ontario  Subway,  Inc.,  authorizing  the  company 
to  construct,  operate,  and  maintain  a  tunnel 
from  a  point  in  or  near  Brush  or  Randolph 
Street  in  the  City  of  Detroit  to  a  point  on  the 
international  boundary  line  under  the  Detroit 
River.  It  is  understood  that  corresponding 
authorization  was  given  on  the  part  of  Canada 
by  an  Order  in  Council. 

The  improvement  of  the  Great  Lakes  -  St. 
Lawrence  Basin  for  navigation  and  other  pur- 
poses would  seem  clearly  to  fall  within  the  com- 
merce clause  of  the  Constitution,  giving  the 
Congress  the  authority  to  regulate  interstate 
and  foreign  commerce.  Where  the  undertak- 
ing with  respect  to  interstate  and  foreign  com- 
merce involves  boundary  waters  over  which  this 
country  does  not  have  exclusive  jurisdiction, 
there  would  seem  to  be  no  reason  why  the  Con- 
gress should  not  within  its  Constitutional  power 
enact  legislation,  contingent  upon  a  like  legis- 
lative enactment  in  the  other  country,  signifying 
its  approval  of  a  joint  undertaking  signed  by 
both  Governments.  The  signing  of  an  agree- 
ment by  the  two  Governments  would  be  but  a 
convenient  way  of  bringing  about  in  advance  of 
legislative  enactments  a  joint  understanding  by 
the  two  Governments  on  a  complicated  question 
which  could  hardly  be  handled  without  such 
advance  understanding.  The  agreement  would 
contain  provisions  which  might  otherwise  be 
incorporated  in  a  treaty,  but  would  not  take 
the  treaty  form  or  follow  the  treaty  process. 
It  would  not  constitute  a  binding  international 
agreement  until  Congress  and  the  Canadian 
Parliament  had  indicated  their  approval. 

Gkeen  H.  Hackworth 

The  Attorney  General  to  the  Secretary  of  State 

March  14,  1941. 
My  dear  Mr.  Secretary  : 

I  have  your  letter  of  March  13  and  concur  in 
the  conclusion  reached  by  your  Legal  Adviser 
that  it  is  legally  unobjectionable  so  far  as  this 
country  is  concerned  for  the  executives  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada  to  enter  into  an  agree- 


366 


DEPARTMENT   OF  STATE   BULLETIN 


ment  regarding  the  Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence 
Deep  Waterway  project  conditioned  for  its  ef- 
fectiveness upon  the  subsequent  enactment  of 
necessary  legislation  by  the  Congress  and  by  the 
Canadian  Parliament. 


If  an  Agreement  is  executed  and  approved  in 
this  manner,  its  provisions  would  be  binding 
upon  the  United  States  as  respects  Canada. 
Eespectfully, 

Robert  H.  Jackson 


NAVAL  VESSELS  ON  THE  GREAT  LAKES 


[Released  to  the  press  March  24] 

The  Secretary  of  State  made  public  on  March 
24  the  following  exchanges  of  notes  between 
the  American  Legation  at  Ottawa  and  the  Ca- 
nadian Under  Secretary  of  State  for  External 
Affairs,  Dr.  O.  D.  Skelton : 

"Ottawa,  Canada, 

Jvme  9, 1939. 
"My  Dear  Dr.  Skelton  : 

"In  a  confidential  letter  addressed  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  on  January  31,  1939,  Admiral 
Leahy,  the  Acting  Secretary  of  the  Navy,  raised 
certain  questions  regarding  the  Rush-Bagot 
Agreement  of  1817.  Among  other  things,  Ad- 
miral Leahy  requested  the  views  of  Mr.  Hull 
concerning  the  mounting  of  two  4-inch  guns 
on  each  of  the  American  naval  vessels  on  the 
Great  Lakes,  to  be  used  in  firing  target  practice 
in  connection  with  the  training  of  naval  reserves. 
He  inquired,  if  this  was  considered  improper, 
concerning  the  possibility  of  modifying  the 
Rush-Bagot  Agreement  to  permit  this  practice. 
The  question  was  subsequently  the  subject  of  in- 
formal conversations  between  officers  of  our 
State  and  Navy  Departments. 

"After  careful  consideration  of  the  problem, 
Mr.  Hull  is  inclined  to  the  opinion  that  a  modi- 
fication of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement  would 
be  undesirable  at  this  time.  It  is  clear  from  a 
study  of  the  documents  relating  to  the  negotia- 
tion of  the  Agreement  and  its  early  history  that 
the  objective  of  the  negotiators  was  to  provide  a 
solution  of  an  immediate  and  urgent  problem 
arising  out  of  the  war  of  1812  and  the  terms  of 
the  Agreement  themselves  support  the  view  that 
its  indefinite  continuation  in  force  was  not  an- 


ticipated. Consequently,  from  a  naval  stand- 
point, its  provisions  have  long  been  out  of  date, 
but  in  spite  of  numerous  vicissitudes  the  Agree- 
ment itself  has  survived  unchanged  for  more 
than  one  hundred  and  twenty  years  and,  with 
the  passage  of  time,  has  assumed  a  symbolic  im- 
portance in  the  eyes  of  our  own  and  Canadian 
citizens.  It  is  true  that  shortly  after  the  World 
War  modification  of  the  Agreement  was  studied 
in  this  country  and  in  Canada,  with  a  view  to 
making  its  provisions  conform  more  closely  to 
modern  conditions,  and  a  stage  was  even 
reached  where  the  Governments  exchanged 
drafts  of  suggested  changes.  The  proposed 
changes  were  never  actually  agreed  upon,  how- 
ever, and  Mr.  Hull  is  inclined  to  think  that  the 
two  Governments  were  wise  to  allow  the  matter 
to  fall  into  abeyance,  since  it  is  highly  debatable 
whether  the  realization  of  their  limited  objec- 
tives would  have  compensated  for  the  disap- 
pearance of  the  1817  Agreement  as  a  symbol  of 
the  friendly  relations  between  the  two  countries 
for  over  a  century. 

"It  was  perhaps  inevitable  that  an  agree- 
ment, the  teclmical  provisions  of  which  became 
obsolete  more  than  half  a  century  ago,  should 
from  time  to  time  have  been  subjected  to  what 
may  have  been  considered  technical  violations 
by  both  parties,  and  of  such  instances  there  is  a 
clear  record.  We  believe  it  can  be  successfully 
maintained,  however,  that  without  a  degree  of 
tolerance  the  Agreement  could  scarcely  have 
survived  to  the  present  day  in  its  original  form. 
But  it  is  a  fact  of  equal  significance  that  even 
when  the  two  Governments  felt  compelled  to 
depart  from  a  strict  observance  of  its  terms  they 


MARCH   29,    1941 


367 


were  concerned  that  the  spirit  underlying  it 
should  be  preserved. 

"1  understand  from  information  furnished  by 


our  Navy  Department  that  the  following  five 
vessels  of  the  United  States  Navy  are  now  serv- 
ing on  the  Great  Lakes : 


Ship 

Launched 

Present  Location 

Displacement 

Battery 

1905 
1891 
1905 
1897 
1903 

Detroit ..     _.   . 

1085 
375 
1085 
1392 
2600 

Michigan  City,      .    . 
Duluth 

None 

Toledo 

Chicago 

4-4"/50 

2-3"/50  A.  A. 
2-1  pdr. 

"In  a  number  of  respects  the  presence  there 
of  these  vessels  may  not  be  considered  entirely 
in  keeping  with  a  literal  interpretation  of  the 
Rush-Bagot  Agreement.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  seems  proper  to  take  into  account  the  fact 
that  the  vessels  of  our  Navy  now  on  the  Great 
Lakes  are  there  with  the  knowledge  of  the 
Canadian  Government,  written  permission  hav- 
ing been  obtained  for  the  passage  of  four  of 
them  through  the  Canadian  canals  en  route  to 
their  stations.  The  case  of  the  Wilmette  is  some- 
what different,  this  vessel  having  been  con- 
structed on  the  lakes  as  a  commercial  vessel  and 
subsequently  taken  over  by  our  Navy  during 
the  World  War. 

"In  considering  the  number  and  size,  dispo- 
sition, functions  and  armaments  of  naval  ves- 
sels in  relation  to  the  provisions  of  the  Rush- 
Bagot  Agreement,  it  is  Mr.  Hull's  view,  with 
which  I  feel  sure  you  will  agree,  that  the  pri- 
mary concern  of  both  Governments  is  to  main- 
tain at  all  costs  the  spirit  which  underlies  that 
Agreement  and  which  is  representative  of  the 
feelings  of  the  Canadian  and  American  people 
toward  each  other.  With  that  clear  objective  in 
mind,  Mr.  Hull  wishes  me  to  make  the  following 
observations. 

"(1)  Number  and  size  of  vessels.  As  indi- 
cated above,  the  United  States  Navy  now  has 
five  vessels,  all  'unclassified',  on  the  Great  Lakes. 
In  the  discussion  of  this  problem  between  offi- 
cials of  the  State  and  Navy  Departments,  the 


fact  was  brought  out  that  approximately  one 
third  of  the  national  naval  reserve  personnel  in 
the  United  States  is  concentrated  in  the  region 
of  which  Chicago  is  the  center.  The  need  for 
adequate  training  of  this  personnel  is  clear 
and  I  am  given  to  understand  that  even  with 
our  present  five  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes  our 
facilities  are  strained.  A  possible  alternative 
would  be  to  transport  these  reserves  to  the  At- 
lantic Coast  every  summer  for  the  customary 
two  weeks'  training  period,  but  I  am  told  that 
the  cost  of  so  transporting  even  a  small  fraction 
of  these  reserves  would  in  all  probability  be 
prohibitive.  In  the  circumstances  and  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  these  five  vessels  have  been  main- 
tained on  the  Great  Lakes  since  the  war  without 
objection  on  the  part  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment, Mr.  Hull  is  inclined  to  think  that  the 
withdrawal  of  one  of  them  would  not  be 
necessary. 

"Mr.  Hull  would  be  reluctant,  however,  to 
see  American  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes  in- 
creased beyond  the  present  number,  omitting 
from  this  calculation  vessels  which  are  'retained 
immobile'  and  used  solely  as  floating  barracks 
for  naval  reserves.  The  Canadian  Government 
has  in  the  past  given  permission  for  vessels  of 
the  latter  category  to  be  maintained  on  the 
Great  Lakes  and,  it  is  hoped,  would  give  sympa- 
thetic consideration  to  any  similar  requests 
which  might  be  made  in  the  future. 


368 


DEPARTMENT   OE  STATE  BULLETIN 


"It  is  my  understanding  that  the  Sacramento, 
a  vessel  of  1,140  tons  launched  in  1914  and  simi- 
lar in  size  and  type  to  vessels  already  on  the 
Great  Lakes,  is  now  returning  from  China,  her 
usefulness  as  an  active  naval  vessel  in  regular 
commission  having  passed.  I  am  informed  that 
the  Navy  Department  will  probably  wish  this 
vessel  to  take  the  place  of  the  Hawk,  but  that 
this  will  not  involve  an  increase  in  the  number 
of  our  naval  vessels  on  the  lakes.  A  formal  re- 
quest of  your  Government  for  permission  for 
this  vessel  to  proceed  to  the  Great  Lakes  through 
Canadian  waters  will  be  made  in  due  course. 

"With  regard  to  the  size  of  these  vessels,  it 
has  been  noted  that  all  are  of  more  than  one  hun- 
dred tons  burden,  the  limit  imposed  by  the 
Agreement.  The  change  from  wood  to  steel 
around  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  along 
with  other  factors,  contributed  toward  render- 
ing this  part  of  the  Agreement  obsolete.  To 
our  knowledge  no  objection  has  been  taken  by 
the  Canadian  Government  to  the  presence  on 
the  Great  Lakes  of  naval  vessels  of  more  than 
one  hundred  tons  burden  and  there  would  be  no 
inclination  to  question  the  maintenance  by  Can- 
ada of  vessels  similar  to  ours  now  operating 
there.  It  appears  to  have  been  the  practice  of 
our  Navy  Department  for  many  years  to  sta- 
tion on  the  Great  Lakes  only  'unclassified'  ves- 
sels that  have  long  since  outlived  their  useful- 
ness in  terms  of  modern  warfare  and  that  have 
a  draft  of  not  more  than  fourteen  feet.  I  un- 
derstand that  these  vessels  have  and  could  have 
no  use  except  to  provide  elementary  training 
for  naval  reserves.  Mr.  Hull  believes  that  it 
would  be  desirable  to  continue  this  policy,  which 
goes  beyond  the  objectives  of  the  1817  Agree- 
ment, but  which  is  so  clearly  in  keeping  with 
the  present  temper  of  public  opinion.  He  is  so 
informing  the  Navy  Department. 

"(2)  Disposition  of  Vessels.  At  the  time  the 
Rush-Bagot  Agreement  was  negotiated  the 
Great  Lakes  were  independent  inland  waters 
with  no  navigable  connection  between  them  and 
the  ocean  or,  in  most  cases,  between  the  lakes 
themselves.  This  geographical  fact  was  no 
doubt  largely  responsible  for  the  provision  of 
the  Agreement  which  allotted  one  vessel  to  Lake 


Champlain,  one  to  Lake  Ontario  and  two  to  the 
so-called  'Upper  Lakes'.  That  situation,  of 
course,  no  longer  exists,  and  Mr.  Hull  would  not 
regard  it  as  unreasonable  or  contrary  to  the 
spirit  of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement  to  have  the 
naval  vessels  of  each  party  move  freely  in  the 
Great  Lakes  basin  or  to  'maintain'  them  at  any 
port  or  ports  in  the  Lakes.  Were  the  Canadian 
Government  to  act  in  accordance  with  such  an 
interpretation,  it  is  certain  that  no  objection 
would  be  taken. 

"(3)  Functions  of  the  Vessels.  In  his  letter 
of  January  31,  last,  Admiral  Leahy  inquired 
whether  the  firing  of  target  practice  on  the 
Great  Lakes  was  consistent  with  the  provisions 
of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement.  Since  the 
Agreement  is  silent  with  respect  to  the  functions 
of  the  naval  vessels  maintained  by  the  two  par- 
ties on  the  Great  Lakes,  other  than  to  state  that 
the  naval  force  of  each  party  is  to  be  restricted 
to  such  services  as  will  in  no  respect  interfere 
with  the  proper  duties  of  the  armed  vessels  of 
the  other  party,  it  is  clearly  within  the  letter  as 
well  as  the  spirit  of  the  Agreement  for  the  naval 
vessels  of  both  parties  to  be  employed  in  the 
training  of  naval  reserves  or  in  any  other  normal 
activity,  including  the  firing  of  target  practice, 
within  their  respective  territorial  waters.  Mr. 
Hull  is  so  informing  the  Navy  Department. 

"(4)  Armaments.  In  Admiral  Leahy's  letter, 
the  hope  was  expressed  that  the  Rush-Bagot 
Agreement  might  be  modified  so  as  to  permit 
each  of  our  naval  vessels  to  carry  not  over  two 
4-inch  guns. 

"The  Agreement  itself  provides  that  each  of 
the  naval  vessels  maintained  by  each  Govern- 
ment may  carry  one  18-pound  cannon.  It  is 
my  understanding  that  the  shell  for  a  3-inch 
gun  weighs  approximately  fourteen  pounds 
and  the  shell  for  a  4-inch  gun  approximately 
thirty  pounds.  It  would  therefore  be  within 
the  scope  of  the  Agreement  for  each  of  the 
naval  vessels  in  question  to  carry  one  3-inch 
gun.  In  the  discussions  between  officers  of  the 
State  and  Navy  Departments,  however,  it  was 
brought  out  that  since  the  4-inch  gun  is  now 
what  is  considered  'standard  equipment', 
whereas  the  3 -inch  gun  is  not,  the  use  of  the 


MARCH   29,    1941 


369 


former  is  much  more  desirable  from  the  point 
of  view  of  giving  adequate  training  to  our 
naval  reserves. 

"After  careful  consideration  of  this  problem, 
Mr.  Hull  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  following 
proposal  would  be  in  harmony  with  the  spirit 
of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement;  namely,  the 
placing  of  two  4-inch  guns  on  each  of  three 
naval  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes,  and  the  re- 
moval of  all  other  armaments,  subject  to  cer- 
tain conditions.  These  are  that  the  firing  of 
target  practice  be  confined  to  the  territorial 
waters  of  the  United  States,  and  that  the  4-inch 
guns  be  dismantled  except  in  the  summer 
season  during  the  period  of  the  training  of 
naval  reserves. 

"There  remains  a  question  which  is  of  definite 
interest  to  both  Governments,  namely,  the  con- 
struction of  naval  vessels  in  shipyards  situated 
on  the  Great  Lakes.  The  State  Department  has 
recently  received  renewed  inquiries  on  this 
question. 

"The  Rush-Bagot  Agreement,  after  provid- 
ing for  the  maintenance  of  four  naval  vessels 
of  each  party  on  the  Great  Lakes,  stipulated 
that 

"  'All  other  armed  vessels  on  those  lakes  shall 
be  forthwith  dismantled  and  no  other  vessels  of 
war  shall  be  there  built  or  armed.' 

"The  provision  just  quoted  should,  Mr.  Hull 
believes,  be  read  in  the  light  of  the  geographical 
factor  to  which  reference  has  already  been  made. 
At  a  time  when  there  was  no  navigable  connec- 
tion between  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  it  was  obvious  that  naval  vessels  con- 
structed on  the  lakes  could  only  be  intended  for 
use  in  those  waters.  Mr.  Hull  is  satisfied  that 
it  was  this  contingency  alone  which  the  contract- 
ing parties  wished  to  guard  against,  for  no  evi- 
dence whatever  exists  to  suggest  that  either 
party  at  any  time  considered  that  the  Agreement 
should  affect  the  naval  forces  of  the  two  coun- 
tries outside  the  Great  Lakes  area. 

"In  the  circumstances,  Mr.  Hull  believes  that 
it  would  be  entirely  in  harmony  with  the.  intent 
of  the  negotiators  and  the  spirit  of  the  Agree- 
ment for  either  country  to  permit  naval  vessels. 


unquestionably  intended  for  tidewater  service 
only,  to  be  constructed  in  shipyards  situated  on 
the  Great  Lakes.  In  order  carefully  to  preserve 
the  intent  of  the  Agreement,  however,  it  is  be- 
lieved that  prior  to  the  commencement  of  con- 
struction each  Government  should  provide  the 
other  with  full  information  concerning  any 
naval  vessels  to  be  constructed  at  Great  Lakes 
ports;  that  such  vessels  should  immediately  be 
removed  from  the  lakes  upon  their  completion; 
and  that  no  armaments  whatever  should  be 
installed  until  the  vessels  reach  the  seaboard. 
"I  shall  be  happy  to  receive  for  Mr.  Hull's 
informal  and  confidential  information  any 
observations  which  you  may  wish  to  make  with 
regard  to  the  questions  touched  on  in  this  letter. 
"Sincerely  yours, 

Daniel  C.  Roper" 


"Ottawa,  10th  June,  1039. 
"My  Dear  Mr.  Roper  : 

"I  have  consulted  the  Acting  Prime  Minister 
and  Secretary  of  State  for  External  Affairs  and 
the  Dejiartment  of  National  Defence  concern- 
ing your  informal  letter  of  June  9th,  1939,  which 
conveys  the  observations  of  the  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  United  States  upon  certain  ques- 
tions raised  by  the  United  States  Navy  De- 
partment regarding  the.  Rush-Bagot  Agree- 
ment of  1817. 

"The  Canadian  Government  concur  fully  in 
the  desirability  of  preserving  this  long-standing 
Agreement  which  has  been  of  such  inestimable 
value  in  furthering  the  ideals  of  good  neighbor- 
hood in  this  region  of  the  world.  It  is  also 
recognised  that  the  great  changes  in  technical, 
industrial,  water  transport  and  population 
conditions  which  have  occurred  in  the  mean- 
time, whde  in  no  sense  altering  the  desire  of 
both  peoples  to  maintain  the  underlying  spirit 
and  objective  of  the  Agreement,  have  rendered 
its  technical  scheme  and  definitions  somewhat 
out  of  date.  It  might  be  urged  that  the  logical 
method  of  dealing  with  the  changed  situation 
would  be  the  conclusion  of  some  formal  revi- 
sion of  the  Agreement,  but  it  is  further  recog- 
nised that  the  drafting  of  a  new  document  which 
would  cover  present  and  future  considerations 


370 

of  interest  to  both  countries  might  present 
difficulties  at  the  present  time,  and  it  is  noted 
that  Mr.  Hull  is  inclined  to  the  opinion  that 
this  would  be  undesirable. 

"If  formal  revision  is,  as  we  agree,  imprac- 
ticable, it  is  nevertheless  recognised  that  there 
are  certain  measures  which  are  mutually  con- 
sidered to  be  practically  necessary  or  desirable 
and,  at  the  same  time,  to  be  consistent  with  the 
underlying  objective  of  the  Agreement  though 
not  strictly  consistent  with  its  technical  scheme 
or  definitions.  In  the  case  of  various  instances 
of  this  character  which  have  occurred  in  the. 
past,  the  two  Governments  have  consulted  and 
made  appropriate  dispositions  by  means  of  cor- 
respondence. It  is  felt  that  such  procedure, 
which  appears  to  be  essentially  inherent  in  the 
underlying  spirit  and  objective,  should  be  pur- 
sued as  regards  any  new  practical  measures 
concerning  naval  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes 
which  may  be  contemplated  at  the  present  mo- 
ment or  in  the  future. 

"In  the  light  of  these  general  considerations 
it  will  be  convenient  to  give  you  the  views  of 
the  Canadian  Government  regarding  the  par- 
ticular measures  which  your  Government  now 
consider  desirable  and  which  have  been  de- 
scribed in  your  letter  under  separate  headings. 

"  ( 1 )  Nwriber  and  size  of  vessels.  I  note  that 
there  is  no  proposal  to  increase  the  present  num- 
ber of  United  States  naval  vessels  on  the  Great 
Lakes.  As  regards  the  proposed  substitution 
of  the  Hawk,  which  is  now  on  the  Lakes,  by  an- 
other vessel,  the  Sacramento,  it  is  noted  also 
that  a  formal  request  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment for  permission  for  the  latter  vessel  to  pro- 
ceed into  the  Great  Lakes  through  Canadian 
waters  will  be  made  in  due  course.  The  Ca- 
nadian authorities  will  be  agreeable  to  this 
substitution,  and  I  assume  that  at  the  time  par- 
ticular information  will  be  given  as  to  the  dis- 
position of  the  Hawk  as  well  as  a  description 
of  the  Sacramento  and  the  purpose  of  the 
substitution. 

"(2)  Disposition  of  Vessels.  It  is  recognised, 
for  the  reasons  indicated  in  your  letter,  that  it 
would  be  consistent  with  the  underlying  purpose 
of  the  Agreement  to  have  the  naval  vessels  of 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE  BULLETIN 

each  party  move  freely  in  the  Great  Lakes  or 
to  maintain  them  at  any  of  its  ports  in  the 
Lakes. 

"(3)  Functions  of  the  Vessels.  The  Rush- 
Bagot  Agreement,  as  your  letter  points  out,  is 
silent  with  respect  to  the  functions  of  the  naval 
vessels  maintained  by  the  two  parties  on  the 
Great  Lakes  other  than  to  state  that  the  naval 
force  of  each  party  is  to  be  restricted  to  such 
services  as  will  in  no  respect  interfere  with  the 
proper  duties  of  the  armed  vessels  of  the  other 
party.  The  Canadian  Government  accordingly 
recognise  that  it  is  within  the  letter  as  well  as 
the  spirit  of  the  Agreement  for  such  naval  ves- 
sels of  both  parties  to  be  employed  in  the  train- 
ing of  naval  reserves,  or  in  any  other  normal 
activity,  including  the  firing  of  target  practice, 
within  their  respective  territorial  waters. 

"(4)  Armaments.  It  appears  that  in  view 
of  present-day  technical  conditions,  the  United 
States  naval  authorities  regard  3-inch  guns  as 
no  longer  adequate  for  the  purpose  of  training 
naval  reserves,  whereas  4-inch  guns,  though  not 
strictly  within  the  technical  definition  of  the 
Agreement,  would  be  suitable  for  that  purpose. 
Accordingly  Mr.  Hull  suggests  the  following 
proposal  as  being  in  harmony  with  the  spirit  of 
the  Agreement,  namely,  the  placing  of  two 
4-inch  guns  on  each  of  three  of  the  United  States 
naval  vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes  and  the  re- 
moval of  all  other  armaments,  subject  to  certain 
conditions.  These  conditions  are  that  the  firing 
of  target  practice  be  confined  to  the  territorial 
waters  of  the  United  States  and  that  the  4-inch 
guns  be  dismantled  except  in  the  summer  sea- 
son during  the  period  of  the  training  of  naval 
reserves.  The  Canadian  naval  authorities  con- 
cur in  the  view  of  the  United  States  naval  au- 
thorities above  indicated,  and  the  Canadian 
Government  agree  that  Mr.  Hull's  proposal  is 
consistent  with  the  underlying  purpose  and 
spirit  of  the  Agreement.  It  is  assumed  that  in 
due  course  the  Canadian  Government  will  be  in- 
formed of  the  names  of  the  vessels  upon  which 
the  4-inch  guns  have  been  placed.  It  is  also 
assumed  that,  should  any  alteration  as  regards 
armament  take  place  in  any  of  the  five  vessels 
in  the  future,  particulars  will  be  furnished. 


MARCH    29,    1941 


371 


"A  further  particular  question  is  raised  by 
your  letter,  namely,  the  construction  of  naval 
vessels  in  shipyards  situated  on  the  Great  Lakes. 
Careful  consideration  has  been  given  to  Mr. 
Hull's  observations  regarding  the  changes  in 
actual  conditions  that  have  occurred  in  this 
regard  during  the  past  century,  and  to  the  sug- 
gestion he  has  made  in  order  to  preserve  the 
intent  of  the  Agreement.  The  suggestion  is  that 
prior  to  the  commencement  of  construction,  each 
Government  should  provide  the  other  with  full 
information  concerning  any  naval  vessels  to  be 
constructed  at  Great  Lakes  ports ;  that  such  ves- 
sels should  immediately  be  removed  from  the 
Lakes  upon  their  completion ;  and  that  no  arma- 
ments whatever  should  be  installed  until  the 
vessels  reach  the  seaboard.  The  Canadian 
Government  appreciate  the  force  of  Mr.  Hull's 
observations,  and  they  agree  that  his  particular 
suggestion  would  be  consistent  with  the  under- 
lying objective  of  the  Agreement.  They  would 
understand  that  in  the  case  of  each  vessel  so  con- 
structed, when  the  time  came  for  her  removal  to 
the  seaboard,  the  Government  concerned  would 
make  the  usual  request  through  diplomatic 
channels  for  permission  to  pass  through  the 
other  party's  waters. 

"As  regards  all  these  matters  and  particular 
measures,  the  Canadian  Government  assume  it 
would  be  understood  that  the  foregoing  obser- 
vations and  understandings  so  far  as  they  have 
been  expressed  only  with  relation  to  United 
States  naval  vessels  maintained  on  the  Great 
Lakes  or  to  naval  vessels  to  be  constructed  in 
United  States  shipyards  there,  will  apply  equally 
to  the  case  of  any  Canadian  naval  vessels  that 
may  be  maintained  on  the  Great  Lakes  or  of 
naval  vessels  to  be  constructed  in  Canadian 
shipyards  there. 

"Yours  sincerely, 

O.  D.  Skelton" 


"Ottawa,  October  30,  W!fi. 
"My  Deae  Mr.  Moffat  : 

"May  I  refer  to  your  predecessor's  letter  of 
June  9,  1939,  and  to  my  letter  to  Mr.  Roper  of 
the  10th  June  of  the  same  year  concerning  cer- 

303735 — 11 4 


tain  questions  raised  by  the  United  States  Navy 
Department  regarding  the  Rush-Bagot  Agree- 
ment of  1817. 

"2.  At  that  time  it  was  recognized  that  there 
were  certain  measures  which  were  mutually 
considered  to  be  practically  necessary  or  desir- 
able and,  at  the  same  time,  to  be  consistent  with 
the  underlying  objective  of  the  Rush-Bagot 
Agreement,  though  not  strictly  consistent  with 
its  technical  scheme  or  definitions.  In  various 
instances  of  this  character  which  had  occurred 
in  the  past,  the  two  Governments  had  concurred 
and  made  appropriate  dispositions  by  means  of 
correspondence.  It  was  also  agreed  that  such  a 
procedure,  which  appeared  to  be  essentially  in- 
herent in  the  underlying  spirit  and  objective 
of  the  Agreement,  should  be  pursued  as  regards 
any  new  practical  measures,  concerning  naval 
vessels  on  the  Great  Lakes,  which  might  be 
contemplated. 

"3.  Certain  special  questions  including  'num- 
ber and  size  of  the  vessels',  'disposition  of  the 
vessels',  'functions  of  the  vessels',  and  'arma- 
ments' were  discussed  and  dealt  with  in  the  cor- 
respondence. A  further  particular  question  was 
also  raised,  namely,  the  construction  of  naval 
vessels  in  shipyards  situated  on  the  Great  Lakes. 
The  practice  and  procedure  that  should  be  fol- 
lowed in  the  case  of  such  construction  was  for- 
mulated along  lines  that  met  with  the  approval 
of  the  two  Governments. 

"4.  The  practice  that  was  then  approved  in- 
cluded the  following  elements: 

"(a)  That  each  Government  should  provide 
the  other  with  full  information  concern- 
ing any  naval  vessels  to  be  constructed  in 
Great  Lakes  ports  prior  to  the  commence- 
ment of  construction. 

"(b)  That  such  vessels  should  be  removed 
from  the  Lakes  upon  their  completion. 

"(c)  That  no  armaments  whatever  should  be 
installed  until  the  vessels  readied  the 
seaboard. 

"5.  A  new  aspect  of  this  question  has  arisen 
owing  to  the  congestion  at  the  Atlantic  seaboard 
shipyards  and  it  is  the  desire  of  the  Canadian 
Government  to  have  the  vessels  in  the  most  com- 


372 

plete  form  practicable  while  still  on  the  Great 
Lakes.  This  might  involve  equipment  with 
gun  mounts  and  with  guns  which  would  be  so 
dismantled  as  to  be  incapable  of  immediate  use 
so  long  as  the  vessels  remained  in  the  Great 
Lakes. 

"6.  It  is  therefore  suggested  that  a  further 
interpretation  of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement 
might  be  made  in  conformity  with  the  basic 
intent  of  the  Agreement  that  important  naval 
vessels  should  not  be  built  for  service  on  the 
Great  Lakes.  This  would  involve  recognition 
that  armament  might  be  installed  on  naval  ves- 
sels constructed  on  the  Great  Lakes  provided 
that: 

"(a.)  The  vessels  are  not  intended  for  service 
on  the  Great  Lakes; 

"  (b)  Prior  to,  commencement  of  construction, 
each  Government  furnish  the  other  with 
full  information  concerning  any  vessel 
to  be  constructed  at  Great  Lakes  ports; 

"(c)  The  armaments  of  the  vessels  are  placed 
in  such  condition  as  to  be  incapable  of 
immediate  use  while  the  vessels  remain 
in  the  Great  Lakes ;  and 

"(d)  The  vessels  are  promptly  removed  from 
the  Great  Lakes  upon  completion. 

"I  should  be  grateful  if  you  would  let  me 
know,  in  due  course,  whether  the  above  sug- 
gestion commends  itself  to  your  Government. 
"Yours  sincerely, 

O.  D.  Skelton" 


"Ottawa,  November  ;2,  191^0. 
"My  Dear  Dr.  Skelton  : 

"I  have  received  your  letter  of  October  30, 
1940,  in  which,  after  referring  to  Mr.  Roper's 
letter  to  you  of  June  9, 1939,  and  to  your  reply  to 
him  of  June  10,  1939,  concerning  certain  ques- 
tions regarding  the  interpretation  of  the  Rush- 
Bagot  Agreement  of  1817,  you  comment  on  the 
previous  practice  in  this  regard,  in  the  light  of 
modern  conditions  of  naval  construction,  and 
make  the  suggestion  that  a  further  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Rush-Bagot  Agreement  might  be 
made   in  conformity   with   the  intent   of  the 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 

Agreement  that  important  naval  vessels  should 
not  be  built  for  service  on  the  Great  Lakes. 
This  would  involve  recognition  that  armament 
might  be  installed  on  naval  vessels  constructed 
on  the  Great  Lakes  provided  that : 

"(a)  The  vessels  are  not  intended  for  service 

on  the  Great  Lakes; 
"(b)  Prior  to  commencement  of  construction, 
each  Government  furnish  the  other  with 
full  information  concerning  any  vessel 
to  be  constructed  at  Great  Lakes  ports; 
"(c)  The  armaments  of  the  vessels  are  placed 
in  such  condition  as  to  be  incapable  of 
immediate  use  while  the  vessels  remain 
in  the  Great  Lakes;  and 
"(d)  The  vessels  are  promptly  removed  from 
the  Great  Lakes  upon  completion. 

"In  reply,  I  am  authorized  to  inform  you  that 
the  United  States  Government  agrees  to  this 
further  interpretation  of  the  Rush-Bagot 
Agreement. 

"Sincerely  yours, 

Pierrepont  Moffat' 


American  Republics 


PAN  AMERICAN  COTTON  CONGRESS 

[Released  to  the  press  by  the  White  House] 

Pan  American  Cotton  Congress 
by  the  president  of  the  united  states  of 

AMERICA 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  the  production  of  cotton  and  the 
manufacture  and  distribution  of  cotton  prod- 
ucts represent  some  of  the  important  commer- 
cial activities  of  many  countries  in  the  Western 
Hemisphere  and  constitute  the  basis  of  appre- 
ciable volumes  of  trade  and  commerce  between 
them ;  and 

Whereas  the  economic  and  social  well-being 
of  large  segments  of  the  population  of  the  West- 
ern Hemisphere  are  dependent  upon  the  pros- 
perity of  the  cotton  industry  and  allied  enter- 
prises; and 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 

Whereas  dislocations  in  trade  and  commerce, 
resulting  from  hostilities  in  some  parts  of  the 
world,  have  had  serious  repercussions  in  the  in- 
dustries in  the  Western  Hemisphere  associated 
with  the  production  of  cotton;  and 

Whereas  a  concentrated  hemispheric  effort  to 
promote  the  increased  consumption  of  cotton 
and  of  its  products  would  ameliorate  the  burden 
of  surplus  stocks  resulting  from  such  disloca- 
tions and  ultimately  would  contribute  to  the 
economic  and  social  welfare  of  the  people  of 
this  large  and  important  area ;  and 

Whereas  the  Memphis  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce, the  Memphis  Cotton  Exchange,  the  Mem- 
phis Cotton  Carnival  Association,  and  the 
National  Cotton  Council  are  organizing  a  Pan 
American  Cotton  Congress  to  be  held  in  Mem- 
phis, Tennessee,  from  October  6  to  10,  1941 ;  and 

Whereas  a  joint  resolution  of  Congress, 
approved  December  17,  1940,  reads  as  follows: 

"Resolved  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives of  the  United  States  of  America  in 
Congress  assembled,  That  the  President  of  the 
United  States  is  authorized  and  requested,  by 
proclamation  or  in  such  manner  as  he  may  deem 
proper,  to  invite  all  foreign  countries  and 
nations  to  the  Pan  American  Cotton  Congress 
to  be  held  at  Memphis,  Tennessee,  during  the 
year  1941,  with  a  request  that  they  participate 
therein" : 

Now,  therefore,  I,  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt, 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  pur- 
suant to  the  aforesaid  joint  resolution  of  Con- 
gress, do  invite  the  nations  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere to  participate  in  a  Pan  American  Cotton 
Congress  to  be  held  in  Memphis,  Tennessee,  from 
October  6  to  10, 1941,  to  discuss  ways  and  means 
of  increasing  the  popular  consumption  of  cotton 
and  the  products  thereof. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States  of 
America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  City  of  Washington  this  28" 
day  of  March,  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  nineteen  hundred  and  forty- 

[seal]     one,  and  of  the  Independence  of  the 


373 

United  States  of  America  the  one 
hundred  and  sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 
By  the  President : 
Sumner  Welles, 

Acting  Secretary  of  State. 
[No.  2470] 

INTER  -  AMERICAN    DEVELOPMENT 
COMMISSION:  CHILEAN  COUNCIL 

[Released  to  the  press  by  the  Office  for  Coordination  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  American 
Republics  March  20] 

Nelson  A.  Rockefeller,  Coordinator  of  Com- 
mercial and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the 
American  Republics,  has  announced  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Chilean  National  Council,  the  fifth 
of  21  councils  being  established  by  the  Inter- 
American  Development  Commission  in  its  pro- 
gram for  the  stimulation  of  trade  among  the 
American  republics.  Mr.  Rockefeller  is  Chair- 
man of  the  Development  Commission. 

The  Chilean  Council  is  headed  by  Dr.  Guil- 
lermo  del  Pedregal,  who  is  Vice  President  of 
the  Corporacion  de  Fomento  of  Chile.  The 
other  members  include: 

Senator  Hernan  Videla  Lira,  as  vice 
chairman.  Senator  Videla  Lira  repre- 
sents the  liberal  party  in  the  Chilean 
Senate  and  is  President  of  the  Sociedad 
Nacional  de  Mineria. 

Luis  Anibal  Barrios,  President  of  the  Junta 
de  Export  acion  Agricola. 

Gaston  de  Goyeneche,  President  of  the 
Camara  de  Comercio. 

Alberto  Cabero,  former  Chilean  Ambassa- 
dor to  the  United  States  and  President  of 
the  Caja  de  Amortization. 

Carlos  Campbell  del  Campo,  former  mem- 
ber of  the  Development  Commission  and 
former  Commercial  Counselor  of  the 
Chilean  Embassy  in  Washington. 

Arrangements  for  establishment  of  the  Coun- 
cil were  completed  in  Santiago,  where  an  initial 
meeting  has  been  held.  Similar  councils  com- 
posed of  outstanding  business,  professional,  and 
technical  men  have  been  formed  in  Brazil, 
Argentina,  Uruguay,  and  Paraguay. 


374 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


The  Near  East 


EXCHANGE  OF  MESSAGES  BETWEEN 
THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  AND  THE  KING  OF  GREECE 

A  translation  of  a  telegram  received  by  the 
President  from  the  King  of  Greece  regarding 
the  President's  address  of  March  15,  1941 1  is  as 
follows : 

"Athens,  March  17, 1941. 
"Your  noble  words  have  been  deeply  felt  in 
Greece  whose  gratitude  toward  the  United  States 
of  America  and  its  illustrious  President  is  in- 
finite. In  the  name  of  the  Hellenic  people  I 
thank  you  for  the  confidence  in  it  which  you 
are  good  enough  to  express.  In  the  name  of 
the  Greek  Army  I  wish  to  assure  you  that  every 
cannon,  every  shell  placed  in  its  hands  will  be 
a  gain  for  the  ideas  to  which  the  Union  devotes 


in  so  lofty  a  spirit  its  immense  resources.  The 
soldiers  of  Greece  also  are  resolved  to  win  the 
right  that  free  nations  worthy  of  liberty  may  be 
able  to  repeat  in  the  days  ol  posterity  your 
moving  words  blessed  be  our  ancestors. 

George  II'' 

The  President's  reply  to  the  King  of  Greece 
follows : 

"Washington,  March  24,  1941. 
"I  deepty  appreciate  Your  Majesty's  cordial 
message.  Greece  has  abundantly  proved  her- 
self a  free  nation  worthy  of  the  liberty  she  is  so 
brilliantly  maintaining.  I  have  every  cer- 
tainty that  the  resources  which  the  United 
States  is  making  available  to  fre«  peoples  will 
make  it  possible  for  these  peoples  to  create  a 
nobler  world.  I  am  very  sure  that  the  will  to 
victory  of  the  soldiers  of  Greece  will  be  re- 
warded by  success. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt" 


General 


COOPERATIVE  ACTION  IN  THE  NEW  WORLD 

ADDRESS   BY   ASSISTANT    SECRETARY   BERLE ' 


[Released  to  the  press  March  29] 

A  war  is  being  fought  overseas,  precipitated 
by  the  claim  that  it  was  necessary  to  establish 
a  new  order  in  Europe.  The  Axis  powers  have 
done  their  best  to  get  everyone  to  accept  the  idea 
that  only  through  Axis  victory  can  a  "new  or- 
der" be  created. 

The  fact,  of  course,  is  that  the  New  World  has 
been  steadily  creating  a  modern  order  on  its  own 
account;  and  has  been  at  it  for  a  good  many 
years.  Even  the  phrase  "a  new  order"  applied 
to  political  developments  is  not  German.  It 
was  coined  by  President  Wilson.     He  used  it  to 


'Bulletin  of  March  15,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  90), 
pp.  277-281. 

'Delivered  at  a  luncheon  of  the  Survey  Associates, 
New  York  City,  March  29,  1941. 


sum  up  the  dream  he  had  of  a  braver  and  safer 
base  of  affairs.  As  you  know,  he  died  before  he 
could  see  any  part  of  his  plans  become  real. 
But  the  dream  did  not  die;  and  we  have,  long 
since  been  making  it  come  true  on  this  side  of 
the  Atlantic  Ocean. 

To  conceive  any  lasting  new  order  requires  a 
knowledge  of  the  simple  fact  that  any  order  of 
things,  new  or  old,  rests  on  people.  Behind 
governments  and  international  organizations 
there  are  hundreds  of  millions  of  individuals, 
who  have  the  normal  human  desire  to  live  and  to 
have  homes  and  to  bring  up  children  and  to  use 
whatever  gifts  they  have  in  some  creative  way. 
Progress  towards  any  new  order  means  satis- 
fying these  desires  for  a  larger  number  of  peo- 
ple, until  at  last  substantially  everyone  has  at 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 


375 


his  command  the  opportunity  at  least  to  make 
the  most  out  of  himself. 

In  the  New  World  we  have  made  some  real 
progress  along  this  line.  We  are  likely,  in  my 
judgment,  to  make  much  more  rapid  progress 
in  the  near  future. 

Let  us  get  down  to  cases. 

No  one  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  seriously 
believes  that  there  ought  to  be  any  permanent 
difference  between  the  well-being  of  any  one 
country  and  that  of  any  other.  The  situation 
can  be  healthy  only  if  the  economic  and  political 
institutions  are  so  arranged  that  they  serve 
everyone  alike.  If,  after  that,  any  one  nation 
has  a  favored  position,  it  must  be  clue  to  the 
greater  capacity  of  its  people — and  not  to  any 
artificial  advantage.  A  considerable  part  of 
our  task,  accordingly,  must  be  the  removal  of 
artificial  advantages,  or,  if  you  like,  the  sharing 
of  resources  so  that  they  are  available  on  equi- 
table terms  to  the  peoples  of  the  three 
Americas. 

Achievement  of  any  such  principle  is  a  huge 
undertaking.  And  yet,  I  think,  a  great  deal 
has  been  done ;  and  it  has  been  done  on  a  basis 
known  nowhere  else  in  the  world. 

One  very  great  advantage  which  the  United 
States  happens  to  possess  is  the  fact  that  she 
is  a  huge  reservoir  of  capital.  Translated  into 
common-sense  language,  that  merely  means 
that  this  country  can  organize  and  make  avail- 
able materials  and  men  and  technical  skill  to 
construct  permanent  improvements.  The 
money  that  is  commonly  called  capital  means 
nothing,  except  as  it  gives  this  power.  Partly 
because  we  are  a  large  country,  partly  because 
we  are  a  rich  country,  and  partly  because  we 
have  had  the  good  fortune  or  good  sense  to  see 
to  it  that  our  people  are  well  trained  and  edu- 
cated, the  United  States  has  been  able  to  gather 
together  this  power  to  organize  men  and  ma- 
terials and  technical  skill  and  to  make  it  as- 
tonishingly mobile.  A  century  ago  it  would 
have  been  quite  usual  practice  to  try  to  use  this 
as  a  means  of  dominating  great  parts  of  the 
world.  Today,  no  one  even  remotely  considers 
that  that  is  or  can  be  a  healthy  use  of  what  we 
call  "capital".  The  nineteenth-century  "capi- 
talist imperialism"  is  as  dead  as  a  door  nail. 


Instead,  we  have  been  at  work  for  a  decade 
endeavoring  to  construct  institutions  which 
will  make  this  great  power  to  build  (for  that  is 
what  capital  really  is)  available  as  widely  as 
possible  to  the  20  other  American  republics. 
The  climax  of  these  efforts  came  last  summer, 
when  President  Roosevelt  asked,  and  the  Con- 
gress of  the  United  States  granted,  a  fund  of 
a  half  billion  dollars  to  be  made  available  for 
the  development  of  this  hemisphere.  This  was 
partly  because  the  burdens  of  the  European 
war  had  fallen  unduly  heavily  on  certain  of 
the  South  American  countries.  But  it  was  still 
more  grounded  on  the  knowledge  that  the 
steady  progress  of  the  other  countries  in  the 
New  World  was  quite  as  necessary  to  us  as  it 
was  to  them.  A  pool  of  half  a  billion  dollars 
made  at  least  a  respectable  beginning  towards 
internationalizing  some  part  of  the  power  of 
our  so-called  capital;  and  it  has  had  the  effect 
of  enabling  our  American  neighbors  to  draw- 
on  the  materials  and  technical  skill  of  the 
United  States  to  seek  their  own  national 
welfare. 

I  believe  that  a  further  change  will  take  place 
with  the  setting  up  of  the  proposed  Inter- 
American  Bank. 

A  second  advantage  held  by  some  countries  is 
the  high  development  of  industry.  But  it  is  not 
sound  to  have  all  of  the  industry  of  the  hemi- 
sphere concentrated  in  one  country;  even  from 
the  commercial  point  of  view,  trade  is  better  if 
other  countries  likewise  share  the  benefit  of  in- 
dustrial progress.  Accordingly,  and  under  the 
guidance  of  the  Inter-American  Financial  and 
Economic  Advisory  Committee,  there  has  been 
a  systematic  effort  to  encourage  greater  develop- 
ment in  those  countries  which  have  not  as  yet 
shared  in  the  rise  of  the  industrial  arts.  An 
illustration  of  this  policy  is  the  steel  plant  now 
being  constructed  in  Brazil,  a  project  largely 
worked  out  by  President  Vargas  and  organized 
by  a  combination  of  skills  from  Brazil  and  from 
the  United  States.  There  are  other,  less  dra- 
matic, projects  now  going  forward,  and  I  believe 
there  will  be  many  more. 

I  hope  that  some  day  we  may  make  still 
greater  progress.  I  hope  that  the  day  may  come 
when  we  see  a  cooperative  promotion  group  in 


376 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


the  hemisphere  whose  business  it  is  to  seek  out 
opportunities  and  needs ;  and  who  are  equipped 
with  money,  making  it  possible  for  them  to  go 
ahead  and  get  something  done. 

The  third  subject  on  which  we  have  already 
begun  to  develop  new  techniques  is  that  of  com- 
modities and  commodity  distribution.  We  have 
today  agreements  covering  and  safeguarding 
quotas  for  sugar  which  assure  a  limited  portion 
of  our  market,  making  it  possible  for  certain 
sugar-producing  neighbors  to  count  on  an  unin- 
terrupted market.  The  cooperative  action  of 
the  coffee-producing  countries  has  produced 
an  agreement  with  regard  to  coffee.  Agree- 
ments are  being  made  to  initiate  work  in  other 
great  commodity  fields.  The  famous  exchange 
of  coffee  for  corn  worked  out  between  Argentina 
and  Brazil  is  a  case  in  point.  In  some  cases  we 
have  been  able  to  make  our  defense  necessities 
serve  the  cooperative  policy;  the  purchase  of 
nitrates  and  of  copper  and  of  other  metals  for 
defense  purposes  has,  happily,  been  handled  so 
that  it  serves  a  real  purpose,  in  stabilizing  the 
hemispheric  economy  as  well  as  calling  forth 
production  which  all  of  us  urgently  need. 

In  addition  to  these,  I  should  like  to  cite  an 
example  of  cooperation  with  our  great  northern 
neighbor,  Canada,  which  still  further  will 
strengthen  the  hemispheric  economy.  This  is  the 
Great  Lakes  -  St.  Lawrence  Agreement  signed 
only  last  week  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  Canada. 
When  the  project  is  completed  it  will  not  only 
increase  the  supply  of  electric  power  to  both 
countries,  which  is  urgently  needed  now  for 
defense  and  which  we  know  will  be  still  more 
urgently  needed  by  peace-time  reconstruction 
later,  but  it  will  also  make  possible  the  develop- 
ment in  the  Great  Lakes  of  a  huge  area  of  inland 
industry  with  access  to  the  open  sea.  It  is  not 
always  that  God  gives  to  two  countries  the 
privilege  of  developing,  in  friendship  and  peace, 
an  area  comparable  to  that  of  the  famous  closed 
seas  of  Europe — of  the  Black  Sea  or  the  Cas- 
pian— fully  equipped  with  natural  resources, 
with  coal,  with  iron,  with  industrial  plants,  with 
electric  power,  with  everything  in  fact  needed 
to  make  a  whole  civilization  by  itself.    In  the 


same  category  may  be  put  the  cooperative  devel- 
opment of  the  other  power  resources  which  we 
have  been  forced  to  begin  in  connection  with 
the  armament  program  and  which,  we  hope,  will 
prove  a  forerunner  to  a  truer  and  more  effective 
coordination  of  the  economies  of  our  two 
countries. 

We  could,  of  course,  expand  the  list.  Enough 
has  been  said  here  to  illustrate  the  point  I  wish 
to  make.  In  the  New  World  we  have  not 
needed  to  invoke  dictatorship  nor  to  create 
strange  doctrines  of  master-peoples  nor  to  force 
agreements  by  threats  of  conquest  nor  to  coerce 
unwilling  neighbors  into  the  cooperation  of 
servitude. 

The  work  already  done  gives  promise  that  in 
a  period  of  reconstruction  after  the  war  we  shall 
make  still  more  rapid  progress. 

And  this  progress  is  the  result  of  the  peculiar 
and  brilliant  achievement  which  the  New  World 
has  to  offer,  and  in  right  of  which  it  has  properly 
acquired  an  outstanding  position  in  the  world. 
This  is  the  achievement  of  a  basis  of  dealing 
between  groups  of  different  race,  of  different 
background  and  different  tongue,  by  friendship 
instead  of  force,  by  mutual  respect  instead  of 
by  fear. 

This  is,  in  blunt  fact,  a  moral  achievement 
even  more  than  it  is  political.  The  other  day 
at  the  State  Department  we  were  discussing  the 
project  of  a  road  connecting  the  United  States 
with  Alaska  and  running  through  British  Co- 
lumbia. We  were  hard  at  it  with  engineering 
estimates  and  problems  of  finance  and  appraisals 
of  its  probable  usefulness.  But  I  could  not  help 
thinking  that  in  other  parts  of  the  world  a 
negotiation  for  a  roadway  connecting  terri- 
tories would  mean  something  quite  different  and 
would  be  dealt  with  on  an  entirely  different 
basis.  Was  it  so  long  ago  that  negotiations  for 
the  right  to  cross  the  Danzig  Corridor  called 
all  Poland  to  mobilization,  fearing  lest  her  in- 
dependence might  be  threatened — as  indeed  it 
was? 

So  far  from  seeking  dominance,  the  great 
glory  of  the  New  World  has  been  the  fact  that  it 
was  the  very  embodiment  of  cooperative  action. 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 


377 


Where  we  have  departed  from  this  principle  we 
have  found  that  it  made  us  not  stronger  but 
weaker.  Where  we  have  worked  together,  we 
have  discovered  that  we  could  form  an  unshak- 
able and  unbreakable  edifice  to  which  a  war-torn 
Old  World  now  looks  with  eyes  of  longing  and 
hope. 

More  recently  we  have  had  to  consider,  at  long 
last,  the  problem  of  the  common  defense.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  there  never  was  any 
question  in  the  minds  of  any  of  us  that  it  was  a 
common  defense,  and  none  that  the  duty  of  de- 
fending rested  equally  on  us  all.  Every  Ameri- 
can nation  was  and  is  deeply  concerned  that 
every  American  nation  shall  be  protected  to  the 
utmost  in  its  independence  and  in  its  right  to 
find  its  own  way.  It  would  not  be  proper  for  me 
to  discuss  here  the  specific  defense  measures, 
but  I  am  happy  to  say  that  the  cooperation  has 
been  complete;  complete  to  a  degree  which 
would  seem  incredible  if  one  did  not  know  the 
driving  force  of  the  ideal  of  the  cooperative 
peace  which  has  given  to  the  New  World  its 
present  stability  and  its  great  hope  for  future 
strength. 

I  think  we  must  all  realize  that  the  period 
after  the  war  is  likely  to  be  as  significant  as 
the  war  period  we  are  now  going  through.  We 
shall  have  to  face  titanic  issues.  We  shall  have 
to  transform  an  economic  life  based  on  the  ef- 
fort of  defense  into  an  equally  active  economic 
life  based  on  the  will  to  build  even  more  strongly 
and  more  beneficially  the  lives  of  the  peoples 


of  the  Americas.  We  shall  have  at  our  dispo- 
sition huge  productive  mechanisms  called  into 
existence  to  provide  munitions.  We  shall  be 
under  the  impulsion  of  seeing  to  it  that  the  many 
millions  of  men  in  Canada,  the  United  States, 
in  Chile,  in  Brazil,  and  in  the  other  American 
republics,  who  have  been  contributing  to  that 
work,  are  not  merely  turned  loose  to  find  their 
own  economic  readjustment  at  their  own 
expense. 

If  now  we  work  in  the  common  defense,  then 
we  shall  be  working  for  the  common  welfare. 
We  shall,  in  my  judgment,  have  to  be  sharing 
burdens  from  overseas  in  the  desperate  attempt 
to  repair  some  part  of  the  wreckage  which  a 
short-sighted  policy  of  militarism  and  narrow 
nationalism  has  at  length  let  loose  in  Europe 
and  in  Asia.  The  doing  of  these  things  will  tax 
our  imagination  to  the  utmost.  It  will  require 
the  best  of  our  minds  and  the  greatest  enlighten- 
ment of  our  hearts.  We  shall  face  many  dis- 
couragements. The  problems  both  here  and 
elsewhere  will  be  difficult.  We  shall  not  always 
be  able  to  conquer  the  influence  of  selfish  groups 
who  seek  to  preserve  artificial  advantages  at 
the  expense  of  the  general  good;  and  we  shall 
encounter  setbacks  and  disappointments.  But 
I  am  confident  that  the  New  World  which  is 
building  will  be  the  most  apt  instrument  of 
civilization  which  the  world  has  yet  seen;  and 
that  we  are  now  constructing  and  will  pass  to 
our  successor  generation  a  home  of  manj'  man- 
sions more  stable  than  any  yet  seen. 


CONTROL  OF  EXPORTS  IN  NATIONAL  DEFENSE 


[Released  to  the  press  March  28] 

The  President  signed  a  proclamation  on 
March  27  placing  additional  articles  and  mate- 
rials under  the  export-control  system. 

In  recommending  this  action,  Brig.  Gen.  Rus- 
sell L.  Maxwell,  Administrator  of  Export  Con- 
trol, stated  that  the  interest  of  the  national  de- 
fense makes  advisable  the  placing  of  these  items 
under  control  at  this  time. 

The  articles  and  materials,  which  may  not  be 
exported  from  the  United  States  after  April  15 


without  obtaining  an  export  license,  include 
various  fats  and  oils,  chemicals,  and  miscellane- 
ous items. 

It  was  again  emphasized  that  subjecting  an 
article  or  material  to  the  export -licensing  re- 
quirement does  not  indicate  the  establishment 
of  an  embargo,  but  simply  makes  available  con- 
trols which  can  be  utilized  in  varying  degree  if 
and  when  the  need  arises.  Specific  statement 
was  made  to  the  effect  that  control  of  fats  and 
oils  will  be  adjusted  in  such  a  way  as  to  safe- 


378 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


guard  the  competitive  position  of  United  States 
agriculture  in  foreign  markets. 

The  text  of  the  proclamation  follows : 

Control  of  the  Export  of  Certain  Articles 
and  Materials 

kt  the  president  of  the  p/ntted  states 
of  america 

A  Proclamation 

Whereas  section  6  of  the  act  of  Congress  en- 
titled "An  Act  To  expedite  the  strengthening  of 
the  national  defense",  approved  July  2,  1940, 
provides  as  follows: 

"Sec.  6.  Whenever  the  President  deter- 
mines that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest  of 
national  defense  to  prohibit  or  curtail  the 
exportation  of  any  military  equipment  or 
munitions,  or  component  parts  thereof,  or 
machinery,  tools,  or  materials,  or  supplies  nec- 
essary for  the  manufacture,  servicing,  or  oper- 
ation thereof,  he  may  by  proclamation  pro- 
hibit or  curtail  such  exportations,  except  un- 
der such  rules  and  regulations  as  he  shall  pre- 
scribe. Any  such  proclamation  shall  describe 
the  articles  or  materials  included  in  the  pro- 
hibition or  curtailment  contained  therein.  In 
case  of  the  violation  of  any  provision  of  any 
proclamation,  or  of  any  rule  or  regulation,  is- 
sued thereunder,  such  violator  or  violators, 
upon  conviction,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $10,000.00  or  by  imprison- 
ment for  not  more  than  two  years,  or  by  both 
such  fine  and  imprisonment.  The  authority 
granted  in  this  section  shall  terminate  June 
30,  1942,  unless  the  Congress  shall  otherwise 
provide." 

NOW,  THEREFORE,  I,  FRANKLIN  D.   RoOSEVELT, 

President  of  the  United  States  of  America,  act- 
ing under  and  by  virtue  of  the  authority  vested 
in  me  by  the  aforesaid  act  of  Congress,  do 
hereby  proclaim  that  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  Administrator  of  Export  Control  I  have 
determined  that  it  is  necessary  in  the  interest 
of  the  national  defense  that  on  and  after  April 
15,  1941,  the  following-described  articles  and 
materials  shall  not  be  exported  from  the  United 


States  except  when  authorized  in  each  case  by  a 
license  as  provided  for  in  Proclamation  2413  of 
July  2,  1940,  entitled  "Administration  of  sec- 
tion 6  of  the  act  entitled  'An  Act  To  expedite 
the  strengthening  of  the  national  defense'  ap- 
proved July  2, 1940" : 

1.  Animal,  fish  and  marine  mammal  oils,  fats  and 

greases,  edible  and  inedible. 

2.  Vegetable  oils  and  fats,  edible  and  inedible. 

3.  Vegetable  oilseeds,  and  vegetable  and  other  oil- 

bearing  raw  materials. 

4.  Fatty  acids. 

5.  Bristles. 

6.  Nux  vomica. 

7.  Nylon. 
S.  Kapok. 

9.  Purified    wood    pulp    containing    80%    or    more 

alphacellulose. 

10.  Cork. 

11.  Carbon  electrodes. 

12.  Petrolatum. 

13.  Alkyd  resins. 

14.  Explosives,  in  addition  to  those  listed  in  Proc- 

lamation 2237  of  May  1,  1937. 

15.  Detonators  and  blasting  caps. 

16.  Napthalene. 

17.  Phenol. 

18.  Aniline. 

19.  Phthalie  anhydride. 

20.  Dibutyl  phthalate. 

21.  Diethyl  phthalate. 

22.  Dipropylphthalate. 

23.  Omega  Chloroaeetophenone. 

24.  Styrene. 

25.  Nitroderivatives    of    benzene,    toluene,     xylene, 

naphthalene,   and  phenols  in   addition  to  those 
specified  in  the  proclamation  of  May  1,  1937. 

26.  Strychnine  and  salts  thereof. 

27.  Polymers  and  copolymers  of  butadiene,  acryloni- 
trile,  butylene,  chloroprene,  styrene,  vinylidene, 
chloride,  and  synthetic  rubber-like  compounds, 
fabricated  or  unfabricated. 

28.  Chloropicrin. 

29.  Tartaric  acid. 

30.  Rochelle  salts. 

31.  Cuprous  oxide. 

32.  Acetic  aldehyde. 

33.  Pentaerythrite. 

34.  Formaldehyde. 

35.  Nitroguanidine. 

36.  Guanidine  nitrate. 

37.  Dicyanodiamide. 

38.  Monochloroacetic  acid. 

39.  Chloroacetyl  chloride. 

40.  Thiodiglycol. 

41.  Ethylene  chlorhydrine. 


MARCH   29,    1941 


379 


42.  Hexamethylene  tetramine. 

43.  Acrylonitrile. 

44.  Butadiene. 

45.  Butylene. 

46.  Chloroprene. 

47.  Sodium  chlorate. 

48.  Sulphur  chlorides. 

49.  Arsenic  trichloride. 

50.  Vinylidene  chloride. 

51.  Iodine. 

Item  (6)  of  Proclamation  2463  of  March  4, 

1941.3  is  superseded  by  item  4  of  this  procla- 
mation. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  caused  the  seal  of  the  United  States 
of  America  to  be  affixed. 

Done  at  the  city  of  Washington  this  27th  day 
of  March,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  forty -one,  and  of  the  Independence  of 
the  United  States  of  America  the  one  hundred 
and  sixty-fifth. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

By  the  President : 
Sumner  Welles 

Acting  Secretary  of  State. 
[No.  246S] 
[Released  to  the  press  March  26] 

In  view  of  legal  prohibitions  which  have  re- 
cently been  placed  by  the  Government  of  Cuba 
upon  re-exportations  from  that  country,  it  has 
been  found  possible  for  this  Government  to 
issue  general  licenses  for  the  export  to  Cuba  of 
certain  of  the  articles  and  materials  named  in 
proclamations  and  regulations  issued  pursuant 
to  section  6  of  the  Export  Control  Act  of  July  2, 
1940.  Accordingly,  under  the  authority  of  the 
provisions  of  the  Executive  order  of  January  15, 

1941.4  the  Acting  Secretary  of  State  on  March 
26  issued  the  following  general  licenses  to  au- 
thorize exports  to  Cuba : 

License  No.  GAB  3  for  antimony 
GAC  3  for  asbestos 
GAD  3  for  chromium 
GAH  3  for  hides  (cattle  and  horse) 
GAO  3  for  molybdenum 
GAB  3  for  quartz  crystals 


"Bulletin  of  March  8,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  89),  pp.  243- 
244. 

'Bulletin  of  January  18,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  82),  p.  91. 
303735 — 41 5 


GAT  3  for  rubber  (all  forms  and  types  of 
raw  rubber,  reprocessed  rubber,  and 
scrap  rubber  containing  more  than 
ten  percent  of  rubber.) 

GAU  3  for  silk 

GBI  3  for  sodium  acetate 

GBH  3  for  soda  lime 

GBJ  3  for  strontium  chemicals 

GAW  3  for  toluol 

GAT  3  for  vanadium 

GAZ  3  for  wool 

GHA  3  for  ingots 

GMG  3  for  bars 

GMC  3  for  plates 

GHM  3  for  wire  rods 

GMA  3  for  structural  pieces 

GMB  3  for  pilings 

GME  3  for  rails 

GMJ  3  for  tubes 

GMK  3  for  wire 

GMS  3  for  sheets  of  tin 

GMV  3  for  wheels 

GMW  3  for  axles 

GMX  3  for  spikes 

Collectors  of  customs  have  been  authorized  to 
permit,  without  the  requirement  of  an  individ- 
ual license,  the  exportation  to  Cuba  of  any  of 
the  articles  and  materials  mentioned  above.  In 
such  cases,  however,  the  exporter  is  required  to 
indicate  the  appropriate  license  number  on  the 
export  declaration  for  the  shipment  which  he 
proposes  to  export.  Those  articles  and  materials 
for  which  no  general  licenses  to  export  to  Cuba 
have  been  issued  (i.  e.,  those  articles  and  ma- 
terials which  are  subject  to  the  export-license 
requirements,  but  which  are  not  included  in  the 
above  list)  will  continue  to  require  individual 
licenses  for  their  exportation. 

Consideration  is  presently  being  given  to  the 
matter  of  the  issuance  of  general  licenses  au- 
thorizing exportations  to  other  countries  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere. 

The  Secretary  of  State  has  sent  the  following 
circular  letter  to  collectors  of  customs: 

"I  refer  to  the  Department's  circular  air  mail 
letter  of  January  29,  1941,5  relative  to  the  ex- 
port licensing  requirements  for  aluminum  foil, 
ami  the  Department's  letter  of  February  13, 


'Bulletin  of  February  1, 1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  84),  p.  128. 


380 


DEPARTMENT  OF   STATE  BULLETIN 


1941,  defining  aluminum  foil  and  exempting 
paper-backed  foil,  or  foil  which  is  colored, 
color-stamped,  or  printed  from  the  require- 
ment of  an  export  license. 

"Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  existing  control 
over  the  exportation  of  aluminum  is  being 
jeopardized  by  uncontrolled  exportations  of 
paper-backed  foil,  etc.,  it  has  been  found  neces- 
sary to  redefine  the  term  aluminum  foil  to  in- 
clude all  types  of  paper-backed,  colored,  or  em- 
bossed foil,  or  foil  modified  in  any  other  way." 

The  Division  of  Controls  has  recently  issued 
the  following  statement : 

"In  order  to  coordinate  and  expedite  exporta- 
tions to  the  Netherlands  Indies,  the  Netherlands 
Purchasing  Commission  has  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  State  unlimited  licenses  for  the 
shipment  of  certain  licensable  products  to  the 
Netherlands  Indies.  The  products  included 
are  those  of  iron,  steel,  copper,  brass,  bronze,  and 
nickel,  which  are  subject  to  the  requirement  of 
an  export  license  in  accordance  with  the  Presi- 
dent's proclamations  of  December  10, 1940 6  and 
January  10,  1941.7 

"In  order  to  make  use  of  the  unlimited  licenses 
under  reference,  the  exporter  must  apply  to  the 
Netherlands  Purchasing  Commission,  10  Rocke- 


feller Plaza,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  for  permission  to 
use  the  license  issued  to  that  Commission.  The 
prospective  exporter  will  facilitate  granting  of 
this  permission  if  his  initial  communication  sets 
forth  full  details  respecting  the  proposed  ship- 
ment. The  form  used  for  applications  to  the 
State  Department  should  not  be  used. 

"To  assist  the  Netherlands  Purchasing  Com- 
mission in  their  program  of  coordinating  ex- 
portations to  the  Netherlands  Indies  and  to 
facilitate  shipment  by  authorized  American  ex- 
porters, the  Department  of  State  is  returning  to 
applicants  applications  for  license  to  export  to 
the  Netherlands  Indies  articles  and  materials 
composed  of  the  basic  products  named  above. 

"Any  proposed  exporter  who  does  not  choose 
to  make  use  of  the  unlimited  licenses  issued  to 
the  Netherlands  Purchasing  Commission  may 
make  application  for  individual  license  to  the 
Department  of  State,  in  the  customary  manner. 
In  order  that  such  appbcation  will  not  be  re- 
turned to  the  applicant  under  the  above- 
described  arrangement,  however,  it  is  requested 
that  such  applicants  attach  firmly  to  each  appli- 
cation a  slip  stating  'individual  license  desired' 
or  some  similar  phrase.  Such  applications  will 
receive  prompt  consideration  in  the  Depart- 
ment." 


Commercial  Policy 


OUR  FOREIGN  TRADE  AND  THE  PRESENT  EMERGENCY 

ADDRESS  BY  RAYMOND  H.  GEIST8 


[Released  to  the  press  March  25] 

Gentlemen  : 

I  wish  to  express,  first  of  all,  my  appreciation 
of  your  kind  invitation  to  be  present  today  and 
participate  in  the  annual  "get  together"  of  the 


'Bulletin  of  December  14,  1940  (vol.  Ill,  no.  77), 
pp.  529-530. 

''Bulletin  of  January  11,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no.  81), 
pp.  52-53. 


Export  Managers'  Club  of  New  York.  I  am 
most  happy  to  see  again  so  many  members  of 
the  Overseas  Automotive  Club,  whose  luncheon 
guest  it  was  my  good  fortune  to  be  recently  in 


8  Delivered  at  a  luncheon  given  by  the  Export  Mana- 
gers' Club  of  New  York,  March  25,  1941.  Mr.  Geist  is 
Chief  of  the  Division  of  Commercial  Affairs,  Department 
of  State. 


MAECH   29,    1941 


381 


Chicago,  while  the  Automotive  Exposition  was 
being  held  in  that  city. 

I  am  very  glad  that  you  businessmen  who  are 
primarily  interested  in  the  export  trade  of  the 
United  States  arrange  these  conventions  and  so 
afford  each  other  opportunity  to  discuss  the 
problems  which  exist  and  mutually  endeavor  to 
find  solutions  of  the  difficulties  which  are  con- 
stantly arising.  There  is  no  assurance  that  you 
will  be  able  to  solve  all  of  the  problems  or  prob- 
ably even  get  respite  from  most  of  the  worries 
which  confront  you ;  but  by  getting  together  and 
discussing  all  phases  of  the  questions,  you  will 
at  least  have  a  clearer  understanding  of  what  the 
problems  are  even  if  solutions  appear  to  be 
far  off. 

The  world  in  which  international  trade  is  be- 
ing carried  on  is  rapidly  changing  so  that  the 
traditional  peaceful  pursuits  of  commerce  are 
becoming  confined  to  areas  almost  entirely 
within  this  hemisphere.  Besides,  the  influence 
of  the  war  is  constantly  extending  its  scope ;  so 
that  now  it  is  impossible  to  predict  what  new 
conditions  will  be  present  tomorrow.  In  time 
of  war  international  trade  is  subject  to  other 
conditions  than  those  of  an  economic  character. 
This  is  one  of  the  causes  of  the  problems  which 
individual  exporters  and  importers  must  face. 
There  is  no  long-range  view  of  the  potentialities 
of  certain  markets,  as  such  markets  may  have  to 
yield  to  exigencies  arising  out  of  political  or 
military  causes.  In  fact,  the  first  results  of  war 
not  only  in  countries  which  are  belligerents,  but 
in  those  where  a  status  of  neutrality  is  main- 
tained is  to  suspend,  if  not  altogether,  at  least 
to  an  appreciable  extent,  the  normal  rules  of 
international  commercial  intercourse  and  the 
economic  considerations  upon  which  trade  is 
based. 

There  is  no  individual  problem  which  any  ex- 
porter or  importer  has  to  face  which  does  not 
arise  in  the  first  instance  out  of  the  general  proc- 
ess of  disintegration  set  in  motion  by  the  war. 

It  is,  therefore,  impossible  to  deal  with  these 
questions  in  any  specific  and  sure  fashion.  It  is 
fruitless  to  attempt  to  cope  with  them  on  a 
purely  business  basis.  As  far  as  it  is  possible, 
we  shall  make  every  effort  to  carry  on  the  regu- 


larly established  foreign  trade  and  that  trade, 
besides,  which  is  directly  related  to  the  national 
emergency  and  the  policy  of  the  Government  in 
affording  all  possible  aid  to  countries  resisting 
aggression.  In  fact,  the  whole  foreign  trade  of 
the  Nation  becomes  voluntarily  an  integral  part 
of  that  policy ;  this  is  the  overwhelming  fact  of 
the  situation  now  developing.  There  is,  never- 
theless, the  obligation  on  the  part  of  all  business 
interests  which  have  built  up  through  decades 
and  generations  a  peace-time  trade  with  foreign 
countries  to  maintain  such  commerce  as  con- 
sistently and  as  energetically  as  general  condi- 
tions warrant  and  permit. 

The  United  States  has  maintained  in  the  past 
those  principles  which  have  promoted  and  es- 
tablished healthy  commercial  relations  with 
countries  buying  our  goods  and  selling  theirs. 
The  debacle  of  a  great  part  of  international 
commercial  intercourse  and  the  fatal  compro- 
mise of  friendly  political  relations  have  not 
grown  out  of  commercial  policies  which  this 
country  has  pursued  during  the  period  that  the 
tension  has  increased.  But  it  is  now  obvious 
that  international  trade  is  so  absolutely  a  world 
unit  that  disturbances  in  any  sector  involve  all 
the  others.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  history  of 
this  period  may  also  demonstrate  the  reverse, 
namely,  that  if  great  and  important  sectors  of 
the  productive  and  consuming  communities  of 
the  world  hold  fast  and  resolute  to  fundamental 
principles  in  international  trade,  the  rest  of  the 
world  will  eventually  be  brought  back  into  the 
same  healthy  orbit.  This,  of  course,  is  the  faith 
that  we  must  now  cherish  if  we  are  to  see  in  the 
future  the  triumph  of  principles  for  which 
sacrifice  is  worthwhile. 

It  is  unnecessary,  however,  to  emphasize  the 
fact  that  the  present  international  situation 
transcends  all  considerations  of  international 
trade.  It  is  not  a  primary  question  today 
whether  or  not  we  can  maintain  our  commercial 
exports  or  imports.  The  question  is,  what  ex- 
ports in  the  national  interest  should  we  dispatch 
abroad  and  to  what  countries  should  they  be 
sent?  Imports  are  only  vital  which  consist  of 
goods  indispensable  to  our  defense  or  to  the 
Nation's  supreme  program  of  affording  help 


382 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


to  the  embattled  democracies  and  economic 
strength  to  the  other  republics  of  this  hemi- 
sphere. Any  other  view  is  unrealistic  and  li- 
able to  confuse.  The  facts  are  so  patent  and 
plain  that  no  amount  of  hankering  after  nor- 
malcy or  "business  as  usual"  will  lead  to  any- 
thing tangible. 

The  conclusion  should  not,  therefore,  be  made 
by  those  firms  and  individuals  who  have  a  large 
stake  in  the  export  or  import  business  that  the 
present  international  struggle  and  the  part 
which  this  country  has  elected  to  take  in  these 
affairs  means  the  destruction  of  their  business. 
Primarily  it  means  adjustment  and  adaptation. 
In  fact,  the  process  of  gearing  up  the  industrial 
apparatus  of  the  country  to  greater  production 
and  carrying  out  the  program  of  defense  and 
preparation  includes,  likewise,  those  engaged  in 
international  trade. 

If  the  great  task  which  this  country  is  now 
striving  to  accomplish  is  to  succeed,  there  must 
be  real  achievement  on  the  part  of  those  who 
are  engaged  in  dispatching  goods  abroad  and 
those  who  are  importing  strategic  materials,  as 
well  as  on  the  part  of  those  whose  duties  are  to 
maintain  our  shipping  on  the  high  seas. 

In  times  like  these  the  consciousness  of  the 
business  community  undergoes  certain  changes, 
not  because  business  is  hesitant  or  slow  to  follow 
popular  lead,  but  because  business  adopts  a  con- 
servatism of  its  own  primarily  for  self-preser- 
vation as  a  measure  of  caution.  Business  from 
infancy  in  this  country  has  not  been  in  the 
habit  of  looking  upon  enterprise  as  primarily 
a  project  of  national  welfare.  In  commercial 
policy  the  trend  has  been  to  regard  foreign  trade 
as  a  sideline,  and  a  few  special  interests  have 
regarded  this  field  as  an  opportunity  for  ex- 
ploitation. This  view  of  international  trade 
can  no  longer  be  maintained. 

In  looking  at  the  world  today  American 
firms  engaged  in  foreign  trade  have  first  of  all 
to  see  clearly  their  obligation  and  opportunities 
of  supporting  the  Government  and  American 
industry  in  making  the  defense  program  a  suc- 
cess. A  good  deal  has  been  said  in  public 
speeches  by  the  highest  officials  in  our  Govern- 
ment and  by  numerous  other  competent  persons 


at  home  and  abroad  about  the  serious  dangers 
which  threaten  this  country.  There  is  no  longer 
any  doubt  about  this  fact,  There  should  be  no 
illusion,  likewise,  concerning  the  threat  which 
menaces  our  foreign  trade.  It  is  probably  not 
clear  to  many  how  fatal  any  permanent  loss  of 
the  bulk  of  our  world  markets  would  be  to  our 
national  prosperity.  In  the  past  the  vicissi- 
tudes of  war  have  temporarily  interrupted  nor- 
mal commerce  and  for  the  duration  of  hostilities 
great  curtailment  has  ensued  in  the  exchange  of 
goods;  but  with  the  return  of  peace  there  has 
been  to  a  large  measure  the  restoration  of 
the  common  opportunities  and  channels  of  trade. 
Conditions  which  have  followed  in  the  wake  of 
war  have  gradually  become  improved,  and  the 
free  movement  of  goods  throughout  the  area 
where  peace  has  been  restored  has  been  possible. 
Today  we  face  an  entirely  different  situation. 
This  war  is  being  waged  to  establish  a  perma- 
nent system  of  restrictions  and  to  divide  the 
world  in  economic  blocs,  the  considerable  part 
of  which,  if  the  totalitarian  states  are  able  to 
assert  a  final  authority,  will  be  closed  to  the  com- 
merce of  the  United  States.  This  is  conse- 
quently a  struggle  which  involves  not  only  our 
destiny  as  a  world  power  but  our  ultimate  posi- 
tion as  a  maritime  and  commercial  nation. 

Unfortunately,  those  who  are  confident  that 
the  world  can  prosper  on  a  basis  of  restricted 
economic  blocs  have  been  unwilling  to  apply  the 
lessons  which  recent  brief  experiments  have 
taught;  and  certainly  the  authors  of  these 
schemes,  for  political  reasons,  have  been  wilfully 
blind  to  their  impracticability,  and  by  the  edge 
of  the  sword  strive  to  force  the  commerce  of 
hundreds  of  mUlions  of  earnestly  toiling  men 
and  women  into  channels  and  systems  which 
compulsion  alone  can  maintain.  It  is  apparent 
that  no  such  system  could  find  a  working  basis 
in  the  United  States.  What  we  understand  by 
foreign  trade  woidd  have  no  opportunity  in  such 
a  world.  It  is  reasonably  sure,  also,  that  multi- 
lateral trade  could  not  be  successfully  carried  on 
either  as  a  counterpart  of  bilateralism  or  as  a 
successful  competitor  against  it.  This  may 
safely  be  argued  from  the  premise  that  the  two 
systems  are  incompatible  and  mutually  exclu- 


MARCH    29,    1941 


383 


sive,  not  alone  with  reference  to  the  manner  in 
which  these  systems  function,  but  first  of  all 
and  probably  more  important  on  account  of 
their  origins. 

Just  as  dictatorships  and  liberal  forms  of 
representative  government  are  incompatible 
with  each  other,  and,  as  the  evolution  of  events 
now  show,  are  by  the  irresistible  force  of 
destiny  becoming  locked  closer  and  more  in- 
extricably in  a  final  death  struggle,  so  too  the 
systems  of  economy  which  grow  out  of  the  two 
forms  of  government  can  be  co-existent  only 
for  a  time.    Ultimately  one  must  yield. 

Since,  sustaining  the  shock  of  battle  depends 
upon  human  courage  and  discipline,  and  since 
the  highest  virtues  are  fostered  more  commonly 
among  free  men,  other  factors  being  equal  the 
victory  should  go  to  them.  A  similar  parallel, 
however,  does  not  obtain  when  the  system  of 
economy  engendered  by  totalitarianism  engages 
in  conflict  the  liberal  and  free-trade  processes 
of  the  democratic  way  of  life.  Particularly  is 
this  so  in  foreign  trade  where  the  two  systems 
are  found  most  strikingly  hostile.  Even  in  the 
days  when  our  own  Government  and  the  for- 
eign-trade interests  of  the  United  States  were 
considering,  in  order  to  forestall  the  catastrophe 
that  has  now  come,  what  kind  of  trade  agree- 
ments could  be  arranged  with  the  totalitarian 
states,  at  no  time  was  the  slightest  progress 
made  in  finding  common  ground  even  for  the 
start  of  such  negotiations.  Formulas  were 
drawn  up  by  persons  friendly  to  such  schemes, 
but  the  first  drafts  indicated  the  utter  incom- 
patibility of  the  two  conceptions.  Bilateral 
trade  processes  depend,  like  the  dictatorial 
systems  which  engender  them,  on  force;  that  is, 
the  stronger  nation  imposing  conditions  on  the 
weaker. 

Countries  which  in  the  past  have  made  large 
exports  of  their  goods  to  totalitarian  nations 
for  merchandise  of  that  origin,  have  become 
involved  in  extremely  disadvantageous  finan- 
cial and  economic  situations,  which  in  the  end 
have  been  more  harmful  than  profitable.  In 
Europe  the  extension  of  the  bilateral  system 
with  its  crude  barter  arrangements  has  intro- 
duced, wherever  it  has  penetrated,  the  opening 
wedge  of  political  penetration  and  economic 


control.  The  threat  which  has  loomed  on  the 
American  horizon  from  the  permanent  estab- 
lishment in  Europe  of  a  totalitarian  economic 
bloc  has  been  clearly  defined  by  the  Under  Sec- 
retary of  State,  Mr.  Sumner  Welles,  in  a  recent 
speech  given  before  the  Alumni  Association  of 
the  New  York  University  School  of  Law  8  when 
he  said : 

"The  other  American  republics  depend  to 
the  extent  of  one  half  of  their  total  exports 
upon  the  European  market.  Some  of  the 
greatest  of  the  South  American  nations  de- 
pend almost  entirely  upon  Europe  for  their 
export  trade.  Because  of  the  fact  that  these 
other  American  nations  produce  the  same 
commodities  as  we  ourselves  produce,  there  is 
clearly  no  opportunity  for  the  United  States, 
in  the  event  of  a  German  domination  of  Eu- 
rope, to  take  more  than  a  relatively  small  per- 
centage of  such  exports  in  addition  to  those 
which  they  now  consume.  And  yet  the  very 
lives  of  some  of  our  neighbors  depend  upon 
the  continuation  of  their  export  trade.  Under 
the  German  barter  system,  with  all  of  its 
complicated  and  attendant  political  manipu- 
lation, the  Axis  powers  would  inevitably  at- 
tempt to  impose  a  commercial  and  financial 
stranglehold  upon  these  neighbors  of  ours, 
and  would  at  the  same  time  commence  imme- 
diately to  undertake  that  same  policy  of  polit- 
ical infiltration  as  a  result  of  commercial  con- 
cessions which  has  been  carried  out  in  so 
many  instances  in  their  dealings  with  the 
smaller  nations  of  Europe." 

Though  the  basic  facts  of  the  present  status  of 
international  trade  cannot  be  ignored,  it  will 
not  be  possible  for  this  country  to  meet  every 
situation  throughout  this  hemisphere  as  these 
arise.  Foreign  purchasers  in  certain  of  the 
other  American  republics  are  short  of  dollars  on 
account  of  unfavorable  trade  balances,  and  these 
dollar  funds  are  being  conserved  for  the  purpose 
of  acquiring  essential  materials.  The  predica- 
ment of  these  countries  is  familiar ;  a  good  part 
of  their  normal  markets  has  fallen  under  the 


'Bulletin   of   February   1,   1941    (vol.   IV,    no.   84), 
pp.  123-128. 


384 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


heels  of  the  totalitarian  states.  It  is  not  feasible 
even  to  contemplate  schemes  of  hemispheric  eco- 
nomic readjustment  so  extensive  and  radical 
in  character  as  to  provide  the  Latin  American 
countries  with  substitute  markets  for  those  lost 
on  the  Continent  of  Europe.  Much  can  be  done 
to  establish  hemispheric  economic  solidarity  and 
to  promote  a  greater  degree  of  self-sufficiency ; 
but  we  realize  a  self-contained  bloc  is  not  pos- 
sible. The  great  industrial  regions  of  this  coun- 
try cannot  absorb  the  entire  agricultural  and 
material  production  of  this  hemisphere;  nor  are 
the  other  republics,  with  the  Dominion  of  Can- 
ada, able  to  take  all  our  exports.  Many  dec- 
ades, and  even  generations,  bringing  about  vast 
changes  in  established  agricultural  pursuits  and 
shifts  in  industrial  activity  would  have  to  pass 
before  an  intra-regional  trade  could  develop  of 
sufficient  scope  to  render  the  economy  of  this 
hemisphere  independent  of  all  others.  More- 
over there  is  an  imposing  list  of  raw  materials 
besides  rubber  and  tin  that  makes  these  Ameri- 
can Continents  dependent  still  on  outside 
sources.  There  is  a  reason  why  these  United 
States  and  the  sister  nations  to  the  south  and 
north  cannot  accept  hemispheric  isolation. 
This  hemisphere  for  hundreds  of  years  has  found 
its  dominant  markets  in  the  Continent  of 
Europe  and  in  the  United  Kingdom. 

During  1937  according  to  statistics  provided 
by  the  Department  of  Commerce,  the  Continent 
of  Europe  and  the  United  Kingdom  took  prod- 
ucts from  this  hemisphere  valued  at,  roughly, 
$2,750,000,000;  of  this  somewhat  over  $1,000,- 
000,000  went  from  the  United  States ;  $550,000,- 
000  from  Argentina  and  Uruguay  and  $260,000,- 
000  from  Canada,  with  lesser  amounts  from 
other  countries  of  the  Americas.  In  1937  trade 
between  the  United  States  and  Germany  had 
already  sunk  to  low  levels,  owing  to  the  policy 
of  the  German  Government  in  restricting  ex- 
change of  goods  to  barter  transactions.  How- 
ever, the  figures  mentioned  indicate  the  vital 
importance  of  the  European  markets  and  sources 
of  supply  to  the  economy  of  this  hemisphere. 

No  economic  cause  during  the  last  decade  has 
forced  any  European  country  to  embark  upon 
a  policy  of  self-sufficiency.     The  shifts  in  the 


trade  relations  of  the  totalitarian  countries  from 
a  liberal  international  exchange  of  goods  to  the 
restricted  and  managed  barter  arrangements, 
which  eventually  eliminated  the  United  States, 
were  brought  about  for  reasons  of  power  poli- 
tics and  in  order  to  gear  the  national  productive 
apparatus  to  the  harness  of  war.  The  new  pro- 
jected order  in  Europe  is  to  rest  likewise  on  a 
self-contained,  autarchic  self-sufficiency,  the  ob- 
ject of  which  will  be  to  perpetuate  economic 
control  over  peoples  and  areas  conquered  by 
force  of  arms. 

Opposed  to  this  scheme  of  things  now  stand 
the  vital  and  more  liberal  trade  policies  of  the 
New  World,  which,  I  believe,  in  spite  of  the 
gigantic  efforts  to  destroy  them,  will  finally  sur- 
vive and  preserve  for  future  generations  the 
benefits  of  a  friendly  commerce  among  nations. 

It  means,  then,  in  carrying  on  international 
trade  that  we  should  stoutly  preserve  all  that 
we  have  achieved.  We  should  abandon  none  of 
the  trade  agreements  which  have  been  con- 
cluded in  recent  years  and  in  maintaining  them 
strive  to  put  into  constant  practice  the  liberal 
principles  governing  the  exchange  of  goods  in 
normal  trade.  At  the  Inter- American  Confer- 
ence at  Habana  last  July  it  was  resolved  that 
the  "American  nations  continue  to  adhere  to 
the  liberal  principles  of  international  trade  .  .  . 
in  their  relations  with  each  other  as  fully  as 
present  circumstances  permit"  and  declared 
that  "the  American  nations  should  be  prepared 
to  resume  the  conduct  of  trade  with  the  entire 
world  in  accordance  with  these  principles  as 
soon  as  the  non- American  nations  are  prepared 
to  do  likewise". 

Finally,  let  me  emphasize  that  the  choice 
made  by  the  people  of  the  United  States  and 
the  Government  of  this  country  by  their  deci- 
sions to  turn  the  tide  of  international  affairs 
and  preserve  the  structure  of  civilization  and 
society,  marks  as  well  the  beginning  of  a  new 
era  in  our  international  trade.  What  this  coun- 
try undertakes  to  do,  it  has  the  power  and  the 
will  to  finish.  The  scope  of  the  endeavor  now 
developing  in  this  country,  throughout  the 
British  Empire,  and  among  those  nations  allied 
to  the  common  cause  indicates  in  deadly  earnest 


MARCH   2  9,    1941 


385 


the  forces  which  are  uniting  to  preserve  liberal 
institutions,  the  pattern  of  free  self-govern- 
ment,  and  those  vast  trade  areas  which  comprise 
the  whole  of  the  civilized  world.  It  is  the  cor- 
nerstone of  our  commercial  policy  that  foreign 
trade  is  essential  and  vital  to  our  national  pros- 


perity, our  peace,  and  our  strength.  To  main- 
tain that  policy  within,  national  welfare  must 
stand  above  sectional  or  group  interest — and 
to  maintain  our  commercial  policy  abroad,  we 
must  preserve  our  markets  throughout  the 
whole  wide  world. 


Cultural  Relations 


ACTIVITIES  IN  BRAZIL 


The  semiannual  report  of  the  Instituto 
Brasil  -  Estados  Unidos  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  re- 
veals a  gratifying  increase  of  cultural  inter- 
change between  the  two  American  republics 
during  the  last  six  months  of  1940.  During  this 
period  121  new  members  were  accepted  by  the 
Institute,  bringing  the  total  enrollment  for 
1940-41  to  555,  more  than  double  that  of  the 
preceding  year. 

The  activities  of  the  Institute  have  been  many 
and  varied.  Particularly  effective  has  been  the 
Institute's  work,  in  cooperation  with  the  Insti- 
tute of  International  Education,  2  West  45th 
Street,  New  York  City,  in  stimulating  the 
granting  of  scholarships  and  study  aids  for 
the  interchange  of  students  between  the  United 
States  and  Brazil.  For  the  year  1940^1,  13 
scholarships  in  the  fields  of  education,  medi- 
cine, law,  chemistry,  aviation,  history,  and 
agriculture  were  made  available  at  the  follow- 
ing institutions  of  learning:  The  University 
of  Michigan,  the  Pennsylvania  College  for 
Women,  Smith  College,  Rensselaer  Polytech- 
nic Institute,  Centenary  Junior  College,  Wel- 
lesley  College,  the  University  of  Florida,  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  the  University  of 
Chicago,  and  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Two  of  the  scholarships  were  established  on 
an  exchange  basis  with  the  University  of  Michi- 
gan, the  exchange  students  from  the  United 


States  receiving  grants  from  the  Brazilian  Gov- 
ernment to  enable  them  to  study  in  Brazil. 

The  Institute  also  has  contributed  to  the  ex- 
change of  books  between  the  United  States  and 
Brazil  by  organizing  gifts  of  small  libraries  and 
collections  of  records  and  music  for  presentation 
in  this  country  by  Brazilian  students.  One  col- 
lection will  be  presented  to  the  University  of 
Chicago,  and  another,  consisting  of  700  volumes, 
will  be  presented  to  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania library,  where  it  will  form  the  nucleus  of 
a  special  Brazilian  section.  Last  October  a  stu- 
dent center  known  as  the  "Centro  de  Estudantes 
Brasileiro-Americano"  was  organized  by  for- 
mer scholarship  students  to  offer  hospitality  to 
American  students  who  are  in  Brazil  and  to 
assist  Brazilian  students  who  plan  to  study  in 
the  United  States.  There  was  aFso  established 
an  international-relations  club  sponsored  by  the 
Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace, 
which  furnishes  the  student  center  with  books 
and  literature  relating  to  international  events. 
Already  more  than  1,360  books  have  been  lent 
to  778  members  and  friends  of  the  Institute. 

Interest  in  inter-American  cultural  relations 
has  been  further  stimulated  by  three  Brazilian 
art  exhibits  organized  by  the  art  committee  of 
the  Institute,  as  well  as  by  a  series  of  fortnightly 
lectures  on  "Lessons  from  American  Life",  in 
which  was  discussed  the  importance  of  the  in- 
fluence of  North  American  culture  in  Brazil. 


386 


DEPARTMENT    OF    STATE   BULLETIN 


STUDENTS  FKOM  THE  OTHER 
AMERICAN  REPUBLICS 

Figures  showing  the  enrollment  of  students 
from  the  other  American  republics  in  the  col- 
leges and  universities  of  the.  United  States  were 
recently  made  available  to  the  Department  by 
the  Committee  on  Friendly  Relations  Among 
Foreign  Students.  These  statistics  reveal  that 
the  total  number  of  such  students  during  the 
present  academic  year  is  1,421,  an  increase  of  159 
over  the  1939-40  academic  year.  The  majority 
of  these  students  have  come  to  study  in  this 
country  at  their  own  expense. 

An  analysis  of  these  figures  reveals  the  sig- 
nificant fact  that  the  greatest  increase  is  in  the 
number  of  students  from  South  America.  Every 
country  of  that  continent  except  Argentina 
and  Bolivia  showed  a  rise  in  the  number  of  stu- 
dents sent  to  the  United  States  during  the  past 


year.  On  a  percentage  basis,  the  increase  of 
students  from  South  America  amounted  to  26.8 
percent,  while  those  from  Central  America  in- 
creased 12.5  percent,  those  from  Mexico,  5.5  per- 
cent, and  those  from  the  West  Indies,  no  in- 
crease. The  proportionately  larger  increase 
from  South  America  is  in  accordance  with  the 
Department's  policy  of  encouraging  the  reduc- 
tion of  travel  costs  for  students,  particularly 
from  the  more  distant  republics,  who  wish  to 
study  in  the  United  States.  Reductions  in 
travel  costs  for  students  have  already  helped 
materially  in  stimulating  student  visits  to  thia 
country. 

The  following  statistical  chart,  showing  the 
number  of  students  from  the  other  American  re- 
publics who  have  studied  in  the  United  States 
during  the  past  10  years,  has  been  compiled 
from  the  publications  of  the  Committee  on 
Friendly  Relations  Among  Foreign  Students. 


STUDENTS   FROM  THE   OTHER   AMERICAN    REPUBLICS   ENROLLED   IN   THE   COLLEGES   AND   UNIVERSITIES   OF  THE   UNITED 

STATES,  1931-46 


Country 

1931-32 

1932-33 

1933-34 

1934-35 

1935-36 

1936-37 

1937-38 

193S-39 

1939-40 

1940-41 

West  Indies: 

152 
4 
23 

151 
4 
3 

167 
3 
8 

149 
3 
2 

255 
6 
4 

340 

7 
3 

359 
10 
9 

363 
8 
9 

315 
7 
19 

179 

158 

178 

154 

265 

350 

378 

380 

341 

258 

204 

181 

161 

185 

209 

222 

198 

244 

Central  America: 

23 
13 
23 
16 
47 
4 
7 

29 
11 
25 
21 
64 
4 
4 

25 
11 
20 
17 
58 
3 
4 

23 
10 

18 
12 
58 
5 
3 

23 
13 
21 

13 
59 
4 

7 

16 
10 
24 
21 
73 
6 
3 

26 
10 
24 
15 
77 
7 
11 

25 
13 
41 
17 
94 
9 
2 

47 

20 
36 
16 
111 
14 
4 

52 

19 

133 

158 

138 

129 

140 

163 

170 

201 

248 

279 

South  America: 

27 
24 
26 
14 
78 
12 

2 
34 

2 
32 
22 

20 
16 
20 
23 
42 
9 
2 
27 
1 
17 
33 

24 
14 
22 
11 
43 
7 
1 
23 
2 
17 
14 

25 
4 

12 
8 

50 
5 
1 

16 
3 

13 

20 

25 
4 
23 
12 
49 
11 
1 

18 
3 
19 
13 

22 
10 
21 
14 
47 
13 
3 
17 

25 
14 

25 
7 
36 
14 
51 
14 
1 
33 
4 
47 
14 

31 
5 
45 
25 
54 
13 
1 
31 
6 
51 
23 

46 
10 
77 
41 
95 
15 

1 
46 

6 
84 

8 

44 

10 

88 

69 

129 

17 

3 

72 

9 

100 

3 

273 

210 

178 

157 

178 

186 

246 

285 

429 

544 

843 

730 

676 

601 

768 

898 

1,016 

1,064 

1,262 

1,421 

Treaty  Information 


Compiled  in  the  Treaty  Division 


NAVAL  AND  AIR  BASES 

AGREEMENT  WITH  GREAT  BRITAIN  FOR  THE 
USE  AND  OPERATION  OF  CERTAIN  BASES 

The  text  of  the  President's  letter  of  trans- 
mittal to  the  Congress  follows : 

To  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  : 

On  September  3,  1940,  I  transmitted  for  the 
information  of  the  Congress  notes 9  exchanged 
between  the  British  Ambassador  at  Washington 
and  the  Secretary  of  State  on  the  preceding  day, 
under  which  this  government  acquired  the  right 
to  lease  naval  and  air  bases  in  Newfoundland 
and  in  the  islands  of  Bermuda,  the  Bahamas, 
Jamaica,  St.  Lucia,  Trinidad,  and  Antigua,  and 
in  British  Guiana.  I  now  transmit  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  Congress  a  copy  of  an  agree- 
ment for  the  use  and  operation  of  these  bases, 
which  was  signed  in  London  on  March  27,  1941, 
together  with  the  notes  exchanged  in  connection 
therewith.  These  bases  are  for  American  de- 
fense against  attack  and  their  construction  is 
consistent  with  such  defense.  International  de- 
velopments since  my  message  to  the  Congress  of 
September  third  last  have  emphasized  the  value 
to  the  Western  Hemisphere  of  these  outposts  of 
security. 

Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 

The  White  House, 

March  27,  1941. 
The  text  of  the  agreement  for  the  use  and 
operation  by  the  United  States  of  certain  naval 
and  air  bases  leased  from  Great  Britain,  signed 
in  London  on  March  27,  1941,  together  with  the 
text  of  notes  exchanged  in  connection  therewith, 
is  as  follows: 


8 Bulletin  of  September  7, 1940  (vol.  Ill,  no.  63) ,  p.  201. 


Whereas  the  Government  of  the  United  King- 
dom of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  in 
consultation  with  the  Government  of  Newfound- 
land, are  desirous  at  this  time  of  further  effec- 
tuating the  declarations  made  on  their  behalf 
by  His  Excellency  the  Most  Honourable  the 
Marquess  of  Lothian,  C.H.,  His  Majesty's  Am- 
bassador Extraordinary  and  Plenipotentiary,  in 
his  communication  of  the  2nd  September,  1940, 
to  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  a  copy  of  which  is  set  out  in 
Annex  I  hereto  and  made  a  part  hereof; 

And  whereas  it  is  agreed  that  leases  in  respect 
of  the  naval  and  air  bases  to  be  leased  to  the 
United  States  of  America  in  Newfoundland, 
Bermuda,  Jamaica,  St.  Lucia,  Antigua,  Trini- 
dad and  British  Guiana,  respectively,  shall 
forthwith  be  executed  substantially  in  the  forms 
of  the  leases  set  out  in  Annex  II  hereto  which 
are  hereby  approved,  and  that  a  similar  lease 
in  respect  of  a  base  in  the  Bahamas  shall  be 
executed  as  soon  as  possible. 

And  whereas  it  is  desired  to  determine  by 
common  agreement  certain  matters  relating  to 
the  lease  of  the  said  bases,  as  provided  in  the 
communication  of  the  2nd  September,  1940,  and 
the  reply  thereto  of  the  same  date  from  the 
Honourable  Cordell  Hull,  Secretary  of  State 
of  the  United  States,  set  out  in  Annex  I  and 
made  a  part  hereof; 

And  whereas  it  is  desired  that  this  agreement 
shall  be  fulfilled  in  a  spirit  of  good  neighbour- 
liness between  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  and  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  and  that  details  of  its  prac- 
tical application  shall  be  arranged  by  friendly 
cooperation;  the  undersigned,  duly  authorised 
to  that  effect,  have  agreed  as  follows: 

387 


388 


DEPARTMENT    OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


Article  I.  General  Description  of  Rights. 

(1)  The  United  States  shall  have  all  the 
rights,  power  and  authority  within  the  leased 
areas  which  are  necessary  for  the  establishment, 
use,  operation  and  defence  thereof,  or  appropri- 
ate for  their  control,  and  all  the  rights,  power 
and  authority  within  the  limits  of  territorial 
waters  and  air  spaces  adjacent  to,  or  in  the 
vicinity  of,  the  leased  areas,  which  are  necessary 
to  provide  access  to  and  defence  of  the  leased 
areas,  or  appropriate  for  control  thereof. 

(2)  The  said  rights,  power  and  authority 
shall  include,  inter  alia,  the  right,  power  and 
authority : 

(A)  To  construct  (including  dredging  and 
filling) ,  maintain,  operate,  use,  occupy  and  con- 
trol the  said  bases. 

(B)  To  improve  and  deepen  the  harbours, 
channels,  entrances  and  anchorages,  and  gener- 
ally to  fit  the  premises  for  use  as  naval  and  air 
bases. 

(C)  To  control,  so  far  as  may  be  required 
for  the  efficient  operation  of  the  bases,  and 
within  the  limits  of  military  necessity,  anchor- 
age, moorings,  and  movements  of  ships  and 
water-borne  craft  and  the  anchorage,  moor- 
ings, landings,  take-offs,  movements  and  opera- 
tions of  aircraft. 

(D)  To  regulate  and  control  within  the 
leased  areas  all  communications  within,  to  and 
from  the  areas  leased. 

(E)  To  install,  maintain,  use  and  operate 
under-sea  and  other  defences,  defence  devices 
and  controls,  including  detecting  and  other 
similar  facilities. 

(3)  In  the  exercise  of  the  above-mentioned 
rights,  the  United  States  agrees  that  the  powers 
granted  to  it  outside  the  leased  areas  will  not 
be  used  unreasonably  or,  unless  required  by 
military  necessity,  so  as  to  interfere  with  the 
necessary  rights  of  navigation,  aviation,  or 
communication  to  or  from  within  the  terri- 
tories, but  that  they  shall  be  used  in  the  spirit 
of  the  fourth  clause  of  the  preamble. 

(4)  In  the  practical  application  outside  the 
leased  areas  of  the  foregoing  paragraphs  there 
shall  be,  as  occasion  requires,  consultation  be- 


tween the  Government  of  the  United  States  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

Article  II.  Special  Emergenct  Powers. 

When  the  United  States  is  engaged  in  war  or 
in  time  of  other  emergency  the  Government  of 
the  United  Kingdom  agree  that  the  United 
States  may  exercise  in  the  territories  and  sur- 
rounding waters  or  air  spaces  all  such  rights, 
power  and  authority  as  may  be  necessary  for 
conducting  any  military  operations  deemed  de- 
sirable by  the  United  States,  but  these  rights  will 
be  exercised  with  all  possible  regard  to  the 
spirit  of  the  fourth  clause  of  the  preamble. 

Article  III.  Non-user. 

The  United  States  shall  be  under  no  obliga- 
tion to  improve  the  leased  areas  or  any  part 
thereof  for  use  as  naval  or  air  bases,  or  to  exer- 
cise any  right,  power  or  authority  granted  in 
respect  of  the  leased  areas,  or  to  maintain  forces 
therein,  or  to  provide  for  the  defence  thereof; 
but  if  and  so  long  as  any  leased  area,  or  any 
part  thereof,  is  not  used  by  the  United  States 
for  the  purposes  in  this  agreement  set  forth,  the 
Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  or  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Territory  may  take  such  steps 
therein  as  shall  be  agreed  with  the  United  States 
to  be  desirable  for  the  maintenance  of  public 
health,  safety,  law  and  order,  and,  if  necessary, 
for  defence. 

Article  IV.  Jurisdiction. 

(1)   In  any  case  in  which 

(A)  A  member  of  the  United  States  forces, 
a  national  of  the  United  States  or  a  person 
who  is  not  a  British  subject  shall  be  charged 
with  having  committed,  either  within  or  with- 
out the  leased  areas,  an  offence  of  a  military 
nature,  punishable  under  the  law  of  the  United 
States,  including,  but  not  restricted  to,  treason, 
an  offence  relating  to  sabotage  or  espionage,  or 
any  other  offence  relating  to  the  security  and 
protection  of  United  States  naval  and  air  bases, 
establishments,  equipment  or  other  property  or 
to  operations  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  in  the  territory ;  or 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 


389 


(B)  A  British  subject  shall  be  charged  with 
having  committed  any  such  offence  within  a 
leased  area  and  shall  be  apprehended  therein; 
or 

(C)  A  person  other  than  a  British  subject 
shall  be  charged  with  having  committed  an  of- 
fence of  any  other  nature  within  a  leased  area, 
the  United  States  shall  have  the  absolute  right 
in  the  first  instance  to  assume  and  exercise  juris- 
diction with  respect  to  such  offence. 

(2)  If  the  United  States  shall  elect  not  to 
assume  and  exercise  such  jurisdiction  the  United 
States  authorities  shall,  where  such  offence  is 
punishable  in  virtue  of  legislation  enacted  pur- 
suant to  Article  V  or  otherwise  under  the  law 
of  the  territory,  so  inform  the  Government  of 
the  territory  and  shall,  if  it  shall  be  agreed  be- 
tween the  Government  of  the  Territory  and  the 
United  States  authorities  that  the  alleged  of- 
fender should  be  brought  to  trial,  surrender 
him  to  the  appropriate  authority  in  the  territory 
for  that  purpose. 

(3)  If  a  British  subject  shall  be  charged  with 
having  committed  within  a  leased  area  an  of- 
fence of  the  nature  described  in  paragraph 
(1)(A)  of  this  article,  and  shall  not  be  appre- 
hended therein,  he  shall,  if  in  the  territory  out- 
side the  leased  areas,  be  brought  to  trial  before 
the  courts  of  the  territory ;  or,  if  the  offence  is 
not  punishable  under  the  law  of  the  territory, 
he  shall,  on  the  request  of  the  United  States 
authorities,  be  apprehended  and  surrendered  to 
the  United  States  authorities  and  the  United 
States  shall  have  the  right  to  exercise  jurisdic- 
tion) with  respect  to  the  alleged  offence. 

(4)  When  the  United  States  exercises  juris- 
diction under  this  article  and  the  person  charged 
is  a  British  subject,  he  shall  be  tried  by  a  United 
States  court  sitting  in  a  leased  area  in  the 
territory. 

(5)  Nothing  in  this  agreement  shall  be  con- 
strued to  affect,  prejudice  or  restrict  the  full 
exercise  at  all  times  of  jurisdiction  and  control 
by  the  United  States  in  matters  of  discipline 
and  internal  administration  over  members  of 
the  United  States  forces,  as  conferred  by  the 
law  of  the  United  States  and  any  regulations 
made  thereunder. 


Article  V.     Security  Legislation. 

The  Government  of  the  Territory  will  take 
such  steps  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  agreed 
to  be  necessary  with  a  view  to  the  enactment  of 
legislation  to  ensure  the  adequate  security  and 
protection  of  the  United  States  naval  and  air 
bases,  establishments,  equipment  and  other 
property,  and  the  operations  of  the  United 
States  under  the  leases  and  this  agreement  and 
the  punishment  of  persons  who  may  contravene 
any  laws  or  regulations  made  for  that  purpose. 
The  Government  of  the  Territory  will  also  from 
time  to  time  consult  with  the  United  States 
authorities  in  order  that  the  laws  and  regula- 
tions of  the  United  States  and  the  territory  in 
relation  to  such  matters  may,  so  far  as  circum- 
stances permit,  be  similar  in  character. 

Article  VI.  Arrest  and  Service  of  Process. 

(1)  No  arrest  shall  be  made  and  no  process, 
civil  or  criminal,  shall  be  served  within  any 
leased  area  except  with  the  permission  of  the 
commanding  officer  in  charge  of  the  United 
States  forces  in  such  leased  area;  but  should  the 
commanding  officer  refuse  to  grant  such  per- 
mission he  shall  (except  in  cases  where  the 
United  States  authorities  elect  to  assume  and 
exercise  jurisdiction  in  accordance  with  Article 
IV  ( 1 ) )  forthwith  take  the  necessary  steps  to 
arrest  the  person  charged  and  surrender  him 
to  the  appropriate  authority  of  the  territory  or 
to  serve  such  process,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  to 
provide  for  the  attendance  of  the  server  of 
such  process  before  the  appropriate  court  of  the 
territory  or  procure  such  server  to  make  the 
necessary  affidavit  or  declaration  to  prove  such 
service. 

(2)  In  cases  where  the  courts  of  the  United 
States  have  jurisdiction  under  Article  IV,  the 
Government  of  the  Territory  will  on  request 
give  reciprocal  facilities  as  regards  the  service 
of  process  and  the  arrest  and  surrender  of  al- 
leged offenders. 

(3)  In  this  article  the  expression  "process" 
includes  any  process  by  way  of  summons,  sub- 
poena, warrant,  writ  or  other  judicial  document 
for  securing  the  attendance  of  a  witness,  or  for 


390 


DEPARTMENT   OF    STATE    BULLETIN 


the  production  of  any  documents  or  exhibits, 
required  in  any  proceedings  civil  or  criminal. 

Article  VII.    Eight  of  Audience  for  United 
States  Counsel. 

In  cases  in  which  a  member  of  the  United 
States  forces  shall  be  a  party  to  civil  or  criminal 
proceedings  in  any  court  of  the  territory  by 
reason  of  some  alleged  act  or  omission  arising 
out  of  or  in  the  course  of  his  official  duty,  United 
States  counsel  (authorised  to  practise  before  the 
courts  of  the  United  States)  shall  have  the  right 
of  audience,  provided  that  such  counsel  is  in 
the  service  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  and  appointed  for  that  purpose  either 
generally  or  specially  by  the  appropriate 
authority. 

Article  VIII.     Surrender  of  Offenders. 

Where  a  person  charged  with  an  offence  which 
falls  to  be  dealt  with  by  the  courts  of  the  terri- 
tory is  in  a  leased  area,  or  a  person  charged  with 
an  offence  which  falls  under  Article  IV  to  be 
dealt  with  by  courts  of  the  United  States  is  in 
the  territory  but  outside  the  leased  areas,  such 
person  shall  be  surrendered  to  the  Government 
of  the  Territory  or  to  the  United  States  author- 
ities, as  the  case  may  be,  in  accordance  with 
special  arrangements  made  between  that  Gov- 
ernment and  those  authorities. 

Article  IX.    Public  Services. 

The  United  States  shall  have  the  right  to 
employ  and  use  all  utilities,  services  and  facili- 
ties, roads,  highways,  bridges,  viaducts,  canals 
and  similar  channels  of  transportation  belong- 
ing to,  or  controlled  or  regulated  by,  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  Territory  or  the  Government  of 
the  United  Kingdom,  under  conditions  com- 
parable to  and  no  less  favourable  than  those 
applicable  from  time  to  time  to  the  Government 
of  the  United  Kingdom. 

Article  X.  Surveys. 

(1)  The  United  States  shall  have  the  right, 
after  appropriate  notification  has  been  given  to 
the  Government  of  the  territory  to  make  topo- 


graphic and  hydrographic  surveys  outside  the 
leased  areas  in  any  part  of  the  territories  and 
waters  adjacent  thereto.  Copies,  with  title  and 
triangulation  data,  of  any  surveys  so  made  will 
be  furnished  to  the  Government  of  the  territory. 
(2)  Notification  and  copies  will  be  given  to 
the  United  States  authorities  of  any  such  sur- 
veys carried  out  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  or  the  Government  of  the 
Territory. 

Article  XI.  Shipping  and  Aviation. 

(1)  Lights  and  other  aids  to  navigation  of 
vessels  and  aircraft  placed  or  established  in  the 
leased  areas  and  the  territorial  waters  adjacent 
thereto  or  in  the  vicinity  thereof  shall  conform 
to  the  system  in  use  in  the  territory.  The  posi- 
tion, characteristics  and  any  alterations  thereof 
shall  be  notified  in  advance  to  the  appropriate 
authority  in  the  territory. 

(2)  United  States  public  vessels  operated  by 
the  War  or  Navy  Departments,  by  the  Coast 
Guard  or  by  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey, 
bound  to  or  departing  from  a  leased  area  shall 
not  on  entering  or  leaving  the  leased  area  or  the 
territorial  waters  in  the  vicinity  thereof  be  sub- 
ject to  compulsory  pilotage  or  to  light  or  har- 
bour dues  in  the  territory.  If  a  pilot  is  taken 
pilotage  shall  be  paid  for  at  appropriate  rates. 

(3)  British  commercial  vessels  may  use  the 
leased  areas  on  the  same  terms  and  conditions 
as  United  States  commercial  vessels. 

(4)  It  is  understood  that  a  leased  area  is  not 
a  part  of  the  territory  of  the  United  States  for 
the  purpose  of  coastwise  shipping  laws  so  as 
to  exclude  British  vessels  from  trade  between 
the  United  States  and  the  leased  areas. 

(5)  Commercial  aircraft,  will  not  be  author- 
ised to  operate  from  any  of  the  bases  (save  in 
case  of  emergency  or  for  strictly  military  pur- 
poses under  supervision  of  the  War  or  Navy 
Departments)  except  by  agreement  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  provided  that  in  the  case  of  New- 
foundland such  agreement  shall  be  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Government  of  New- 
foundland. 


MARCH   2  9,    1941 

Article  XII.    Motor  Traffic. 

(1)  Standard  and  test  types  of  motor  ve- 
hicles as  determined  by  the  United  States  shall 
not  be  prevented  from  using  roads  in  a  territory 
by  reason  of  noncompliance  with  any  law  re- 
lating to  construction  of  motor  vehicles. 

(2)  No  tax  or  fee  shall  be  payable  in  respect 
of  registration  or  licensing  for  use  in  a  territory 
of  motor  vehicles  belonging  to  the  Government 
of  the  United  States. 

Article  XIII.    Immigration. 

(1)  The  immigration  laws  of  the  territory 
shall  not  operate  or  apply  so  as  to  prevent  ad- 
mission into  the  territory  for  the  purposes  of 
this  agreement  of  any  member  of  the  United 
States  forces  posted  to  a  leased  area  or  any 
person  ( not  being  a  national  of  a  power  at  war 
with  His  Majesty  the  King)  employed  by,  or 
under  a  contract  with,  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  in  connection  with  the  construc- 
tion, maintenance,  operation  or  defence  of  the 
bases  in  the  territory ;  but  suitable  arrangements 
will  be  made  by  the  United  States  to  enable  such 
persons  to  be  readily  identified  and  their  status 
to  be  established. 

(2)  If  the  status  of  any  person  within  the 
territory  and  admitted  thereto  under  the  fore- 
going paragraph  shall  be  altered  so  that  he 
would  no  longer  be  entitled  to  such  admission, 
the  United  States  authorities  shall  notify  the 
Government  of  the  Territory  and  shall,  if  such 
person  be  required  to  leave  the  territory  by  that 
Government,  be  responsible  for  providing  him 
with  a  passage  from  the  territory  within  a  rea- 
sonable time,  and  shall  in  the  meantime  prevent 
Ms  becoming  a  public  responsibility  of  the 
territory. 

Article  XIV.  Customs  and  Other  Duties. 

(1)  No  import,  excise,  consumption  or  other 
tax,  duty  or  impost  shall  be  charged  on 

(A)  Material,  equipment,  supplies  or  goods 
for  use  in  the  construction,  maintenance,  opera- 
tion or  defence  of  the  bases,  consigned  to,  or  des- 
tined for,  the  United  States  authorities  or  a 
contractor ; 


391 

(B)  Goods  for  use  or  consumption  aboard 
United  States  public  vessels  of  the  Army,  Navy, 
Coast  Guard  or  Coast  and  Geodetic  Surveys; 

(C)  Goods  consigned  to  the  United  States 
authorities  for  the  use  of  institutions  under 
Government  control  known  as  Post  Exchanges, 
Ships'  Service  Stores,  Commissary  Stores  or 
Service  Clubs,  or  for  sale  thereat  to  members  of 
the  United  States  forces,  or  civilian  employees 
of  the  United  States  being  nationals  of  the 
United  States  and  employed  in  connection  with 
the  bases,  or  members  of  their  families  resident 
with  them  and  not  engaged  in  any  business  or 
occupation  in  the  territory ; 

(D)  The  personal  belongings  or  household 
effects,  of  persons  referred  to  in  sub-paragraph 
(C)  and  of  contractors  and  their  employees, 
being  nationals  of  the  United  States  employed 
in  the  construction,  maintenance  or  operation  of 
the  bases  and  present  in  the  territory  by  reason 
only  of  such  employment. 

(2)  No  export  tax  shall  be  charged  on  the 
material,  equipment,  supplies  or  goods  men- 
tioned in  paragraph  (1)  in  the  event  of  reship- 
ment  from  the  territory. 

(3)  This  article  shall  apply  notwithstanding 
that  the  material,  equipment,  supplies  or  goods 
pass  through  other  parts  of  the  territory  en 
route  to  or  from  a  leased  area. 

(4)  Administrative  measures  shall  be  taken 
by  the  United  States  authorities  to  prevent  the 
resale  of  goods  which  are  sold  under  paragraph 
(1)  (C),  or  imported  under  paragraph  (1)  (D) 
of  this  article,  to  persons  not  entitled  to  buy 
goods  at  such  Post  Exchanges,  Ships'  Service 
Stores,  Commissary  Stores  or  Service  Clubs,  or 
not  entitled  to  free  importation  under  para- 
graph (1)  (D) ;  and  generally  to  prevent  abuse 
of  the  customs  privileges  granted  under  this  ar- 
ticle. There  shall  be  cooperation  between  such 
authorities  and  the  Government  of  the  Territory 
to  this  end. 

Article  XV.  Wireless  and  Cables. 

(1)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  territory,  no  wireless  station  shall  be 
established  or  submarine  cable  landed  in  a 
leased  area  otherwise  than  for  military  purposes. 


392 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


(2)  All  questions  relating  to  frequencies, 
power  and  like  matters,  used  by  apparatus  de- 
signed to  emit  electric  radiation,  shall  be  settled 
by  mutual  arrangement. 

Article  XVI.  Postal  Facilities. 
The  United  States  shall  have  the  right  to 
establish  United  States  Post  Offices  in  the  leased 
areas  for  the  exclusive  use  of  the  United  States 
forces,  and  civilian  personnel  (including  con- 
tractors and  their  employees)  who  are  nationals 
of  the  United  States  and  employed  in  connec- 
tion with  the  construction,  maintenance,  opera- 
tion or  defence  of  the  bases,  and  the  families  of 
such  persons,  for  domestic  use  between  United 
States  Post  Offices  in  leased  areas  and  between 
such  Post  Offices  and  other  United  States  Post 
Offices  and  Post  Offices  in  the  Panama  Canal 
Zone  and  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Article  XVII.  Taxation. 

(1)  No  member  of  the  United  States  forces 
or  national  of  the  United  States,  serving  or  em- 
ployed in  the  territory  in  connection  with  the 
construction,  maintenance,  operation  or  defence 
of  the  bases,  and  residing  in  the  territory  by 
reason  only  of  such  employment,  or  his  wife 
or  minor  children,  shall  be  liable  to  pay  income 
tax  in  the  territory  except  in  respect  of  income 
derived  from  the  territory. 

(2)  No  such  person  shall  be  liable  to  pay  in 
the  territory  any  poll  tax  or  similar  tax  on  his 
person,  or  any  tax  on  ownership  or  use  of  prop- 
erty which  is  inside  a  leased  area,  or  situated 
outside  the  territory. 

(3)  No  person  ordinarily  resident  in  the 
United  States  shall  be  liable  to  pay  income  tax  in 
the  territory  in  respect  of  any  profits  derived 
under  a  contract  made  in  the  United  States  with 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  in  connec- 
tion with  the  construction,  maintenance,  opera- 
tion or  defence  of  the  bases,  or  any  tax  in  the 
nature  of  a  license  in  respect  of  any  service  or 
work  for  the  United  States  in  connection  with 
the  construction,  maintenance,  operation  or 
defence  of  the  bases. 


Article  XVIII.  Businesses  and  Professions. 

Unless  the  consent  of  the  Government  of  the 
Territory  shall  have  been  obtained — 

(1)  No  business  shall  be  established  in  a 
leased  area;  but  the  institutions  referred  to  in 
Article  XIV  (1)(C)  offering  goods,  under  a 
prohibition  against  resale,  exclusively  to  the 
persons  mentioned  in  the  said  Article  XIV  (1) 
(C)  shall  not  be  regarded  as  businesses  for  the 
purposes  of  this  article ; 

(2)  No  person  shall  habitually  render  any 
professional  services  in  a  leased  area,  except  to, 
or  for,  the  Government  of  the  United  States  or 
the  persons  mentioned  in  Article  XIV  (1)  (C). 

Article  XIX.     Forces  Outside  Leased  Areas. 

(1)  United  States  forces  stationed  or  oper- 
ating outside  the  leased  areas  under  separate 
agreement  with  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  or  the  Government  of  the  territory 
shall  be  entitled  to  the  same  rights  and  enjoy  the 
same  status  as  United  States  forces  stationed 
within  the  leased  areas. 

(2)  The  United  States  shall  be  under  no 
obligation  to  maintain  forces  outside  the  leased 
areas  by  virtue  of  such  agreement. 

Article  XX.  Health  Measures  Outside 
Leased  Areas. 

The  United  States  shall  have  the  right,  in 
collaboration  with  the  Government  of  the  Ter- 
ritory and,  where  necessary,  with  the  local  au- 
thority concerned,  to  exercise,  without  other 
consideration  than  just  compensation  to  private 
owners,  if  any,  such  powers  as  such  Govern- 
ment and  local  authority  and  the  Government 
of  the  United  Kingdom  may  possess  of  entering 
upon  any  property  in  the  vicinity  of  the  leased 
areas  for  the  purpose  of  inspection,  and  of  tak- 
ing any  necessary  measures  to  improve  sanita- 
tion and  protect  health. 

Article  XXI.  Abandonment. 

The  United  States  may  at  any  time  abandon 
any  leased  area  or  any  part  thereof,  without 
thereby  incurring  any  obligation,  but  shall  give 
to  the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  as 


MARCH    29,    1941 


393 


long  notice  as  possible  and  in  any  case  not  less 
than  one  year,  of  its  intention  so  to  do.  At  the 
expiration  of  such  notice  the  area  abandoned 
shall  revert  to  the  lessor.  Abandonment  shall 
not  be  deemed  to  have  occurred  in  the  absence 
of  such  notice. 

Article  XXII.  Removal  of  Improvements. 

The  United  States  may  at  any  time  before  the 
termination  of  a  lease,  or  within  a  reasonable 
time  thereafter,  take  away  all  or  any  removable 
improvements  placed  by  or  on  behalf  of  the 
United  States  in  the  leased  area  or  territorial 
waters. 

Article  XXIII.  Rights  Not  To  Be  Assigned. 

The  United  States  will  not  assign  or  underlet 
or  part  with  the  possession  of  the  whole  or  any 
part  of  any  leased  area,  or  of  any  right,  power 
or  authority  granted  by  the  leases  or  this 
agreement. 

Article  XXIV.    Possession. 

(1)  On  the  signing  of  this  agreement,  leases 
of  the  leased  areas,  substantially  in  the  forms 
respectively  set  out  in  Annex  II  hereto,  shall 
be  forthwith  executed,  and  all  rights,  power, 
authority  and  control  under  such  leases  and 
under  this  agreement  (including  transfer  of 
possession  where  it  shall  not  previously  have 
been  transferred)  shall  thereupon  become  ef- 
fective immediately,  and  pending  execution  of 
such  leases  they  may  be  exercised  ad  interim 
and  possession  of  the  leased  areas  shall  be  im- 
mediately given  so  far  as  the  location  thereof 
is  then  ascertained.  Where  the  precise  location 
of  a  portion  of  any  leased  area  is  not  ascertain- 
able until  more  detailed  descriptions  are  avail- 
able, possession  of  such  portion  shall  be  given 
as  rapidly  as  possible.  This  article  shall  not 
require  occupiers  of  buildings  in  a  leased  area 
to  be  removed  from  such  buildings  until  reason- 
able notice  to  vacate  has  been  given  and  expired, 
due  regard  being  had  to  the  necessity  of  obtain- 
ing alternative  accommodation. 

(2)  The  foregoing  paragraph  shall  not  apply 
in  relation  to  the  Bahamas,  but  a  lease  of  the 
leased  area  therein,  in  terms  similar  to  those 


of  the  leases  set  out  in  Annex  II  hereto,  and  sub- 
ject to  such  special  provisions  as  may  be  agreed 
to  be  required,  will  be  granted  to  the  United 
States  of  America  as  soon  as  the  location  of  that 
area  shall  have  been  agreed,  whereupon  this 
agreement  shall  apply  thereto. 

Article  XXV.  Reservations. 

(1)  All  minerals  (including oil),  and  antiqui- 
ties and  all  rights  relating  thereto  and  to  treas- 
ure trove,  under,  upon,  or  connected  with  the 
land  and  water  comprised  in  the  leased  areas  or 
otherwise  used  or  occupied  by  the  United  States 
by  virtue  of  this  agreement,  are  reserved  to  the 
Government  and  inhabitants  of  the  territory; 
but  no  rights  so  reserved  shall  be  transferred  to 
third  parties,  or  exercised  within  the  leased 
areas,  without  the  consent  of  the  United  States. 

(2)  The  United  States  will  permit  the  exer- 
cise of  fishing  privileges  within  the  leased  areas 
in  so  far  as  may  be  found  compatible  with  mili- 
tary requirements,  and  in  the  exercise  of  its 
rights  will  use  its  best  endeavours  to  avoid  dam- 
age to  fisheries  in  the  territory. 

Article  XXVI.  Special  Provisions  for 
Individual  Territories. 

The  provisions  contained  in  Annex  III  hereto 
shall  have  effect  in  relation  to  the  territories  to 
which  they  respectively  appertain. 

Article  XXVII.  Supplementary  Leases. 

The  United  States  may,  by  common  agree- 
ment, acquire  by  supplementary  lease  for  the 
unexpired  period  of  the  lease  granted  in  a  terri- 
tory, such  additional  areas,  sites  and  locations 
as  may  be  found  necessary  for  the  use  and  pro- 
tection of  the  bases  upon  such  terms  and  condi- 
tions as  may  be  agreed,  which  shall  unless  there 
are  special  reasons  to  the  contrary  be  on  the 
basis  of  those  contained  in  this  agreement. 

Article  XXVIII.  Modification  of  This 
Agreement. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  agree 
to  give  sympathetic  consideration  to  any  repre- 
sentations which  either  may  make  after  this 


394 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


agreement  has  been  in  force  a  reasonable  time, 
proposing  a  review  of  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  agreement  to  determine  whether  modifica- 
tions in  the  light  of  experience  are  necessary  or 
desirable.  Any  such  modifications  shall  be  by 
mutual  consent. 

Abticle  XXIX. 

The  United  States  and  the  Government  of 
the  Territory  respectively  will  do  all  in  their 
power  to  assist  each  other  in  giving  full  effect 
to  the  provisions  of  this  agreement  according 
to  its  tenor  and  will  take  all  appropriate  steps 
to  that  end.  During  the  continuance  of  any 
lease,  no  laws  of  the  territory  which  would  der- 
ogate from  or  prejudice  any  of  the  rights  con- 
ferred on  the  United  States  by  the  lease  or  by 
this  agreement  shall  be  applicable  within  the 
leased  area,  save  with  the  concurrence  of  the 
United  States. 

Article  XXX.  Interpretation. 

In  this  agreement,  unless  the  context  other- 
wise requires,  the  following  expressions  have 
the  meanings  hereby  respectively  assigned  to 
them : 

"Lease"  means  a  lease  entered  into  in  pur- 
suance of  the  communications  set  out  in  An- 
nex I  hereto,  and  in  relation  to  any  territory 
means  a  lease  entered  into  in  respect  of  an  area 
therein. 

"Leased  Area"  means  an  area  in  respect  of 
which  a  lease  is  or  will  be  entered  into. 

"Base"  means  a  base  established  in  pursuance 
of  the  said  communications. 

"Territory"  means  a  part  of  His  Majesty's 
Dominions  in  which  a  lease  is  entered  into  in 
pursuance  of  the  communications  set  out  in 
Annex  I  hereto;  and, 

"The  Territory"  means  the  territory  con- 
cerned. 

"The  United  States  Authorities"  means  the 
authority  or  authorities  from  time  to  time  au- 
thorised or  designated,  by  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  of  America,  for  the  purpose 
of  exercising  the  powers  in  relation  to  which 
the  expression  is  used. 


"United  States  Forces"  means  the  naval  and 
military  forces  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

"British  Subject"  includes  British  protected 
person. 

Signed  in  London  in  duplicate  this  twenty- 
seventh  day  of  March,  1941. 

On  behalf  of  the  United  States  of  America : 

John  G.  Winant 

Ambassador  of  the  Uvited  States 
of  America, 
Charles  Faht 
Harry  J.  Malont 
Harold  Biesemeier 

On  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ire- 
land : 

Winston  Churchill 

Prime  Minister 
Lord  Cranborne 
Secretary  of  State 
for  Dominions 
Lord  Moyne 

Secretary  of  State 
far  Colonies 

Annex  I 

The  British  Ambassador  (Lothian)  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  State  (Hull) 

British  Embassy, 
Washington,  D.  C, 

September  2nd,  19$. 
Sir: 

I  have  the  honour  under  instructions  from 
His  Majesty's  Principal  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs  to  inform  you  that  in  view  of 
the  friendly  and  sympathetic  interest  of  His 
Majesty's  Government  in  the  United  Kingdom 
in  the  national  security  of  the  United  States  and 
their  desire  to  strengthen  the  ability  of  the 
United  States  to  cooperate  effectively  with  the 
other  nations  of  the  Americas  in  the  defence 
of  the  Western  Hemisphere,  His  Majesty's  Gov- 
ernment will  secure  the  grant  to  the  Government 
of  the  United  States,  freely  and  without  con- 
sideration, of  the  lease  for  immediate  establish- 


MARCH   29,    1941 


395 


merit  and  use  of  naval  and  air  bases  and  facili- 
ties for  entrance  thereto  and  tlie  operation  and 
protection  thereof,  on  the  Avalon  Peninsula  and 
on  the  southern  coast  of  Newfoundland,  and  on 
the  east  coast  and  on  the  Great  Bay  of 
Bermuda. 

Furthermore,  in  view  of  the  above  and  in  view 
of  the  desire  of  the  United  States  to  acquire  ad- 
ditional air  and  naval  bases  in  the  Caribbean 
and  in  British  Guiana,  and  without  endeavour- 
ing to  place  a  monetary  or  commercial  value 
upon  the  many  tangible  and  intangible  rights 
and  properties  involved,  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment will  make  available  to  the  United  States 
for  immediate,  establishment  and  use  naval  and 
air  bases  and  facilities  for  entrance  thereto  and 
the  operation  and  protection  thereof,  on  the  east- 
ern side  of  the  Bahamas,  the  southern  coast  of 
Jamaica,  the  western  coast  of  St.  Lucia,  the  west 
coast  of  Trinidad  in  the  Gulf  of  Paria,  in  the 
island  of  Antigua  and  in  British  Guiana  within 
fifty  miles  of  Georgetown,  in  exchange  for  naval 
and  military  equipment  and  material  which  the 
United  States  Government  will  transfer  to  His 
Majesty's  Government. 

All  the  bases  and  facilities  referred  to  in  the 
preceding  paragraphs  will  be  leased  to  the 
United  States  for  a  period  of  ninety-nine  years, 
free  from  all  rent  and  charges  other  than  such 
compensation  to  be  mutually  agreed  on  to  be 
paid  by  the  United  States  in  order  to  compen- 
sate the  owners  of  private  property  for  loss  by 
expropriation  or  damage  arising  out  of  the 
establishment  of  the  bases  and  facilities  in 
question. 

His  Majesty's  Government,  in  the  leases  to  be 
agreed  upon,  will  grant  to  the  United  States  for 
the  period  of  the  leases  all  the  rights,  power, 
and  authority  within  the  bases  leased,  and  within 
the  limits  of  the  territorial  waters  and  air  spaces 
adjacent  to  or  in  the  vicinity  of  such  bases, 
necessary  to  provide  access  to  and  defence  of 
such  bases,  and  appropriate  provisions  for 
their  control. 

Without  prejudice  to  the  above-mentioned 
rights  of  the  United  States  authorities  and  their 
jurisdiction  within  the  leased  areas,  the  adjust- 
ment and  reconciliation  between  the  jurisdiction 


of  the  authorities  of  the  United  States  within 
these  areas  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  authorities 
of  the  territories  in  which  these  areas  are  situ- 
ated, shall  be  determined  by  common  agreement. 

The  exact  location  and  bounds  of  the  afore- 
said bases,  the  necessary  seaward,  coast  and 
anti-aircraft  defences,  the  location  of  sufficient 
military  garrisons,  stores  and  other  necessary 
auxiliary  facilities  shall  be  determined  by  com- 
mon agreement. 

His  Majesty's  Government  are  prepared  to 
designate  immediately  experts  to  meet  with  ex- 
perts of  the  United  States  for  these  purposes. 
Should  these  experts  be  unable  to  agree  in  any 
particular  situation,  except  in  the  case  of  New- 
foundland and  Bermuda,  the  matter  shall  be 
settled  by  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United 
States  and  His  Majesty's  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs. 

I  have  [etc.]  Lothian 

The  Honourable  Cordell  Hull, 

Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


The  Secretary  of  State  {Hull)  to  the  British 
Ambassador  {Lothian) 

Department  of  State, 
Washington,  September  2, 19^0. 
Excellency  : 

I  have  received  your  note  of  September  2, 
1940,  of  which  the  text  is  as  follows : 

[Here  follows  text  of  note  printed  above.] 

I  am  directed  by  the  President  to  reply  to  your 
note  as  follows: 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  appre- 
ciates the  declarations  and  the  generous  action 
of  His  Majesty's  Government  as  contained  in 
your  communication  which  are  destined  to 
enhance  the  national  security  of  the  United 
States  and  greatly  to  strengthen  its  ability  to 
cooperate  effectively  with  the  other  nations  of 
the  Americas  in  the  defense  of  the  Western 
Hemisphere.  It  therefore  gladly  accepts  the 
proposals. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  will 
immediately   designate  experts   to   meet  with 


396 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


experts  designated  by  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment to  determine  upon  the  exact  location  of 
the  naval  and  air  bases  mentioned  in  your  com- 
munication under  acknowledgment. 

In  consideration  of  the  declarations  above 
quoted,  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  immediately  transfer  to  His  Majesty's 
Government  fifty  United  States  Navy  destroyers 
generally  referred  to  as  the  twelve  hundred-ton 
type. 

Accept  [etc.]  Cordell  Hull 

His  Excellency 

The  Right  Honorable 

The  Marquess  of  Lothian,  C.H., 
British  Ambassador. 

Annex  II.  Forms  of  Leases. 

1.   NEWFOUNDLAND. 

This  indenture  of  lease  made  the 

da}r  of ,  nineteen  hundred  and 

forty-one,  between  His  Excellency  Sir  Hum- 
phrey Walwyn,  K.C.S.I.,  K.C.M.G.,  C.B., 
D.S.O.,  Governor  and  Commander-in-chief  in 
and  over  the  island  of  Newfoundland  and  its 
dependencies,  in  commission,  hereinafter  re- 
ferred to  as  the  Newfoundland  Government,  of 
the  first  part,  and  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, of  the  other  part : 

Whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  second 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty 
(copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the  agreement 
hereinafter  referred  to),  between  His  Majesty's 
Ambassador  at  Washington  and  the  Secretary 
of  State  of  the  United  States  of  America,  His 
Majesty's  Government  in  the  United  Kingdom 
undertook  to  secure  the  grant  to  the  United 
States  of  America  of  the  lease  of  certain  naval 
and  air  bases  and  facilities  in  certain  localities, 
including  Newfoundland,  for  a  period  of  nine- 
ty-nine years,  free  from  all  rent  and  charges 
other  than  compensation  to  be  mutually  agreed 
on  to  be  paid  by  the  United  States  in  order  to 
compensate  the  owners  of  private  property  for 
loss  by  expropriation  or  damage  arising  out  of 
the  establishment  of  the  said  bases  and  facilities ; 
and, 

Whereas  in  furtherance  of  the  said  notes  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United   Kingdom  and  the  United   States  of 


America  was  signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March, 
nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one;  and, 

Whereas  in  compliance  with  the  undertaking 
of  the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  here- 
inbefore referred  to  the  Newfoundland  Govern- 
ment has  agreed  to  demise  and  lease  the  several 
pieces  or  parcels  of  land  hereinafter  described. 
Now  this  indenture  witnesseth  that  in  considera- 
tion of  the  premises  the  Newfoundland  Govern- 
ment hath  demised  and  leased  and  by  these 
presents  doth  demise  and  lease  unto  the  United 
States  of  America  all  those  six  several  pieces  or 
parcels  of  land  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the 
leased  areas)  described  in  the  schedule  to  these 
presents  and  delineated  on  the  plans  hereto 
annexed : 

To  have  and  to  hold  the  same  for  the  full  end 
and  term  of  ninety-nine  years  to  begin  and  to 
be  computed  from  the  date  of  these  presents  free 
from  the  payment  of  all  rent  and  charges 
other  than  compensation  as  aforesaid.  And  the 
United  States  of  America  agrees  that  it  will  not 
during  the  term  hereby  granted  use  the  leased 
areas  nor  permit  the  use  thereof  except  for  the 
purposes  specified  and  on  the  terms  and  condi- 
tions contained  in  the  aforesaid  notes  and  agree- 
ment, which  are  incorporated  in  and  form  part 
of  these  presents  except  such  parts  thereof 
as  refer  specifically  to  territory  other  than 
Newfoundland. 

Schedule. 

(1)  Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the 
shoreline  northwest  of  Placentia  with  latitude. 
47  degrees  16  minutes  N.,  thence  due  east  ap- 
proximately 7,300  feet  to  longitude  53  degrees 
58  minutes  18  seconds  W. ;  thence  in  a  north- 
easterly direction  approximately  8500  feet  to 
latitude  47  degrees  17  minutes  12  seconds  N.. 
longitude  53  degrees  57  minutes  25  seconds  W. ; 
thence  in  a  northwesterly  direction  approxi- 
mately 4,200  feet  to  the  intersection  of  the  shore- 
line with  longitude  53  degrees  57  minutes  58 
seconds  W. ;  thence  along  the  shoreline  to  the 
point  of  beginning,  including  therein  the  Penin- 
sula of  Argentia  lying  between  Little  Placentia 
Harbour  and  Placentia  Bay,  the  entire  site  con- 
taining approximately  2,610  acres;  there  is  re- 
served from  the  foregoing  all  those  areas,  con- 


MARCH    29,    1941 


397 


tained  within  a  right-of-way  of  the  Newfound- 
land railway,  its  wharf,  property  and  station 
at  Argentia,  as  may  be  mutually  determined  to 
be  essential  to  the  operation  of  the  said  railway. 

(2)  Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the 
Boulevarde  along  the  northwest  shore  of  Quidi 
Vidi  Lake,  with  the  road  approximately  per- 
pendicular thereto  at  the  Rose  residence  known 
as  Grove  Farm  Road ;  thence  approximately  600 
yards  northwest  along  the  road  and  its  exten- 
sion ;  thence  generally  north  on  an  irregular  line 
along,  but.  not  including,  the  southeast  edge  of 
the  golf  course;  thence  generally  north  to  the 
junction  of  the.  White  Hills  Roads;  thence 
southeast  along  the  northernmost  of  these  roads 
to  the  Boulevarde;  thence  generally  southwest 
to  point  of  beginning. 

(3)  An  area  about  300  feet  wide  on  the 
eastern  boundary  of  the  municipal  park  be- 
tween the  Boulevarde  and  the  shoreline  of 
Quidi  Vidi  Lake,  the  two  last  above  described 
areas  containing  approximately  160  acres. 

(4)  An  area  of  approximately  700  feet  by 
1,400  feet  on  the  crest  of  the  White  Hills  about 
y2  mile  east  of  the  White  Hills  Road  with  a 
connecting  strip  about  60  feet  wide  across  the 
property  of  Arthur  Cooke. 

(5)  Beginning  at  a  point  on  the  shoreline  of 
St.  George's  Bay  eastward  of  the  town  of  Ste- 
phenville  and  about  1,350  feet  southeast  of  the 
small  natural  outlet  of  Blanche  Brook,  which 
outlet  is  about  16,000  feet  northwest  of  Indian 
Head  Light  at  the  entrance  of  St.  George's 
Harbour;  thence  north  50  degrees  30  minutes 
east  a  distance  of  about  1,285  feet  to  a  point 
on  the  west  shoreline  of  Stephenville  Pond  at 
its  northwest  outlet;  thence  following  the  gen- 
eral westerly  shoreline  of  Stephenville  Pond 
northeasterly  to  a  point  on  said  shoreline  which 
bears  north  25  degrees  15  minutes  east  and  is 
approximately  3,700  feet  from  the  last  de- 
scribed point ;  thence  north  7  degrees  45  minutes 
east  a  distance  of  1,970  feet  to  a  point ;  thence 
north  47  degrees  west  a  distance  of  4,220  feet 
to  a  point;  thence  south  43  degrees  west  a  dis- 
tance of  about  6,850  feet  to  the  shoreline  of  St. 
George's  Bay  (this  course  touches  the  shore- 
line of  Blanche  Brook  at  a  point  about  900  feet 


northeast  from  St.  George's  Bay) ;  thence 
southeasterly  following  the  general  shoreline 
of  St.  George's  Bay  for  a  distance  of  about 
5,000  feet  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

(6)  From  a  point  at  the  intersection  of  the 
centre  lines  of  Signal  Hill  Road  and  Middle 
Battery  Road ;  thence  south  44  degrees  17  min- 
utes 41.3  seconds  east  along  Middle  Battery 
Road  for  a  distance  of  268.11  feet;  thence  south 
54  degrees  9  minutes  41.3  seconds  east  along 
Middle  Battery  Road  for  a  distance  of  95.36 
feet  to  the  point  which  is  the  point  of  com- 
mencement ;  thence  from  the  point  of  beginning 
south  18  degrees  39  minutes  3  seconds  west  for 
a  distance  of  201.44  feet;  thence  south  12  de- 
grees 4  minutes  2  seconds  west  for  a  distance 
of  12  feet ;  thence  along  the  north  shoreline  of 
St.  John's  Harbour  southward  and  eastward  for 
a  distance  of  1,025  feet;  thence  north  26  de- 
grees 26  minutes  47.57  seconds  east  for  a  distance 
of  50  feet  to  the  centre  line  of  Middle  Battery 
Road;  thence  along  Middle  Battery  Road 
north  57  degrees  5  minutes  32.43  seconds 
west  for  a  distance  of  246.17  feet ;  thence  north 
85  degrees  57  minutes  28.94  seconds  west  for  a 
distance  of  182.86  feet ;  thence  north  73  degrees 
16  minutes  50.1  seconds  west  for  a  distance  of 
165.95  feet;  thence  north  55  degrees  29  minutes 
29.31  seconds  west  for  a  distance  of  243.87  feet; 
thence  north  54  degrees  9  minutes  41.3  seconds 
west  for  a  distance  of  199.67  feet. 

(7)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established 
by  survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  delin- 
eated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan 
or  plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and 
signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 
supersede  the  description  contained  in  the 
schedule  hereto  and  the  plans  annexed  hereto. 
One  copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall 
be  retained  by  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the 
Government  of  Newfoundland.  In  witness 
whereof  the  Great  Seal  of  the  Island  of  New- 
foundland has  been  affixed  to  these  presents  at 
St.  John's  in  the  island  aforesaid. 


398 

By  His  Excellency's  command,  Commissioner 
for  Home  Affairs,  and  the  United  States  of 
America  has  caused  these  presents  to  be  executed 
on  its  behalf  by the  day  and 

the  year  first  above  written. 

2.    BERMUDA. 

This    lease    made    the    of 

,   nineteen   hundred   and   forty-one 

between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  one  part 
and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the  other 
part.  Whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  sec- 
ond day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and 
forty  (copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the 
agreement  hereinafter  referred  to),  His  Maj- 
esty's Government  in  the  United  Kingdom 
made,  and  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  accepted,  proposals  for  the  grant  to 
the  Government  of  the  United  States,  freely 
and  without  consideration,  of  the  lease  of 
naval  and  air  bases  and  facilities  connected 
therewith,  in  certain  localities,  including 
the  east  coast  and  the  Great  Bay  of  Bermuda, 
for  a  period  of  ninety-nine  years  free  from  all 
rent  and  charges  other  than  compensation  to  be 
mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the  United 
States  in  order  to  compensate  the  owners  of 
private  property  for  the  loss  by  expropriation 
or  damage  arising  out  of  the  establishment  of 
the  said  bases  and  facilities:  and  whereas  in 
furtherance  of  such  proposals  an  agreement  be- 
tween the  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  the  United  States  of  America  was  signed 
on  the  27th  day  of  March,  nineteen  hundred  and 
forty-one:  now,  therefore,  His  Majesty  doth 
hereby  demise  to  the  United  States  of  America, 
free  from  all  rent  and  charges  other  than  com- 
pensation as  hereinbefore  mentioned,  all  that 
property  described  in  the  schedule  hereto  and 
delineated  on  the  plans  annexed  hereto,  to  hold 
unto  the  United  States  of  America  for  a  term 
of  ninety-nine  years  commencing  on  the  date 
hereof,  for  the  purposes  specified  in  the  afore- 
said notes  and  with  the  rights,  powers  and  au- 
thority and  on  the  terms  and  conditions  con- 
tained in  the  aforesaid  agreement  (except  such 
parts  thereof  as  relate  specifically  to  territory 
other  than  Bermuda),  which  agreement  (except 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 

as  aforesaid)  shall  be  regarded  as  incorporated 
in  and  made  part  of  this  lease. 

(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established  by 
survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  delin- 
eated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan  or 
plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and 
signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 
supersede  the  description  contained  in  the  sched- 
ule hereto  and  the  plans  annexed  hereto.  One 
copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall  be 
retained  by  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Governor 
of  the  Bermudas. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the  use 
thereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified  in  the 
aforesaid  notes  and  agreement.  In  witness 
whereof  His  Majesty  the  King  has  caused  the 
public  seal  of  the  colony  of  the  Bermudas  to  be 
affixed  hereto  and  the  United  States  of  America 
has  caused  these  presents  to  be  executed  on  its 

behalf  by the  day  and  the  year 

first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

Reference:  Ordnance  survey  map,  sheets  1 
and  2,  1898-9,  scale  six  inches  equals  one  mile 
(enclosures  (B)  and  (C),  H.O.  27). 

(1)  Long  Bird  Island,  including  adjoining 
islands  in  Ferry  Reach,  and  causeway  to  main- 
land south  of  Mullet  Bay,  the  entire  area  con- 
taining approximately  eighty  acres. 

(2)  Beginning  at  Stokes'  Point  on  the  shore- 
line of  St.  George's  Harbour;  thence  generally 
east  and  south  along  the  shoreline  to  the  western 
edge  of  Higgs'  Bay;  thence  due  south  about 
one  hundred  and  seventy-five  feet  to  the  road 
between  Stokes'  Point  and  St.  David's  Light- 
house; thence  generally  east  along,  but  exclud- 
ing, the  said  road  to  the  road  junction  about 
three  hundred  and  forty  feet  southeast  of  Bur- 
cher's  Point;  thence  generally  southeast  along, 
but  excluding,  the  said  road  to  a  point  about 
one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  northwest  of  its 
terminus  on  Ruth's  Bay ;  thence  east  about  seven 


MARCH   29,    1941 


399 


hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  to  the  shoreline 
south  of  Cove  Point;  thence  south  along  the 
shoreline  to  Ruth's  Point;  thence  generally  west 
along  the  shoreline  to  point  of  beginning;  also 
Cave  Island,  Sandy  Island,  Little  Round  Island, 
Jones'  Island,  Round  Island,  Long  Island, 
Grace's  Island,  Westcott  Island,  and  adjacent 
unnamed  islands  in  Castle  Harbour ;  the  entire 
area  containing  approximately  two  hundred 
and  sixty  acres;  provided  that  the  highway  be- 
tween Stokes'  Point  and  Higgs'  Bay  shall  be 
excluded. 

(3)  Cooper's  Island  and  all  the  islands  and 
cays  between  Ruth's  Point  on  St.  David's  Island 
and  Cooper's  Island,  containing  a  total  of  ap- 
proximately seventy-seven  acres. 

(4)  Tucker's  Island  and  Morgan's  Island  and 
the  immediately  adjacent  cays,  in  Great  Sound, 
containing  a  total  of  approximately  fifty  acres. 

(5)  Reference:  Map  prepared  in  1898  by 
Lieutenant  Savage.  Beginning  at  a  point  on 
the  shoreline,  about  2,500  feet  southeast  of  the 
Somerset  Bridge  at  the  junction  of  a  property 
line  with  the  centre  of  the  cove,  proceed  about 
200  feet  southwesterly  along  the  said  property 
line  to  a  property  line,  thence  about  630  feet 
southeasterly  along  property  line  to  a  property 
line,  thence  about  120  feet  southwesterly  along 
the  said  property  line  to  a  property  line,  thence 
about  620  feet  south  southeasterly  along  prop- 
erty line  to  an  intersection  of  the  said  property 
line  with  the  south  boundary  of  the  right-of- 
way  of  the  "King's  Point  Road"  so-called, 
thence  about  280  feet  northeasterly  along  the 
said  south  boundary  of  right-of-way  of  "King's 
Point  Road"  so-called,  to  an  intersection  with 
the  west  boundary  of  the  right-of-way  of  the 
"George's  Bay  Road"  so-called,  thence  about  675 
feet  in  a  generally  south  southeasterly  direction 
along  the  said  west  boundary  line  of  the  right- 
of-way  of  "George's  Bay  Road"  so-called, 
around  the  bend  in  the  said  road  to  an  inter- 
section with  a  property  line,  thence  about  2,100 
feet  in  a  south  southeasterly  direction  along 
broken  property  lines  to  a.  junction  with  the 
shore  line  in  the  cove  about  600  feet  north  of 
"Monkey  Hole",  thence  beginning  northeasterly 
around  shoreline  to  the  point  of  beginning,  an 
area  of  about  78  acres. 


3.    JAMAICA. 

This  lease  made  the day  of 

,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one,  be- 
tween the  Governor  of  the  Colony  of  Jamaica 
on  behalf  of  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  one 
part  and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the 
other  part ;  whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the 
second  day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and 
forty  (copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the 
agreement  hereinafter  referred  to),  His  Maj- 
esty's Government  in  the  United  Kingdom 
made,  and  the  Government  of  the  United  States 
accepted,  proposals  for  the  grant  to  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  in  exchange  for  naval 
and  military  equipment  and  material  trans- 
ferred by  the  United  States  to  His  Majesty's 
Government,  of  the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases 
and  facilities  connected  therewith,  in  certain 
localities,  including  the  southern  coast  of 
Jamaica,  for  a  period  of  ninety-nine  years  free 
from  all  rent  and  charges  other  than  compensa- 
tion to  be  mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the 
United  States  in  order  to  compensate  the  own- 
ers of  private  property  for  the  loss  by  expro- 
priation or  damage  arising  out  of  the  establish- 
ment of  the  said  bases  and  facilities;  and 
whereas  in  furtherance  of  such  proposals  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States  of 
America  was  signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March, 
nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one:  now,  there- 
fore, the  Governor  of  Jamaica  on  behalf  of  His 
Majesty  doth  hereby  demise  to  the  United 
States  of  America,  free  from  all  rent  and 
charges  other  than  compensation  as  hereinbe- 
fore mentioned,  all  that  property  described  in 
the  schedule  hereto  and  delineated  on  the 
plan  (s)  annexed  hereto,  to  hold  unto  the  United 
States  of  America  for  a  term  of  ninety-nine 
years  commencing  on  the  date  hereof,  for  the 
purposes  specified  in  the  aforesaid  notes  and 
with  the  rights,  powers  and  authority  and  on 
the  terms  and  conditions  contained  in  the  afore- 
said agreement  (except  such  parts  thereof  as  re- 
late specifically  to  territory  other  than  Ja- 
maica), which  agreement  (except  as  aforesaid) 
shall  be  regarded  as  incorporated  in  and  made 
part  of  this  lease. 


400 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established 
by  survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  de- 
lineated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a 
plan  or  plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed 
and  signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 
supersede  the  description  contained  in  the 
schedule  hereto  and  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto. 
One  copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall 
be  retained  by  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Gov- 
ernor of  Jamaica. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the 
use  thereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified 
in  the  aforesaid  notes  and  agreement.  In  wit- 
ness whereof  the  Governor  of  Jamaica,  on  be- 
half of  His  Majesty  the  King,  has  caused  the 
broad  seal  of  the  said  colony  to  be  affixed 
hereto,  and  the  United  States  of  America  has 
caused  these  presents  to  be  executed  on  its  be- 
half by  the  day  and  the  year 

first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

(1)  The  waters  of,  and  approaches  to,  Port- 
land Bight,  including  Galleon  Harbour,  and 
Goat  (Great  and  Little)  Islands  and  the  ad- 
jacent cays;  the  land  area  included  therein 
being  approximately  two  square  miles. 

Keference:  Chart  H.O.  1683. 

(2)  Beginning  at  a  point  (about  longitude 
seventy-seven  degrees,  zero  minutes,  thirteen 
seconds,  west;  latitude  seventeen  degrees,  fifty- 
seven  minutes,  forty-eight  seconds,  north)  on  the 
road  between  Hartland's  Post  Office  about  one- 
fourth  of  a  mile  south  of  the  railroad  crossing; 
thence  along  a  southeast  line  a  distance  of  three 
statute  miles;  thence  due  south  to  the  shoreline 
on  Manatee  Bay;  thence  generally  west  and 
northwest  along  the  shoreline  to  the  small  inlet 
about  one- fourth  of  a  mile  northwest  of  Church 
Pen  Gully  outlet;  thence  north  to  an  intersection 
with  the  road  between  Bushy  Park  Station  and 
the  village  of  Old  Harbour;  thence  generally 
east  to  the  crossing  of  the  road  between  Bushy 
Park  Station  and  Hartland's  Station  with  Cole- 


burn's  Gully ;  thence  generally  northeast  along 
(but  excluding)  this  road  to  the  point  of  begin- 
ning, the  entire  tract  containing  approximately 
thirty-four  square  miles. 

Keference:  Map  of  the  plains  of  St.  Cather- 
ine, scale  two  inches  equal  one  mile. 

(3)  Beginning  at  the  point  on  the  southern 
shoreline  of  Portland  Ridge  (peninsula),  where 
it  is  intersected  by  longitude  seventy-seven  de- 
grees, twelve  minutes,  thirty  seconds,  west  (ap- 
proximately longitude  seventy-seven  degrees, 
thirteen  minutes,  west,  on  the  map  of  Jamaica, 
1926,  P.W.D.) ;  thence  north  along  this  longi- 
tude to  the  northern  shoreline  of  Portland 
Ridge;  thence  generally  east,  south  and  west 
along  the  shoreline  to  point  of  beginning,  the 
entire  tract  containing  approximately  eighteen 
square  miles. 

Reference:  Chart  H.O.  1683;  and  map  of 
Jamaica,  corrected  to  1926.  P.W.D.  scale  one 
inch  equals  2.698  miles. 

(4)  Pigeon  Island  (an  area  of  about  fifty 
acres). 

Reference :  Chart  H.O.  1683. 

(5)  Beginning  at  the  point  on  the  improved 
road  between  Rest  and  May  Pen  where  it  crosses 
the  canal  running  southeast  from  Rhymsberry 
to  Manningsfield,  along  the  road  generally 
southwest  for  a  distance  of  one  statute  mile; 
thence  generally  southeast  for  one  statute  mile ; 
thence  generally  northeast  to  the  canal ;  thence 
along  (but  excluding)  the  canal  northwest  to 
point  of  beginning,  the  entire  tract  containing 
approximately  one  square  mile. 

Reference:  Chart  H.O.  1683:  Map  of  Ja- 
maica, corrected  to  1926,  P.W.D.  scale  one  inch 
equals  2.698  miles. 

(6)  Beginning  at  the  point  where  the  road 
between  Dunkeld  (approximately  mile  post  47) 
and  Mandeville  crosses  the  Jamaica  Government 
Railroad,  generally  northwest  along  (but  ex- 
cluding) the  railway  right-of-way  approxi- 
mately eight  hundred  yards  to  fence  line  of 
Martin's  Hill;  thence  west  of  south  about  one 
thousand  yards  to  fence  line;  thence  generally 
east  along  meandering  fence  line  to  fence  cor- 
ner; thence  generally  north  along  fence  ine  to 
its  intersection  with  the  railway  right-of-way ; 


MARCH    29,    1941 


401 


thence  generally  northwest  along  the  said  right- 
of-way  to  point  of  beginning,  the  entire  tract 
containing  approximately  two  hundred  and 
twenty-five  acres;  provided  that  the  highway 
right-of-way  through  this  tract  shall  be  ex- 
cluded. 

Reference :  Untitled  land  map  of  area  north  of 
Mandeville,  scale  four  inches  equal  one  mile; 
and  map  of  the  Parish  of  Manchester,  scale  one 
inch  equals  one  mile. 

4.    SAINT  LUCIA. 

This  lease  made  the day  of 

,   nineteen    hundred    and   forty-one 

between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  one  part 
and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the  other 
part ;  whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  second 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty 
(copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the  agreement 
hereinafter  referred  to),  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment in  the  United  Kingdom  made,  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  accepted,  pro- 
posals for  the  grant  to  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  in  exchange  for  naval  and  mili- 
tary equipment  and  material  transferred  by  the 
United  States  to  His  Majesty's  Government,  of 
the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases  and  facilities 
connected  therewith,  in  certain  localities,  includ- 
ing the  western  coast  of  Saint  Lucia,  for  a 
period  of  ninety-nine  years  free  from  all  rent 
and  charges  other  than  compensation  to  be 
mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the  United 
States  in  order  to  compensate  the  owners  of 
private  property  for  the  loss  by  expropriation 
or  damage  arising  out  of  the  establishment  of 
the  said  bases  and  facilities:  and 

Whereas  in  furtherance  of  such  proposals  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States  was 
signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March,  nineteen  hun- 
dred and  forty-one : 

Now,  therefore,  His  Majesty  doth  hereby  de- 
mise to  the  United  States  of  America,  free  from 
all  rent  and  charges  other  than  compensation  as 
hereinbefore  mentioned,  all  that  property  de- 
scribed in  the  schedule  hereto  and  delineated 
on  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto,  to  hold  unto  the 
United  States  of  America  for  a  term  of  ninety- 


nine  years  commencing  on  the  date  hereof,  for 
the  purposes  specified  in  the  aforesaid  notes 
and  with  the  rights,  powers  and  authority  and 
on  the  terms  and  conditions  contained  in  the 
aforesaid  agreement  (except  such  parts  thereof 
as  relate  specifically  to  territory  other  than 
Saint  Lucia) ,  which  agreement  (except  as  afore- 
said) shall  be  regarded  as  incorporated  in  and 
made  part  of  this  lease. 

(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established  by 
survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, and  shall  then  be  described  and  delineated 
in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan  or  plans 
in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and  signed  on 
behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall  supersede  the 
description  contained  in  the  schedule  hereto  and 
the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto.  One  copy  of  each 
such  document  and  plan  shall  be  retained  by  the 
United  States  of  America  and  the  other  shall  be 
deposited  with  the  Governor  of  the  Windward 
Islands. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the  use 
thereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified  in  the 
aforesaid  notes  and  agreement. 

In  witness  whereof  His  Majesty  the  King  has 
caused  the  public  seal  of  the  Colony  of  Saint 
Lucia  to  be  affixed  hereto,  and  the  United  States 
of  America  has  caused  these  presents  to  be  exe- 
cuted on  its  behalf  by the  day 

and  the  year  first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

(1)  Beginning  at  the  point  of  intersection  of 
the  low  water  line  of  the  shore  of  Gros  Islet 
Bay  an  arm  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  and  the  ex- 
tension of  the  southern  boundary  line  of  the 
Gros  Islet  cemetery,  proceed  along  this  southern 
boundary  line  of  said  Gros  Islet  cemetery  across 
the  public  high  road  and  through  the  Reduit 
Estate  to  a  point  in  the  Reduit  Estate  a  distance 
of  approximately  seven  hundred  eighty  nine 
feet,  said  line  bearing  south  sixty  one  degrees 
twenty  three  minutes  east;  thence,  through  the 
said  Reduit  Estate  on  a  line  bearing  due  south, 
a  distance  of  about  twenty  nine  hundred  feet, 
to  a  point  within  said  Reduit  Estate;  thence, 


402 

through  said  Kecluit  Estate  on  a  line  bearing 
due  west,  a  distance  of  about  thirteen  hundred 
six  feet  to  a  point  on  the  Choc  Dash  Gros  Islet 
high  road;  thence,  along  the  westerly  edge  of 
the  said  Choc  Dash  Gros  Islet  high  road  on  a 
line  bearing  south  twenty  degrees  fifteen  min- 
utes west,  a  distance  of  about  four  hundred 
seventy  six  feet  to  a  point;  thence,  on  a  line  bear- 
ing south  one  degree  three  minutes  east,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  two  hundred  seventy  seven  feet 
to  a  point;  thence,  on  a  line  bearing  south  forty 
seven  degrees  thirty  five  minutes  west,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  two  hundred  sixty  nine  feet  to  a 
point;  thence,  on  a  line  bearing  south  twenty 
seven  degrees  forty  minutes  east  a  distance  of 
about  four  hundred  forty  two  feet  to  a  point; 
thence,  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the  said 
Reduit  Estate  and  the  northerly  boundary  of 
Richard  Bojottes  property  on  a  line  bearing 
south  eighty  seven  degrees  zero  minutes  west, 
a  distance  of  about  five  hundred  forty  two  feet ; 
thence  along  said  southerly  boundary  of  said 
Reduit  Estate  and  the  easterly  boundaries  of 
David  Similien  and  Mde.  E.  Corosmain's  lands, 
on  a  line  bearing  north  nineteen  degrees  zero 
minutes  west,  a  distance  of  about  seven  hundred 
forty  five  feet  to  the  northern  point  of  said 
Mde.  E.  Corosmain's  lands;  thence,  along  the 
said   southerly   boundary  of  the  said   Reduit 
Estate  and  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  said 
Mde.  E.  Corosmain's  lands,  on  a  line  bearing 
south  thirty  degrees  fifteen  minutes  west,  a  dis- 
tance of  about  six  hundred  fifty  two  feet  to  the 
southeastern  corner  of  lands  of  heirs  Richard 
Af  ricain ;  thence,  along  the  said  southern  bound- 
ary of  the  said  Reduit  Estate  and  the  eastern 
boundary  of  the  said  heirs  Richard  Africain's 
lands,  on  a  line  bearing  north  sixteen  degrees 
zero  minutes  west,  a  distance  of  about  five  hun- 
dred four  feet  to  a  point;  thence,  on  a  line  bear- 
ing north  nineteen  degrees  thirty  four  minutes 
west,  a  distance  of  about  six  hundred  sixty  one 
feet  to  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  lands  of 
the  said  heirs  Richard  Af  ricain;  thence,  along 
the  said  southerly  boundary  of  the  said  Reduit 
Estate  and  the  northerly  boundary  of  the  lands 
of  the  said  heirs  Richard  Africain  on  a  line 
bearing  north  sixty  two  degrees  two  minutes 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 

west,  a  distance  of  about  seven  hundred  forty 
six  feet  to  a  point  on  the  easterly  line  of  the 
lands  of  Henri  Claude  et  al  and  forming  the 
northwestern  corner  of  the  lands  of  the  said 
heirs  Richard  Africain  and  the  southwestern 
corner  of  the  said  Reduit  Estate;  thence,  along 
the  easterly  boundary  of  the  lands  of  the  said 
Henri  Claude  et  al  and  the  westerly  boundary 
of  the  lands  of  the  said  heirs  Richard  Africain, 
on  a  line  bearing  south  four  degrees  fifty  eight 
minutes  west,  a  distance  of  about  three  hundred 
forty  five  feet  to  the  southeastern  boundary  of 
the  property  of  the  said  Henri  Claude  et  a$; 
thence,  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  the 
lands  of  the  said  Henri  Claude  et  al  and  the 
northerly  boundaries  of  the  lands  of  the  said 
heirs  Richard  Africain  and  heirs  Christophe 
Ambroise,  on  a  line  bearing  south  sixty  nine 
degrees  fifty  five  minutes  west  a  distance  of 
about  one  thousand  twenty  seven  feet  to  the 
intersection  of  said  line  with  the  low  water  line 
of  the  shore  of  the  Caribbean  Sea;  thence,  in 
a  northerly  and  easterly  direction  along  the  low 
water  line  of  the  shore  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  and 
Gros  Islet  Bay  to  the  point  of  beginning;  the 
entire  tract  containing  approximately  two  hun- 
dred forty  five  acres. 

(2)  Reference:  Map  of  Saint  Lucia,  scale  1 
inch  equals  400  feet,  prepared  by  Department 
engineer,  Puerto  Rican  Department,  dated  the 
16th  November,  1940. 

Beginning  at  a  point  on  the  shoreline  of  Anse 
Pointe  Sable  about  2,700  feet  southwest  of 
Pointe  Sable;  thence  south  86  degrees-00  min- 
utes west  a  distance  of  2,700  feet  to  a  point ; 
thence  due  north  950  feet  to  a  point;  thence 
south  87  degrees-00  minutes  west  a  distance  of 
approximately  1,000  feet  to  a  point  on  Vieux- 
fort  River  (the  boundary  crossing  Vieuxfort- 
Castries  road  at  a  point  about  750  feet  north- 
erly from  a  railroad  crossing  near  Vieuxfort 
Sugar  Mill) ;  thence  northerly  along  Vieuxfort 
River  a  distance  of  approximately  3,700  feet  to 
a  point  (this  point  being  400  feet  up-stream 
from  a  road  bridge  or  ford  southwest  of  Tour- 
ney Village) ;  thence  parallel  to,  and  750  feet 
northwest  of,  the  centre  line  of  northeast-south- 
west runway  (as  finally  located  after  survey), 


MARCH   29,    1941 


403 


this  line  having  a  bearing  of  approximately 
north  38  degrees-00  minutes  east  and  a  distance 
of  about  8,400  feet  to  a  point  which  lies  800  feet 
south  of  a  bridge  or  culvert,  on  the  Vieuxfort 
Castries  Road  (this  bridge  is  located  at  the  first 
sharp  turn  in  the  road  at  a  distance  of  about 
two  and  one-third  miles  north  of  Vieuxfort 
Village.) ;  thence  south  81  degrees-30  minutes 
east  a  distance  of  about  3,400  feet  to  a  point,  on 
the  shoreline  south  of  Port  Des  Savannes,  this 
line  being  located  generally  along  a  ridge 
which  approaches  the  shoreline  about  9,000  feet 
north  of  Pointe  Sable ;  thence  following  south- 
ward along  the  shoreline  a  distance  of  about 
two  and  one-quarter  miles  to  point  of  begin- 
ning; the  entire  tract  containing  approximately 
one  thousand  acres. 

(3)  (An  area  along  the  Vieuxfort  Bay  with 
a  frontage  of  1,000  feet  and  a  depth  of  about 
500  feet,  not  to  include  any  part  of  the  settled 
area  of  Vieuxfort  Village.) 

(4)  (An  area  of  about.  10  acres  in  Vieuxfort 
Valley  north  of  the  area  described  in  Paragraph 
2  of  this  schedule  suitable  for  construction  of 
a  clam  and  reservoir  for  water  supply.) 

(5)  Maria  Island. 

(6)  (A  way-leave  for  water  lines  from  reser- 
voir to  the  area  described  in  paragraph  2  of  this 
schedule.) 

5.   ANTIGUA. 

This  lease  made  the day  of 

,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one 

between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  one  part 
and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the  other 
part. 

Whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  second 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty 
(copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the  agree- 
ment hereinafter  referred  to),  His  Majesty's 
Government  in  the  United  Kingdom  made,  and 
the  Government  of  the  United  States  accepted, 
proposals  for  the  grant  to  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  in  exchange  for  naval  and 
military  equipment  and  material  transferred  by 
the  United  States  to  His  Majesty's  Government, 
of  the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases  and  facilities 
connected  therewith,  in  certain  localities,  in- 


cluding the  Island  of  Antigua,  for  a  period  of 
ninety-nine  years  free  from  all  rent  and  charges 
other  than  compensation  to  be  mutually  agreed 
on  to  be  paid  by  the  United  States  in  order  to 
compensate  the  owners  of  private  property  for 
the  loss  by  expropriation  or  damage  arising  out 
of  the  establishment  of  the  said  bases  and  fa- 
cilities: and, 

Whereas  in  furtherance  of  such  proposals  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States  of 
America  was  signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March, 
nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one: 

Now,  therefore,  His  Majesty  doth  hereby  de- 
mise to  the.  United  States  of  America,  free  from 
all  rent  and  charges  other  than  compensation  as 
hereinbefore  mentioned,  all  that  property  de- 
scribed in  the  schedule  hereto  and  delineated  on 
the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto,  to  hold  unto  the 
United  States  of  America  for  a  term  of  ninety- 
nine  years  commencing  on  the  date  hereof,  for 
the  purposes  specified  in  the  aforesaid  notes  and 
with  the.  rights,  powers  and  authority  and  on 
the  terms  and  conditions  contained  in  the  afore- 
said agreement,  (except  such  parts  thereof  as 
relate  specifically  to  territory  other  than  the 
Island  of  Antigua)  which  agreement  (except  as 
aforesaid)  shall  be  regarded  as  incorporated  in 
and  made,  part  of  this  lease. 

(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established 
by  survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  de- 
lineated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan 
or  plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and 
signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 
supersede  the  description  contained  in  the  sched- 
ule hereto  and  the  plan  (s)  annexed  hereto.  One 
copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall  be 
retained  by  the  United  States  of  America  and 
the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Governor 
of  the  Leeward  Islands. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the  use 
hereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified  in  the 
aforesaid  notes  and  agreement. 


404 


DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE  BULLETIN 


In  witness  whereof  His  Majesty  the  King  has 
caused  the  public  seal  of  the  Presidency  of  An- 
tigua to  be  affixed  hereto  and  the  United  States 
of  America  has  caused  these  presents  to  be  exe- 
cuted on  its  behalf  by the  day 

and  the  year  first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

(1)  Beginning  at  an  existing  old  boundary 
stone  whose  latitude  is  north  seventeen  degrees 
five  minutes  seventeen  point  eighteen  seconds 
and  longitude  west  sixty  one  degrees  forty  five 
minutes  nineteen  point  thirty  five  seconds  lo- 
cated between  Codringtons  and  Crabbs  Estates ; 
thence,  running  south  five  degrees  eight  minutes 
west,  a  distance  of  seven  point  sixty  feet  to  a 
point;  thence,  running  north  eighty  one  degrees 
forty  four  minutes  west,  a  distance  of  thirteen 
hundred  twenty  eight  feet  to  a  point;  thence, 
north  seventy  degrees  thirty  three  minutes  west, 
a  distance  of  three  hundred  seven  feet  to  a 
point;  thence,  north  seventy  eight  degrees 
twenty  eight  minutes  west,  a  distance  of  eight- 
een hundred  thirty  feet  to  a  point  on  the  low 
water  line  in  Parham  Harbor  the  latitude  and 
longitude  of  said  point  being  respectively  north 
seventeen  degrees  five  minutes  twenty  three 
point  sixty  three  seconds  and  west  sixty  one  de- 
grees forty  five  minutes  fifty  four  point  thirty 
nine  seconds ;  thence,  in  a  general  northerly  di- 
rection along  the  meanderings  of  the  low  water 
line  along  the  west  shore  of  Crabbs  Peninsula 
to  the  most  northerly  point  thereof  and,  thence, 
in  a  general  southerly  direction  continuing 
along  the  meanderings  of  the  low  water  line 
along  the  east  shore  of  Crabbs  Peninsula  to  a 
point  whose  latitude  is  north  seventeen  degrees 
five  minutes  thirty  three  point  ninety  eight  sec- 
onds and  longitude  west  sixty  one  degrees  forty 
five  minutes  seventeen  point  seventy  eight  sec- 
onds; thence,  south  five  degrees  eight  minutes 
west  a  distance  of  seventeen  hundred  feet  to  the 
old  boundary  stone,  which  is  the  point  of  begin- 
ning; the  entire  tract  containing  approximately 
four  hundred  thirty  acres,  also  Rat  and  Mouse 
Islands. 

(2)  Begimiing  at  a  point  on  the  east  west 
road  five  hundred  yards  west,  of  high  point  fac- 
tory; thence  north  about  five-eighths  of  a  mile 
to  the  shoreline  of  Judges'  Bay;  then  east, 


south,  and  southeast  along  the  shoreline  to  Bar- 
nacle Promontory,  thence  south  and  west  along 
the  shoreline  to  the  mouth  of  the  unnamed 
stream  south  of  Millar;  thence  west  along  the 
said  stream  about  five-eighths  of  a  mile ;  thence 
north  about  nine  hundred  and  fifty  yards  to 
base  of  Date  Hill  and  the  eastern  edge  of  Win- 
thorpe's  Village  (the  village  being  excluded) ; 
thence  due  north  about  three-eighths  of  a  mile 
to  the  point  of  beginning;  the  entire  tract  of 
land  containing  approximately  one  and  two- 
fifths  square  miles;  excepting  and  excluding 
from  this  tract  the  residential  part  of  the  Mil- 
lar estate. 

6.   TRINIDAD. 

This  lease  made  the day  of 

,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one 

between  His  Majesty  the  King  of  the  one  part 
and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the  other 
part. 

Whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  second 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty 
(copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the  agreement 
hereinafter  referred  to),  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment in  the  United  Kingdom  made,  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  accepted, 
proposals  for  the  grant  to  the  Government  of 
the  United  States,  in  exchange  for  naval  and 
military  equipment  and  material  transferred 
by  the  United  States  to  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment, of  the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases  and 
facilities  connected  therewith,  in  certain  locali- 
ties, including  the  west  coast  of  Trinidad,  for 
a  period  of  ninety-nine  years  free  from  all  rent 
and  charges  other  than  compensation  to  be 
mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the  United 
States  in  order  to  compensate  the  owners  of 
private  property  for  the  loss  by  expropriation 
or  damage  arising  out  of  the  establishment  of 
the  said  bases  and  facilities :  and, 

Whereas,  in  furtherance  of  such  proposals  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States  of 
America  was  signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March, 
nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one: 

Now,  therefore,  His  Majesty  doth  hereby  de- 
mise to  the  United  States  of  America,  free  from 
all  rent  and  charges  other  than  compensation 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 


405 


as  hereinbefore  mentioned,  all  that  property 
described  in  the  schedule  hereto  and  delineated 
on  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto,  to  hold  unto  the 
United  States  of  America  for  a  term  of  ninety- 
nine  years  commencing  on  the  date  hereof,  for 
the  purposes  specified  in  the  aforesaid  notes  and 
with  the  rights,  powers  and  authority  and  on  the 
terms  and  conditions  contained  in  the  aforesaid 
agreement  (except  such  parts  thereof  as  relate 
specifically  to  territory  other  than  Trinidad) 
which  agreement  (except  as  aforesaid)  shall  be 
regarded  as  incorporated  in  and  made  part  of 
this  lease. 

(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established  by 
survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  delin- 
eated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan  or 
plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and 
signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 
supersede  the  description  contained  in  the  sched- 
ule hereto  and  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto. 
One  copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall 
be  retained  by  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Gov- 
ernor of  Trinidad  and  Tobago. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the 
use  thereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified  in 
the  aforesaid  notes  and  agreement. 

In  witness  whereof  His  Majesty  the  King  has 
caused  the  public  seal  of  the  Colony  of  Trinidad 
and  Tobago  to  be  affixed  hereto  and  the  United 
States  of  America  has  caused  these  presents  to 

be  executed  on  its  behalf  by the 

day  and  the  year  first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

(1)  Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the 
shoreline  west  of  St.  Pierre  with  longitude 
sixty-one  degrees,  thirty-five  minutes,  fifty- 
seven  seconds,  west,  proceed  northerly  approxi- 
mately sixty-seven  hundred  feet  along  the  ridge 
of  the  hill  to  the  triangulation  station  marked 
elevation  ten  hundred  and  twenty-four;  thence 
due  north  twenty-eight  hundred  feet ;  thence  due 
west  approximately  fifty-two  hundred  feet  to 
the  junction  with  the  west  side  of  Tucker  Val- 


ley Road ;  thence  northerly  approximately  seven 
hundred  feet  along  the  said  road  to  the  junction 
with  the  west  side  of  the  road  of  the  branch 
road  marked  on  the  map  in  yellow;  thence 
northwesterly  and  westerly  approximately 
eleven  thousand  two  hundred  feet  along  the  said 
branch  road  and  the  bridle  path  extension 
thereof,  to  the  end  of  the  said  bridle  path ;  thence 
northwest  approximately  fourteen  hundred  feet 
to  the  shoreline ;  thence  along  the  said  shoreline, 
starting  southwesterly,  around  Entrada  Point 
and  Point  Dalgada  to  a  point  on  the  shore  one 
hundred  feet  southwest  of  the  western  end  of 
Hart's  Cut;  thence  on  a  straight  line  through 
the  triangulation  station  marked  elevation  four 
hundred  and  sixty-two  to  the  shoreline ;  thence 
around  Point  Gourde  to  the  point  of  beginning; 
and,  in  addition  thereto,  Gasparillo  Island  and 
the  Five  Islands ;  the  several  areas  totalling  ap- 
proximately twelve  square  miles;  provided  that 
the  area  known  as  La  Retraite  shall  be  excluded. 
Reference:  Map  of  Trinidad  and  Tobago. 
Scales  1-50,000.     Sheet  A. 

(2)  Beginning  at  the  road  junction  approxi- 
mately 2,000  links  east  of  the  Guanapo  River 
crossing  of  the  eastern  road  (approximate  co- 
ordinates: 477,800  links  east,  431,400  links 
north) ;  thence  generally  north  along  boundary 
line  of  Guanapo  Reserve  approximately  7,000 
links  to  angle  in  boundary  line;  thence  west 
about  4,500  links  to  intersection  with  Guanapo 
River;  thence  generally  north  along  Guanapo 
River  to  boundary  of  Guanapo  Reserve ;  thence 
generally  east  along  Guanapo  Reserve  boundary 
to  point  at  446,900  links  north  and  478,700  links 
east;  thence  east  approximately  20,800  links; 
thence  south  approximately  9,000  links  to  north- 
west corner  of  Guaico  Valencia  Reserve;  thence 
southeast  along  Reserve  boundary  to  co-ordinate 
line  430,000  links  north;  thence  east  along  this 
line  about  7,500  links  to  intersection  with  road ; 
thence  southeast  generally  parallel  with  road 
between  Valencia  and  Sangre-Grande  town  to 
corner  of  Reserve ;  thence  along  Reserve  bound- 
ary to  point  on  boundary  at  522,400  links  east 
and  413,500  links  north;  thence  southeast  about 
3,500  links  to  point  on  Reserve  boundary ;  thence 
generally  south,  west,  and  north  along  the  Re- 


406 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


serve  boundary  to  point  at  about  489,000  links 
east  and  411,250  links  north;  thence  generally 
north  across  Aripo  River  to  southwest  corner  of 
Cumuto  Reserve;  thence  generally  north  along 
Reserve  boundary  to  co-ordinate  line  420,000 
links  north;  thence  west  along  this  line  about 
10,000  links ;  thence  north  to  point  of  beginning ; 
the  entire  tract  containing  approximately  eight- 
een square  miles;  provided  that  the  existing 
eastern  main  road  and  the  Trinidad  Government 
Railway  within  the  parcel  shall  be  excluded. 
Reference:  Map  of  Trinidad  and  Tobago. 
Scales  1-50,000.     Sheets  B.,  C.  and  E. 

(3)  Beginning  at  road  crossing  northeast  of 
Longdenville  at  about  409,500  links  east  and 
366,600  links  north;  thence  north  along  (but 
excluding)  road  about  2,000  links;  thence  east 
about  4,500  links ;  thence  south  about  3,000  links ; 
thence  east  about  11,400  links  to  road;  thence 
south  along  (but  excluding)  road  about  4,500 
links  to  road  junction;  thence  southeast  along 
(but  excluding  trail)  about  3,900  links  to  stream 
line ;  thence  southwest  about  4,500  links  to  Ra- 
vine Sable ;  thence  generally  west  along  Ravine 
Sable  to  crossing  of  improved  road;  thence 
northwest  to  road  junction;  thence  generally 
north  along  (but  excluding)  road  to  point  of 
beginning;  the  entire  tract  containing  approxi- 
mately two  square  miles.  Reference:  Map  of 
Trinidad  and  Tobago.  Scales  1-50,000.  Sheet 
D. 

(4)  Beginning  at  point  on  road  from  Mature 
to  Toco  where  Primera  Pria  River  crosses  it ; 
thence  generally  northeast  along  (but  exclud- 
ing) the  road  to  the  Saliboa  River ;  thence  gen- 
erally south  along  the  bank  of  the  Saliboa 
River  to  the  shore  of  Saline  Bay ;  thence  along 
the  shoreline  of  Saline  Bay  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Primera  Pria  River;  thence  to  point  of  begin- 
ning; the  entire  tract  containing  approximately 
ninety-six  acres.  Reference :  Map  of  Trinidad 
and  Tobago.    Scales  1-50,000.    Sheet  C. 

7.   BRITISH  GUIANA. 

This  lease  made  the day  of 

,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one  be- 
tween the  Colony  of  British  Guiana  of  the  one 
part  and  the  United  States  of  America  of  the 
other  part. 


Whereas  by  notes  exchanged  on  the  second 
day  of  September,  nineteen  hundred  and  forty 
(copies  of  which  are  appended  to  the  agreement 
hereinafter  referred  to)  His  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment in  the  United  Kingdom  made,  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  accepted,  pro- 
posals for  the  grant  to  the  Government  of  the 
United  States,  in  exchange  for  naval  and  mili- 
tary equipment  and  material  transferred  by  the 
United  States  to  His  Majesty's  Government,  of 
the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases  and  facilities 
connected  therewith,  in  certain  localities,  includ- 
ing British  Guiana  within  fifty  miles  of  George- 
town, for  a  period  of  ninety-nine  years  free  from 
all  rent  and  charges  other  than  compensation  to 
be  mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the  United 
States  in  order  to  compensate  the  owners  of 
private  property  for  the  loss  by  expropriation 
or  damage  arising  out  of  the  establishment  of 
the  said  bases  and  facilities :  and, 

Whereas  in  furtherance  of  such  proposals  an 
agreement  between  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  and  the  United  States  of 
America  was  signed  on  the  27th  day  of  March, 
nineteen  hundred  and  forty-one : 

Now,  therefore,  the  colony  of  British  Guiana 
doth  hereby  lease  to  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, free  from  all  rent  and  charges  other  than 
compensation  as  hereinbefore  mentioned,  all 
that  property  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
and  delineated  on  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto, 
to  hold  unto  the  United  States  of  America  for 
a  term  of  ninety-nine  years  commencing  on  the 
date  hereof,  for  the  purposes  specified  in  the 
aforesaid  notes  and  with  the  rights,  powers  and 
authority  and  on  the  terms  and  conditions  con- 
tained in  the  aforesaid  agreement  (except  such 
parts  thereof  as  relate  specifically  to  territory 
other  than  British  Guiana),  which  agreement 
(except  as  aforesaid)  shall  be  regarded  as  incor- 
porated in  and  made  part  of  this  lease. 

(2)  The  exact  metes  and  bounds  of  the  prop- 
erty generally  described  in  the  schedule  hereto 
shall  with  all  convenient  speed  be  established 
by  survey  conducted  by  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  shall  then  be  described  and  de- 
lineated in  a  document  or  documents  and  a  plan 
or  plans  in  duplicate,  which,  when  agreed  and 
signed  on  behalf  of  the  parties  hereto,  shall 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 

supersede  the  description  contained  in  the 
schedule  hereto  and  the  plan(s)  annexed  hereto. 
One  copy  of  each  such  document  and  plan  shall 
be  retained  by  the  United  States  of  America 
and  the  other  shall  be  deposited  with  the  Gov- 
ernor of  British  Guiana. 

(3)  The  Government  of  the  United  States 
will  not  use  the  said  property,  or  permit  the 
use  thereof,  except  for  the  purposes  specified  in 
the  aforesaid  notes  and  agreement. 

In  testimony  whereof  the  parties  have  hereto 

set  their  hands  the day  and  the 

year  first  above  written. 

Schedule. 

(1)  Beginning  at  a  point  on  the  right  (east) 
bank  of  the  Demerara  River  one  thousand  yards 
southwest  of  the  road  junction  at  Hyde  Park; 
thence  about  one  and  one-half  miles  along  the 
meandering  line  generally  parallel  to,  and  about 
one  thousand  yards  southwest  of,  the  unim- 
proved road  running  generally  southeast  from 
Hyde  Park  and  thence  northeast  about  ninety 
five  hundred  feet;  thence  northwest  about  eight 
thousand  feet  to  a  point  fifteen  hundred  feet 
east  of  the  Demerara  River;  thence  generally 
southwest  about  forty-five  hundred  feet  to  the 
said  unimproved  road;  thence  northwest  along 
(but  excluding)  the  said  road  to  the  right  (east) 
bank  of  the  Demerara  River;  thence  southwest 
along  the  bank  of  the  river  to  the  point  of  be- 
ginning, the  entire  tract  containing  approxi- 
mately two  and  one-half  square  miles. 

Reference:  Plan  of  the  sea  coast  of  British 
Guiana,  in  two  sheets,  1925. 

(2)  Beginning  at  the  intersection  of  the 
shoreline  of  the  east  bank  of  the  Essequibo  River 
with  latitude  6  degrees  29'  14"  north  at  a  point 
marked  "Quarry  End"  as  shown  on  British  Ad- 
miralty Chart  No.  2783  published  the  26th  Sep- 
tember, 1929,  and  entitled  ''Essequibo  River 
Amarikuru  Island  to  Bartica,"  proceed  in  a  due 
east  direction  approximately  8,000  feet;  thence 
due  south  a  distance  of  approximately  8,000 
feet;  thence  due  west  a  distance  of  approxi- 
mately 5,800  feet  to  the  north  bank  of  Makauria 
Creek;  thence  in  a  northwesterly  direction  along 
the  north  bank  of  Makauria  Creek  to  the  inter- 


407 

section  of  the  said  north  bank  with  the  shore- 
line of  the  east  bank  of  the  Essequibo  River; 
thence  in  a  generally  northerly  direction  along 
the  shoreline  of  the  east  bank  of  the  Essequibo 
River  to  the  point  of  beginning,  the  entire  tract 
containing  approximately  1,400  acres. 

Annex  III.  Special  Provisions  for  Individual 
Territories. 

(a)    special  provisions  appertaining  to  ber- 
MUDA. 

The  United  States  will  not  close  the  existing 
channels  from  Ferry  Point  Bridge  to  St. 
George's  Harbour  or  from  St.  George's  Harbour 
through  Stocks  Harbour  to  Tucker's  Town,  un- 
less it  first  provide  alternative  channels  to  give 
facilities  at  least  as  adequate  as  those  given  by 
the  present  channels. 

2.  In  its  application  to  Bermuda,  Article  1 
(2)(E)  of  this  agreement  shall  be  construed 
as  including  the  right,  power  and  authority  to 
install,  maintain,  use  and  operate  under-sea 
and  other  defences,  defence  devices  and  con- 
trols, including  detecting  and  other  similar 
facilities,  in  the  entrance  of  Castle  Harbour; 
but  the  United  States  will  not  close  the  channel 
through  Castle  Roads  to  the  open  sea. 

3.  The  United  States  shall  have  the  right  to 
construct  a  causeway  between  Tucker's  Island 
and  King's  Point  in  Sandy's  Parish,  but  a  chan- 
nel will  be  preserved  and  maintained  between 
Tucker's  Island  and  King's  Point,  sufficient  for 
such  vessels  as  now  use  the  channel  at  present 
existing. 

4. (a)  In  respect  of  the  waters  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  Morgan's  Island  and  Tucker's  Island  the 
United  States  shall  have  the  right,  power  and 
authority  to  fill  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the 
area  generally  described  as  follows: — 

Beginning  at  the  most  northerly  point  of 
Tucker's  Island,  a  line  drawn  easterly  for  a  dis- 
tance of  twenty-one  hundred  feet,  passing 
through  a  point  approximately  fifty  feet  north 
of  the  most  northerly  point  of  Morgan's  Island, 
to  a  point;  thence  southeasterly  along  a  line 
tangent  to  Morgan's  Island  to  its  most  south- 
easterly point ;  thence  a  line  to  the  most  south- 


40S 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE   BULLETIN 


westerly  point  of  Morgan's  Island;  thence 
a  line  to  the  most  southerly  point  of  Tucker's 
Island;  thence  following  the  shoreline  of 
Tucker's  Island  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

(b)  The  United  States  shall  also  have  the 
right,  power  and  authority  to  fill  any  indenta- 
tions in  the  shoreline  in  the  vicinity  of  King's 
Point  in  Sandy's  Parish  in  order  to  straighten 
the  shoreline. 

5.  The  United  States  will  not  interrupt  high- 
way communication  between  Hamilton  Parish 
and  St.  George's  Island;  and  if  its  works  or 
operations  shall  prevent  the  continued  use  of 
the  present  highway  facilities  between  Blue 
Hole  and  the  Swing  Bridge  on  St.  George's 
Island,  and  it  does  not  provide  alternative  facili- 
ties, as  satisfactory  as  the  said  present  facilities, 
directly  between  those  points,  it  will  provide 
such  alternative  facilities  between  the  main 
north  shore  road  at  Bailey's  Bay  and  the  main 
road  at  Mullet  Bay,  and  will  for  that  purpose 
construct  and  maintain  a  suitable  drawbridge 
between  Coney  Island  and  Ferry  Point. 

6.  Except  when  the  United  States  is  engaged 
in  war,  or  in  time  of  other  emergency,  the 
United  States  will  not  use  motor  vehicles  out- 
side the  leased  areas  except  so  far  as  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Bermuda  shall  agree  to  such  use. 

(B)    SPECIAL,  PROVISIONS  APPERTAINING  TO  JAMAICA. 

Without  prejudice  to  the  rights  of  the  Gov- 
ernment of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  United 
States  shall  have  the  right  to  repair,  restore,  or 
construct,  on  the  site  of  the  old  naval  station  at 
Port  Royal  on  the  Palisadoes  Peninsula,  shops, 
storehouses,  piers,  wharves,  graving  docks  and 
other  similar  facilities  useful  and  convenient 
for  the  supply,  maintenance  and  repair  of  naval 
vessels,  auxiliaries  and  similar  craft.  Such  fa- 
cilities may  be  used  jointly  and  on  equal  terms, 
within  the  limits  of  their  capacity,  when  and  as 
conditions  permit,  by  the  United  States  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  Kingdom.  The 
United  States  will,  in  exercising  such  right, 
preserve  features  of  historic  interest  so  far  as 
practicable. 


(C)  SPECIAL     PROVISION      APPERTAINING     TO     ST. 
LUCIA. 

The  United  States  will  maintain  existing 
highways  traversing  the  leased  areas  and  will 
permit,  without  restrictions  except  such  as  may 
be  necessary  for  military  reasons,  the  use  thereof 
without  payment  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  the  Government  of  St.  Lucia 
and  members  of  the  public ;  or  may,  if  it  so  de- 
sires, in  substitution  for  such  highways,  con- 
struct for  such  use  highways  outside  the  leased 
areas. 

(D)  SPECIAL  PROVISION  APPERTAINING  TO  ANTIGUA. 

The  United  States  will  grant,  without  cost, 
to  the  present  owner  of  the  High  Point  estate 
a  licence  for  the  continued  occupation,  during1 
the  lifetime  of  the  said  owner,  of  any  portion  of 
the  residential  part  of  the  said  estate  which  on 
final  survey  may  fall  within  the  leased  area. 

(E)  SPECIAL   PROVISIONS    APPERTAINING   TO  TRINI- 
DAD. 

(1)  Should  the  United  States  determine  that 
it  is  necessary  to  remove  the  quarantine  station 
from  the  Five  Islands,  the  United  States  will 
pay  just  compensation  for  such  removal,  the 
amount  of  such  compensation  to  be  mutually 
agreed  upon. 

(2)  The  United  States  shall  have  the  follow- 
ing rights : — 

(a)  To  impound,  take  and  use  the  waters  of 
and  in  the  watershed  of  the  Aripo  River  north 
of  the  Cumuto  area  for  the  requirements  of  the 
United  States  forces  from  time  to  time  sta- 
tioned at  or  employed  in  the  leased  areas,  and 
for  all  other  necessary  purposes  connected  with 
the  construction,  maintenance,  operation  and 
defence  of  the  bases  established  in  Trinidad  by 
the  United  States ; 

(b)  To  construct,  maintain  and  operate  dams, 
reservoirs  and  other  necessary  works  and  facili- 
ties for  the  purposes  aforesaid ; 

(c)  To  lay  and  maintain  pipe-lines  in  and 
from  the  watershed  across  the  lands  of  Trini- 
dad for  the  purpose  of  carrying  the  said  waters 


MARCH   29,    1941 

to  the  said  bases,  and  to  be  afforded  all  way- 
leaves  necessary  for  this  purpose; 

(d)  To  take  and  do  all  such  measures,  acts 
and  things  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  neces- 
sary to  control  the  areas  comprised  in  the  said 
watershed  in  order  to  safeguard,  or  prevent 
the  pollution  of,  the  said  waters  or  otherwise 
to  ensure  their  purity; 

(e)  To  take  on  lease  on  the  same  terms  as 
are  contained  in  this  agreement  or  to  occupy 
such  areas  of  land,  whether  in  crown  or  private 
ownership,  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  neces- 
sary for  any  of  the  purposes  aforesaid,  with- 
out consideration  other  than  such  compensation 
to  be  mutually  agreed  on  to  be  paid  by  the 
United  States  in  order  to  compensate  the  own- 
ers of  private  property,  if  any,  for  loss  by  ex- 
propriation or  damage,  the  amount  of  such  com- 
pensation to  be  determined  in  accordance  with 
the  procedure  adopted  for  assessing  compensa- 
tion to  such  owners  for  loss  by  expropriation  or 
damage  arising  out  of  the  establishment  of  the 
bases :  provided  that  the  Government  of  Trini- 
dad shall  be  entitled  to  take  and  use  so  much 
of  the  waters  of  and  in  the  said  watershed  as 
the  United  States  may  from  time  to  time  de- 
termine to  be  in  excess  of  the  actual  require- 
ments of  the  United  States ;  and  that  any  dams 
or  other  works  established  by  the  United  States 
shall  be  so  constructed  as  to  be  capable  of  ex- 
tension in  order  to  enable  the  said  surplus  waters 
to  be  made  available  to  the  Government  of 
Trinidad. 

(3)  The  United  States  shall  have  the  right 
to  establish  necessary  defences  in  the  entrance 
waters  of  the  Gulf  of  Paria  on  certain  islands 
of  the  Dragon's  Mouth  and  on  the  mainland 
at  the  Serpent's  Mouth,  the  terms  and  condi- 
tions of  the  leases  for  the  areas  required  for 
these  installations  to  be  those  set  out  in  this 
agreement.  If  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  shall  determine  to  install  additional 
defences  on  the  outer  promontories  of  the  leased 
areas  the  United  States  agrees  to  surrender 
areas  of  such  extent  and  on  such  terms  as  may 
be  mutually  agreed. 

(4)  Whenever  required  and  after  notification 


409 

to  the  Governor  of  Trinidad,  the  United  States 
shall  have  control  over  an  anchorage,  to  be 
known  as  the  United  States  Fleet  Anchorage, 
comprising  the  whole  or  any  part  of  an  area  in 
the  Gulf  of  Paria  lying  north  of  the  line  (ex- 
tended) of  the  present  dredged  channel  to  Port 
of  Spain  and  west  of  the  longitude  of  Cumana 
Point,  of  about  12  square  miles  in  depths  of 
more  than  5  fathoms  with  additional  anchorage 
in  less  depths.  When  not  required  by  the 
United  States,  the  control  of  the  whole  or  any 
part  of  the  area  shall  revert  to  the  Government 
of  Trinidad  on  due  notification  until  such  time 
as  the  Government  of  Trinidad  is  notified  that 
control  is  again  required.  The  notifications 
mentioned  above  shall  contain  a  description  of 
the  area  required  or  not  required  as  the  case  may 
be.  The  control  to  be  exercised  by  the  United 
States  is  such  control  as  is  necessary  for  the 
establishment,  use,  operation  and  defence  of  the 
anchorage.  The  provisions  of  the  agreement 
applicable  to  leased  areas,  shall  during  the 
period  of  United  States  control,  apply  to  the 
anchorage  to  the  full  extent  necessary  or  appro- 
priate for  the  establishment,  use,  operation, 
defence  and  control  thereof. 

(5)  From  such  areas  and  under  such  terms 
and  conditions  as  may  be  mutually  agreed  by  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  and  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Trinidad,  the  Government  of  Trini- 
dad shall  be  permitted  within  the  leased  areas  to 
win  stone,  gravel  and  sand  for  public  works; 
provided  that  such  permission  shall  not  be 
exercised  so  as  to  interfere  with  the  construction, 
maintenance,  operation  or  defence  of  the  bases 
and  shall  be  subject  to  such  restrictions  as  may 
be  demanded  by  military  necessity. 

(6)  (a)  The  Government  of  the  United  King- 
dom shall  secure  the  grant  to  the  United  States 
of  a  lease  for  a  period  of  twelve  months  of  1,200 
feet  of  existing  wharfage  and  two  of  the  exist- 
ing transit  sheds  on  the  waterfront  at  Port  of 
Spain,  provided  that  when  the  said  wharfage 
and  sheds  are  not  being  used  by  the  United 
States  they  shall  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  the 
Government  of  Trinidad  upon  request  by  the 


410 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


latter.  Pending  the  execution  of  such  lease, 
the  United  States  shall  have  the  use  of  the 
said  wharfage  and  sheds  under  the  conditions 
aforesaid. 

(b )  The  United  States  may  during  the  period 
of  the  above  lease  extend  the  existing  wharfage 
at  Port  of  Spain  westward  for  a  distance  not 
exceeding  3,000  feet,  and  shall  be  granted  a 
lease  of  such  extension  for  the  unexpired  period 
of  the  lease  of  the  leased  areas;  provided  that 
if  the  Government  of  Trinidad  shall  construct 
for  transfer  to  the  United  States  alternative 
wharfage  outside  of  Port  of  Spain  which  shall 
be  satisfactory  in  all  respects  to  the  United 
States,  then  the  United  States  will  surrender  in 
exchange  to  the  Government  of  Trinidad,  on 
terms  to  be  mutually  agreed,  its  rights  under  the 
lease  of  the  said  wharfage  in  Port  of  Spain. 

(7)  The  United  States  will  afford  access  to 
the  Macqueripe  Bay  area  to  the  Government  of 
Trinidad  and  members  of  the  public  by  way 
of  the  existing  road  or  by  such  other  road  as 
may  be  constructed,  subject  only  to  such  re- 
strictions as  are  demanded  by  military  necessity 
and  proper  police  control. 

(8)  If  the  eastern  main  road  to  Saline  Bay 
is  completed  by  the  United  States,  the  United 
States  will,  subject  only  to  such  restrictions  as 
are  demanded  by  military  necessity,  afford  the 
Government  of  Trinidad  and  members  of  the 
public  free  use  thereof.  The  United  States  will 
afford  like  use  of  any  road  that  may  be  con- 
structed by  the  United  States  from  Port  of 
Spain  to  the  Cumuto  area. 

(F)    SPECIAL  PROVISION   APPERTAINING  TO  BRITISH 
GUIANA. 

(1)  In  its  use  of  the  Demerara  and  Essequibo 
Rivers,  the  United  States  shall  not  obstruct 
the  navigation  thereof. 

(2)  From  such  areas  and  under  such  terms  as 
may  be  mutually  agreed  by  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  and  the  Government  of 
British  Guiana,  the  Government  of  British 
Guiana  shall  be  permitted  within  the  leased 
areas  to  win  stone  for  public  works;  provided 
that  such  permission  shall  not  be  exercised  so  as 
to  interfere  with  the  construction,  maintenance, 
operation  or  defence  of  the  bases  and  shall  be 


subject  to  such  restrictions  as  may  be  demanded 
by  military  necessity. 

Note  from  the  Avnerican  Ambassador  at  London 
(Winant)  to  the  British  Secretary  of  State 
for  Foreign  Affairs  {Eden) 

March  27,  1941. 
I  have  the  honour  to  inform  Your  Excellency 
that  my  Government  has  agreed  to  the  follow- 
ing understanding  in  respect  of  Article  XVI  of 
the  Agreement  signed  this  day  between  our  re- 
spective Governments  concerning  the  lease  of 
bases : 

(1)  Mails  passing  between  United  States  Post 
Offices  shall  not  be  subject  to  censorship  except 
by  the  United  States. 

(2)  In  connection  with  the  establishment  of 
any  United  States  Post  Offices  in  a  leased  area, 
the  United  States  will  arrange  administratively, 
for  such  time  as  Great  Britain  may  be  at  war, 
for  the  examination  of  all  nonofficial  incoming 
or  outgoing  mail  destined  for  or  originating  in 
a  leased  area. 

(3)  The  use  of  these  post  offices  will  be 
strictly  limited  to  persons  entitled  under  Article 
XVI  to  use  them  and  any  mail  deposited  in  such 
a  post  office  which  may  be  found  by  the  United 
States  examiners  to  be  from  a  person  not  en- 
titled to  use  it  will,  if  required,  be  made  avail- 
able to  the  authorities  of  the  territory  for 
examination. 

(4)  Should  the  United  States  be  at  war  and 
Great  Britain  be  neutral,  the  British  Govern- 
ment will  insure  that  a  similar  procedure  is 
adopted,  with  respect  to  incoming  or  outgoing 
mail  destined  for  or  originating  in  the  territory 
in  which  a  leased  area  is  located,  to  safeguard 
the  interests  of  the  United  States  in  the  leased 
area. 

(5)  The  United  States  and  British  authorities 
will  collaborate  to  prevent  their  respective  mails, 
in  the  leased  areas  or  in  the  territories  in  which 
they  are  located,  being  used  prejudicially  to  the 
security  of  the  other. 

(6)  There  will  be  no  examination  of  official 
mail  of  either  Government  by  the  other  under 
any  conditions. 


MAKCH    29,    1941 

If  Your  Excellency's  Government  agrees  to 
this  understanding  I  would  suggest  that  the 
present  note  and  your  reply  to  that  effect  be 
regarded  as  placing  it  on  record. 


411 

understanding  of  the  two  contracting  Govern- 
ments in  this  matter. 


Note  from,  the  British  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs  (Eden)  to  the  American 
Arnbassador  at  London  (Winant) 

London,  March  27,  1941. 
I  have,  the  honour  to  acknowledge  the  receipt 
of  Your  Excellency's  note  of  today's  date  con- 
cerning censorship,  the  terms  of  which  are  as 
follows: 

[Here  follows  text  of  note  printed  above.] 
2.  In  reply,  I  have  the  honour  to  inform 
Your  Excellency  that  the  Government  of  the 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  North- 
ern Ireland  agree  to  this  understanding,  and, 
in  accordance  with  Your  Excellency's  sugges- 
tion, Your  Excellency's  note  and  this  reply  will 
be  regarded  as  placing  on  record  the  under- 
standing between  the  two  governments  in  this 
matter. 


Note  from  the  British  Secretary  of  State  for 
Foreign  Affairs  (Eden)  to  the  American 
Ambassador  at  London  (Winant) 

London,  March  27,  1941. 

I  have  the  honour  to  inform  Your  Excellency 
that  in  signing  this  day  the  agreement  con- 
cerning the  lease  of  naval  and  air  bases,  it  is 
the  intention  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ire- 
land that  upon  the  resumption  by  Newfound- 
land of  the  constitutional  status  held  by  it  prior 
to  February  16,  1934,  the  words  "The  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  Kingdom"  wherever  they 
occur  in  relation  to  a  provision  applicable  to 
Newfoundland  in  the  said  agreement  shall  be 
taken  to  mean,  so  far  as  Newfoundland  is 
concerned,  the  Government  of  Newfoundland, 
and  the  agreement  shall  then  be  construed 
accordingly. 

If  the  Government  of  the  United  States  agree 
to  this  interpretation  I  would  suggest  that  the 
present  note  and  Your  Excellency's  reply  to 
that  effect  be  regarded  as  placing  on  record  the 


Note  from  the  American  Ambassador  at  Lon- 
don (Winant)  to  the  British  Secretary  of 
State  for  Foreign  Affairs  (Eden) 

London,  March  27,  1941. 
I  have  the  honor  to  acknowledge  receipt  of 
your  note  of  today's  date  the  terms  of  which 
are  as  follows: 

[Here  follows  text  of  note  printed  above.] 
2.  In  reply  I  have  the  honor  to  inform  Your 
Excellency  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  accepts  the  interpretation  of  the  agree- 
ment concerning  the  lease  of  naval  and  air 
bases  signed  this  day  as  set  forth  in  your  note 
and  in  accordance  with  the  suggestion  contained 
therein,  your  note  and  this  reply  will  be  re- 
garded as  placing  on  record  the  understanding 
between  the  two  contracting  Governments  in 
this  matter. 


PROTOCOL 

The  text  of  the  protocol  signed  at  London 
March  27,  1941  by  plenipotentiaries  of  the  Gov- 
ernments of  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  and  the 
United  States  of  America  is  as  follows : 

London,  March  27,  191,1. 

The  undersigned  Plenipotentiaries  of  the 
Governments  of  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom 
of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland  and  the 
United  States  of  America  having  been  author- 
ized by  their  respective  Governments  to  clarify 
certain  matters  concerning  the  defense  of  New- 
foundland arising  out  of  the  Agreement  signed 
this  day  concerning  the  bases  leased  to  the 
United  States,  have  drawn  up  and  signed  the 
following  protocol. 

It  is  recognized  that  the  defense  of  New- 
foundland is  an  integral  feature  of  the  Ca- 
nadian scheme  of  defense  and  as  such  is  a 
matter  of  special  concern  to  the  Canadian  Gov- 
ernment, which  has  already  assumed  certain 
responsibilities  for  this  defense. 

It  is  agreed,  therefore,  that  in  all  powers 
which  may  be  exercised  and  in  such  actions  as 


412 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


may  be  taken  under  the  Agreement  for  the  use 
and  operation  of  the  United  States  Bases,  dated 
March  27,  1941  in  respect  of  Newfoundland, 
Canadian  interests  in  regard  to  defense  will  be 
fully  respected. 

Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  affect  the 
arrangements  relative  to  the  defense  of  New- 
foundland already  made  by  the  Governments 
of  the  United  States  and  Canada  in  pursuance 
of  recommendations  submitted  to  those  Gov- 
ernments by  the  Permanent  Joint  Board  on 
Defense — United  States  and  Canada. 

It  is  further  agreed  that  in  all  consultations 
concerning  Newfoundland  arising  out  of 
Articles  I  (4),  II,  and  XI  (5)  of  the  Agreement, 
or  of  any  other  Articles  involving  considera- 
tions of  defense  the  Canadian  Government  as 
well  as  the  Government  of  Newfoundland  will 
have  the  right  to  participate. 

On  behalf  of  the  United  States  of  America : 
John  G.  Winant 
Ambassador  of  the  United  States 
of  America 
Charles  Faht 
Harry  J.  Malony 
Harold  Btesemeier 

On  behalf  of  Canada  : 

Vincent  Masset 
Canadian  High  C om/rrmsioner 
at  London 
L.  W.  Murray 
L.  B.  Pearson 

On  behalf  of  the  Government  of  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland : 

Winston  Churchill 

Prime  Minister 
Lord  Cranborne 
Secretary  of  State 
for  Dominions 
Lord  Moyne 
Secretary  of  State 
for  Colonies 


CONCILIATION 

treaty  of  conciliation  and  arbitration 
with  switzerland 

By  a  note  dated  March  4, 1941,  the  Swiss  Min- 
ister at  Washington  informed  the  Secretary  of 
State  of  the  appointment  by  the  Swiss  Federal 
Council  of  Mr.  Dietrich  Schindler  as  the 
national  member  of  the  Permanent  Commission 
on  Conciliation  under  the  Treaty  oni  Concilia- 
tion and  Arbitration  between  the  United  States 
and  Switzerland  signed  on  February  16,  1931 
(Treaty  Series  844).  Mr.  Schindler  replaces 
Mr.  Max  Huber,  President  of  the  International 
Committee  of  the  Red  Cross,  who  submitted 
his  resignation  as  the  Swiss  member  of  the 
Commission. 

COMMERCE 

INTER-AMERICAN  COFFEE-MARKETING 
AGREEMENT 

Dominican  Republic 

By  a  letter  dated  March  8,  1941,  the  Director 
General  of  the  Pan  American  Union  informed 
the  Secretary  of  State  that  the  Minister  of  the 
Dominican  Republic  at  Washington  notified  the 
Union  that  the  President  of  the  Dominican  Re- 
public, by  decree  of  February  21,  1941,  promul- 
gated Resolution  No.  406  of  the  Dominican 
Congress,  by  which  approval  was  given  to  the 
Inter-American  Coffee-Marketing  Agreement 
signed  at  Washington  on  November  28, 1940. 

NATURE  PROTECTION  AND  WILDLIFE 
PRESERVATION 

CONVENTION  ON  NATURE  PROTECTION  AND 
WILDLIFE  PRESERVATION  IN  THE  WESTERN 
HEMISPHERE 

Bolivia 

The  Director  General  of  the  Pan  American 
Union  transmitted  to  the  Secretary  of  State 
with  a  letter  dated  March  5, 1941  certified  copies 
of  the  list  of  species  furnished  to  the  Pan  Ameri- 
can Union  by  the  Government  of  Bolivia  for 


MARCH    29,    1941 


413 


inclusion  in  the  Annex  to  the  Convention  on 
Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preservation 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere,  which  was  opened 
for  signature  at  the  Pan  American  Union  on 
October  12,  1940. 

According  to  a  statement  made  by  it  in  trans- 
mitting the  list,  the  Bolivian  Government  "in 
accordance  with  the  view  expressed  by  the 
Department  of  State  of  the  United  States  of 
America,  deems  that  the  lists  which  must  be 
included  as  part  of  the  Annex  are  to  be  consid- 
ered 'as  flexible  rather  than  permanent  in  char- 
acter and  may  from  time  to  time  be  modified  or 
altered  by  the  respective  Governments  by  the 
addition  or  removal  of  such  species  from  their 
several  lists  as  changes  in  conditions  may  seem 
to  them  to  warrant.'  " 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS 

NORTH  AMERICAN  REGIONAL  RADIO 
AGREEMENT 

The  Department  of  State  has  been  informed 
of  the  approval  by  the  Government  of  Mexico 
of  the  list  of  frequency  allocations  to  Mexican 
broadcasting  stations  which  was  drafted  at  the 
North  American  Regional  Radio-Engineering 
Meeting  held  in  Washington  from  January  14 
to  30,  1941.10  Thus  the  lists  of  broadcasting 
stations  resulting  from  that  meeting  for  Canada, 
Cuba,  Mexico  and  the  United  States  have  re- 
ceived the  official  approval  of  the  respective 
Governments. 

The  deepest  satisfaction  is  felt  at  this  further 
evidence  of  the  complete  understanding  and 
cooperation  which  has  prevailed  in  the  North 
American  region  in  matters  pertaining  to 
broadcasting  and  at  this  added  assurance  of  the 
success  of  the  North  American  Regional  Broad- 
casting Agreement,  Habana,  1937,  which  came 
into  force  in  all  of  the  countries  concerned  on 
March  29,  1941. 


10  See  the  Bulletin  of  March  1,  1941  (vol.  IV,  no. 
pp.  23&-238. 


NAVAL  AND  MILITARY  MISSIONS 

AGREEMENT   FOR    UNITED    STATES    MILITARY 
AND  MILITARY  AVIATION  MISSION  TO  BRAZIL 

In  conformity  with  the  request  of  the  Am- 
bassador of  the  United  States  of  Brazil  in  Wash- 
ington, the  President  has  authorized  the 
appointment  of  a  military  and  military  aviation 
mission  to  Brazil  under  the  conditions  set  forth 
in  an  Agreement  between  the  two  countries 
signed  on  January  17, 1911,  at  Rio  de  Janeiro. 

The  purpose  of  the  mission  is  to  cooperate  in 
technical  matters  with  the  Brazilian  Ministry 
of  War  with  the  object  of  increasing  and  per- 
fecting the  efficiency  of  the  Brazilian  Army  in 
Coast  Artillery  and  Aviation,  and  in  the  various 
subjects  correlated  with  both.  The  term  of  the 
mission  is  for  four  years  from  the  date  of  the 
signing  of  the  agreement,  unless  extended,  or 
terminated  sooner,  under  conditions  specified  in 
the  agreement.  The  agreement  entered  into 
force  on  the  day  of  signature,  and  from  that 
date  it  replaces  the  Agreement  for  a  United 
States  Military  Mission  to  Brazil  signed  on 
November  12,  1938  (Executive  Agreement 
Series  135). 

AGREEMENT  FOR  UNITED  STATES  NAVAL 
MISSION  TO  VENEZUELA 

An  agreement  was  signed  on  March  24,  1941 
by  the  Acting  Secretary  of  State  and  the  Am- 
bassador of  Venezuela  providing  for  the  fur- 
nishing by  the  United  States  of  a  naval  mission 
to  cooperate  with  the  Minister  of  War  and 
Navy  of  the  Republic  of  Venezuela.  The  mis- 
sion, which  has  been  requested  by  the  Govern- 
ment of  Venezuela,  will  function  in  an  advisory 
capacity  to  the  Venezuelan  Navy. 

The  naval  mission  will  be  composed  of  four 
officers  and  two  petty  officers  headed  by  a  lieu- 
tenant commander.  The  term  of  the  contract  is 
four  years.  Other  provisions  follow  the  gen- 
eral lines  of  previous  agreements  between  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  and  the  Gov- 
ernments of  certain  other  American  republics. 


414 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


WATERWAYS 


GREAT  LAKES 


■ST.  LAWRENCE  WATERWAY 
PROJECT 


Correspondence  between  the  Secretary  of 
State  and  the  Attorney  General  of  the  United 
States,  including  a  memorandum  by  the  Legal 
Adviser  of  the  Department  of  State,  on  the 
Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence  waterway  project, 
appears  in  this  Bulletin  under  the  heading 
"Canada". 


NAVAL  ARMAMENT 

EXCHANGE  OP  NOTES  CONCERNING  NAVAL 
FORCES  ON  THE  AMERICAN  LAKES 

Correspondence  between  the  American  Lega- 
tion at  Ottawa  and  the  Canadian  Under  Sec- 
retary of  State  for  External  Affairs  on  certain 
questions  regarding  the  Rush-Bagot  Agree- 
ment with  Great  Britain  signed  April  28  and 
29,  1817  (Treaty  Series  IIO14),  appears  in  this 
Bulletin  under  the  heading  "Canada". 


Publications 


Department  of  State 

During  the  quarter  beginning  January  1, 1941, 
the  following  publications  have  been  released 
by  the  Department :  " 

1527.  Exchange  of  Official  Publications :  Agreement  Be- 
tween the  United  States  of  America  and  Brazil— Ef- 
fected by  exchange  of  notes  signed  June  15  and  24, 
1940 ;  effective  June  24,  1940.  Executive  Agreement 
Series  176.     17  pp.     5<f. 

1534.  Register  of  the  Department  of  State,  October  1, 
1940.     viii,  251  pp.     400  (paper  cover). 

1537.  Air  Transport  Services :  Arrangement  Between 
the  United  States  of  America  and  Canada  Giving 
Effect  to  Article  III  of  the  Air  Transport  Arrange- 
ment Signed  August  18,  1939  (Executive  Agreement 
Series  159) — Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed 
November  29  and  December  2,  1940 ;  effective  Decem- 
ber 3,  1940.  Executive  Agreement  Series  186.  5  pp. 
5*. 

1535.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  Ill,  no.  79, 
December  28,  1940.    14  pp.    1O0.12 

1539.  Reciprocal  Trade :  Agreement  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Venezuela,  With  Related 
Notes — Agreement  signed  at  Caracas  November  6, 
1939;  effective  provisionally  December  16,  1939;  ef- 


fective   definitively    December   14,   1940. 
Agreement  Series  180.     34  pp.     lOtf. 


Executive 


11  Serial  numbers  which  do  not  appear  in  this  list  have 
appeared  previously  or  will  appear  in  subsequent  lists. 

12  Subscription,  $2.75  a  year. 


1540.  Reciprocal  Trade:  Supplementary  Agreement 
Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Canada 
Amending  With  Regard  to  Fox  Furs  and  Skins  the 
Agreement  of  November  17,  1938 — Signed  at  Wash- 
ington December  30,  1939;  effective  provisionally 
January  1,  1940.  Executive  Agreement  Series  184. 
7  pp.     50. 

1541.  Great  Lakes -St.  Lawrence  Waterway:  Agree- 
ment Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Canada — Effected  by  exchanges  of  notes  signed  Oc- 
tober 14  and  31  and  November  7,  1940.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  187.     3  pp.     50. 

1542.  Admission  of  Chinese  into  the  United  States: 
Visa  Supplement  B  of  the  Foreign  Service  Regula- 
tions, Notes  to  Section  XXII-2:  January  1941.  Im- 
migration Series  3.    vi,  35  pp.    150. 

1543.  Haitian  Finances:  Supplementary  Agreement 
Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Haiti  Fur- 
ther Modifying  the  Agreement  of  August  7,  1933 
(Executive  Agreement  Series  46) — Signed  Septem- 
ber 27,  1940;  effective  October  1,  1940.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  183.     2  pp.     50. 

1544.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  80, 
January  4,  1941.    36  pp.     100. 

1545.  Diplomatic  List,  January  1941.  ii,  96  pp.  Sub- 
scription, $1  a  year;  single  copy,  100. 

1546.  Publications  of  the  Department  of  State  (a  list 
cumulative  from  October  1,  1929),  January  1,  1941. 
24  pp.    Free. 


MARCH    2  9,    1941 


415 


1547.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  81, 
January  11,  1941.     46  pp.     100. 

1548.  Treaty  Information,  Cumulative  Index :  Bulletins 
70-117  inclusive,  July  1935-June  1939.    92  pp.     150. 

1549.  Reciprocal  Customs  Privileges  for  Foreign  Serv- 
ice Personnel :  Agreement  Between  the  United  States 
of  America  and  Brazil — Effected  by  exchange  of 
notes  signed  October  11,  1940;  effective  October  11, 
1940.    Executive  Agreement  Series  185.    3  pp.    5tf. 

1550.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  82, 
January  18,  1941.    22  pp.    100. 

1551.  Military  Aviation  Mission :  Agreement  Between 
the  United  States  of  America  and  Ecuador — Signed 
December  12,  1940;  effective  December  12,  1940. 
Executive  Agreement  Series  189.    9  pp.     50. 

1552.  Foreign  Service  List,  January  1,  1941.  iv,  107  pp. 
Subscription,  500  a  year ;  single  copy,  150. 

1553.  Naval  Mission :  Agreement  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Ecuador — Signed  December 
12,  1940;  effective  December  12,  1940.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  188.    9  pp.    50. 

1554.  Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Heavy  Cattle  Dur- 
ing the  Calendar  Year  1941 :  Proclamation  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States  of  America  Issued 
November  30,  1940  Pursuant  to  Article  III  of  the 
Reciprocal  Trade  Agreement  Between  the  United 
States  of  America  and  Canada  Signed  November  17, 
1938,  and  Related  Notes.  Executive  Agreement 
Series  190.    7  pp.    50. 

1555.  Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Crude  Petroleum 
and  Fuel  Oil :  Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  Issued  December  28',  1940 
Pursuant  to  Article  VII  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade 
Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Venezuela  Signed  November  6,  1939.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  192.    5  pp.     50. 

1556.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no. 
83,  January  25,  1941.     16  pp.     100. 

1557.  Allocation  of  Tariff  Quota  on  Crude  Petroleum 
and  Fuel  Oil :  Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  Issued  December  12,  1939 
Pursuant  to  Article  VII  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade 
Agreement  Between  the  United  States  of  America 
and  Venezuela  Signed  November  6,  1939.  Executive 
Agreement  Series  191.     5  pp.     50. 

1558.  Termination  in  Part  of  Concession  on  Handker- 
chiefs :  Proclamation  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States  of  America  Issued  November  28,  1940  Pur- 
suant to  Article  XVI  of  the  Reciprocal  Trade  Agree- 
ment Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Switzerland  Signed  January  9,  1936,  and  Related 
Notes.    Executive  Agreement  Series  193.    12  pp.    50. 


1559.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no. 
84,  February  1,  1941.     34  pp.     100. 

1560.  Diplomatic  List,  February  1941.  ii,  97  pp.  Sub- 
scription, $1  a  year ;  single  copy,  100. 

1561.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  85, 
February  8,  1941.     18  pp.     100. 

1562.  The  Department  of  State  BuUetin,  vol  IV,  no.  86, 
February  15,  1941.     32  pp.     100. 

1563.  Strategic  Reserve  of  Australian  Wool:  Agree- 
ment Between  the  United  States  of  America  and 
Great  Britain— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed 
December  9,  1940;  effective  December  9,  1940.  Ex- 
ecutive Agreement  Series  195.     6  pp.     50. 

1564.  Exchange  of  Official  Publications:  Agreement 
Between  the  United  States  of  America  and  Hon- 
duras— Effected  by  exchange  of  notes  signed  Decem- 
ber 2  and  12,  1940;  effective  December  12,  1940. 
Executive  Agreement  Series  194.     6  pp.     50. 

1566.  Foreign  Consular  Offices  in  the  United  States, 
February  1,  1941.     iv,  57  pp.     150. 

1567.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  87, 
February  22,  1941.    12  pp.    100. 

1568.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  88, 
March  1,  1941.     24  pp.     100. 

1569.  The  Need  of  a  Sound  Commercial  Policy:  Ad- 
dress by  Henry  F.  Grady,  Assistant  Secretary  of 
State,  before  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  St.  Peters- 
burg, Fla.,  October  16,  1940.  Commercial  Policy 
Series  65.    8  pp.    50. 

1570.  The  Political  and  Economic  Solidarity  of  the 
Americas:  Address  by  Laurence  Duggan,  Adviser 
on  Political  Relations,  Department  of  State,  before 
the  Foreign  Policy  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y., 
November  2,  1940.  Commercial  Policy  Series  66. 
17  pp.     50. 

1571.  Agriculture  and  International-Trade  Relation- 
ships: Address  by  Henry  F.  Grady,  Assistant  Sec- 
retary of  State,  before  the  Mississippi  Farm  Bureau 
Federation,  Jackson,  Miss.,  November  14,  1940. 
Commercial  Policy  Series  67.     7  pp.     50. 

1572.  Some  Aspects  and  Implications  of  American  For- 
eign Policy  in  the  Present  World  Situation :  Address 
by  Lynn  R.  Edminster,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Sec- 
retary of  State,  before  the  Eastern  Oregon  Wheat 
League,  Pendleton,  Oreg.,  December  6,  1940.  Com- 
mercial Policy  Series  68.     16  pp.     50. 

1573.  Diplomatic  List,  March  1941.  ii,  97  pp.  Sub- 
scription, $1  a  year ;  single  copy,  100. 

1574.  World  Crisis  and  the  American  Farmer :  Address 
by  Dean  G.  Acheson,  Assistant  Secretary  of  State, 
before  the  Fifth  Annual  National  Farm  Institute,  Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  February  21, 1941.  Commercial  Policy 
Series  69.    9  pp.     50. 


416 


DEPARTMENT   OF   STATE    BULLETIN 


1576.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  89, 

March  8,  1941.    34  pp.     100. 
1578.  Passport    Visa    Fees:  Agreement    Between    the 

United  States  of  America  and  Rumania — Effected  by 

exchanges  of  notes  dated  August  25,  29,  and  30, 1939 ; 

effective  September  1,  1939.    Executive  Agreement 

Series  197.     2  pp.     50. 

1580.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  90, 
March  15,  1941.    24  pp.    100. 

1581.  The  Department  of  State  Bulletin,  vol.  IV,  no.  91, 
March  22,  1941.    48  pp.    100. 

Treaty  Series: 

961.  Emergency  Regulation  of  Level  of  Rainy  Lake 
and  of  Other  Boundary  Waters  in  the  Rainy  Lake 
Watershed :  Convention  Between  the  United  States 
of  America  and  Canada— Signed  at  Ottawa  Septem- 
ber 15, 1938 ;  proclaimed  by  the  President  October  18, 
1940.    3  pp.    50. 

The  Department  of  State  also  publishes  the 
slip  laws  and  Statutes  at  Large.  Laws  are 
issued  in  separate  series  and  are  numbered  in 
the  order  in  which  they  are  signed.  Treaties 
are  also  issued  in  a  separate  series  and  are 
numbered  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  pro- 
claimed. All  other  publications  of  the  Depart- 
ment since  October  1,  1929,  are  numbered  con- 
secutively in  the  order  in  which  they  are  sent, 
to  press,  and,  in  addition,  are  subdivided  into 
series  according  to  general  subject. 

To  avoid  delay,  requests  for  publications  of 
the  Department  of  State  should  be  addressed 
directly  to  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.  O, 
except  in  the  case  of  free  publications,  which 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Department.  The 
Superintendent  of  Documents  will  accept  de- 
posits against  which  the  cost  of  publications 
ordered  may  be  charged  and  will  notify  the 
depositor  when  the  deposit  is  exhausted.  The 
cost  to  depositors  of  a  complete  set  of  the  pub- 
lications of  the  Department  for  a  year  will 
probably  be  somewhat  in  excess  of  $15.  Orders 
may  be  placed,  however,  with  the  Superintend- 
ent of  Documents  for  single  publications  or  for 
one  or  more  series. 


The  Superintendent  of  Documents  also  has, 
for  free  distribution,  the  following  price  lists 
which  may  be  of  interest :  Foreign  Relations  of 
the  United  States;  American  History  and  Bi- 
ography; Tariff;  Immigration;  Alaska  and 
Hawaii ;  Lisular  Possessions ;  Laws ;  Commerce 
and  Manufactures ;  Political  Science ;  and  Maps. 
A  list  of  publications  of  the  Bureau  of  Foreign 
and  Domestic  Commerce  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Department  of  Commerce. 

Other  Government  Agencies 

The  United  States  Department  of  Commerce 
has  recently  issued  the  following  publications, 
which  may  be  of  interest  to  readers  of  the 
Bulletin: 

The  St.  Lawrence  Survey : 
Part  I :  History  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Project,    x,  39  pp. 

100. 

Part  II :  Shipping  Services  on  the  St.  Lawrence  River. 

xii,  40  pp.,  illus.,  map,  tables.    250. 
Part  VI:  The  Economic  Effects  of  the  St.  Lawrence 

Power  Project,     xvi,  126  pp.,  tables.     200." 


Legislation 


Text  of  an  Agreement  Between  the  Governments  of 
the  United  States  and  Canada  Pertaining  to  the  St. 
Lawrence  River :  Message  From  the  President  of  the 
United  States  Transmitting  the  Text  of  an  Agreement 
Between  the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  the 
Government  of  Canada  Providing  for  the  Construction 
of  Dams  and  Power  Works  in  the  International  Rapids 
Section  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  and  Providing  for 
Completion  of  the  St.  Lawrence  Deep  Waterway.  (H. 
Doc.  153,  77th  Cong.,  1st  sess.)  9  pp. 

Agreement  for  the  Use  and  Operation  of  Certain 
Bases :  Message  From  the  President  of  the  United  States 
Transmitting  a  Copy  of  an  Agreement  for  the  Use  and 
Operation  of  Certain  Bases,  Which  Was  Signed  in  Lon- 
don on  March  27,  1941,  Together  With  the  Notes  Ex- 
changed in  Connection  Therewith.  (H.  Doc.  158,  77th 
Cong.,  1st  sess.)     35  pp. 


13  Part  VI  is  being  issued  prior  to  parts  III,  IV,  and 
V.  Those  parts,  and  part  VII,  will  be  issued  at  a  later 
date. 


For  sale  by  tbe  Superintendent  of  Documents.  Wasbington.  D.  C. — Price  10  cents Subscription  price,  $2.75  a  year 

PUBLISHED    WEEKLY    WITH   THE   APPROVAL   OF  THE    DIRECTOB   OF  THB   BUREAU   OF  THE    BUDGET 


9999 


'™ill